R

¨s

P

0

º

C

º

g

¨

§

D

ª

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

ªÀiÁ£

ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ M

C£ÀĵÁ×£ÀUÉÆ½

ºÉÆgÀr¸À¯ÁV

1.

2.

3.

EªÀÅU

gÀAzÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ,

§¸ï ªÀiÁ°ÃP

D°¸À°zÁÝgÉ.

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ w½A

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengalu

¸ÀA

£Àå PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

MlÄÖUÀÆr¹zÀ

½¸ÀĪÀ ¸À®Ä

VzÀÝ PÀgÀqÀÄ C

ºÉZïnr 1

ºÉZïnr 7

nDgïr 2

PÀ£ÀPÀ¥ÀÄgÀ ª

UÀ½UÉ ¸ÀA§A

11:00 UÀAm

E°è ªÉÄïÉ

PÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ g

DzÀÝjAzÀ

AiÀÄ¥Àr¸À¯ÁV

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, §ÄzsÀªÁ

uru, Wednes

»A

A. ¸ÁjE 27

GZÀÒ £ÁåA

(connecte

ªÁV, ¸ÀPÁð

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼

122 nJAJ

75 nJAJ 2

280 nJAE

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ²ªÀªÉÆ

A¢ü¹zÀAvÉ ªÀ

mÉUÉ PÉÆoÀr

w½¹gÀĪÀ

gÁdå ¸ÁjUÉ

¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖ

VzÉ.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

sday, July 1

¸Á

AiÀÄjAUï £ÉÆ

¸ÁE£Áå 20

AiÀiÁ®AiÀĪÀÅ

ed with) ¥Àæ

ðgÀªÀÅ F »

¼ÁzÀ;

1997 (¨sÁUÀ)

2001, ¢: 27

E 2004, ¢:

ÆUÀÎ ¹ÌêÀiï)

ªÀiÁ£Àå ¸ÁjUÉ

¸ÀASÉå: 419,

ªÀÄÆgÀÄ PÀgÀq

¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ¼ÀÄ ª

lÖªÀgÀÄ CAzÀÄ

ÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

19, 2017 (D

9, 2017 (Ash

jUÉ ¸ÀaªÁ®

ÆÃnøï (He

017, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

jmï CfðU

¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼À°è

»AzÉ ¸ÁjUÉ

UÀ) ¢£ÁAPÀ: 2

7-05-2003,

: 09-03-20

¸ÀaªÀgÁzÀ

4£Éà ªÀĺÀr

qÀÄ ªÀiÁ¥Áð

ªÀÄwÛvÀgÀÄ FU

Ä £ÀqÉAiÀİgÀÄ

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 28,

hada 28, Sh

®AiÀÄ

earing Noti

ÆgÀÄ, ¢£ÁAPÀ

UÀ¼À ¸ÀASÉå:

¢: 03-05-

UÉ AiÉÆÃd£ÉU

25-10-2002

, (PÉÆÃ¯ÁgÀ

007 (ªÉÄʸÀÆ

²æÃ. gÁªÀİ

r, «PÁ¸À¸Ë

ðqÀÄ AiÉÆÃd

UÁUÀ¯Éà ¸ÀPÁð

gÀĪÀ »AiÀÄjA

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

haka Varsha

ce)

: 19-07-20

49713-497

-2017 gÀAzÀ

UÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁ¥

2, (§¼Áîj ¹Ì

¹ÌêÀiï) ªÀÄv

ÆgÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

°AUÁ gÉrØA

ËzsÀ, qÁ|| ©

d£ÉUÀ¼À PÀÄjvÀ

ðgÀPÉÌ ¸À°è¹gÀ

AUïUÉ ºÁdg

¸ÀPÁðgÀz

¸

¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

∏Â√

939)

1939)

017

20/2015 ºÁ

zÀÄ ¤ÃrgÀĪÀ

¥ÁðqÀÄ ªÀiÁ

¹ÌêÀiï)

vÀÄÛ

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ©.n.J

AiÀĪÀgÀÄ ¢:

©.Dgï. CA¨

vÀÄ ¸ÁªÀðd¤

gÀĪÀ DPÉëÃ¥Àu

gÁUÀĪÀAvÉ F

PÉ. ©ÃgÉñï

zÀ G¥À PÁA

¸ÁjUÉ E¯ÁS

¿Ê

£ÀA. 696

No. 696

ÁUÀÆ E¤ßvÀg

ªÀ DzÉñÀªÀ£ÀÄ

ÁqÀĪÀ PÀÄjvÀ

J¸ï,

05-08-201

¨ÉÃqÀÌgï «Ã¢ü

¤PÀgÀÄ, SÁ¸ÀV

uÉ/¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

F ¥ÀæPÀluÉAiÀ

ï

AiÀÄðzÀ²ð,

SÉ.

gÉ

Äß

vÀÄ

17

¢,

V

Äß

iÀÄ

R

¨s

P

0

d

2

(

(

U

r

f

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

Sub:

Ref:

The

during the

2017, (here

hereinafter

hereinafter

2. R

Undertaking

respect of w

from 01-07-

3. T

A

U

d

o

o

i

o

u

s

e

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengalu

OFF

(Karn

: Deductio

30-06-20

applicabl

1.

Letter

Karna

2.

Letter

3.

Letter

Bang

Karnataka

period from

inafter refe

referred to

referred to

Representati

gs / Local

works contr

-2017 onwa

The matter i

A. Works C

from 01

Under the p

deemed to h

of goods in

of payment

ndustrial, c

or any such

undertaking

shall deduc

executed up

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, §ÄzsÀªÁ

uru, Wednes

FICE OF TH

nataka) Vanij

No.KSA

on of Tax at

017 for whic

le for TDS-

r dated: 03-

ataka unde

r dated: 12-

r dated: 14-

alore

Value Adde

m 01-04-20

erred to as

o as the “

as the “IGS

ions have b

Bodies etc.

ract execute

ards and ap

is examined

Contract e

1-07-2017:

provisions

have taken

the course

t. Therefor

commercial

h undertak

g or any oth

t out of am

pto 30-6-20

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

sday, July 1

HE COMMIS

ya Terige Ka

CIRCULA

/GST/CR.0

Source (TD

ch payment

regarding

-07-2017 fr

rtaking), Ba

-07-2017 of

-07-2017 of

ed Tax, 200

05 to 30-0

the “KGST

CGST Act”

ST Act”), ha

been receiv

.seeking cla

ed upto 30-

pplicability o

dand the fol

executed u

of section

place at th

of executio

e, the Cen

l or trading

king in joint

her notified

mounts paya

017 for whi

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

19, 2017 (D

9, 2017 (Ash

SSIONER O

aryalaya, Ga

AR NO. 07/

02/2017-1

DS) in respe

ts to be mad

rom Dr B.R.

angalore

f Chief Engi

f Chief Engi

03, (herein a

06-2017. T

T Act”), the

), and Inte

ave come int

ved from th

arification w

-06-2017 fo

of tax rate f

llowing clar

upto 30-06

7(1) of the

he time of tr

on of any w

ntral Gover

undertakin

t sector or

d person or

able by them

ich paymen

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 28,

hada 28, Sh

OF COMME

ndhinagar, B

/2017-18

8, dated:18

ect of works

de from 01-

. Ambedkar

ineer, Natio

ineer, State

after referre

The Karnat

Central Go

egrated Goo

to force with

he Governm

with regard

or which p

for TDS und

rification is

6-2017 for

KVAT Act

ransfer of ti

works contra

rnment, or

ng of the Ce

any other

body or a l

m to a deale

nts are mad

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

haka Varsha

ERCIAL TAX

Bengaluru-56

8.07.2017

contract ex

-07-2017 on

r Corporatio

onal Highwa

e Highway D

ed to as “KV

taka Goods

oods and S

ods and Se

h effect from

ment Depar

d to deduct

payments ar

der KGST A

issued.

which p

2003, the

itle or poss

act whether

r any Stat

entral Gove

industrial,

local author

er in respec

de from 01-

∏Â√

939)

1939)

XES,

60009

xecuted prio

nwards and

on Ltd., (A

ays, Bangal

Developmen

VAT Act”),

s and Servic

Services Tax

ervices Tax

m 1st July 2

rtments /

tion of tax

re required

ct and CGS

ayments a

sale of goo

ession or in

r or not the

te Governm

ernment or

commercia

rity or a sta

ct of any wo

-07-2017 on

¿Ê

£ÀA. 699

No. 699

or to

d tax rate

A Govt. of

lore

nt Project,

was in forc

ces Tax Ac

x Act, 2017

x Act, 2017

2017.

Governmen

at source i

d to be mad

ST Act.

are pendin

ods shall b

ncorporatio

ere is receip

ment, or a

of any Stat

al or tradin

atutory bod

orks contrac

nwards. Th

ce

t,

7,

7.

nt

in

de

ng

be

n

pt

an

te

ng

dy

ct

he

2

rate of tax is 4% or an amount equivalent to the tax payable by such dealer as may be

permitted by the prescribed authority under the KVAT Act.

B. Works Contract executed from 01-07-2017 onwards:

Under the provisions of section 51 of the KGST /CGST Act, every Department or

establishment of the Central Government or State Government or Local Authority or

Government Agencies or such persons or category of persons as may be notified by the

Government on the recommendations of the Council are required to deduct SGST at 1%

and CGST at 1% from the payments made or credited to the supplier of taxable goods or

services or both, where total value of such supply, under the contract which exceeds two

lakhs fifty thousand rupees.

However, the provision relating to TDS under GST Lawis put on hold for the time

being and the same will be brought into force from a date which will be communicated

later.

RITVIK PANDEY

Commissioner of Commercial Taxes,

(Karnataka), Bengaluru

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 200

R

¨s

P

0

S

C

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

In ex

Services Tax

CMP-01 un

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

OFF

(Karn

ORDER N

xercise of th

x Rules,20

der the said

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ªÁ

aluru, Saturd

FICE OF TH

nataka) Vanij

NO. KSA.GS

he powers c

17, it is he

d sub-rule i

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 22

HE COMMIS

ya Terige Ka

ST.CR.01/1

conferred u

ereby notifi

is extended

ÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

22, 2017 (D

2, 2017 (Ash

SSIONER O

aryalaya, Ga

17-18 (01/

under sub-r

ied that the

upto 16th A

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 31, ±

hada 31, Sha

OF COMME

ndhinagar, B

2017-GST)

rule (1) of ru

e period fo

August, 201

Comm

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha 1

ERCIAL TAX

Bengaluru-56

), Dated: 22

ule 3 of the

or filing inti

17.

RITVIK

missioner of

(Karnatak

¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

∏Â√

939)

1939)

XES,

60009

2.07.2017

e Karnataka

imation in

K PANDEY

f Commerci

ka), Bengalu

¿Ê

£ÀA. 706

No. 706

a Goods an

FORM GST

ial Taxes,

uru

nd

T

R

¨s

P

0

¤

D

PÉë

¥

W

C

¥

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ£Áð

¤AiÀĪÀiÁªÀ½A

DzÉñÀzÀ£ÀéAiÀÄ

PÉëÃvÀæPÉÌ ªÀÄAq

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄw

WÉÆÃ¶¹gÀĪÀÅ

199

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄwUÉ

PÀæªÀÄ

¸ÀASÉå Pë

1

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

£ÀA

ðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

AiÀÄ 12£Éà ¤

Ä ªÀÄgÀtzÀ P

qÀå f¯Áè¢üPÁ

PÉëÃvÀæPÉÌ £ÀqɸÀ

ÅzÀjAzÀ,

3gÀ PÀ£Áðl

14) 172£ÉÃ

DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁz

f¯Áè ¥ÀAZÁ

PÉëÃvÀæzÀ PÀæªÀÄ ¸

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉ¸À

08-PÉÆ¥à

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ªÁ

aluru, Saturd

UÁæ«ÄÃuÁ

A: UÁæC¥À 26

¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄ

¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ G

PÁgÀt¢AzÀ

ÁjAiÀĪÀgÀÄ

¯ÁzÀ ¸ÁªÀð

lPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

¥ÀæPÀgÀt¢Az

zÀ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀ ºÉ

ÁAiÀÄw

¸ÀASÉå

¸ÀgÀÄ

¤

«Ä

¥Àà

»Az

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 22

uÁ©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄvÀ

62 f¥À¸À 20

ÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁA

G¥À¤AiÀĪÀÄ (

vÉgÀªÁVzÀÝ ª

¢£ÁAPÀ:02-

ðwæPÀ ZÀÄ£Áª

¸ÀégÁeï ª

zÀ ¥ÀæzÀvÀÛªÁz

ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß F P

¤UÀ¢¥Àr¹zÀ

ÄøÀ¯Áw/ªÀUÀ

zÀĽzÀ C ªÀ

(ªÀÄ»¼É)

ÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

22, 2017 (D

2, 2017 (Ash

vÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄv

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

017, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

AiÀÄvï gÁeï

(2)gÀ ªÉÄÃgÉU

ªÀÄAqÀå f¯Éè,

-07-2017

ªÀuÉAiÀÄ ¥sÀ°v

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZ

zÀ C¢üPÁgÀªÀ

PɼÀUÉ £ÀªÀÄÆ¢

UÀð

ZÀÄ£Á

ªÀUÀð ²æÃªÀÄw

¢|| gÁ

ªÀÄzÀÆÝ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ g

¸ÀPÁ

UÁæ

Á¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 31, ±

hada 31, Sha

vï gÁeï ¸Àa

ÆgÀÄ ¢£ÁAPÀ:

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

UÉ gÁdå ZÀÄ£

, ªÀÄAqÀå vÁ

gÀAzÀÄ G

vÁA±ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¸

ZÁAiÀÄvï gÁ

£ÀÄß ZÀ¯Á¬Ä

¢¹zÀAvÉ C¢

¬ÄvÀgÁzÀ ¸Àz

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «

w gÉÃtÄPÀ g

ÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ, PÉ.E

ÆÝgÀÄ vÁ®ÆèPÀ

gÁdå¥Á®gÀ

¦.

PÁðgÀzÀ C¢üÃ

æ«ÄÃuÁ©üªÀÈ¢

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥æ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha 1

aªÁ®AiÀÄ

22-07-20

Ä 1993gÀ (Z

£ÁªÀuÁ DA

Á®ÆèQ£À 8-

¥ÀZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉ

¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖ

gÁeï C¢ü¤

Ĺ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

¢ü¸ÀÆa¹zÉ.

zÀ¸ÀågÀÄUÀ¼À ºÉ

«¼Á¸À

gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ PÉÆ

E.© gÀ¸ÉÛ, PÉÆ

PÀÄ.

DeÁÕ£ÀĸÁgÀ

. zÉêÀ¸ÀºÁAi

ãÀ PÁAiÀÄðz

¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀA

¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

∏Â√

939)

1939)

017

ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ

AiÉÆÃUÀ, ¨ÉAU

-PÉÆ¥Àà f¯Áè

£ÀqɹzÀÄÝ,

Ö ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ

¤AiÀĪÀÄ(1993

PÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ

¸ÀgÀÄ

¥Àæw

gÁ

¥ÀPÀë

PÉÆÃA

PÉÆ¥Àà,

d£

(eÁ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀg

AiÀÄA

zÀ²ð(f.¥ÀA)(

A.gÁeï E¯Á

¿Ê

£ÀA. 707

No. 707

£ÀÄß £ÀqɸÀĪ

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ EªÀ

Áè ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄv

¸ÀzÀj f¯Á

Á C¢üPÁjUÀ¼

3gÀ PÀ£Áðl

ªÀÄAqÀå f¯Á

w¤¢ü¹zÀ

dQÃAiÀÄ

/ ¸ÀévÀAvÀæ

£ÀvÁzÀ¼À

ÁvÁåwÃvÀ)

gÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è,

(¥Àæ)

ÁSÉ.

ªÀ)

gÀ

vï

¯Áè

¼ÀÄ

lPÀ

¯Áè

RNI No

¨sÁUÀ –

Part –

of ARK

receive

in the c

BDA Ac

Sl

. KARBIL/2001/

∞

– III

– III

Where as a Fin

KAVATHY LAYO

ed from the inter

column of the K

ct for the layou

l.No.

244 N Ramu S

362 Joseph S

R.S Chara

47147

∞¬Ò

nal Notification N

OUT” and publis

rested persons /

Khatedars / Anu

ut called “Re-m

Name of t

S/o Narayanapp

/o late Anthony

an Kumar S/o S

¬Òû

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ª

Bengaluru, T

NO. UD

No. UDD 426 MN

shed in the Karn

/ Khathedars / A

ubhavadars in t

modified Schem

FOR

the Khathedha

pa, Sharadhamm

yappa,

Sriramulu, Kani

ûª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

Tuesday, July 25

URBAN DEVE

DD 89 MNX 201

NJ 2011, Dtd: 1

nataka Gazette

Anubhavadhars

the Final Notific

e of ARKAVATH

ar’s / Anubhava

ma W/o Munish

kswamy S/o La

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯

μÀ gÁdå ¥À

¯ÉÊ 25, 2017 (±Áæ

, 2017 (Shravana

ELOPMENT SEC

ERRATUM

15, Bengaluru,

8/06/2014 was

Dtd: 18/06/20

s for rectifying th

cation No. UDD

HY LAYOUT” sh

adhars

hamappa.

ate Sowrappa.

«Ò∏

¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ

ÁæªÀt 3, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð

a 3, Shaka Varsh

CRETARIAT

Dated: 25.07.2

s issued under s

14 in part – III a

he mistakes in t

426 MNJ 2011,

hall be read as f

Sharada

Joseph

Kaniksw

∏Â√

ð 1939)

ha 1939)

2017.

section 19(1) of B

at pages 1 to 58

the said Final No

, dated : 18/06/

follows :

READ

Name of the K

Anubhav

amma W/o Mun

S/o late Anthon

wamy S/o Late S

√¿Ê

BDA Act for “R

8. Several repres

otification. The

/2014 issued un

D AS

Khathedhar’s /

vadhars

nishamappa

nyappa,

Sowrappa

£ÀA. 708

No. 708

Re-modified Sch

sentations have

e following corre

nder section 19

heme

been

ction

(1) of

2

FOR

READ AS

Sl.No.

Name of the Khathedhar’s / Anubhavadhars

Name of the Khathedhar’s /

Anubhavadhars

1023 Bachappa S/o Munishamappa,

Krishnappa S/o Munishamappa,

Papamma W/o Krishnappa, Yashoda S/o Krishnappa.

Krishnappa S/o Munishamappa,

Papamma W/o Krishnappa,

Yashoda S/o Krishnappa

1024 Bachappa S/o Munishamappa, Papamma W/o Krishnappa.

Papamma W/o Krishnappa

1025 Channamma W/o Pillappa, Bhachappa.

Channamma W/o Pillappa

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

N. Narasimhamurthy

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) (50 ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ)

RNI No

¨sÁUÀ –

Part –

Fly ove

Hobli, B

(Karna

more o

Road-

Taluk

TRANS

Sec.36

appoin

the acq

Bangal

. KARBIL/2001/

∞

– III

– III

Where as the G

er at Outer Rin

Bangalore North

Now, therefore

taka Act No.12

or less or need

Magadi Junctio

And in exerc

SPARENCY IN LA

of the Bangalo

nted to perform t

quisition of the s

A plan of the

lore-560020, for

47147

∞¬Ò

Government of

ng Road- Magad

h Taluk by the B

in exercise of

of 1976), the Go

for public purp

on Between 56

cise of the pow

AND ACQUISITI

ore Developmen

the functions of

said lands.

lands is kept

r information.

¬Òû

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ª

Bengaluru, T

NO. UD

f Karnataka has

di Junction Bet

Bangalore Develo

the powers con

overnment of Ka

ose to wit for th

6.70 km to Tum

wers conferred

ON, REHABILIT

nt Authority Act

the Deputy Com

in the office o

ûª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

Tuesday, July 25

URBAN DEVE

FINA

DD 184 MNX 20

s Sanctioned sc

tween 56.70 km

opment Authorit

nferred under s

arnataka hereby

he formation of

mkur Road Jun

by clause-(C)of

TATION AND RE

t 1976. The La

mmissioner(Land

of the Land Acq

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯

μÀ gÁdå ¥À

¯ÉÊ 25, 2017 (±Áæ

, 2017 (Shravana

ELOPMENT SEC

AL NOTIFICATIO

17, Bengaluru,

cheme for the fo

m to Tumkur R

ty vide Governm

ub-section (1) o

y declares that th

f “Construction

nction at 61.93

f the Sec.3 an

ESETTLEMENT A

nd Acquisition

d Acquisition),

quisition Officer

«Ò∏

¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ

ÁæªÀt 3, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð

a 3, Shaka Varsh

CRETARIAT

ON

Dated: 21.07.2

ormation of “Con

oad Junction a

ment Order No.U

of Section 19 o

he lands specifie

n / Developmen

3 Km” in Lagger

d Sec.19 of th

ACT, 2013(Centr

Officer, Bangal

under the said

r of the Banga

∏Â√

ð 1939)

ha 1939)

2017.

nstruction / D

at 61.93 Km.” i

UDD 184 MNX 20

f the Bangalore

ed in the schedu

nt of Service R

re Village, Yesha

he ‘THE RIGHT

ral Act No. 30 o

lore Developmen

Land Acquisitio

alore Developme

√¿Ê

Development of

in Laggere Villag

017, dated: 11 J

e Development A

ule noted below

Road and Fly o

avanthpura Hob

T TO FAIR COM

of 2013, w.e.f. 1/

nt Authority, B

n Act and direct

ent Authority, T

£ÀA. 709

No. 709

f Service Road

ge, Yeshavanthp

July 2017

Authority Act 1

be the same a l

over at Outer R

bli, Bangalore N

MPENSATION A

/1/2014) Read w

angalore, is her

ted to take order

T.Chowdaiah Ro

and

pura

1976

little

Ring

orth

AND

with

reby

r for

oad,

2

The Preliminary Notification for the formation of “Construction / Development of Service Road and Fly over at Outer Ring Road- Magadi

Junction Between 56.70 km to Tumkur Road Junction at 61.93 Km” in Laggere Village, Yeshavanthpura Hobli, Bangalore North Taluk has been

published in the Karnataka Gazette dated: 16.06.2016 in part-3 at page No.2166 vide Notification No. BDA/Commr/LA(LAO)/11/2016-17, Bangalore,

date:21st April 2016, this Final Notification has been issued the Layout called formation of “Construction / Development of Service Road and Fly

over at Outer Ring Road- Magadi Junction Between 56.70 km to Tumkur Road Junction at 61.93 Km” in Laggere Village, Yeshavanthpura

Hobli, Bangalore North Taluk.

Schedule

Dist: Bangalore

Taluk:-Bangalore North

Hobli: Yeshwanthapur

Village: Laggere

Sl.

No.

Name of the

Khathedars

Smts/

Sriyuths

Name of the

Anubhavadars

Smts/ Sriyuths

Sy

No

Site

No.

Extent Asper

Records in

Sq.ft.

Nature of

Tittle

Total

Extent

Required

in Sq.ft.

Details

of

Structur

e & Tittle

Bounded by

East

West

North

South

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

12

13

14

15

1.

Bynna S/o

Shivappa

Vanaja w/o B.

Krishnappa.

90/1

1

40x25=1000

(Gift Deed)

645-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No. 2

(Markand

ayya)

Site No. 94

(Yashoda)

2.

T. Markandaiah S/o

Late Anjaneya Naidu

90/1

2

40x30=1200

(Absolute

Saledeed)

720-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No. 3

(Rama

krishna

Site No. 1

(Vanaja)

3.

M. Ramakrishna S/o

Muniswamy

90/1

3

40x30=1200

(Absolute

Saledeed)

825-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No. 4

(R.

Bhagya)

Site No. 2

(Markanda

yya)

4.

R. Bhagya w/o Late

Basavaraju

90/1

4

15x40=600

(Absolute

Saledeed)

446-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No. 5

(Jayalaks

hmi)

Site No. 3

(Ramakrish

na)

5

Karab (Halla)

90/1

-

4356

1086-00

Road

Remainin

g Site

6

Jayalakshmi w/o

Late Muniswamy

90/1

5

35x45

2 x 40

=1600

Karab= 640 =

1600-640=

960

(G.P.A.)

960-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Halla

Remaing

Land in

Site No. 4

(R.Bhagya)

7.

N. Dayakar S/o

Narayanaswamy

90/1

82

30x45=1350

720-00

RCC

House

Remaini

ng land

Site No.

82

Road

Road

Remaining

land of

Sy.No.

90/1

(V.H. Patel)

8

D. Subramnai, s/o

Doreswamy Naidu

.D. Shankar S/o

Doreswamy

90/1

87, 88

40x45= 1800

(G.P.A)

450-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No.

88

(Malati)

Road

3

9

No

Katedar/Anubavadar

90/1

89

30x45= 1350

(G.P.A.)

300-00

Vacant

Site

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No.

90 (K.B.

Malati)

Site No. 88

(D.

Shankar0

10

K.B. Malathi C/o

K.L. Ramesh

90/1

90

45x30= 1350

(Gift

Deed)

330-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No91

(Kunjam

ma)

Site No. 89

11.

Bainna S/o

Shivappa

Smt. N. Kunjaram

w/o M. Nallappan

90/1

91

42x30= 1260

(G.P.A.)

375-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No.

92

(Venkata

mma)

Site No. 90

(Malati)

12.

Venkatamma w/o

Late Narasimaiah

90/1

92

42x30= 1260

(G.P.A.)

420-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No.

93

(Shantha

mma)

Site No. 91

(Kunjamma

)

13.

Shanthamma D/o

Late Ratnamma

90/1

93

40x20=800

(G.P.A.)

330-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Viswa

Mohan

Venkatam

ma

14.

S. Viswa Mohan S/o

B. Subramani

90/1

93/A

40x20=800

(G.P.A.)

360-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Site No.

94

(Yashoda)

Shantham

ma

15.

V. Yashoda w/o

Vasegowda

90/1

94

40x40=1600

(Absolute

Saledeed)

760-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Road

Sy.No.

91/1

Vanaja

Viswa

Mohan

16.

Srinivasa

murthy S/o

Venkatesha

iah

Girish. H. S/o

Huchegowda

91/2

24 A

30x13=390

(Absolute

Saledeed)

143-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Halla

Sy.No.

91/2

(Site No.

24)

Road

Kaluve

17.

S. Murugesh S/o

Late Shambashivan

91/2

44

65+50 x30+40

2 2

=2362

(Absolute

Saledeed)

425-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Krishna

ppa,

Srinivas

appa.

Site No.

43

(S. Raya)

Road

Road

18.

Shashikumar. K.

S/o Kempa

Hanumaiah

91/2

48

43+40 x71x53

2 2

=2573.00

(Absolute

Saledeed)

431-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Site No.

49

(Bridge)

Site No.

47

(Remainin

g Site 47

& Sy.No.

91/1)

Halla

Road

19.

Eera S/o

Tagadegowda

91/2

49

71+85

2 x 40

=3120

(G.P.A.)

2970-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Site No.

50

(Bridge)

Site No.

48

(Shashiku

mar)

Halla

Road

20

Smt.

Puspalatha

W/o Late

Venkata

ramu

H.D. Srinivasaiah

S/o Late Dasegowda

91/1

56

32+30

2 x34

=1054

(Absolute

Saledeed)

930-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Site No.

55

(Bridge)

Site No.

44

(Muruges

h)

Road

Site No. 57

(H.D.Krish

nappa)

4

21.

H.D. Krishnappa S/o

Late Dasegowda

91/1

57

32+30

2 x30

=930

(G.P.A)

960-00

Vacant

Site

Site No.

58

(Bridge)

Site No.

44

(Muruges

h)

Site No.

56

(H.D.

Srinivasai

ah)

Road

22.

Lalithamma w/o

Narayanaswamy

91/1

66

32+30

2 x 34

= 1054

(GPA)

800-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Site No.

65

(Bridge)

Site No.

67

(Lalitham

ma)

Road

Site No. 73

23.

Rukmani w/o

Hanumantha Rao

91/1

67

30x40=1200

(GPA)

320-00

A.C.

Sheet

House

Site No.

66

(Lalitha

mma)

Remainin

g land of

Sy.No.

91/1

(Rukmini)

Remainin

g land of

Sy.No.

91/1,

Road

Site No. 72

(Salma

Banu)

24.

Salma Banu w/o

Ahmedd. Jan Pasha

91/1

72

30x40=1200

(Absolute

Saledeed)

520-00

Vacant

Site

Site No.

73

Site No.

71

(Byatraya

ppa)

Remainin

g Site No.

72.

Site No.

67

(Rukmini)

Road

25.

No Anubavadar

91/1

73

30x40=1200

(G.P.A.)

1200-00

Vacant

Site

Remaini

ng Site

No. 73

(Bidge)

Site No.

72 (Salma

Banu)

Site No.

66

(Lalitham

ma)

Remaining

Sy.No.

91/1

(Bidge)

TOTAL EXTENT

0.15.00Guntas

=

16,340 Sft

Kharab =

01,086Sft

Total Extent. =

17,426Sft.

(0.16.00Guntas)

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

N. Narasimhamurthy

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) (100 ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ)

R

¨s

P

0

1

¸

ª

¢

4

C

¸

E

f

C

C

PÀæ

¸À

1

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

¸ÀPÁð

5/02/2014gÀ

¸ÀzÀjAiÀÄ£ÀéAiÀÄ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁqï

¢£ÁAPÀ:09.0

496 ¢£ÁAPÀ

CxÀªÁ ¸À®º

¸À°è¸À®Ä D

EvÀåxÀð¥Àr¸À¯

¥ÀæAiÀÄ

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼

CAPÀt (2)

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀ

PÀæ.

A.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

1

ªÁqïð

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengal

ðgÀzÀ ¤zÉÃð

gÀ°è£À ªÀiÁUÀð

Ä avÀæzÀÄUÀð

ð£À ªÁå¦ÛAi

6.2017gÀ°è ¥

P: 09.06.201

ºÉ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ½

ºÁ餸À¯ÁVvÀ

¯ÁVzÉ.

ÄÄPÀÛ PÀ£Áðl

¼ÀÄ, avÀæzÀÄUÀ

)gÀ°è WÉÆÃ

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæPÀn¹

ð

ÄvÀÄÛ

Ä

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼À

1

GvÀÛgÀ

zÀQët

¥ÀƪÀð

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀÄ

luru, Thursd

f¯Áè¢üPÁ

£ÀA. ZÀÄ£ÁªÀ

ð±À£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ð¸ÀÆaAiÀÄ£ÀéA

£ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÉUÉ

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤UÀ¢ü

¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯ÁVg

17 gÀAzÀÄ ¥Àæ

½zÀݰè F PÀg

vÀÄÛ. ¸ÀzÀj

lPÀ ¥ËgÀ¸À¨

ð f¯Éè DzÀ

ö¹gÀĪÀ

¹gÀÄvÉÛãÉ.

¼ÀÄ

«dAiÀÄ®Që

ªÉÄrPÀ¯ïìU

eÉÆÃVªÀÄn

¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©ü

ð

«dAiÀÄ®Që

ªÀÄÄAzÀĪÀ

«ªÉÃPÁ£ÀA

¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è

ªÀÄÄAzÀĪÀ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 27

jUÀ¼À PÁAiÀiÁ

CA

uÉ.¹.Dgï.13

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

AiÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ ¸Àܽ

35 ªÁqïð

¥Àr¹ gÀa¹

gÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¸ÀzÀ

¥ÀæPÀn¹ EzÀj

gÀqÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆ

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

¨sÉUÀ¼À C¢ü¤

zÀ £Á£ÀÄ avÀæ

ªÁqïðUÀ½UÉ

Qëöä ªÉÄrPÀ¯ïì

UÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄî

nÖ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ¥À

ªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸Á

Qëöä

ªÉÄrPÀ¯ï

ªÀgÉzÀÄ ªÀiÁf

AzÀ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ z

°è ªÀÄÄAzÀĪÀg

ªÀgÉzÀÄ GvÀÛgÀP

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

27, 2017

, 2017 (Shra

Áð®AiÀÄ, avÀæ

wªÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆ

2(6)/2016.1

DzÉñÀ ¸ÀA

½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ

ðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤UÀ

¹ PÀgÀqÀÄ C

zÀj C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ

AzÀ ¨Á¢üvÀg

ÆZÀ£É ºÉÆgÀr

UÉ DPÉëÃ¥Àu

¤AiÀĪÀÄ 19

vÀæzÀÄUÀð £ÀUÀg

UÉ CAPÀt

C£ÀħAzsÀ

ì »A¨sÁUÀzÀ

îvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀ

¸ÁV, PÉÆ¼ÀZÉ

¯ï

¸ÉÆÖÃgï¤

¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÁzÀ ²æ

zÀ°ègÀĪÀ PÉÆ¼

gÉzÀÄ ¥ÀƪÀðP

PÉÌ wgÀÄV ±ÀÈA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 5, ±

avana 5, Sha

æzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè,

ÆZÀ£É

17, ¢£ÁAPÀ:

ASÉå AiÀÄÄr

ÜUÀ½UÉ PÉëÃvÀæ ¥

¢ü¥Àr¹, PÉëà æ

¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É ¸À

ZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «

gÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÁz

r¹zÀ ¢£ÁA

uÉ CxÀªÁ

964gÀ ¥ÀæPÀgÀ

gÀ¸À¨sÉUÉ 35 ª

(4)gÀ°è

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

UÀ°è¬ÄAzÀ

ªÀiÁf ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÁ

¤ªÀÄÆð®£Á

¤AzÀ

zÀQëuÁ

æÃ ªÀÄAdÄ£Áx

¼ÀZÉ ¤ªÀÄÆð®

PÉÌ wgÀÄV ºÉÆ

AUÉÃj ªÀÄoÀz

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

avÀæzÀÄUÀð

24.07.2017

r 4 JAJ

¥ÀÄ£Àgï «AU

vÀæ ¥ÀÄ£Àgï «

¸ÀASÉå:ZÀÄ£Áª

±ÉõÀ gÁdå

zÀ ¸ÁªÀðd¤

APÀ¢AzÀ 15

¸À®ºÉ ¹é

gÀt 13 gÀ

ªÁqïðUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

ªÁrð£À

¢

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ

ÁzÀ ²æÃ ªÀÄA

ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÀÄ

uÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

xÀ gÀªÀgÀ d«Ä

®£Á ªÀÄAqÀ½

ÆÃmÉ¯ï ²ªÀgÁ

zÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ïUÉ

∏Â√

939)

1939)

7

J¯ïDgï 20

UÀqÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀ

«AUÀqÀuÉ ªÀ

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï13

¥ÀvÀæzÀ ¨sÁUÀz

¤PÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅ

¢£ÀzÉÆ¼ÀUÁ

¹éÃPÀÈvÀªÁVzÀÄÝ

AvÉ JA.PÉ.

Äß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

ªÀÄÄAzÀĪÀgÉzÀ

dÄ£ÁxÀ gÀªÀg

±ËZÁ®AiÀÄzÀ

V

eÉÆÃVªÀÄ

Ää£À°è PÉÆ£É

AiÀÄ ±ËZÁ®A

ÁA gÀªÀgÀ vÉA

¤AvÀÄ, GvÀÛ

¿Ê

£ÀA. 712

No. 712

014 ¢£ÁAP

¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄvÀÛz

ªÀiÁr ªÁqïð

2(6)/2016.1

zÀ III ¸ÀAS

ªÀÅzÉà DPÉëÃ¥Àu

V °TvÀªÁV

Ý, ¥Àj²Ã°¹

²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

¹, C£ÀħAz

¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

zÀÄ «dAiÀÄ®

gÀ d«Ää¤A

ªÀgÉUÉ.

ªÀÄnÖ

gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ

UÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

AiÀÄ¢AzÀ CUÀ¼

AV£À vÉÆÃlzÀ

ÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁ

PÀ:

zÉ.

ð

17

SÉå

uÉ

V

¹

Äå,

zsÀ

¹

Qëöä

AzÀ

İè

¼ÀÄ

zÀ°è

ÁV

2

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

¸ÁV ¥ÀƪÉÇÃðvÀÛgÀ ¢QÌ£À°è ¸ÁV ¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ wgÀÄV ¯Álj ±ËPÀvï C° ªÀÄ£É ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ UÀ°è,

ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV

«dAiÀÄ®Qëöä

ªÀÄrPÀ¯ïì

»A¨sÁUÀzÀ

UÀ°èUÉ

PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

2

ªÁqïð 2

GvÀÛgÀ

ªÀĹâ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¦ü®Ögï ºË¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

§®¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÉÆß¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÀgÀÄ«£ÀPÀmÉÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÈvÀÛ¢AzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ ¸ÁV §ÄqÀتÀÄä£À

zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉUÉ ¤®ÄèvÀÛzÉ.

zÀQët

¹.n.w¥ÉàøÁé«ÄAiÀĪÀgÀ

¯ÉÃOmï

¥ÀƪÀð

¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

¤Ãj£À

vÉÆnÖ¬ÄAzÀ

¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ºÉÆgÀlÄ ¸Àä±Á£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ PÁªÀÄ£À¨Á« gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ ¸ÁV

PÁªÀÄ£À¨Á« §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è §gÀĪÀ PÁ¼ÀªÀÄä£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

§AzÀÄ ¤®ÄèvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

¸ÀtÚUÀgÀr gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è §gÀĪÀ §ÄqÀتÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ±ÀÈAUÉÃj

ªÀÄoÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ²ªÀgÁA vÉÆÃlzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ

gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ ¹.n.w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ¯ÉÃOmï£À°ègÀĪÀ ¤Ãj£À vÉÆnÖAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ §AzÀÄ ¤®ÄèvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

PÁ½PÁA§ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV £ÉÃgÀªÁV §AzÀÄ

ªÀĹâ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ¦ü®Ögï ºË¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛUÉ ¤®ÄèvÀÛzÉ.

3

ªÁqïð 3

GvÀÛgÀ

£ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÉAiÀÄ ¦ü®Ögï ºË¸ï PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV PÉÆÃmÉ ±Á¯É

»A¨sÁUÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV F±ÀégÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ UÀ¥sÀÆgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV PÀA§½ ©Ã¢ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ZÀZïð ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁV w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä

zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ ( §®¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)

zÀQët

ªÀĺÁgÁt PÁ¯ÉÃeï zÀQëtPÉÌ EgÀĪÀ ºÁ¸ÉÖÃ¯ï »A¨sÁUÀzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌPÉ EgÀĪÀ

CUÀ¼ÀĤAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV PÁªÀÄ£À¨Á« 4£Éà PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉVgÀĪÀ gÀÆ¥À

EªÀgÀ ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄÄAzÀĪÀgÉzÀÄ PÀgÀÄ«£ÀPÀmÉÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï zÉêÉÃAzÀæ¥Àà EªÀgÀ

ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¦ü®Ögï ºË¸ï ªÀĹâ PÁA¥ÉèPïì ªÀgÉUÉ

¥ÀƪÀð

ªÀĺÁgÁt PÁ¯ÉÃeï »A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ PÁ¼ÀªÀÄä zÉêÁ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É

ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÁªÀÄ£À¨Á« 4£Éà PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ZÀAzÀæPÀ¯Á

¸ÉÆÖÃgïUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀgÀÄ«£À PÀmÉÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÉAzÀæ¥Àà£À ©°ØAUï

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ w¥Àà£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÁ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ªÀĺÁgÁt PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ºÀwÛgÀ«gÀĪÀ ¦æ¤ì¥À¯ï ¨ÉÆÃgÀAiÀÄå ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÉÆÃmÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV £ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÉ ¦ü®Ögï ºË¸ïUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÉÆÃmÉ

±Á¯É »A¨sÁUÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ F±ÀégÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ UÀ¥sÀÆgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

4

ªÁqïð 4

GvÀÛgÀ

ªÀģɯÃgÀAd£ï C¦ÖPÀ¯ïì¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄSÁªÁV ¸ÁV gÀAUÀAiÀÄå£À ¨ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

£ÉÃgÀªÁV GZÀÑAV J®èªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ UÀ°è¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÁV UÀÄqÀØPÉÌ

PÉÆ£ÉUÀƼÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

zÀQët

PÉÆÃmÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄrªÁ¼ÀgÀ ªÀÄ®è¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¦ü®Ögï

ºË¸ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀQÌgÀĪÀ ±Á¯É PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±Á¯É »A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ PÀA§½ ©Ã¢

gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ SÁ¸ÀV ±Á¯É ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ZÀZïð ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

ªÀiÁazÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌ¢AzÀ ¸ÁV zÉÆqÀØUÀgÀr gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÁUÀÆ PÀgÀÄ«£ÀPÀmÉÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ F JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ J¯Áè ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¯Álj ªÀiÁgÁlUÁgÀgÁzÀ ±ËPÀvï

C° ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

gÀAUÀAiÀÄå£À ¨ÁV®Ä §½ AiÀiÁzÀªÀ ºÁ¸ÉÖÃ¯ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀģɯÃgÀAd£ï C¦ÖPÀ¯ïì

PÀlÖqÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀìgïªÉ¤ì¬ÄAzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¯Álj ªÀiÁgÁlUÁgÀgÁzÀ

±ËPÀvï C° ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÀÄqÀØzÀ ºÁUÀÆ ¨ÉlÖzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ

3

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

5

ªÁqïð 5

GvÀÛgÀ

ªÁ¸À«

¸ÀPÀð¯ï

ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ

PÉÆÃD¥ÀgÉÃnªï

¸ÉƸÉÊn

PÁA¥ÉèPïì

¤AzÀ

¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV, J¸ï.©.JA.¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV UÁA¢ü

¸ÀPÀð¯ï£ÀªÀgÉUÉ ¨Á¯Áf ¨ÉÃPÀj PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

¸Áé«Ä

«ªÉÃPÁ£ÀAzÀ

¥ÁPïð

ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ«gÀĪÀ

L.JA.J.©°ØAUï¤AzÀ

¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV gÀAUÀAiÀÄå£À ¨ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ ªÀiÁf £ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÁ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÁzÀ

²æÃ J£ï.PÀ®è¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¸ÁV GZÀÑAVAiÀÄ®èªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ«gÀĪÀ

ªÉAPÀlgÀªÀÄt ±ÉnÖ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

L.JA.J.©°ØAUï ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ªÀÄzÀPÀj ªÀÈvÀÛzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

PÀȵÀÚgÁeÉÃAzÀæ UÀæAxÁ®AiÀÄzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÁ¸À« ªÀÈvÀÛzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ PÉÆÃ D¥ÀgÉÃnªï

¸ÀƸÉÊn PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

GZÀÑAVAiÀÄ®èªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÉAPÀlgÀªÀÄt ±ÉnÖ EªÀgÀ PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV aPÀÌ¥ÉÃmÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

D£É¨ÁV®Ä £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¸ÁV UÁA¢ü ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¨Á¯Áf ¨ÉÃPÀj PÀlÖqÀzÀ

ªÀgÉUÉ.

6

ªÁqïð 6

GvÀÛgÀ

D£É¨ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À ±ÉnÖAiÀĪÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ §ÄgÀÄf£À ºÀnÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀgÉV£À

PÉÆÃmÉ DAd£ÉÃAiÀĸÁé«Ä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ.

zÀQët

GZÀÑAV AiÀÄ®èªÀÄä£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ »A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ J¸ï.©.§¸ï ªÀiÁ°ÃPÀgÀ

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ »A¨sÁUÀzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÉÆA¢UÉ ¥ÀArvï C£À¸ÀÆAiÀĪÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

GZÀÑAVAiÀÄ®èªÀÄä£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ D£É¨ÁV®Ä PÀqÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ aPÀÌ¥ÉÃmÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ,

D£É¨ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À ±ÉnÖAiÀĪÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

§ÄgÀÄf£À ºÀnÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ²æÃ ºÉZï.ªÀÄAd¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥ÀÄà¤ÃgÀÄ ¨Á« gÀ¸ÉÛ ºÁUÀÆ ¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ wgÀÄV D¸ÀévÉæ ªÀÄÈvÀåAdAiÀÄ¥Àà ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

7

ªÁqïð 7

GvÀÛgÀ

¹»¤ÃgÀÄ ºÉÆAqÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ CgÀ½ªÀÄgÀ¢AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV GzÀÄð ±Á¯É,

zÀÄUÁð ¥ÉÊ£Á£ïì ¤AUÀ¥Àà ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ, §£À±ÀAPÀj zÉêÀ¸ÁÛ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

¥ÀƪÀðQÌgÀĪÀ PÉÆÃmÉ ¸ÀgÀºÀzÀÄÝ UÉÆÃqɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV JqÀ¨sÁUÀPÉÌ

§gÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ.

¥ÀƪÀð

§ÄgÀÄf£À ºÀnÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¹zÀÞgÁªÉÄñÀégÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï£À°è §gÀĪÀ

¸ÀPÁðj ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀlÖqÀPÉÌ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¹» ¤ÃgÀÄ ºÉÆAqÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ CgÀ½ ªÀÄgÀ¢AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV UÉÆÃ¥Á® ¸Áé«Ä

zÉêÀ¸ÁÜzÀ£ÀzÀ ¨ÁV®Ä ªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §® ¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

8

ªÁqïð 8

GvÀÛgÀ

UÁA¢ü

¸ÀPÀð¯ï£À°ègÀĪÀ

ºÀÄZÀÑgÁAiÀÄ

±ÉnÖ,

§AUÁgÀzÀ

CAUÀr

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ

¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¸ÁV ºÁ° PÉÆÃmÉ

¥ÉÆÃ°Ã¸ï ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï (ºÀ¼É ¥ÀÄqï ¥ÁåPÀÖj PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉUÉ ¤AvÀÄ. JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉAiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV J¸ï.eÉ.JA.PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ UÀÄqÀØPÉÌ

CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

zÀQët

D£É¨ÁV®Ä¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV §ÄgÀÄf£À ºÀnÖ ¸ÀPÀð¯ïUÉ ¤AvÀÄ §®¨sÁUÀPÉÌ

wgÀÄV »nÖ£À VgÀuÉ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¸ÁV ¹» ¤ÃgÀÄ ºÉÆAqÀzÀ ¨ÁV°¤AzÀ ºÉÆAqÀ

¸ÀÄwÛPÉÆAqÀÄ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀPÉÌ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

D£É¨ÁV®Ä

¤AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV

UÁA¢ü¸ÀPÀð¯ï£À°ègÀĪÀ

µÀgÁ¥sï

ºÀÄZÀÑgÁAiÀıÉnÖ EªÀgÀ §AUÁgÀzÀ CAUÀr PÀlÖqÀPÉÌ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

J¸ï.eÉ.JA.PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ¤AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV gÀ¸ÉÛ zÁnPÉÆAqÀÄ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

4

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

9

ªÁqïð 9

GvÀÛgÀ

¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è ºÉýgÀĪÀ ZÉÃvÀ£À ±Á¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV PÉÃvÉñÀégÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ

ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ dlÖ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ zÁn PÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ

UÉÃmï §½ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ eÁÕ£À¨sÁgÀw ±Á¯É¬ÄAzÀ J¸ï.eÉ.JA. PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ²æÃPÀȵÀÚ ªÀÄoÀPÉÌ

CAvÀå

¥ÀƪÀð

qÁ: dlÖ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÀ£ÀPÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ, PÀ£ÀPÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï¤AzÀ eÁÕ£À ¨sÁgÀw

±Á¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

²æÃ PÀȵÀÚ ªÀÄoÀ¢AzÀ ©üêÀĸÀªÀÄÄzÀæ gÀ¸ÉÛ zÁnPÉÆAqÀÄ CAUÀ«PÀ®gÀ ±Á¯ÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ZɼïUÀÄqÀØzÀ

KjAiÀiÁ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÉÆß¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ w¥ÁàgÉrØ £ÀUÀgÀ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ £À«Ã£ï ¥ËæqsÀ±Á¯É (dlÖ¥Àà£À

ªÀÄ£É ºÀwÛgÀ) ±Á¯ÉUÉ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

10

ªÁqïð 10

GvÀÛgÀ

CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè FzÁÎ »A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ DAiÀÄÆ¨ï gÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV F±ÀégÀ PÀ°è£ÀªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

n.JA.PÉ. PÁA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ zÁåªÀÄ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

ªÀĹâ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ (ZÀgÀAr) UÀ°è¬ÄAzÀ £ÉÃgÀªÁV UÀÄqÀØzÀ PÀqÉUÉ ¸ÁV ªÀiËd£ï SÁzÀgï

¸Á¨ï gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ mÉÆÃ¯ïUÉÃmï ¸ÉÃvÀÄªÉ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ºÀjzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ

ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¦ CAqï n PÁélæ¸ï ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À PËA¥ËAqï UÉÆÃqÉ

ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè FzÁÎ »A¨sÁUÀ ºÉƸÀ ¤Ãj£À mÁåAPï »AzÉ

CAiÀÄÆ¨ï gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ F±ÀégÀ PÀ°è¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ºÁzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ UÁgÉ

ºÀnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÀÄqÀØzÀ ªÉÄðgÀĪÀ ªÀiËd£ï SÁzÀgï ¸Á¨ï (±Á¯É) ªÀģɬÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

§gÀĪÀ J¯Áè UÀÄqÀØPÉÌ ºÉÆA¢ PÉÆArgÀĪÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

11

ªÁqïð 11

GvÀÛgÀ

¥sÁwêÀiÁ ªÀĹâ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ EgÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ªÀfÃgï ¸Á¨ï

EªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É »AzÉ EgÀĪÀ ¨ÉæöÊmï ±Á¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄSªÁV ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV

£ÉÃgÀªÁV n¥ÀÆà ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ ¸ÁV eÉÊ£ÀįÁ©Ý£ï EªÀgÀ PÁA¥ÉèPïì ¤AzÀ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV

CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄRå gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ PÁæ¸ï£À°ègÀĪÀ PÀAmÁæPÀÖgï d©üêÀůÁè EªÀgÀ

PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ºÀ©Ã¨ï ªÀůÁè EªÀgÀ

ªÀģɬÄAzÀ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV ¥ÀÄ£À: JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

ºÉZï.J¯ï.PÉ.gÀ¸ÉÛ mÉÆÃ¯ïUÉÃmï ºÀwÛgÀ«gÀĪÀ ¸ÉÃvÀĪɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

GvÀÛgÀzÀPÀqÉ ¸ÉÃgÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ £ÀAvÀgÀ ZÉüïUÀÄqÀØzÀ PÉÆÃ»£ÀÆgÀÄ DmÉÆÃ ¤¯ÁÝt¢AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV JwÛ£À UÁr E£ÁAiÀÄvï EªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ

¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV qÁ: R°Ã¯ï SÁ£ï ¯ÉÃOmï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ F±ÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ

(F±ÀégÀ£ÀPÀ®Äè)

¥ÀƪÀð

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ mÉÆÃ¯ïUÉÃmï ¤AzÀ ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ GvÁÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV UÀuÉñÀ£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À

eÁÕ£À«PÁ¸À ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ VqÀªÀÄgÀ«gÀĪÀ §AiÀÄ®Ä

¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁV J.PÉ.PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ PÁé°n ¸Á«Ä¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ (ºÀ¼Àî UÀrAiÀiÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ)

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ mÉÆÃ¯ï UÉÃmï GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ PÁåxÉñÀégÀ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄ

¨sÀªÀ£ÀªÀÄÄSÉãÀ PÉÆÃ»£ÀÆgï DmÉÆÃ ¤¯ÁÝt £ÀAvÀgÀ F±ÀégÀ£À PÀ®Äè zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¨ÉæöÊmï ±Á¯É ªÀfÃgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ.

12

ªÁqïð 12 GvÀÛgÀ

JA.PÉ.¥Áå¯ÉÃ¸ï ªÀÄÄRå gÀ¸ÉÛ ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°ègÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØ. C£Àégï ¨ÁµÀ EªÀgÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV JA.PÉ.¥Áå¯ÉÃ¸ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ¸ÀPÁðj ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ ¤Ãj£À mÁåAPï

ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ qÁ: R°Ã¯ï SÁ£ï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ.

5

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

zÀQët

¥sÁwêÀiÁ ªÀĹâ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ¥À²éªÀÄzÀ UÀrAiÀİègÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É ºÀªÀiÁ°

ªÀĺÀ§Æ¨ï SÁ£ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ J¯Áè

ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÉÆß¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÁV n¥ÀÄà ¸ÀPÀð¯ï PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆAqÀÄ CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛUÉ §®PÉÌ

wgÀÄV ¥ÀÄ£À: JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV PÀAmÁæPÀÖgï £ÀÆgÀįÁè EªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ¸ÁV zÉÆqÀØ

ºÀ¼ÀîzÀªÀgÉUÉ

¥ÀƪÀð

qÁ:R°Ã¯ï ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ PËA¥ËAqï¤AzÀ PÁé°n ¸Á«ÄÃ¯ï ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¸ÁV ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ

ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

C£Àégï ¨ÁµÀ EªÀgÀ ±Á¯É¬ÄAzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ºÀªÀiÁ° ªÀĺÀ§Æ¨ï SÁ£ï

EªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ. EgÀĪÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ.

13

ªÁqïð 13

GvÀÛgÀ

CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè

J.PÉ.PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤

¥ÀƪÀð

¢QÌ£À°ègÀĪÀ

PÁé°n

¸Á«Ä¯ï

¤AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV £ÉÃgÀªÁV «Ä®èvï ºÉʸÀÆÌ¯ï »A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀiÁUÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ

§¸À¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀÄ «Ä¯ï PÁA¥ËAqï ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ mÉÆÃ¯ï UÉÃmï §½ EgÀĪÀ ¸ÉÃvÀÄªÉ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¥ÀgÀªÉÄñÀégÀ¥Àà£ÀªÀjUÉ

¸ÉÃjzÀ GvÀìªÁA¨sÀ ¤®AiÀÄ¢AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV £ÉºÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï UËgÀªÀÄä

ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

£ÉºÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV «Ä®èvï ºÉʸÀÆÌ¯ï M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

ªÀiÁUÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ §¸À¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ «Ä¯ïªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ mÉÆÃ¯ï UÉÃmï §½ EgÀĪÀ ¸ÉÃvÀĪɬÄAzÀ CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè J.PÉ.PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤

PÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ°è §gÀĪÀ PÁé°n ¸Á«Ä¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ (ºÀ¼Àî UÀrAiÀiÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ)

14

ªÁqïð 14

GvÀÛgÀ

«Ä®èvï ºÉʸÀÆÌ¯ï »A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀiÁUÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ §¸À¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ «Ä¯ï PÁA¥ËAqï

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV §gÀUÉÃj ©Ã¢ 2£Éà PÁæ¸ï GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀ §gÀUÉÃj PÉgÉ

CAUÀ¼ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ £ÉºÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀÄPÁÌ ºÉÆmÉÃ¯ï ¤AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV

§gÀUÉÃgÀªÀÄä

©Ã¢

1£ÉÃ

PÁæ¸ï

ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ

§¸ÀªÀAvÀ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ gÁWÀªÉÃAzÀæ EAf¤AiÀÄjAUï ªÀPïìðªÀgÉUÉ

¥ÀƪÀð

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ §gÀUÉÃgÀªÀÄä ©Ã¢ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï £À ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ §¸ÀªÀAvÀ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ

gÁWÀªÉÃAzÀæ EAf¤AiÀÄjAUÀ ªÀPïìð¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV £ÉÊAiÀiÁeï CºÀäzï

ªÀÄ£É PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆAqÀÄ §gÀUÉÃj PÉgÉ CAUÀ¼ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ £ÉºÀgÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄPÁÌ ºÉÆmÉÃ¯ï §®¨sÁUÀQÌgÀĪÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV §®¨sÁUÀzÀ J¯Áè ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ «Ä®èvï ºÉʸÀÆÌ¯ï

»A¨sÁUÀQÌgÀĪÀ ªÀiÁUÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ §¸À¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ «Ä¯ï PËA¥ËAqï ªÀgÉUÉ

15

ªÁqïð 15

GvÀÛgÀ

avÀæzÀÄUÀð £ÀUÀgÀzÀ ªÀĺÁvÀäUÁA¢ü ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ©.r.gÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ DeÁzï «Ä¯ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

ªÀĺÁvÀäUÁA¢ü ¸ÀPÀð¯ï¤AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ §gÀUÉÃj ©Ã¢

1£ÉÃ

PÁæ¸ï

ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ

»ÃgÉÆÃ

ºÉÆAqÀ

¸À«Ãð¸ï

¸ÉAlgï

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ±À©âÃgï gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ vÀ£ÀPÀ £ÀAvÀgÀ dAiÀÄAw «Ä¯ï£À §AiÀÄ®Ä

¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

UÁA¢ü ¸ÀPÀð¯ï

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

DeÁzï «Ä¯ï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

dAiÀÄAvï «Ä¯ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

6

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

16

ªÁqïð 16

GvÀÛgÀ

©.r.gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ DeÁzï «Ä¯ï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¯ÉÃOmï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀÄ ªÀĺÁ«ÃgÀ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ

£ÁªÀÄ¥sÀ®PÀ (J.¦.JA.¹.ªÀĽUÉUÀ¼À ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ) ¢AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

PÉ.Dgï.ªÀÄÄgÀÄUÉÃAzÀæ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ gÉʯÉé ¸É×õÀ£ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï DªÀgÀtzÀ PÁA¥ÉÆÃAqï ªÀÄÆ¯É ªÀÄl£ï CAUÀr ¸ÀvÁÛgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

¸ÀzÁ£ÀAzÀAiÀÄå §qÁªÀuÉUÉ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°è J¸ï.JA.zÉêÀgÁdAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯ÉÃOmï

¤AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ºÉƸÀ mÁåAPï ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

©.r.gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ

DeÁzï

«Ä¯ï

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ°èUÉ

ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ

gÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV CUÀ¸À£ÀPÀ®Äè ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ºÉƸÀ mÁåAPï ¥ÀPÀÌPÉ ¸ÉÃgÀĪÀ

gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

gÉʯÉé PÀbÉÃj »A¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV J¸ï.JA.zÉêÀgÁdAiÀÄå £ÀªÀgÀ

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ §AiÀÄ®Ä ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

17

ªÁqïð 17

GvÀÛgÀ

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ gÉʯÉé PÁæ¹AUï ¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¨ÉÊ¥Á¸ï ¤AzÀ §AzÀÄ

¸ÉÃgÀĪÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï §½ EgÀĪÀ «dAiÀÄ®Qëöä PÁl£ï «Ä¯ï PÁA¥ËAqïªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ gÉʯÉé ºÀ½ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÉƸÀzÁV

gÀa¹gÀĪÀ D±ÀæAiÀÄ ¯ÉÃOmï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ

¥ÀƪÀð

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ gÉʯÉé PÁæ¹AUï ¤AzÀ gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

«dAiÀÄ®Qëöäà PÁl£ï «Ä¯ï PÁA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ªÀÄoÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ PÀgÉ

ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ¥Àr¹ dAiÀÄ®Qëöä ¯ÉÃOmï PÁæ¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

J£ï.ºÉZï.13 gÀ¸ÉÛ D±ÀæAiÀÄ ¯ÉÃOmï ªÀgÉUÉ.

18

ªÁqïð 18

GvÀÛgÀ

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ J£ï .ºÉZï.-4 ¨ÉÊ¥Á¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV zÀQëtzÀ PÀqÉUÉ wgÀÄUÀĪÀ J.¦.JA.¹.ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀÄ PÁA¥ÉèPïì

zÀQët

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¨ÉÊ¥Á¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ¸ÉÃgÀĪÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV f.ºÉZï.Dgï.PÁA¥ËAqï ¯ÉÃr¸ï ºÁ¸ÉÖ¯ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ £ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÉUÉ

¸ÉÃjgÀĪÀ lÆj¸ïÖ ºÉÆmÉÃ¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

£ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÉUÉ ¸ÉÃjgÀĪÀ lÆj¸ïÖ ºÉÆÃmÉ¯ï ¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV CAzÀgÉ

ªÉÄzÉúÀ½î gÀ¸ÉÛ £ÉÃgÀªÁV gÉʯÉé PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¨ÉÊ¥Á¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¨ÉÊ¥Á¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛUÉ §AzÀÄ ¸ÉÃgÀĪÀ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï

19

ªÁqïð 19

GvÀÛgÀ

ªÉÄzÉúÀ½î gÀ¸ÉÛ PÉÆ£ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¥sÉèöÊMªÀgï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ EAf¤AiÀÄjAUï ªÀPÀìð

¤AzÀ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÉÆÃqï ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV £ÁåµÀ£À¯ï

¸À«Ãð¸ï ¸ÉÖÃóµÀ£ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ºÉÆÃmÉ¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

ªÉÄzÉúÀ½î gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ªÀĺÀªÀÄzï U˸ï EªÀgÀ ªÀĽUÉUÀ½AzÀ £ÉÃgÀªÁV

ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ©.J.SÁ¹A¸Á¨ï gÀªÀgÀ

vÉÆÃlzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.£ÀAvÀgÀ ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ ¥ÀƪÀð ¢QÌ£À°ègÀĪÀ f¯Áè ReÁ£É £ËPÀgÀgÁzÀ

gÀ¦üÃPï ªÀůÁè ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

§AzÀÄ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİè EgÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ¸ÁéUÀvÀ zÁégÀzÀ

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ¹zÀÝ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ PÉÆ£ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ºÉÆÃmÉ¯ï ¤AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ¸ÁéUÀvÀ ¨ÁV®Ä ¥ÀPÀÌ EgÀĪÀ ¹zÀÞ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ §®PÉÌ

wgÀÄV £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV w¦à£À WÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ ¸ÁV

f¯Áè ReÁ£É gÀ¦üêÀůÁè gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ ¸ÁV £ÀAvÀgÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV zÉÆqÀØ

ZÀgÀArAiÀÄ UÀrAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÉæ¸ÉAmï ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ.

7

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ªÉÄzÉúÀ½î gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ mÁQÃ¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ªÀĺÀªÀÄäzï U˸ïgÀªÀgÀ PÁA¥ÉèPïì

PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV DzÀ±Àð PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥À gÉʯÉéà UÉÃmï ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ

¸ÁV J£ï.ºÉZï -4 ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ²æÃ ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ EAf¤¬ÄjAUï

ªPïÀð±Á¥ïUÉ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

20 ªÁqïð 20

GvÀÛgÀ

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİgÀĪÀ w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä wæ¥ÀÄgÀ ¸ÀÄAzÀj ªÀÄÄRåzÁégÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ

¸ÀPÁðj ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ gÀ¦üÃPï EªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ ªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV w¦à£À

WÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ zÉÆqÀØ ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ ZÀgÀArAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

(f¯Áè ReÁ£É £ËPÀgÀ gÀ¦üêÀůÁè EªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ DmÉÆÃ µÀjÃ¥sïªÀůÁè

CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

zÀQët

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ gÉÃtÄPÁ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

jf£À¯ï ±Á¯É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ PÉæ¸ÉAmï ±Á¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ

¥ÀƪÀð

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ gÉÃtÄPÁA¨sÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¸ÁV

w¦à£À WÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå zÁégÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ. (PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀPÁðj ±Á¯É ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

gÀ¦üÃPï EªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.)

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

PÀæ¸ÉAmï ¸ÀÆÌ¯ï ªÀÄÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¸ÉÃvÀÄªÉ ¬ÄAzÀ zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀArAiÀÄ£ÀÄß UÀrAiÀiÁV¹

PÉÆAqÀÄ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ DmÉÆÃ ZÁ®PÀ µÀjÃ¥sï

ªÀůÁè gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

21

ªÁqïð 21

GvÀÛgÀ

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV §® ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ wgÀĪÀÄ® gɏɯÖÃgÉAmï ªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

J£ï.ºÉZï.-13 ¥ÀÆ°Ã¸ï ªÀ¸Àw UÀȺÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §®¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

¥ÀƪÀð

eÉ.¹.Dgï.ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï ¹zÀÝ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ ©°ØAUï ¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è wgÀĪÀÄ® gɏɯÖÃgÉAmï ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ zÀfðPÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï ¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆAqÀÄ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ «zÀÄåvï

mÁæ£Àì¥sÁgÀägï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ.

22 ªÁqïð 22

GvÀÛgÀ

PÉ.E.©.UɸïÖ ºË¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV J£ï.ºÉZï.4 ªÀÄÆ®PÀ §AzÀÄ

¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİè£À ºÀ¼Éà ¥ÁågÀqÉÊ¸ï ºÉÆÃmÉ¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

CgÀtå PÀZÉÃj¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV PÉ.E.©.PÁélæ¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

vÀÄgÀĪÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ

gÀ¸ÉÛ

(Dgï.n.N.PÀZÉÃj

gÀ¸ÉÛ)

PÉ.E.©.PÁélæ¸ï

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV J£ï.ºÉZï.4 ªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

CgÀtå E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄ PÀbÉÃj¬ÄAzÀ (ºÉƸÀ ¤Ãj£À mÁåAPï) GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

eÉ.¹.Dgï.¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÉèöÊMªÀgï ºÀwÛgÀ EgÀĪÀ ºÀ¼É ¥ÁågÀqÉÊ¸ï ºÉÆmÉïï

ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

23 ªÁqïð 23

GvÀÛgÀ

ªÉÄzɺÀ½î gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ£Áxï EªÀgÀ ªÀĽUÉUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ mÁQÃ¸ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÀæ¸ÉAmï ±Á¯É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀQÌgÀĪÀ ªÀÅqï ¥sÉè¤AUï µÁ¥ï

ªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ZÀªÀÄðzÀ EPÁâ¯ï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV CAdĪÀiÁ£ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀQÌgÀĪÀ VjAiÀÄ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£É.

zÀQët

UÁA¢ü

¸ÀPÀð¯ï

§®¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

¥Àæ¨sÁvï

¥ÉÆÃmÉÆÃ

¸ÀÄÖrAiÉÆÃ¤AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ±ÀAPÀgï avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgï ¨ÁåAPï

¸ÀPÀð¯ï PÉÃgÁ£ïì §mÉÖ CAUÀrAiÀÄ PÀlÖqÀPÉÌ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

8

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

¥ÀƪÀð

ªÉÄʸÀÆgï ¨ÁåAPï ¸ÀPÀð¯ï §½ EgÀĪÀ PÉÃgÁ£ïì §mÉÖ CAUÀr ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ §¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ

mÁQøï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÁzÀÄ ºÉÆÃV §¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ mÁQøï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ PÉÆÃ»£ÀÆgÀÄ

DmÉÆÃªÉÆ¨Éʯïì ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV CAdĪÀiÁ£ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ VjAiÀÄ¥Àà£À

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¸ÀAvÉÃ¥ÉÃmÉ

¸ÀPÀð¯ï£À°ègÀĪÀ

¨sÁgÀvï

¸ÀÄÖrÃAiÉÆ

©°ØAUï

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV E¯Á» ¨ÁåAPï PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÉÄzɺÀ½î gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ mÁQøï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è §gÀĪÀ ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ£ÁxÀ ªÀĽUÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ.

24 ªÁqïð 24

GvÀÛgÀ

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ zÀfð PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï zÀQët ¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV ªÀÄvÉÛ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV eÉ.¹.Dgï.1£ÉÃ

PÁæ¸ï zÀQët ¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¸ÀtÚUÀ°è ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV »ªÀÄävï £ÀUÀgÀ

CAUÀ£ÀªÁr PÉÃAzÀæzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

»nÖ£À VgÀuÉ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ PÀĮĪÉÄ d§âgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ eÉ.n.ºÀ£ÀÄAvÀgÁªï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

eÉ.eÉ.ºÀnÖ mÁåAPï ºÀwÛgÀ EgÀĪÀ »nÖ£À VgÀuÉ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ«gÀĪÀ PÀĮĪÉÄ d§âgï ¸Á¨ï

ªÀÄÆ¯É ªÀģɬÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV RAiÀÄÆA ¸Á¨ï QgÁt CAUÀr ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¸ÁV §®PÉÌ E¨Áæ»A ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£É ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ 3£Éà UÀ°è ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV ºÀ«Ääzï ¸Á¨ï

ªÀģɬÄAzÀ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV ¸ÀÆgÀw ºÁ¦üÃeï ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ

±ËZÁ®AiÀÄ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ CAUÀ£ÀªÁr PÉÃAzÀæzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ (JqÀ ¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ )

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ

ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ

eÉ.n.ºÀ£ÀÄAvÀgÁªï

ªÀĽUÉ

QgÁtÂ

CAUÀr

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ £ÉÃgÀªÁV GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV zÀfð PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ 1£Éà PÁæ¸ï

»A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÀÆ (¥ÁåjªÀiÁ ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ)

25 ªÁqïð 25

GvÀÛgÀ

»ªÀÄävï £ÀUÀgÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ ¸Áé«Ä UÀÄr ºÀwÛ«gÀĪÀ E¨Áæ»A ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ

¥ÀƪÀðzÀ PÀqÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ ºÀ«ÄäÃzï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ 3UÀ°è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ »nÖ£À VgÀt gÀ²Ãzï

¸Á¨ï ªÀÄÆ¯É ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV nA§gï C£Àégï ¸Á¨sï EªÀgÀ

r¥ÉÆÃªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

CºÀäzï gÀeÁ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ QgÁt CAUÀr ¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¥sÁgɸïÖ

D¦üøï gÀ¸ÉÛ, eÉ.eÉ.ºÀnÖ PÁæ¸ï ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

¥sÁgɸïÖ

PÀbÉÃjUÉ

ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ

gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ

JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è

eÉ.eÉ.ºÀnÖ

PÁæ¸ï

¤AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV zÀÆgÀªÁt PÉÃAzÀæ ºÁUÀÆ «zÀÄåvï mÁæ£ïì¥sÁªÀÄðgï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¸ÁV JqÀ¨sÁUÀPÉÌ wgÀÄUÀĪÀ aPÀÌ UÀ°è ºÀ«Ääzï ¸Á¨ï EªÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

CºÀäzï gÀd ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ WÀ¤¸Á¨ï EªÀgÀ ªÀĽUÉ QgÁt CAUÀr¬ÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV DeÁzï £ÀUÀgÀzÀ PÀqÉ ¸ÁV nA§gï C£Àégï ¸Á¨ï r¥ÉÆÃ ªÀgÉUÉ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¹.J¸ï.¨ÁµÁ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV mÁåAPï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ »ªÀÄävï

£ÀUÀgÀ PÀqÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ E¨Áæ»A ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄÆ¯É ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

26 ªÁqïð 26

GvÀÛgÀ

DeÁzï £ÀUÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉVgÀĪÀ ²ªÀtÚ£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ªÀfÃgï ¸Á¨ï

ªÀÄl£ï ¸ÁÖ¯ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV nA§gï C£Àégï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

§¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ mÁQøï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ d°Ã¯ï ¸Á¨ï gÀªÀgÀ E¯Á» ªÀÄAf¯ï

¤AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV r.¹.§AUÉè PÀqÉ ¸ÁV «zÁå«PÁ¸À ±Á¯É ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ

¥ÀæzÀåªÀÄß PÁA¥ÉèPïì £ÀªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

«zÁå«PÁ¸À ±Á¯É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¥ÀæzÀåªÀÄß PÁA¥ÉèQìößAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

§qÁªÀÄPÁ£ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV ªÀÄÆ¯ÉVgÀĪÀ ªÀPÀðµÁ¥ï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉÆgÀ¥ÉÃmÉ ªÀĹâ

gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ gÀeÁPï ¸Á¨ï PÁA¥ÉèPïì ¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV CeÁzï £ÀUÀgÀ

nA§gï C£Àégï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

9

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

§¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ E¯Á» ªÀÄAf¯ï ¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV CAdĪÀiÁ£ï

©°ØAUï ªÀÄÄSÉãÀªÁV ¸ÁV JqÀ¨sÁUÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV ¥ÀÄ£À: §®¨sÁUÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV UÉÆÃ¥Á®¥ÀÄgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÆ¯É PÀȵÀÚ¸ÁUÀgÀ ¨ÉÃPÀj¬ÄAzÀ CeÁzï £ÀUÀgÀ PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ²ªÀtÚ£À

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

27 ªÁqïð 27

GvÀÛgÀ

»ªÀÄÄävï £ÀUÀgÀ (qÁ: ¥Àæ¨sÁPÀgï ªÀÄ£É »A¨sÁUÀ) ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁUÀĪÀ aPÀÌ UÀ°è ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï ¹zÀÝ¥Àà£À (eÉ.¹.Dgï.gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ)

©°ÖAUï ªÀgÉUÉ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ mÁQøï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ ªÀQîgÀ ¸Áé¯ÉúÀ ¸Á¨ï

PÁA¥ÉèÃQì¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV yAiÉÆÃ¸ÉÆÃ¦ü ¸ÉÆÃ¸ÉÊn PÁA¥ÉèPïì£ÀªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

PÉÆÃ D¥ÀgÉÃnªï ¸ÀƸÉÊn PÁA¥ÉèÃPïì ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÁ¸À« ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¦.qÀ§Æèöår

ªÀ¸Àw UÀȺÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ªÉÄʸÀÆgï ¨ÁåAPï ( J¸ï.©.L)

PÀlÖqÀzÀ PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

¥ÀƪÀð

eÉ.¹.Dgï.ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİè

§gÀĪÀ

ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï

¹zÀÞ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ

ªÁtÂdå

PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV

JA.Dgï.¦.PÁA¥ÉèPïì

ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ

¸ÁV

J¸ï.n.ªÁ¸ÀÄzÉêÀgÉrØAiÀĪÀgÀ ¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APïUÉ §AzÀÄ ¤AvÀÄ vÀgÀĪÁAiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛzÁn

UÁ¬Äwæ PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÁ¸À« ¸ÀPÀð¯ï §½ EgÀĪÀ ¦.qÀ§Æè.r ªÀ¸Àw

UÀȺÀzÀ PËA¥ËAqïUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ªÉÄʸÀÆgï ¨ÁåAPï ( J¸ï.©.L) PÀlÖqÀzÀ PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV yAiÉÆÃ¸À¦üPÀ¯ï ¸ÉƸÉÊn ªÁtÂdå PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉUÉ ¤AvÀÄ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV §¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ

mÁQÃ¸ï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ªÀQîgÁzÀ ¸Áé¯ÉúÀ ¸Á¨ï EªÀgÀ ªÁtÂdå PÀlÖqÀPÉÌ ¤AvÀÄ «zsÁå

«PÁ¸À ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV §qÁªÀÄPÁ£ï ªÀÄÄRå zÁégÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV

¸ÁzÀvï ¸ÉÊPÀ¯ï ±Á¥ï ªÀgÉUÉ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV eÉ.eÉ.ºÀnÖ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ºÀ¼É ©.J¸ï.J£ï.J¯ï zÀÆgÀªÁt PÉÃAzÀæzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÁ¦üÃeï

¸ÀÆgÀw ¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£É ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛªÀgÉzÀÄ ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ ±ËZÁAiÀÄ®zÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁV

ªÉÃAPÀmÉñÀ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

28 ªÁqïð 28

GvÀÛgÀ

CgÀtå

E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄ

ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ

«zÁåªÀzsÀðPÀ

¥À©èPï

±Á¯É

PÁA¥ËAqï

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV L±ÀéAiÀÄð ºÉÆÃmÉÃ¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ §AzÀÄ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV

zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV J¸ï.¦.D¦üøï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ wªÀiÁägÉrØ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV UÀuÉñÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À

¥ÀPÀÌQÌgÀĪÀ ®°vÀªÀÄä£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

¸Áé«Ä «ªÉÃPÁ£ÀAzÀ ¥ÁPïð ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV f¯Áè D¸ÀévÉæ

ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁV ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÉ.J¸ï.Dgï.n.¹. UɸïÖ ºË¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉUÉ

PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ PÉ.J¸ï.Dgï.n.¹. UɸïÖºË¸ï »A¢¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁUÀĪÀ

zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr CPÀ̪ÀĺÁzÉë ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ PÀlÖqÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ ºÉÆÃV ¥ÀÄ£À: ¸ÀzÀj

ZÀgÀAr CA¨Á¨sÀªÁ¤ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÁA¥ËAqï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è ºÀjzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ ZÀgÀArAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ¸ÀgÀºÀzÀÄÝ DVzÀÄÝ UÀuÉñÀ£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ JqÀ¨sÁUÀQÌgÀĪÀ ®°vÀªÀÄä£À ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²éªÀÄ

¸ÀPÁðj D¸ÀàvÉæ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¸Áé«Ä«ªÉÃPÁ£ÀAzÀ ¥ÁPïð ªÀÄÆ¯É ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¤AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV £ÀUÀgÀ¸À¨sÉ PÀZÉÃj ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ wgÀÄV ¥ÀÄ£À: JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV UÁ¬Äwæ ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥sÁgɸïÖ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉVgÀĪÀ «zÁåªÀzsÀðPÀ ¥À©èPï

±Á¯É PÁA¥ËAqï.

29 ªÁqïð 29 GvÀÛgÀ

Dgï.n.N D¦üÃ¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ J£ï.ºÉZï.-4 ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

§®PÉÌ wgÀÄV zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV §gÀÄvÁÛ ºÉÆÃmÉÃ¯ï £À«Ã£ï gɹqÉ¤ì ¥ÀPÀÌPÉÌ

PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

10

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

zÀQët

J¸ï.¦. D¦üÃ¸ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¤ªÀÈvÀÛ EAf¤AiÀÄgï ºÀ©Ã¨ï gɺÀªÀiÁ£ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ¸ÁV ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¥ÀæºÁèzï UÀÄ¥ÀÛ EªÀgÀ

ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¥ÀæºÁèzï UÀÄ¥ÀÛ gÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV PÉ.E.©. PÀȵÀÚ¥Àà ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ ¸ÁV §® ¨sÁUÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¢ªÁPÀgï gÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÉ.J¸ï.ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgï gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É

ªÀģɬÄAzÀ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ ºÉzÁÝjAiÀİègÀĪÀ ºÉÆÃmɯï

£À«Ã£ï gɹqɤìUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

J¸ï.¦. D¦üÃ¸ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¤ªÀÈvÀÛ EAf¤AiÀÄgï ºÀ©Ã¨ï gɺÀªÀiÁ£ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV vÀÄgÀĪÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV Dgï.n.N.PÀZÉÃj ªÀÄÆ¯ÉUÉ

PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

eÉÆvÉUÉ

gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ

ºÉzÁÝj

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

vÀÄgÀĪÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ

gÀ¸ÉÛ

JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ²æÃ ªÉAPÀlgÀªÀÄt¸Áé«Ä ¯ÉÃOmï ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.

30 ªÁqïð 30

GvÀÛgÀ

¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ JqÀPÉÌ EgÀĪÀ ¢ªÀAUÀvÀ qÁ:¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï ¨Á§Ä ªÀÄ£É ¥ÀPÀÌ EgÀĪÀ ¤ªÉñÀ£À¢AzÀ

zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV, ±ÁgÀzÀ ²±ÀÄ«ºÁgÀ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV,

J.¹.D¦üøï gÀÄzÀæ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£É PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆAqÀÄ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV, ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÁzÀ

gÁªÀİAUÀAiÀÄågÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄSªÁV ¸ÁV, UÀuÉñÀ£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

DPÁ±ÀªÁtÂ

gÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ

ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï

PÁA¥ÉèPïì

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ZÀ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀPÉÌ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆAqÀÄ, JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV KPÀ®ªÀå ªÀÈvÀÛzÀ°ègÀĪÀ GzÀÝ£ÀAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¤AvÀÄ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV

ºË¹AUï

¨ÉÆÃqïð

JA.L.f.ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀİègÀĪÀ DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ¢AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV ¢ªÀAUÀvÀ qÁ:¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï ¨Á§Ä gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ PÁA¥ÉèPïì ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ºÀjzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ zÉÆqÀØ

ZÀgÀAr CA¨sÀ ¨sÀªÁ¤ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

UÀuÉñÀ£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀPÉÌ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ. ¥ÀÄ£À: §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¤ªÀÈvÀÛ vÀºÀ²Ã¯ÁÝgï gÁdtÚ£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¸ÁV

J.¹.D¦üøï

gÀÄzÀæ¥Àà£À

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.¥ÀÄ£À:

§®PÉÌ

wgÀÄV

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV PÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ±ÁgÀzÀ ²±ÀÄ«ºÁgÀPÉÌ ¤AvÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ zÁnPÉÆAqÀÄ

¥ÀÄ£À: GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV qÁ:JA.n.¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï ¨Á§Ä gÀªÀgÀ ¤ªÉñÀ£ÀPÉÌ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

31

ªÁqïð 31

GvÀÛgÀ

¸ÀgÀ¸Ààw PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ PÁA¥ÉèPïì ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¸ÀĤÃvÀ

£À¹ðAUï ºÉÆÃA. qÁ: gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºË¹AUï ¨ÉÆÃqïð

(JA.L.f) ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¤Ãj£À NªÀgï ºÉqï mÁåAPï ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

PÉ.J¸ï.Dgï.n.¹ ºÀ¼É r¥ÉÆÃ PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV £ÉÃgÀªÁV

®A¨Át ºÁ¸ÉÖ¯ï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¤Ã¯Á¢æ ¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APï ªÀÄÆ¯É ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

®A¨Át ºÁ¸ÉÖ¯ï ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¤Ã¯Á¢æ ¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APï¤AzÀ ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¸ÁV,( PÉ.ºÉZï.©. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ JA.L.f) ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¤Ãj£À

NªÀgï ºÉqï mÁåAPïUÉ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

gÀ¸ÉÛ

ºÀ¼ÉÃ

PÉ.J¸ï.Dgï.n.¹.

r¥ÉÆÃ

PËA¥ËAqï

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ºÀjzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀArAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃeï

PÁA¥ÉèPïì ªÀgÉUÉ.

11

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

32 ªÁqïð 32

GvÀÛgÀ

Dgï.n.N PÀZÉÃj PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ ºÉzÁÝj

zÁn PÉÆAqÀÄ ºË¹AUï ¨ÉÆÃqïð, §£À±ÀAPÀj ¯ÉÃOmïUÉ CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

zÀQët

¸ÀgÀ¸Ààw ¥ÀÄgÀA ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ¸ÀézsÁðvÀäPÀ vÀgÀ¨ÉÃw PÉÃAzÀæ, PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

¸ÀgÀ¸Àéw ¥ÀÄgÀA 1,2,3 £Éà JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ PÁæ¸ï UÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÁnPÉÆAqÀÄ ªÀÄÄAzÀĪÀgÉzÀÄ

L.AiÀÄÄ.r.¦.1£Éà PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥Éưøï E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄ J£ï.©üêÀÄ¥Àà EªÀgÀ

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ »A¨sÁUÀzÀ zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀArAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ 5£Éà PÁæ¸ï CAvÀåUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

zÀQëtzÀ°è ºÉýgÀĪÀ ZÉPÀÄ̧A¢ CAzÀgÉ L.AiÀÄÄ.r.¦. 5£Éà PÁæ¸ï ¥ËgÁAiÀÄÄPÀÛgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ

ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV §®PÉÌ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛUÉ wgÀÄV £ÁªÀÄ̯ï

UÁågÉÃeï ºÉzÁÝj zÁnPÉÆAqÀÄ G¥ÁzsÁåAiÀÄ ºÉÆÃmÉÃ¯ï ¥ÀPÀÌ¢AzÀ d«Ää£À ¥ÀæzÉñÀUÀ¼À

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ZÀ¼ÀîPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ §qÁªÀuÉ, §£À±ÀAPÀj §qÁªÀuÉ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

Dgï.n.N.PÀZÉÃj PËA¥ËAqï ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀÄ ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ZÀ¼ÀîPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ §½¬ÄgÀĪÀ ªÀiÁUÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ §¸À¥Àà £ÀªÀgÀ ¥ÉÃmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APï ¤AzÀ

GvÁÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV §®UÀqÉUÉ qÁ£ï.¨ÉÆÃ¸ïÌ ±Á¯É, §¸ÀªÉñÀégÀ ºÁ¹àl¯ï ºË¹AUï

¨ÉÆÃqïð PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¸ÀgÉÆÃd¨Á¬Ä PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥À ºÁUÀÆ £À«Ã£À

jf¤ì¸ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ ¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APï ªÀgÉUÉ.

33 ªÁqïð 33

GvÀÛgÀ

eÉÊ¯ï ©°ØAUï ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV f¯Áè D¸ÀàvÉæ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¸ÁV ¸ÉÖÃrAiÀÄA

qÀ§¯ï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ E¯ÁSÉ PÀlÖqÀPÉÌ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

zÀQët

eÉÆÃVªÀÄnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ ¯ÉPÀÑgÀgï F-PËAmïì ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÉÖÃrAiÀÄA

ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ eÉÊ©üêÀiï ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

¸ÉÖÃrAiÀÄA ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ eÉÊ©üêÀiï ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ C£ÀÄUÀæºÀ PÁA¥ÉèPïì ¤AzÀ

GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉVgÀĪÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ E¯ÁSÉ

PÀlÖqÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

f¯Áè D¸ÀévÉæ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ eÉʯï PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV eÉÆÃVªÀÄnÖ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉAiÀİègÀĪÀ ¯ÉPÀÑgÀgï F

PËAmïì ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ.

34 ªÁqïð 34

GvÀÛgÀ

w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ¯É¬ÄAzÀ eÉÊ©üêÀiï ¸ÀPÀð¯ï ªÀÄÄAzÉ EgÀĪÀ ±À²PÁAvÀgÀ

ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÉÖÃrAiÀÄA gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ¯ÉVgÀĪÀ ¸ÀPÁðj dƤAiÀÄgï PÁ¯ÉÃeï ¤AzÀ

¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀAZÀZÁAiÀÄð PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥À

»A¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ F±ÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

eÉÆÃVªÀÄnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛ ¸Áé«Ä «ªÉÃPÁ£ÀAzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ £ÁUÀgÁd¥Àà ¯ÉÃOmï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

¹.n.PÀȵÀÚªÀÄÆwð ¯ÉÃOmï ¥ÀPÀÌQÌgÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ.

¥ÀƪÀð

¥ÀAZÀZÁAiÀÄð PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥À ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ F±ÀégÀ zÉÃUÀÄ®¢AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV

¸ÁV «eÁÕ£À PÁ¯ÉÃeï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃeï ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°ègÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÄSÁAvÀgÀ ¸ÁV f¯Áè

¥ÀAZÁ¬Ävï ¸À¨sÁAUÀt ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛªÀjzÀÄ ¸ÉÖÃrAiÀÄA ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛªÀjzÀÄ ªÀÄ»¼Á vÀgÀ¨ÉÃw PÉÃAzÀæ

»A¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¹.n.PÀȵÀÚªÀÄÆwð EªÀgÀ ¯ÉÃOmïUÉ PÉÆ£ÉUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¸Áé«Ä

«ªÉÃPÁ£ÀAzÀ

£ÀUÀgÀ

ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

£ÁUÀgÁd¥Àà

¯ÉÃOmï

(PÉ.J¸ï.Dgï.n.¹.£ËPÀgÀ) ¤AzÀ GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV eÉÆÃVªÀÄnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ §AzÀÄ

w¦à£ÀWÀlÖªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À ¸ÀÄwÛ §®PÉÌ wgÀÄV ¥ÀƪÁð©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ±À²PÁAvï

(¹zÉÝñÀégÀ ¤®AiÀÄ) ¤AvÀÄ JqÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV GvÀÛgÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÉÖÃrAiÀÄA gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ ¤®ÄèvÀÛzÉ.

12

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

35 ªÁqïð 35

GvÀÛgÀ

£ÁªÀÄ̯ï UÁågÉÃeï¤AzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV ¸À«Ãð¸ï gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄSÉãÀ ¥ÀæUÀw PÀȵÀÚ

¨ÁåAPï ªÀgÉUÉ. £ÀAvÀgÀ L.AiÀÄÄ.r.¦. 5£Éà PÁæ¸ï ¥ÁPÀð ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ zÉÆqÀØZÀgÀAr ªÀÄÆ®PÀ 1£ÉÃ

PÁæ¸ï L.AiÀÄÄ.r.¦.AiÀİègÀĪÀ ©üêÀÄ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ £ÀAvÀgÀ ¥À²ÑªÀiÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV

¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ºÁ¸ÉÖ¯ï ªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

UÁA¢ü £ÀUÀgÀ zÀQëtPÉÌ EgÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ ºÁUÀÆ D±ÀæAiÀÄ §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ ¯ÉÃOmï ¥ÀæzÉñÀ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÄqÀØzÀ ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥ÀƪÀð

£ÁªÀÄ̯ï UÁågÉÃeï¤AzÀ zÀQëuÁ©üªÀÄÄRªÁV ¸ÁV UÁA¢ü£ÀUÀgÀzÀ zÀQëtPÉÌ EgÀĪÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀ

ªÀgÉUÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¥ÀAZÀZÁAiÀÄð PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥À ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

«eÁÕ£À PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è ºÁzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÁV UÀÄqÀØzÀ JqÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ

¥ÀæzÉñÀ.

JA.PÉ. ²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ

avÀæzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

R

¨s

P

0

1

¸

ª

¸

«

¨

º

D

f

C

C

æ

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

¸ÀPÁð

5/02/2014gÀ

¸ÀzÀjAiÀÄ£ÀéAiÀÄ

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå:ZÀÄ£Áª

«±ÉõÀ gÁd

¨Á¢üvÀgÁUÀ§º

ºÉÆgÀr¹zÀ

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀ

¥ÀæAiÀÄ

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼

C£ÀħAzsÀ C

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀ

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqï

ªÀÄvÀ

1 ªÁqï

2 ªÁqï

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengal

ðgÀzÀ ¤zÉÃð

gÀ°è£À ªÀiÁUÀð

Ä ªÉƼÀPÁ®Æ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï13

då ¥ÀvÀæzÀ

ºÀÄzÁzÀ ¸Áª

¢£ÁAPÀ¢Az

xÀªÁ ¸À®ºÉ ¹

ÄÄPÀÛ PÀ£Áðl

¼ÀÄ, avÀæzÀÄUÀ

CAPÀt (2)g

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæPÀn¹

qïð ¸ÀASÉå

vÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

ïð 1

ïð 2

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀÄ

luru, Thursd

f¯Áè¢üPÁ

£ÀA. ZÀÄ£ÁªÀ

ð±À£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ð¸ÀÆaAiÀÄ£ÀéA

ÆägÀÄ ¥ÀlÖt

ªÁqïð£À

2(3)/2016.1

¨sÁUÀzÀ II

ªÀðd¤PÀgÀÄ

zÀ 15 ¢£À

¹éÃPÀÈvÀªÁVzÀÄ

lPÀ ¥ËgÀ¸À¨

ð f¯Éè DzÀ

gÀ°è WÉÆÃ¶¹

¹gÀÄvÉÛãÉ.

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

zÀQëtPÉÌ

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

zÀQëtPÉÌ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 27

jUÀ¼À PÁAiÀiÁ

CA

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï.13

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

AiÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ ¸Àܽ

¥ÀAZÁ¬ÄÛ

ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ

17 ¢£ÁAPÀ:0

II ¸ÀASÉå

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà D

zÉÆ¼ÀUÁV

ÄÝ, ¥Àj²Ã°¹

¨sÉUÀ¼À C¢ü¤

zÀ £Á£ÀÄ ªÉÆ

¹gÀĪÀ ªÁqï

DAzsÀæzÀ UÀr

CAUÀ£ÀªÁr

¥ÀlÖtzÀ UÀr

gÉʯÉé ºÀ½

ªÁqïð £ÀA

CAUÀ£ÀªÁr

ªÉAPÀtÚ ¨Á«

UÀÄqÀØ

ºÉZï. Dgï.

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

27, 2017

, 2017 (Shra

Áð®AiÀÄ, avÀæ

wªÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆ

32(3)/2016.

DzÉñÀ ¸ÀA

½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ

16 ªÁqïðU

Ä£ÀÄß

¤U

05.06.2017g

464 ¢£Á

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀ

°TvÀªÁV

¹ EvÀåxÀð¥Àr

¤AiÀĪÀÄ 19

ƼÀPÁ®ÆägÀÄ

qïðUÀ½UÉ CA

C£ÀħAzsÀ

±Á¯É gÀ¸ÉÛ (

r ¨sÁUÀ (UÀÄq

(J¸ï.¹.-J¸

§gï 16 gÀ

±Á¯É gÀ¸ÉÛ (

«AiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ª

gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqï

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 5, ±

avana 5, Sha

æzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè,

ÆZÀ£É

17 ¢£ÁAPÀ:

ASÉå AiÀÄÄr

ÜUÀ½UÉ PÉëÃvÀæ ¥

UÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤UÀ¢ü

UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

gÀ°è ¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯

ÁAPÀ: 05.0

xÀªÁ ¸À®ºÉ ¸

¸À°è¸À®Ä D

r¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

964gÀ ¥ÀæPÀgÀ

¥ÀlÖt ¥ÀAZ

APÀt (4)gÀ°è

ZÀPÀÄÌ

(ªÁqïð £ÀA

qÀØ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ)

¸ï.n. ºÁ¸ÀÖ

UÀr)

(ªÁqïð £ÀA

ªÁqïð £ÀA§

ð £ÀA§gï 1

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

avÀæzÀÄUÀð

24.07.2017

r 4 JAJ

¥ÀÄ£Àgï «AU

¥Àr¹, PÉëÃvÀæ

gÀa¹

¯ÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

6.2017 gÀA

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ½zÀÝ

DºÁ餸À¯ÁV

gÀt 13 gÀ

ZÁ¬ÄÛ 16 ª

°è ªÁrð£À

§A¢

§gï 02 gÀ

Ö¯ïªÀgÉUÉ, ºÉ

§gï 01 gÀ

§gï 03 ªÀÄv

15 gÀ UÀr)

∏Â√

939)

1939)

J¯ïDgï 20

UÀqÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀ

¥ÀÄ£Àgï «A

PÀgÀqÀÄ

¸ÀzÀj C¢ü

AzÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀn

ݰè F PÀgÀqÀ

vÀÄÛ. ¸ÀzÀj

AvÉ JA.PÉ.

ªÁqïðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 16 UÀ

ºÉZï. Dgï.

UÀr)

vÀÄÛ 04 gÀ UÀr

¿Ê

£ÀA. 713

No. 713

014 ¢£ÁAP

¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄvÀÛz

AUÀqÀuÉ ªÀiÁr

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄ

¹ EzÀjAz

qÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉU

²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

Äß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

Äß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

UÀr)

gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀĪÀgÉU

r)

PÀ:

zÉ.

r

£É

Äß

zÀ

£É

UÉ

Äå,

¹,

¹

UÉ,

2

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqïð ¸ÀASÉå

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

3 ªÁqïð 3

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ªÉAPÀtÚ ¨Á«AiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 02 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

¯Á¯ï §ºÁzÀÆÝgï ±Á¹Ûç gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 04 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 05 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

UÀÄqÀØ

zÀQëtPÉÌ

SÁófó ªÉƺÀ¯ÁèzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 04)

4 ªÁqïð 4

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ªÉAPÀtÚ ¨Á«AiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 02 gÀ UÀr) ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯Á¯ï

§ºÁzÀÆÝgï ±Á¹Ûç gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 03 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

ªÀĺÁvÀä UÁA¢ü gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 05 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

SÁófó ªÉƺÀ¯Áè gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 3 gÀ UÀr) ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÉÃmÉ

gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 05 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

ºÉZï. Dgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 15 gÀ UÀr)

5 ªÁqïð 5

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ zÀªÀ¼À¥Àà£À gÀ¸ÉÛ & JA. f. gÀ¸ÉÛ ¨sÁUÀ±ÀB (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 04 & 03 gÀ

UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

ºÉÆAqÀ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 06 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

UÀÄqÀØ

zÀQëtPÉÌ

ªÀİAiÀĪÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 06 gÀ UÀr)

6 ªÁqïð 6

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ¯Á¯ï §ºÁzÀÆÝgï ±Á¹Ûç gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 04 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

¥ÀlÖtzÀ UÀr ¨sÁUÀ

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

UÀÄqÀØ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀİAiÀĪÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 05 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

ºÉZï. Dgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 07, 08 & 11 gÀ UÀr, )

7 ªÁqïð 7

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ PÉÆÃ£À¸ÁUÀgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 08 & 09 gÀ UÀr ºÁUÀÆ ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À

£ÁAiÀÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ »A¨sÁUÀ)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

¥ÀlÖtzÀ UÀr ¨sÁUÀ (¸ÉÆÃªÉÄãÀºÀ½î)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

ºÉZï. Dgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 06 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

PÉ. ºÉZï. ®PÀëöät gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 09 gÀ

UÀr & gÉʯÉé ºÀ½ªÀgÉUÉ)

8 ªÁqïð 8

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ¸ÀAvÉ ªÉÄÊzÁ£À °APï gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 10 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 11 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

PÉÆÃ£À¸ÁUÀgÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 07 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

ºÉZï. Dgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 06 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

ªÉAPÀmÉñÀégÀ §qÁªÀuÉ, ¸Á¬Ä¨Á§ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA 09 gÀ

UÀr)

9 ªÁqïð 9

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ¨sÁUÀå®Qëöäà avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 10 & 11 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À £ÁAiÀÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ »A¨sÁUÀ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 07 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

PÉ. ºÉZï. ®PÀëöät gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 07 gÀ

UÀr & ¸ÀAvÉ ªÉÄÊzÁ£ÀzÀ °APï gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 08 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

gÉʯÉé ºÀ½

10 ªÁqïð 10

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ §AiÀÄ®Ä ¥ÀæzÉñÀ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 16 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

JuÉÚ «Ä¯ï »A¨sÁUÀ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 09 gÀ UÀrªÀgÉUÉ)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 11, 13, 14 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 15 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

gÉʯÉé ºÀ½

3

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqïð ¸ÀASÉå

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

11 ªÁqïð 11

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ©.E.N. D¦üøï PÁA¥ËAqï (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 12, 14 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 15 gÀ

UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

¸ÀAvÉ ªÉÄÊzÁ£À °APï gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁUÀå®Qëöäà avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð

£ÀA§gï 08 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 09 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

ºÉZï. Dgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 06 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 10 gÀ UÀr)

12 ªÁqïð 12

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA. 15gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

©.E.M D¦üøï PÁA¥ËAqï gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 11 gÀ UÀr

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

ºÁ®Ä d£ÁzsÀð£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï gÉÆÃqï °APï ªÀgÉUÉ

(ªÁqïð £ÀA 15 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

R°ÃA ªÀģɬÄAzÀ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä ªÀÄ£É ºÁUÀÆ zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr

ªÀgÉUÉ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 14 gÀ UÀr

13 ªÁqïð 13

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ ¸Áé«Ä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 14 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

D¸ÀàvÉæUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 14 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

J¸ï.JA.£ÀgÀ¹AUÀ gÁªï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ UÀ°è ªÀgÀUÉ (ªÁqÀð £ÀA 14 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 10 gÀ UÀr)

14 ªÁqïð 14

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À gÀ¸ÉÛ ( ªÁqÀð £ÀA 15 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 14 gÀ UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqÀð £ÀA. 11 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 13 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

PÀ°ÃA ªÀģɬÄAzÀ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀUÉ (ªÁqÀð £ÀA 12 gÀ

UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

zÉÆqÀØ ZÀgÀAr ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ§ ªÀÄAdÄ gÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É ( ªÁqïð £ÀA 10 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

13 gÀ UÀr)

15 ªÁqïð 15

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ PÉ.ºÉZï.r.¹ PÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ ¨sÁUÀ ( ªÁqÀð £ÀA 16 UÀr)

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

¸ÀPÁðj ¨Á®QAiÀÄgÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌ EgÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA 11 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

14 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

ºÉZï. Cgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 04 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 02 gÀ UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

ºÁ®Ä d£ÁzsÀð£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï gÉÆÃqï °APï ªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

J¸ï.JA.£ÀgÀ¹AUÀ gÁªï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ UÀ°è ªÀgÀUÉ (ªÁqïð £ÀA 12,14 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

10 gÀ UÀr)

16 ªÁqïð 16

¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ ¸Àä±Á£ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆUÀĪÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 01 gÀ UÀr

¥À²ÑªÀÄPÉÌ

»qÀĪÀ½ d«ÄãÀÄ (ªÁqÀð £ÀA. 15 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 10 gÀ UÀr)

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ

JZï. Cgï. gÀ¸ÉÛ (ªÁqïð £ÀA§gï 01 UÀr)

zÀQëtPÉÌ

gÉʯÉé ºÀ½

JA.PÉ. ²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ

avÀæzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

R

¨s

P

0

1

¸

ª

¸

«

¨

º

D

f

C

C

PÀæ

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

¸ÀPÁð

5/02/2014gÀ

¸ÀzÀjAiÀÄ£ÀéAiÀÄ

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå:ZÀÄ£Áª

«±ÉõÀ gÁd

¨Á¢üvÀgÁUÀ§º

ºÉÆgÀr¹zÀ

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀ

¥ÀæAiÀÄ

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼

C£ÀħAzsÀ C

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀ

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqï

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

1

ªÁ

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengal

ðgÀzÀ ¤zÉÃð

gÀ°è£À ªÀiÁUÀð

Ä ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï13

då ¥ÀvÀæzÀ

ºÀÄzÁzÀ ¸Áª

¢£ÁAPÀ¢Az

xÀªÁ ¸À®ºÉ ¹

ÄÄPÀÛ PÀ£Áðl

¼ÀÄ, avÀæzÀÄUÀ

CAPÀt (2)g

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæPÀn¹

ïð ¸ÀASÉå

vÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢

Áqïð 1

¥

¥

G

z

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀÄ

luru, Thursd

f¯Áè¢üPÁ

£ÀA. ZÀÄ£ÁªÀ

ð±À£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ð¸ÀÆaAiÀÄ£ÀéA

¥ÀlÖt ¥ÀA

ªÁqïð£À

2(5)/2016.1

¨sÁUÀzÀ II

ªÀðd¤PÀgÀÄ

zÀ 15 ¢£À

¹éÃPÀÈvÀªÁVgÀÄ

lPÀ ¥ËgÀ¸À¨

UÀð f¯Éè D

gÀ°è WÉÆÃ¶¹

¹gÀÄvÉÛãÉ.

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀƪÀð §

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

gÁ

zÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

UÀt

zÀQët

F

UÉÆ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 27

jUÀ¼À PÁAiÀiÁ

CA

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï.13

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

AiÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ ¸Àܽ

AZÁ¬ÄÛ 16

ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ

17 ¢£ÁAPÀ:0

II ¸ÀASÉå

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà D

zÉÆ¼ÀUÁV

ĪÀÅ¢®è.

¨sÉUÀ¼À C¢ü¤

zÀ £Á£ÀÄ º

¹gÀĪÀ ªÁqï

¼ÉUÁgÀ ©Ã¢

Ád¥Àà ªÀģɬ

êÀ¸ÁÜ£À ªÀÄv

t¥Àw zÉêÀ¸

F±ÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸Á

ÆÃ¥Á®¸Áé«Ä

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

27, 2017

, 2017 (Shra

Áð®AiÀÄ, avÀæ

wªÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆ

32(5)/2016.

DzÉñÀ ¸ÀA

½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ

ªÁqïðUÀ¼À£

Ä£ÀÄß

¤U

05.06.2017gÀ

465 ¢£Á

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀ

°TvÀªÁV

¤AiÀĪÀÄ 19

ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ ¥À

qïðUÀ½UÉ CA

C£ÀħAzsÀ

§¸ÀtÚ£À ªÀÄ

¬ÄAzÀ ¥Áæ

vÀÄÛ »gÉPÉgÉ M

¸ÁÜ£À ºÁUÀÆ

ÁÜ£À M¼ÀUÉÆA

«Ä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£Àz

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 5, ±

avana 5, Sha

æzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè,

ÆZÀ£É

17 ¢£ÁAPÀ:

ASÉå AiÀÄÄr

ÜUÀ½UÉ PÉëÃvÀæ ¥

£ÀÄß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr

UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

gÀ°è ¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯Á

ÁAPÀ: 05.0

xÀªÁ ¸À®ºÉ ¸

¸À°è¸À®Ä D

964gÀ ¥ÀæPÀgÀ

¥ÀlÖt ¥ÀAZÁ

APÀt (4)gÀ°è

ZÀPÀÄÌ §

ģɬÄAzÀ C

ægÀA¨sÀªÁV

M¼ÀUÉÆArgÀÄ

»qÀĪÀ½ d

AqÀÄ ¤ªÀÈwÛ

zÀªÀgÉUÉ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

avÀæzÀÄUÀð

24.07.2017

r 4 JAJ

¥ÀÄ£Àgï «AU

r¹, PÉëÃvÀæ ¥

gÀa¹

¯ÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

6.2017 gÀA

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ½zÀÝ

DºÁ餸À¯ÁV

gÀt 13 gÀ

Á¬ÄÛ 16 ªÁ

°è ªÁrð£À

§A¢

CUÀ½Û UÀÄArAi

ªÀÄĶÖUÀgÀ ©

vÀÛzÉ.

d«ÄãÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

²PÀëPÀ PÉÆÃzÀ

∏Â√

939)

1939)

J¯ïDgï 20

UÀqÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀ

¥ÀÄ£Àgï «A

PÀgÀqÀÄ

¸ÀzÀj C¢ü

AzÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀn

ݰè F PÀgÀqÀ

vÀÄÛ. ¸ÀzÀj

AvÉ JA.PÉ.

ªÁqïðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄ

iÀĪÀgÉUÉ

©Ã¢ ¸ÉÃj

zÀAqÀgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå

¿Ê

£ÀA. 714

No. 714

014 ¢£ÁAP

¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄvÀÛz

UÀqÀuÉ ªÀiÁr

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄ

¹ EzÀjAz

qÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉU

²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

ß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

Äß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

DAd£ÉÃAiÀ

Äå ªÀģɬÄAz

PÀ:

zÉ.

r

£É

Äß

zÀ

£É

UÉ

Äå,

¹,

¹

iÀÄ

zÀ

2

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqïð ¸ÀASÉå

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

2

ªÁqïð 2

¥ÀƪÀð DAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ¥ÀÆeÁj ¥ÀgÀªÉÄñÀégÀ¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ

¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ¨sÉÊgÉ zÉêÀgÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À ºÁUÀÆ ºÉÆ£ÉßPÉgÉ M¼ÀUÉÆArgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÁtÂUÀgÀ w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV §¸ï KeÉAmï dAiÀÄtÚ ªÀÄ£É

ºÁUÀÆ §¸ï KeÉAmï gÁdAiÀÄå ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ CUÀ¼ÀÛªÀgÉUÉ.

GvÀÛgÀ

CUÀ½Û ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÉÆÃlUÀ¼ÀÄ PÁ®¨sÉÊgÀªÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ.

zÀQët

UÁtÂUÀgÀ w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¸ÀAUÀ£ÀUÀÄAr PÉAZÀ¥Àà ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ ºÁUÀÆ

»nÖ£À VgÀt gÀÄzÀæ¸Áé«Ä ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆAqÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°ègÀĪÀ

§¸ÀªÀgÁdAiÀÄågÀ ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

3

ªÁqïð 3

¥ÀƪÀð «Ã¨sÀzÀæ¸Áé«Ä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ CAUÀr §¸ÀªÀgÁdAiÀÄå ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

dA©UÉ ºÁ®¹zÀÝ¥Àà ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÀAUÀzsÀgÀAiÀÄå ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ºÉÆ£ÀߪÀÄä M¼À®ªÀÄä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

zÀÄPÀqÉè F±ÀégÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ºÉÆ£ÀߪÀÄä£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÀUÉ

zÀQët

dA©UÉ ºÁ®¹zÀÝ¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ §AV ¯ÉÆÃPÉñÀégÀ¥Àà ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

UÀAUÁzsÀgÀAiÀÄå ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

4

ªÁqïð 4

¥ÀƪÀð FrUÀgÀ PÀĨÉÃgÀ¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ FrUÀgÀ w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

£ÁUÀ¯ÁA©üPÁ ±Á¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ PÁæ¸ï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÉÆÃr ºÀ¼ÀîzÀªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

PÀĨÉÃAzÀæ¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ¤ªÉñÀ£À M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆÃr ºÀ¼Àî

zÁªÀtUÉgÉ PÁæ¸ïªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

AiÀıɯÃzÀªÀÄä D£ÀAzÀ¥ÀàgÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV £ÁrUÀgÀ UËgÀªÀÄä

ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ªÀĺÉÃAzÀæ£Áxï ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆÃrºÀ¼ÀîzÀªÀgÉUÉ

5

ªÁqïð 5

¥ÀƪÀð

ºÉZï.JA ªÀÄÄgÀÄUÉÃAzÀæAiÀÄå ¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APï¤AzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV zÁªÀtUÉgÉ

gÀ¸ÉÛ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ JA.JA ¥ËæqÀ ±Á¯É ¸ÉÃj CªÀ½ºÀnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ

CAiÀÄå£ÀPÀmÉÖªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

ªÁUÉÝë ±Á¯É¬ÄAzÀ PÀÄPÁéqÉñÀéj zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

PÀÄPÁéqÉñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ »qÀĪÀ½ d«ÄãÀÄ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÀÄzÉêÀ

¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APïªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

CAiÀÄå£ÀPÀmÉÖ ¬ÄAzÀ ªÁUÉÝë ±Á¯ÉªÀgÉUÉ

6

ªÁqïð 6

¥ÀƪÀð ¥ÀæeÁ¦vÀ F±Àéj «zÁå®AiÀÄ¢AzÀ D£ÀAzÀ¥ÀàgÀ ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ CªÀ½ºÀnÖ

gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

»gÉPÉgÉ PÉÆÃrºÀ¼Àî¢AzÀ CAiÀÄå£ÀPÀmÉÖªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

¥ÀæeÁ¦vÀ F±Àéj «zÁå®AiÀÄ¢AzÀ D£ÀAzÀ¥ÀàgÀ ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ §¸ÀtÚ£À

ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ »gÉPÉgÉ PÉÆÃr ºÀ¼Àî ¸ÉÃvÀĪɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄ¥Àà §qÁªÀuÉAiÉÄ 2£Éà PÁæ¸ï JzÀÄgÀÄUÀqÉAiÀÄ n.J.¦.¹.JA.J¸ï

¸ÉƸÉÊn¬ÄAzÀ

¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV

£ËPÀgÀgÀ

¨sÀªÀ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

CAiÀÄå£ÀPÀmÉÖªÀgÉUÉ

7

ªÁqïð 7

¥ÀƪÀð d«ÄÃAiÀiÁ ªÀĹ¢ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀzÀ ªÀÄ£À¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ¹zÀÝgÁªÉÄñÀégÀ

zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆAqÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¤ÃAzïC«ÄÃgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV Dgï.n.N £ÀĸÀævï C°

SÁ£ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

3

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqïð ¸ÀASÉå

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

GvÀÛgÀ

¤ÃAzïC«ÄÃgï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ eÁ«ÄÃAiÀÄ ªÀĹâªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

ºÉÆAqÀ¢AzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ¹zÀÝgÁªÉÄñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

8

ªÁqïð 8

¥ÀƪÀð wªÀÄä¥Àà ªÉÄõÀÄÖç ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ©.E.M D¦üøïªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

²PÀëPÀgÀ ¸ÀzÀ£À¢AzÀ ªÀÄzsÀPÀj ¸ÀPÀð¯ï M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

wªÀÄä¥Àà ªÉÄõÀÄÖç ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ©ügÀ°AUÉñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

w¥ÉàøÁé«Ä ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

©.E.M D¦üøï¬ÄAzÀ ²PÀëPÀgÀ ¸ÀzÀ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ (¹.©.gÀ¸ÉÛ)

9

ªÁqïð 9

¥ÀƪÀð ¤PÀÌgï wªÀÄätÚ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¨sÁgÀvï ¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APïªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

PÀÉ.¹ gÀªÉÄñïgÀªÀgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV Pˤì®gï ZÀ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀtÚ ªÀÄ£É

¸ÉÃjPÉÆAqÀÄ ¤ÃgÀÄ½î ¨ÁµÁ ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

¤ÃgÀÄ½î ¨ÁµÁ ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV §¸ï KeÉAmï ªÀÄÄgÉUÉtÚgÀ

ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¤PÀÌgï wªÀÄätÚ ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

¥ÉmÉÆæÃ¯ï §APï¤AzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV PÉ.¹.gÀªÉÄÃ±ï ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ (¹.©.gÀ¸ÉÛ)

10

ªÁqïð 10

¥ÀƪÀð PÉ.¹ gÀªÉÄÃ±ï ªÀÄ£É »A¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ªÀįÁèrºÀ½î §¸ï KeÉAmï

zÀ¸ÀÛVj ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÀÄgÀÄ¥Àæ¸Ázï ºÉÆÃmÉ¯ï ¤AzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ¸Án gÁd¥Àà ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

¸Án gÁd¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ªÀi˸Á£ï ¸À£ÁªÀÅ®è ªÀÄ£É

M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ, ©ÃqÁ CAUÀr CeÁ£ï ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ, ªÀįÁèrºÀ½î §¸ï

KeÉAmï zÀ¸ÀÛVj ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

UÀÄgÀÄ¥Àæ¸Ázï

ºÉÆÃmɯï

¤AzÀ

¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV

PÉ.¹.gÀªÉÄñï

ªÀÄ£É

»A¨sÁUÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

11

ªÁqïð 11

¥ÀƪÀð gÉÆÃlj gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀİèPÁdÄð£À avÀæ ªÀÄA¢gÀ ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ gÁªÀÄ¥Àà

§qÁªÀuÉ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ, PɸÀgÀÄPÀmÉÖ PÉgɪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¸ÀPÀð¯ï¤AzÀ ªÀÄĤì¥Á¯ï PÁA¥ÉèPï M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ, CPÀì ªÀĹâªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

¥ÉÆÃ°¸ï ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï¤AzÀ vÁ®ÆèPÀÄ PÀbÉÃj M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¯ïªÀgÉUÉ

(¹.©.gÀ¸ÉÛ)

zÀQët

CPÀì ªÀĹâ¬ÄAzÀ PɸÀgÀÄPÀmÉÖªÀgÉUÉ

12

ªÁqïð 12

¥ÀƪÀð JA.J¯ï UÀÄgÀÄgÁd ªÉÄrPÀ¯ï ¸ÉÆÖÃgï¤AzÀ §¸ï¸ÁÖAqï M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ ºÀ¼É

¨sÁgÀvï avÀæ ªÀÄA¢gÀ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÉßúÀ ¸À¥ÀÛ¥À¢ PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

¥ÀæªÁ¹ ªÀÄA¢gÀ¢AzÀ PÉÆÃmïð DªÀgÀt M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ JA.r.dqï

PÁA¥ÉèPïì¤AzÀ dªÀÄzÀVß §qÁªÀuɪÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

¥ÀæªÁ¹

ªÀÄA¢gÀ¢AzÀ

©.J¸ï.J£ï.J¯ï

D¦üøï

M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ

JA.J¯ï.UÀÄgÀÄgÁeï ªÉÄrPÀ¯ïìªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

UÀÄAqÉÃj PÁªÀ¯ï gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ CAiÀÄå¥Àà ¸Áé«Ä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÉßúÀ

¸À¥ÀÛ¥À¢ PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

13

ªÁqïð 13

¥ÀƪÀð ¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄ¥Àà §qÁªÀuÉ 3£Éà PÁæ¸ï£À eÉÊ£ï §¸À¢ SÁ° eÁUÀ ¸ÉÃjPÉÆAqÀÄ

D¬Ä ªÀiÁvÁf zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

£ÀAdÄAqÀ ±Á¹Ûç vÉÆÃl¢AzÀ CAiÀÄå£ÀPÀmÉÖªÀgÉUÉ

4

PÀæ.¸ÀA ªÁqïð ¸ÀASÉå

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

GvÀÛgÀ

¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄ¥Àà §qÁªÀuÉ 3£Éà PÁæ¸ï ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ¨sÀÆvÀ°AUÉñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À

¸ÉÃjPÉÆAqÀÄ UËqÀÄæ UÀAUÁzsÀgÀ¥Àà §qÁªÀuÉ ¸ÉÃj £ÀAdÄAqÀ ±Á¹Ûç

vÉÆÃlªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

D¬Ä ªÀiÁvÁf zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ CªÀ½ºÀnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ

14

ªÁqïð 14

¥ÀƪÀð PÉ.ºÉZï.©.PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV PÀAmÁæPÀÖgï ²ªÀªÀÄÆwð ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

PÁªÀ¯ï ªÀĺÀzÉêÀ¥Àà ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV gÁªÀÄ ªÀÄA¢gÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À

M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ±À¦üªÀÅ®è ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï ªÀģɪÉgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

J.©. UÉÆÃ¥Á® ±ÀlÄæ ªÀÄ£É ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV UÀÄgÀÄgÁeï ¥Éæ¸ï ¸ÉÃjPÉÆAqÀÄ

¥À±ÀÄ D¸ÀàvÉæªÀgÀUÉ

zÀQët

gÁªÀÄ ªÀÄA¢gÀ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ ¤ªÀÈwÛ ²PÀëPÀ ±À¦üG¯Áè ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV

KeÉAmï gÁªÀÄtÚ£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÁªÀÄzÉãÀÄ ¯Áj ªÀiÁ°ÃPÀgÀ

ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

15

ªÁqïð 15

¥ÀƪÀð dqÀÌUÁr ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀ¥Àà ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ¥ÉÃAmï ±ÉÃRgï ªÀģɪÉgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

UÉÆÃqÀ£ï ºÁUÀÆ ªÀİèPÁdÄð£À avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV gÀºÀªÀiÁ¤AiÀÄ

ªÀĹâªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

¤ªÀÈvÀÛ ²PÀëPÀ ±À¦üªÀÅ®ègÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄUÀ£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV d§âgï ¸Á¨ï

ªÀÄ£É M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ dqÀÌUÁr ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀ¥Àà ªÀģɪÉgÉUÉ

zÀQët

gÀºÀªÀiÁ¤AiÀÄ ªÀĹâ¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV PÀgÉPÀ®Äè ¢§â J.r PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤

¸ÉÃjPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥ÉÃAmï ±ÉÃRgï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

16

ªÁqïð 16

¥ÀƪÀ𠧸ï KeÉAmï ªÁfÃzï¸Á¨ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ¯ÉÆÃPÉñÀ¥Àà

§qÁªÀuÉ M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ªÀÄĸÀ«Ãgï §qÁªÀuɪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

«±Àé£Áxï ±ÉlÄæ CAUÀr¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV zÁ¹PÀmÉÖ ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀ¥Àà ªÀÄ£É

M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÀ¼Éà ¥ÀA¥ïºË¸ïªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ

zÁ¹PÀmÉÖ ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀ¥ÀàgÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¥ÁægÀA§ªÁV KeÉAmï ªÁfÃzï ¸Á¨ï

ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët

ºÀ¼Éà ¥ÀA¥ï ºË¸ï¤AzÀ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀªÁV ªÀÄĸÁ«Ãgï §qÁªÀuɪÀgÉUÉ

JA.PÉ. ²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ

avÀæzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

R

¨s

P

0

1

¸

ª

¢

4

C

¸

f

C

C

¸

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

¸ÀPÁð

5/02/2014gÀ

¸ÀzÀjAiÀÄ£ÀéAiÀÄ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁqï

¢£ÁAPÀ:05.06

466 ¢£ÁAPÀ

CxÀªÁ ¸À®º

¸À°è¸À®Ä DºÁ

¥ÀæAiÀÄ

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼

CAPÀt (2)

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀ

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqï

¸ÀASÉå ª

ºÉ¸Àg

1

ªÁqïð

2

ªÁqïð

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengal

ðgÀzÀ ¤zÉÃð

gÀ°è£À ªÀiÁUÀð

Ä ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀ

ð£À ªÁå¦ÛAi

6.2017gÀ°è ¥

P: 05.06.201

ºÉ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ½

Á餸À¯ÁVvÀÄÛ.

ÄÄPÀÛ PÀ£Áðl

¼ÀÄ, avÀæzÀÄUÀ

)gÀ°è WÉÆÃ

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæPÀn¹

ïð

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

gÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ

ð 1

¥ÀƪÀ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

GvÀÛgÀ

zÀQët

ð 2

¥ÀƪÀ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀÄ

luru, Thursd

f¯Áè¢üPÁ

£ÀA. ZÀÄ£ÁªÀ

ð±À£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ð¸ÀÆaAiÀÄ£ÀéA

ð ¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÉ

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤UÀ¢ü

¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯ÁVgÀ

17 gÀAzÀÄ ¥Àæ

½zÀݰè F PÀg

¸ÀzÀj C¢ü¸

lPÀ ¥ËgÀ¸À¨

ð f¯Éè DzÀ

ö¹gÀĪÀ

¹gÀÄvÉÛãÉ.

UÀ¼ÀÄ

ð: «Ä¤«zsÁ

ºÉÆÃV

Ä:

vÀjÃPÉgÉ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

gÀ:

UÉÆgÀ«£

:

«Ä¤«zsÁ

ð: ¯ÉÆÃPÉÆ

Ä:

«Ä¤«zsÁ

ºÉÆÃV,

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 27

jUÀ¼À PÁAiÀiÁ

CA

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï.13

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

AiÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ ¸Àܽ

23 ªÁqïð

¥Àr¹ gÀa¹

gÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¸ÀzÀ

¥ÀæPÀn¹ EzÀj

gÀqÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆ

¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÉ DPÉë

¨sÉUÀ¼À C¢ü¤

zÀ £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆ

ªÁqïðUÀ½UÉ

zÁ£À¸ËzsÀ ªÀÈvÀÛ

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ wgÀÄV

gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ ¹

PÀȶ PÀbÉÃjª

£ÀPÀ®Äè UÀÄqÀØ

zÁ£À¸ËzÀ¢AzÀ

Ã¥ÀAiÉÆÃV ªÀ

zÁ£À¸ËzsÀ ªÀÈvÀÛ

GvÀÛgÀPÉÌ wgÀÄ

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

27, 2017

, 2017 (Shra

Áð®AiÀÄ, avÀæ

wªÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆ

32(4)/2016.1

DzÉñÀ ¸ÀA

½ÃAiÀÄ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ

ðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤UÀ

¹ PÀgÀqÀÄ C

zÀj C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ

AzÀ ¨Á¢üvÀg

ÆZÀ£É ºÉÆgÀr

PÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀª

¤AiÀĪÀÄ 19

ƸÀzÀÄUÀð ¥ÀÄ

UÉ CAPÀt

C£ÀħAzsÀ

Û¢AzÀ ºÉƼÀ¯

V £ÁåAiÀiÁ®A

zÀÝgÁªÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄ

ªÀgÉUÉ ¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÉ

¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÉ UÀr

ªÀ¸Àw UÀȺÀ¢Az

Û¢AzÀ ºÉƼÀ¯

V, £ÁåAiÀiÁ®

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 5, ±

avana 5, Sha

æzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè,

ÆZÀ£É

17 ¢£ÁAPÀ:

ASÉå AiÀÄÄr

ÜUÀ½UÉ PÉëÃvÀæ ¥

¢ü¥Àr¹, PÉëà æ

¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É ¸À

ZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «

gÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÁz

r¹zÀ ¢£ÁA

ªÁ ¸À®ºÉ ¹éÃ

964gÀ ¥ÀæPÀgÀ

ÄgÀ¸À¨sÉ 23 ª

(4)gÀ°è

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀiÁU

AiÀÄzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ

ÄÄzÁAiÀÄ ¨sÀªÀ£

¨É UÀr

rªÀgÉUÉ ºÉƸÀz

zÀ ¸ÀzÀÎgÀÄ ¸Éê

¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ, ªÀiÁ

AiÀÄzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄz

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

avÀæzÀÄUÀð

24.07.2017

r 4 JAJ

¥ÀÄ£Àgï «AU

vÀæ ¥ÀÄ£Àgï «

¸ÀASÉå:ZÀÄ£Áª

±ÉõÀ gÁdå

zÀ ¸ÁªÀðd¤

APÀ¢AzÀ 15

ÃPÀÈvÀªÁVgÀĪÅ

gÀt 13 gÀ

ªÁqïðUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

ªÁrð£À

¢

UÀðzÀ°è £ÁåAiÀi

zÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®P

£À ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ

zÀÄUÀð - vÀj

ªÁ±ÀæªÀÄzÀªÀgÉUÉ

UÀðzÀ°è £ÁåAi

zÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®

∏Â√

939)

1939)

J¯ïDgï 20

UÀqÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀ

«AUÀqÀuÉ ªÀ

ªÀuÉ.¹.Dgï13

¥ÀvÀæzÀ ¨sÁUÀ

¤PÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅ

¢£ÀzÉÆ¼ÀUÁ

ªÀÅ¢®è.

AvÉ JA.PÉ.

Äß ¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

iÁ®AiÀÄzÀ PÀlÖ

PÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ

gÀ¸ÉÛ ¥Àj«ÃPÀëu

ÃPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

UÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

iÀiÁ®AiÀÄzÀ PÀl

®PÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉ

¿Ê

£ÀA. 715

No. 715

014 ¢£ÁAP

¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄvÀÛz

ªÀiÁr ªÁqïð

2(4)/2016.1

zÀ III ¸ÀAS

ªÀÅzÉà DPÉëÃ¥Àu

V °TvÀªÁV

²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

¹, C£ÀħAz

¤UÀ¢ü¥Àr¹

lÖqÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

UÉ

uÁ ªÀÄA¢gÀ

lÖqÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ

gÉUÉ

PÀ:

zÉ.

ð

17

SÉå

uÉ

V

Äå,

zsÀ

¹

2

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

GvÀÛgÀ:

UÉÆgÀ«£ÀPÀ®Äè UÀÄqÀØ

zÀQët:

¯ÉÆÃPÉÆÃ¥ÀAiÉÆÃV ªÀ¸Àw UÀȺÀ¢AzÀ £ÁåAiÀiÁ®AiÀÄ PÀlÖqÀzÀªÉgÉUÉ ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð-ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ

gÀ¸ÉÛ

3

ªÁqïð 3

¥ÀƪÀð: PÀ£ÀPÀ ¨ÁåAPï¤AzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

¯ÉÆÃPÉÆÃ¥ÀAiÉÆÃV ªÀ¸Àw UÀȺÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÀzÀÎgÀÄ ¸ÉêÁ±ÀæªÀÄzÀªÀgÉUÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

UÉÆgÀ«£ÀPÀ®Äè UÀÄqÀØ

zÀQët:

PÀ£ÀPÀ ¨ÁåAPï¤AzÀ ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåð¸ËzsÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð - ºÉƼÀ¯ÉÌgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

4

ªÁqïð 4

¥ÀƪÀð: M¥ÀàwÛ£ÀªÀÄoÀzÀ CgÀ½ÃPÀmÉÖ¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÀÄUÀAzsÀ¨Á¬Ä ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, J¸ï.eÉ.JA. PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ

¥ÀƪÀðzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, £ÀAdAiÀÄå£ÀPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

PÀ£ÀPÀ ¨ÁåAPï¤AzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

UÉÆgÀ«£ÀPÀ®Äè UÀÄqÀØ

zÀQët:

M¥ÀàwÛ£À ªÀÄoÀzÀ CgÀ½ÃPÀmÉÖ¬ÄAzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj ¨ÁåAPïªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

5

ªÁqïð 5

¥ÀƪÀð: ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛ¢AzÀ ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð »jAiÀÄÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

M¥ÀàwÛ£ÀªÀÄoÀzÀ CgÀ½ÃPÀmÉÖ¬ÄAzÀ, ¸ÀÄUÀAzsÀ¨Á¬Ä ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, J¸ï.eÉ.JA. PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ

¥ÀƪÀðzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, £ÀAdAiÀÄå£ÀPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

UÉÆgÀ«£ÀPÀ®Äè eÉÆÃr²æÃgÁA¥ÀÄgÀ UÀÄqÀØ

zÀQët:

¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛ¢AzÀ ±ÁgÀzÁ ¥Á婿PïìªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

6

ªÁqïð 6

¥ÀƪÀð: d°Ã¯ï¸Á¨ï »nÖ£ÀVgÀt¬ÄAzÀ PÀȵÀÚªÀÄÆwð, r.©.ZÀAzÀæ¥Àà, PÀtªÉgÀAUÀ¥Àà, ¨ÁåAPï

zÀÄgÀÄUÀ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, PÉ.J¸ï.Dgï.n.¹. r¥ÉÆÃªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛ¢AzÀ ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð »jAiÀÄÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð - »jAiÀÄÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ (ºÉʪÉ)

zÀQët:

¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛ¢AzÀ d°Ã¯ï¸Á¨ï »nÖ£ÀVgÀtÂAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

7

ªÁqïð 7

¥ÀƪÀð: vÀļÀ¹ gÀ« ªÀģɬÄAzÀ, PÉ.J¸ï. PÀ®äoï ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ªÀÄoÀzÀ vÉÆÃlzÀªÀgÉUÉ ºÉÆ£ÀߪÀÄä

§qÁªÀuÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ.

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

§£À±ÀAPÀj zÉêÀgÀ ªÀĽUɬÄAzÀ, ¥ÀgÀªÉÄñÀ¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄAqÀQÌ AiÀÄÆ¸ÉÆ¥sï ªÀÄ£É

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸Á¨ï eÁ£ï ¸Á¨ï ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ:

ªÀÄoÀzÀ vÉÆÃl¢AzÀ ºÉÆ£ÀߪÀÄä §qÁªÀuÉ »A¢£À PÉÆÃrºÀ¼Àî

zÀQët:

§£À±ÀAPÀj zÉêÀgÀ ªÀĽUɬÄAzÀ vÀļÀ¹ gÀ« ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ ºÉZï.ºÉZï. gÀ¸ÉÛ

8

ªÁqïð 8

¥ÀƪÀð: J.¦.JA.¹. ¥ÀƪÀð¢AzÀ UÉÆgÀ«£ÀPÀ¯ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ §dÓ¥Àà£ÀºÀnÖ gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

vÀļÀ¹ gÀ« ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÉ.J¸ï. PÀ®äoï ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÀÄoÀzÀ vÉÆÃlzÀªÀgÉUÉ ºÉÆ£ÀߪÀÄä

§qÁªÀuÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð UÉÆgÀ«£ÀPÀ®Äè PÉÆÃrºÀ¼Àî

zÀQët:

J.¦.JA.¹. DUÉßÃAiÀÄ¢AzÀ ºÀ¼Éà ZÉÃvÀ£À D¬Ä¯ï«Ä¯ï gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð -

ºÀĽAiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

9

ªÁqïð 9

¥ÀƪÀð: vÁ®ÆèPÀÄ ¥ÀAZÁ¬Äw ªÁAiÀÄĪÀå ªÀ¸ÀwUÀȺÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ wgÀÄV r±ï ¨Á§Ä

ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¨ÉÆÃQPÉgÉ UÀÄqÀØgÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

PÉ.JA.PÉ. ¯ÉÃOmï¤AzÀ vÀjÃPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð mË£ï UÀr

GvÀÛgÀ:

ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð - vÀjÃPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

¨ÉÆÃQPÉgÉ UÀÄqÀØ

10

ªÁqïð 10 ¥ÀƪÀð: ¨É®UÀÆgÀÄ C±Àévï±ÉnÖ ªÀĽUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CgÀ®ºÀ½î ©°ØAUï ªÀiÁUÀðªÁV ±ÉÆÃ¨sÀgÁt ªÀÄ£É

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ

3

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

vÁ®ÆèPÀÄ ¥ÀAZÁ¬Äw ªÁAiÀÄĪÀå ªÀ¸ÀwUÀȺÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀƪÀðPÉÌ wgÀÄV r±ï ¨Á§Ä

ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÄA¨sÁUÀ¢AzÀ ¨ÉÆÃQPÉgÉ UÀÄqÀØgÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

¨É®UÀÆgÀÄ C±Àévï±ÉnÖ ªÀĽUÉ ¬ÄAzÀ vÁ®ÆèPÀÄ ¥ÀAZÁ¬Äw ªÁAiÀÄĪÀåzÀªÀgÉUÉ

ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð - vÀjÃPÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀðzÀ UÀÄqÀØ

11

ªÁqïð 11

¥ÀƪÀð: C¤vÁ J¯ÉPÁÖç¤Pïì¤AzÀ n.ºÉZï. §¸ÀªÀgÁeï ªÀģɪÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÉÆ.a.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt¥Àà£À

ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ «£ÁAiÀÄPÀ §qÁªÀuÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

¨É®UÀÆgÀÄ C±Àévï±ÉnÖ ªÀĽUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CgÀ®ºÀ½î ©°ØAUï ªÀiÁUÀðªÁV ±ÉÆÃ¨sÀgÁt ªÀÄ£É

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ:

C¤vÁ J¯ÉPÁÖç¤Pïì¤AzÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¨ÁåAPïªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

ºÉƸÀzÀÄUÀð UÀÄqÀØ

12

ªÁqïð 12

¥ÀƪÀð: ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛ¢AzÀ ªÀÄzÀPÀj ªÀÈvÀÛzÀªÀgÉUÉ ºÉZï.ºÉZï.gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

¥ÁågÉeÁ£ï QgÁt CAUÀr ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï PÁA¥ÉèPïì¤AzÀ ¥ÉÆÃ°Ã¸ï ¸ÉÖõÀ£ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¥ÀlÖt ¥ÀAZÁ¬Äw £ÉÊgÀÄvÀåzÀªÀgÉUÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

¥ÁågÉeÁ£ï QgÁt CAUÀr ªÀÄĤì¥À¯ï PÁA¥ÉèÃPïì¤AzÀ ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéj ªÀÈvÀÛzÀªÀgÉUÉ

ºÉZï.ºÉZï.gÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

ªÀÄĤì¥sÀ¯ï D¦üÃ¸ï £ÉÊgÀÄvÀå¢AzÀ «zÁå¥Àw ²ªÀtÚ »nÖ£ÀVj gÁdtÚ UÀÄgÀÄ¥ÁzÀ¥ÀàgÀ

gÀÄzÀæ¥Àà ©. §AzÀAiÀÄå£À ªÉÄ£À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÀÄzÀPÀj ªÀÈvÀÛ.

13

ªÁqïð 13

¥ÀƪÀð: J.PÉ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ mÁåAPï¤AzÀ ªÀÄzÀPÀj ªÀÈvÀÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

ºÁ°£À ²ªÀ°AUÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ r.n. gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà£À »nÖ£À VgÀtªÀgÉUÉ, F±ÀégÀ

zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

r.n. gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà£À »nÖ£À VgÀt¬ÄAzÀ Dgï.JA.¹. gÁªÀÄtÚ£À ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

ZÁªÀÄgÁd¥ÉÃmÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

ºÁ°£À ²ªÀ°AUÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ªÀĹâ zÀQëtzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ, SÁf ªÉƺÀ¯Áè Nt ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

J.PÉ. ºÀnÖ. mÁåAPïªÀgÉUÉ

14

ªÁqïð 14

¥ÀƪÀð: ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ DeÁzï ©ÃqÁ¸ÁÖ¯ï gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

ªÀÄAr jeÁé£ï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ:

ªÀÄzÀPÀj ¸ÀPÀð¯ï¤AzÀ DeÁzï ©ÃqÁ¸ÁÖ¯ïªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ

15

ªÁqïð 15

¥ÀƪÀð: §£À±ÀAPÀj PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀƪÀð¢AzÀ gÉÊfAUï ªÉÄÊ£ï ¥ÉÊ¥ï¯ÉÊ£ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ DeÁzï ©ÃqÁ¸ÁÖ¯ï gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

§£À±ÀAPÀj PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥À¢AzÀ DeÁzï ©ÃqÁ¸ÁÖ¯ïªÀgÉUÉ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ

16

ªÁqïð 16

¥ÀƪÀð: PÉ.«. ¸Áé«Ä ªÀĽUɬÄAzÀ CAUÀr ¥Àæ¨sÀÄ UÁgÉãÁUÀtÚ£À ªÀģɪÀÄÆ®PÀ ¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

§£À±ÀAPÀj PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀƪÀð¢AzÀ gÉÊfAUï ªÉÄÊ£ï ¥ÉÊ¥ï¯ÉÊ£ï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ:

PÉ.«. ¸Áé«Ä ªÀĽUɬÄAzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj PÀ¯Áåt ªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ ºÀĽAiÀiÁgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛ

zÀQët:

¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ

17

ªÁqïð 17 ¥ÀƪÀð: PÉ.ºÉZï.©. PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤¬ÄAzÀ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÉ UÀr

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

PÉ.«. ¸Áé«Ä ªÀĽUɬÄAzÀ CAUÀr ¥Àæ¨sÀÄ UÁgÉãÁUÀtÚ£À ªÀģɪÀÄÆ®PÀ ¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ

4

PÀæ.

¸ÀA.

ªÁqïð

¸ÀASÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

¢PÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ

ZÀPÀÄÌ §A¢

GvÀÛgÀ:

J.¦.JA.¹. PÀlÖqÀ¢AzÀ UÉÆgÀ«PÀ®Äè - PÀ¥ÀàUÉgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛªÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët:

¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ, PÀĪÀiÁgÀ£À PÀt廃 ¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÉ UÀr

18

ªÁqïð 18

¥ÀƪÀð: vÉÃj£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ §AUÁgÀVj ¤AUÀ¥Àà£À dªÁ£ï d¯Á¯ï¸Á¨ï ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ºÀ¼É

mÁåAPï gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

qÁPÀÖgï ªÀgÀzÀgÁeï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ¨ÉÆÃ« PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ ºÀ¼É¨ÁåAPï UÀÄqÀØzÀªÀgÉUÉ «£ÁAiÀÄPÀ

§qÁªÀuÉ gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

qÁPÀÖgï ªÀgÀzÀgÁeï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ zÀÄUÀðªÀÄä£À UÀÄr ªÀÄÆ®PÀ vÉÃj£À ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët:

¨ÉÆÃ« PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ »A¨sÁUÀzÀ UÀÄqÀØ

19

ªÁqïð 19

¥ÀƪÀð: ªÀÄÄzÉæPÀ¯ï zÉêÀ¥ÀࢪÁPÀgï ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ºÀ¼ÉgÉʹAUï ªÉÄʬģï¥ÉÊ¥ï¯ÉÊ£ï

ºÉƸÀ½îzÉÆqÀØAiÀÄå£À ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

G¥ÁàgÀ PÁ¼À¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ £ÁUÀgÁd¥Àà£À ªÀÄ£É ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÀ¼ÉmÁåAPï gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

G¥ÁàgÀ PÁ¼À¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ªÀÄÄzÉæPÀ¯ïªÀgÉUÉ vÉÃgÀĩâ

zÀQët:

ºÀ¼É gÉʹAUÀ ªÉÄÊ¬Ä£ï ¥ÉÊ¥ï¯ÉÊ£ï

20 ªÁqïð 20

¥ÀƪÀð: «ÃgÁAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ F±Á£Àå¢AzÀ ¨sÀÆvÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄr ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÉÆÃmÉ zÉÆqÀØAiÀÄå£À

ªÀÈvÀÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

ªÀÄÄzÉæPÀ¯ï G¥ÁàgÀ JA. ¤AUÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ ºÀ¼É gÉʹAUï ªÉÄʬģï¥ÉÊ¥ï ¯ÉÊ£ïªÀgÉUÉ

GvÀÛgÀ:

ªÀÄÄzÉæPÀ¯ï¤AzÀ «ÃgÁAd£ÉÃAiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ F±Á£ÀåzÀªÀgÉUÉ vÉÃgÀĩâ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀĹâ

zÀQëtzÀ ©Ã¢

zÀQët:

©.J¸ï. ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸ÀAiÀÄågÀ ªÀģɬÄAzÀ «Ää£À wªÀÄätÚ£À ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

21

ªÁqïð 21

¥ÀƪÀð: J.PÉ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃ¤ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ »A¨sÁUÀzÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ ¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØzÀ ªÀÄgÀPÀmÉÖªÀgÉUÉ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

«ÃgÁd£ÉÃAiÀĸÁé«Ä zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À F±Á£Àå¢AzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj gÀ¸ÉÛ, ªÀÄgÀPÀmÉÖ

GvÀÛgÀ:

SÁf ªÉƺÀ¯Áè NtÂ

zÀQët:

ªÀÄgÀPÀmÉÖ

22 ªÁqïð 22

¥ÀƪÀð: ºÉZï.f. ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ UÀ«gÀAUÀ£ÁxÀ ±Á¯É gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

ºÀ¼ÉmÁåAPï UÀÄqÀØ

GvÀÛgÀ:

f. ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀ¥Àà£À ªÀģɬÄAzÀ UÁr aPÀÌtÚ£À ªÀģɪÀgÉUÉ

zÀQët:

ºÀÄt¸É ºÉÆAqÀzÀ UÀÄqÀØ

23 ªÁqïð 23

¥ÀƪÀð: §£À±ÀAPÀj zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À¢AzÀ ªÀÄgÀPÀmÉÖ gÀ¸ÉÛ

¥À²ÑªÀÄ:

UÀ«gÀAUÀ£ÁxÀ±Á¯É gÀ¸ÉÛ

GvÀÛgÀ:

§£À±ÀAPÀj §AqɬÄAzÀ ¨sÀÆvÀ¥Àà£ÀzÀ UÀÄr ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÉÆÃmÉ zÉÆqÀØAiÀÄå£À ªÀÈvÀÛ

zÀQët:

ªÀÄgÀPÀmÉÖ ¨sÉÊgÀ¥Àà£À UÀÄqÀØ

JA.PÉ. ²æÃgÀAUÀAiÀÄå

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ

avÀæzÀÄUÀð f¯Éè

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

R

¨sÁ

P

RNI No. KARBI

∞

¨ÁUÀ – III

Part – III

ªÀiÁ£Àå ²æ

EªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀæPÀ

THE G

DEATH OF

FORMER M

IL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉA

Beng

¸ÀASÉå:

²æÃ J£ï. zsÀg

ÁAPÀ: 27.07

PÀn¹zÉ.

PER

No.

OVERNMEN

F SRI N.

MEMBER O

47

Òûª

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄg

galuru, Thur

¹§âA

¹D¸ÀÄE 37

gÀA¹AUï, PÀ£

7.2017 gÀAz

RSONNEL &

DPAR 37 H

NT OF KA

DHARAM

OF PARLIAM

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμÀ

gÀĪÁgÀ, dį

rsday, July

A¢ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D

ºÉZïºÉZïJ

£ÁðlPÀ gÁd

zÀÄ ¤zsÀ£ÀgÁz

& ADMINIST

NO

HHL 2017,

RNATAKA

SINGH, F

MENT ON 2

zÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

¯ÉÊ 27, 201

27, 2017 (S

qÀ½vÀ ¸ÀÄzsÁg

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

¯ï 2017, ¨

dåzÀ ªÀiÁf ª

zÀ «µÀAiÀĪ

TRATIVE R

OTIFICATIO

BENGALU

ANNOUNCE

FORMER C

27.07.2017

CHIEF S

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨É

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ

17 (±ÁæªÀt 5

Shravana 5, S

gÀuÁ ¸ÀaªÁ®

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢

ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæU

ªÀ£ÀÄß gÁdå

¸À

¸ÀPÁðgÀ

REFORMS S

ON

RU, DATED

E WITH M

CHIEF MIN

.

SUBHAS

SECRETA

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7)

Ò∏Â

5, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð

Shaka Varsh

®AiÀÄ

¢£ÁAPÀ: 27.0

UÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ

¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ

¸ÀĨsÁµï.¹. PÀÄ

gÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå PÁ

SECRETAR

D : 27.07.2

MOST PROF

NISTER OF

SH.C. KU

ARY TO G

(100 ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ)

∏Â√

1939)

ha 1939)

07.2017

ªÀiÁf ¸ÀA¸

wêÀæ ¸ÀAvÁ

ÄAnD

PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð

RIAT

2017

FOUND RE

F KARNAT

UNTHIA

GOVERN

¿Ê

£ÀA. 71

No. 71

¸Àvï ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ

Á¥À¢AzÀ F

GRET THE

TAKA AND

NMENT

16

6

Ä

F

E

D

R

¨s

P

0

¥æ

¥

C

PÉ

f

¸À

D

3

£É

¸

¥

¢

PÀ

¥æ

º

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–III

Part–III

«µÀAiÀÄ

G¯ÉèÃR

¥Àæ¸ÁÛªÀ£É:

PÀ£Áð

¥ÀjÃPÉë, ¢£ÁAP

C¢üPÁj ºÀÄzÉÝU

PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼À 200

f¯ÉègÀªÀgÀÄ PÉÆÃ

F ª

¸ÀÄvÀÛ®Æ 200

DzÀÝjAzÀ F D

F ¢

30.07.2017 gÀA

£ÉÃgÀ £ÉêÀÄPÁw

¸ÀA»vÉAiÀÄ PÀ

¥Éưøï DA

¢£ÁAPÀ: 06.0

PÀ«ÄõÀ£ÀgÉÃmï

¥ÀæzÉñÀªÉAzÀÄ W

F £À

ºÉÆgÀr¸À¯ÁV

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ

Bengal

¥ÉưøïD

G¥À¹ÜvÀgÀÄ

: ¢£ÁAPÀ:

C¢üPÁj

£ÀqÉAiÀÄĪ

: f¯Áè¢üP

2017-1

ðlPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë ¥

PÀ: 30.07.2017

UÀ½UÉ £ÉÃgÀ £ÉÃ

0 «ÄÃlgï ¸

ÃjgÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

ªÉÄð£À J¯Áè

«ÄÃlgï ªÁ

DzÉñÀ-

DzÉÃ

¢¸ÉAiÀİè, ¢

AzÀÄ PÀȶ C¢ü

wAiÀÄ ¸ÀàzsÁðvÀäPÀ

PÀ®A 144£ÉÃ

AiÀÄÄPÀÛgÀÄ, ¨ÉA

08.2017 gÀAz

ï ªÁå¦ÛAiÀİè

WÉÆÃ¶¹ ¥Àæw§

£ÀqÀªÀ½AiÀÄ£ÀÄß

zÉ.

147

Òûª

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ª

luru, Saturd

DAiÀÄÄPÀÛgÀÄ ºÁ

Ä: ¥Àæ«Ãuï¸ÀÆ

29.07.2017,

ºÁUÀÆ ¸ÀºÁ

ªÀ ¥ÀjÃPÁë PÉÃA

PÁjUÀ¼À PÀbÉÃ

8, ¢£ÁAPÀ:

¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ ªÀw

7 gÀAzÀÄ PÀȶ

êÀÄPÁwAiÀÄ ¸Ààz

¸ÀÄvÀÛ®Æ ¤µÉÃ

¯Áè ¸ÀàzsÁðvÀäPÀ

Áå¦ÛAiÀÄ ¥ÀæzÉñ

ñÀ ¸ÀASÉå:J¸ï

¢£ÁAPÀ:29.07.2

¢PÁjUÀ¼À ºÀÄzÉÝ

PÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸

¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀU

zÀÄ £ÉêÀÄPÁw

°è ¥ÀjÃPÉë £À

§AzsÀPÁeÉÕAiÀÄ£

£À£Àß ¸À» ª

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 29,

¥ÉÆ

UÀÆ f¯Áè zÀA

Æzï, L.¦.J

30.07.2017

ºÁAiÀÄPÀ PÀȶ

AzÀæUÀ¼À ¸ÀÄvÀÛ®Ä

Ãj, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

24.07.2017.

w¬ÄAzÀ ¢£ÁA

C¢üPÁjUÀ¼À

zsÁðvÀäPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

zÁeÉÕAiÀÄ£ÀÄß º

¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸

±ÀPÉÌ C£Àé¬Ä¸ÀĪ

¸ï.©/UÀÄ.ªÁ/¤

2017 gÀAzÀÄ

ÝUÀ¼À ¥ÀjÃPÉë ºÁ

¸ÀĸÀÆvÀæªÁV ª

C£ÀéAiÀÄ ¥Àæ

UÀgÀ DzÀ £Á

¸ÀàzsÁðvÀäPÀ

qÉAiÀÄĪÀ J¯

£ÀÄß «¢ü¹gÀÄvÉÛ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £À£Àß PÀb

¥Éưøï

ÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

29, 2017 (

, 2017 (Shra

ưøï E¯Á

AqÁ¢üPÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ

J¸ï, ¥Éưøï

ºÁUÀÆ 06.08

C¢üPÁjUÀ¼À º

Ä ¥Àæw§AzsÀPÁ

ÆgÀÄ f¯Éè, ¨É

APÀ: 29.07.201

ºÀÄzÉÝUÀ¼À ¥ÀjÃ

PÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀĸÀÆvÀæª

ºÉÆgÀr¸À®Ä G

¸ÀĸÀÆvÀæªÁV

ªÀAvÉ ¤µÉÃzÁ

¤µÉÃzÁeÉÕ-22

£ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¸

ºÁUÀÆ ¢£ÁAPÀ:

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÉÆÃµÀgÀ

zÀvÀÛªÁzÀ C

£ÀÄ, ¢£ÁAPÀ:

¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ £À

¯Áè PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼

vÉÛãÉ.

bÉÃjAiÀÄ ªÉÆ

ïDAiÀÄÄPÀÛgÀÄ º

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 7, ±À

avana 7, Sha

ÁSÉ

¼ÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

¸ïDAiÀÄÄPÀÛgÀÄ,

.2017gÀAzÀÄ ¸À

ºÀÄzÉÝUÀ½UÉ £ÉÃ

ÁeÉÕAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «¢ü

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄgÀªÀ

17 gÀAzÀÄ £ÀqÉ

ÃPÉë ºÁUÀÆ ¢

ªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÉ

G¯ÉèÃTvÀ ¥Àvæ

ºÁUÀÆ zÉÆÃµ

ÁeÉÕ ºÉÆgÀr¸ÀÄ

2/2017, ¢£Á

¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ PÀȶ

: 06.08.2017

gÀ»vÀªÁV £Àqɸ

¢üPÁgÀªÀ£ÀÄß

29.07.2017,

qÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¸ÀªÀÄ

¼À 200 «Ä

ƺÀj£À°è 201

¥Àæ«Ãu

ºÁUÀÆ f¯Áè

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

ÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀgÀªÀgÀ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ PÀȶ

gÀ£ÉêÀÄPÁwAiÀÄ

¢ü¸ÀĪÀ §UÉÎ.

ªÀgÀ ¥ÀvÀæ ¸ÀAS

AiÀÄĪÀ ¸ÀºÁAi

£ÁAPÀ: 06.08

zÉÆÃµÀgÀ»vÀªÁV

vÀæzÀ°è C¥ÀgÀ

µÀgÀ»vÀªÁV £

ĪÀÅzÀÄ CUÀvÀå«

ÁAPÀ: 28.07.2

¶ ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀ

gÀAzÀÄ ¸ÀºÁA

¸ÀĪÀ zÀȶ׬Ä

ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¹,

¢£ÁAPÀ: 30

ÄAiÀÄzÀ°è ¨ÉA

ÄÃlgï ¸ÀÄvÀÛ°

7gÀ dįÉÊ ªÀ

uï¸ÀÆzï

zÀAqÁ¢üPÁj

¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 500

∏Â√

39)

1939)

£ÀqÀªÀ½UÀ¼ÀÄ

£ÀUÀgÀ.

¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ

Ä ¸ÀàzsÁðvÀäPÀ

SÉå: ¥ÀjÃPÉë/¹

iÀÄPÀ PÀȶ ¤zÉÃ

.2017 gÀAzÀÄ

V £ÀqɸÀĪÀ ¸À®

f¯Áè¢üPÁjUÀ¼

£ÀqÉAiÀÄ®Ä ¥Àj

«gÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ª

2017.

ºÀÄzÉÝUÀ¼À ¥À

AiÀÄPÀ PÀȶ C¢ü

AzÀ, £À£ÀUÉ z

¥Àæ«Ãuï¸ÀÆz

0.07.2017 ¥Àj

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀU

°£À ¥ÀæzÉñÀª

ªÀiÁºÉAiÀÄ ¢£Á

jUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

¿Ê

£ÀA. 722

No. 722

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀȶ

¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ

¹Dgï/07/

ð±ÀPÀgÀ ºÀÄzÉÝUÀ

¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ PÀȶ

®ÄªÁV ¥ÀjÃPÁ

¼ÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆg

jÃPÁë PÉÃAzÀæUÀ

ªÀÄ£ÀUÀArgÀÄvÉÛã

¥ÀjÃPÉë, ¢£ÁAP

¢PÁj ºÀÄzÉÝUÀ½

zÀAqÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÀiÁ

zï, L¦J¸ï

jÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ

UÀgÀ ¥Éưø

ªÀ£ÀÄß ¤µÉâü

ÁAPÀ 28gÀAzÀ

ÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ.

¼À

PÁë

gÀÄ

¼À

£É.

PÀ:

UÉ

iÁ

ï,

Æ

¸ï

vÀ

zÀÄ

RNI No. KARBIL/2001/47147

«±ÉõÀ gÁdå ¥ÀwæPÉ

¨sÁUÀ–IV

Part–IV

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 10, 2017 (DµÁqsÀ 19, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1939)

Bengaluru, Monday, July 10, 2017 (Ashada 19, Shaka Varsha 1939)

£ÀA. 658

No. 658

0

¨sÁgÀvÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ DAiÉÆÃUÀ

¤ªÁðZÀ£À ¸ÀzÀ£À, D±ÉÆÃPÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ, £ÀªÀzɺÀ° - 110001.

¢£ÁAPÀ 10£Éà dįÉÊ, 2017

19 DµÁqÀ 1939 (±ÀPÀ)

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

¸ÀASÉå: 479/2017- ¨sÁgÀvÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ DAiÉÆÃUÀªÀÅ 2017-gÀ gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉUÉ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀAvÉ 1974gÀ

gÁµÀÖç¥Àw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥À-gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 7gÀ C£ÀĸÁgÀ DAiÉÆÃUÀzÀ C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É ¸ÀASÉå: 479/2017(2)

¢£ÁAPÀ: 14£Éà dÆ£ï 2017 gÀ°è ªÀÄvÀzÁ£ÀzÀ ¸ÀܼÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼À°è ªÀÄvÀ ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¸À®Ä ºÀPÀÄ̼Àî ªÀÄvÀzÁgÀgÀ

¸ÀªÀÄÆºÀªÀ£ÀÄß C¢ü¸ÀÆa¹zÉ; ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

DzÀgÉ, F C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ n¥ÀàtÂAiÀÄAvÉ ªÀÄvÀzÁ£ÀzÀ ¢£ÁAPÀPÉÌ 10 ¢£ÀUÀ¼À ªÀÄÄAavÀªÁV AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ¸ÀA¸Àvï

¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ/«zsÁ£À¸À¨sÁ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ, «±ÉõÀ/C¤ªÁAiÀÄð ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðUÀ¼À°è CªÀjUÉ/CªÀgÀ UÀÄA¦UÉ ªÀÄvÀzÁ£À ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä

C¢ü¸ÀÆa¹zÀ ¸ÀܼÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ¥Àr¹, CªÀjZÉÒAiÀÄAvÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ ¸ÀܼÀzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀzÁ£À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀ EZÉÒ EzÀÝ°è ¤UÀ¢vÀ

£ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉAiÀÄ°è £ÉÃgÀªÁV ¨sÁgÀvÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ DAiÉÆÃUÀPÉÌ Cfð ¸À°è¸À§ºÀÄzÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ; ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

DzÀgÉ, wêÀæªÁzÀ vÀÄvÀÄð ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è, ¥ÀƪÀð ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤ÃrzÀ°è, ¤UÀ¢UÉÆ½¹gÀĪÀ 10 ¢£ÀUÀ¼À UÀqÀĪÀ£ÀÄß

GzÁjÃPÀgÀtUÉÆ½¸À®Ä DAiÉÆÃUÀªÀÅ ¤zsÀðj¹gÀÄvÀÛzÉ;

CzÀgÀAvÉ, ªÉÄîÌAqÀ GzÉÝñÀPÁÌV, ªÀÄvÀzÁ£ÀzÀ ¢£ÁAPÀPÉÌ 10 ¢£ÀUÀ¼À ªÀÄÄAavÀªÁzÀ UÀqÀÄ«£À £ÀAvÀgÀªÀÇ,

DAiÉÆÃUÀzÀ°è CAvÀºÀ PÉÆÃjPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ ¹éÃPÀÈvÀªÁzÀ°è, ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÁð£ÀĸÁgÀ CAvÀºÀ

PÉÆÃjPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¹, CAvÀºÀ ¸ÀA¸Àvï ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ/«zsÁ£À¸À¨sÁ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀåjUÉ CªÀjUÉ/CªÀgÀ UÀÄA¦UÉ C¢ü¸ÀÆa¹gÀĪÀ

¸ÀܼÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ¥Àr¹ ¨ÉÃgÉ ¸ÀܼÀzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀzÁ£À ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä, CAvÀºÀ ªÀÄvÀzÁ£ÀPÉÌ ¸ÀÆPÀÛ ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜ ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀiÁªÀPÁ±À«zÀݰè, DAiÉÆÃUÀªÀÅ ªÀÄvÀzÁ£ÀPÉÌ CªÀPÁ±À ¤ÃqÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁgÀ,

(ªÀjÃAzÀgï PÀĪÀiÁgï)

¥ÀæzsÁ£À PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð

2

ELECTION COMMISSION OF INDIA

Nirvachan Sadan, Ashoka Road, New Delhi-110001.

Dated the 10th July, 2017

19 Ashadha, 1939 (Saka)

NOTIFICATION

No. 479/2017: - Whereas, the Election Commission of India, in connection with conduct of

Presidential Election, 2017, has notified under Rule 7 of the Presidential and Vice- Presidential

Election Rules, 1974, vide its Notification no. 479/2017(2) dated 14th June, 2017, the Place of polling

and Group of electors who will be entitled to vote at those places of poll; and

Whereas, in the Note to the said Notification, a limit of 10 days before the date of poll has

been fixed, before which any Member of Parliament/Member of Legislative Assembly, on account of

exigency for special circumstances, has to intimate if he desires to vote at place of polling other than

the one notified for his/her group, by directly applying to the Election Commission of India in the

prescribed format; and

Whereas, the Commission has decided to liberalise the above said stipulation of 10 days’

prior intimation in case of extreme urgent situation;

Now, therefore, the Commission has decided that the requests for the aforesaid purpose,

received in the commission, even after 10 days before the date of poll, if any, may be considered by

the commission based upon the circumstances of individual case and allow such Member of

Parliament/Member of Legislative Assembly to cast vote at place of polling other than the one

notified for his/her group, if there is sufficient time available for making necessary arrangements in

this regard.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 30

R

¨s

P

0

C

¥

¸ Ü

¢

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IV

Part–IV

EzÀPÉÌ

C¨sÀåyðUÀ¼À º

¥ÀÄ£ÀB ¥ÀæPÀn¸À

PÀæ.

¸ÀܼÀ: £ÀªÀzɺÀ°

¢£ÁAPÀ: 21£É

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼À

Beng

¸ÀA

®UÀwÛ¹gÀĪÀ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼À£ÉÆß

¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

ZÀÄ£ÁªÀu

(gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À

¸ÀA.

1

2

°;

à dÄˉÉÊ, 201

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±ÀÄPÀæªÁ

galuru, Frida

¹§â

ASÉå: ¹D¸ÀÄE

¢£ÁAPÀ: 21

Æß¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ £

uÁ¢üPÁj, ¨sÁ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥À-g

¨sÁgÀvÀ

C¨sÀå

²æÃ

²æÃ ªÉAP

17

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

ay, July 21,

âA¢ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D

E 06 ZÀĝɯ

1£Éà dįÉÊ 2

£ÀªÀÄÆ£É 5 g

¨ÁgÀvÀzÀ G¥À-

ªÀĺÁ PÁAiÀÄ

gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À ZÀÄ

vÀzÀ G¥À-gÁµÀÖç

ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉUÉ ¸ à

¨ÀåyðAiÀÄ ºÉ¸Àg

UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀȵ

PÀAiÀÄå £ÁAiÀÄÄØ

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

21, 2017 (

2017 (Asha

DqÀ½vÀ ¸ÀÄzsÁ

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

ÆÃ¸À 2017, ¢

017gÀ ¨sÁgÀvÀ

gÀ°èAiÀÄ ¥ÀnÖ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

-gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À

ÄðzÀ²ð, gÁd

£ÀªÀÄÆ£É 5

ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ ¤Ai

µÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À C¢üPÁ

¸Àà¢üð¹gÀĪÀ C¨

gÀÄ

µÀÚ

ºÉ

w

ZÉ

ÄØ JA.

ªÀ

12

¨É

ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ¢ü

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 30,

da 30, Shak

gÀuÉ ¸ÀaªÁ®

¢£ÁAPÀ: 21£É

vÀzÀ G¥À-gÁ

ÖAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸Áª

PÀ gÁdå¥Á®gÀ

J

¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ ªÀÄ

¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ ¸À

¹.D.¸

¼À C¢üPÁgÀ ¥Àz

då ¸À¨sÉ gÀªÀgÀ

iÀĪÀiÁªÀ½, 197

PÁgÀ ¥ÀzÀzÀ ZÀÄ£

¨sÀåyðUÀ¼À ¥ÀnÖ

ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É £ÀA

wgÀĪÁ£ï«ÄAi

ZÉ£ÉÊ-60004

ªÀÄ£É £ÀA. f-1

2£Éà CqÀØ gÀ¸ÉÛ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-5

(±ÀªÀiï

¢PÁj, ¨sÁgÀvÀz

ªÀĺÁ PÁA

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

ka Varsha 19

®AiÀÄ

£Éà dįÉÊ, 20

ÁµÀÖç¥ÀwUÀ¼À C

ªÀðd¤PÀgÀ w

gÀ DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁ

J¸ï.J£ï. gÁª

ÄÄRå ZÀÄ£ÁªÀ

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ C¢üÃ

¸ÀÄ.E. (ZÀÄ£Á

zÀzÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀu

PÀbÉÃj

74gÀ ¤AiÀĪÀÄ

£ÁªÀuÉ

nÖ

C¨sÀåyðAiÀÄ

A. 7, 2£Éà ¹

iÀÄÆgï (¥ÀƪÀ

1.

11, 8£Éà ªÀÄÄR

, ªÀÄˉÉèñÀégÀA,

60003.

ïµÉgï PÉ. µÀjÃ

zÀ G¥À-gÁµÀÖç¥

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

AiÀÄðzÀ²ð, gÁ

∏Â√

939)

939)

17

C¢üPÁgÀ ¥ÀzÀP

¼ÀĪÀ½PÉUÁV

¸ÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ Cª

ªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ

ªÀuÁ¢üPÁj ºÁ

ãÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ

ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)

uÉ, 2017

6£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr)

Ä «¼Á¸À

¹ÃªÁqïð gÀ¸ÉÛ

ªÀð),

Rå gÀ¸ÉÛ,

,

Ã¥sï)

¥ÀwUÀ¼À ZÀÄ£Áª

då ¸À¨sÉ.

¿Ê

£ÀA. 705

No. 705

PÉÌ ¸Àà¢üð¹gÀĪ

F ªÀÄÆ®

ªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è

ÁUÀÆ

zÀ²ð,

)

¸ÉÛ,

ªÀuÉ, 2017

ªÀ

PÀ

°,

2

PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATIVE REFORMS SECRETARIAT

NOTIFICATION

NO: DPAR 06 CHULOSA 2017, DATED 21ST JULY 2017

The accompanying list of contesting candidates in Form 5, dated the 21st July, 2017,

relating to the election to the office of Vice-President of India, is hereby republished for

information of the General Public.

By Order and in the Name of the Governor of Karnataka,

S.N. RAMAKRISHNA

Assistant Chief Electoral Officer &

Ex-Officio Under Secretary to Govt.,

DPAR (Elections).

OFFICE OF THE RETURNING OFFICER FOR THE VICE-PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION,

2017 AND

SECRETARY-GENERAL, RAJYA SABHA

FORM 5

(See rule 6 of the Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections Rules, 1974)

Election to the Office of Vice-President of India

LIST OF CONTESTING CANDIDATES

Sl. No.

Name of Candidate

Address of Candidate

1

Shri Gopalakrishna

New Door No. 7, 2nd Seaward Road,

Thiruvanmiyur (East),

Chennai- 600041.

2

Shri Venkaiah Naidu M.

House No. G-11, 8th Main Road,

12th Cross Road, Malleshwaram,

Bengaluru-560003.

Place: New Delhi;

Dated the 21st of July, 2017

(SHUMSHER K. SHERIFF)

RETURNING OFFICER FOR THE

VICE-PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION, 2017

AND

SECRETARY-GENERAL,

RAJYA SABHA

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

RNI No. KARBIL/2001/47147

«±ÉõÀ gÁdå ¥ÀwæPÉ

¨sÁUÀ–IV

Part–IV

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±ÀÄPÀæªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 28, 2017 (±ÁæªÀt 6, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1939)

Bengaluru, Friday, July 28, 2017 (Shravana 6, Shaka Varsha 1939)

£ÀA. 717

No. 717

0

¨sÁgÀvÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ DAiÉÆÃUÀ

¤ªÁðZÀ£À ¸ÀzÀ£À, D±ÉÆÃPÀ gÀ¸ÉÛ, £ÀªÀzɺÀ° - 110001.

¢£ÁAPÀ 27£Éà dįÉÊ, 2017

±ÁæªÀt 5, 1939 (±ÀPÀ)

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

¸ÀASÉå: 480/2017-BE- gÁµÀÖç¥Àw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥À gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwAiÀĪÀgÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼À ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ,

1974gÀ 27£Éà ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ C£ÀĸÁgÀªÁV, ¢£ÁAPÀ 5£Éà DUÀ¸ïÖ, 2017gÀ (±À¤ªÁgÀ) ¸ÀAeÉ 6.00 UÀAmÉUÉ

G¥À-gÁµÀÖç¥Àw ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉ 2017gÀ ªÀÄvÀ JtÂPÉAiÀÄÄ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ¢üPÁjUÀ¼À PÀbÉÃjAiÀÄ PÉÆoÀr ¸ÀASÉå 62,

1£Éà ªÀĺÀr, ¸ÀA¸Àvï ¨sÀªÀ£À, £ÀªÀzɺÀ° E°è £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉAzÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀ ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÁ DAiÉÆÃUÀªÀÅ F

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤¢ðµÀÖ¥Àr¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁgÀ,

(Dgï.PÉ. ²æÃªÁ¸ÀÛªÀ)

»jAiÀÄ ¥ÀæzsÁ£À PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð.

2

ELECTION COMMISSION OF INDIA

Nirvachan Sadan, Ashoka Road, New Delhi-110001.

Dated 27th July, 2017

Shravana 5, 1939 (Saka)

NOTIFICATION

No. 480/2017-BE - In pursuance of rule 27 of the Presidential and Vice-Presidential

Elections Rules, 1974, the Election Commission of India hereby appoints the 5th August, 2017

(Saturday), as the day on which and 6.00 p.m. of that day as the time at which, the counting of

votes for the Vice-Presidential Election, 2017, shall take place in the office of the Returning

Officer in Room No. 62, First Floor, Parliament House, New Delhi.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50

R

¨s

P

0

¸

¥

G

¨

g

ª

ª

D

g

E

1

(

(

2

2

g

J

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ£Áð

¸ÀASÉå 14)gÀ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï

GzÉÝò¹gÀĪÀ

¨Á¢üvÀgÁUÀ§º

gÁdå¥ÀvÀæzÀ°è

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÀÆZ

ªÉÄï

ªÀåQÛ¬ÄAzÀ gÁ

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

gÁeï E¯ÁS

EªÀjUÉ PÀ¼ÀÄ»

1. ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÀ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄw

2) F ¤AiÀÄ

2. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 1

2004 gÀ (E°

gÀ°è, ``PÀ£Áðl

JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

¸ÀAS

ðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

¥ÀæPÀgÀt 3

gÁeï (¥ÀAZ

ªÀ PÀgÀqÀ£ÀÄß ¸À

ºÀÄzÁzÀ J¯

¥ÀæPÀn¹zÀ

ZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤

¯É ¤¢ðµÀÖ¥Àr

Ádå ¸ÀPÁðgÀ

£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸À

SÉ, §ºÀĪÀĺ

»¸À®Ä PÉÆÃgÀ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁægÀA¨

dªÀiÁ§A¢ ¤

ĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 201

1gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:

°è E£ÀÆß ªÀ

lPÀ ¥ÀAZÁA

¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆ

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼À

aluru, Tuesd

UÁæ«ÄÃ

SÉå: UÁæC¥À 3

¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄv

311 gÀ°è ¥æ

ZÁAiÀÄvï dª

¸ÀzÀj C¢ü¤A

¯Áè ªÀåQÛUÀ¼À

¢£ÁAPÀ¢Az

¤ÃqÀ¯ÁVzÉ.

r¹zÀ CªÀ¢üA

ªÀÅ ¹éÃPÀj¸À§

¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ºÀrUÀ¼À PÀlÖq

gÀ¯ÁVzÉ.

¨sÀ:- (1) F

¤ªÀðºÀuÉ) (w

15 gÀ ¥sɧæªÀj

- PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

ªÀÄÄAzÉ ªÀÄÆ®

AiÀÄvï gÁeï'

ÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

¼ÀªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 11

uÁ©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄ

25 UÁæ¥ÀAC

vÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄ

¥ÀæzÀvÀÛªÁzÀ C

ªÀiÁ§A¢ü ¤ª

AiÀĪÀÄzÀ ¥ÀæPÀg

ªÀiÁ»wUÁV

zÀ ªÀÄÆªÀvÀÄÛ

AiÀÄÄ ªÀÄÄPÁÛA

§ºÀÄzÁzÀ D ë

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

qÀ, 3£Éà ºÀ

PÀgÀ

F ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ

wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) ¤A

j 2£Éà ¢£Á

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄv

® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ

' JA§ ¥Àz

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

11, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

ÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAi

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ

2017, ¨ÉAUÀ

Ävï gÁeï C

C¢üPÁgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

ªÀðºÀuÉ) ¤A

gÀt 311 £ÉÃ

F ªÀÄÆ®

ÄÛ ¢£ÀUÀ¼À £

AiÀĪÁUÀĪÀ ª

PÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀª

¥ÀæzsÁ£À PÁA

AvÀ, 3£Éà ª

gÀqÀÄ ¤AiÀĪÀÄU

UÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£Áð

AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, 2

ÁAPÀ¢AzÀ eÁ

vï gÁeï (¥

¼ÉAzÀÄ G¯ÉèÃ

zÀUÀ½UÉ ``PÀ£Á

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 20

ada 20, Sha

iÀÄvï gÁeï ¸

£É

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£Á

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

£ÀÄß ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¹

AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, 2

¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ ª

®PÀ ¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯Á

£ÀAvÀgÀ ¥ÀjU

ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¸ÀzÀ

ªÁ ¸À®ºÉAiÀÄ

AiÀÄðzÀ²ð,

ªÀĺÀr, qÁ|

UÀ¼ÀÄ

ðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

2017 JAzÀÄ

ÁjUÉ §A¢gÀ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄw

ÃT¸À¯ÁVzÉ)

ÁðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

Ò∏Â

0, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð

ka Varsha 1

¸ÀaªÁ®AiÀÄ

ÁAPÀ: 05.07.2

1993 (1993

¹, PÀ£Áðl

2004 £ÀÄß ªÀ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ CUÀv

ÁVzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

UÀt£ÉUÉ vÉUÉ

zÀj PÀgÀrUÉ ¸

Ä£ÀÄß gÁdå ¸

UÁæ«ÄÃuÁ©üª

| CA¨ÉÃqÀÌgï

¸ÀégÁeï ªÀ

PÀgÉAiÀÄvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ

gÀĪÀÅzÁV ¨sÁ

dªÀiÁ§A¢

gÀ ¤AiÀĪÀÄ

Ä ¸ÀégÁeï ªÀ

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

2017

3gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

PÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀª

ªÀÄvÀÛµÀÄÖ wzÀÄÝ¥

vÀå¥Àr¸À¯ÁzÀA

¸ÀzÀj PÀgÀq

zÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁUÀÄ

¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀA

¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ ¥À

ªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ï «Ã¢ü, ¨É

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁ

ÄÝ.

Á«¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

¤ªÀðºÀuÉ)

1 gÀ, G¥À

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁA

¿Ê

£ÀA. 674

No. 674

PÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀ

ªÀÅ, PÀ£Áðl

¥Àr ªÀiÁqÀ®

AvÉ, EzÀjAz

qÀ£ÀÄß, ¸ÀPÁðj

ÄvÀÛzÉAzÀÄ F

AvÉ AiÀiÁªÉǧ

jUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄv

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-0

ÁAiÀÄvï gÁe

¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

-¤AiÀĪÀÄ (1

AiÀÄvï gÁeï

ªÀÄ

PÀ

®Ä

zÀ

j

F

§â

Ä.

vï

1,

eï

Ä,

1)

ï''

2

3. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 2gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 2 gÀ°è (C) RAqÀzÀ §zÀ¯ÁV F PɼÀPÀAqÀ

RAqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ, JAzÀgÉ,-

``(C) ``C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ'' JAzÀgÉ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ ¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï gÁeï

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 1993 (1993 gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ ¸ÀASÉå 14)''

4. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 7gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼À, 7£Éà ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ°è, RAqÀ (J) §zÀ¯ÁV F PɼÀPÀAqÀ

RAqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ JAzÀgÉ,-

``(J) PÀ£ÁðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ ¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï gÁeï (UÁæªÀÄ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄwAiÀÄ

DAiÀĪÀåAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯ÉPÀÌ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ) ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, 2006''

5. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 8 gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼À, 8£Éà ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ, (L) RAqÀzÀ°è, ``SÁvÁ jf¸ÀÖgï'' JA§

¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À §zÀ¯ÁV ``C¸É¸ïªÉÄAmï jf¸ÀÖgï'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

6. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 9 gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼À, 9£Éà ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ, G¥À-¤AiÀĪÀÄ(1) gÀ°è ``SÁvÁ jf¸ÀÖgï''

JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À §zÀ¯ÁV ``C¸É¸ïªÉÄAmï jf¸ÀÖgï'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå¥Á®gÀ DeÁÕ£ÀĸÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è

n.«. CgÀÄuïPÀĪÀiÁgï

G¥À¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ ¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ C¢üãÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð

UÁæ«ÄÃuÁ©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀA.gÁeï E¯ÁSÉ

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

¸

¥æ

¯

¥æ

ª

ª

ª

D

g

E

1

(

(

2

(

``

¥

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ£Áð

¸ÀASÉå 14)gÀ

¥ÀæzÀvÀÛªÁzÀ C

¯ÉPÀÌ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ)

¥ÀæPÀgÀt 311

ªÀiÁ»wUÁV

ªÀÄÆªÀvÀÄÛ ¢£

ªÉÄï

ªÀåQÛ¬ÄAzÀ gÁ

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

gÁeï E¯ÁS

EªÀjUÉ PÀ¼ÀÄ»

1. ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÀ

DAiÀĪÀåAiÀÄ

2) F ¤AiÀÄ

2. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 1

E°è E£ÀÆß

`PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥

¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àæ

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

¸ÀAS

ðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

¥ÀæPÀgÀt 24

C¢üPÁgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀt

F ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

£ÀUÀ¼À £ÀAvÀgÀ

¯É ¤¢ðµÀÖ¥Àr

Ádå ¸ÀPÁðgÀ

£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸À

SÉ, §ºÀĪÀĺ

»¸À®Ä PÉÆÃgÀ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁægÀA¨

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯ÉPÀÌ¥Àvæ

ĪÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£Á

1gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:-

ªÀÄÄAzÉ ªÀÄ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï

¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀ

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼À

aluru, Tuesd

UÁæ«ÄÃ

SÉå: UÁæC¥À 3

¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄv

41, 242, 2

Äß ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¹

, 2006 £ÀÄß

tzÀ ªÀÄÆ®

PÀ ¥ÀæPÀn¸À¯ÁV

¥ÀjUÀt£ÉUÉ

r¹zÀ CªÀ¢üA

ªÀÅ ¹éÃPÀj¸À§

¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ºÀrUÀ¼À PÀlÖq

gÀ¯ÁVzÉ.

¨sÀ:- (1) F

vÀæ) (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr

ÁðlPÀ gÁdå¥

- PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

ÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪ

gÁeï'' JA§

vÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

¼ÀªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 11

uÁ©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄ

82 UÁæ¥ÀAC

vÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄ

243, 244,

, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

ß ªÀÄvÀÛµÀÄÖ wz

®PÀ CUÀvÀå¥Àr

VzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸

vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî¯

AiÀÄÄ ªÀÄÄPÁÛA

§ºÀÄzÁzÀ D ë

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

qÀ, 3£Éà ºÀ

PÀgÀ

F ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ

r) ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ

¥ÀvÀæzÀ°è ¥ÀæPÀn

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï

ªÀÄUÀ¼ÉAzÀÄ G

§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

11, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

ÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAi

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ

2016, ¨ÉAUÀ

Ävï gÁeï C

245 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ,

zÀÄÝ¥Àr ªÀiÁq

r¸À¯ÁzÀAvÉ,

¸ÀzÀj PÀgÀqÀ£À

¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉAzÀÄ

AiÀĪÁUÀĪÀ ª

PÉëÃ¥ÀuÉ CxÀª

¥ÀæzsÁ£À PÁA

AvÀ, 3£Éà ª

gÀqÀÄ ¤AiÀĪÀÄU

UÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£Áð

UÀ¼ÀÄ, 2017 J

nvÀªÁzÀ ¢£

vï gÁeï (D

G¯ÉèÃT¸À¯ÁV

``PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 20

ada 20, Sha

iÀÄvï gÁeï ¸

£É

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£Á

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

246 gÉÆq

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥À

qÀ®Ä GzÉÝò

EzÀjAzÀ

£ÀÄß, ¸ÀPÁðj

Ä F ªÀÄÆ®

ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¸ÀzÀ

ªÁ ¸À®ºÉAiÀÄ

AiÀÄðzÀ²ð,

ªÀĺÀr, qÁ|

UÀ¼ÀÄ

ðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ

JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄ

£ÁAPÀ¢AzÀ e

DAiÀĪÀåAiÀÄ ª

VzÉ) gÀ ¤A

UÁæªÀÄ ¸ÀégÁ

Ò∏Â

0, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð

ka Varsha 1

¸ÀaªÁ®AiÀÄ

ÁAPÀ: 05.07.2

1993 (1993

qÀ£É N¢PÉÆA

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï

²¹gÀĪÀ PÀgÀq

¨Á¢üvÀgÁUÀ§

gÁdå¥ÀvÀæzÀ°è

®PÀ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉAiÀ

zÀj PÀgÀrUÉ ¸

Ä£ÀÄß gÁdå ¸

UÁæ«ÄÃuÁ©üª

| CA¨ÉÃqÀÌgï

¸ÀégÁeï ªÀ

ÄvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

eÁjUÉ §gÀvÀP

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯ÉPÀÌ¥ÀvÀæ

AiÀĪÀÄ 1 gÀ,

eï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥À

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

2017

3gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

AqÀAvÉ ¥ÀæPÀg

gÁeï (DAiÀ

qÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀzÀj

§ºÀÄzÁzÀ J

°è ¥ÀæPÀn¹zÀ

iÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀ¯Á

¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀA

¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ ¥À

ªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ï «Ã¢, ¨É

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁ

PÀÌzÀÄÝ.

vÀæ) ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ

G¥À-¤AiÀÄ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï

¿Ê

£ÀA. 675

No. 675

PÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀ

gÀt 311 gÀ°

iÀĪÀåAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀ

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄz

J¯Áè ªÀåQÛUÀ¼

¢£ÁAPÀ¢Az

ÁVzÉ.

AvÉ AiÀiÁªÉǧ

jUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ

¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄv

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-0

ÁAiÀÄvï gÁe

¼ÀÄ, 2006 g

ĪÀÄ (1) gÀ°è

gÁeï'' JA§

ªÀÄ

°è

vÀÄÛ

zÀ

¼À

zÀ

§â

Ä.

vï

1,

eï

gÀ

°è,

§

2

3. ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼À°è ``PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀªÀÅ J¯Éè°è §gÀĪÀÅzÉÆÃ, D

¥ÀzÀzÀ §zÀ¯ÁV ``¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄw C©üªÀÈ¢Þ C¢üPÀj'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

4. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 2gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼À, ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 2 gÀ (i) £Éà RAqÀzÀ°è ``PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï

gÁeï'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ``PÀ£ÁðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ ¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï gÁeï'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

5. ¤AiÀĪÀÄ 17 gÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr:- ªÀÄÆ® ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ¼À, 17£Éà ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ°è ``PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï gÁeï

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ 1993'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAQUÀ½UÉ ``PÀ£ÁðlPÀ UÁæªÀÄ ¸ÀégÁeï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀAZÁAiÀÄvï gÁeï

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ 1993'' JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAQUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå¥Á®gÀ DeÁÕ£ÀĸÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è

n.«. CgÀÄuïPÀĪÀiÁgï

G¥À¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ ¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ C¢üãÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð

UÁæ«ÄÃuÁ©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀA.gÁeï E¯ÁSÉ

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

G

s

p

p

c

w

S

P

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The

Government

section 325

published a

persons lik

consideratio

Any

with respect

State Gover

Planning De

DRA

1. TITL

2.

D

1.

‘A

2.

‘A

3.

‘A

4.

‘A

5.

‘A

6.

‘A

7.

‘A

8.

A

9.

‘A

10.

‘A

11.

A

12.

‘A

13.

‘A

14.

‘A

15.

‘A

16.

‘A

17.

‘A

18.

‘A

19.

‘B

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

No

draft of th

t of Karnata

5 of the K

as required

kely to be af

on after one

objection o

t to the said

nment. Obj

epartment,

AFT COMMO

LE, COMME

DEFINITIO

Access’

Act’

Addition an

Agriculture

Air-conditio

Amalgamat

Amenity’

Annexure

Apartment’

Apartment

Appendix

Application

Applicant’

Approved’

Architect’

Architect/P

Auditorium

Authority’

Balcony’

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ªÁ

aluru, Saturd

URB

o. UDD 14 T

he Karnata

aka propose

Karnataka M

by sub-sec

ffected there

e month from

r suggestio

d draft befo

jections and

M.S. Buildi

ON BUILDI

ENCEMENT

ONS

nd/or Altera

’

oning’

tion’

Building’ /

n’

Professional

m’

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

day, July 15

BAN DEVEL

NO

TTP 2017(P

aka Munic

es to make

Municipaliti

ction (1) of s

eby and no

m the date

n which ma

ore the expir

d suggestion

ing, Gate-04

ING BYE LA

T AND APP

ation’

‘Group Hou

l on record’

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

5, 2017 (D

5, 2017 (Ash

LOPMENT S

OTIFICATIO

P-3), Benga

cipalities M

in exercise

ies Act, 19

section 325

tice is hereb

of its publi

ay be receiv

ry of the pe

ns may be a

4, Bengalur

AWS

PLICATION.

using’8

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 24, ±

hada 24, Sha

SECRETAR

ON-I

aluru, Date

Model Buil

of the pow

964 (Karna

5 of the said

by given th

cation in th

ved by the S

eriod specifi

addressed t

ru-560001.

.

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha 1

RIAT

e: 11.07.20

lding Bye-L

wers conferr

ataka Act 2

d Act, for th

hat the said

he Official G

State Govern

ied above w

to the Direc

∏Â√

939)

1939)

017

Laws 2017

ed by sub-s

22 of 1964

he informati

draft will b

Gazette.

nment from

will be consid

ctor, Town a

¿Ê

£ÀA. 687

No. 687

7 which th

section (1) o

4) is hereb

ion of all th

be taken int

m any perso

dered by th

and Countr

he

of

by

he

to

n

he

ry

2

20.

‘Basement Storey or Cellar’

21.

‘Bifurcation’

22.

‘Building’

23.

‘Building Line’

24.

‘Building Site’

25.

‘Bus Depot’

26.

‘Bus Terminal’

27.

‘Canopy’

28.

‘Carpet Area’

29.

‘Chajja’

30.

‘Chimney’

31.

‘Common wall’

32.

‘Community Hall’

33.

‘Construction’

34.

‘Conversion of Occupancy’

35.

‘Corner plot’

36.

‘Corridor’

37.

‘Cornice’

38.

‘Courtyard’

39.

‘Cultural buildings’

40.

‘Damp Proof Course’

41.

‘Density of Households’

42.

‘Density of Population’

43.

‘Development’

44.

‘DR/T.D.R.’

45.

‘Drains’

46.

‘Drainage system’

47.

‘Duplex’

48.

‘Dwelling’

49.

‘Empanelled Professional’

50.

‘Encroachment’

51.

‘Existing development’

52.

‘Existing Use’

53.

‘Exit’

54.

‘External Wall’

55.

‘First floor’

56.

‘Flatted factory

57.

‘Floor’

58.

‘Floor Area Ratio (FAR)’

59.

‘Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System’

60.

‘Fire Hazard Industries’

61.

‘Fire Lift’

62.

‘Fire Proof Door’

63.

‘Fire Pump’

64.

‘Fire Pump-Booster Fire Pump’

65.

‘Fire Resistance’

66.

‘Fire Resistance Rating’

67.

‘Fire Separation’

68.

‘Fire Service Inlet’

69.

‘Fire Tower’

70.

‘Fire Resisting Building’

71.

‘Footing’

72.

‘Form’

73.

‘Foundation’

74.

‘Frontage’

75.

‘Gal1ery’

76.

‘Garage-Private’

77.

‘Garage-Public’

78.

‘Gas Godown’

79.

‘Government’

80.

‘Ground floor’

81.

‘Ground Coverage’

3

82.

‘Habitable Room’

83.

‘Head Room’

84.

‘Heritage building’

85.

‘Heritage Precinct’

86.

‘High-rise Building’

87.

‘Height of Building’

88.

‘Hospital’

89.

‘Hotel’

90.

‘Illuminated Exit Signs’

91.

‘Land use’

92.

‘Licence’

93.

‘Licensed Professional’

94.

‘Lift’

95.

‘Lobby’

96.

‘Lodging House’

97.

‘Loft’

98.

‘Market value’

99.

‘Master Plan’

100.

‘Means of Escape’

101.

‘Mezzanine Floor’

102.

‘Multilevel Car Parking (MLCP)’

103.

‘Multiplex complex’

104.

‘MCB/ELCB’

105.

‘Non-Combustible Material’

106.

‘Nursing home’

107.

‘Occupancy or use’

108.

‘Open space in a plot’

109.

‘Owner’

110.

‘Parapet’

111.

‘Parking space’

112.

‘Partition’

113.

‘Partition Wall’

114.

‘Plinth’

115.

‘Plinth Area’

116.

‘Plinth level’

117.

‘Plot’ / ‘Site’

118.

‘Porch or portico’

119.

‘Premium F.A.R.’

120.

‘Prohibited area’

121.

‘ Promoter’

122.

‘Protected monument’

123.

‘Public and semi-public building’

124.

‘Pump Room’

125.

‘Recreational Club’

126.

‘Regulated area’

127.

‘Repair Shop’

128.

‘Restaurant’

129.

‘Retail Shop’

130.

‘Retention Activity’

131.

‘Road/Street’

132.

‘Road/Street Level or Grade’

133.

‘Road/Street Line’

134.

‘Road Width or Width of Road/Street’

135.

‘Room Height’

136.

‘Service Apartments’

137.

‘Service Road’

138.

‘Setback’

139.

‘Set-back Line’

140.

‘Site Plan’

141.

‘Spiral Staircase’

142.

‘Staircase room’

143.

‘Stair Cover’

4

144.

‘Stilt floor’

145.

‘Storey’

146.

‘To Erect’

147.

‘Un-authorised Development’

148.

‘Underground/Overhead Tank’

149.

‘Utility Area’

150.

‘Ventilation’

151.

‘Water Closet (W.C)’

152.

‘Window’

153.

‘Zonal Regulations’

3.

JURISDICTION

/

APPLICABILITY

AND

PROCEDURAL

REQUIREMENTS

FOR

OBTAINING BUILDING LICENCE

3.1

Jurisdiction of Building Bye-Laws

3.2

Applicability of Building Bye Laws

3.3

Applicability of Bye-Laws for all types of building developments

3.4

Applicability of Bye-Laws for Part construction

3.5

Change of use / occupancy

3.6

Requirement in respect of building sites

3.6.1

Damp sites

3.6.2

Minimum Size of sites

3.6.3

Sanction for building site

3.6.4

Restrictions on use of land for construction of buildings

3.7

Reconstruction

3.8

Existing approved building

3.9

Development of Buildings

3.9.1

Building Licence:

3.9.2

Building Licence obtained before these bye-laws:

3.10

Procedure for obtaining building licence

3.10.1 Registration of Stake Holders

3.10.2 Application for building plan approval

3.10.3 Verification of documents submitted

3.10.4 Evaluation of Technical details submitted

3.10.5 Forwarding details to obtain NOCs and issuing NOCs

3.10.6 Submission of Site Inspection Report

3.10.7 Action in case of discrepancy in site inspection report.

3.10.8 Sanctioning of Building License

3.11

Plans for Sanction

3.11.1 Key Plan:

3.11.2 Site Plan

3.11.3 Floor Plan of parking areas

3.11.4 Floor Plans of other uses

3.11.5 Sections of buildings

3.11.6 Elevations of buildings

3.11.7 Drawings for all services provided

3.11.8 Landscape plan

3.11.9 Circulation Plan indicating vehicular and pedestrian movement and parking facilities

including traffic impact study and report

3.11.10

Structural Drawings and details

3.11.11

Green Building drawings and details

3.12

Signing of plans

3.12.1 Signing the Building Plans

3.12.2 Signing of plans for NOC

3.13

Alteration / Modification / Addition in Plans

3.13.1 Alterations exempted from obtaining building licence

3.14

Fees for sanction of Building licence

3.15

Sanction

3.15.1 Sanction by the Authority

3.15.2 Sanction by Empanelled Professionals

3.15.3 Grant of Licence or Refusal

3.15.4 Duration of Sanction, Revalidation and revised Sanction

5

3.15.5 Revocation of Licence

3.15.6 Qualification and Competence

3.16

Execution of works at site

3.16.1 Construction to be in Conformity with Bye-Laws

3.16.2 Commencement of work

3.16.3 Appointment of professionals on record for supervision

3.16.4 Intimation of commencement of work at site

3.16.5 Documents at Site

3.16.6 Preparatory works at site that need not be intimated

3.16.7 Procedure during construction

3.16.8 Inability of Empanelled professional to certify the works and selection of alternate

professional

3.16.9 Action against works executed without intimation and works not rectified

3.16.10

Changes to be made in the approved plans, during the execution of works

3.17

Completion of project and issuing Completion Certificate:

3.17.1 Issuing completion certificate

3.17.2 Application for approval of works from other departments

3.18

Occupancy Certificate

3.18.1 Occupancy or letting of the new buildings

3.18.2 Occupancy/ Part Occupancy Certificate for Phased Project

3.19

Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains

4.

DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS

5.

GENERAL BUILDING REQUIRMENTS AND SERVICES

5.1

Requirements for Parts of Buildings

5.1.1

Plinth

5.1.2

Habitable Rooms

5.1.2.1 Height

5.1.2.2

5.1.2.3 Size

5.1.3

Kitchen

5.1.3.1 Height

5.1.3.2 Size

5.1.3.3 Other Requirements

5.1.4

Bathrooms and Water-Closets

5.1.4.1 Height

5.1.4.2 Size

5.1.4.3 Other Requirements

5.1.4.4

5.1.5

Loft

5.1.5.1 Height

5.1.5.2 Size

5.1.6

Mezzanine Floor

5.1.6.1 Height

5.1.6.2 Size

5.1.6.3 Other Requirements

5.1.7

Store Room

5.1.7.1 Height

5.1.7.2 Size

5.1.8

Garage

5.1.8.1 Height

5.1.8.2 Size

5.1.9

Basement

5.1.9.1 .

5.1.9.2 .

5.1.10 Chimneys

5.1.11 Parapet

5.1.12 Boundary Wall

5.1.13 Septic Tanks

5.1.14 Office-cum-Letter Box Room.

6

5.1.15 Meter Rooms

5.1.16 Roofs

5.2

Other general requirements

5.2.1

Swimming Pool

5.2.2

Means of access

5.2.3

Staircase Requirements

5.2.3.1 .

5.2.3.2 Minimum width

5.2.3.3 Minimum tread

5.2.3.4 Maximum riser

5.2.4

Exit Requirements

5.2.4.1 Occupant Load

5.2.4.2 Number and size of Exits

5.2.4.3 Arrangement of Exits

5.2.4.4 Capacity of Exits

5.2.4.5 Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors

5.2.5

Ramps

5.2.6

Doorways

5.2.7

Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building

5.2.8

Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation

5.2.8.1 .

5.2.8.2 Sunken Courtyard

5.2.8.3 Skylight

5.2.9

Lighting and ventilation of rooms

5.2.9.1 IS codes for lighting & ventilation requirements

5.2.9.1.1 Minimum aggregate area of openings

5.2.9.2 Ventilation Shaft

5.3

Building Services

5.3.1

Electrical, Air conditioning, Lift & Escalator installations

5.3.1.1 Planning, design and installations of electrical, air-conditioning and lift installations

5.3.1.2 Number and types of lifts

5.3.1.3 Requirements of electrical sub -station

5.3.2

Plumbing and Sanitary Services

5.3.2.1 Planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and sanitation

and gas supply system

5.3.2.2 Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:

5.3.2.3 Water requirement and facilities:

5.3.2.4 Construction Site

5.3.2.5 Temporary Camp Toilets

5.3.2.6 Special / Contingency Toilets

5.3.2.7 General guidance for water supply arrangements

6.

PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT

6.1

General

6.2

Means of access

6.3

Parking Spaces

6.4

Building components

6.4.1

Doorways

6.4.2

Revolving Doors

6.4.3

Stairways

6.4.4

Lifts

6.4.5

Basements

6.4.5.1 General requirements

6.4.5.2 Requirements for High rise development

6.4.6

Compartmentation

6.4.7

Ramps

6.4.8

Corridors

6.4.9

Glass Façade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents

6.5

Building Services

6.5.1

Staircase and Corridor Lighting

6.5.2

Electrical Services

7

6.5.3

Alternate Source of Electric Supply

6.5.4

Air-conditioning

6.5.5

Transformers

6.5.6

Gas supply

6.5.7

Boiler Room

6.5.8

Helipad

6.5.9

Disaster Management / Fire Safety

6.5.10 Sustainable Environment and Buildings

6.5.11 Structural Safety

7.

PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY

7.1

Structural design and safety

7.1.1

Additional provisions for natural hazard prone areas

7.1.2

Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)

7.1.3

Seismic strengthening/retrofitting

7.1.4

Buildings with Soft Storey

7.1.5

Review of structural design

7.1.6

Certification regarding structural safety in design

7.1.7

Constructional safety

7.1.7.1 Supervision

7.1.7.2 Certification of structural safety in construction

7.1.8

Quality control and inspection

7.1.8.1 Inspection

7.1.8.2 Certification of safety in quality of construction

7.1.9

Control of signage & outdoor display structures, cell phone towers and telephone Towers.

7.2

Inspection

7.2.1

Maintenance of Buildings

7.2.2

Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas

7.2.3

Registration of Professionals

7.2.4

Professional fees for SER/SDAR and CER/CMAR

7.2.5

Appointment of Professionals

7.3

Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests

8.

LAND USE ZONES

9.

PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY PERSONS AND CHILDREN

9.1

Applicability

9.2

Guidelines and Provisions

9.3

Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the State Government

9.3.1

Buildings to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People

9.3.2

Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People

9.3.3

Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)

9.3.4

Site development

9.3.4.1 Access Path / Walk Way

9.3.4.2 Parking

9.4

Building requirements

9.4.1

Approach to plinth level

9.4.2

Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for the differently abled

9.5

Stair-ways

9.6

Lifts

9.7

Toilets

9.7.1

Provision of WCs in buildings without lift:

9.7.2

Provisions of WCs in buildings with lift

9.7.3

Toilet Details: For Toilets Designed for Ambulant Disabled

9.7.4

For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Small Wheel Chair:

9.7.5

For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Using Large Wheel Chair:

9.8

Designing for Children

9.9

Drinking Water:

9.10

Refuge

9.11

Proper signage

9.12

Public Building regulations

8

10.

RAIN WATER HARVESTING

10.1

Rainwater Harvesting principle

10.2

Rainwater harvesting techniques:

10.3

Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:

10.4

Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities

10.5

Ground Water Recharge

10.6

Enforcement and Monitoring

11.

GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS

11.1

Provisions and Applicability

11.2

Provisions for Sanction

11.2.1 Provisions for City and Site level greening

11.2.2 Water Re-use and Recycling

11.2.3 Roof Top Solar Energy Installations

11.2.4 Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating System in Buildings

11.2.5 Sustainable Waste Management

11.2.6 Sustainability of Building Materials

11.3

Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems

12.

FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

12.1

Scope

12.2

Procedure for obtaining NOC and Clearance Certificate from DFES

12.3

Renewal of fire clearance

12.4

Fee

12.5

Responsibility of providing Fire Protection & Fire Fighting Measures

12.6

Terminology

12.7

General

12.7.1 Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions / Building Components

12.7.2 MEANS OF ACCESS

12.7.3 EXIT REQUIREMENT

12.8

Fire Escapes or External Stairs:

12.8.1 Spiral Stairs

12.8.2 Staircase Enclosures

12.8.3 Ramps

12.9

Provision of lifts

12.9.1 Lift Enclosure/lift

12.9.2 Fire Lift

12.10 Basement

12.10.1

Requirements

12.11 Provision of helipad

12.12 Service ducts/refuge chute

12.13 Electrical services

12.14 Staircase and corridor lights

12.15 Air-conditioning

12.15.1

Air- Conditioning should conform to the following:

12.15.2

Fire Dampers

12.16 Boiler Room

12.17 Alternate source of electric supply

12.18 Safety measures in electric sub-station

12.19 Fire protection requirements

12.19.1

First Aid /Fixed Fire Fighting /Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities

12.19.1.1 Note for Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’

12.20 Static water storage tank

12.21 Automatic sprinklers

12.22 Fixed Carbon di-oxide /Foam/DCO water spray extinguishing system

12.23 Fire alarm system

12.24 Control Room

12.25 Fire drills and fire orders

12.26 Material used for construction of building

9

12.27 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

12.28 House keeping

12.28.1

Good House-Keeping includes the following

12.28.2

Smoking Restrictions

12.28.3

Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)

12.29 Fire prevention

12.30 Occupancy restrictions

13.

CONSERVATION

OF

HERITAGE

SITES

INCLUDING

HERITAGE

BUILDINGS,

HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS

13.1

Applicability:

13.2

Composition of heritage conservation committee:

13.3

Procedure for the preparation of list of heritage sites and buildings, heritage precincts

listed natural features.

13.4

Criteria for listing of Heritage Sites:

13.5

Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts

13.6

Restriction on development / re-development / repairs, etc.

13.7

Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings:

13.8

Regulations for specified heritage precincts / listed natural features.

13.9

Road widening and building lines:

13.10 Master plan reservations:

13.11 Grant of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in cases of loss of development rights.

13.12 Incentive uses for heritage buildings:

13.13 Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony:

13.14 Repair fund:

13.15 Voluntary contribution and agreement with any voluntary organization, person or

Company:

14.

STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS

14.1

Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of Doing Business)

14.2

Clearances at Master Plan level

14.3

Risk Based Classification of building proposals

14.3.1 Residential Buildings

14.3.2 Storage/Warehouse Buildings

14.3.3 Industrial Buildings

14.4

Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business:

14.4.1 ‘Citizens’ Charter

14.4.2 Capacity building

14.4.3 Empowered Committees

14.4.4 Simplification of bye-laws

15.

CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION – INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION

15.1

Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals

15.1.1 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘1’ (5,000 to < 20,000 Square meters)

15.1.2 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘2’ (>20,000 to < 50,000 Square meters)

15.1.3 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘3’ (≥ 50,000 to < 1,50,000 Square meters)

TABLES

Table 5.1Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings

Table 5.2 The minimum width of staircase

Table 5.3 Occupant Load

Table 5.4 Occupants per unit Exit width

Table 5.5 Size of Ventilation Shaft

Table 5.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies /Uses

Table 5.7 Flushing Storage Capacities

Table 5.8 Domestic Storage Capacities

Table 5.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices

10

Table 5.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels

Table 5.10(a) Sanitary Requirements for Public Rooms

Table 5.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy

Table 5.11(a) Sanitation Requirements Nursery Schools

Table 5.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy - Hospital

Table 5.12(a) Sanitation Requirements Administrative Buildings

Table 5.13 Sanitation Requirements for Government and Public Business Occupancy and Offices

Table 5.14 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings.

Table 5.15 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

Table 5.16 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

Table 5.17 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theatres, Auditoria

etc.)

Table 5.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and Museums)

Table 5.19 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants

Table 5.20 Sanitation Requirements for Factories

Table 5.21 Sanitation Requirements for Large Stations and Airports

Table 5.22 General Standard/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area.

Table 5.23 Contingency Toilets facilities for Special Events

Table 7.1 Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design

Table 11.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (Residential and Non-Residential)

Table 11.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation

Table 13.1Composition of heritage conservation committee for Bengaluru:

Table 13.2 Composition of heritage conservation committee for Other Corporation Areas

Table 13.3 Composition of heritage conservation committee for all other Towns/Cities -at District

level

Table 13.4 Criteria for listing of Heritage sites.

Table 13.5 Grading of the listed buildings/listed prescient.

Table 14.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans

Table 14.2 Risk Matrix for different Residential buildings

Table 14.3 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses

Table 14.4 Risk Matrix for Industries

Table 15.1: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction (Building Category ‘1’:

5,000Sqm to < 20,000Sqm)

Table 15.2: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction (Building Category ‘2’: ≥ 20,000

Sqm to 50,000 Sqm)

Table 15.3: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction (Building Category ‘3’: ≥ 50,000

Sqm to 1,50,000 Sqm)

ANNEXURES

ANNUXURE-A OCCUPANCY CATEGORIZATION OF BUILDINGS FOR WATER AND OTHER

REQUIREMENT FOR FIREFIGHTING

ANNEXURE-BI FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS IN ZONE-I CATEGORY

ANNEXURE-BII FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS IN ZONE-II CATEGORY

ANNEXURE-BIII FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS IN ZONE-III CATEGORY

ANNEXURE-C 1.WATER REQUIREMENT CRITERION

ANNEXURE-C 2. ESTIMATION OF TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT FOR FULLY SPRINKLERED

BUILDINGS.

ANNEXURE-C 3. WATER STORAGE TANKS

ANNEXURE-C 4. RISER/ DOWNCOMER.

ANNEXURE-C 5. SELECTION OF PUMPS.

ANNEXURE-D QUESTIONNAIRE FOR HIGH RISE BUILDINGS/OTHER BUILDINGS.

APPENDIX

I.

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION OF VARIOUS STAKE HOLDERS WITH THE AUTHORITY

II.

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR SANCTION FROM

THE AUTHORITY FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

A – REQUIREMENTS OF KEY PLAN

B - REQUIREMENTS OF SITE PLAN

C – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLAN FOR PARKING AREA

D – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLANS OF OTHER USES

11

E – REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS OF BUILDING

F – REQUIREMENTS OF ELEVATION OF BUILDINGS

G – REQUIREMENTS OF DRAWINGS FOR ALL SERVICES PROVIDED

A – ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INCLUDING USE OF ALTERNATE ENERGY

B- WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

C – RAIN WATER HARVESTING & GROUND WATER RECHARGING SYSTEM

D – SEWERAGE SYSTEM

E – HVAC SYSTEM

H – REQUIREMENTS OF LANDSCAPE PLAN

I – REQUIREMENTS OF CIRCULATION PLAN AND TRAFFIC STUDY & IMPACT

J – REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

K – REQUIREMENTS OF GREEN BUILDING DRAWINGS

III.

INDEX FOR THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF DRAWINGS SUBMITTED

A – REQUIREMENTS OF KEY PLAN

B – INDEX OF SITE PLAN

C – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLAN FOR PARKING AREA

D – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLANS OF OTHER USES

E – REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS OF BUILDING

F – REQUIREMENTS OF ELEVATION OF BUILDINGS

G – REQUIREMENTS OF DRAWINGS FOR ALL SERVICES PROVIDED

H – REQUIREMENTS OF LANDSCAPE PLAN

I – REQUIREMENTS OF CIRCULATION PLAN AND TRAFFIC STUDY & IMPACT

J – REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

K – REQUIREMENTS OF GREEN BUILDING DRAWINGS

IV.

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR NOCS FROM

OTHER DEPARTMENTS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

V.

PROCEDURE FOR EMPANELMENT OF PROFESSIONALS BY THE AUTHORITY AND

SELECTION OF EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

VI.

DETAILS OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR BUILDING LICENCE

VII.

VARIOUS FEES FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE AND OTHER FEES PAYABLE AS

PER THESE BYE-LAWS

VIII.

TIMELINES FOR DIFFERENT ACTIVITIES FOR ISSUING BUILDING LICENCE, NOCS AND

CERTIFICATION OF WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE AS PER THE CONDITIONS OF NOC, BY

DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDING.

IX.

PROCEDURE

FOR

SITE

INSPECTION

BY

EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONALS

AND

SUBMISSION OF SITE INSPECTION REPORT.

X.

VALIDITY PERIOD OF SANCTION AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AT SITE AND

EXTENSION OF VALIDITY.

XI.

DETAILS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE SITE/ SITE OFFICE OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.

XII.

STAGES OF CERTIFICATION OF VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF BUILDING EXECUTED AT

SITE BY EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

XIII.

A.

REQUIREMENT OF NUMBER AND TYPE OF LIFTS

B.

REQUIREMENT FOR ELECTRICAL SUB STATION

XIV.

PROVISION FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED

XV.

ACCREDITATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITORS (QUALIFIED BUILDING AUDITORS)

XVI.

ENVIRONMENTAL CELL AT THE LEVEL OF LOCAL AUTHORITY

XVII.

CATEGORIES OF MATERIALS OF STORAGE OF WAREHOUSE AS PER COMBUSTION RISK.

FORMS

I.

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FORM FOR

BUILDING LICENCE.

II.

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FOR NOC

FROM DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, IN ADDITIONAL TO THE DETAILS REQUIRED FOR

BUILDING LICENCE AND OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.

A.

DEPARTMENT OF FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES

B.

MOEF AND KSPCB

C.

AIRPORT AUTHORITY OF INDIA

D.

COASTAL REGULATION ZONE AUTHORITY

12

E.

KARNATAKA STATE WATER SUPPLY & DRAINAGE BOARD

F.

INDIAN RAILWAYS

G.

METRO RAIL CORPORATION

H.

HERITAGE CONSERVATION COMMITTEE

I.

NATIONAL MONUMENTS AUTHORITY

J.

URBAN ARTS COMMISSION

III DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED

IV DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE PLANS AND DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR

SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE.

V DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE INTIMATION LETTER OF THE AUTHORITY TO

EMPANELLED PROFESSIONAL FOR SITE INSPECTION AND SUBMISSION OF SITE

INSPECTION REPORT FOR APPROVAL OF SITE PLAN

VI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT

VII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT.

VIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE BUILDING LICENCE

IX

DETAILS TO BE DISPLAYED OUTSIDE THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.

X

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL, CERTIFYING THE WORKS OR STATING THE DEFECTS / DEVIATIONS IN

WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE.

XI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT TO RECTIFY THE DEFECTS IN WORKS EXECUTED.

XII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN INSPECTION REPORT OF CEO REGARDING OBJECTIONS

RAISED BY THE APPLICANT AGAINST THE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL OR DEPARTMENT ISSUING NOCS.

XIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN COMPLETION CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THE PRINCIPAL

PROFESSIONAL ON RECORD, SUPERVISING THE WORKS

XIV

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.

XV

CERTIFICATE OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN & SAFETY

XVI

CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY CONTROL

CHAPTER - 1

1. Title, commencement and application- (1) These bye laws may be called the Karnataka

Municipal Corporations Model Building Bye-Laws 2017.

(2) They shall come into force from the date of their final publication in the official Gazette.

(3) All mandatory Master Plan or Zonal Regulations regarding use, land use, coverage, FAR,

setback or open space, height, number of stories, number of dwelling units, parking standards etc.

for various categories of buildings including modification therein made from time to time shall be

applicable mutatis mutandis in these Bye-Laws under this clause. All amendments or modifications

made in the aforesaid regulations shall automatically stand deemed to have been included as part of

these Bye-laws.

CHAPTER - 2

2. Definitions

1. ‘Access’ – means a clear approach to a plot or a building.

2. ‘Act’- means the Karnataka Municipal Corporations Act, 1975 (Karnataka Act 14 of 1977);.

3. ‘Addition and/or Alteration’- means a structural change including an addition to the area

or change in height or the removal of part of building, or any change to the structure, such

as the construction or removal or cutting of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column,

beam, joist, floor including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of

any required means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment as

provided in these Bye laws.

4. ‘Agriculture’ includes horticulture, farming, growing of crops, fruits, vegetables, flowers,

grass, fodder, trees of any kind or any kind of cultivation of soil, breeding and keeping of

livestock including cattle, horses, donkeys, mules, pigs, fish, poultry and bees, the use of

land which is ancillary to the farming of land or any purpose aforesaid but shall not include

13

the use of any land attached to a building for the purpose of garden to be used along with

such building; and ‘agriculture’ shall be construed accordingly.

5. ‘Air-conditioning’- The process of treating air so as to control simultaneously its

temperature, humidity, purity, distribution and air movement and pressure to meet the

requirements of the conditioned space.

6. ‘Amalgamation’ means clubbing of two or more properties as a single property.

7. ‘Amenity’ includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, play grounds,

gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage, public works and

other utilities, services and conveniences.

8. ‘Annexure’ means the Annexure appended to these bye-laws;

9. ‘Apartment’ means suite of rooms, which are occupied or which is intended or designed to

be occupied by one family for living purpose in an Apartment building. This word is

synonymous with residential flat.

10. ‘Apartment Building/Group Housing’ means one or more buildings, each containing more

than four Apartments.

11. ‘Appendix’ means Appendix appended to these bye-laws;

12. ‘Application’ means an application made in such form as may be prescribed by the

Authority from time to time.

13. ‘Applicant’ means any person who applies to the Authority with an intention to develop

building as per these bye-laws. The Applicant shall be the owner of the property or his

authorised representative or a promoter authorised by the owner.

14. ‘Approved’ means as approved/sanctioned by the Authority under applicable Bye-Laws

15. ‘Architect’- means a person holding a graduate degree in Bachelor of Architecture from any

institute recognized by the Council of Architecture (COA) and has his/her name entered in

the register of COA for the time being, with a valid COA Registration number.

16. ‘Architect/Professional on record’- means an architect/Competent professional who is

brought on record to represent his/her client for a construction project, to act on their behalf

regarding building licenses and process of construction (Qualification, experience

&competence as notified by the Government). He / She may be registered with the Authority

for the cause (Registration procedure as per Appendix-I).

17. ‘Auditorium’ means Premises having an enclosed space to seat audience and stage for

various performances such as concerts, plays, music etc.

18. ‘Authority’- means the Local Authority which has been created by a statute and which, for

the purpose of administering / undertaking the various functions specified in these Byelaws,

, may authorize a committee or the Commissioner or any other designated officer of Local

Body to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the ‘Authority’.

19. ‘Balcony’ means a horizontal projection with a handrail or balustrade, to serve as passage or

sit out place.

20. ‘Basement storey or cellar’ means any storey, which is partly / wholly below the average

ground level contiguous to the building, with one or more than one level. The basement

height should not project more than 1.2m above the average ground level.

21. ‘Bifurcation’ means as defined in the KTCP (Approval of Plot) Rules 2017

22. ‘Building’- means a structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any purpose,

whether used for human habitation or not, and includes: -

i) a house, out-house, stable, privy, shed, hut, wall, verandah, fixed platform, plinth,

doorstep and any other such structure, whether of masonry, bricks, wood, mud, metal or

any other material whatsoever;

ii) a structure on wheels simply resting in the ground without foundation;

iii) a ship, vessel, boat, tent and any other structure used for human habitation or used for

keeping or storing any article or goods;

iv) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building services, fixed

platforms etc.

v)Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.

vi)Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto

vii)Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and outdoor display

structures; etc.,

viii)Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in liquid form

and for storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds etc.,

ix) All types of buildings as defined in (a) to (k) below, except tents, shamianas and tarpaulin

shelters erected temporarily for temporary purposes and ceremonial occasions, shall be

considered to be ‘building’.

14

Types of Buildings based on use of premises or activity:

a. ‘Residential Building’- includes a building in which sleeping and living accommodation

is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities and includes one or more

family dwellings, apartments/flats, and private garages of such buildings.

b. ‘Educational Building’- Includes a building exclusively used for a school or college,

recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent Authority

involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use,

and including a building for such other uses as research institution. It shall also include

quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and building used as a hostel

captive to an educational institution whether situated in its campus or outside.

c. ‘Institutional Building’- Includes a building constructed by Government, Semi

Government Organizations or Registered Trusts and used for medical or other treatment, or

for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an hospice, care of

persons suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, disease or infirmity, care of

orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons

and for penal or correctional detention with restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily

providing sleeping

accommodation and includes dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal

institutions such as jails, prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and

reformatories etc.

d. ‘Assembly Building’- means a building or part thereof, where groups of people (not <50)

congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and

similar purposes and this includes buildings of drama and cinemas theatres, drive-in

theatres, assembly halls, city halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums,

‘mangal karyalayas’, skating rinks, gymnasia, restaurants, eating or boarding houses,

places of worship, dance halls, clubs, gymkhanas and road, railways, air, sea or other

public transportation stations and recreation piers.

e. ‘Business Building’- Includes any building or part thereof used principally for transaction

of business and/or keeping of accounts and records including offices, banks, professional

establishments, court houses etc., if their principal function is transaction of business

and/or keeping of books and records.

f. ‘Commercial/Mercantile Building’- Includes a building or part thereof used as shops,

stores or markets for display and sale of wholesale and or retail goods or merchandise,

including office, storage and service facilities incidental thereto and located in the same

building

g. ‘Industrial Building’- Includes a building or part thereof wherein products or material

are fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants, laboratories, power

plants, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.

h. ‘Storage Building’- means a building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelter

of goods, wares, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold storage,

freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck terminal, grain

elevator, barn and stables.

i. ‘Hazardous Building’- Includes a building or part thereof used for

i. Storage, handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or highly

combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn with extreme

rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations. and

ii. Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive, toxic or

noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals producing flame, fumes and

explosive mixtures etc. or which result in division of matter into fine particles capable of

spontaneous ignition.

j. ‘Mixed Land Use Building’- means a building partly used for non-residential activities

and partly for residential purpose.

k. ‘Wholesale Establishment’- means an establishment wholly or partly engaged in

wholesale trade and manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities,

warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck transport

booking agencies.

Types of building based on design:

a. ‘Detached Building’- means a building with walls and roofs independent of any other

building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot.

b. ‘Semi-detached Building’- means two buildings, together having not more than 4

dwelling units with a maximum of G+1 floor, attached to each other with a common wall

and each building having setbacks only on three sides.

15

c. ‘Row Housing’ – means two or more dwelling units with a maximum of G+1 floor, in a

row attached to each other, where the intermediate dwelling units have only front and rear

setbacks and the dwelling units on the extreme ends have setbacks on three sides.

Types of building based on height:

a.

B1- means residential buildings of G+1floors upto 4 dwelling units

b.

B2- means all buildings upto G+2 floors other than B1 buildings and Industrial

buildings

c.

B3- means all low-rise buildings other than B1 & B2 buildings and Industrial

buildings.

d.

B4- means all high-rise buildings (multi storey buildings) other than Industrial

buildings.

e.

B5- means all Industrial buildings

Types of building based on other features:

a. ‘Multi-Level Car parking’- means a building partly below ground level having two or

more basements or above ground level with two or more floors, primarily to be used for

parking of cars, scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle.

b. ‘Unsafe Building’- Includes a building which:

i) Is structurally unsafe, or

ii) Is insanitary, or

iii) Is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress or

iv) Constitutes a fire hazard or

v) Is dangerous to human life or

vi) In relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health or public welfare by

maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.

Note: All unsafe buildings /structure will require be restoring by repairs, demolition or

dealing with as directed by the Authority. The relevant provisions of the Act shall apply for

procedure to be followed by the Authority in taking action against such buildings

23. ‘Building line’ means the line upto which the plinth of building may lawfully extend within

the plot on a street or an extension of a street and includes the line prescribed, if any in the

Master Plan or Town Planning scheme. No portion of the building may extend beyond this

line.

24. ‘Building Site’ means a plot held for building purposes, approved as per the rules framed

under Section 17 of KTCP Act.

25. ‘Bus Depot’ means a premise used by public transport agency or any other agency for

parking, maintenance and repair of buses. These may include the workshop.

26. ‘Bus Terminal’ means a premise used by public transport agency to park the buses for short

duration to serve the public. It may include the related facilities for passengers.

27. ‘Canopy’- shall mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an entry to the

building at the lintel or slab level provided that:

i) It shall not project beyond the plot line.

ii) It shall not be lower than 2.3 m. or 7’- 6’ when measured from the ground.

iii) There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky

28. ‘Carpet Area’ means the net usable floor area of an apartment or commercial premises,

excluding the area covered by the external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive

balcony or verandah area and exclusive open terrace area, but includes the area covered by

the internal partition walls of the apartment/ commercial premises.

29. ‘Chajja’ means a continuous sloping or horizontal cantilever projection provided over an

opening or external wall to provide protection from sun and rain.

30. ‘Chimney’ means a structure usually vertical containing a passage or flue by which the

smoke, gas, etc. of a fire or furnace are carried off by means of which a draught is created

31. ‘Common wall’ means; a wall built on land belonging to two adjoining owners, the wall being

the joint property of both owners.

a) If two adjoining owners build a dividing wall on their property, they are not common walls

and no part of the footings of either wall shall project on to the land of the adjoining owner,

except by legal agreement between the owners. and

b) Any such ‘common’ or ‘dividing’ wall shall be considered for the purpose of these byelaws,

as being equivalent to an external wall as far as the thickness and height are concerned.

32. ‘Community Hall’ means congregational place to be developed by government or local

bodies, trust, society, etc., having a maximum of 300m2 carpet area of hall without separate

kitchen and dining. No upper floor shall be permitted.

33. ‘Construction’ means; Any erection of a structure or a building, including any addition or

extension thereto either vertically or horizontally, but does not include any repair and

16

renovation of an existing structure or building, or, construction, maintenance and cleansing

of drains and drainage works and of public latrines, urinals and similar conveniences, or, the

construction and maintenance of works meant for providing supply of water for public, or,

the construction or maintenance, extension, management for supply and distribution of

electricity to the public; or provision for similar facilities for publicity.

34. ‘Conversion of Occupancy’- means the change from one occupancy to other occupancy or

any change in building structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use

requiring additional occupancy certificate.

35. ‘Corner Plot’ means a plot facing two or more intersecting streets / roads.

36. ‘Corridor’ means a common passage or circulation space connecting separate rooms or

different parts of the same building including a common entrance hall.

37. ‘Cornice’- means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over openings

or external walls to provide protection from sun and rain.

38. ‘Courtyard’ means a space permanently open to sky, enclosed fully or partially by buildings

and maybe at ground level or any other level either in the interior or exterior of a building

within the site.

39. ‘Cultural buildings’ means a building built by a Trust, Society, Government or Local body

for cultural activities.

40. ‘Damp Proof Course’- means a course consisting of some appropriate water proofing

material provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture.

41. ‘Density of Households’ means number of dwelling units per hectare

42. ‘Density of Population’ means concentration of population expressed in terms of number of

persons per hectare in a particular area.

43. ‘Development’ with its grammatical variations means the carrying out of building,

engineering, mining or other operations in, or over or under land or water, or the making of

any material change in any building or land (including compound wall) or in the use of any

building or land and includes sub-division of any land.

44. ‘DR/T.D.R.’ – means Development Rights orTransfer of Development Rights available for

plots as prescribed under Section 14B of KTCP Act and the Rules framed thereof.

45. ‘Drains’ means natural valleys intended for flow of storm water /rain water

46. ‘Drainage system’ – means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories,

such as manholes, inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage of

building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage for conveying

surface water or a system for the removal of any waste water.

47. ‘Duplex’ means a dwelling unit in two levels connected with an internal staircase.

48. ‘Dwelling’- means a building or a portion thereof which is designed or used wholly or

principally for residential purposes for one family.

49. ‘Empanelled Professional’ means professionals such as Architects, Engineers, Structural

consultants, MEP consultants, Environment consultants etc., who are empanelled by the

Authority as per the provisions of these bye-laws as authorised persons to inspect the plots

before, during, and after construction, as the case may be, to certify the constructions made

as per the provisions of the approved plans and report to the Authority and also to sanction

building plans of certain buildings as notified by the government.

50. ‘Encroachment’- means an act to enter into the possession or rights either of permanent or

temporary nature on a land or built up area of a private property or local body or

state/central Government.

51. ‘Existing development’ means all developments (including buildings) which existed before

coming into force of the Karnataka Municipal Corporations Act 1976, and all approved

developments thereafter (including building) and which are completed or under development

at the time of commencement of these bye-laws.

52. ‘Existing Use’- means use of a building or structure existing before the commencement of

these Bye-Laws.

53. ‘Exit’- means a passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor to a

street or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits meaning

as under: -

i) Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a protected opening through or around afire well or

bridge connecting two or more buildings.

ii) Outside exit mean an exit from building to a public way to an open area leading to a public

way or to an enclosed fire-resistant passage leading to a public way, and

iii) Vertical exit means an exit used for ascending or descending between two or more levels

including stairway, fire towers, ramps and fire escapes.

17

54. ‘External Wall’ means the outer wall of the building not being a partition wall, even though

an adjoining wall of another building and also a wall abutting on an interior open space of

any building.

External wall of an apartment or commercial premises means the outer wall of the apartment or

commercial premises, even though an adjoining wall of another apartment or commercial premises.

55. ‘First floor’ means the floor immediately above the ground floor or stilt, on which second

and other floors follow subsequently

56. ‘Flatted factory’ ‘means premises having group of non-hazardous small industrial units

which are permissible under the Zonal Regulations and these units may be located in multi-

storied industrial buildings.

57. ‘Floor’ means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building

58. ‘Floor Area Ratio (FAR)’ means the quotient of the ratio of the combined gross floor area of

all the floors, excepting areas specifically, exempted under the Zonal Regulations, to the total

area of the plot. Viz.

Floor Area Ratio =

Total floor area of all the floors.

Plot Area

59. ‘Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System’- means Fire alarm system comprises of

components for manually or automatically detecting a fire, initiating an alarm of fire and

initiating other actions as appropriate.

60. ‘Fire Hazard Industries’-

i) ‘Low Fire Hazard Industries’ includes engineering industries using/processing or

assembling non-combustible materials i.e. lathe machines, steel works, steel components

etc.

ii) ‘Moderate Fire Hazard Industries’ includes industries using / processing combustible

materials but not flammable liquid etc., plastic industries, rubber, and PVC industries,

textile, paper, furniture, flour mills etc.

iii) ‘High Fire Hazard Industries’ includes industries using/processing flammable liquids,

gases, chemicals petroleum products, plastic or thermo setting group etc.

61. ‘Fire Lift’- Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the event of

fire or any other emergency.

62. ‘Fire Proof Door’- Means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and

erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a period.

63. ‘Fire Pump’- Means a machine, driven by external power for transmitting energy to fluids by

coupling the pump to a suitable engine or motor, which may have varying outputs/capacity

but shall be capable of having a pressure of 3.2 kg/ cm2 at the topmost level of multi-storey

or high-rise building.

64. ‘Fire Pump-Booster Fire Pump’- Means a mechanical/electrical device that boots up the

water pressure at the top level of a multi-storey / high-rise building and which is capable of

a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the nearest point.

65. ‘Fire Resistance’-means Fire resistance is a property of an element of building construction

and is the measure of its ability to satisfy for a stated period some or all of the following

criteria:

a. resistance to collapse,

b. resistance to penetration of flame and hot gases, and

c. Resistance to temperature rise on the unexposed face up to a maximum of 180°C and/or

average temperature of 150°C.

66. Fire Resistance Rating- The time that a material or construction will withstand the

standard fire exposure as determined by fire test done in accordance with the standard

methods of fire tests of materials orstructures.

67. ‘Fire Separation’- Means the distance in meters measured from any other building on the

site or from another site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space to the

building.

68. ‘Fire Service Inlet’- Means a connection provided at the base of a building for pumping up

water through in-built fire-fighting arrangements by fire service pumps in accordance; with

the recommendation of the Chief Fire Officer.

69. ‘Fire Tower’- Means an enclosed staircase that can only be approached from the various

floors through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and the staircase by fire

resistant doors and open to the outer air.

70. ‘Fire Resisting Building’- means a building in which material, which has, appropriate

degree of fire resistance is used.

18

71. ‘Footing’- means a foundation unit constructed in stone masonry or concrete under the base

of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a larger area.

72. 'Form' means a Form appended these bye-laws;

73. ‘Foundation’ means that part of structure which is below the lowest floor and which provides

support for the superstructure and which transmits the load of the superstructure to the

bearing strata.

74. ‘Frontage’ means the width of the site/land abutting the access/public road.

75. ‘Gal1ery’- means an intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium or

a hall providing extra floor area, and or additional seating accommodation and includes the

structures provided for seating in stadia.

76. ‘Garage-Private’- means a building or a portion thereof designed and used for the parking of

vehicle.

77. ‘Garage-Public’ – means a building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private

garage, operated for gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, using, selling or

storing or parking motor driven or other vehicles.

78. ‘Gas Go down’ means premises where LPG cylinders are stored.

79. ‘Government’ means the Government of Karnataka.

80. ‘Ground Floor’ means the Floor immediately above the level of the adjoining average ground

level on all sides having approach directly from the road or above the basement floor.

81. ‘Ground Coverage’ means area covered by the building immediately above the ground level

contiguous to the building. Covered area does not include the space covered by ramps

around the building, roof of basement floor beyond the plinth of the building projecting above

the ground level, structures for services permitted in the setback area, garden, rocky area,

well and well structures, plant, nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if uncovered) platform

around a tree, tank, fountain, bench with open top and unenclosed sides by walls cut outs

and ducts which are open to sky and the like drainage, culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully-pit,

chamber gutter and the like, within the site, compound or boundary wall, gate, unstoreyed

porch and portico, chejja, slide, swing, uncovered staircase, watchman booth, pump house

and the like within the site.

Ground Coverage in hilly areas shall be as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations.

82. ‘Habitable Room’ means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more persons

for study, living, sleeping, Eating, cooking but does not include bathrooms water closet

compartments, laundries serving and storage pantries, corridors, cellars, and spaces that are

not used frequently or during extended periods.

83. ‘Head room’ means the clear space between the finished floor level and ceiling/ beam

bottom. Minimum headroom shall be 2.4m.

84. ‘Heritage building’ means a building possessing architectural aesthetic, historic cultural

values, which are declared as heritage building by the competent authority or government

within whose jurisdiction such building is situated.

85. ‘Heritage Precinct’ means an area comprising heritage building or buildings and precincts

there of or related places which is declared as such by the competent authority or

government within whose jurisdiction such building is situated

86. ‘High-rise Building’ means a building having height of 15 m and above.

87. ‘Height of Building’ means the vertical distance measured from the average level of the

ground around and contiguous to the building to the top of the roof in case of flat roofs and

in the case of sloped roofs up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall

intersects a finished surface of the sloping roof at the eave level

In hilly areas, if the average level of the ground around and contiguous to the building is

below the road level (road for which FAR is considered), then the height of the building shall

be measured from such road level and not from the average ground level. The formed level

made by filling of natural ground, if considered for the height of the building, shall not be

more than 2.0m. above the road level.

88. Hospital: means a premise providing medical facilities of general or specialized nature for

treatment of in-patient and out-patients.

89. Hotel: means Premises used for lodging with payment, with or without boarding facilities.

90. ‘Illuminated Exit Signs’- means a device for indicating the means of escape during normal

circumstances and power failure.

91. ‘Land use’ includes the purpose to which the site or part of the site or the building or part of

the building is in use or permitted to be used by the Authority. Land use includes zoning of

land use as stipulated in the Master Plan and the Zonal Regulations.

92. ‘Licence’ means a valid permission or authorization in writing by the Authority to carryout

development of building or a work regulated by these Bye- Laws.

19

93. ‘Licensed Professional’’ means Qualified professionals who have been registered with the

Urban Local Body as per the Qualification and competence notified by the Government and

therefore possess the license to provide professional services in Building construction. Only

licensed professionals would be allowed to be professionals on record.

94. ‘Lift’ means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more

levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car platform. The

word ‘elevator’ is also synonymously used for ‘lift’.

95. ‘Lobby’- means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open.

96. ‘Lodging House’ means a premise used for lodging on payment. This is synonymous to Hotel

97. ‘Loft’ means a residual space above normal floor level which may be constructed or adopted

for storage purposes.

98. ‘Market value’ means the guideline value of the land notified under section 45B of the

Karnataka Stamp Act, 1957

99. ‘Master Plan’ means Master Plan prepared for the local planning area approved by the

government under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961.

100.

‘Means of Escape’- means an escape route provided in a building for safe evacuation

of occupants.

101.

‘Mezzanine Floor’- means an intermediate floor between Ground floor and First floor

only, with area of mezzanine floor restricted to one third of the area of that floor and with a

minimum height of 2.20m. Mezzanine floor is permitted for non-residential uses only. Such

Mezzanine floor shall be accessible only from the Ground floor.

102.

‘Multilevel Car Parking (MLCP)’ means multilevel structure used for car parking

connected to all floors by means of ramps / mechanical elevators. MLCP can be an

independent structure or part of a building with other land uses. However, in the portion

used for parking, no other land uses shall be permitted.

103.

‘Multiplex complex’ means a building housing an entertainment and cultural centre

including cinema theatres, restaurants, food courts and shops as defined in Karnataka

Cinema Regulations Act 1964. The development of such buildings shall be governed as per

the provisions of Karnataka Cinema Regulations Act 1964.

104.

‘MCB/ELCB’ means Devices for tripping of electrical circuits in event of any fault in

the circuit or installation.

105.

‘Non-Combustible Material’- means a material which is not liable to burn or add

heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in accordance with the latest code of Bureau of

Indian Standards Method of Test for combustibility of Building Materials.

106.

Nursing home means A premises having medical facility for in-patients and out

patients, having up to 30 beds, it shall be managed by a doctor or a group of doctors

107.

‘Occupancy or use’-means the principal occupancy or use for which a building or a

part of a building is intended to be used. For the purposes of classification of a building

according to occupancy, occupancy shall be deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies

which are contingent upon it.

‘Mixed occupancy’ buildings being those in which more than one occupancy is present in

different portions of the buildings.

108.

‘Open space in a plot’ means an area forming an integral part of the plot, left open to

sky.

109.

‘Owner’ means a person who for the time being is receiving or is entitled to receive,

whether on his own account or as agent, trustee, guardian, manager or receiver for another

person or for any religious or charitable purpose, the rent or profit of the property in

connection with which the word is used and in whose name the approval for development is

issued.

110.

‘Parapet’ means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or a balcony.

111.

‘Parking space’ means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open sufficient in

size to park vehicles together with a drive-way connecting the parking space with a public

street or any public area and permitting the ingress and egress of the vehicles.

112.

‘Partition’ means an interior non-load bearing barrier, one storey or part-storey in

height.

113.

‘Partition Wall’ includes (i)A wall forming part of a building and being used or

constructed to be used in any part of the height or length of such wall for separation of

adjoining buildings belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by

different persons; or ii) A wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the

length of such wall, to a greater extent than the projection of the footing on one side or

ground of different owners.

20

114.

‘Plinth’ means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding

ground and surface of the floor immediately above the ground.

115.

‘Plinth Area’ means the built up covered area measured at the floor level of the

basement or of any storey including balconies but excluding ducts/ services and lift shaft (

except in the lowermost floor of lift shaft) and open cutout areas.

116.

‘Plinth Level’ means the level of the floor of a building immediately above the

surrounding ground.

117.

‘Plot / Site’ means a parcel of land enclosed by definite boundaries having a means

of access.

118.

‘Porch or Portico’ means a roof cover supported on pillars or cantilevered projection

for the purpose of pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building without any structure

above.

119.

‘Premium F.A.R. means the FAR over and above the permissible FAR allowed, on

collection of additional fee as prescribed in the Zoning Regulations.

120.

‘Prohibited area’ means any area specified or declared to be a prohibited area under

section 20A of the Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958

(Central Act 24 of 1958).

121.

‘Promoter’ means –

(i) A person who constructs or causes to be constructed an independent building or a

building consisting of Apartments, or converts an existing building or a part thereof into

Apartments, for the purpose of selling all or some of the Apartments to other persons and

includes his assignees; or

(ii) A person who develops land into a project, whether or not the person also constructs

structures on any of the plots, for the purpose of selling to other persons all or some of the

plots in the said project, whether with or without structures thereon; or

(iii) Any development Authority or any other Public body in respect of Allottees of –

a. Buildings or Apartments, as the case may be, constructed by such Authority or body on

lands owned by them or placed at their disposal by the Government; or

b. plots owned by such Authority or body or placed at their disposal by the Government;

for the purpose of selling all or some of the Apartments or plots, or

(iv) An Apex State level co-operative housing finance society and a primary co-operative

housing society which constructs Apartments or buildings for its members or in respect of

the Allottees of such Apartments or buildings; or

(v) Any other persons who acts himself as a builder, coloniser, contractor, developer, estate

developer or by any other name or claims to be acting as the holder of a power of attorney

from the owner of the land on which the building or apartment is constructed or plot is

developed for sale; or

(vi) such other person who constructs any building or apartment for sale to the general

public

Explanation – For the purpose of this clause, where the person who constructs or converts a

building into apartments or develops a plot for sale and the persons who sells apartments or

plots are different persons, both of them shall be deemed to be the promoters and shall be

jointly liable as such for the functions and responsibilities specified, under this Act or the rules

and regulations made there under;

For the purpose of this clause, Apartment, whether called block, chamber, dwelling unit, flat,

office, showroom, shop, go down, premises, suit, tenement, unit or by any other name, means

a separate and self-contained part or an immovable property, including one or more rooms or

enclosed spaces, located on one or more floors or any part thereof, in a building or on a plot of

land, used or intended to be used for any residential or commercial use such as residence,

office, shop, showroom or go down or for carrying on any business, occupation, profession or

trade or for any other type of use ancillary to the purpose specified;

This is synonymous to Developer.

122.

‘Protected monument’ means an ancient monument which is declared to be of

national importance by or under the Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and

Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of 1958).

123.

‘Public and semi-public building’ means a building used or intended to be used

either ordinarily or occasionally by the public such as offices of state or central government

or local authorities, law courts, jails, Police Station, a church, temple, chapel, mosque or any

place of public worship, Educational, cultural and religious institutions, medical and health

institutions, cultural institutions like theatres, opera houses etc., of a predominantly non-

commercial nature.

21

124.

‘Pump room’ means the room provided below ground level adjacent to the sump tank

to house various types of pumps with self-priming mechanism. However, the entrance shaft

of the pump room of maximum 2 m x 2 m may be permitted above the ground level.

125.

‘Recreational Club’ means a premise used for assembly of a group of persons for

social and recreational purposes with all related facilities.

126.

‘Regulated area’ means any area specified or declared under section 20B under the

Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of 1958).

127.

‘Repair Shop’ means a premise similar to retail shop for carrying out repair of house

hold goods, electronic gadgets, automobiles, cycles etc.,

128.

‘Restaurant’ means a premise used for serving food items on commercial basis

including cooking facilities, with covered or open space or both having seating facilities.

129.

‘Retail Shop’ means a premise for sale of commodities directly to the consumer with

necessary storage.

130.

‘Retention Activity’ means an activity or use which is allowed to continue,

notwithstanding its non-conforming nature in relation to the use permitted in the adjoining

or surrounding area.

131.

‘Road/Street’ means any street, road, square, Court, alley, passage or riding path

over which the public have a right of way and includes: -

(a) The roadway over any public bridge or causeway;

(b) The footway attached to any such street, public bridge or causeway; and

(c) The drains attached to any such street, public bridge or causeway and the land, whether

covered or not by any pavement verandah or other structure which lies on either side of the

roadway up to the boundaries of the adjacent property, whether that property is private

property or property belonging to the Government or the Corporation.

132.

‘Road/Street Level or Grade’ means the officially established elevation or grade of

the centerline of street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially established

grade, the existing elevation or grade of street at its mid-point, at the center of the plot.

133.

‘Road/Street Line’ means the line defining the side limits of a road/street, where

existing road width is considered and the road widening line where proposed road width is

considered.

134.

‘Road Width or Width of Road/Street’ means the right of way/distance between the

boundaries of the property on either side of the road including, carriageway, footways, service

road at same level or at different level and storm water drains as laid down in the city survey

or Master Plan or the prescribed road lines by any act of law and measured at right angles to

the course or intended course of direction of such road.

135.

‘Room Height’ means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface

to the finished ceiling surface. Where a finished ceiling is not provided, the underside of the

joists or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of measurement.

136.

‘Service Apartments’ means fully furnished room or suite or rooms with kitchen,

which is intended to be used on rental basis.

137.

‘Service Road’ means a road / lane provided adjacent to a plot for access or service

purposes as the case may be and shall be parallel to the main road and may or may not be at

grade with the main road and shall be partly or fully falling within the proposed road width of

the main road.

138.

‘Setback’ means the distance prescribed under the Zonal Regulations of respective

LPAs between the plot boundary and the plinth of the building or the covered Cantilever

projection of the building in any floor. If cantilever projection of the building is proposed, the

prescribed setback shall be provided between the plot boundary and such covered cantilever

projection.

139.

‘Set-back Line’ means a line drawn at the setback distance, parallel to the plot

boundaries or road widening line as prescribed in the Master Plan / Zonal Regulations, or as

decided by the Authority (only road widening line), beyond which nothing can be constructed

towards the plot boundaries except as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations.

140.

‘Site Plan’ means a detailed Plan showing the proposed placement of structures,

parking areas, open space, landscaping, and other development features, on the plot as

required by specific sections of these Bye laws.

141.

‘Spiral Staircase’ means a staircase forming continuous winding curve round a

central point or axis provided in an open space having tread without risers.

142.

‘Staircase room’ means a room accommodating the stair and for purpose of

providing protection from weather and not used for human habitation.

22

143.

‘Stair Cover’ means a structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its landing

built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not

used for human habitation.

144.

‘Stilt floor’ means open parking area provided at ground level. The height of the stilt

floor shall be a minimum of 2.4 m. & maximum of 2.7m height (floor to beam bottom or

ceiling whichever is less). The height shall be considered for calculating the total height of

the building. In case of mechanical or multi-level parking the maximum height of the stilt

floor shall be 3.75m.

145.

‘Storey’ means the space between the surface of one floor and the surface of the

other floor vertically above or below. The minimum floor to floor height shall not be less than

2.9m.

146.

‘To Erect’- in relation to a building means:

i) To erect a new building on any plot whether previously built upon or not;

ii) To re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been pulled down,

burnt or dismantled.

147.

‘Un-authorised Development’- means the erection or re-erection, addition or

alternations which is not approved or sanctioned by the Competent Authority or as defined

under Section 76 FF of KTCP Act.

148.

‘Underground/Overhead Tank’ means an installation constructed or placed for

storage of water.

149.

‘Utility Area’ means a covered area with at least one side open to the outside with

the exception of 1m high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.

150.

‘Ventilation’- means Supply of outside air into, or the removal of inside air from an

enclosed space.

a. Natural Ventilation – means Supply of outside air into a building through window or

other openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from temperature or vapor

pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of the building.

b. Positive Ventilation – means the supply of outside air by means of a mechanical device,

such as a fan,

c. Mechanical Ventilation – means supply of outside air either by positive ventilation or by

infiltration by reduction of pressure inside due to exhaust of air, or by a combination of

positive ventilation and exhaust of air.

151.

‘Water Closet (W.C)’- means a water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive

human excrement directly from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to

designate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed.

152.

‘Window’- means an opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or

part of the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not used as a

means of egress/ingress.

153.

‘Zonal Regulations’ means the regulations of the Master Plan governing land use

and developments.

CHAPTER - 3

3. JURISDICTION ANDAPPLICABILITY AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OBTAINING

BUILDING LICENCE

3.1 Jurisdiction of Building Bye Laws

These Building Bye-Laws shall apply to the building activity in the State for all Corporation Cities.

3.2 Applicability of Building Bye Laws

These building byelaws shall be applicable to all building activities undertaken by private or

Government agencies and read in conjunction with the Master plan /Metropolitan development plan

or any other statutory plan in force, if any, and notifications, if any, with regard to the same and as

amended from time to time and these building bye-laws may be reviewed after five years. Till such

time the reviewed building byelaws are notified, these building byelaws will continue to be in force.

3.3 Applicability of Bye-Laws for all types of building developments

Except hereinafter or otherwise provided, these Bye-Laws shall apply to all development,

redevelopment, erection and/or re-erection of a building whether temporary or permanent as well as

to the design, construction of, or reconstruction and additions and alterations to a building.

23

3.4 Applicability of Bye-Laws for Part construction

Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, except where

otherwise specifically stipulated, these Building Bye-Laws shall apply only to the extent of the work

involved.

3.5 Change of use or occupancy

Where use of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Building

Bye-Laws shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the change.

3.6 Requirement in respect of building sites

3.6.1 Damp Sites

Wherever the dampness of a site or the nature of the soil renders such precautions necessary,

the ground surface of the site between the walls of any building erected thereon shall be

rendered damp-proof to the satisfaction of the Authority.

3.6.2 Minimum Size of Site

The minimum size of sites for the construction of different types of building or different use

groups shall be in accordance with provisions of the Master Plan, Zonal Regulations and the

Rules framed under Section 17 of KTCP Act 1961.

3.6.3 Sanction for Building Sites

The Building sites which are not located in the approved layouts of the Competent Authority

shall have sanction under section 17 of the KTCP Act, 1961, from the Planning Authority before

sanction is accorded under these Bye-laws in such sites.

3.6.4 Restrictions on use of land for construction of buildings

No piece of land shall be used as a site for the construction of buildings under the following

circumstances:

a) if the site is not drained properly or is incapable of being well drained;

b) if the Authority considers that the site is insanitary or it is dangerous to construct a building

on it;

c) if the building is proposed on any area filled up with filthy and offensive matter without a

certificate from the Health Officer and Corporation Engineer to the effect that it is fit to be built

upon from health and sanitary point of view;

d) if the owner of the building has not shown to the satisfaction of the Authority that all the

measures required to safeguard the construction from constantly getting damp are being taken;

e) if the building is for an office or public building including school, theatre or assembly on a site

which has not been previously approved by the Authority;

f) if it violates any provisions of and Zonal Regulations and

g) if the plot is a revenue site for which permission under the Karnataka Land Revenue Act, 1964

is not obtained under section 95 thereof.

Note: If the proposed use of the building on the plot does not conform to the land use proposals of

the Master plan or Zonal Regulations, permission from the Planning Authority for the change of

land use has to be furnished.

3.7 Reconstruction

The reconstruction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to operate due to fire, natural

collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to be demolished by or

under an order of the Authority as the case may be and for which the necessary certificate has

been given by the Authority.

3.8 Existing approved building

Nothing in these Bye-Laws shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment nor prevent

continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing approved building

unless, in the opinion of the Authority such a building is unsafe or constitutes a hazard to the

safety of adjacent property or to the occupants of the building itself.

24

3.9 Development of Buildings

3.9.1 Building Licence:

No person shall erect, re-erect or make addition/ alterations in any building or cause the same

to be done without, first obtaining a separate building license for each such building from the

Authority.

3.9.2 Building Licence obtained before these bye-laws:

Where any building licence which has been issued by the Authority before the commencement of

these Building Bye-Laws and where construction is in progress and has not been completed

within the specified period from the date of such licence, the said permission shall be deemed to

be sanctioned under these Bye-Laws and shall only be eligible for revalidation there under.

Accordingly, where the validity of sanction has expired and construction has not commenced,

construction shall be governed by the provisions of these Building Bye-Laws.

3.10

Procedure for obtaining building licence

3.10.1 Registration of Stake Holders

The following Stake Holders involved in the development activities in the ULB shall register

themselves with the Authority, as per the procedure prescribed in Appendix-I

a. Promoters/ Developers who intend to undertake developments within the jurisdiction of the

Authority.

b. Land owners who intend to undertake any building activity as per these bye-laws

c. Professionals for preparing plans and details for obtaining sanction from the Authority (as

detailed in Appendix-II) and NOCs from different departments (as detailed in Appendix-IV),

referred as professionals for drawings.

d. Professionals who intend to supervise the implementation of various components specified in

the plans sanctioned by the Authority, referred as professionals for supervision.

e. Professionals who are empanelled by the Authority (as detailed in Appendix-I) to certify the

constructions / implementations as per the provisions of the approved plans and also to

sanction building plans as notified by the Government. and

f. Contractors or Agencies implementing major components of the developments.

3.10.2 Application for building plan approval:

Every person (Owner or his authorised representative, including Promoter / Developer ) who

intends to erect, re-erect or make alteration in any place in a building or demolish any

building, shall apply in Form-I along with the required documents (as detailed in Appendix-

VI) and payment of necessary fees (as detailed in Appendix-VII) along with all the drawings

and details for obtaining building licence prepared by the professionals on record to prepare

plans and details for obtaining licence from the Authority (as detailed in Appendix- II) and

obtaining NOCs from other departments as applicable (as detailed in Appendix-IV). The

Applicant shall also submit the application in Form-II, as applicable, for obtaining the

required NOCs, along with payment of necessary fees.

3.10.3 Verification of documents submitted:

The CEO of the Authority shall verify the documents submitted along with the application

and if found in order, will accept the application. In case of any discrepancy, an endorsement

shall be issued in Form III to the applicant stating the discrepancy and the applicant may

rectify the same and resubmit to the Authority.

3.10.4 Evaluation of Technical details submitted:

(1) If the application is accepted after finding that the documents submitted along with the

application are in order, the TPO of the Authority or the empanelled professional or the

designated officer notified by the Government shall evaluate the Technical drawing and

details submitted by the Applicant, for compliance with the provisions of the Master plan, ZR

and Bye-laws and compliance of the conditions incorporated for obtaining NOCs from

different departments and submit the evaluation report to the CEO of the Authority, with

noting of discrepancy, if any. The CEO shall approve the evaluation report with or without

accepting the noting of discrepancy.

25

(2)In case the noting of discrepancy is accepted by the CEO, an endorsement shall be issued

in Form IV to the applicant stating the discrepancy and the concerned professionals on

record for drawings may rectify the same and resubmit to the Authority.

3.10.5 Forwarding details to obtain NOCs and issuing NOCs:

(1) If the Technical drawing and details submitted are complying with the provisions of the

Master Plan, ZR and Bye-laws and the requirements for obtaining NOCs from different

departments, the CEO of the Authority shall forward the application, technical drawings and

details submitted for NOCs to the concerned departments stating the timelines within which

the NOCs have to be issued, (as detailed in Appendix-VIII), failing which the NOCs would be

deemed to have been issued.

(2)All the respective departments shall verify the drawing and details submitted along with

the application of the NOC and if found in order shall issue NOC within the time lines

specified in Appendix-VIII, with or without site inspection, as required and forward the NOC

to the Authority.

(3)In case of any discrepancy, the concerned department shall issue endorsement to the

applicant stating the discrepancy and the concerned professionals on record for preparing

the plans for NOC may rectify the same and resubmit to the concerned Department.

3.10.6 Submission of Site Inspection Report

(1)If the Technical drawings and details submitted are accepted by the CEO, CEO of the

Authority shall select the Empanelled professional (based on the qualification and

competence notified by the Government and the procedure specified in Appendix-V) and

inform the Empanelled professional in Form-V to inspect the site and submit Site Inspection

Report for approval of site plan.

(2)On receipt of intimation from the Authority, the selected Empanelled professional shall

inspect the site and submit site inspection report (as detailed in Appendix-IX) in Form-VI to

the Authority, with noting of discrepancy, if any. The CEO of the Authority shall approve the

site inspection report.

3.10.7 Action in case of discrepancy in site inspection report.

If the noting of discrepancy in the Site Inspection Report submitted by the Empanelled

professional, is accepted by the CEO, an endorsement in Form-VII to the applicant stating

the discrepancy and the concerned professionals on record for drawings may rectify the same

and resubmit to the Authority. The TPO of the Authority shall verify the resubmitted

drawings and details for compliance of the noting of discrepancy accepted by the CEO and

forward the same to the CEO and the CEO shall accept the same.

3.10.8 Sanctioning of Building Licence

(1)On receipt of all the required NOCs from the concerned departments, or deemed NOCs

issued by the Authority (in case NOCs are not issued by the concerned departments within

the timelines specified in Appendix-VIII) and all the technical drawings and details accepted

by the Authority and the Site Inspection Report being consistent with the details submitted

by the applicant, the CEO of the Authority shall sanction the Building Licence within the

timelines specified in Appendix-VIII.

(2)The Authority shall intimate the Applicant to pay the required fees (as specified in

Appendix-VII for the various NOCs as well as the Building Licence.

(3) The CEO of the Authority shall issue the various NOCs received from the concerned

departments and sanction building licence after receiving the required fees from the

Applicant.

3.11

Plans for Sanction

All Building plans submitted to the authority shall be prepared as per the Jurisdictional

Master Plan, Zonal Regulations and Building Bye-laws.

26

3.11.1 Key Plan:

The key plan to be submitted along with the application shall be the related portion of the

approved road map of the Authority on which the plot (on which Building sanction is

applied for) is located (As detailed in Appendix-IIA).

3.11.2 Site Plan: (As detailed in Appendix-IIB)

3.11.3 Floor Plan of parking areas (As detailed in Appendix-II C)

3.11.4 Floor Plan of other uses (As detailed in Appendix-II D)

3.11.5 Sections of buildings (As detailed in Appendix-II E)

3.11.6 Elevations of buildings (As detailed in Appendix-II F)

3.11.7 Drawings for all services provided

a) Electrical system including energy saving measures and use of renewable energy (As

detailed in Appendix II-Ga)

b) Water supply system including water conservation measures (As detailed in Appendix II-

Gb)

c) Rain water harvesting and ground water recharging systems (As detailed in Appendix II-

Gc)

d) Sewerage system including STP and usage of treated water (As detailed in Appendix II-

Gd)

e) HVAC System (As detailed in Appendix II-Ge)

3.11.8 Landscape plan(As detailed in Appendix-II-H)

3.11.9 Circulation Plan indicating vehicular and pedestrian movement and parking

facilities including traffic impact study and report (As detailed in Appendix-II-I)

3.11.10

Structural Drawings and details (As detailed in Appendix-II-J)

3.11.11

Green Building drawings and details (As detailed in Appendix-II-K)

3.12

Signing of plans

3.12.1 Signing the Building Plans:

All plans for submission to the Authority shall be signed by the owner(s) and by the

competent professionals on record (to prepare the required plans for sanction) for the

building.

3.12.2 Signing of plans for NOC:

All plans for submission to different departments for NOC, shall be signed by the owner(s)

and by the Competent professionals on record (to prepare the required plans for NOCs)

for the construction project.

3.13

Alteration / Modification / Addition in Plans

The concerned professional on record for preparing the particular plan which has to be

altered, modified or added, shall make the necessary changes and submit to the

Authority with joint validation of applicant along with an application in Form-I and

payment of required fees.

3.13.1 Alterations exempted from obtaining building licence

No building licence is necessary for the following alterations, which donot otherwise violate any

provisions regarding general building requirements, structural stability and fire safety

requirements of these Bye-Laws;

a) Plastering and patch repairs;

b) Re-roofing or renewals of roof including roof of intermediate floors at the same height;

c) Flooring and re-flooring;

d) Opening and closing of windows, ventilators and doors not opening towards other properties

and / or public road/property;

e) Replacing fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.

27

f) Construction or re-construction of sunshade not more than 75cm in width within one’s land

and not overhanging over a public street;

g) Construction or re-construction of parapet not more than 1.5 m. in height and also

construction or re-construction of boundary wall as permissible under these Bye-Laws;

h) White-washing, painting, etc. including erection of false ceiling in any floor at the permissible

clear height provided the false ceiling in no way can be put to use as a loft etc.;

i) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains, fire, earthquake or any

other natural calamity to the same extent and specification as existed prior to the damage

provided the use conforms to provisions of Master Plan/Zonal Regulations;

j) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are within the purview of the

Bye-Laws.

3.14

Fees for sanction of Building licence

Every person intending to construct or reconstruct or alter any building shall pay to the Authority

fund, the various fees prescribed in Appendix-VII. The Authority or the Government shall prescribe

the rate of fees, time to time.

3.15

Sanction

3.15.1 Sanction by the Authority

The Authority shall sanction the building plan by signing the Building Licence in Form-VIII

and the drawings.

3.15.2 Sanction by Empanelled Professionals:

Competent Professionals empanelled with the Authority, shall be authorized to issue building

licence as notified by the Government.

3.15.3 Grant of Licence or Refusal

a) The Authority shall either sanction or refuse sanction to the plans and specifications or may

sanction them with such modification or directions as it may deem necessary as per these

Byelaws.

b) In case where the building scheme requires the clearance of an Urban Art Commission, if

constituted for the city then the Authority shall issue the building license only after getting the

clearance from the Urban Art Commission.

c) The licence shall be issued by the Authority for the different types of buildings within the

timelines prescribed in Appendix-VIII, failing which the sanction shall be deemed to have been

accorded, provided that the failure to sanction the licence by the Authority within the timelines

is immediately brought to the notice of the Authority in writing by the person who has applied

for licence. Nothing shall be construed to authorize any person to do anything in contravention

or against the terms of the lease or title of the land or against any regulations, Bye-Laws or

ordinance operating at the time of execution of the work at site.

d) It is further clarified that:

i) The above provision of deemed sanction shall be applicable only in those cases where the

building plan are in conformity with the Master Plan/Zonal Regulations/Bye-laws.

ii) No application under Clause3.10.2 shall be valid unless the information required by the

Authority under these Bye-Laws or any further information which may be required has been

furnished to the satisfaction of the Authority. and

iii) The Owner/ Competent Professional on record (for drawings and supervision) and the

Empanelled professionals certifying the works at site shall be fully responsible for any violation

of Master Plan/Zonal Regulations/ Building Bye-Laws, etc. In case of any default they shall be

liable for action as per the provisions of Rules framed under Section 73 and Section 76 FFF of

KTCP Act, 1961. Any construction so raised shall be liable for action as per the provisions of

Rules framed under Section 76 F of KTCP Act, 1961.

3.15.4 Duration of Sanction, Revalidation and revised Sanction

Once a building license is sanctioned, it shall remain valid for a period of two years from the

date of sanction for residential, industrial and commercial buildings for commencement of work

at site.

The project shall be completed within the timelines prescribed in Appendix-VIII. The validity

period of sanction shall be extended as specified in Appendix-X in case of additions /

alterations proposed in the project. If multiple blocks / buildings are proposed in the sanctioned

28

plan, a schedule of executing the blocks in sequence has to be specified and the validity of

sanction shall be extended accordingly as specified in Appendix-X.

If the Applicant intends to avail extension for the validity period of the sanction, he shall make

an application stating the reason for not completing the project within the validity period and

the validity of sanction shall be extended for the requested period after paying the revalidation

fees prescribed in Appendix-VII.

Revalidation shall not be permitted if the construction has not commenced within the validation

period of two years from the date of sanction. In such cases the Applicant has to apply for

revised sanction as per the Master Plan / Zonal Regulation and Building Bye-laws as in force at

the time of application of revised sanction.

3.15.5 Revocation of Licence:

The Authority shall revoke any building licence issued under the provisions of these Bye-Laws,

wherever there has been any false statement, misrepresentation of material facts in the

application on which the building licence was based or if during construction it is found that

the Owner has violated any of the provisions of these Building Bye-Laws or sanctioned plan or

compoundable limits. Fresh sanction of building plans and occupancy certificate shall be taken

from the Authority after bringing the building within the framework of Master Plan/ Zonal

Regulations/Building Bye-Laws.

3.15.6 Qualification and Competence

Qualification and competence of all professionals registered for preparing the various plans /

drawings and details for Sanction and NOC, to supervise the execution of the various

components of different types of projects and the professionals empanelled by the Authority to

certify the various components of the building executed at site and to sanction licence for

buildings shall be as notified by the government.

3.16

Execution of works at site

3.16.1 Construction to be in Conformity with Bye-Laws

Owners’ liability: Neither the granting of the permission nor the approval of the drawing and

specification, nor inspection by the Authority or the empanelled professional during erection of

the building shall in any way relieve the Owner of the building or the promoter on behalf of the

owner, from full responsibility for carrying out work in accordance with these Bye-Laws.

3.16.2 Commencement of work:

The owner, within the validity period of the building plan sanction given, shall start the

construction work at the site for which building license has been granted under the supervision

of the professionals on record as per the competence given notified by the Government. The

owner and the professionals on record for supervising the works at site shall be required to

follow the procedure during construction work as prescribed in these bye-laws.

3.16.3 Appointment of professionals on record for supervision

The owner, to whom a licence is issued, shall appoint the required number of professionals on

record as notified by the Government, to supervise the construction of the various components of

the building, before the commencement of works at site and also specify the principal

professional on record for supervision of works who shall issue the completion certificate.

3.16.4 Intimation of commencement of work at site

(1)The applicant and the principal professional on record for supervising the works executed at

site (and in the absence of appointment of such professional on record, the professional on

record for preparing the Architectural drawings for sanction), shall intimate the Authority within

the 5th day of every month from the date of sanctioning the building licence, that the

construction work has not commenced at site, along with the letter of undertaking in that the

work has not commenced at site.

(2)The Applicant and the principal professional on record for supervising the works, shall

intimate the Authority at least one day before the commencement of works at site.

3.16.5 Documents at Site:

(1)The person to whom a licence is issued shall, during construction, display in a conspicuous

place on the exterior wall / fence near the entrance gate to the site, in Form-IX.

29

(2)The details specified in Appendix-XI shall be maintained in the site office throughout the

period of construction, until occupation certificate is issued by the Authority and shall be

available for verification of the Authority or the empanelled professional appointed by the

Authority for certification of works.

3.16.6 Preparatory works at site that need not be intimated

The following works may be carried out in the site without intimation to the Authority

a) Temporary fencing of the boundaries of the site with required number of gates.

b) Temporary site office, stores, toilets, laboratory, medical facilities for workers etc.

c) Temporary accommodation, dining, kitchen and toilets for workers

d) Day care facilities for the children of workers, etc.

e) Foundation and other temporary structures for erecting of plant and machinery, water tanks

etc.

Such other temporary structures to facilitate the construction of the sanctioned building but not

part of the sanctioned building.

3.16.7 Procedure during construction

a) The Applicant and the principal professional of record for supervision of works shall intimate

the Authority in, the completion of various stages of construction prescribed in Appendix-

XII, for certification by Empanelled professional.

b) On receiving the intimation from the Applicant, the Authority shall inform the selected

Empanelled professional to certify the stage of completion of work intimated.

c) The Empanelled professional shall inspect the site and after checking the work completed as

indicated, certify the same in Form-X within three days of receiving intimation.

d) During inspection, according to the Empanelled professional, if the work executed by the

Applicant is not as per the approved plans, specifications and other provisions of these Bye-

laws, he shall intimate the Authority in Form-X, stating the defects in the works executed,

along with the photos of such defective works.

e) On receiving intimation from the Empanelled professional regarding the defects in the works

executed at site, the CEO of the Authority shall issue endorsement to the Applicant in Form-

XI, to rectify the defects, as indicated by the Empanelled professional.

f)

On receiving the endorsement from the Authority, the Applicant shall rectify the defects and

intimate the Authority.

g) According to the Applicant or the concerned professional on record for supervision of work

(for which endorsement is received from the Authority), if the defects mentioned in the

endorsement is incorrect, the Applicant may file objection, to the Authority, stating the

correctness of the works executed, along with the photos to prove the correctness, if

required.

h) If objection is received from the Applicant, the CEO of the Authority shall conduct joint

inspection along with the Applicant, the concerned professional on record and the

Empanelled professional by giving notice to all, to conduct joint inspection within seven days

of receiving objection.

i)

During the joint inspection, the CEO of the Authority, after hearing the views of both the

parties, shall either accept or reject the objection raised by the Applicant and instruct the

Applicant accordingly after making his inspection report in Form-XII and the Applicant shall

abide by the decision of the Authority and rectify the defects mentioned in Form-XII, if any

and intimate the Authority.

j)

On receiving the intimation of defect rectification by the Applicant, the Authority shall inform

the Empanelled professional to inspect and certify the rectified work.

k) The Empanelled professional shall inspect the site and after checking the work rectified as

indicated in Form-XII, certify the same within three days of receiving intimation and inform

the CEO.

3.16.8 Inability of Empanelled professional to certify the works and selection of alternate

professional

(a)If the Empanelled professional selected by the Authority, to certify the execution of any

component of the building, is unable to inspect the site within 3 days from the date of

receiving the intimation, he may request for additional time of maximum 3 days. If the

selected empanelled professional is unable to inspect the site and certify the works within 6

days of receiving the intimation, he may intimate the same stating the reason for his inability

to inspect the site for certification.

30

(b)On receiving intimation from the selected empanelled professional, the Authority shall

select alternate empanelled professional and inform to inspect the site and certify the work

intimated by the applicant.

3.16.9 Action against works executed without intimation and works not rectified

(1)Any works executed in the building without the certification of the preceding works

specified in Appendix-XII and the works not rectified as intimated in Form-X, shall be liable

for penalty as per the rules framed under Section 76F of KTCP Act, 1961.

(2)In such cases, the owner or the promoter, as the case may be, and the professional on

record for supervising such works shall also be liable for action as per the rules framed

under Section 73 and Section 76FFF of KTCP Act, 1961.

3.16.10

Changes to be made in the approved plans, during the execution of works:

If the Applicant intends to make any changes / deviations in the building from the

sanctioned plan, the concerned Professional on record for preparing the particular plan,

which has to be altered, modified or added, shall make the necessary changes and submit to

the Authority with joint validation of applicant along with an Application in Form-I and

payment of required fees.

Any such proposed changes from the sanctioned plans shall be as per the provisions of the

Master Plan and its Zonal Regulations, these Byelaws or any other relevant laws.

The proposed changes shall be executed at site only after the same is submitted to the

Authority.

3.17

Completion of project and issuing Completion Certificate

3.17.1 Issuing completion certificate

On completion of all works at site that have been certified by the empanelled professionals as

specified in Appendix-XII, as per the specifications and other provisions of these Bye-laws, the

principal professional on record for supervising the works, shall issue Completion Certificate in

Form-XIII, endorsed by all other concerned professionals on record for supervising various

components of the building along with the certification of Structural design and safety in Form-XV.

3.17.2 Application for approval of works from other departments

a) The professional on record for preparing drawings and details for all the applicable NOCs from

other departments, for the project, shall submit the required applications in Form-II (any or all of

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i and j, as applicable),for approvals from other departments for the

construction done at site as per the NOCs issued.

b) On receiving the Completion Certificate and the application to various departments for approving

the works executed at sites as per the NOCs issued, the Authority shall intimate all the concerned

departments which have issued NOCs, along with the certification done by the empanelled

professional, for issuing the prescribed certificate of approval for the construction done at site,

wherever applicable.

c) On receiving the intimation from the Authority, the concerned departments which had issued

NOCs, shall issue the required certificates of approval for the construction done at site, wherever

applicable, with or without site inspection.

d) During the site inspection, according to the designated officer of the concerned department, if any

of the works executed at site is not as per the conditions/specifications of the NOC issued, he shall

issue endorsement through the Authority, to the applicant, along with the photographs of the

defective works, to rectify the defects.

e) On receiving the endorsement from such departments through the Authority, the applicant shall

rectify the defects and intimate the concerned department.

f) According to the Applicant or the concerned professional on record for supervision of work (for

which endorsement is received from the concerned department), if the defects mentioned in the

endorsement is incorrect, the Applicant may file objection, to the concerned department and the

Authority, stating the correctness of the works executed, along with the photos to prove the

correctness, if required.

g) If objection is received from the Applicant, the CEO of the Authority shall conduct joint inspection

along with the Applicant, the concerned professional on record, the Empanelled professional and the

designated officer of the concerned Department who has issued the endorsement for defective work,

by giving notice to all, to conduct joint inspection within seven days of receiving objection.

h)During the joint inspection, the CEO of the Authority, after hearing the views of both the parties,

shall either accept or reject the objection raised and instruct the Applicant accordingly after making

31

his inspection report in Form-XII and the decision of the CEO shall be final. The Applicant shall

abide by the decision of the Authority and rectify the defects mentioned in Form-XII, if any and

intimate the Authority.

i) On receiving the intimation of defect rectification by the Applicant, the Authority shall inform the

Empanelled professional to inspect and certify the rectified work.

j) The Empanelled professional shall inspect the site and after checking the work rectified as

indicated in Form- XII, certify the same in Form- X within three days of receiving intimation.

k) The Authority shall forward the certification issued by in Form-X by the empanelled professional,

to the concerned department and the concerned shall issue the required certificated of approval for

the construction done at site, with or without site inspection.

3.18 Occupancy Certificate

On receiving the completion certificate in Form-XIII and certificates of approval from the concerned

departments or as certified by the Authority as specified in Clause 3.17.2(h), (i) and (k), the

Authority shall issue Occupancy Certificate in Form-XIV to the building constructed as per these

Bye-laws.

3.18.1 Occupancy or letting of the new buildings–

No person shall occupy or allow any other person to occupy any new building or part of a new

building for any purpose whatsoever until occupancy certificate to such buildings or part thereof has

been granted.

3.18.2 Occupancy/ Part Occupancy Certificate for Phased Project

In such cases where a project has not been completed at one stretch but constructed in different

stages, part occupancy certificate for the building otherwise complete in all respects, may be issued

subject to the condition that such a part occupancy certificate would apply to an independent

block/building of the sanctioned project. In case of a residential house part occupancy certificate

may be issued for an independent floor. The remaining construction shall be completed in the

validity period.

3.19 Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains

a) Temporary connection for water, electricity or sewer, permitted for the purpose of

facilitating the construction, shall not be allowed to continue in the premises without

obtaining completion/occupancy certificate.

b) No connection to the Municipal water mains or to the Municipal sewer line with a

building shall be made without the prior permission of the Authority and without

obtaining occupancy certificate.

c) In case the use is changed or unauthorized construction is made, the Authority is

authorized to discontinue such services or cause discontinuance of such services.

CHAPTER - 4

4. DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS

The provisions contained in Master Plan/Zonal Regulations shall apply and where these are

silent on such issues or which require interpretation the norms as decidedly the Authority, shall

apply. The provisions include but are not limited to the use/activity of premises, ground

coverage, FAR, setbacks, open space, height and parking standards for Residential premises on

plotted development, Group housing, Resettlement colonies, Slums, In-situ up gradation, Non-

residential premises. The permission of uses/use activities in use premises shall be permitted in

accordance with provisions of Master Plan and Zonal Regulations. The object of these regulations

is to provide control for building/buildings within use premises excluding the internal

arrangement, which is covered and controlled by Building Bye-Laws.

CHAPTER – 5

5. GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES

5.1 Requirements for Parts of Buildings

5.1.1 Plinth

5.1.1.1

The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse shall be so located with respect to the

surrounding ground level that adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of the

plinth shall be not less than 450 mm from the surrounding ground level, in case of

independent houses and not less than 300mm in case of other buildings.

32

5.1.1.2

Interior Courtyards and Covered Parking: Every interior courtyard shall be raised at

least 150 mm above the determining ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.

5.1.2 Habitable Rooms

5.1.2.1

Height

The clear height of all rooms for human habitation shall not be less than 2.75 m

measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point of the ceiling (bottom of slab)

provided that the minimum clear headway under any beam shall not be less than 2.4 m.

In the case of pitched roof, the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75 m. The

minimum clear head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be 2.4 m. In the

case of air-conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.4mmeasured from the surface

of the floor to the lowest point of air-conditioning duct or the false ceiling shall be

provided.

5.1.2.2

The requirements of clause 5.1.2.1 shall apply to residential, business and

mercantile buildings. For educational and industrial buildings, the following minimum

requirements apply:

Table 5.1Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings

Sl.

No

Type of Occupancy

Ceiling height

1

Educational Buildings

Ceiling height 3.6m for all regions

2

Industrial Buildings

Ceiling height 3.6m, except when air-conditioned, 3m

(Factory Act 1948 and Rules therein shall govern such

heights, where applicable)

5.1.2.3

Size

The area of habitable room shall not be less than 9.5Sqm, where there is only one room with a

minimum width of 2.4 m. Where there are two rooms, one of these shall not be less than 9.5Sqm

and the other not less than 7. 5Sq.m, with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

5.1.3 Kitchen

5.1.3.1

Height

The height of a kitchen measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point in the

ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.75 m, except for the portion to

accommodate floor trap of the upper floor.

5.1.3.2

Size

The area of a kitchen where separate dining area is provided, shall be not less than 5.0

Sq. m with a minimum width of 1.8 m. Where there is a separate store, the area of the

kitchen may be reduced to 4.5 Sq. m. A kitchen, which is intended for use as a dining

area also, shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 Sq. m with a minimum width of 2.1

m.

5.1.3.3

Other Requirements

Every room to be used as kitchen shall have:

a) unless separately provided in a pantry, means for the washing of kitchen utensils which shall

lead directly or through a sink to a grated and trapped connection to the waste pipe

b) an impermeable floor

c) a flue, if found necessary

5.1.4 Bathrooms and Water-Closets

5.1.4.1

Height

The height of a bathroom or water-closet measured from the surface of the floor to the

lowest point in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.1 m.

5.1.4.2

Size

The area of a bathroom shall not be less than 1.8 Sq. m with a minimum width of 1.2m.

The floor area of water-closet shall be 1.1 Sq.m with a minimum width of 0.9 m. If bath

and water-closet are combined, its floor area shall not be less than 2.8 Sq.m with a

minimum width of 1.2 m.

33

5.1.4.3

Other Requirements

Every bathroom or water-closet shall:

a) Be so situated that at least one of its walls shall face a shaft or open space

b) Not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing place,

bath or terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor;

c) Have the platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;

d) be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition shall be

finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m above the floor of

such a room;

e) Be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain with a suitable

grade and not towards VERANDAH or any other room; and

f) Have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than 0.3

Sq.m with side not less than 0.3 m.

5.1.4.4

No room containing water closets shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory

and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door, window

or other opening. Every room containing water-closet shall have a door completely closing

the entrance to it.

5.1.5 Loft

5.1.5.1

Height

The minimum head-room of loft shall be 2.2 m. The maximum height of loft shall be 1.5

m.

5.1.5.2

Size

A loft in a habitable room shall not cover more than 25 percent of the area of the floor on

which it is constructed and shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any

circumstances.

5.1.6 Mezzanine Floor

5.1.6.1

Height

It shall have a minimum height of 2.2 m.

5.1.6.2

Size

The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as a living room, shall not be

less than 9.5 Sq.m. The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in no

case exceed one third the plinth area of the building.

5.1.6.3

Other Requirements

A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided:

a) it conform to the standard of living rooms as regards lighting and ventilation incase the size of

mezzanine floor is 9.5 Sq.m or more

b) It is so constructed as not to interfere under any circumstances with the ventilation of the

space over and under it;

c) Such mezzanine floor is not sub-divided into smaller compartments;

d) Such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen; and

e) In no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted into

unventilated compartments.

5.1.7 Store Room

5.1.7.1

Height

The height of a store room shall be not less than 2.1 m.

5.1.7.2

Size

The size of a store room, where provided in a residential building, shall be not less than 3 Sq.m

5.1.8 Garage

5.1.8.1

Height

The height of a garage shall be not less than 2.4 m.

5.1.8.2

Size

The size of garages shall be as below:

a) Private Garage - 3.0 m × 6.0 m, minimum; and

b) Public Garage - Based on the number of vehicles parked by ECS.

34

5.1.9 Basement

5.1.9.1

The Authority in accordance with the land use and other provisions specified under

the Zonal Regulations shall allow the construction and usage of the basement.

5.1.9.2

The basement shall have the following requirements:

a) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4 m in height from the floor to the underside

of the roof slab/beam joists and at any part shall not exceed 4.5m in height;

b) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement. The ventilation requirements shall be

the same as required by the particular occupancy according to byelaws. Any deficiency may be

met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans, air-

conditioning systems, etc.

c) The maximum height at the top of the roof slab of the basement floor shall not be more than

1.2m above the average surrounding ground level;

d) Adequate arrangements shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter the

basement;

e) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed that the effects of

the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in design and adequate damp

proofing treatment is given; and

f) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative staircase providing

access and exit from higher floors.

g) Where the staircase is continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one staircase,

the same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and

higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within the building line

subject to the provision of (d). The exit requirements in basements shall comply with the

provisions of these Byelaws.

5.1.10 Chimneys

The chimneys shall be built at least 0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top of the chimneys is

not below the top of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping roofs, the chimney top shall

not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which the chimney penetrates.

5.1.11 Parapet

Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, verandah, etc. shall

not be less than 1.0 m and not more than 1.2 m in height from the finished floor level.

Note:

i. The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase.

ii. However on terrace floor in the portion where installations like DG Set, Water Tank and other,

screening parapet of a suitable height may be constructed to hide such equipment’s etc. and there

is no need to have uniform increase in the height of the parapet.

5.1.12 Boundary Wall

The requirements of the boundary wall shall be as follows:

a) Except with the special permission of the Authority, the maximum height of the compound

wall shall be 1.5 m above the Centre line of the front street. Compound wall up to 2.4 m height

may be permitted if the top 0.9 m is of open type construction of a design to be approved by the

Authority.

b) In the case of a corner plot, the boundary wall shall be constructed as specified by the ULB or

the Government. and

c) However, the provisions of (a) and (b) are not applicable to boundary walls of jails. In electric

sub-stations, transformer stations, institutional buildings like sanatoria, hospitals, industrial

buildings like workshops, factories and educational buildings like schools, colleges, including

hostels and other uses of public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings, a

height up to 2.4 m may be permitted by the Authority.

5.1.13 Septic Tanks

Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and construction of septic

tank shall conform to requirements as notified by the Government.

35

5.1.14 Office-cum-Letter Box Room

In the case of multi-storeyed multi-family dwelling apartments constructed by existing and

proposed Apartment Owners Associations, limited companies and proposed societies, an office-

cum-letter box room of dimension 3.6 m × 3 m shall be provided on the ground floor. In case the

number of flats is more than 20, the maximum size of the office-cum-letter box room shall be 20

m2.

In case of Business buildings provisions shall be made for letter boxes on the entrance floor as

per the requirements of the postal department.

5.1.15 Meter Rooms

For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational, assembly,

institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with any of the aforesaid

occupancies having area more than 500 m2 on each floor, provision shall be made for an

independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per requirements of electric (service) supply

undertakings on the ground floor with direct access from outside for the purpose of termination

of electric supply from the licensee’s service and alternative supply cables. The door/doors

provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.

5.1.16 Roofs

4.1.16.1The roof of a building shall be so designed and constructed as to effectively drain water

by means of sufficient rain-water pipes of adequate size, wherever required, so arranged, jointed

and fixed as to ensure that the rain-water is carried away from the building without causing

dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of the building or an adjacent building.

a. The Authority may require rain-water pipes to be connected to a drain or sewer to a covered

channel formed beneath the public footpath to connect the rainwater pipe to the road gutter or

in any other approved manner.

b. Rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the external walls of the building or in

recesses or chases cut or formed in such external walls or in such other manner as may be

approved by the Authority.

c. It is desirable to conserve rain water using suitable rain water harvesting techniques including

by roof water collection. In this context, reference may be made to Part 9 ‘Plumbing Services,

Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including Solid Waste Management)’ of NBC,

2005.

5.2 Other general requirements

5.2.1 Swimming Pool

1) Definition: A constructed pool or a tank indoor or outdoor, used for the purpose of swimming,

bathing, aquatic sports or games, training, treatment (Therapy) or recreation, meant exclusively

for human being, having a depth of water not less than that 60 cm. and the surface area

exceeding 23.25 Sq.m both for the use of public or the institution concerned.

i) ‘Capacity of Pools in Relation to Bathers’: The maximum number of persons in bathing attire

within the pool enclosures of the bathing area shall not exceed one person per 20 Sq ft. (1.86 Sq

m.) of pool i.e. the area of the water surface.

2) ‘Hand Rail’: A side handrail extending up above and returning to the horizontal surface of the

pool deck curb or coping shall be provided at each side of each ladder.

3) ‘Depth Markers’: Depth of water shall be clearly marked at or above the water surface on the

vertical pool wall and on the edge of the deck or walk-way next to the pool, at maximum points

and at the points of break between the deep and shallow portions and at intermediate

increments of depth, spaced at not more than 2.5’ (7.62cm) intervals. Depth markers,

contrasting with background shall be on both sides of the pool.

4) ‘Lighting and wiring’: Where submarine lightning is used, not less than 0.5 watts shall be

employed per sq. ft. of pool area.

5) ‘Area Lightning’: Where submarine lightning is employed, area lightning shall be provided for

the deck areas and directed towards the deck areas and away from the pool surface so far as

practicable, in a total capacity of not less than 0.6 watt per sq. ft of deck area.

Where submarine lighting is not provided and night swimming is not permitted combined pool

lightning shall be provided in an amount of not less than 2 watts per sq. ft. of total area. All

submarine lightning shall be individually earthed and must be water tight and damp proof.

6) ‘Over Head wiring’: No electrical wiring for electrical or power shall be permitted to pass over

within 20 feet of the pool enclosure.

36

7) ‘Shallow Minimum Depth’: Every swimming pool shall have a minimum depth in the shallow

area of the main swimming area of not less than 0.9 m (3 feet), but not more than 1.07m. (3’-6’)

from the overflow level to the floor.

8) ‘Shallow Areas’: In a swimming pool with a diving area, the shallow area of the pool shall be

defined as the portion between the shallow end and the break point between the shallow area

and the diving area. The slope of the floor shall be uniform from the break point between the

diving area and the shallow portion to the outside edge of the shallow portion and shall not be

greater than 1 in 2 m.

9) ‘Vertical Wall Depth’: The pool walls shall be vertical at all points for a depth of not less than 2

ft 6’ (0. 76 m.)

5.2.2 Means of access

5.2.2.1

No Building shall be erected as to deprive any other building of its means of access.

5.2.2.2

Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit to

erect or re- erect any building, which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the area

set apart as means of access.

5.2.2.3

The Means of Access prescribed in the Zonal Regulations shall be considered while

sanctioning Building Licence. The portion of the plot required for widening the road to the

proposed width shall be relinquished free of cost without claiming any compensation

(including DR), before sanctioning Building Licence.

5.2.3 Staircase Requirements

5.2.3.1

The minimum clear width, minimum tread width and maximum riser of staircases for

buildings shall be as given as below (see also Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety ofNBC2005).

5.2.3.2

Minimum width

Table 5.2 The minimum width of staircase

A

i) Residential buildings (dwellings)

ii) Apartment buildings

NOTE – For row housing with 2 storeys, the

min. width shall be 0.75m

1.0m

1.2m

B

Hotel buildings/Lodging House

1.5m

C

Assembly buildings like auditoria, theatres

and cinemas

2.0m

D

Educational building

1.5m

E

Institutional buildings

2.0m

F

All other buildings

1.5m

5.2.3.3

Minimum tread

The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250 mm for residential buildings. The

minimum width of tread for other buildings shall be 300 mm.

5.2.3.4

Maximum riser

5.2.3.4.1 The maximum height of riser shall be 190 mm for residential buildings and 150 mm

for other buildings and these shall be limited to 12 per flight.

5.2.3.4.2 The minimum head-room in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.1m.

The minimum clear head-room in any staircase shall be 2.1 m.

5.2.4 Exit Requirements

All aspects of exit requirements for corridors, doors, stair cases, ramps, etc. in respect of widths,

travel distance shall be as prescribed in these Byelaws.

5.2.4.1

Occupant Load

The following occupant load shall be considered for calculating the exit requirement of the building

37

Table 5.3 Occupant Load

Sl. No. Type of Occupancy

Occupant Load per 100 Sq.m of

Carpet Area (in persons)

1

Residential

8.0

2

Educational

25.0

3

Institutional

6.60

4

Assembly

With fixed or loose seats and dance floor

without seating facilities including dining

rooms

166.6

66.6

5

Mercantile

Street floor and sales basement

Upper sale floor

33.3

16.6

6

Business and industrial

10.0

7

Storage

3.3

8

Hazardous

10.0

Note:

1.The occupant load in dormitory potions of homes for the aged, orphanages or mental hospitals etc.

where sleeping accommodation is provided shall be calculated at not less than 13.3 persons per 100

Sq.m

2. In case of assembly occupancy, all rooms, toilets common areas connected to the assembly

occupancy shall be included in the carpet area for calculating the occupancy load.

5.2.4.2

Number and size of Exits

The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on the occupants in each

room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits, travel distance and height of buildings

as prescribed in these Byelaws.

At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals in wheelchairs and

shall be indicated by a sign. At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheelchairs shall be on a

level that would make the elevators accessible.

5.2.4.3

Arrangement of Exits

a) Exits shall be so located so that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 30 m for

residential, educational, institutional assembly, business, mercantile and storage occupancies, 45.0

m. for industrial occupancy and 22.5m for hazardous building. For fully sprinkle red building, the

travel distance may be increased by 50 percent of the above values. Whenever more than one exit is

required for a floor of a building they shall be placed as remote from each other as possible. All the

exits shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels, where separate fire separation

walls are not provided.

b) The travel distance to an exit from the dead end of the corridor, if applicable, shall not exceed half

the distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy in which case it shall not

exceed 6.0 m.

5.2.4.4

Capacity of Exits

The capacity of exits (staircase, ramps and doorways) indicating the number of persons that could

be safely evacuated through a unit exit width of 50 cm shall be as given below:

Table 5.4 Occupants per unit Exit width

Sl. No.

Group

of

Occupancy

Number of Occupants

Stairways

Ramps

Doors

1

Residential

25

50

75

2

Educational

25

50

75

3

Institutional

25

50

75

4

Assembly

40

50

60

5

Business

50

60

75

6

Mercantile

50

60

75

7

Industrial

50

60

75

8

Storage

50

60

75

9

Hazardous

25

30

40

38

5.2.4.5

Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors:

The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each passage way/corridor.

a) Residential buildings, upto 4 dwelling units

1.00 m.

b) Apartment buildings, hostels, etc.

1.25 m.

c) Assembly buildings like auditorium theatres and cinemas

2.00 m.

d) All other buildings including hotels

1.50 m.

e)

Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc.

2.40 m.

5.2.5 Ramps:

a) The ramp to basement and parking floors shall be as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations.

b) Ramps may also be provided in the setbacks to function as fire drive cum ramp for basements,

which can be sloped considering unhindered movement of fire engine and in no case the

gradient shall be less than 1:8.

c) All structural design/safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes & NBC, 2005 shall be complied

along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine & its maneuverings.

d) The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 m for stretcher and not for vehicular

movement.

e) In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.

f)

Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe place

5.2.6 Doorways:

a. Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor or passageway

providing continuous and protected means of egress.

b. No exit doorways shall be less than 1m in width except assembly and institutional buildings

where Doorway shall not be less than 2 m.

c. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel

along any exit. No door when opened shall reduce the required width of stairway or landing to less

than 0.90 m Overhead or sliding door shall not be installed.

Note: In the case of buildings where there is a central corridor, the doors of rooms shall open

inwards to permit smooth flow of traffic in the corridor

d. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing equal to at least, the width

of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level of landings shall be the same as

that of the floor, which it serves.

e. Exit doorways shall be open-able from the side, which they serve without the use of a key.

f. Revolving doors shall not to be provided as means of fire exit.

g. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding the direction of

exit.

5.2.7 Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building

5.2.7.1

The open spaces/setbacks, coverage, FAR, parking requirements shall be as per

Zoning regulations of the Master Plan

5.2.7.2

Every room that is intended for human habitation shall abut on an interior or exterior

open space or on to a verandah open to such interior or exterior open space. In case of

High rise the driveway in exterior open spaces around a building shall be of green or hard

surface capable of taking load of fire engine weighing up to 45 ton.

5.2.7.3

In case, kitchen and toilets do not about either interior or exterior open spaces,

mechanical ventilation would be accepted.

5.2.8 Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation

5.2.8.1

The whole or part of one side of one or more rooms intended for human habitation

and not abutting on either the front, rear or side open spaces shall abut on an interior

open space whose minimum width in all directions shall be 3m in case of buildings not

more than 15m in height, and in case of high-rise buildings it shall have mandatory

mechanical ventilation in addition

5.2.8.2

Sunken Courtyard:

Sunken courtyard up to 3m in depth from the ground level as ‘light well’ within building

envelop shall be permitted for light and ventilation for basement area.

39

5.2.8.3

Skylight:

Skylight in interior open space (courtyard) shall be permitted subject to the fact that it may

not act as a covered space on the ground floor and does not violate the maximum/minimum

ground coverage rules.

5.2.9 Lighting and ventilation of rooms

5.2.9.1

IS Codes for lighting & ventilation requirements

Rooms shall have, for the admission of light and air, one or more openings, such as windows and

ventilators, opening directly to the external air or into an open VERANDAH.

Lighting and ventilation requirements of all types of buildings shall be designed and approved in

accordance with the provisions of the following two IS Codes –

i. SP 32 (1986): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Industrial Buildings(Lighting and

Ventilation) [CED 12: Functional Requirements in Buildings] and

ii. SP 41 (1987): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Buildings (Other than Industrial

Buildings) [CED 12: Functional Requirements in Buildings]

Lighting loads of various spaces of –

i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 1, Section 1 of SP 32(1986)

ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 2, Part 4 of SP 41(1987)

Thermal comfort levels and design requirement of various spaces of –

i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Section 2 of SP 32 (1986)

ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Part 2 of SP 41 (1987)

Minimum Fresh Air requirement for –

i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 13 of Section 2 of SP 32(1986)

ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 4 of Part 3 of SP 41(1987)

5.2.9.1.1 The minimum aggregate area of openings

The minimum aggregate area of such openings, excluding doors inclusive of frames, shall be not less

than one-sixth of the floor area;

Notes

1. If a window is partly fixed, the openable area shall be counted.

2. No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted, if it is more than 7.5 m away from the

opening assumed for lighting that portion.

3. The area of openings as given in (a) to (d) above shall be increased by 25 percent in the case

of a kitchen.

All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more apertures, such as

window, glazed door, opening directly to the external air or into an open verandah not more than

2.40 m. in width. In case light and ventilation to habitable space area are through an internal

courtyard, the minimum dimensions of such courtyard shall not be less than 3.0 m. x 3.0 m. for

buildings up to 12.50 m. in height. For buildings with higher heights, the minimum dimensions of

the internal courtyard shall be as given in these Bye-Laws.

Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and natural

ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical ventilation as given

in part-VII building services Section-1 lighting and Ventilation of National Building Code of India

published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The latest version of the National Building Code of

India shall be taken into account at the time of enforcement of the Building Bye-Laws.

5.2.9.2

Ventilation Shaft

For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening on the front side, rear and

interior open spaces, shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size, of which shall not be less than the

values given below:

40

Table 5.5 Size of Ventilation Shaft

Height of Building

(m)

Size of ventilation shaft

(Sq.m)

Minimum size of shaft

(m)

Up to 10.0

1.2

0.9

Up to 12.0

2.8

1.2

Up to 18.0

4.0

1.5

Up to 24.0

5.4

1.8

Up to 30.0

8.0

2.4

Above 30.0

9.0

3.0

Notes:

i. For buildings above 30.0 m. height, mechanical ventilation system shall be installed besides the

provision of minimum ventilation shaft.

ii. For fully air-conditioned buildings the ventilation shaft need not be insisted upon, provided the air-

conditioning system works in an uninterrupted manner, also, provided there is an alternative source of

power supply. However, it is not mandatory in case of buildings where ventilation is mechanized

5.3 Building Services

5.3.1 Electrical, Air conditioning, Lift & Escalator installations

5.3.1.1

Planning, design and installations of electrical, air-conditioning and lift

installations

The Planning design and installation of electrical installations, air conditioning installation of

lifts and escalators can be carried out in accordance with Part-VII Building Services, section–

2 electrical installation, section–3 air conditioning and heating, section-5 installation of lifts

and escalators of National Building Code of India. However, deviations from National Building

Code may be done as per good Engineering practices.

5.3.1.2

Number and types of lifts

Lift shall have to be provided for buildings with more than ground plus three floors.

The number and type of lifts to be provided in different buildings sha1l be as given in Appendix-

XIIIA.

5.3.1.3

Requirements of Electrical substation

The requirements of electric sub-station are given in Appendix-XIIIB. The provision of electric

sub-station shall also require approval from Electricity Board concerned.

5.3.2 Plumbing and Sanitary Services

5.3.2.1

Planning, design, construction an d installation of Water supply, drainage and

sanitation and gas supply system

The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and

sanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with Part-9: Plumbing Services,

Section-l Water supply, Drainage and sanitation (including Solid Waste Management) and

Section-2 Gas supply of NBC, 2005.

5.3.2.2

Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:

i. One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of differently abled persons,

with essential provision of wash basin near the entrance.

ii. Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door shall swing out.

iii. Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm. clearance from wall

shall be made in the toilet.

iv. The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.

5.3.2.3

Water requirement and facilities:

Water requirement for the facility may be worked out and enough storage for ½ day operation

is to be kept in storage. If municipal water supply is reliable, the toilet blocks may have

underground sump that can store half a day requirement and overhead tanks for another

half. If municipal water supply is not available, toilet block may have its own bore well and

pump with no underground sump.

Alternatively, a hand tube well can be used for storing water in an elevated (not overhead)

tank. To minimize the wastage of water, self-closing water taps should be used. The pans

must be of Pour Flush (PF) design i.e. with a steep slope. Traps should be of a 20 mm water

seal. (Use of 50 mm water seal traps will require more water for flushing.) If toilet is to be

41

linked to city sewer, a master trap has to be provided at the sewer connection for waste water

line (excluding soil line).

Table 5.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies /Uses

Sl. No

Type of Occupancy

Consumption per head

per day (in lt.)

1

Residential

a) In living units

b) Hostels

c) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed)

d) Hotels (5 star and above)

135

135

180

340

2

Educational

a) Day schools

b) Boarding Schools

45

135

3

Institutional (Medical Hospitals)

a) No. of beds not exceeding 100

b) No. of beds exceeding 100

c) Medical quarters and hostels

340

450

135

4

Assembly – Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per

seat accommodation)

15

5

Government or Semipublic business

45

6

Segregated toilet facilities for Visitors in Public

Buildings

a) Each use of toilet (including washing hands

and floors)

b) Flushing urinals

7

0.20

7

Mercantile (Commercial)

a) Restaurants (per seat)

b) Other business building

70

45

8

Industrial

a) Factories where bath-rooms are to be provided

b) Factories where bath-rooms are not to be

provided

45

30

9

Storage (including Warehouses)

30

10

Hazardous

30

11

Intermediate Railway Stations (excluding mail

and express stops)

45 (25) *

12

Junction Railway Station

70 (45) *

13

Terminal Railway Station

45

14

International and Domestic Airports

70

*The values in parenthesis are for such station, where bathing facilities are not provided.

Note: The number of persons for Sl. No. 11 to 14 shall be determined by the average number of

passenger handled by the station daily with due consideration given to the staff and workers

likely to use the facilities.

42

Table 5.7 Flushing Storage Capacities

Sl.

No

Classification of Building

Storage Capacity

1

For tenements having common convenience

900 lt. net per w.c. seat

2

For residential premises, other than tenement

having common conveniences

270 lt. net for one w.c. seat each and

180lt. for each additional seat in the

same flat.

3

For factories and workshops

900 lt. per w.c. seat and 180 lt. per

urinal

4

For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc.

900 lt. per w.c. seat and 350 lt. per

urinal

Table 5.8 Domestic Storage Capacities

Sl. No.

No. of Floors

Storage Capacity

Remarks

For premise occupied tenements with common conveniences:

1

Ground floor

Nil

Provided down take

fittings are installed

2

Floors 2,3,4,5 and upper floors

500

liters

per

tenement

For premise occupied as flats or blocks

1

Ground floor

Nil

Provided down take

fittings are installed

2

Floors 2,3,4,5 and upper floors

500

liters

per

tenement

Note: 1. If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in front of the premises,

storage at ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors.

2. The above storage may be permitted to be installed provided that the total domestic storage

calculated on the above basis is not less than the storage calculated on the number of down take

fittings according to scale given below:

Down take taps 70 l. each

Showers 135 l. each

Bathtubs 200 l. each

Table 5.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices

Sl.

No

Sanitary Unit / Fittings

For Personnel

1

Water closet

One for every 25 persons or part thereof

exceeding

15(including

employees

and

customers). For female personnel 1 for every

15 persons or part thereof exceeding 10.

2

Drinking Water Fountain

One for every 100 person with a minimum of

one on each floor.

3

Wash basin

One for every 25 persons or part thereof

4

Urinals

Same as Sl.No. 3 of Table 4.14

5

Cleaners’ Sink

One per floor minimum, preferably in or

adjacent to sanitary rooms.

Note: Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average number of

persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For male-female

calculation a ratio of 1:1 may be assumed.

43

Table 5.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Residential

Public staff

For non-residential Staff

For male For female

Water Closet

(W.C)

One per 8 Persons

omitting occupants

of

the

attached

water

closet minimum of

2 if both sexes are

lodged.

1 for 1-15 persons

2 for 16-35 persons

3 for 36-65 persons

4

for

66-100

persons

2 for 1-12 persons

4 for 13-25 persons

6 for 26-40 persons

8 for 41-57 persons

10for

58-77

persons

12for

78-100

persons

Add 1 for every 6

persons

or

part

thereof

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

Urinals

Nil

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 40-70 persons

4

for

71-100

persons

Nil

Wash Basins

One per 10 persons

omitting each basin

installed

in

the

room

/ suite

1 for 15 persons

2 for 16-35 persons

3 for 36-65 persons

4

for

66-100

persons

2 for 1-12

4 for 13-25

6 for 26-40

8 for 41-57

Baths

One per 10 persons

less occupants of

room with bath in

suite

Nil

Nil

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per 30 Bed

rooms

(one

per

floor

minimum)

Nil

Nil

Kitchen Sink

One

in

each

Kitchen

One in each Kitchen

One

in

each

Kitchen

Table 5.10 (a) Sanitary Requirements for Public Rooms

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male

For Female

1

Water Closet

One per 100 persons upto

400 persons; for over 400

add at the rate of one per

250

persons

or

part

thereof

Two for 100 persons upto

200

persons; over 200 add at

the rate of one per 100

persons or part thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One for 50 persons or

part

thereof.

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

4

Wash Basins

One per WC/Urinals

One per W.C

5

Kitchen Sink

One in each Kitchen

One in each Kitchen

6

Baths (showers)

One per 10 persons

7

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per 30 Bed rooms (one per floor minimum)

Note: i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one-third females.

ii) One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in

the vicinity of water closet and urinals.

44

Table 5.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

Boarding Institution

For Boys For Girls

For non-residential Staff

For Boys For Girls

1

Water Closet

(W.C)

One

for

8

Persons Or part

thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One

in

each

W.C

One

in each

W.C

One in each

W.C

3

Urinals

One per every 25

pupils or part

there of

One per every

20 pupils or

part there of

4

Washbasins

One for every 8

pupils or part

thereof

One for

every 6

pupils or part

thereof

One for every

60 pupils or

part thereof

One for every

60 pupils or

part thereof

5

Baths

One for every 8

pupils or part

there of

One for

every 6

pupils or part

there of

6

Drinking Water

Fountains

One for every 50

pupils or part

thereof

One for

every 50

pupils or part

thereof

One for every

50 pupils or

part thereof

One for every

50 pupils or

part thereof

7

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per

Floor

minimum

One per Floor

minimum

One per

Floor

minimum

One per

Floor

minimum

Table 5.11(a) Sanitation Requirements for Nursery Schools

Sl.No.

Sanitary Unit

Requirement

1

Water Closet

One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One for 12 boys

4

Washbasins

One for every 15 pupils or part

thereof

5

Baths

One bath per 40 pupils

6

Drinking Water

Fountains

One for every 50 pupils or part

thereof

7

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per Floor minimum

Note:

1. One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof, in

the vicinity of water closets and urinals.

2. For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as in case of

office buildings (Table 5.10).

45

Table 5.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy – Hospital

Sl. No. Sanitary Unit

Hospitals with

indoor Patient

Ward For Males &

females

Hospitals

with

outdoor

Patient

Wards

For Males

For Females

1

Toilet Suite

(1WC+1Washbasin+

1shower)

Private room upto 4

persons

For upto 4 patients

2

Water Closet(W.C)

One for every 8 beds

or part thereof

One for every 100

persons

or

part

thereof

One for every 25

persons or part

thereof

3

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

4

Washbasins

Two upto 30 bed;

add one for every

additional 30 beds;

or part there of

One for every 100

persons or part

there of

One for every

25 persons or

part there of

5

Baths with Shower

One bath with

shower for every 8

beds or part

there of

6

Bed Pan Washing

sink

One for each ward

7

Cleaner’ Sinks

One for each ward

One per floor

minimum

One per floor

minimum

8

Kitchen sinks & dish

Washers (where

Kitchen is provided)

One for each ward

9

Urinals

One for 30 beds

(male wards)

One for every 50

persons or part

thereof

10

Drinking water

fountain

One for each ward

One for 500 persons or part thereof

Table 5.12(a) Sanitation Requirements for Administrative Buildings

Sl. No Sanitary Unit

For Males For Females

1

Toilet

Suite

(1WC+1Washbasin+

1shower)

For individual doctor’s/officer’s rooms

2

Water Closet (W.C)

One for every 25 persons or part

thereof

Two

for

every

25

persons or part thereof

3

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

4

Wash Basins

One for every 25 persons or

part thereof

One

for

every

25

persons or

part thereof

5

Baths with Shower

One on each floor

One on each floor

6

Cleaner’s Sink

One per floor minimum

One per floor minimum

7

Kitchen sinks & dish

Washers (where

Kitchen is provided)

One for each floor

One for each floor

8

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 persons add

at the rate of 3%; for over 200

persons add at the rate of 2.5%

9

Drinking water

fountain

One for 100 persons or part thereof

46

Table 5.13 Sanitation Requirements for Government and Public Business Occupancy and

Offices

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male Personnel

For Female Personnel

1

Water Closet

(W.C)

One for 25 persons or part thereof

Two for 15 persons or

part thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

3

Urinals

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 add 3%

for over 200 persons add @ 2.5%

4

Wash Basins

One for every 25 persons or part

thereof

One for every 25 persons

or part thereof

5

Drinking water

fountains

One for every100 persons with a

minimum of one on each floor

One

for

every100

persons with a

minimum of one on each

floor

6

Cleaner’s Sink

One per floor minimum, preferably in

or

adjacent to sanitary rooms

7

Executive Room

/ Conference

Halls

Toilet Suite (1 WC, 1 washbasin, and optional shower for 24 hr.

usages) Unit

could be common for Male/Female or separate depending on the

number of

user of each facility.

Note: One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part

thereof in the vicinity.

Table 5.14 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings.

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male Personnel

For Female

Personnel

1

Public toilet near Railway Stations

(24x7)

a) Water Closet (W.C)

b) Urinals

c) Ablution Taps

a) One for 100 users

b) One unit per 300-500

c) One in each W.C

a) One for 50 users

b) --

c) One in each W.C

2

Public

Toilet

near

market

place/offices

(for working hours)

a) Water Closet

b) Urinals

c) Ablution Taps

a) One for 100 users

b) One unit per 200-300

users

c) One in each W.C

a) One for 50 users

b) --

c) One in each W.C

3

Public toilets near Public Buildings

a) Water Closet

b) Urinals

c) Ablution Taps

a) One for 100 users

b) One unit per 200-300

users

c) One in each W.C

a) One for 50 users

b) --

c) One in each W.C

Per Capita Volume of Water required may be referred at item 6, Table 4.6

Area and sizes of seats/units may be referred at Table 4.16

Table 5.15 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

Sl.No

Description

Optimum (mm)

Minimum (mm)

1

Water Closet enclosures

900x1200

750x900

2

Urinals (divided by partition

walls)

575x675

500x600

*In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted

47

Table 5.16 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

SL.NO

Sanitary Unit

Dwelling with

individual

conveniences

Dwelling

without

individual

conveniences

1

Bath Room

One provided with

water tap

One for every two tenement

2

Water Closet (W.C)

One

One for every two tenement

3

Sink (or Nahani) in

the Floor

One

4

Water Tap

One

One with drainage arrangement in each

tenement

one in common bath rooms and common

water closet.

Note: Where only one water closet is provided in dwelling, the bath and water closet shall be

separately accommodated.

Table 5.17 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theatres,

Auditoria etc.)

SL.NO Sanitary Unit

For Public

Male Female

For Staff

Male Female

1

Water Closet

One for 100

Persons upto 400

persons. For over

400 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per

250 persons or

part thereof

Four for 100

Persons upto

200 persons.

For over 200

persons, add at

the rate of 1

per 50 persons

or part thereof

One for 15

Persons.

Two for 16-

35 persons

Two for 1-12

persons.

Four for 13-25

persons add at

the rate of 1 per

6

persons

or

part

thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each

W.C

One in each W.C

3

Urinals

One for 50

persons or part

thereof

Nil upto 6

persons one

for 7-20

persons

Two

for 21-45

persons

4

Wash Basins

One for every 200

persons or part

thereof

One for every

200 persons or

part thereof

One for 1-

15

persons

Two for 16-

35

One for 1-12

persons

Two for 13-25

5

Drinking Water

Fountain

One per 100 persons or part thereof

6

Cleaner’s Sink

One per Floor

7

Shower/Bathing

As per trade requirements.

Note: i) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part

thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.

ii) It may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third females

48

Table 5.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and

Museums)

SL.NO Sanitary Unit

For Public

Male Female

For Staff

Male Female

1

Water Closet

(W.C)

One for 200

Persons

upto

400

persons. For over

400 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per

250 persons or

part thereof

Four for 100

Persons upto 200

persons. For over

200 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per 50 persons or

part thereof

Four for 100

Persons upto 200

persons. For over

200 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per 50 persons or

part thereof

Two for 1-12

persons.

Four for 13-

25

persons add

at the rate of

1per

6

persons

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each

W.C

3

Urinals

One for 50

persons or part

thereof

Nil upto 6

persons one

for 7-20

persons

Two for 21-45

persons

4

Wash Basins

One

for

every

200 persons or

part thereof. For

over

400

persons, add

at the rate of 1

per 250 persons

or part thereof

One for every

200

persons

or

part thereof. For

over 200

persons, add at

the

rate

of

1

per150 persons or

part thereof

One for 1-15

persons

Two for 16-35

One for 1-12

persons

Two for 13-

25

persons

5

Cleaner’s Sink

One per floor, minimum

6

Drinking Water

Fountain

One per 100 persons or part thereof

7

Shower/Bath

As per trade requirements.

Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third females.

Table 5.19 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants

Sl.

No.

Sanitary Unit

For Public

For Staff

Male

Female

Male

Female

1

Water

Closet

(W.C)

One

per

50

seats upto 200

seats.

For

over200 seats,

add at the rate

of 1 per 100

seats or part

thereof

One

per

25

seats upto 200

seats for over

200 seats, add

at the rate of 1

per 50 seats or

part thereof

1 for 15 Persons

2

for

16-35

persons

3

for

36-65

persons

4

for

66-100

persons

2 per – 1-12 persons

4 for 13-25 persons

6 for 26-40 persons

8 for 41- 57 persons

10 for 58-77 persons

12 for 78-100

2

Ablution Taps

One

in

each

W.C.

One

in

each

W.C.

One

in

each

W.C.

One in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One

for

50

persons or part

thereof

--

Nil

upto

6

persons

one

for

7-20

persons

Two for 21-45

persons

3

for

46-70

persons

4

for

71-100

persons

--

49

4

Cleaners Sink

One for every water closet

5

Kitchen Sinks &

Dish Washer

One per each Kitchen

6

Service Sink

One in the restaurant

Note:

i) It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third females.

ii) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in

the vicinity of water closets and urinal.

Table 5.20 Sanitation Requirements for Factories

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male Personnel

For female Personnel

1

Water Closet

1 for 15 persons

2 for 16-35 persons

3 for 36-65 persons

4 for 66-100 persons

For 101 to 200 persons

add at

rate of 3% From over 200

persons, add at the rate of

2.5%

2 for 1-12 persons

4 for 13-25 persons

6 for 26-40 persons

8 for 41-57 persons

10 for 58-77 persons

12 for 78-100 persons.

For 101 to 200 persons,

add at

rate of 3% From over 200

persons, add at the rate

of 2%

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

3

Urinals

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 add 3%

for

over 200 persons add @

2.5%

4

Washing Taps with

draining arrangement

One for every 25 persons or part thereof

5

Drinking Water

Fountains

One of every 100 persons with a minimum of one on

each floor

6

Baths Preferably

Showers

As required for particular trade or occupation

7

Emergency shower

and eye wash fountain

1 per every shop floor per 500 person

Note:

i) For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are required.

ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in

the vicinity of water closet and urinal

iii) Creche where provided shall be fitted with water closets (One for 10 persons or part thereof), wash

basins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with drinking arrangement for every

50 persons or part thereof

Table 5.21Sanitation Requirements for Large Stations and Airports

Sl.No.

Place

W.C. for Males

W.C for Females

Urinals

for

Males

Only

1

Junction Stations,

Intermediate Stations

and Substations

3 for first 1000

persons, add 1 for

subsequent 1000

persons or part

thereof

8 for first 1000

persons, add 1 for

every additional

1000 persons or

part thereof

4

for

every

1000

persons,

add 1 for every

additional

1000

persons

or part thereof

50

2

Terminals Stations

and Bus Terminals

4 for first 1000

persons, and 1 for

every additional

1000 persons or

part thereof

10 for first 1000

person, and 1 for

every additional

1000 persons or

part thereof

6

for

every

1000

persons,

and 1 for every

additional

1000

persons

or part thereof

3

Domestic Airports

Minimum

For 200 persons

For 400 persons

For 600 persons

For 800 persons

For 1000 persons

2*

5

9

12

16

18

*4

16

30

40

52

58

1 per 40 persons or

part

thereof

4

International Airports

For 200 persons

For 600 persons

For 1000 persons

6

12

18

20

40

58

1 per 40 persons or

part

thereof

Note:

i) Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with part ix section

2-Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.

* At least one Indian style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60% males and 40%

females in any area.

* At least 50% of females WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.

Table 5.22 General Standard/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area.

Public Toilet

On roads and for open areas: At every 1 km, including in parks, plaza, open air

theatre, swimming area, car parks, fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabled-friendly

and in 50-50 ratio (M/F) Provision may be made as for Public Rooms (Table

4.10Contd)

Signage

Signboards on main streets shall give directions and mention the distance to

reach the nearest public convenience. Toilets shall have multi-lingual signage for

the convenience of visitors. Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets for

complaints/queries

Modes

Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on payment to the

attendant or by inserting coin and user gets 15 minutes.

Maintenance/

Cleaning

The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively, automatic

cleaning cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of

floor and complete drying after each use can be adopted, which takes 40 seconds.

Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.

5.3.2.4

Construction Site

1.At construction sites, one toilet must be provided per 20 employees. In a work zone with between

21 and 199 employees, a toilet seat and one urinal must be provided for every 40 employees. For

200 or more workers, regulations call for a toilet seat and a urinal per 50 workers. The toilet must

be located within 200 m or 5-minute walk.

2. Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless prohibited by local codes,

provide privies, in locations where their use will not contaminate either ground or surface water.

Other alternatives to a privy could be chemical toilets, re-circulating toilets, or combustion toilets.

3. Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order, running water, must be

provided along with soap and individual hand towels.

5.3.2.5

Temporary Camp Toilets

Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 m of the, site, which shall not be closer than 15 m of

dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is cleaned at least once per day, it is sanitary,

adequately lighted and is employee safe.

5.3.2.6

Special / Contingency Toilets

A) For Special events like open air theatre, religious/political gatherings, mela, etc. for which there

are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency toilets/PSUs shall be provided. The following

considerations shall determine the number of toilets to be provided for particular event:

51

i) Duration of the event

ii) Type of crowd

iii) Weather conditions

iv) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions and the following

guidelines shall be applied with minimum 50 per cent female toilets.

Table 5.23 Contingency Toilets facilities for Special Events

Sl.No.

Patrons

Toilets

For Males

For Females

1

<500

1

2

2

6

2

2

<1000

2

4

4

9

4

3

<2000

4

8

6

12

6

4

<3000

6

15

10

18

10

5

<5000

8

25

17

30

17

B) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately provided in public projects

(transport terminals/ healthcare and other public spaces) in million plus cities for the Third gender

with appropriate cleanliness arrangements.

5.3.2.7

General guidance for water supply arrangements

1. For new construction: Provision shall be made for underground tank for the storage of water,

having capacity at 200 l. per person with adequate pumping arrangements to supply water to upper

floors. Filtered water connection will be allowed only for use of drinking and bathing needs. For

other purposes i.e. flushing and gardening etc., the individual shall be required to have own

arrangements of tube well water within the premises. While according sanction to Layout Plan, the

Authority shall make a special mention that provision for space shall be kept for the construction of

underground reservoir of adequate capacity along with booster pumping station.

2. Arrangements as given in 1 above shall also be provided in Group Housing Societies.

3. The plumbing arrangement in case of new constructions shall be made in a way that the potable

water shall be used for drinking, cooking & bathing only and for rest of the uses, provision for

ground water can be made with dual piping system.

4. Low capacity cistern should preferably be provided instead of normal 12.5 L capacity.

5. Provisions for sustainable methods of Water and Wastewater management and Water harvesting

may be referred from Clause 10.2 in these Bye-Laws.

CHAPTER - 6

6. PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT

6.1 General

Buildings of height 15m and above shall be considered as high rise building.

Note: These provisions shall be in addition to the Chapter 3 for plan sanction procedure, general

building requirements (low/high) given in Chapter 4 of this document and structural safety given

in Chapter 6.

6.2 Means of access

a. A building shall abut on a street or streets or upon spaces directly connected from the street

by a hard surface approach road. The width of approach road shall be as prescribed in the Zonal

Regulations.

b. The approach road to the building and open spaces on its all sides shall be as prescribed in

the Zonal regulations and wherever vehicular driveways are required to be provided, the same

shall be reinforced to ensure safety of the fire equipment and capable of taking the weight of Fire

engine, weighing up to 45 ton

c) The said driveway shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.

d. Main entrances to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the fire

engine and in no case, it shall measure less than 4.5 m. The entrance gate shall fold back

against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way within the plot

free for movement of fire service vehicles. If archway is provided over the main entrance the

height of the archway shall not be at a height less than 5m.

6.3 Parking Spaces

a. The parking spaces shall be provided as per the provisions of Master Plan and Zonal

Regulations as prevalent. The location of parking spaces shall be well ventilated.

52

b. In case of high-rise buildings parking will be permitted at any/all of the following:

i. Basements

ii. Stilt floor

c. Stacked/ Multi-level/ Automated parking

6.4 Building components

6.4.1 Doorways

The doorway requirements shall be as prescribed in Clause no.5.2.6

6.4.2 Revolving Doors

Revolving door shall not be provided as a means of fire exit

6.4.3 Stairways

a. A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.

b. The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at the top; the

vent openings shall be of 0.5 Sq.m in the external wall at the top. If the staircase cannot be

ventilated, because of location or other reasons, a positive pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained

inside. The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shall operate automatically with the fire

alarm. The roof of the shaft shall be 1 m above the surrounding roof. Glazing or glass bricks if

used in staircase, shall have fire resistance rating of minimum 2 hour.

c. The minimum width of staircase shall be as per Table 4.3:

d. Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9m from the center of the tread.

e. Access to main staircase shall be gained through adequate fire resistance rating specified in

Chapter 11. Automatic closing doors shall be placed in the enclosing walls of the staircases. It

shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.

f. No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the staircase or staircases.

g. External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the open spaces

or can be reached without passing through any door other than a door provided to form a

draught lobby.

h. The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided at a height of

0.5m from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by electric light connected to

corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be flushed with the wall and so designed that

no mechanical damage shall occur to them due to moving of furniture or other heavy

equipment’s. Further all landings of floor shall have floor indication boards indicating the

number of floor. The floor indication board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing the

flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It shall be of size not less than 0.5x 0.5m and it shall

be prominently on the wall facing the staircase.

i. In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to the

basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, the second staircase may lead to basement

levels provided the same is separated at ground level by either a ventilated lobby with discharge

points at two different ends or through enclosures with fire resistance rating door specified in

Chapter 11 or through a fire protected corridor.

6.4.4 Lifts

General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:

a. All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in the buildings

shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency. In a dual line arrangement

(lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may be between 1.5 times to 2.5 times the depth of one

car. For in-line (single line) arrangements the lobby may be typically half of the above

recommendations.

b. Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to ground the lift shall also

be provided.

c. The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be installed there in.

d. Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; as specified in Chapter

11; lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2 Sq.m

e. Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.

f. Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as specified in Chapter 11.

g. Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire resistance

of at least 1 hour.

h. If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between 25 and 30

Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shall be maintained in the

53

lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm; it shall

be possible to operate this mechanically also.

i. Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the basements shall be pressurized

as suggested in clause 12.9.1(g) and 12.9.1(h) with self-closing door with fire resistance rating

as specified in Chapter 11. Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift

cars and to be connected to fire control room for the building.

j. Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through aself-closing fire

door of half an hour fire resistance.

k. Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby shall be made to

prevent water used during firefighting, etc., at any landing from entering the lift shafts.

l. A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case

of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a

plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways. Alternate source of power supply shall

be provided for all the lifts through a manually operated changeover switch.

m. For Pressurization Specifications of various building components refer NBC Chapter 4 Fire

and Life Safety Clause 4.10 Pressurization of Staircases(Protected Escape Routes)

6.4.5 Basements

6.4.5.1

General requirements

Basement floors shall be permitted as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations

6.4.5.2

Requirements for High rise development

a. Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area (aggregate) not

less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall

be provided in the form of grills or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of

shafts. Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke

outlets at basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with stall

board or pavement lights, but ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor level have to be

laid. Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the fire brigade

and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near

the opening.

b. The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance rating as specified

in Chapter 11. The staircase shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at

ground level only, from outside open air. The staircase shall communicate with basement

through a lobby with self-closing doors with fire resistance rating as per relevant NBC code

mentioned above.

c.In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each basement

level and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so

provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the compartment itself. Fire rating may be

taken as the required smoke extraction time for smoke extraction ducts.

d. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be

provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of heat / smoke

sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a considerably superior performance

compared to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it manually.

e. Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors shall

continue to operate and supply fans for HVAC shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire

detectors.

f. Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or

distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be as given in Part 8,

Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and Mechanical Ventilation of National

Building Code, 2005.

g. Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.

h. Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or

reinforced cement concrete and when this duct crosses the transformer area or electrical

switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.

i. Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air

conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a hospital/nursing

home unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms

in basements shall comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act / Rules. Boiler room

shall be provided at the first basement along the periphery wall with fire resistance rating as

specified in Chapter 11or shall be separated with the blast wall.

54

j. If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, all sides’

cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to

form a water curtain in the event of a fire.

k. It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors to prevent or

minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be provided on the external wall

for drainage of water from all floors. On large area floors, several such pipes may be necessary

which should be spaced 30 m apart. Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction of the

drain pipe does not allow spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.

6.4.6 Compartmentation

The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remains confined to the

area where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining part of the building.

Compartmentation and Pressurization method shall be adopted (as per clause 4.10 of Part 4 of

NBC, 2005) to protect escape routes against ingress of smoke, or toxic gases into the escape

routes will be prevented. Pressurization shall be adopted for high rise buildings and building

having mixed occupancy/multiplexes having covered area more than 500 Sq.m

6.4.7 Ramps

Ramps shall be provided as prescribed in Clause 5.2.5

6.4.8 Corridors

a. Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate required width of

exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to the exterior

b. The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.0 m for single loaded and

1.8 m for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be 1.5m.

c. Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height of corridors and

passageways shall be not less than 2.4 m.

d. All means of exit including staircases lifts lobbies and corridors shall be ventilated.

6.4.9 Glass Façade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents

a. An Opening to the glass façade of min. width 1.5 m and height 1.5m shall be provided at every

floor at a level of 1.2 m from the flooring facing compulsory open space as well as on road side.

Construction that complies with the fire rating of the horizontal segregation and has any gap

packed with a noncombustible material to withstand thermal expansion and structural

movement of the walling without the loss of seal against fire and smoke.

b. Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or right shall have

manual opening mechanism from inside as well as outside. Such openable panels shall be

marked conspicuously so as to easily identify the openable panel from outside.

c. Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing and building structure.

d. The glazing used for the façade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety glass as per I.S.2553.

e. To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a continuous glass I must

be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal which is of noncombustible material having a fire

resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.

f. Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire resistance rating (Refer

Clause 12.7.1 of Chapter 12). All such ducts/shafts shall be properly sealed and stopped fire

ingress at all floor levels.

g. A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an area between one-

fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.

h. The openable vent of minimum 2.5% of the floor area shall be provided. The openable vent can

be pop out type or bottom hinged provided with fusible link opening mechanism and shall also

be integrated with automatic Smoke Detection System.

or

i) Alternate vertical glass panels of the façade shall be openable type with the mechanism

mentioned above in order to ventilate the smoke.

ii) Refuge areas covered with the glass façade shall have all the panels fully openable (either left

or right hinged) both from inside as well as outside. Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in

buildings shall have to be in conformity with the BIS codes as given in Table 5.1 below:

55

IS Code

Specifications

2553(Part 1):1990

Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose (third revision)

2835:1987

Specification for flat transparent sheet glass (third revision)

438:1994

Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general purpose(second

revision)

5437:1994

Specification for figured rolled and wired glass (first revision).

14900:2000

Specification for transparent float glass.

16231 Part 1

General methodology for selection

16231 Part 2

Energy and Light

16231 Part 3

Fire and Loading

16231 Part 4

Safety related to Human Impact

6.5 Building Services

6.5.1 Staircase and Corridor Lighting

a. The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall be independently

connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor, easily

accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individuate control of

the light points, if any.

b. Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply from parallel high-

tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by generator.

c. Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor/ passageway, horizontal exits,

refuge area; and all wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall have fire

retardant property.

6.5.2 Electrical Services

a. The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in separate duct the duct shall be sealed

at every floor with non-combustible materials having the same fire resistance as that of the duct.

Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in separate

conduits.

b. Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other service line shall not

be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus ducts/solid rising mains instead of cables is

preferred.

c. The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building proposals is

mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other data cables.

d. Separate circuits for water pumps lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for

pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the main switchgear panel (for detailed

specifications refer NBC 2005, Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety).

6.5.3 Alternate Source of Electric Supply

A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting

circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pumps, pressurization fans and blowers, smoke extraction

and damper system in case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of

taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the

stand-by pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the

stand-by pump.

6.5.4 Air-conditioning

Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:

a. Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies, etc. shall not be mused as return

air passage.

b. The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance with good practice.

c. Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around the ducts shall be

sealed with materials having fire resistance rating of the compartment.

d. Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated for same

fire rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work, which may get affected

in case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be insulated.

e. Metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above the false ceiling.

f. Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be of

noncombustible material.

g. The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be of

noncombustible material; glass wool shall not be wrapped or secured by any material of

combustible nature.

56

h. Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the staircase

enclosure.

i. The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor shall be

separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other floor.

j. If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given above shall be

compiled with in addition to the conditions given below:

i. Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke detector / or fusible

link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main riser shall be made.

ii. When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of the air

conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.

iii. The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.

iv. The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible materials or fire rated

(Refer Clause 12.7.1 of Chapter 12)

v. The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible materials.

vi. Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunk line to facilitate the cleaning of ducts of

accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.

vii. No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unless such duct is

properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass wool or spyglass with

neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminum sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and

which would not readily conduct heat.

6.5.5 Transformers

a. If transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it shall be necessarily in the

first basement in separate fire resistance room of 4 hours rating. Transformer shall be dry type

and shall be kept in an enclosure with walls, doors and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of

4 hour. The room shall necessarily be at the periphery of the basement having separate and

direct access from open area at ground floor through a fire escape staircase. The entrance to the

room shall be provided with a steel door of 2 hours fire rating. A curb of a suitable height shall

be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from ruptured, transformer into

other parts of the basement. The switchgears shall be housed in a separate room separated from

the transformer bays by a fire-resisting wall with fire resistance not less than 4 hours.

b. The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler system. When housed at

ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from the other portion of premises by Fire Resisting

Walls of 4 hours rating.

c. A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at lower basement level, to

collect the oil from the catch pit in case of emergency. The pipe connecting the catch-pit to the

tank shall be of non-combustible construction and shall be provided with a flame-arrester.

d. The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in accordance toI. E. Rules

68(I) and 64(I) (a).

e. If this is not possible due to site conditions, the sub-station shall be located on the ground

floor. As far as possible sub-station shall not be installed in a basement, for such situations

special provisions like mechanical ventilation, wherever required, cable ducting, cable trays,

top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable, hooks on Transformer(s) & HV panels, adequate fire detection

and firefighting arrangement, adequate drainage, effective measures to prevent flooding etc. shall

be provided. Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent seepage of

water. A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper than 1 in 7, for easy movement of

equipment’s to and from sub-station.

f. Fire regulations – The installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local regulations

and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC guidelines shall be

followed.

6.5.6 Gas supply

a. Town Gas / L.P. Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same shall be

run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on external walls, away

from the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors.

b. LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these pipes shall

be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apart from providing hood,

covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should be designed to take care of 30 cum

per minute per Sq.m of hood protected area. It should have grease filters using metallic grill to

trip oil vapors escaping into the fume hood.

Note: For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Para.9

‘Plumbing Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of National Building Code of India.

57

c. For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiberglass insulation.

Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods of large kitchens for hotels, hospitals and

similar areas located in high rise buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping

of the exhaust fan in case of fire.

d. If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100V DC operated

with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type and shall be located in an

area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The hood shall have

manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on duty condition; and Gas

meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated

space, keeping in view the fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.

6.5.7 Boiler Room

Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of

Boiler/Boiler Room:

a. The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement but be allowed in the first basements away

from the escape routes.

b. The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance rating, and this

room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pit shall be provided at the low

level. Entry to this room may be provided with a composite door of two-hour fire resistance.

c. The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to the

atmosphere.

d. Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building at the ground floor level to

enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

e. The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire

resisting wall of 4-hour rating. Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2-

hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to

prevent the flow of oil into the boiler room in case of tank rupture.

6.5.8 Helipad

Buildings above 200 m in height, helipad may be provided.

6.5.9 Disaster Management / Fire Safety

Refer Chapter 11 of this document.

6.5.10 Sustainable Environment and Buildings

Refer Chapter 10 of this document

6.5.11 Structural Safety

As per provisions made for Structural Safety in Chapter 6

CHAPTER - 7

7. PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY

7.1 Structural design and safety

For any building under the jurisdiction of these bye-laws structural design/retrofitting shall only

be carried out by a registered Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency

on Record (SDAR). Proof checking of various designs/ reports shall be carried out by competent

authority as per Table 7.1wherever applicable.

7.1.1 Additional provisions for natural hazard prone areas

Generally, the structural design of foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain concrete,

reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall conform to the provisions of

Part 6: Structural D–sign –

Section– 1 Loads, Forces and Effects

Section– 2 Soils and Foundations,

Section– 3 Timber and Bamboo,

Section– 4 Masonry,

Section– 5 Concrete &

Section– 6 Steel

Section– 7 Prefabrication Systems, Building and Mixed /Composite Construction of National

Building Code of India (NBC), taking into consideration the Indian Standards as given below.

58

For General Structural Safety

1) IS: 456:2000 ‘Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete’.

2) IS: 800-2007 ‘Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel’.

3) IS: 801-1975 ‘Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel Structural Members in

General Building Construction’

4) IS 875 (Part 2):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part2

Imposed Loads.

5) IS 875 (Part 3):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 3

Wind Loads.

6) IS 875 (Part 4):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 4

Snow Loads.

7) IS 875 (Part 5):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 5

special loads and load combination.

8) IS: 883:1994 ‘Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building.

9) IS: 1904:1986 (R 2005) ‘Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Foundation’

10) IS 1905:1987 ‘Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Masonry Walls.

11) IS 2911(Part 1): Section 1: 2010 ‘Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Pile Foundation

Section 1

Part 1: Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles

Part 1: Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles

Part 1: Section 4 Bored Precast Concrete Piles

Part 2: Timber Piles

Part 3: Under Reamed Piles

Part 4: Load Test on Piles

For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection

12) IS 875 (3):1987 ‘Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for Buildings and

Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads’

13) Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic Resistance of Low rise houses

and other building.

For Earthquake Protection

14) IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002 ‘Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures(Fifth Revision)’

15) IS:13920-1993 ‘Ductile Detailing of reinforced Concrete structures subjected to Seismic Forces-

Code of Practice

16) IS:4326-2013 ‘Earthquake Resistant Design and construction of buildings code of

practice(second revision)’

17) IS:13828-1993 ‘Improving earthquake resistance of low strength masonry buildings-guidelines

18) IS:13827:1993 ‘Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen Buildings-Guidelines

19) IS:13935-2009 ‘Seismic Evaluation, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings -Guidelines’

For Protection of Landslide Hazard

20) IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part1Selection of type of wall.

21) IS 14458 (Part 2): 1997 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 2 Design of

retaining/breast walls

22) IS 14458 (Part 3): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 3Construction of dry

stone walls

23) IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998 Guidelines for preparation of landslide – Hazardzonation maps in

mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation.

Note: Whenever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building Code or the

National Building Code is referred, the latest revision of the same shall be followed except specific

criteria, if any, mentioned above against that code.

7.1.2 Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)

In compliance of the design with the above Indian Standard, the Structural Engineer on Record will

submit a structural design basis report in the Proforma attached herewith covering the essential

safety requirements specified in the Standard.

The ‘Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)’consists of four parts

MHA Expert Committee Report)

Part 1: General Information/ Data

Part 2: Load Bearing Masonry Buildings

Part 3: Reinforced Concrete Buildings

Part 4: Steel Buildings

59

i) Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate authorities shall include

SDBR as detailed bow:

Part 1: Completed

Part 2: (if applicable) – completed

Part 3: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 3 will be submitted before commencement of

construction.

Part 4: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 4 will be submitted before commencement of

construction.

ii) SDBR as detailed below shall be submitted to the appropriate authority as soon as design of

foundation is completed, but not later than one month prior to commencement of construction.

Part 1: Completed

Part-2, Part-3 or Part-4: (if applicable) Completed

7.1.3 Seismic strengthening/retrofitting

Prior to seismic strengthening/retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of the existing

structure as regards structural vulnerability in the specified wind/seismic hazard zone shall be

carried out by a RSE/RSDA. If as per the evaluation of the RSE/RSDA the seismic resistance is

assessed to be less than the specified minimum seismic resistance as given in the note below, action

will be initiated to carry out the upgrading of the seismic resistance of the building as per applicable

standard guidelines.

Note:

1. For masonry buildings reference shall be made to IS 4326 and IS 13935

2. For concrete buildings and structures reference shall be made to IS15988: 2013 Seismic

evaluation and strengthening of existing RCC buildings.

7.1.4 Buildings with Soft Storey

In case buildings with a flexible storeys, such as the ground storey consisting of open spaces for

parking that is ‘Stilt buildings’ or any other storey with open halls, special arrangements are to be

made to increase the lateral strength and stiffness of the soft/open storey such as Steel bracing /

Shear walls / Brick infill’s between columns. Dynamic analysis of building is to be carried out

including the strength and stiffness effects of infill’s and inelastic deformations in the members,

particularly, those in the soft storey, and the structural members are to be designed accordingly.

Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out the earthquake

analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys:

a. The columns and beams of the soft storey shall be designed for 2.5 times the storey shears and

moments, calculated under seismic loads specified in the other relevant clauses; or,

b. Besides the columns designed and detailed for the calculated storey shears and moments, shear

walls shall be placed symmetrically in both directions of the building as far away from the Centre of

the building as feasible; to be designed exclusively for 1.5 times the lateral storey shear force

calculated as before. For details of design and provisions, IS 1893, Part 1 shall be referred.

7.1.5 Review of structural design

i. The Competent Authority shall create a Structural Design Review Panel(SDRP) consisting of senior

SER’s and SDAR’s whose task will be to review and certify the design prepared by SER or SDAR

whenever referred by the competent authority.

ii. The Reviewing Agency shall submit addendum to the certificate or a new certificate in case of

subsequent changes in structural design.

iii. Table-6.1 gives requirements of SDRP for different seismic zones namely III,IV and V and for

structures of different complexities.

iv. In seismic Zone II, buildings & structures greater than 40m in height will require proof checking

by SDRP as per detail at Sl. no.3 of Table 7.1

Table 7.1 Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design

Sl.No

Type of Structure

Submission

from

SER

or

SDAR

To

be

Proof

Checked

1.

Load Bearing Buildings up to

three storeys

SDBR*

Not to be checked

2.

Buildings up to seven storeys

(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)

SDBR

To be checked

Preliminary design

To be checked

60

3.

Building

greater

than

seven

storeys

(R.C.C/Steel

framed

structure)

SDBR

To be checked

Preliminary design

To be checked

Detailed structural design and

structural drawing

To be checked

4.

Non-Residential Buildings

SDBR

To be checked

Preliminary design

To be checked

Detailed structural design and

structural drawing

To be checked

* SDBR – Structural Design Basis Report

Notes:

1. Table 4.1 may be referred for occupant load/live loads for different building types.

2.At the preliminary proposal stage of a project, the objective is to undertake feasibility

study/comparison of a number of possible alternatives of structural schemes and determine the most

cost effective one, detailed structural calculations are not necessary for each alternative scheme.

However, it is necessary to determine the member sizes and reinforcement content in order to

determine the cost. By making conservative assumptions it is possible to derive simplified calculations

for both analysis and design. This is called ‘Preliminary or approximate analysis, and design’.

After the most cost effective scheme is selected and signed-off by the Client, the detailed

calculations are performed on the selected scheme to determine the precise structural members and

composition (size, dimension and stress behavior), and this is called the ‘Detailed structural

design’.

In the aforesaid, the design of structural members is typically assumed to account for all the

stress loads identified from section xx to be applicable in the given project.

3.Special structure means large span structures such as stadium, assembly halls, or tall structures

such as water tanks, TV tower, chimney, etc.

It will be seen from the Table 7.1 above that there is a wide range of structure typology, and the

requirement by the Competent Authority for third party verification will depend on the type of

structure.

7.1.6 Certification regarding structural safety in design

Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR) shall give a

certificate of structural safety of design as per proforma given in Form-XV (of the MHA Expert

Committee Report) at the time of completion (as per Clause 3.17)

7.1.7 Constructional safety

7.1.7.1

Supervision

All construction except load bearing buildings up to 3 storeys shall be carried out under

supervision of the Construction Engineer on Record (CER) or Construction Management

Agency on Record (CMAR) for various seismic zones.

7.1.7.2

Certification of structural safety in construction

CER/ CMAR shall give a certificate of structural safety of construction as per proforma given in

Form-XV(of the MHA Expert Committee Report) at the time of completion(as per Clause 3.17).

7.1.8 Quality control and inspection

All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to accepted standards of

Public Works Department and Indian standard specification and codes as included in Part-V

Building Materials and Part-VII Construction practices and safety of National Building Code of India.

7.1.8.1

Inspection

All the construction for high-rise buildings higher than seven storeys, public buildings and special

structures shall be carried out under quality inspection program prepared and implemented under

the Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor Agency on Record (QAAR) in seismic zones

IV &V (as notified by the Government).

7.1.8.2

Certification of safety in quality of construction

Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor Agency on Record (QAAR)shall give a certificate

of quality control as per proforma given in Form-XVIII (as notified by the Government).

61

Quality Inspection Program to be carried on the site shall be worked out by QAR/QAAR in

consultation with the owner, builder, CER / CMAR.

Note: Clause 7.1.7 and 7.1.8 shall not be applicable for Government buildings that are designed

and constructed under the supervision of in-house architects/engineers.

7.1.9 Control of signage & outdoor display structures, cell phone towers and telephone

Towers.

Following provisions shall apply for telecommunication infrastructure

a) Location: The Telecommunication Infrastructure shall be either placed on the building roof tops or

on the ground or open space within the premises subject to other regulation.

b) Type of structure

i. Steel fabricated tower or antennae on M.S. pole

ii. Pre-fabricated shelters of fiber glass or P.V.C. on the building roof top /terrace for equipment.

iii. Masonry Structure/ Shelter on the ground for equipment.

iv. D.G. set with sound proof cover to reduce the noise level.

c) Requirement:

i. Every applicant has to obtain/ procure the necessary permission from the ‘Standing Advisory

Committee on Radio Frequency Allocation’ (SACFA)issued by Ministry of Telecommunications.

ii. Every applicant will have to produce the structural safety & stability certificate for the tower as

well as the building from the Structural Engineer on Record(SER) which shall be the liability of both

owner and SER.

iii. Applicant has to produce / submit plans of structure to be erected.

d) Projection: No Pager and/or Telephone Tower shall project beyond the existing building

line of the building on which it is erected in any direction.

7.2 Inspection

The general requirement for inspection and certification of the development shall be as prescribed in

Clause no.3.15

7.2.1 Maintenance of Buildings

In case of building older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a building, to get his

building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer (RSE) within a year from the date of coming

into force of these regulations. The Structural Inspection Report (Form No.16, of the MHA Expert

Committee Report) shall be produced by the Owner to the Appropriate Authority. If any action, for

ensuring the structural safety and stability of the building is to be taken, as recommended by SER,

it shall be completed within five years. For other buildings, the owner shall get his building

inspected after the age of building has crossed forty years. The procedure shall be followed as per

above regulation.

7.2.2 Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas

In natural hazard, prone areas identified under the land use Zonal Regulations, structures buildings

and installations which cannot be avoided, protective measures for such construction/development

should be properly safeguarded based on the suggestion given in the Report of the MHA Expert

Committee - Volume I.

7.2.3 Registration of Professionals

Presently, the legislation for the profession of architecture is applicable in the country in the form of

Architects Act 1972, an Act of the Parliament of India. Accordingly, the qualifications, competence

and service conditions followed in the profession of architecture are in accordance with the

provisions of the said Act and the rules made there under. For other professions and professionals

like engineers, structural engineers, landscape architects, urban designers, building supervisors,

electrical engineers, developers/promoters there is no legislative frame available/applicable.

Therefore, for appropriate qualifications, competence and responsibilities of professional involved in

different types of development proposals shall be applicable as notified by the Government:

Qualifications and Competence of Professionals and methods of determination of professional fees

are suggested in clause 7.2.4.

7.2.4 Professional fees for SER/SDAR and CER/CMAR

Selection of professionals and determination of professional charges shall be done by the Authority,

considering the following:

62

i. Structural safety of a building is the responsibility of the ‘SER/SDAR’ for proper design and the

‘CER/CMAR’ for proper construction, therefore it is imperative that selection and appointment of

these professionals is made after verification of their antecedents.

ii. The fees to be paid to SER/SDAR for structural design may be specified keeping in view the size

and complexity of the project.

iii. Similarly, fees for construction management to CER/CMAR may be specified keeping in view the

size and complexity of the project and the duration for which construction management services

have to be provided on the basis of the total cost of the project.

iv. Proof checking: Fees for Proof checking where carried out may vary based on the cost of the

structural items enumerated in (ii) above.

7.2.5 Appointment of Professionals

The Owner/Developer shall appoint Town Planner on Record (TPR), Architect on Record (AR),

Engineer on Record (ER), Structural Engineer on Record (SER),Structural Design Agency on Record

(SDAR), Geotechnical Engineer on Record(GER), Construction Engineer on Record (CER), (CMAR),

and Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) and Quality Audit Agency on Record (QAAR) as required.

Details of qualification and requirement of registration shall be as notified by the Government &

Appendix-I.

Proper written agreement(s), in standard format(s), shall be entered upon with such professional(s)

engaged.

7.3 Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests

The provision of the Bye-Laws are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of

design or construction not specifically prescribed by the bye-law provided any such alternative has

been approved. The building materials approved by B.I.S. or any statutory body will form part of the

approved building material and technology as part of the Bye-Laws.

The Authority shall promote and encourage use of Pre-fabricated factory made building components

for medium to large scale projects that have significant impact. The use of ready mix concrete (RMC)

shall also be encouraged for in-situ concrete constructions.

Clause 11.2.6 may be referred for further aspects of Sustainability and incentivized promotion of

alternative materials, methods in construction.

CHAPTER - 8

8. LAND USE ZONES

In order to promote public health, safety and the general social welfare of the community, it is

necessary to apply control and reasonable limitation on the development of land and buildings. This

is to ensure that most appropriate, economical and healthy development of the Town/City takes

place in accordance with the land use plan, and its continued maintenance over the years. For this

purpose, the city is divided into number of use zones, such as residential, commercial, industrial,

public and semi-public etc. Each zone has its own regulations, as the same set of regulations cannot

be applied to the entire Town. Zonal Regulations protects residential areas from the harmful

invasions of

commercial and industrial uses and at the same time promotes the orderly development of industrial

and commercial areas, by suitable regulations on spacing of buildings to provide adequate light, air,

protection from fire, etc. It prevents overcrowding in buildings and on land to ensure adequate

facilities and services.

Zonal is not retrospective. It does not prohibit the uses of land and buildings that are lawfully

established prior to the coming into effect of these Zonal Regulations.

If these uses are contrary to the newly proposed uses, they are termed non-conforming uses and are

gradually eliminated over years without inflicting unreasonable hardship upon the property owner.

The Zonal Regulations and its enforcement ensure proper land use and development and form an

integral part of the Master Plan. It also ensures solutions to problems of development under local

conditions.

The Master Plan along with the Zonal Regulations approved under sub section (3)of section 13 of the

Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 approved by the Government, time to time shall be

applicable.

63

CHAPTER - 9

9. PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY PERSONS AND CHILDREN

9.1 Applicability

These regulations shall be applicable to all buildings and facilities used by the public such as

educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings and group housing

constructed on plots having an area of more than2000Sq.m. It shall not apply to private residential

buildings.

9.2 Guidelines and Provisions

1. Provisions in the following guidelines shall apply:

2. ‘Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled and Elderly

Persons’, (1998), Central Public Works Department, Goo

3. ‘Manual on Barrier Free Environment’, (2002), O/o the Chief Commissioner for Persons with

Disabilities, Ministry of Urban Development, Goo.

4. ‘National Building Code’, (2005), Bureau of Indian Standards,

5. ‘National Policy for Persons with Disabilities’, (2006), Ministry of Social

Justice and Empowerment, Goo.

6. ‘Harmonized Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Persons with

Disabilities and Elderly Persons’, (Draft 2014),Ministry of urban Development, GoI.

9.3 Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the State Government

9.3.1 Buildings to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People

Higher Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs, Sport

Centers, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers, Swimming Pools, Police

Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums, Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas,

Auditoria, Small Offices (the maximum plinth area 1400 Sq.m) Snack Bars, Cafes and

banqueting rooms (for capacity above 50 dinners).

Note:

a. In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)

b. @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.

c. In Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-ambulant

spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for spectators

above1000.

9.3.2 Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People

Schools for differently abled, Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Elderly People Clubs,

Village Halls, Day Centers, Junior Training Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries, Railway

Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.

Note: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following building,

post offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and departmental

stores.

9.3.3 Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)

Public lavatories in Tourist Spots, Clubs, Motels, Professional and Scientific Institution,

Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laboratories, Universities, College for further

Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College, Exhibition Halls, Dentist

Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals, Service Stations, Car Parking

Buildings, Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories Employing differently-abled for

sedentary works, Large Offices, (with plinth area above 1400 Sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport

Offices, Pension Offices, and Labor Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For

capacity above 100dinners).

9.3.4 Site development

Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan along with

specification of the materials.

64

9.3.4.1

Access Path / Walk Way

Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building entrance shall be minimum of 1800

mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any, shall not have gradient greater

than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be made suitably to attract or to guide visually

impaired persons (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is

conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that emits

different sound to guide visually impaired persons; hereinafter referred ‘o as ‘guiding floor

material’.

Finishes shall have a non- slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs

wherever provided should blend to a common level.

9.3.4.2

Parking

For parking of vehicles of differently-abled people, the following provisions shall apply:

a) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance for the physically

differently-abled persons with maximum travel distance of 30.0mfrom building entrance.

b) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meter.

c) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall be conspicuously

displayed.

d) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually impaired persons

with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same purpose, shall be provided.

9.4 Building requirements

The specified facilities in buildings for differently abled persons shall be as follows:

9.4.1 Approach to plinth level

Every building should have at least one entrance accessible to the differently able and shall be

indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be approached through ramp together with the

stepped entry.

a. Ramped Approach: Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the building.

Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12.

Length of ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meter having 800mm high hand rail on both sides extending

300mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the hand

rail shall be 50mm.

b. Stepped Approach: For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than300mm and

maximum riser shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on both sides of the stepped

approach similar to the ramped approach.

c. Exit/Entrance Door: Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be900mm and it

shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheelchair user. Threshold

shall not be raised more than 12mm.

d. Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the minimum

dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the toped of a slope shall be

provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually impaired person's (limited to

coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the

surrounding floor material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired

persons. Finishes shall have a non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair.

Kerbs wherever provided should blend to a common level.

9.4.2 Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for the differently abled

The corridor connecting the entrance / exit for differently abled leading directly outdoors to a

place where information concerning the overall use of the specified building can be provided to

visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs, shall be provided as follows:

a) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide visually impaired

persons.

b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.

c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of 1:12.

d) Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.

9.5 Stair-ways

One of the stair–ways - near the entrance / exit for the differently abled shall have the following

provisions:

a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.

65

b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread300mm. The steps

shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.

c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.

d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend 300 mm on the top and bottom of

each flight of steps.

9.6 Lifts

Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made for the wheel

chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for passenger lift of 13

person’s capacity of NBC 2005, BIS. Section 4.9.3 Table no1-Desirable Lift size

Clear internal width 1100 mm

Clear internal depth 2000 mm

Entrance door width 900 mm

a) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed adjacent to

the control panel.

b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 2000 mm or more.

c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the closing

speed should not exceed 0.25 m/ sec.

d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the floor, the

cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit is either open or closed.

e) Graphic/Braille signage, as per the Harmonized Guidelines, shall be provided in the lift lobby.

9.7 Toilets

One special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of differently able with essential

provision of washbasin near the entrance for the differently abled.

a) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.

b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.

c) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50mm clearance from wall shall be

made in the toilet.

d) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.

9.7.1 Provision of WCs in buildings without lift:

Provision of special W.C. shall be made on all floors for buildings designed for ambulant disabled

persons. For buildings designed for non-ambulant disabled special W.C. shall be provided at Ground

Floor. Size of W.C. shall depend on the type of wheel chair used by the disabled.

9.7.2 Provisions of WCs in buildings with lift

Provision of Special W.C. shall be made on all floors. Size will depend on the category of disabled

for whom it has been provided.

9.7.3 Toilet Details: For Toilets Designed for Ambulant Disabled

a) The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1075 x 1650 mm with a minimum depth of1450 mm from

entry door 900 mm.

b) Long handrail on the side closer to W.C. with a clear width between the handrails shall be 900

mm and height of handrails shall be 800 mm from floor level.

c) Minimum size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.

9.7.4 For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Small Wheel Chair:

The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1350 x 1500 mm with a minimum depth of1500 mm from

entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side closer to W.C. shall be provided. To provide

movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed towards one side to the opposite

adjacent wall. The centerline of W.C. from the adjacent wall shall be 400 mm and minimum 950

mm from the other wall.

Minimum size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.

9.7.5 For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Using Large Wheel Chair:

The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1500 X 1750 mm with a minimum depth of1750 mm for

entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side wall closer to W.C. shall be provided. To provide

movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed towards one side of the opposite wall.

The centerline of the W.C. from the adjacent wall shall be 400 mm and a minimum of 1100 mm

from the other wall. Min. size of clear door opening shall be 860 mm.

66

9.8 Designing for Children:

In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children, it will be necessary to suitably

alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures etc.

Note: Guiding / Warning Floor Material: The floor material to guide or to warn the visually

impaired persons with a change of colour or material texture and easily distinguishable from the

rest of the surrounding floor materials. The material with different texture gives audible signals

with sensory warning when a person moves on this surface with walking stick. The

guiding/warning floor material is meant to give the directional effect or warn a person at critical

places. It should be provided in the following areas:

a. The access path to the building and to the parking area.

b. The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircases and toilets

c. Immediately at the beginning/end of walkway where there is a vehicular traffic.

d. At the location abruptly changing in level or beginning/end of a ramp.

e. Immediately in front of an entrance/exit and the landing.

9.9 Drinking Water:

Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the differently abled near the special toilet

provided for them.

9.10

Refuge:

An alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/ or lifts is the movement of

disabled persons to areas of safety within a building. If possible, they could remain there until the

fire is controlled and extinguished or until rescued by the fire fighters.

a) It is useful to have the provisions of a refuge area, usually at the fire protected stair landing on

each floor that can safely hold one or two wheelchairs.

b) Hand Doorways with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular compliance

c) Have an alarm switch installed between 900 mm and 1200 mm from floor level.

9.11

Proper signage:

a) Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the differently abled

persons should be done with proper signals.

b) Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such as hearing and touch to compensate

for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit those with hearing disabilities. Signs should

be designed and located so that they are easily legible by using suitable letter size (not less than

20 mm high).

c) For visually impaired persons, information board in brail should be installed on the wall at a

suitable height and it should be possible to approach them closely.

d) To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates obstruction in

walking.

e) Public Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.

f) The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated because

people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours.

g) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas,

etc., that have been provided for the differently abled.

9.12

Public Building regulations:

In case of design regulations in Public buildings (excluding domestic buildings),provisions for

differently-abled shall be adopted as per Appendix-XIV of the byelaws and according to the

Annex ‘D’ of Part 3, NBC 2005.

CHAPTER - 10

10. RAIN WATER HARVESTING

10.1

Rainwater Harvesting principle:

The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of water from surfaces on which rain falls,

and subsequently storing this water for use. The rainwater collected can be stored for direct use or

can be recharged into the underground aquifers. In scientific terms water harvesting (broadly) refers

to collection and storage of rainwater from the rooftops. This also restricts evaporation and seepage

into building foundations. All buildings having a plot size of 100 Sq.m. or more, while submitting the

building plans for sanction, shall mandatorily include the complete proposal of rainwater harvesting.

67

A rainwater harvesting system consists of:

i. Roof catchment

ii. Gutters

iii. Down pipes

iv. Rain water/ Storm water drains

v. Filter chamber

vi. Storage Tanks/ Pits/ Sumps

vii. Ground Water recharge structures like pit, trench, tube well or combination of above structure.

Rainwater Harvesting is a way to capture the rain runoff, store that water aboveground or charge the

underground aquifers and use it later. This happens naturally in open rural areas. But in congested,

over-paved metropolitan cities, there is a need to devise methods to capture the rain water. The

rainwater that is incident on the surface/ roof top is guided to bore wells or pits or new/old/

abandoned wells through

Small diameter pipes to recharge the underground water which can be used later whenever required.

Rainwater can be harvested to the extent of 55,000 liters per 100Sq. m area per year from rooftops.

10.2

Rainwater harvesting techniques:

There are two main techniques of rain water harvestings.

a. Storage of rainwater on surface for future use.

b. Recharge to ground water.

10.3

Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:

All buildings in a city contribute to the rainwater runoff during the monsoon and hence such runoff

can be harvested for water reuse/recharge.

Rainwater harvesting in a building site includes storage or recharging into ground of rainwater

falling on the terrace or on any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.

The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from terrace and the

paved surface.

a. Open well of a minimum of 1.00 m dia. and 6.00 m in depth into which rainwater may be

channeled and allowed after filtration for removing silt and floating material. The well shall be

provided with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be used for non-potable domestic

purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering the garden, etc.

b. Rainwater harvesting for recharge of ground water may be done through a bore well around which

a pit of one meter width may be excavated up to a depth of at least 3.00 m and refilled with stone

aggregate and sand. The filter drain water may be channeled to the refilled pit for recharging the

bore well.

c. An impervious storage tank of required capacity may be constructed in the setback or other than,

space and the rainwater may be channeled to the storage tank. The storage tank may be raised to a

convenient height above the surface and shall always be provided with ventilating the surface and

shall always be provided with ventilating covers and shall have draw off taps suitably place so that

the rain water may be drawn off for domestic, washing, gardening and such other purposes. The

storage tanks shall be provided with an overflow.

d. The surplus rainwater after storage may be recharged into ground through percolation pits,

trenches, or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geomorphologic and topographical

condition, the pits may be of the size of1.20 m width x 1.20 m length x 2.00 m to 2.50 m depth. The

trenches can be or0.60 m width x 2.00 m to 6.00 m length x 1.50 m to 2.00 depth. Terrace water

shall be channeled to pits or trenches. Such pits or trenches shall be backfilled with filter media

comprising the following materials. –

i. 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer up to 50% of the depth;

ii. 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer up to 20% of the depth;

iii. Course sand as upper middle layer up to 20% of the depth;

iv. A thin layer of fine sand as top layer;

v. Top 10% of the pits / trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in this portion in such

a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad;

vi. Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits /trenches and the cement

mortar plastered;

vii. The depth of wall below ground shall be such that the wall prevents losesoil entering into pits /

trenches. The projection of the wall above ground shall at least be 15 cm;

viii. Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits / trenches.

e. If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a sufficient depth

shall be removed land refilled with course sand to allow percolation of rainwater into ground.

68

The terrace shall be connected to the open well / bore well / storage tank /recharge pit /trench by

means of H.D.P.E. / P.V.C. pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be provided to enable the

first washings from roof or terrace catchments, as they would contain undesirable dirt. The mouths

of all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito (insect) proof wire net. For the efficient

discharge of rainwater, there shall be at least two rain water pipes of 100 mm dia. for a roof area of

100Sq.mRainwater harvesting structures shall be sited as not to endanger the stability of building or

earthwork. The structures shall be designed such that no dampness is caused in any part of the

walls or foundation of the building or those of an adjacent building.

10.4

Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities

The open spaces/recreational land use generally constitute regional parks, district parks,

playground and stadium, sports complex, monument zones, public parking, Plaza and other public

open space. This may be as high as 30% to 50% of the city’s geographic area. All such public open

spaces above the size of 500 Sq.m. shall have arrangements for complete utilization and capture of

storm water with scientific rainwater harvesting arrangements.

Following ideas may also be included:

i. Well cum Channel cum Percolation pits.

ii. Use of abandoned bore wells for recharging of ground water

iii. Artificial or natural Storage of storm water runoff from larger sites.

10.5

Ground Water Recharge

Recharging of ground water should be made mandatory not only for residential buildings but for all

types of buildings, including Group Housing Societies having a plot area more than 500 Sq.m. and

above. The Ground Water Recharge should also be mandatory for open spaces like parks, parking,

plazas and playgrounds. The harvesting and recharge structures could be constructed by the

Authority with the involvement of community based organizations like Resident Welfare

Associations.

10.6

Enforcement and Monitoring

a. The Authority shall constitute a Rainwater Harvesting Cell which will be responsible for

enforcement and monitoring of the provisions of Rainwater Harvesting. The cell shall employ

qualified persons who are well versed with the interpretation of Building Bye Laws and responsible

for enforcement as well as monitoring the functioning of the Rainwater Harvesting System.

b. The Authority shall include inspection of Rainwater Harvesting Structures before issuing

Completion Certificates or NOCs for service connections to the property.

c. Set an example in the city by ensuring that Rainwater is harvested in the properties assets owned

by them including public buildings, markets, centers, parking spaces, roads and parks etc.

d. The Authority shall also establish a mechanism to monitor 100% of RWH provisions in all the

buildings above 1000 Sq.m. with annual physical verification, while buildings less than 1000 Sq.m.

can be monitored on the basis of 10% random survey by competent authority.

e. With regard to open public spaces viz., Parks, playgrounds etc. the implementation of provision

rainwater harvesting may be done with the help of Residents Welfare Associations, Community

Building Organization andNon- Governmental Organizations.

f. The Authority shall ensure earmarking budgetary provision for the creation and maintenance of

rainwater harvesting structures in public spaces owned and maintained by them, like parking

spaces, parks, plazas etc.

g. The practice of incentives and penalties to promote rain water harvesting shall be formulated by

the local authority based on best practices. Authority shall design its own incentive and penalty

systems, considering the water level and scarcity.

CHAPTER - 11

11. GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS

Modern buildings consume about 25 to 30 % of total energy, and up to 30 % of fresh potable water,

and generate approximately 40 % of total waste. Sustainable buildings have demonstrated reduction

in energy and water consumption to less than half of the present consumption in conventional

buildings, and complete elimination of the construction and operational waste through recycling.

Thus, all buildings on various plot sizes above 100Sq.m shall comply with the green norms and

conform to the requirements mandatory for sanction as mentioned in this chapter.

These provisions are not specific to any rating system and are not intended to provide single metric

indication of overall building performance. These provisions allow the practitioners to easily exercise

their engineering judgment in holistically and objectively applying the underlying principles of

69

sustainability to a development or building facility, considering its functionality and required

comfort level.

11.1

Provisions and Applicability

The green building provisions on various plot sizes are indicated in the table below:

Table 11.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (Residential and Non-Residential)

Plot

Catego

ry

Applicable plot

area (Sq.m)

Applicable

construction

area (Sq.m)

Provisions

for

Residential

Provisions for Non-

Residential

I

Up to 500

--

Nil

Nil

II

500 to 1,000

Upto 500

1(a), 1(b), 2(b), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 4(a)

500 to 2000

1(a), 1(b), 2(a), 2(b),

3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 2(a),3(c),

4(a)

Above 2000

1(a), 1(b), 2(a), 2(b),

3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 2(a), 2(b),

3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1,000 to 3,000

Upto 500

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(b),

4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 4(a)

500 to 2000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

3(c), 4(a)

2000 to 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

Above 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b),3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b),3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a)

III

Above 3,000

Upto 500

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(b),

3(a), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 3(a),

4(a)

500 to 2000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

3(c), 4(a)

2000 to 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

Above 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b), 3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a), 4(b)

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b), 3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a), 4(b)

*Note:

provisions marked 1(a), 2(b) etc. are as per Clause 11.2.

The schemes/ projects formulated on the basis of provisions given in Master plan/ Zonal

Development Plan will require approval as indicated:

EIA/ ECC (as per MoEF), NBC (latest), ECBC 2007 or latest, BEE Star rating/ LEED of IGBC/ GRIHA of

TERI Certification}

EIA- Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report,

ECC- Environmental Clearance Certificate,

MoEF – Ministry of Environment and Forest,

NBC – National Building Code,

ECBC – Energy Conservation Building Code,

BEE – Bureau of Energy Efficiency,

LEED – Leadership in Energy and Environment Design,

IGBC –Indian Green Building Council,

GRIHA – Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment,

TERI – The Energy and Resources Institute.

The prevailing provisions of the above shall be applicable. However, if there are any modification in

the same, the modified provisions shall become automatically applicable.

11.2

Provisions for Sanction

1. Water Conservation and Management

a) Rain Water Harvesting

b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing Fixtures

c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse

d) Reduction of Hard cape

70

2. Solar Energy Utilization

a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Panels (detailed at Clause 11.2.3 below)

b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems

3. Energy Efficiency (Concept of passive solar design of buildings)(Ref. Table

15.1-3)

a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – BEE

Star and Energy Efficient Appliances)

b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems.

c) Lighting of Common areas by Solar energy/ LED devices.

4. Waste Management

a) Segregation of Waste

b) Organic Waste Management

In case owners of properties desire to procure green building ratings from one or more rating bodies,

they may suitably incorporate any other provisions if required and additional incentives as notified

by the Government, may be availed.

11.2.1 Provisions for City and Site level greening

In alignment with National Sustainable Habitat Mission, the Authority shall encourage

augmentation of green cover in the city/plot, by following:

The Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014 and other provisions as given below -

i. Provision of minimum 1 tree / every 80S.qm of plot area for plot sizes >100S.qm and planted

within the setback of the plot.

ii. Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted tress in the ratio 1:3 within the premises under

consideration.

iii. Choice of species for plantation in site and abutting the road to be adopted as per Section 8 of

the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.

iv. The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the recreational open spaces.

11.2.2 Water Re-use and Recycling

All building having a minimum discharge of 10,000 l. and above per day shall incorporate waste

water recycling system. The recycled water should be used for horticultural purposes.

11.2.3 Roof Top Solar Energy Installations

Roof top photovoltaic power station, or rooftop PV system, is a photovoltaic system that has its

electricity-generating solar panels mounted on the rooftop of residential or commercial buildings.

The various components of such a system include photovoltaic modules, mounting systems, cables,

solar inverters and other electrical accessories. Rooftop PV systems are faster than other types of

renewable power plants. They’re clean, quiet, and visually unobtrusive. Table 10.2 below stipulates

the Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation-

Table 11.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation

Sl.

No.

Category

of

buildings/area

Area standards

Generation requirement*

Residential

1

Plotted Housing

For HIG Plots and above

Minimum 5% of connected

load

or

20W/sqft

for

‘available

roof

space’**,

whichever is less.

2

Group Housing

All

proposals,

as

per

Group Housing Norms

Minimum 5% of connected

load

or

20W/sqft

for

‘available

roof

space’**,

whichever is less.

71

All other buildings (Government or Private, defined as per clause 1.16 b to g)

(mandatory for buildings having shadow free rooftop area > 50Sq.m)

3

4

5

6

7

8

Educational

Institutional

Commercial

Industrial

Mercantile

Recreational

Plot size of 500 Sq.m and

above

Minimum 5% of connected

load

or

20W/sqft

for

‘available

roof

space’**,

whichever is less.

* Area provisions on roof top shall be @12 Sq.m. per 1KWp, as suggested by Ministry of New and

Renewable Energy.

** ‘available rood area’ = 70% of the total roof size, considering 30% area reserved for residents’

amenities.

11.2.4 Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating System in Buildings

I. No new building in the following categories in which there is a system of installation for supplying

hot water shall be built unless the system of the installation is also having an auxiliary solar

assisted water heating system:-

a) Hospitals and Nursing Home.

b) Hotels, Lodges, Guest Houses, Group Housing with a plot area of 4000 Sq.m

c) Hostels of Schools, Colleges and Training Centers with more than 100 Students.

d) Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.

e) Individual residential buildings having more than 150Sq.m plinth area.

f) Functional Buildings of Railway Stations and Air Ports like waiting rooms, retiring rooms, rest

rooms, inspection bungalows and catering units.

g) Community Centers, Banquet Halls, Barat Ghars, Mangal Karyalayas and buildings for similar

use.

II. Definitions

i)

‘Solar Assisted Water Heating

System’

A device to heat water using solar energy as

heat source.

ii)

‘Auxiliary back-up’

Electricity

operated

or

fuel

fired

boilers/systems to heat water coming out

from solar water heating system to meet

continuous requirement of hot water.

iii)

‘New Building’

Such buildings of above said categories for

which

construction

plans

have

been

submitted to the Authority for clearance.

iv)

‘Existing building’

Such buildings, which are licensed to

perform their respective business.

III. Installation of Solar Water Heating System

a) New Buildings: Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of the aforesaid categories

shall only be given if they have a provision in the building design itself for an insulated pipeline from

the rooftop in the building to various distribution points where hot water is required. The building

must have a provision for continuous water supply to the solar water heating system. The building

should also have open space on the rooftop, which receives direct sunlight. The load bearing

capacity of the roof should at least be 50 kg/Sq. All new buildings of above said categories must

complete installation of solar water heating systems before obtaining necessary license to commence

their business.

b) Existing Buildings: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems in the existing building

shall be made mandatory at the time of change of use to above said category provided there is a

system or installation for supplying hot water.

IV. Capacity: The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on the building of different

categories shall be decided in consultation with the local bodies. The recommended minimum

capacity shall not be less than 25 liters per day for each bathroom and kitchen subject to the

condition that maximum of50% of the total roof area is provided with the system.

V. Specifications: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall conform to BIS

specification IS 12933. The solar collectors used in the system shall have the BIS certification mark.

VI. Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary heating arrangement

either with electric elements or oil of adequate capacity can be provided.

72

11.2.5 Sustainable Waste Management

Zero Waste is a concept of waste management and planning approaches that emphasize waste

prevention as opposed to end waste management. This means restructuring production and

distribution systems, designing and managing products and processes to systematically follow the

3R rule of Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle the volume of waste, to conserve and recover all used

resources, and there for eliminating all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land

pollution.

Zero Waste/ land- fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation at source by

planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by creating public awareness.

The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure, construction &

demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass and steel back into the same and all

residual inert materials can also be converted into bricks. Achieving zero land-fill is more

conveniently possible, if

a) The collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at household level and

b) Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level.

c) The recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even lower levels.

11.2.6 Sustainability of Building Materials

Sustainability of natural resources for building materials shall be ensured through conservation of

available natural resources and use of supplementary materials such as industrial/agricultural by-

products, renewable resources, factory made building components and recycled construction and

demolition waste. Supplementary building materials (derived or processed waste) shall be suitably

used in

combination with conventional resources offers dual advantages in purview of health &

environmental benefits.

Use of Factory made pre-fab/pre-cast and recycled components with Green benefits:

a) Panels, hollow slabs, hollow blocks–etc. - conservation of materials, less water requirement.

b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete, phosphor gypsum based walling &

roofing panels, particle wood – recycled use of industrial/agricultural by-products. (Ref. Table 14)

c) Fly ash/ AAC (Autoclaved aerated light weight concrete) panels/ CLC (Cellular light weight

concrete) panels- ensures thermal comfort (significant reduction in air conditioning requirement)

d) Use of bamboo & rapidly growing plantation timbers- environmental benefits. Local materials are

generally suitable for prevailing geo-climatic conditions & have advantage of low transportation cost

& time. Sustainable use of building materials shall be encouraged which may combine certain

mandatory provisions and incentives.

11.3

Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems

The respective State Governments may prepare their separate Green Rating systems for buildings

by selectively combining/adopting/amending the provisions between the following guidelines:

1. IGBC guidelines by the Confederation of Indian Industries.

2. GRIHA guidelines by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, GoI. In pursuance of the

National Sustainable Habitat Mission on Energy Efficiency in Buildings, the Authority shall

encourage the provisions of the following Energy efficiency guidelines by certain mandatory

provisions and incentives-

3. ECBC guidelines prepared by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power GoI

4. Model Energy Efficiency guidelines. (NSMH Sub report by Bureau of Energy Efficiency)

CHAPTER - 12

12. FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

12.1

Scope

This part covers the requirements of the fire protection for the multi-storeyed buildings (high rise

buildings) and the buildings, which are of 15 m. and above in height and low occupancies of

categories such as Assembly, Institutional, Educational (more than two storeyed and built-up

area exceeds 1000Sq.m), Business (where plot area exceeds 500 Sq.m), Mercantile (where

aggregate covered area exceeds 750 Sq.m), Hotel, Hospital, Nursing Homes, Underground

Complexes, Industrial Storage, Meeting/Banquet Halls, Hazardous Occupancies.

12.2

Procedure for obtaining NOC and Clearance Certificate from DFES

The procedure of obtaining NOC from Department of Fire & Emergency Services (DFES) is

detailed in clause no. 3.10 and the procedure of obtaining Clearance Certificate is detailed

in Clause no. 3.17

73

12.3

Renewal of fire clearance

On the basis of undertaking given by the Applicant and the professional on record, the Chief Fire

Officer shall renew the fire clearance in respect of all High-Rise buildings on annual Basis

12.4

Fee

For augmentation of fire service facilities for effecting rescue/firefighting operation in high rise

building, fee payable to Chief Fire Officer by the applicant(s) along with sets of plans for obtaining

the No Objection Certificate shall be as notified by the Government.

12.5

Responsibility of providing Fire Protection & Fire Fighting Measures

The engaged Competent Professional on record for preparation of plans for NOC and the professional

on record for supervising the works (as per Appendix-I) of the project shall be responsible for

making provisions for fire protection and firefighting measure as provided in this Chapter.

12.6

Terminology

For the purpose of this Chapter all the technical terms shall have the meaning as defined in National

Building Code of India, Part-IV, Fire Protection as amended from time to time but for the terms

which are defined otherwise in these bye-Laws.

12.7

General

The DFES may insist on suitable provisions in the buildings from fire safety and means of escape

point of view depending on the occupancy, height or on account of new developments creating

special fire hazard, in addition to the provision of these building bye laws and part IV (Fire

Protection) of National Building Code of India, which are not contradicting to the provision of the

Zonal Regulations.

12.7.1 Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions / Building Components

The fire resistance ratings for various types of construction for structural and nonstructural

members shall be as given in Table 1 of Part IV of the NBC, 2005.Building elements/components

such as walls, columns, beams and floors shall have the requisite fire resistance rating in

accordance with the accepted standards at Tables 2 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC.

12.7.2 The following Sections MEANS OF ACCESS

As provided in Zonal Regulations.

Provisions of Exterior Open Spaces around the Building:

As provided in Zonal Regulations

12.7.3 EXIT REQUIREMENT

As provided in Section 4.2 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Type of Exits: As provided in Section 4.2.1 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Number of Size of Exits: As provided in Section 4.6 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Arrangements of Exits: As provided in Section 4.5 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Occupant Load: As provided in Section 4.3 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Capacity of Exit: As provided in Section 4.4 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Staircase Requirements: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Minimum Width Provision for Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9.6 of Part 4, NBC 2005

Minimum Width Provision for Passageway/Corridors: As provided in Section 4.8of Part 4, NBC

2005

Doorways: As provided in Section 4.7 of Part 4, NBC 2005

Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005

12.8

Fire Escapes or External Stairs:

a) Fire escape including Occupant load and Travel distance shall not be taken into account while

calculating the number of staircases for a building.

b) All fire escapes shall be directly connected to the ground.

c) Entrance to the fire escape shall be separate and remote from internal staircase.

d) The route to fire escape shall be free of obstructions at all times except the doorway leading to the

fire escape which shall have the required fire resistance.

e) Fire escape shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.

f) Fire escape stairs shall have straight flight not less than 125 cm wide with 25cm treads and risers

not more than 19 cm.

74

g) Handrails shall be at a height not less than 100 cm.

h) Fire escape staircase in the mercantile, business, assembly, hotel buildings above 24 m. height

shall be a fire tower and in such a case width of the same shall not be less than the width of the

main staircase. No combustible material shall be allowed in the fire tower.

12.8.1 Spiral Stairs

a) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to building height of9 m.

b) A spiral stair shall not be less than 150 cm in diameter and shall be designed to give the adequate

headroom.

12.8.2 Staircase Enclosures

a) The external enclosing walls of the staircase shall be of the brick or the R.C.C.

construction having fire resistance of not less than two hours. All enclosed staircases shall have

access through self-closing door of one-hour fire resistance. These shall be single swing doors

opening in the direction of the escape. The door shall be fitted with the check action door closers.

b) The staircase enclosures on the external wall of the building shall be ventilated to the atmosphere

at each landing.

c) Permanent vent at the top equal to the 5% of the cross-sectional area of the enclosure and

openable sashes at each floor level with area equal to 1 to 15% of the cross-sectional area of the

enclosure on external shall be provided. The roof of the shaft shall be at least 1 m. above the

surrounding roof. There shall be no glazing or the glass bricks in any internal closing wall of

staircase. If the staircase is in the core of the building and cannot be ventilated at each landing, a

positive of 5-mm. e.g. by electrically operated blower/blowers shall be maintained.

d) The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shaft shall be so installed that the same shall

operate automatically on fire alarm system/sprinkler system and be provided with manual operation

facilities.

12.8.3 Ramps

a) Ramps of slope of not more than 1 in 8 may be substituted for and shall comply with all the

applicable requirements of all required stairways as to enclosure capacity and limiting dimensions.

Larger slopes shall be provided for special uses but in no case greater than 1 in 8. For all slopes

exceeding 1 in 10and where the use is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be

surfaced with approved non-slipping material.

b) The minimum width of the ramps in the Hospitals shall be 2.4 m. and in the basement using car

parking shall be 6.0 m.

c) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.

d) Ramp shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards of safe place.

e) For building above 24.0 m. in height, access to ramps from any floor of the building shall be

through smoke fire check door.

f) In case of nursing homes, hospitals etc. area exceeding 300Sq.m at each floor one of the exit

facility shall be a ramp of not less than 2.4 m. in width.

12.9

Provision of lifts

a) Provision of the lifts shall be made for all multi-storeyed building having a height of 15.0 m. and

above.

b) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lift. The lift provided in the buildings shall not

be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency.

c) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the lift car in case of

emergency shall also be provided.

d) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery be installed init.

12.9.1 Lift Enclosure/lift

General requirements shall be as follows

a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of two hours. Lift shafts shall have a vent at the top

of area not less than 0.2 Sq.m

b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated from the shaft by the

floor of the room.

c) Landing door in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than one hour.

d) The number of lifts in one lift bank shall not exceed four. A wall of two hours fire rating shall

separate individual shafts in a bank.

e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.

75

f) For buildings 15.0 m. and above in height, collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and

solid doors with fire resistance of at least one hour shall be provided.

g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure between 25 and 30 pa

shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible pressure of 50 pa shall be maintained in the lift

shaft. The mechanism for the pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler

system and it shall be possible to operate this mechanically also.

h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self-closing fire

smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.

i) Lift shall not normally communicate with the basement. If, however, lifts are in communication,

the lift lobby of the basement shall be pressurized as in (g) with self-closing door as in (h).

j) Grounding switch (es), at ground floor level shall be provided to enable the fire service to ground

the lifts.

k) Telephone/talk back communication facilities may be provided in lift cars for communication

system and lifts shall be connected to the fire control room of the building.

l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of the lift lobby shall be made to

prevent water used during firefighting, etc. at any landing from entering the lift shafts.

m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case of

fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a plan

for each floor showing the location of the stairways. Floor marking shall be done at each floor on the

wall in front of the lift-landing door.

n) Alternate power supply shall be provided in all the lifts.

12.9.2 Fire Lift

Following details shall apply for a fire lift in addition to above requirements:

a) To enable fire service personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum delay, one or more of

the lifts shall be so designed so as to be available for the exclusive use of the fireman in an

emergency and be directly accessible to every dwelling/let table floor space on each floor.

b) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 Sq.m It shall have a loading capacity of not less

than 545 kg. (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors.

c) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains ina building and the

cables run in a route safe from fire that is within a lift shaft. Lights and fans in the elevator having

wooden paneling or sheet steel construction shall be operated on 24-volt supply.

d) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically switch over to the alternate

supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be done through manually operated

changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift should be so wired that in case of power failure, it comes

down at the ground level and comes to stand still with door open.

e) The operation of a fire lift shall by a single toggle of two-button switch situated in a glass-fronted

box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switches on landing; call points will become

inoperative and the lift will be on car control only or on a priority control device. When the switch is

off, the lift will return to normal working. This lift can be used by the occupants in normal times.

f) The words ‘F1RE LIFT’ shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on the lift landing

doors at each floor level.

g) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach to the top floor from ground level within

one minute.

12.10

Basement

As provided in Chapter- 4 of these Building Bye-Laws.

12.10.1

Requirements

i) The access to the basement shall be either from the main or alternate staircase providing access

and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is continue the same shall be enclosed type serving

as a fire separation from the basement floor and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they

are constructed within the building line subject to the provision of the (iv).

ii) In case of basement for office, sufficient number of exit ways and access ways shall be provided

with a travel distance not more than 15.0 m. The travel distance in case of dead-end shall be 7.5 m.

iii) The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be more than 500Sq.m and

less than 50 Sq.m area except parking. Each compartment shall have ventilation standards as laid

down in Bye-Laws separately and independently. The partition shall be made in consultation with

Chief Fire Officer.

iv) The first basement (fully below ground level) can be used or services/parking/other permissible

services. Lower basements, if provided, shall

exclusively be used for car parking only.

76

v) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area(aggregate) not less

than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall be

provided in the form of grills or breakable starboard lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts.

Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at

basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with starboard or

pavement lights as before. But ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor level have to be laid.

Starboard and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the firemen and clearly

marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near the opening.

vi) The staircase of basement shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not less than two

hours and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at ground level only from

the open air and in such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct any

exit serving the ground and upper stories of the building and shall communicate with basement

through a lobby provided with fire resisting self-closing door of one hour rating. In case of basement

being used as car parking only, the travel distance shall be 45 m

vii) In multi-storeyed basements, intake duct may serve all basements levels, but each basement

and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Mechanical extractors

for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be provided. The system shall be of

such design as to operate on actuation of smoke, heat sensitive detectors/sprinklers, if installed,

and shall have a considerably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also

have an arrangement to start it manually.

viii)Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement so that extractors shall

continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire detectors.

Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or distress

call. However, for normal operation, only 30 air changes or any other convenient factor can be

maintained.

ix) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternate source of power supply.

x) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or RCC as

far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer area of electrical switchboard, fire

dampers shall be provided.

xi) Kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted in basement/sub-basement.

xii) If cutouts are provided from basement to the upper floors or to the atmosphere, all side cutout

openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler headset closed spacing so as to form a

water curtain in the event of a fire.

xiii) Dewatering pump shall be provided in all bases.

12.11

Provision of helipad

All high-rise buildings of height 200 m. and above shall have provision for a Helipad as per clause

no 6.5.8 of the Bye-Laws. The same shall be approved by the Authority.

12.12

Service ducts/refuge chute

a) Service duct shall be enclosed by walls and door, if any, of 2 hours fire rating. If ducts are larger

than 10 Sq.m the floor should seal them, but provide suitable opening for the pipes to pass through,

with the gaps sealed.

b) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided between one fourth and one-half of

the area of the shaft. Refuge chutes shall have an outlet at least of wall of non-combustible material

with fire resistance of not less than two hours. They shall not be located within the staircase

enclosure or service shafts or air-conditioning shafts. Inspection panel and door shall be tight fitting

with 1 hour fire resistance; the chutes should be as far away as possible form exits.

c) Refuge chutes shall not be provided in staircase walls and A/C shafts etc.

12.13

Electrical services

Electrical Services shall conform to the following:

a) The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in a separate duct shall be sealed at every

floor with non-combustible material having the same fire resistance as that of the duct. Low and

medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in separate conduits.

b) Water mains, telephone wires, inter-com lines, gas pipes or any other service lines shall not be

laid in ducts for electric cables.

c) Separate conduits for water pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for

pressuring system shall be directly from the main switch panel and these circuits shall be laid in

separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not affect the others. Master switches

controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labeled.

77

d) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with airtight fire

doors having fire resistance of not less than 1 hour.

e) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts, and within false ceiling shall run in metal

conduits. Any 230 voltage wiring for lighting or other services, above false ceiling should have 660V

grade insulation. The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its suspension shall be of non-

combustible material.

f) An independent and well-ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground floor with direct

access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of termination of electrical supply from the

licenses service and alternative supply cables. The doors provided for the service room shall have fire

resistance of not less than 1 hour.

g) Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) and Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) shall be provided for

electrical circuit.

12.14

Staircase and corridor lights

The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be independently

connected so that it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor easily

accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individual control of the

light points, if any. It should be of miniature circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid

replacement of fuse in case of crisis.

a) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate source of power supply.

b) Suitable arrangement shall be made by installing double throw switches tonsure that the lighting

installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to two sources of supply

simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the service room for terminating the stand

by supply.

c) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor.

12.15

Air-conditioning

a) Air- conditioning system should be installed and maintained so as to minimize the danger of

spread of fire, smoke or fumes thereby from one floor of fire area to another or from outside into any

occupied building or structure. –

b) Air -Conditioning systems circulating air to more than one floor area should be provided with

dampers designed to close automatically in case of fire and thereby prevent spread of fire or smoke.

Such a system should also be provided with automatic controls to stop fans in case of fire, unless

arranged to remove smoke from a fire, in which case these should be designed to remain in

operation.

c) Air- conditioning system serving large places of assembly (over one thousand persons), large

departmental stores, or hostels with over 100 rooms in a single block should be provided with

effective means for preventing circulation of smoke through the system in the case of fire in air

filters or from other sources drawn into the system even though there is insufficient heat to actuate

heat smoke sensitive devices controlling fans or dampers. Such means shall consist of approved

effective smoke sensitive controls.

12.15.1

Air- Conditioning should conform to the following:

a) Escape routes like staircase, common corridors, lift lobbies; etc. should not bemuse as return air

passage.

b) The ducting should be constructed of metal in accordance with BIS 655:1963

c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floor, the opening around the ducts should be

sealed with fire resisting material of same rating as of walls/floors.

d) Metallic ducts should be used even for the return air instead of space above the false ceiling.

e) The material used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) should be of flame resistant

(IS 4355: 1977) and non- conductor of heat.

f) Area more than 750 Sq.m on individual floor should be segregated by a firewall and automatic fire

dampers for isolation should be provided.

g) In case of more than one floor, arrangement by way of automatic fire dampers for isolating the

ducting at every floor from the floor should be made. Where plenums used for return air passage,

ceiling and its features and air filters of the air handling units, these should be flame resistant.

Inspection panels should be provided in the main trenching. No combustible material should be

fixed nearer than 15 cm. to any duct unless such ducting is properly enclosed and protected with

flame resistant material

h) In case of buildings more than 24 m. in height, in non-ventilated lobbies, corridors, smoke

extraction shaft should be provided.

78

12.15.2

Fire Dampers

a) These shall be located in air ducts and return air ducts/passages at the following points:

i) At the fire separation wall.

ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.

iii) Where the ducts pass through floors.

iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each compartment on every floor.

b) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off the air- handling

fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.

Note: For blowers, where extraction system and dust accumulators are used, dampers shall be

provided.

c) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for building more than 24 main height.

For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies/corridor operated by detection system and manual

control sprinkler system. For other buildings on operation of smoke/heat detection system and

manual control/sprinkler system.

d) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in the direction of air

movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible link.

12.16

Boiler Room

Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act, 2007.

Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of boiler/ boiler

room -

a) The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement, but may be allowed in the basement away from

the escape routes.

b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours’ fire resistance rating, and this

room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pits shall be provided at the low

level.

c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 hours’ fire resistance.

d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhaust directly to the

atmosphere.

e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire

resisting wall of 4 hours rating. The entrance to this room shall be provided with double composite

doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil

into boiler room in case of tank rupture.

f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the ground level to enable

the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

12.17

Alternate source of electric supply

A stand by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting

circuits, lifts detection system, fire pumps, pressurization fans and bowlers, Public Address (PA)

system, exit sign, smoke extraction system, in case of failure of normal electric supply. The

generator shall be capable of taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above

simultaneously. If the standby

pump is driven by diesel engine; the generator supply need not be connected to the standby pump.

The generator shall be automatic in operation.

12.18

Safety measures in electric sub-station

1) Clear independent approach to the sub-station from outside the building shall be made available

round the clock

2) The approaches/corridors to the sub-station area shall be kept clear for movement of men and

material at all times.

3) The sub-station space is required to be provided with proper internal lighting arrangements.

4) In addition to natural ventilation proper ventilation to the sub-station area is to be provided by

grill shutters and exhaust fans at suitable places so as to discharge all smoke from the sub-station

without delay in case of fire so that sub-station operations can be carried out expeditiously.

5) Cable trenches of 0.6 m. X 0.6 m. dummy floor of 0.6 m. depth shall be provided to facilitate

laying of cable inside the building for connecting to the equipment.

6) Steel shutters of 8’X 8’ with suitable grills shall be provided for transformers and sub-station

room.

7) The floor of the sub-station should be capable of carrying 10 tons of transformer weight on

wheels.

8) Built up substation space is to be provided free of cost.

79

9) Sub-station space should be clear from any water, sewer, air conditioning, and gas pipe or

telephone services. No other service should pass through the sub-station space or the cable

trenches.

10) Proper ramp with suitable slope may be provided for loading and unloading of the equipment

and proper approach will be provided.

11) RCC pipes at suitable places as required will be provided for the cable entries to the sub-station

space and making suitable arrangement for non-ingress of water through these pipes.

12) The sub-station space is to be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered area of the building.

13) Any other alteration /modification required while erection of the equipment will be made by the

Owner / builder at site as per requirement.

14) Adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block above the fixing is available for load of 15

tons.

15) Provision shall be kept for the sumps so as to accommodate complete volume of transformer oil,

which can spillover in the event of explosion of the transformer in the basement of the building.

Sufficient arrangement should exist to avoid fire in the sub-station building from spread of the oil

from the sumps.

16) Arrangement should be made for the provision of fire retardant cables so as to avoid chances of

spread of fire in the sub-station building.

17) Sufficient pumping arrangement should exist for pumping the water out, in case of fire so as to

ensure minimum loss to the switchgear and transformer.

18) No combustible material should be stacked inside the substation premises or in the vicinity to

avoid chances of fire.

19) It should be made mandatory that the promoters of the multi-storeyed building should get

substation premises inspected once a year to get their license revalidated for the provision of electric

supply from Electricity Board so that suitable action can be taken against the Owner / Builder in

case of non- implementation of Bye-Laws.

20) The sub-station must not be located below the 1st basement and above the ground floor.

21) The sub-station space should be totally segregated from the other areas of the basement by fire

resisting wall. The ramp should have a slope of 1:10 with entry room ground level. The entire Sub-

station space including the entrance aground floor is handed over to the licensee of electricity free of

cost and rent.

22) The sub-station area shall have a clear height of 15 feet (4.5 m.) below beams. Further the Sub-

station area will have level above the rest of basement level by 2 feet.

23) It is to be ensured that the Sub-station area is free of seepage / leakage of water.

24) The licensee of electricity will have the power to disconnect the supply of the building in case of

violation of any of the above points. However, provision of emergency lights has to be made in the

sub-station for emergency operations.

25) Electric sub-station enclosure must be completely segregated with 4-hoursfire rating wall from

remaining part of basement.

26) The sub-station should be located on periphery /sub-basement and (not aboveground floor).

27) Additional exit shall be provided if travel distance from farthest corner tramp is more than l5 m.

28) Perfect independent vent system 30 air changes per hour linked with detection as well as

automatic high velocity water spray system shall be provided.

29) All the transformers shall be protected with Nitrogen Injection System Carbon Dioxide total

flooding system in case of oil filled transformer. In addition to this, manual control of auto high

velocity spray system for individual transformers shall be located outside the building at ground

floor.

30) Suitable arrangement for pump house, water storage tanks with main electrical pump and a

diesel-operated pump shall be made if no such arrangement is provided in the building. In case the

water pumping facilities are existing in the building for sprinkler system, the same should however

be utilized for high velocity water spray system. Alternatively, automatic CO2 total flooding system

shall be provided with manual controls outside the electric sub-station.

31) System shall have facility to give an audio alarm in the basement as well as at the control room.

32) Fire control room shall be manned round the clock.

33) The electric sub-station shall have electric supply from alternate source for operation of vent

System lighting arrangements.

34) Cable trenches shall be filled with sand.

35) Partition walls shall be provided between two transformers as per the rules.

36) Electric control panels shall be segregated.

37) Exits from basement electric substation shall have self-closing fire smoke check doors of 2-hours

fire rating near entry to ramp.

38) All openings to lower basement or to ground floor shall be sealed properly.

80

39) Yearly inspection shall be carried out by electrical load sanctioning Authority.

40) Ramp to be designed in a manner that in case of fire no smoke should enter the main building.

41) Electric sub-station transformer shall have clearance on all sides as per MBBL/relevant electric

rules.

42) Other facility will be as per Building Bye-Laws and relevant electric rules.

43) Rising electrical mains shall consist of metal bus bars suitably protected from safety point of

view.

44) Oil less transformer shall be preferred. If the sub-station is located in basement / ground floor of

the main building, the transformers shall be essentially of dry type. In case of dry type transformer

room with wall enclosure is not essential.

Note: The sub-station installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire regulations and

rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC guidelines shall be followed.

12.19

Fire protection requirements

Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and thissha1l be done in

accordance with part IV Fire Protection of NBC, 2005 of India, unless otherwise specified in the

Zonal Regulations and these Bye-Laws. In the case of High Rise buildings NOC &Clearance

Certificate has to be obtained from DFES.

12.19.1

First Aid /Fixed Fire Fighting /Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities

Provision of fire safety arrangement for different occupancy from. Sl.No. 1 to 23 as indicated below

shall be as per Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’.

1. Access

2. Wet Riser

3. Down Comer

4. Hose Reel

5. Automatic Sprinkler System

6. Yard Hydrant

7. U.G. Tank with Draw off Connection

8. Terrace Tanks

9 Fire Pump

10. Terrace Pump

11. First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances

12. Auto Detection System

13. Manual operated Electrical Fire Alarm System

14. P.A System with talk back facility

15. Emergency Light

16. Auto D.G. Set

17. Illuminated Exit Sign

18. Means of Escape

19. Compartmentation

20. MCB /ELCB

21. Fire Man Switch in Lift

22. Hose Boxes with Delivery Hoses and Branch

23. Pipes Refuge Area

12.19.1.1 Note for Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’

1. Where more than one riser is required because of large floor area, the quantity of water and pump

capacity recommended in these Annexure should be finalized in consultation with Chief Fire Officer.

2. The above quantities of water shall be exclusively for firefighting and shall note utilized for

domestic or other use.

3. A facility to boost up water pressure in the riser directly from the mobile pump shall be provided

in the wet riser, down comer system with suitable fire service inlets (collecting head) with 2 to 4

numbers of 63 mm inlets for 100-200 mm dia. main, with check valve and a gate valve.

4. Internal diameter of rubber hose for reel shall be minimum 20 mm. A shut off branch with nozzle

of 5 mm. size shall be provided.

5. Fire pumps shall have positive suctions. The pump house shall be adequately ventilated by using

normal/mechanical means. A clear space of 1.0 m. shall be kept in between the pumps and

enclosure for easy movement/maintenance. Proper testing facilities and control panel etc. shall be

provided.

6. Unless otherwise specified in Bye-Laws, the firefighting equipment’s/ installation shall conform to

relevant Indian Standard Specification.

81

7 In case of mixed occupancy, the firefighting arrangement shall be made as per the highest class of

occupancy, unless fire separation walls are provided between different occupancies.

8. Requirement of water based first aid fire extinguishers shall be reduced to half if hose reel is

provided in the Building.

12.20

Static water storage tank

a) A satisfactory supply of water exclusively for the purpose of firefighting shall always be available

in the form of underground static storage tank with capacity specified in Annexure-’A’ with

arrangements of replenishment by town’s main or alternative source of supply @ 1000 liters per

minute. The static storage water supply required for the above mentioned purpose should entirely be

accessible to the fire tenders of the local fire service. Provision of suitable number of manholes shall

be made available for inspection repairs and insertion of suction hose etc. The covering slab shall be

able to withstand the vehicular load of 45 tons in case of high rise and 22 tons in case of low rise

buildings. A

draw off connection shall be provided. The slab need not strengthened if the static tank is not

located in mandatory seat- back area.

b) To prevent stagnation of water in the static water tank the suction tank of the domestic water

supply shall be fed only through an over flow arrangement to maintain the level therein at the

minimum specified capacity.

c) The static water storage tank shall be provided with a fire brigade collecting branching with 4 Nos.

63mm dia. instantaneous male inlets arranged in a valve box with a suitable fixed pipe not less than

15 cm dia. to discharge water into the tank. This arrangement is not required where down comer is

provided.

12.21

Automatic sprinklers

Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the following buildings:

a) All buildings of 24 m. and above in height, except group housing and 45m and above in case of

apartment /group housing society building.

b) Hotels below 15 m. in height and above 1000 Sq.m built up area at each floor and or if basement

is existing.

c) All hotels, mercantile, and institutional buildings of 15 m. and above.

d) Mercantile buildings having basement more than one floor but below 15 m.(floor area not

exceeding 750 Sq.m)

e) Underground Shopping Complex.

f) Underground car / scooter parking /enclosed car parking.

g) Basement area 200 Sq.m and above.

h) Any special hazards where the Chief Fire Officer considers it necessary.

i) For buildings up to 24 m. in height where automatic sprinkler system is not mandatory as per

these Bye-Laws, if provided with sprinkler installation following relaxation may be considered.

ii) Automatic heat/smoke detection system and M.C.P. need not be insisted upon.

iii) The number of Fire Extinguisher required shall be reduced by half.

12.22

Fixed Carbon di-oxide /Foam/DCO water spray extinguishing system

Fixed extinguishing installations shall be provided as per the relevant specifications in the premises

where use of above extinguishing media is considered necessary by the Chief Fire Officer.

12.23

Fire alarm system

All buildings of 15 m. and above in height shall be equipped with fire alarm system, and also

residential buildings (Dwelling House, Boarding House and Hostels) above24 m. height.

a) All residential buildings like dwelling houses (including flats) boarding houses and hostels shall

be equipped with manually operated electrical fire alarm system with one or more call boxes located

at each floor. The location of the call boxes shall be decided after taking into consideration their floor

without having to travel more than 22.5 m.

b) The call boxes shall be of the break glass type without any moving parts, where the call is

transmitted automatically to the control room without any other action on the part of the person

operating the call boxes.

c) All call boxes shall be wired in a closed circuit to a control panel in a control room, located as per

Bye-Laws so that the floor number from where the callbox is actuated is clearly indicated on the

control panel. The circuit shall also include one or more batteries with a capacity of 48 hours normal

working at full load. The battery shall be arranged to be a continuously trickle charged from the

electric mains.

82

d) The call boxes shall be arranged to sound one or more sounders so as to ensure that all

occupants of the floor shall be warned whenever any call box is actuated.

e) The call boxes shall be so installed that they do not obstruct the exit ways and yet their location

can easily be noticed from either direction. The base of the call box shall be at a height of 1.5 m.

from the floor level.

f) All buildings other than as indicated above shall, in addition to the manually operated electrical

fire alarm system, be equipped with an automatic fire alarm system.

g) Automatic detection system shall be installed in accordance with the relevant standard

specifications. In buildings where automatic sprinkler system is provided, the automatic detection

system may not be insisted upon unless decided otherwise by the Chief Fire Officer

Note: The installation of Fire Alarm Systems shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire

regulations and rules, there under whenever they are in force and the provisions in local byelaws, if

any. Several types of fire detectors are available in the market but the application of each type is

limited and has to be carefully considered in relation to the type of risk and the structural features of

the building where they are to be installed.

12.24

Control Room

There shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with communication system

(suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for receiving the message from different

floors. Details of all floor plans along with the details of firefighting equipment and installation shall

be maintained in the Control Room. The Control Room shall also have facility to detect the fire on

any floor through indicator boards connecting fire detection and alarm system on all floors. The staff

in charge of the Control Room shall be responsible for the maintenance of the various services and

firefighting equipment and installation. The Control Room shall be manned round the clock by

trained firefighting staff.

12.25

Fire drills and fire orders

The guidelines for fire drill and evacuation etc. for high-rise building may be seen in Appendix (B) of

NBC 2005 part IV. All such buildings shall prepare the fire orders duly approved by the Chief Fire

Officer.

A qualified fire officer and trained staff shall be appointed for the following buildings:

a) All high rise buildings above 30 m. in height where covered area of one floor exceeds 1000 Sq.m

except apartments / group housing.

b) All hotels, identified under classification 3 star and above category by Tourism Department and

all hotels above 15 m. in height with 150 beds capacity or more without star category.

c) All hospital building of 15 m. and above or having number of beds exceeding100.

d) Underground shopping complex where covered area exceeds 1000 Sq.m

e) All high hazard industries.

f) Any other risk which Chief Fire Officer considers necessary.

The lightening protection warning light (red) for high-rise buildings shall be provided in accordance

with the relevant standard. The same shall be checked by electrical department.

12.26

Material used for construction of building

a) The combustible/flammable material shall not be used for partitioning, wall paneling, false ceiling

etc. Any material giving out toxic gases/smoke if involved in the fire shall not be used for

partitioning of a floor or wall paneling or a false ceiling etc. The surface frames spread of the lining

material shall conform to class- I of the standard specification. The framework of the entire false

ceiling would be provided with metallic sections and no wooden framework shall be allowed for

paneling/false ceiling.

b) Construction features/elements of structures shall conform to National Building Code and BIS

code.

12.27

Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

The

use

of

LPG

shall

not

be

permitted

in

the

high-rise

building

except

residential/hotel/hostel/kitchen/pantry (if any) and shall be located at the periphery of the building

on the ground level.

12.28

House keeping

A high standard of housekeeping must be insisted upon by all concerned. There must be no laxity in

this respect. It must be borne in mind that fire safety independent to a large extent upon good

housekeeping.

83

12.28.1

Good House-Keeping includes the following: -

a) Maintaining the entire premises in neat and clean condition.

b) Ensuring that rubbish and combustible material are not thrown about or allowed to accumulate,

even in small quantity, in any portion of the building. Particular attention must be paid to corners

and places hidden from view.

c) Providing metal receptacles/waste paper basket (of non-combustible material) at suitable

locations for disposal of waste. Separate receptacles must be provided for disposal of cotton

rags/waste, wherever it is generated, these must under no circumstances be left lying around in any

portion of the building.

d) Ensuring that receptacles for waste are emptied at regular intervals and the waste removed

immediately for safe disposal outside the building.

e) Ensuring that all doors/fixtures are maintained in good repairs, particular attention must be paid

to self-closing fire smoke check doors and automatic fire/doors/rolling shutters.

f) Ensuring that self-closing fire/smoke check doors close properly and that the doors are not

wedged open.

g) Ensuring that the entire structure of the building is maintained in good repairs.

h) Ensuring that all electrical and mechanical service equipment’s are maintained in good working

condition at all times.

i) Ensuring that Cars /Scooters etc. are parked systematically in neat rows. It is advisable to mark

parking lines on the ground in the parking areas near the building and in the parking area on

ground floor and in basement(s); as applicable, inside the building. A parking attendant must

ensure that vehicles are parked in an orderly manner and that the vehicles do not encroach upon

the open space surrounding the building.

12.28.2

Smoking Restrictions

a) Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the basement(s) and in all areas where there is a

profusion of combustible materials. Easily readable ‘NO SMOKING’ signs must be conspicuously

posted at locations where they can catch the eye. Each sign must also include a pictograph. The

sign may also be illuminated.

b) In all places where smoking is permitted.

12.28.3

Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)

Where parking facility is provided in the basement(s) no person other than the floor parking

attendant may be allowed to enter and remain in the parking areas except for parking and removal

of Cars/Scooters. Regular offices must not be maintained in the storage/parking area in the

basement(s) unless separated by Fire separation walls. The stores/go down must be opened for the

limited purpose of keeping or removing stores. No person other than those on duty may be permitted

in the air-conditioning plant room(s), HT/LT switch room, transformer compartment, control room

pump-house, generator room, stores and records etc.

12.29

Fire prevention

In addition to the measures recommended above, the following fire prevention measures must be

implemented when the building is in occupation.

a) Storage of flammable substances, such as diesel oil, gasoline, motor oils, etc. must not be allowed

anywhere within the building. The only exception to this rule may be:

i) Storage of diesel oil in a properly installed tank in a fire-resisting compartment in the generator

room;

ii) Diesel oil, gasoline, motor oil etc., filled in the vehicle tanks.

b) Preparation of tea and warming of food must be prohibited throughout the hazardous building.

c) Where heaters are used during winters, the following precautions must be taken.

i) All heaters, except convector heaters, must be fitted with guards.

ii) Heaters must not be placed in direct contact with or too close to any combustible material.

iii) Heaters must be kept away from curtains to ensure that the latter do not blow over the heater

accidentally.

iv) Heaters must not be left unattended while they are switched on.

v) Defective heaters must be immediately removed from service until they have been repaired and

tested for satisfactory performance.

vi) Use of heaters must be prohibited in the entire basement, fire control room and in all-weather

maker rooms throughout the building. Also in all places where there is profusion of combustible

flammable materials.

d) Fluorescent lights must not be directly above the open file racks in offices/record rooms. Where

this is unavoidable, such lights must be switched on only for as long as they are needed.

84

e) Filling up of old furniture and other combustible materials such as scrap paper, rags, etc. must

not be permitted anywhere in the building. These must be promptly removed from the building.

f) More than one portable electrical appliance must not be connected to any single electrical outlet.

g) Used stencils, ink smeared combustible materials and empty ink tubes must note allowed to

accumulate in rooms/compartments where cyclostyling is done. These must be removed and

disposed of regularly.

h) All shutters/doors of main switch panels and compartments/shafts for electrical cables must be

kept locked.

i) Aisles in record rooms and stores must have a clear uniform width of not less than 1.0 m. Racks

must not be placed directly against the wall/partition.

j) In record rooms, offices and stores, a clear space of not less than 30 cm. must be maintained

between the top-most stack of stores/records and the or lighting fittings whichever is lower.

k) A similar clearance, and at (k) above must be maintained from fire detectors.

l) Fire detectors must not be painted under any circumstances and must also be kept free from

lime/distemper.

m) Records must not be piled/dumped on the floor.

n) Welding or use of blow torch shall not be permitted inside the building, except when it is done

under strict supervision and in full conformity with the requirements laid down in IS: 3016-1966

code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operation.

o) Printing ink/oil must not be allowed to remain on the floor, the floor must be maintained in a

clean condition at all times.

12.30

Occupancy restrictions

a) The premises leased to any party shall be used strictly for the purpose for which they are leased.

b) No dangerous trade/practices (including experimenting with dangerous chemicals) shall be

carried on in the leased premises.

c) No dangerous goods shall be stored within the leased premises.

d) The common/public corridor shall be maintained free of obstructions, and the occupants shall

not put up any fixtures that may obstruct the passage in the corridor and/or shall not keep any

wares, furniture or other articles in the corridor.

e) The penalty for contravention of the condition mentioned above must be immediate termination of

lease and removal of all offending materials.

f) Regular inspection and checks must be carried out at frequent intervals tonsure compliance with

conditions above.

Note: For any further details / clarification NBC, Part 4 shall be referred. Norms and standards in Part

4 of NBC 2005 shall be overriding in any instance of variance of standards.2

CHAPTER - 13

13. CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDINGHERITAGE BUILDINGS, HERITAGE

PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS

The objective of this regulation shall be to conserve, regulate and manage buildings, artifacts,

structures, areas and precincts of historic and / or aesthetic and / or architectural and / or cultural

significance and / or environmental significance (heritage buildings and heritage precincts) and / or

natural features of environmental significance and or sites of science beauty, so as to promote

heritage sensitive development.

13.1

Applicability:

This regulation shall apply to all heritage sites, buildings, heritage precincts and natural features

declared under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961. Including those declared by

Archeological Survey of India and State Archeology Department.

13.2

Composition of heritage conservation committee:

For the city, there shall be Heritage Committee (hereinafter referred to as the Committee) consisting

of the following Members appointed by the State Government.

TABLE 13.1 Composition of heritage conservation committee for Bengaluru:

1.

Commissioner, Bruhath Bengaluru MahanagaraPalike

Chairman

2.

Structural Engineer having experience of at least 10 years

in the field and membership of the Institute of Engineers

(India)

Member

85

3.

Architect having

at least

10

years’ experience in

Architecture and five years in heritage conservation

architecture

and

membership

of

the

Council

of

Architecture.

Member

4.

Environmentalist with recognized post graduate degree

having in depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

the subject

Member

5.

Academician

possessing

a

doctorate

in

History

/

Archeology and having knowledge of the region for at least

10 years.

Member

6.

Natural historian possessing post-graduation in Botany /

Zoology / Forestry preferably with Ph.D. degree having 10

years’ experience in the field.

Member

7.

Artist possessing degree in fine arts and at least 10 years’

experience in the field.

Member

8.

Representative of ASI, Government of India.

Member

9.

Commissioner,

Archeology,

Museums

and

Heritage

Department, Mysore or his nominee.

Member

10. Representative of two local NGO’s in existence for more

than 3 years.

Member

11. Representative of IHCN (Indian heritage Cities Network),

Mysore

Member

12. Director of Town and County Planning or his nominee

Member

13. Commissioner, Bengaluru Development Authority.

Member Secretary

Table 13.2 Composition of heritage conservation committee for Other Corporation Areas:

1.

Deputy Commissioner

Chairman

2.

Structural Engineer having experience of at least 10 years

in the field and membership of the Institute of Engineers

(India)

Member

3.

Architect

having

at

least

10

years’

experience

in

Architecture and five years in heritage conservation

architecture

and

membership

of

the

Council

of

Architecture.

Member

4.

Environmentalist with recognized post graduate degree

having in depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

the subject.

Member

5.

Academician possessing a doctorate in History / Archeology

and having knowledge of the region for at least 10 years.

Member

6.

Natural historian possessing post-graduation in Botany /

Zoology / Forestry preferably with Ph.D. Degree having 10

years’ experience in the field.

Member

7.

Artist possessing degree in fine arts and at least 10 years’

experience in the field.

Member

8.

Representative of ASI, Government of India.

Member

9.

Commissioner,

Archaeology,

Museums

and

Heritage

Department Mysore or his nominee.

Member

86

10. Representative of two NGO’s in existence for more than 3

years

Member

11. Representative of IHCN (Indian heritage Cities Network),

Mysore

Member

12. Joint Director of Town Planning / Deputy Director of Town

Planning / Assistant Director of Town Planning, respective

City Corporation.

Member

13. Commissioner, Urban Development Authority.

Member Secretary

TABLE 13.3 Composition of heritage conservation committee for all other Towns/Cities -at

District level:

1. Deputy Commissioner

Chairman

2.

Commissioner

of

respective

Urban

Development

Authority.

Member

3. Commissioner of respective City Municipal Council.

Member

4. Chief Officer or respective Town Municipal Council.

Member

5. Chief Officer of respective Town Panchayat.

Member

6.

Structural Engineer having experience of at least 10

years in the field and membership of the Institute of

Engineers (India)

Member

7. Architect having at least 10 years’ experience in

Architecture and five years in heritage conservation

architecture

and

membership

of

the

Council

of

Architecture.

Member

8. Environmentalist with recognized post graduate degree

having in depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

the subject.

Member

9. Academician possessing a doctorate in History /

Archeology and having knowledge of the region for at

least 10 years.

Member

10. Natural historian possessing post-graduation in Botany

/ Zoology / Forestry preferably with Ph.D. Degree having

10 years’ experience in the field.

Member

11. Artist possessing degree in fine arts and at least 10

years’ experience in the field.

Member

12. Representative of ASI, Government of India.

Member

13. Commissioner, Archaeology, Museums and Heritage

Department Mysore or his nominee.

Member

14. Representative of two NGO’s in existence for more than 3

years.

Member

15. Representative of IHCN (Indian heritage Cities Network),

Mysore

Member

16. Asst. Director of Town Planning of the respective district

Member

17. Project Director, DUDC Cell

Member Secretary

a) The Committee shall have the power to appoint two additional members who may have lesser

experience, but who have special knowledge of the subject matter.

b) The tenure of the Member of category (2) to (7) and (10) in table – 13.1 and 12.2category (6) to

(11) and (14) of table-13.3 shall be for three years provided however that the same person shall be

87

eligible for three years provided however that the same person shall be eligible for reappointment as

Member.

c) The quorum for the meeting of the Committee specified in table 13.1 and 13.2 shall be five

members including the Chairperson and for the Committee specified in table 13.3 shall be seven

members including the Chairperson. Any vacancy in the office of members shall not vitiate any

decision taken by the majority of the members present.

d) The terms of reference of committee shall be, inter-alia,

i. To advise the Local Authority whether development permission should be granted under this

Regulation and the condition under which permission may be accorded.

ii. To prepare a list of buildings, artifacts, structures, areas, precincts of historic, aesthetic,

architectural, cultural or environmental significance and a supplementary list of natural features of

environmental significance or scenic beauty including sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies

(and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas etc., to which this Regulation would

apply from time to time,

and grade them according to the heritage value.

iii. To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration or variance of any of the Zonal

Regulations / Building Byelaws, is called for.

iv. To assist the Archeology, Museums and Heritage Department (AM&HD) in framing regulations for

specific precincts and if necessary for natural features to guide the planning / Local / competent

Authority regarding issue of permissions.

v. To advise on the extent of Development Rights Certificates to be granted.

vi. To advise whether Development Right Certificates may be allowed to be consumed in a heritage

precinct.

vii. To advise in terms of this regulations whether to allow commercial / office / hotel use of a

heritage building and when to terminate the same.

viii. To advise the Planning / Local / competent Authority in the operation of advertisements / bill

boards / street furniture.

ix. To make recommendation to the Local Authority / competent Authority regarding guidelines to be

adopted by those private parties or public / government agencies that sponsor beautification

schemes near heritage building and precincts at public intersections and elsewhere.

x. To provide technical advice, if possible, on guidelines to the owner of heritage buildings /

precincts to protect, conserve or restore them.

xi. To recommend / advice the AM&HD in preparing special designs and guidelines /publications for

listed buildings, control of height and essential facade characteristics such as maintenance of

special types of balconies and other heritage items of the buildings and to suggest suitable designs

adopting appropriate material for replacements keeping the old form intact to the extent possible.

xii. To recommend / advice the AM&HD in preparing guidelines relating to design elements and

conservation principles to be adhered to and to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this

regulation.

xiii. To advise the Local Authority on any other issues as may be required from time to time during

course of scrutiny of development permissions and in overall interest of heritage / environmental

conservation.

xiv. To appear before the government either independently or through or on behalf of the Local

Authority in cases of listed buildings / heritage buildings and listed precincts /heritage precincts

and listed natural features.

13.3

Procedure for the preparation of list of heritage sites and buildings, heritage

precincts listed natural features.

The list of heritage sites and buildings, heritage precincts and additions thereto will be declared by

the Local Authority on the advice of the Committee and notified accordingly.

Provided that before the list is so declared, objections and suggestions granting at least 15 days’

time from the public shall be invited by newspaper notification in at least two local newspapers.

Restrictions on the Heritage precincts shall be in force with effect from the date of such newspaper

notification by the Local Authority, provided further that such listing does not prevent change of

ownership or usage.

The list may be supplemented from time to time by the Government on receipt of proposal from the

agency concerned or by Government sue motto, provide that before the list is supplemented,

objections and suggestions from the public are invited duly considered.

88

13.4

Criteria for listing of Heritage Sites:

(a)

Value for architectural, historical or cultural reasons

A

Architectural

A(arc)

Historical

A(his)

Cultural

A(cul)

(b)

The date and / or period and / or design and / or unique use of

the building or artifact

B

Building or artifact

Period

B (per)

Design

B (des)

Use

B (use)

(c)

Relevance to social or economic history

C (seh)

(d)

Association with well-known persons or event

D (bio)

(e)

A building or group of buildings and / or areas of distinct

architectural design and / or style, historic period or way of life

having sociological interest and / or community value

E

Style

Historical

(f)

The unique value of building or architectural feature or artifact

and / or being part of a chain of architectural development that

would be broken if it were lost

F

(g)

Its value as a part of a group of buildings

G (gr)

(h)

Representing forms of technological development

H(tec)

(i)

Vistas of natural / scenic beauty or interest, including water-

front areas, distinctive and / or planned lines of sight, street lines

of sight, street line, skyline or topographical

1(se)

(j)

Open spaces sometimes integrally planned with their associated

areas having a distinctive way of life which have the potential to

be areas of recreation.

J

(k)

Natural Heritage sites

NH

(l)

Sites of scenic beauty

(sec)

13.5

Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts:

Heritage Buildings, heritage precincts shall be graded as I, II, III as follows:-

GRADE – I

GRADE - II

GRADE – III

A: DEFINITION:

Heritage Grade – 1 comprises

buildings and precincts of

national

or

historic

importance,

embodying

excellence

in

architectural

style, design, technology and

material, usage and / or

aesthetics;

they

may

be

associated

with

a

great

historic

event,

personality,

movement

or

institution.

They have been and are the

prime landmark of the region.

All natural sites shall fall

within Grade – 1

Heritage Grade – II (A & B)

comprises

buildings

and

precincts of regional or local

importance possessing special

architectural or aesthetic merit

or

cultural

or

historic

significance though of a lower

scale

in

Heritage

Grade-1.

They are local land marks that

contribute to the image and

identity of the region. They

may be the work of master

craftsmen or may be models of

proportion and ornamentation,

or designed to suit a particular

climate.

Heritage Grade – III comprises

building

and

precincts

of

important for townscape; they

evoke architectural aesthetic or

sociological interest though not

as much as in Heritage Grade –

II.

These

contribute

to

determine the character of the

locality

and

can

be

representative of lifestyle of a

particular community or

region

and,

may

also

be

distinguished by setting on a

street line, or special character

of the facade and uniformity of

height, width and scale.

Objective –

Heritage

Grade-1

richly

deserves careful preservation.

Heritage

Grade-II

deserves

intelligent Conservation

Heritage

Grade-III

deserves

protection unique features and

attributes.

Scope for changes-

Interventions

would

be

permitted to enter on the

Grade-II. (A). Internal changes,

and adaptive reuse will be

generally allowed, but external

External and internal changes

and

adaptive

reuse

would

generally be allowed. Changes

89

exterior or interior unless it is

necessary in the interest of

strengthening,

and

prolonging, the life of the

buildings or precincts or any

part or features thereof. For

this

purpose,

absolutely

essential

and

minimal

changes would be allowed

and

they

must

be

in

accordance with the original.

changes will be subject to

scrutiny. Care would be taken

to ensure the conservation of

all special aspects for which it

is included in Heritage.

Grade-IIB)-

In addition to above extension

or additional buildings in the

same plot or compound could,

in certain circumstances, be

allowed

provided

that

the

extension / additional building

is in harmony with (and does

not

detract

from)

existing

heritage

buildings(s)

or

precincts especially in terms of

height and facade.

can

includes

extensions,

additional

buildings

in

the

same

plot

or

compound

provided

that

extension/additional

building

is in harmony with and does

not detract from the existing

heritage building / precinct

especially in terms of height

and

/

or

facade.

Reconstruction may be allowed

when

the

building

is

structurally weak or unsafe or

which it has been affected by

accidental fire or any other

calamity or if reconstruction is

required

to

consume

the

permissible FSI and no option

other than reconstruction is

required

to

consume

the

permissible FSI and no option

other than reconstruction is

available.

However,

unless

absolutely

essential, nothing should spoil

or destroy and special features

or attributes for which it is

placed in the Heritage List.

Procedure –

Development permission for

the changes would be given

by the Planning Authority

on the advice of the Heritage

Conservation Committee to

be

appointed

by

State

Government.

Development permission for

the changes would be given

by the Planning Authority in

consultation

with

a

sub-

committee of the Heritage

Conservation Committee

Development

permission

would be given for changes by

the Planning Authority itself

but

in

consonance

with

guidelines, which are to be

laid down by Government in

Consultation

with

Heritage

Conservation Committee.

B.

VISTAS

/

SURROUNDING

DEVELOPMENT:

All development in areas

surrounding

Heritage

Grade-I shall be regulated

and

controlled,

ensuring

that it does not mar the

grandeur of, or view from

Heritage Grade-1

All

development

in

areas

surrounding Heritage Grade-II

shall

be

regulated

and

controlled, ensuring that it

does not mar the grandeur of

, or view from Heritage Grade

- II

All

development

in

areas

surrounding Heritage Grade –

III shall be regulated and

controlled, ensuring that it

does not mar the grandeur of,

or view from Heritage Grade-

III.

13.6

Restriction on development / re-development / repairs, etc.

i) No development or re-development or engineering operation or additions, alterations, repairs,

renovation including the painting of buildings, replacement of special features or plastering or

demolition of any / part thereof of the said listed buildings including compound wall or listed

precincts or listed natural features shall be allowed except with the prior written permission of the

Local Authority. Before granting any such permission, the Local Authority shall consult the

Committee and shall act on its advice.

ii) Provided that before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations/ additions to

listing buildings (or buildings within listed precincts), or construction at or near any listed natural

features, or alteration of boundaries of any listed natural features, objections and suggestions from

the public shall be invited by publishing prominently in two local newspapers and duly considered

by the Committee.

90

iii) Provided that only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in writing, to the Planning /

Local / Competent Authority may refer the matter back to the Heritage Conservation Committee for

reconsideration.

iv) Heritage Buildings and Buildings in Heritage Precincts which are under the control of Public

Works Department / Corporation /Universities / Boards and any other Government organizations

under the purview of Government of Karnataka and Government of India have to be listed and

declared as Heritage Properties. However, the decision of the Heritage Conservation Committee after

such re-consideration shall be final.

13.7

Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings:

It shall be the duty of the owners of Heritage Buildings and Buildings in Heritage precincts to

carryout regular repairs and maintenance of the buildings at their own cost. The Government or

Local Authority shall not be responsible for such repairs and maintenance except for the buildings

owned by the Government, or Local Authority.

13.8

Regulations for specified heritage precincts / listed natural features.

In cases of heritage precincts and where deemed necessary by the Committee, natural features

notified as per the provision of this Regulation, development permissions in the form of

commencement certificate shall be granted in accordance with separate regulations prescribed for

respective precincts / natural features which shall be framed by the AM&HD in consultation with

the Local Authority on the advice of the Committee.

These regulations should concern architectural appearances, materials, the setting of buildings,

their volumes, height, planting of trees etc. They will include regulations, which will govern

planning, building permissions, along with guidelines that the Committee will refer to with regard to

applications for planning permission, choices of restoration methods or spatial planning.

To prepare these separate regulations, a study of the heritage precincts / listed natural features will

be commissioned by the AM&HD. The study will identify the heritage issues in all its aspects, fix the

objectives to be reached in order to assure the conservation of the heritage identified and to draft

regulations for management and development of the heritage areas.

The Local Authority will consider the draft regulations submitted by AM&HD and obtain public

opinion on it in the following manner.

The draft of the separate regulations for precincts / natural features shall be published in the official

gazette and in leading newspapers for the purpose of inviting suggestions and objections from the

public. The Local Authority AM&HD and the Committee shall consider all suggestions and

objections received within a period of 60 days from the date of publication in the official gazette.

After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the AM&HD in consultation with Local

Authority, acting on the advice of the Committee, shall modify (if necessary) the aforesaid draft

separate regulations of precincts and natural features and forward the same to the Local Authority

for further submission to the Government for sanction.

Provided that pending consideration of suggestions and objections and pending final sanction from

Government to the above draft regulations for precincts and natural features, the committee shall

have due regard to the above draft regulations while considering applications for development / re-

development, etc, of heritage buildings / heritage precincts / listed natural features.

13.9

Road widening and building lines:

i) If Road widening / Building line under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 are

prescribed they shall be such that they will protect and not detract from the said heritage precincts

/ said listed natural features.

ii) If there are any new road widening / Building lines proposed in the Master Plan, the Local

Authority shall consider the heritage provisions and environmental aspects while considering

applications for development permissions in these precincts. Necessary steps may be taken to

modify the Master Plan accordingly. Pending this action, the development of new roads shall not be

carried out.

iii) No widening of the existing roads under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act or Master

Plan shall be carried out in a manner which may affect the existing heritage buildings (even if they

are not included in a Heritage Precinct) or which may affect listed natural features.

13.10

Master plan reservations:

If there are Master Plan reservations shown on heritage buildings or on listed natural features, the

reservation may be deleted or modified if required. The Local Authority, on the advice of the

Committee, shall move the Government to get these reservations deleted / modified as need be.

91

13.11

Grant of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in cases of loss of development

rights.

If any application for development is refused under this regulation, or conditions are imposed while

permitting such developments, which deprive the owner of any unconsumed Floor Area Ration

(FAR), the said owner/lessee shall be compensated by the grant of a Development Rights Certificate

(DRC). The extent of DRCs to be granted and used will be determined by the Rules specially framed

for Transfer of Development Rights.

13.12

Incentive uses for heritage buildings:

In cases of buildings included in the Heritage Conservation list, falling in zones where office /

commercial / hotel use is normally prohibited, if the owner / owners /lessees agree to maintain the

listed heritage building in its existing state and to preserve its heritage status with due repairs and

the owner / owners / lessees give a written undertaking to that effect, the owner / owners / lessees

may be permitted, with the approval of the Committee, to convert part or the whole thereof of the

non-commercial area within such a heritage building to commercial / office use / hotel.

Provided that if the heritage building is not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the

building is allowed to be diminished in any manner, the local authority sue motto or on the advice of

the Committee shall revoke permission given for such use.

13.13

Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony:

Buildings within heritage precincts or in the vicinity of heritage buildings / listed natural features

shall maintain the skyline and follow the architectural style (without any high rise or multi-storied

development) as may be existing in the surrounding area so as not to diminish or destroy the value

and beauty of, or the view from, the said heritage building / heritage precincts or natural feature.

The development within the precinct / in the vicinity of heritage buildings / natural features shall be

in accordance to the regulations framed by AM&HD in association with the Local Authority on the

advice of the Committee.

13.14

Repair fund:

With a view to give monetary help for repairs of Heritage buildings a separate fund may be created

which would be available to the Local Authority who will disburse funds on the advice of the

Committee. Provision for such a fund may be made through Government grants / local authorities /

public contributions. Nothing mentioned above should be deemed to confer a right on the owner

/occupier of the plot to demolish and / or re-construct and / or make alterations /additions to his

heritage building / building in a Heritage Precinct if in the opinion of the Committee, such

demolition / re-construction / additions is undesirable.

So as to preserve the heritage value of the zone, the Committee shall have the power to direct,

especially in areas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings should have

their prior approval.

Signs and outdoors display structures / including street furniture:

The Local Authority before permitting signs, outdoor display structures including street furniture in

the heritage areas / precincts building shall strictly follow the specifications, codes, conditions give

below:

A. National Building Code of India to apply – The display or averting signs and outdoor display

structures on building and land shall be in accordance with Part X-Signs and Outdoor Display

Structures of National Building Code of India.

B. Additional Conditions – In addition to sub-regulation A, above, the following provisions shall

apply to advertisement signs in different land use zones:

i. Residential Zone: the following non-flashing neon signs with illumination not exceeding 40 watt

light.

a. One nameplate with an area not exceeding 0.1 Sq.m for each dwelling unit.

b. For other uses permissible in the zone, one identification sign or bulletin

board with an area not exceeding 10Sq.m. Provided the height does not exceed 1.5m.

c. ‘For sale’ or ‘for rent’ signs for real estate, not exceeding 2 Sq.m in area provided they are located

on the premises offered for sale or rent.

ii. Residential Zones with shop lines: Non-flashing business sign placed parallel to the wall and not

exceeding 1 m in height per establishment.

C. Prohibition of advertising signs and outdoor display structures in certain cases: Notwithstanding

the provisions of sub-regulations of A & B, no advertisement sign or outdoor display structures shall

be permitted on buildings of architectural, aesthetic, historical or heritage importance as may be

decided by the Local Authority on the advice of the Committee, including on Government buildings,

92

save that in the case of Government buildings only advertising signs or outdoor display structures

may be permitted if they related to the activities, purposes or related programmes of the said

buildings. However, the signage should be approved by the Committee.

D. Provided that if the Committee so advises, the Local Authority shall refuse permission for any

sign or outdoors display structure. Signs, outdoor display structures (including street furniture) will

require the approval of the Committee, which may prescribe additional guidelines for the same.

13.15

Voluntary contribution and agreement with any voluntary organization, person

or Company:

1) The Local Authority may receive voluntary contributions towards the cost of maintaining any

heritage building and should manage such contributions for the purpose of preservation and

conservation of such heritage building.

2) Subject to the prior approval of the Government, Local Authority may enter into any agreement

with any person or voluntary organization or company, whether incorporated or not, willing to

preserve and conserve any heritage building owned by Government on such terms and conditions as

the Government may determine.

CHAPTER - 14

14. STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS

14.1

Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of Doing Business)

In order to attract investments into the country, efforts are being made by the Government to

improve ‘Ease of Doing Business’. In this direction, the limit of Built-up Area (BUA) for Foreign

Direct Investment (FDI) has been reduced from 50,000 Sq.m to 20,000 Sq.m. In this context, the

local bodies have to operate the entire building approval process in online mode, so that the building

plan applications are submitted online along with building fees and other charges, and after due

scrutiny, the approvals are also conveyed online.

Further, external bodies like Fire and Emergency Services Department, Airports Authority of India

(AAI), Metro Rail Corporation (MRC), Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEFCC), Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), Heritage Conservation Committee

(HCC), National Monuments Authority (NMA), Urban Art Commission (UAC), etc. shall grant No

Objection Certificate (NOC)/ approvals on the proposed building plans to the local bodies. All such

external bodies are mandated to prepare online NOC systems compatible to and integrated with that

of the local bodies and the desired information is to be sent to the concerned external bodies and

their comments/ NOC/ approval are to be received online so that there is no need for building

proponents to pursue matter with local bodies or external agencies. The specific requirements of the

external bodies are to be added in the Common Application Form (CAF) of the local body so that

building proponent has to file all information at a single customized online application. The objective

is to make the whole process simplified and streamlined to ensure ease in getting the approvals for

building license within stipulated time.

14.2

Clearances at Master Plan level

Individual construction proposals should not generally require separate clearances from various

authorities each time. Such clearances should be integrated into the Zoning Regulations of the

Master Plan of the concerned Local Planning Area. The areas unaffected by any of the restrictions

should be clearly marked out and mapped, preferably on a GIS platform. Area zones of differential

control regulations (within the city) by any of these agencies may also be mapped accordingly. This

will result in a composite map of the city with various control regulations as per the various agencies

clearly marked on the map. Thus, the sites which are located outside these restricted/regulated

areas would not require availing clearance from the respective authorities, thereby reducing the

clearance process significantly.

Following are the clearances which should be integrated into the city Master Plan-

Table 14.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans

Sl

No.

Name of Agency

Type of Clearance

Area of Influence

1. National

Monuments

Authority

through

Competent Authority

Ancient

Monument

approval

As

prescribed

in

the

AMASAR

(Amendment and Validation) Act, 2010

for protection of monuments

2. Ministry

of

Environment

Environment

Clearance

(EC)

As

prescribed

in

the

statutory

provisions for EIA and clearance based

on the size of the project in accordance

with Environment protection Act, 1986

93

3. Ministry of Defence

Defence Clearance

Area

in

and

around

Defence

Establishments as identified by MoD.

4. Coastal

Zone

Management

Authority

NOC (if near sea/coastal

areas)

Area under the CRZ regulations.

5. NHAI/PWD

Road access

Buffer zones as prescribed by NHAI

along National Highways.

6. Ministry of Railways

Area clearance

Buffer zones as prescribed by Railways

along Rail tracks/depots/yards etc.

Efforts are being made at the Government of India level to coordinate with all the central ministries

and their organizations so that they streamline their own internal processes to issue no objection

etc. where ever required by law. The efforts are mainly focused on delegating the powers at

appropriate levels, establishing an online application process for time bound delivery, creating

public awareness about their requirements, reviewing the restrictions and reducing them, sharing

the data and norms with local authorities to be incorporated in Zoning Regulations.

Recognizing the concern for streamlining the procedures for clearances to be obtained from various

departments in least possible number of procedures and number of days, the following model shall

be adopted so that the entire process of Pre and Post-Construction approvals shall be completed

within one month. The detailed timelines for building licence and occupation certificate are provided

in Appendix-VIII

14.3

Risk Based Classification of building proposals

There is a need to make provisions for fast-tracking building permission procedures for all non-

automatic approvals. Therefore, in the spirit of ‘Ease of Doing Business’, the buildings have been

classified further on the basis of risk parameters/ risk based classification to clear the building

permits on fast track system. This kind of classification shall be used for fast tracking the sanction

of building plans.

14.3.1 Residential Buildings

For approval of the residential plotted and group housing buildings, risk based classification

shall be as per Table 14.2 –

Table 14.2 Risk Matrix for different Residential buildings

Risks

Very Low

Low

Moderate

High

Criteria

Parameters

Size of the Plot

Square Meters

Below105

m2

105-500 m2

Above

500

m2

All sizes

No. of Floors/

Height

of

Building

(G+no. of floor)

(G+2)

(G+ 3)

(G+ 4)

(G+

5)

or

above 15m

height

buildings

Use

of

the

premise

Various

Categories

Residential

Plotted

Residential

Plotted

Residential

Plotted

Group

Housing

Fast Tracking Tools:

For Very Low Risk Buildings:

The process prescribed in clause 3.15 shall be followed.

For Low Risk Buildings:

A Competent professional (qualification & competence as per Annexure-E) shall be empowered to

issue the building license, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite documents and

fees to the concerned local body. If the owner/ professional desires to get the building plan

sanctioned by the local body, building plans prepared by a qualified architect/ engineer will have to

be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents and the

local body shall grant the building permit within 10 days

For Moderate Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have

to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The

local body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.

94

For High Risk Buildings:

Clearance from Fire department and other necessary clearances from AAI, NMA and other agencies

have to be obtained. Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the

building plans will have to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other

requisite documents. The local body shall grant the building permit within 30 days.

14.3.2 Storage/Warehouse Buildings

For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings/warehouses/go down, risk based

classification shall be as per Table 14.3 –

Table 14.3 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses

Risks

Very Low

Low

Moderate

High

Covered Area on all

floors/Built-up

area

Up

to

250m2

Above

250m2

and

up

to

2000m2

Up to 2000m2

Above 2000m2

Height of building

Below 15m

Below 15m

Below 15m

Below 15m

Abutting

Road

width

Min. 12m

Min. 12m

Min. 12m

Min. 12m

Type of Material

Storage

Category A

Category A

Category B

(Stacking height-

Medium)

Category B

(Stacking height-High)

Note:

i. The level of Risk is classified according to the material stored in the warehouse/storehouse. Material

shall be classified according to the Categories defined in Appendix-XVII.

ii. The Urban Local Body shall empanel professionals as notified by the Government.

iii. The building application processing fees shall be as prescribed in Appendix-VII.

Fast Tracking Tools:

For Very Low Risk Buildings:

A competent professional (qualification & competence as notified by the Government) shall be

empowered to issue the building license, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite

documents and fees to the concerned local body. If the owner/ architect/ engineer desires to get the

building plan sanctioned by the local body, he shall apply online to the local body and the local body

shall grant the building license within 10 days.

For Low Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have

to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The

local body shall grant the building license within 20 days.

For Moderate Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have

to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The

local body shall grant the building license within 20 days.

For High Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a qualified architect and the building plans will have to be

submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local

body shall grant the building license within 30 days.

14.3.3 Industrial Buildings

For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings /warehouses/godowns, risk based

classification shall be as per Table 14.4

95

Table 14.4 Risk Matrix for Industries

Risks

Low

Moderate

High

Criteria

Parameters

Size of the Plot

Square

Meters

up to 350 m2

Above 350 m2

All sizes

Height of building

Meters

Less

than15m

upto15m

Above 15m

Abutting Road width

Meters

Min.12m

Min.12m

Min.12m

Note:

i. The level of Risk is classified according the size and height of the industrial building proposed.

ii. The Urban Local Body shall empanel professionals as notified by the Government.

iii. The building application processing fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the

online system.

Fast Tracking Tools:

For Low Risk Buildings:

1. Deemed Approval with Self-Certification

2. Plans to be submitted along with Structural drawings which does not require sanction

For Moderate Risk Buildings:

1. Plans to be submitted to the empanelled professional.

2. Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers

3. Approval to be granted within 10 working days by the empanelled professional.

4. Approved plan to be submitted to ULB/DA.

For High Risk Buildings:

1. Online application

2. Immediate acknowledgement by software

3. Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers

4. Approval by ULB/DA within 20 working days.

14.4

Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business:

Some other suggestions, regarding Fast-Track construction licenses are:

14.4.1 ‘Citizens’ Charter

A ‘Citizens’ charter lists out the timelines and upper limits of time for the delivery of citizen

services of the organization. The objective of issuing the charter is to improve the quality of public

service in terms of timely delivery. Such charters shall be brought out by all the Local Body to

maintain high standards of accountability and transparency. The standards of service to be

provided, the maximum number of days required for building approvals and the standards

procedures shall be listed out in the citizens’ charter.

14.4.2 Capacity building

Capacity building measures are to be adopted for such functionaries to identify Training Needs (TNA)

and other technical requirement of duties that they are required to discharge. Fresh recruitments

commensurate to the technical qualification/ experience are to be made by the State Government, if

there is complete absence of the technical expertise needed for the said services.

14.4.3 Empowered Committees

The Authorities may also consider constituting ‘Empowered Committees’ or ‘Peer Expert Groups’ for

undertaking scrutiny and approval. This committee can be manned as per the requirement and area

of more than one municipality can be put under its jurisdiction.

14.4.4 Simplification of bye-laws

The building Bye-Laws need to be simplified for easy comprehension of lay person as well as

professionals involved in developmental activities. The simplification process should also include the

process of application, the filling up of forms and streamlining the process of application.

96

CHAPTER - 15

15. CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION – INTEGRATION OFENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

WITH SANCTION

Land, Air, Noise, Water, Energy, biological/ socio-economic/ solid / other waste management are

the main facets considered in relation to Pre, during and Post Building Construction for Sustainable

Environment Management. Therefore, it is necessary for the building process to ensure compliance

to various conditions laid down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

The building construction sector is a major contributor towards carbon footprints which

affects climate change. India is committed towards mitigating the effects of climate change and

moving towards internationally accepted norms for environmental friendly building construction.

Currently this objective of environmental safeguard is achieved through obtaining a specific

environmental clearance (EC) for any construction project having a size of more than 20,000 Sq.m

This is administered under notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

With rapid urbanisation and growth of Indian economy, it is anticipated that the

construction activity will experience a proportionate growth. Government is also committed towards

streamlining of clearances for buildings and real estate sector and empowering the urban local

bodies with an objective of Ease of Doing Business.

Integration of environmental condition in building bye-laws:

1) When the State Governments notifies the bye-laws and rules concurred by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change, the Central Government may issue an order stating that

no separate environmental clearance is required for buildings to be constructed in the States or local

authority areas.

2) The local authorities like Development Authorities, Municipal Corporations, may certify the

compliance of the environmental conditions prior to issuance of Completion Certificate, as applicable

as per the requirements stipulated for such buildings based on the recommendation of the

Environmental Cell constituted in the local authority.

3) The State Governments where bye-laws or rules are not framed may continue to follow the

existing procedure of appraisal for individual projects and grant of Environmental Clearance for

buildings and constructions as per the provisions laid down in this notification.

4) For the purpose of certification regarding incorporation of environmental conditions in buildings,

the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change may empanel through competent agencies,

the Qualified Building Environment Auditors (QBEAs) to assess and certify the building projects, as

per the requirements of this notification and the procedure for accreditation of Qualified Building

Auditors and their role as given at Appendix-XV

5) In order to implement the integration of environmental condition in building bye-laws, the State

Governments or Local Authorities may constitute the Environment Cell (herein after called as Cell),

for compliance and monitoring and to ensure environmental planning within their jurisdiction.

6) The Cell shall monitor the implementation of the bye-laws and rules framed for Integration of

environmental conditions for construction of building and the Cell may also allow the third part

auditing process for oversight, if any.

7) The Cell shall function under the administrative control of the Local Authorities.

8) The composition and functions of the Cell are given at Appendix-XVI.

9) The Local Authorities while integrating the environmental concerns in the building bye-laws, as

per their size of the project, shall follow the procedure, as given below:

15.1

Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has now decided to integrate the

environmental concerns into building plan approval process and empowering the concerned local

body/development authority to approve and certify compliance of stipulated requirements. The new

building construction proposals are classified in the following 3 categories:-

1) Building Category ‘1’: Built-up Area 5,000 Sq.m to < 20,000 Sq.m

2) Building Category ‘2’: Built-up Area ≥ 20,000 Sq.m to 50,000 Sq.m

3) Building Category ‘3’: Built-up Area ≥ 50,000Sq.m to 1,50,000 Sq.m

15.1.1 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘1’ (5,000 to < 20,000 Square meters)

A Self Declaration Form to comply with the environmental conditions as stipulated in Table 15.1

along with Form-IIb and certification by the Qualified Building Environment Auditor to be

97

submitted online by the project proponent besides application for building license to the local

authority along with the specified fee in separate accounts. Thereafter, the local authority may issue

the building License incorporating the environmental conditions in it and allow the project to start

based on the self-declaration and certification along with the application. After completion of the

construction of the building, the project proponent may update Form-IIb based on audit done by the

Qualified Building Environment Auditor and shall furnish the revised compliance undertaking to the

local authority. Any noncompliance issues in buildings less than 20,000 square meters shall be

dealt at the level of local body and the State through existing mechanism.

15.1.2 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘2’ (>20,000 to < 50,000 Square meters)

A Self Declaration Form to comply with the environmental conditions as stipulated in Table 15.2

along with Form-IIb and certification by the Qualified Building Environment Auditor to be

submitted online by the project proponent besides application for building license to the local

authority along with the specified fee in separate accounts. The fee for environmental appraisal will

be deposited in a separate account. The Environment Cell will process the application and present it

in the meeting of the Committee headed by the authority competent to give building License in that

local authority. The Committee will appraise the project and stipulate the environmental conditions

to be integrated in the building License. After recommendations of the Committee, the building

License and environmental clearance will be issued in an integrated format by the local authority.

The project proponent shall submit Performance Data and Certificate of Continued Compliance of

the project for the environmental conditions parameters applicable after completion of construction

from Qualified Building Environment Auditors every five years to the Environment Cell with special

focus on the following parameters:-

(a) Energy Use (including all energy sources).

(b) Energy generated on site from onsite Renewable energy sources.

(c) Water use and waste water generated, treated and reused on site.

(d) Waste Segregated and Treated on site.

(e) Tree plantation and maintenance.

After completion of the project, the Cell shall randomly check the projects compliance status

including the five years audit report. The State Governments may enact the suitable law for

imposing penalties for non-compliances of the environmental conditions and parameters. The Cell

shall recommend financial penalty, as applicable under relevant State laws for non-compliance of

conditions or parameters to the local authority. On the basis of the recommendation of the Cell, the

local authority may impose the penalty under relevant State laws. The cases of false declaration or

certification shall be reported to the accreditation body and to the local body for blacklisting of

Qualified Building Environment Auditors and financial penalty on the owner and Qualified Building

Environment Auditors. No Consent to Establish and Operate under the Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 will be

required from the State Pollution Control Boards for residential buildings up to 1,50,000 square

meters.

15.1.3 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘3’ (≥ 50,000 to < 1,50,000 Square meters)

A Self Declaration Form to comply with the environmental conditions as stipulated in Table 15.3

along with Form-IIb and certification by the Qualified Building Environment Auditor to be

submitted online by the project proponent besides application for building license to the local

authority along with the specified fee in separate accounts. The fee for environmental appraisal will

be deposited in a separate account. The Environment Cell will process the application and present it

in the meeting of the Committee headed by the authority competent to give building License in that

local authority. The Committee will appraise the project and stipulate the environmental conditions

to be integrated in the building License. After recommendations of the Committee, the building

License and environmental clearance will be issued in an integrated format by the local authority.

The project proponent shall submit Performance Data and Certificate of Continued Compliance of

the project for the environmental conditions parameters applicable after completion of construction

from Qualified Building Environment Auditors every five years to the Environment Cell with special

focus on the following parameters:-

(a) Energy Use (including all energy sources).

(b) Energy generated on site from onsite Renewable energy sources.

(c) Water use and waste water generated, treated and reused on site.

(d) Waste Segregated and Treated on site.

(e) Tree plantation and maintenance.

After completion of the project, the Cell shall randomly check the projects compliance status

including the five years audit report. The State Governments may enact the suitable law for

98

imposing penalties for non-compliances of the environmental conditions and parameters. The Cell

shall recommend financial penalty, as applicable under relevant State laws for non-compliance of

conditions or parameters to the local authority. On the basis of the recommendation of the Cell, the

local authority may impose the penalty under relevant State laws. The cases of false declaration or

certification shall be reported to the accreditation body and to the local body for blacklisting of

Qualified Building Environment Auditors and financial penalty on the owner and Qualified Building

Environment Auditors. No Consent to Establish and Operate under the Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 will be

required from the State Pollution Control Boards for residential buildings up to 1,50,000 square

meters.

A local Authority, i.e. ULB/DA/any other body authorized to sanction building plans shall approve

the building plans by ensuring the stipulated conditions in Table 15.1, 15.2 and 15.3 for the

respective categories of buildings (area mentioned against each building category is the total

constructed area of the building including car parking area)

Table 15.1: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Building Category ‘1’: 5,000Sqm to < 20,000S.qm)

Sl.

No.

Medium

Environmental conditions

1

Topography

Natural Drainage

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to obstruct

the natural drainage through the site. No construction is allowed on

wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio swales, landscape, and

other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS) are allowed for

maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as much

as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

2

Water

conservations-

Rain

Water

Harvesting

and

Ground

Water

Recharge

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared. Use of water efficient appliances

should be promoted with low flow fixtures or sensors.

The local bye-law provisions on rain water harvesting should be

followed. A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the

recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 Sq.m of built

up area and storage capacity of minimum one day of total fresh water

requirement shall be provided. In areas where ground water recharge

is not feasible, the rain water should be harvested and stored for

reuse. The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from

the Competent Authority.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer

2(a)

At least 20% of the open spaces (setback area) shall be pervious. Use of

Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening, landscape etc.

would be considered as pervious surface.

2(b)

Water efficient appliances shall be used. Low flow fixtures or sensors

be used to promote water conservation.

2(c)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of dual

plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate recirculation

lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be done.

3

Solid

Waste

Management

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each unit

and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of the Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and the e-

waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the Plastics Waste (Management)

Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3(a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the authorized

recyclers.

3(b)

Treatment of wet waste and sanitary waste on site (organic dry waste

also is preferred) using Organic waste composter/Vermiculture pit or

any other approved technology shall be installed with a minimum

capacity of 0.3 kg /person/day must be installed.

99

4

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water to

be installed.

Treated waste water shall be reused on site for landscape, flushing,

cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess treated water shall be

discharged as per CPCB norms. Natural treatment systems shall be

promoted. Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic

tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the Ministry of

Urban Development, Central Public Health and Environmental

Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and Sewage

Treatment Systems, 2013.

5

Energy

Compliance with the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) of

Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in the States

which have notified their own ECBC, shall comply with the State

ECBC.

All lighting and other electric fixtures shall be of low energy

consumption (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and Energy Efficient

Appliances)

Concept of passive solar design that minimize energy consumption in

buildings by using design elements, such as building orientation,

landscaping, efficient building envelope, appropriate fenestration,

increased day lighting design and thermal mass etc. shall be

incorporated in the building design.

Wall, window, and roof u-values shall be as per ECBC specifications.

5(a)

Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy shall be installed to meet

electricity generation equivalent to 5% of the demand load calculated

based on the peak load calculated from the hourly power load chart

prepared for the project by considering permissible diversity in usage

and occupancy.

If the required power generation cannot be done within the project site,

the same can be generated from outside the project site and the credit

can be availed for the project.

5(b)

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot water

demand of the commercial and institutional building or as per the

requirement of the local building bye-laws, whichever is higher.

Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot water

demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.

5(c)

Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include fly ash bricks, hollow

bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, Compressed earth blocks,

and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as per

the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September 1999 as

amended from time to time.

6

Air Quality and

Noise

Dust, smoke & other air pollution prevention measures shall be

provided for the building as well as the site. These measures shall

include screens for the building under construction, continuous dust/

wind breaking walls all around the site (at least 3 m height).

Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be provided for vehicles bringing in

sand, cement, murram and other construction materials prone to

causing dust pollution at the site as well as taking out debris from the

site.

Sand, murram, loose soil, cement, stored on site shall be covered

adequately so as to prevent dust pollution.

Wet jet shall be provided for grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved

surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately sprinkled with water to

suppress dust.

All construction and demolition debris shall be stored at the site (and

not dumped on the roads or open spaces outside) before they are

properly disposed. All demolition and construction waste shall be

managed as per the provisions of the Construction and Demolition

Waste Rules 2016.

100

All workers working at the construction site and involved in loading,

unloading, carriage of construction material and construction debris or

working in any area with dust pollution shall be provided with dust

mask.

For indoor air quality, the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India shall be made.

6(a)

The location of the DG set and exhaust pipe height shall be as per the

provisions of the CPCB norms.

7

Green cover

A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 Sq.m. of land should be planted and

maintained.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference should

be given to planting native species.

7(a)

Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the ratio of

1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall be done

and maintained.

Table 15.2: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Building Category ‘2’: ≥ 20,000 Sq.m to 50,000 Sq.m)

Sl.

No.

Medium

Environmental conditions

1

Topography

Natural Drainage

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to

obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is

allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio swales,

landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)

are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest

rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as

much as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

2

Water

conservations-

Rain

Water

Harvesting

and

Ground

Water

Recharge

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared. Use of water efficient appliances

should be promoted with low flow fixtures or sensors.

The local bye-law provisions on rain water harvesting should be

followed. A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where

the recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 Sq.m

of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day of total

fresh water requirement shall be provided. In areas where ground

water recharge is not feasible, the rain water should be harvested

and stored for reuse. The ground water shall not be withdrawn

without approval from the Competent Authority.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer

2(a)

At least 25% of the open spaces (setback area) shall be pervious.

Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening,

landscape etc. would be considered as pervious surface.

2(b)

Water efficient appliances shall be used. Low flow fixtures or

sensors be used to promote water conservation.

2(c)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of

dual plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate

recirculation lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be

done.

3

Solid

Waste

Management

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each

unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of the Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and

the e-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the Plastics Waste

(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3(a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the

authorized recyclers.

101

3(b)

Treatment of wet waste and sanitary waste on site (organic dry

waste

also

is

preferred)

using

Organic

waste

composter/Vermiculture pit or any other approved technology

shall be installed with a minimum capacity of 0.3 kg /person/day

must be installed.

4

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water

to be installed.

Treated waste water shall be reused on site for landscape,

flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess treated water

shall be discharged as per CPCB norms. Natural treatment

systems shall be promoted. Sludge from the onsite sewage

treatment, including septic tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and

disposed as per the Ministry of Urban Development, Central Public

Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO)

Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.

5

Energy

Compliance with the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

of Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in the

States which have notified their own ECBC, shall comply with the

State ECBC.

All lighting and other electric fixtures shall be of low energy

consumption (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and Energy

Efficient Appliances)

Concept of passive solar design that minimize energy consumption

in buildings by using design elements, such as building

orientation, landscaping, efficient building envelope, appropriate

fenestration, increased day lighting design and thermal mass etc.

shall be incorporated in the building design.

Wall, window, and roof u-values shall be as per ECBC

specifications.

5(a)

Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy shall be installed to meet

electricity generation equivalent to 5% of the demand load

calculated based on the peak load calculated from the hourly

power load chart prepared for the project by considering

permissible diversity in usage and occupancy.

If the required power generation cannot be done within the project

site, the same can be generated from outside the project site and

the credit can be availed for the project.

5(b)

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot water

demand of the commercial and institutional building or as per the

requirement of the local building bye-laws, whichever is higher.

Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot water

demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.

5(c)

Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include fly ash bricks,

hollow bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, Compressed

earth blocks, and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as

per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September 1999 as

amended from time to time.

6

Air Quality and

Noise

Dust, smoke & other air pollution prevention measures shall be

provided for the building as well as the site. These measures shall

include screens for the building under construction, continuous

dust/ wind breaking walls all around the site (at least 3 m height).

Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be provided for vehicles

bringing in sand, cement, murram and other construction

materials prone to causing dust pollution at the site as well as

taking out debris from the site.

Sand, murram, loose soil, cement, stored on site shall be covered

adequately so as to prevent dust pollution.

Wet jet shall be provided for grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved

surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately sprinkled with water to

102

suppress dust.

All construction and demolition debris shall be stored at the site

(and not dumped on the roads or open spaces outside) before they

are properly disposed. All demolition and construction waste shall

be managed as per the provisions of the Construction and

Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

All workers working at the construction site and involved in

loading,

unloading,

carriage

of

construction

material

and

construction debris or working in any area with dust pollution

shall be provided with dust mask.

For indoor air quality, the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India shall be made.

6(a)

The location of the DG set and exhaust pipe height shall be as per

the provisions of the CPCB norms.

7

Green cover

A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 Sq.m. of land should be planted

and maintained.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference

should be given to planting native species.

7(a)

Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the

ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall

be done and maintained.

8

Top

Soil

preservation

and reuse

Top soil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas

proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.

It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and

reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.

9

Transport

A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices

guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-

motorized, public, and private networks. Road should be designed

with due consideration for environment, and safety of users. The

road system can be designed with these basic criteria.

1.

Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular

and pedestrian traffic.

2.

Traffic calming measures.

3.

Proper design of entry and exit points.

4.

Parking norms as per local regulation.

Table 15.3: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Building Category ‘3’: ≥ 50,000 Sq.m to 1,50,000 Sq.m)

Sl.

No.

Medium

Environmental conditions

1

Topography

Natural Drainage

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to

obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is

allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio swales,

landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)

are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest

rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as

much as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

2

Water

conservations-

Rain

Water

Harvesting

and

Ground

Water

Recharge

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared.

The local bye-law provisions on rain water harvesting should be

followed. A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where

the recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 Sq.m

of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day of total

fresh water requirement shall be provided. In areas where ground

water recharge is not feasible, the rain water should be harvested

and stored for reuse. The ground water shall not be withdrawn

without approval from the Competent Authority.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.

103

2(a)

At least 30% of the open spaces (setback area) shall be pervious.

Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening,

landscape etc. would be considered as pervious surface.

2(b)

Water efficient appliances shall be used. Low flow fixtures or

sensors be used to promote water conservation.

2(c)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of

dual plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate

recirculation lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be

done.

3

Solid

Waste

Management

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each

unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of the Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and

the e-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the Plastics Waste

(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3(a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the

authorized recyclers.

3(b)

Treatment of wet waste and sanitary waste on site (organic dry

waste

also

is

preferred)

using

Organic

waste

composter/Vermiculture pit or any other approved technology

shall be installed with a minimum capacity of 0.3 kg /person/day

must be installed.

4

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water

to be installed.

Treated waste water shall be reused on site for landscape,

flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess treated water

shall be discharged as per CPCB norms. Natural treatment

systems shall be promoted. Sludge from the onsite sewage

treatment, including septic tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and

disposed as per the Ministry of Urban Development, Central

Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation

(CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems,

2013.

5

Energy

Compliance with the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

of Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in the

States which have notified their own ECBC, shall comply with the

State ECBC.

All lighting and other electric fixtures shall be of low energy

consumption (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and Energy

Efficient Appliances)

Concept

of

passive

solar

design

that

minimize

energy

consumption in buildings by using design elements, such as

building orientation, landscaping, efficient building envelope,

appropriate fenestration, increased day lighting design and

thermal mass etc. shall be incorporated in the building design.

Wall, window, and roof u-values shall be as per ECBC

specifications.

5(a)

Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy shall be installed to meet

electricity generation equivalent to 5% of the demand load

calculated based on the peak load calculated from the hourly

power load chart prepared for the project by considering

permissible diversity in usage and occupancy.

If the required power generation cannot be done within the project

site, the same can be generated from outside the project site and

the credit can be availed for the project.

5(b)

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet the total hot water

demand of the commercial and institutional building. Residential

buildings are also to meet its hot water demand from solar water

heaters, unless additional power supply from renewable energy

sources is provided equal to the power requirement of electric

water heaters.

104

Alternatively, if any other hybrid system (including other cost-

efficient technologies) is proposed for hot water generation instead

of solar water heating system, additional power supply from

renewable energy sources shall be provided equal to the power

requirement for operating such hybrid or other systems for hot

water generation.

5(c)

Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include fly ash bricks,

hollow bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, Compressed

earth blocks, and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as

per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September 1999

as amended from time to time.

6

Air Quality and

Noise

Dust, smoke & other air pollution prevention measures shall be

provided for the building as well as the site. These measures shall

include screens for the building under construction, continuous

dust/ wind breaking walls all around the site (at least 3 m height).

Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be provided for vehicles

bringing in sand, cement, murramand other construction

materials prone to causing dust pollution at the site as well as

taking out debris from the site. Wheel washing for the vehicles

used be done.

Sand, murram, loose soil, cement, stored on site shall be covered

adequately so as to prevent dust pollution.

Wet jet shall be provided for grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved

surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately sprinkled with water to

suppress dust.

All construction and demolition debris shall be stored at the site

(and not dumped on the roads or open spaces outside) before they

are properly disposed. All demolition and construction waste shall

be managed as per the provisions of the Construction and

Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

All workers working at the construction site and involved in

loading,

unloading,

carriage

of

construction

material

and

construction debris or working in any area with dust pollution

shall be provided with dust mask.

For indoor air quality, the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India.

6(a)

The location of the DG set and exhaust pipe height shall be as per

the provisions of the CPCB norms.

7

Green cover

A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 Sq.m. of land should be planted

and maintained. The existing trees will be counted for this

purpose. Preference should be given to planting native species

7(a)

Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the

ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall

be done and maintained.

8

Top

Soil

Preservation

and Reuse

Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas

proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.

It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and

reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.

9

Transport

A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices

guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-

motorized, public, and private networks.

Road should be designed with due consideration for environment,

and safety of users. The road system can be designed with these

basic criteria.

1.

Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular

and pedestrian traffic.

2.

Traffic calming measures.

3.

Proper design of entry and exit points.

4.

Parking norms as per local regulation.

105

10

Environment

Management

Plan

An environmental management plan (EMP) shall be prepared and

implemented to ensure compliance with the environmental

conditions specified in item number 1 to 9 above. A dedicated

Environment

Monitoring

Cell

with

defined

functions

and

responsibility shall be put in place to implement the EMP. The

environmental

cell

shall

ensure

that

the

environment

infrastructure like Sewage Treatment Plant, Landscaping, Rain

Water Harvesting, Energy efficiency and conservation, water

efficiency and conservation, solid waste management, renewable

energy etc. are kept operational and meet the required standards.

The environmental cell shall also keep the record of environment

monitoring and those related to the environment infrastructure.

Note: The solid waste management system and waste water management system proposed in the

above tables or as notified by the government (along with monitoring mechanism for the effective

functioning of the systems) shall be followed.

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

NAGARAJ

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department.

Annexure-A

Occupancy Categorization of Buildings for Water and Other Requirement for Fire Fighting

Zone-I

Zone-II

Zone-III

GROUP ‘A’: RESIDENTIAL

GROUP ‘A’ : RESIDENTIAL

GROUP ‘A’ : RESIDENTIAL

A1 Lodging and Rooming

House

A2 One or two family private

A3 Dormitories

A4 Apartment Houses

A5 Hotels

F2 Shops and stores, etc.

above 500 Sq.m. floor

area

F3 Underground shopping

Centers

GROUP ‘B’ : EDUCATIONAL

GROUP’C’ : INSTITUTIONAL

GROUP ‘G’ : INDUSTRIAL

B1

Schools

up

to

higher

secondary level

C1 Hospitals and Sanitaria

(More than 100 beds)

G3 High hazard Industries

GROUP’C’ INSTITUTIONAL

C1 Hospital & Sanitaria (upto

100beds)

C2 Custodial Institutions

C3 Penal& mental Institutions

GROUP

‘D’

ASSEMBLY

BUILDINGS

D1 For more than 1000

persons with permanent

stage and fixed seats

D2

For

less

than

1000

persons with permanent

stage and fixed seats

GROUP

‘H’

STORAGE

BUILDINGS

GROUP

‘D’

ASSEMBLY

BUILDINGS

D3 Upto 300 persons without

permanent stage and fixed

seats

D4 Above 300 persons without

permanent stage and fixed

seats

GROUP

‘E’

BUSINESS

BUILDINGS

E1 Offices, Banks, etc.

E2

Laboratories,

Libraries,

etc.

E3 Telephone Exchanges

GROUP

‘J’

HAZARDOUS

BUILDINGS

GROUP ‘E’ BUSINESS

E3 Computer Installations

E5 Broadcasting stations

GROUP ‘F’ MERCANTILE

F1 Shops, Stores, etc. upto

500m2 floor area

GROUP ‘G’ INDUSTRIAL

G1 Low hazard Industries

GROUP ‘G’ INDUSTRIAL

106

Annexure-BI

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-A: Residential

A1, A2, A3, A4

Group-B:

Educational

Group-C:

Institutional

O

I

II

III

I

II

III

I

II

III

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back

Facility

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

8

Moefa

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

P2

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P3

P

P

P

P3

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

X

P

X

P

X

P4

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

X

P

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

14

Fire Detection System

X

X

X

X

X

P6

X

P2

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler

System

S

S

S

S

S

S

FS

S

S

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P2

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P13

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

P3

P

P

P

P

P3

P

P

X

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P3

X

P

P

P3

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

P4

P

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding

Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-D:

Assembly D3,

D4

Group-E:

Business E3,

E5

Group-G: Industrial G1

I

II

III

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back

Facility

P1

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

8

Moefa

P1

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P2

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

P

P2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

14

Fire Detection System

P7

P

P

P2

P8

P9

X

X

X

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S7

FS

FS

S

S

FS

S

S

S

S

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

P7

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

P10 P11

P

17

Over Head Tank

P2

P

P

P

P

P

P5

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

P11

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

19

Booster Pumps

X

X

X

P

X

X

P12

P

P

P

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P7

P

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P

P

P

P2

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

107

Legend

O Guest Houses/Lodging having up to 20 rooms or 40 beds and below

I Height less than 15 m

II Height 15 m and above up to 24 m

III Height above 24 m

IV Height less than 15 m and plot area less than 250 Sq.m

V Height less than 15 m and plot area 251 Sq.m and above up to 500 Sq.m

VI Height less than 15 m and plot area 501 Sq.m and above up to 1000 Sq.m

VII Height less than 15 m and plot area more than 1001 Sq.m

VIII Height above 15 m and up to 18 m

P To be provided.

X Not to be provided.

S Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 Sq.m or more.

FS Fully Sprinkle red.

1. To be provided if seating capacity exceed 750.

2. To be provided if building is more than ground floor, first floor and total covered area exceed 1500

sq. m

3. To be provided in building where total covered area exceeds 1000 sq. m or Building is more than

ground floor except group housing.

4. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and total covered area exceeds 300 m.

5. To be provided if building is more ground floors.

6. To be provided in building except educational buildings.

7. In case seating capacity is 1000 persons minimum or covered area above 1500Sq.m or basement

area 200 Sq.m and more (other than places or worships).

8. To be provided for E-4 and E-5 buildings but not required if building is fully sprinkled.

9. To be provided for E-4 and E-5 buildings.

10. 25,000 lt. capacity underground water storage tank to be provided.

11. 50,000 lt. capacity underground water storage tank to be provided.

12. To be provided where ever sprinklers are not installed.

13. Terrace tank of 5,000 lt. capacity to be provided, if sprinklers and installed. The capacity shall

be accordingly increased.

Annexure-BII

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-A: Residential

Group-C

C2:

Hospital

Group – D

Assembly

D1, D2, D5

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

V

VI

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back Facility

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

8

Moefa

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

X

P

P

X

P

X

P

12

Down Comer

X

P2

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

X

P2

X

P4

P

P5

P

14

Fire Detection System

X

P

P

P

P3

P

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S

S

FS

FS7

S

FS

S8

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

X

P

P

P3

P

P8

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

X

P

P

P4

P

P8

P

19

Booster Pumps

P

P

P

X

P

X

P

X

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

X

P

P

P

P4

P

P

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

108

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category.

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-E:

Business

E1,

E2, E4

Group-F:

Mercantile

Group-G. Industrial G2

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back

Facility

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

P

8

Moefa

X

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

P3

X

X

X

X

X

P4

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P6

P

14

Fire Detection System

P3

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

P

15

Automatic

Sprinkler

System

S

S

FS

S

S

S

S

FS

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

P

P

X

X

P9X

P10

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P3

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

P

23

Fireman’s

Grounding

Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Legend

I

Height less than 15 m. and area up to 300 sq. m on each floor.

II

Height less than 15 m and area above 300 sq. m up to 1000 sq. m on each floor.

III

Height less than 15 m and area above 1000 sq. m on each floor.

IV

Height 15 m and above.

V

Height less than 15 m

VI

Height 15 m and above up to 30 m

VII

Height less 15 m.

VIII

Height 15 m. and above up to 24 m.

IX

Height more than 24 m.

X

Height less than 15 m. and plot area up to 750 Sq.m

XI

Height less than 15 m. and plot area less than 250 Sq.m.

XII

Height less than 15 m. and plot area 251 m2 and above up to 500 Sq.m

XIII

Height less than 15 m. and plot area 501 m2 and above up to 1000 Sq.m.

XIV

Height less than 15 m. and plot area more than 1001 Sq.m

XV

Height above 15 m. and up to 18 m.

P

to be provided

X

not to be provided

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 m2 or more

FS

Fully Sprinkle red.

1. To be provided if building is more than one floor.

2. To be provided in buildings above two floors.

3. To be provided if the building is more than ground floor, first floor and covered area exceeds 1500

Sq.m

4. To be provided if building is more than first floor and the covered area exceeds 300 Sq.m

5. To be provided for more than storeyed buildings and above.

6. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and above.

7. Buildings to be fully sprinkled if height exceeds 15 m.

109

8. To be provided if seating capacity exceeds 1000 persons.

9. 25,000 lt. capacity underground tank to be provided.

10. 50,000 lt. capacity a ground tank to be provided if riser is not provided.

Annexure-BIII

Fire Protection Requirements for buildings in Zone-III Category

Sl.

N

O

Measures

Group F mercantile

(F2, F3)

Group G

Industrial (G3)

Group H

Storage

Group

Hazardous

H<15

m

A>750

Sq.m

H>15

m

UG

S

I

II

III

IV

H<15

m

Single

Storey

H<15

m

More

than

one

Storey

H<15

m

Single

Storey

H<15

m

More

than

one

Storey

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentati

on

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency

Lights

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with

Talk

Back

Facility

P1

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

8

Moefa

P1

P

P

X

X

X

P

X

X

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P2

P2

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

P1

P

P

X

X

P

3

P

1

X

P3

X

X

14

Fire

Detection

System

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

15

Automatic

Sprinkler

System

FS

FS

FS

F

S

F

S

F

S

F

S

FS4

FS

FS

FS

16

Under

Ground

Tank

P

P

P

P

5

P

6

P

7

P

P6

P

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

18

Fire Pumps

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P4

P

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P1

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P3

P

P

23

Fireman’s

Grounding

Switch in Lifts

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

X

P

Legend

U.G.S. Under Ground Shopping complex

i)

Height less 15 m. shopping complex

ii)

Height less 15 m. and plot area 251 Sq.m and above up to 500 Sq.m

iii) Height less 15 m. and plot area 501 Sq.m. and above up to 1000 Sq.m.

iv) Height less 15 m. and plot area more than 1001 Sq.m.

P

To be provided.

X

Not to be provided.

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 Sq.m or more.

FS

Fully Sprinkle red.

1. To be provided if building is more than one floor.

2. To be provided in buildings above two floors.

110

3. To be provided if the building is more than ground floor, first floor and covered area exceeds 1500

Sq.m

4. To be provided if building is more than first floor and the covered area exceeds 300 Sq.m

5. To be provided for more than storeyed buildings and above.

6. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and above.

7. Buildings to be fully sprinkled if height exceeds 15 m.

8. To be provided if seating capacity exceeds 1000 persons.

9. 25,000 lt. capacity underground tank to be provided.

10. 50,000 lt. capacity a ground tank to be provided if riser is not provided.

Annexure-C

1. Water Requirement Criterion: Unless otherwise specified in Annexure B, water requirement for

fighting in different categories of occupancies shall be based on following.

Occupancy

Category

Sprinkler

Design

Discharge

Density

(lt./min/Sq.m.)

Sprinkler

Design

Area

(Sq.m.)

Max. area

coverage/

Sprinkler

(Sq.m.)

No.

of

House

Streams*

Fully other

Sprinkled

Duration

of

Discharge (Min.)

Fully

Sprinkled

Wet Riser

Sprinkled

LEVEL-I

02.5

084

21

24

45

45

LEVEL-II

05.0

360

12

36

60

90

LEVEL-III

10.0

225

09

36

90

90

Note: The discharge through a standard hose stream shall be taken as 567 lt./min.

2. Estimation of Total Water Requirements Fully Sprinkle red Buildings

Occupancy

Category

Sprinkler(lt.)

Riser(lt.)

Total(lt.)

Wet Riser cum Down

Comer (lt.)

LEVEL-I

9,450

51,030

60,480

(60,000)

1,02060

(1,00,000)

LEVEL-II

1,08,000

1,02,060

2,10,060

(2,00,000)

2,04,120

(2,00,000)

LEVEL-III

2,02,500

1,02,060

3,04,560

(3,00,000)

3,06,180

(3,00,000)

3. Water Storage Tanks

1. The design of the water storage tanks shall be as laid down in National Building Code of India.

2. The capacity of underground water storage tank shall not be more than85% of the total water

requirement.

3. The capacity of overhead tank shall not be less than 15% of the total water requirement.

4. The entire water requirement can be provided in overhead tanks and pumping requirements shall

be finalized in consultation with Chie Fire Officer.

5. Under ground water storage tank shall not be provided in the set back areas.

Occupancy

Category

Under Ground Static Tank

Over Head Tank

Fully Sp kd. (lt.)

Riser (lt.)

Fully Spkd.(lt.)

Riser(lt.)

LEVEL-I

50,000

85,000

10,000

15,000

LEVEL-II

1,70,000

1,70,000

30,000

30,000

LEVEL-III

2,50,000

2,50,000

50,000

50,000

4. Riser/Down comer

1. The size of the riser/ down comer shall be such that velocity of flow does not exceed 5 m/second

subject to a minimum of 100 mm. diameter.

2. The number of riser/down comer shall be calculated on the basis that if 30 m. of delivery hose is

laid, it reaches the farthest comer of the remotest compartment on the floor.

3. The riser/down comer shall be provided in the staircase/staircase lobby in such a manner that it

does not obstruct the means of escape.

4. Only single headed hydrants shall be used on the riser/down comer.

5. The size of hose to be provided with the internal hydrants shall be 50mmdiameter and with 63

mm diameter instantaneous male/female couplings.

6. Diffuser branch shall only be provided in the hose boxes.

7. In case of partially sprinkle red building tapping from the wet riser is permitted for sprinkler feed.

8. In case of fully sprinkle red building separate rising mains and pumps shall bemused for

sprinkler system and wet riser.

111

5. Selection of Pumps

1. Pumping requirement shall be met by a single pump or combination of pumps.

2. If more than one pump is installed to meet the pumping requirement they shall be so arranged

that they come into operation one after another depending upon fall in pressure in the mains and

the combined pumping capacity shall be 20% more than the actual pumping capacity needed.

3. Jockey pump shall be selected to give minimum 3% and maximum 5% of aggregate pumping

requirement at the same pressure to that of the main pump subject to maximum discharge of 450

LPM.

4. Standard pumps shall only be used having discharge capacity as 180LPM, 2280LPM 2850 LPM &

4550 LPM.

5. The pump shall be capable of giving the pressure as shown in the table below:

Occupancy

Category

Pressure* At Terrace Level

Fully Spkd. (Kgf./Cm2)

Riser (Kgf./Cm2)

LEVEL-I

3.5

3.5

LEVEL-II

3.5

5.5

LEVEL-III

3.5

7.0

* Orifice plates shall be installed at the hydrants on rising mains / yard hydrants to

ensure that the pressure does not exceed 7 Kgf./Cm2.

Annexure-D

Questionnaire for High Rise Buildings/Other Buildings

Fire Service Headquarters

1. Name of the building ………………………………………………………..

2. Address of the building………………………………………………………

3. Name and address of builder/promoter………………………….…………..

4. Name and address of owners /occupiers of individual flats ………………..

5. Plot area ………………………………………………………………………………..…

(a) Title ……………………………………………………………………………

(b)

Land

use

(in

case

of

residential

building

indicate

no.

of

dwelling

units……………………………………………………………………..………

6. Covered Area (at grade level) ……………………………………………………..

7. Height of tile building………………………………………………………………

8. a) Overall height (from grade level up to terrace level ) …………………………..

9.

b)

Whether

set

back

areas

are

conforming

to

unified

building

byelaws…………………………………………………………………………………

c) Area of the basement …………………………………………………………...

d) Whether any piazza is proposed? if so, details of the level of piazza and ramp

etc. be indicated …………………………………………………………………..

10. Number of floors (including ground floor) ………………………………………

11. Occupancy use (please mention separately, use for basement and floors)

…………………………………………………………………………………..…

12. Covered area of typical floor ………………………………………………………

13. Parking areas (please give details) ……………………………………………........

14. Details of surrounding properties / features

Compass

direction In

relation to the

building

Type of

Property/

feature

Height in case

of building

Distance wall

to wall from

building

Any other

information

North

South

East

West

15.

Approach

to

proposed

building

width

of

the

road

and

connecting

roads,

if

any…………………………………………..………………………………………………

16. Please give details of water supply available exclusively for the fire fighting

…………………………………………………………………………………………

17. Has wet riser(s) been provided? If so, please indicate the number of risers and internal dia of

each ………………………………….…………………………………..

18. Has any down comer been provided? If so, please give details including pump

capacity…………………………………………………………………..……………

112

19. Please indicate the present arrangement for replenishment of water for fire

fighting……………………….………………………………………………………

20. Is a public or other water storage facility available nearby? if so, please give the capacity and

distance

from

your

building,

also

please

indicate

if

it

is

easily

accessible………………………………………………..………..…………………..

21. Please give any other information regarding availability of water supply for

fire fighting…....………………………………………………………………………

22. Have internal hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and terrace.

a) No. of hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and terrace …………

b) Bore and length of each floor including basement(s) …………….……….…...

c) Size (bore) and type of nozzle fitted to each hose reel……...………….………

d)

Is

the

hose

reel

connected

directly

to

the

riser

or

to

the

hydrant

outlet?

…………………………………….……………………………………………

23. Has fire hose been provided near each hydrant? if so, Please indicate ……………….

a) The type hoses…………………………………………………………………..

b) The size (bore) of hose …………………………………………………………

c) The length of each hose ………………………………………..……………….

24. Have branch pipes been provided? if so, please indicate

a) The type of branch pipe…………………………………………………………

b) Size of nozzle fitted to each branch……………………………………………..

25 a) If the basement is used for Car / Scooter parking or storage.

Has it been sprinkled?………………………………….……………… ……….

b) Whether any cubicles proposed in the basement? If so, the area of each cubical be indicated?

……………………….…………………….……………………...

c) Whether segregation/compartmentation of the basement has been provided? If so, please give

details………………………………………….…………………

26. Is the building equipped with automatic fire detection and alarm system? If so, please indicate

a) The type of detectors used ………………………………………………………

b) The standard to which the detectors conform …………………………………..

c) The code to which the installation conform ……………………………………

27. Have manual call boxes been installed in the building for raising an alarm in the event of

outbreak of fire? If so, please give details………………………………

28. Has public address system been installed in the building with loudspeaker on each floor with

talk back facility………………………………………………………

29. Has an intercom system been provided between the various floors and the fire control room in

entrance lobby? ………………………………………………………

30. Has a fire control room been provided in the entrance lobby of the building?

…………………………………………………………………………

31. How many staircases have been provided in the building? Please indicate in each case: -

a) Width of the stairway……………………………………………………..……

b) Width of treads…………………………………………………………………

c) Height of risers …………………………………………………………………

d) If the treads are of the non-slip type……………………………………………

32. What is the average occupant load per floor?………………………………………

33. Whether fire tower has been proposed? …………………………………………….

34. How many lifts have been installed in the building? Please indicate in each case:

a) The floors between which the lifts runs…………………………………..……

b) The type of doors fitted to the lift Car and at each landing……………………

c) Fire resistance raring of lift Car and landing doors, if known …….………….

d) Floor area of the lift car……………………………………………………..…

e) Loading capacity of the lift car ………………………………………….……

f) Has communication system been installed in the lift car? ……………………

g) Has a fireman’s switch been installed in the lift for grounding it in the event of fire

……….……………………………………………………………………

35. Have any stationary fire pump (s) been installed or pressuring the wet riser? If so, please

indicate.

a) The number of pumps……………..…………………….……………………

b) The size of suction and delivery connection of each pump …….……………

c) The output of each pump ………………………………………….…………

36. Has the building been protected with sprinkler system, If so, detail of sprinkler

pump…………….……………………………………………….………….………

113

37. Has a standby source of power supply been provided? If it is through a generator, please

indicate.

a) The capacity (output) ………………………..………………………………

b) The functions that can be maintained simultaneously by the use of the Generator, such as

operating lift(s); fire pumps, emergency lighting etc.

system; exit signs; PA system etc. …………………………………………

c) Is the generator automatic in action or has to be started manually?……….…

38. Has any Yard hydrant been provided from the building’s fire pump? ……………..

39. Where more than one lifts are installed in a common enclosure have individual lifts been

separated by fire resisting walls or 2 hours fire rating? ………………………

40. Has the lift shaft(s) lift lobby or stairwell been pressurized? If so, give

details……………………………………………………………………….………

41. Has the lift lobbies and staircase been effectively enclosed to prevent fire/smoke entering them

from outside at any floor? ……………………………………………

42. Have all exits and direction of travel to each exit been sign-posted with illuminated signs?

………………………………………………………………………… …..…

43. Has a false ceiling been provided in any portion of the building? If so, please indicate location

and also mention if the material used for the false ceiling is combustible or non-combustible

………………………………… ……………………………………

44. Is the building centrally air-conditioned? if so, please indicate:

a) The material used for construction of ducts and its fittings……………….…

b) The type of lining used for ducts, if any………………………….………..…

c) The type of lagging used for ducts, if any for insulating any portion of the duct; please also

indicate how the lagging is secured………………………

d) If plenum is used for return air passage has it been protected with fire detectors? Please give

details…………………………………………………

e) Has a separate A.H.U. been provided for each floor?

f) Whether automatic shutdown of A. H. U. is coupled with detection

system /sprinkler system…………………………………………………

g) Is the ducting for each floor effectively isolated or is it continuous on more

than one floor? …………………………………………………………….…

h) Are the fire dampers being provided?……………………………………..…

45. Where are the switchgear and transformer located? If inside the building please indicate:

……………………………………………….………………………………

a) If the switchgear and transformer (s) have been housed in separate compartments, effectively

separated from each other and other portions of the building by a four-hour’s fire resistive wall?

………………………………

b) What precautions have been taken to prevent a possible fire in the transformer (s) from

spreading? ……………………………………………….

c) Are transformer protected by high velocity water spray system………………..

46 I) Where electrical cables, telephone cables wet risers / down comers pass-through a floor or wall

has the spaces (apertures) round the cables /pipes been effectively sealed/plugged with

noncombustible, fire resistance material?…………………..……………………………………………………

II) Ventilation

a) Whether natural ventilation is relied upon? If so, give details of the vents for the stairwell life

shafts…………………………………………………….......

b) Whether mechanical ventilation has been proposed? If so, give details of the proposed system

indicating

the

number

of

air

changes

for

the

basement

and

other

floors

……………….……………………………………………..…

c) Whether mechanical ventilation is coupled with automatic detection system/sprinkler system?

Please give details of the system………………..…

47. Please indicate the number and type of fire extinguishers provided at various locations and the

arrangement

for

the

maintenance

of

the

extinguishers

……………………….…………………………………………..……………………

48. Please indicate if all fire extinguishers bear the BIS mark……………………………

49. Whether the refugee area has been provided? If so, the floor on which provided and the total area

provided floor-wise………………………………………….…………

50. Are the occupants of the building systematically trained in fire prevention, use of fire

extinguishers

and

emergency

procedures?

If

so,

please

give

details………………………………………….……………….………………………

51. Does an emergency organization exist in the building? If so, please give details and append a

copy of the emergency (fire) orders………………………………..………

114

52. Has a qualified officer been appointed for the building either individually or jointly with other

building(s)…………………………………………………………………

53. Has the building been protected against lighting? If so, does the lighting protection conform to

any

code?

Please

indicate

details

provision

of

MCB

and

ELCB

in

the

building………………………………………………………………………

54. The work has not been started on site and construction will be started only after final approval

of the Authority / the position of construction at site is given below:

…………..…………………………………………………………………………

Name and address of the consultant with Registration No…………………………………

Owner’s Signatures Signature of the Applicant / Architect /Engineer

Name………………………………… Name……………………………….………

(In block letters) (In block letters)

Designation…………………………………

Organization………………………..………

Signature of Fire Consultant

Dated:

Name………………………………..

(In block letters)

Remark of the concerned Authority. The proposal has been broadly examined. The above

information is correct and the proposal is permissible as far as development Authority is concerned

(Additional comments, if any, may be given below or attached):

The proposal can be considered by Fire Services at conceptual stage/is forwarded to Fire Service

along with 3 sets of drawings which are according to bye-laws, Master Plan, Zonal Plan, and

firefighting regulations and policy instructions of Government. The proposal involves relaxation in

respect of height/set-backs/ ………………………The Architect/Engineer has been advised to furnish

the requisite material and documents given in the attached list, within one week time directly to the

Fire Service.

Signature of Authority

Name:

Designation and office Seal:

APPENDICES

APPENDIX-I

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION OF VARIOUS STAKE HOLDERS WITH THE

AUTHORITY

The Stake holders to be registered with the Authority are;

A. Land owners who intend to apply for building licence in the plot owned by them.

B. Promoters who are developing Real estate projects within the jurisdiction of the Authority

C. Professionals on record for preparing drawings (for building licence and for NOCs from

different departments)

D. Professionals on record for supervising the works executed in site (civil works and other

services)

E. Professionals who are interested in registering with the Authority as Empanelled

Professionals to verify the site plan with reference to the site conditions, verify the works

executed in site with reference to the various drawings submitted, and to certify the building

licences as notified by the government.

F. Contractors intending to undertake construction activities within the jurisdiction of the

ULB (for Civil, electrical, Plumbing and Sanitation, HVAC, Fire and Emergency services)

The following procedure shall be adopted by the ULBs to register the Stake holders with the

ULB;

1. The Stake holders shall register themselves with the Authority by providing their identity

proof, submitting an undertaking cum affidavit (in the format prescribed by the government)

and payment of the prescribed fees.

2. The landowners who intend to apply for building licence in the plot owned by them, shall

submit the particulars of the plot and the building proposed to be constructed on the plot,

while registering with the Authority whenever he proposed to develop a building.

3. The Promoter who intends to develop real estate project within the jurisdiction of the ULB,

shall do a onetime registration with the Authority.

115

4. Professionals intending to prepare the required drawings and details (Architectural,

Structural and Services), the Professionals intending to prepare the required drawings and

details for obtaining NOCs from the concerned departments and the Professionals intending

to supervise the construction of the various components of the building shall do a onetime

registration with the Authority in the respective category based on the eligibility criteria of

Qualification, Experience and Competence, notified by the Government.

5.Professionals who are interested in registering with the Authority as Empanelled

Professionals to verify the site plan with reference to the site conditions, verify the works

executed in site with reference to the various drawings submitted, and to certify the building

licences as notified by the government shall do a onetime registration with the Authority in

the respective category based on the eligibility criteria of Qualification, Experience and

Competence, notified by the Government.

6. Contractors intending to undertake construction activities within the jurisdiction of the

ULB (for Civil, electrical, Plumbing and Sanitation, HVAC, Fire and Emergency services) shall

do a onetime registration with the Authority.

7. The procedure for registration and allotting the registration no. for the stake holders and

the fee payable for empanelled professionals for verifying the works executed at site shall be

as prescribed by the Government.

APPENDIX-II

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR SANCTION FROM

THE AUTHORITY FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

A – Requirements of Key Plan

Key plan which is provided along with the drawings of the Plot Approval obtained after the

commencement of the KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules 2017 shall be accepted as the Key plan which

shall be part of the site plan. In case of Plot Approval obtained prior to KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules

2017, the key plan shall be prepared in a legible scale showing the location of the plot in the Master

Plan containing the following features within 1 Km around the plot, namely: -

(a) Location of all existing and proposed roads of the Master Plan mentioning the existing and

proposed width and hierarchy of roads;

(b) Location of all existing Storm Water Drains and other water bodies;

(c) Location / Alignment of overhead or underground HT power supply lines (High Tension

Electric lines);

(d) Location / Alignment of sewerage system of ULB;

(e) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

B – Requirements of Site Plan

The site plan shall be prepared in a legible scale, preferably of 1:200 or 1:500 with plan oriented in

North-South direction. The Site Plan which is part of the Plot Approval obtained after the

commencement of the KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules 2017 shall be accepted as the site plan for the

building plan approval under these byelaws. In case of Plot Approval obtained prior to KTCP

(Approval of plot) Rules 2017, the site plan shall contain the following details, namely: -

(a)

All site boundaries with dimensions, by superimposing the survey sketch issued by Revenue

Department and the survey sketch prepared by conducting physical survey of plot using Total

Intelligent Station. At least 3 boundary points of both the sketches should match when

superimposed. The innermost boundaries of the plot derived by superimposing both the

sketches shall be considered as the boundary of the plot and the area of the plot within such

boundary shall be considered as the extent of the plot as existing at site;

(b)

Extent of plot, which shall be lesser of the extent as per document or as existing at site (as

derived from clause ‘a’ above);

(c)

All roads abutting the plot with existing width, proposed width and center line of the road. The

road widening line and building line, if any, shall be marked on the plot, if applicable, showing

the portion of the plot required for road widening;

(d) Portion of Plot to be reserved for Park and Open Spaces and Civic Amenities, if required, as per

KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules 2017

(e)

Land use as per Master Plan and the permitted land use as per Zonal Regulations;

(f)

Contours of the plot at 1m. intervals along with the levels of the adjoining plots and of the

abutting roads;

(g)

Location with dimensions and extent of Kharab lands within the plot;

(h)

Location of roads of the Master Plan passing through the plot, if any;

116

(i)

Location of all natural features such as trees, water bodies (including wells, ponds, storm

water drains, etc.) quarries including buffer area, etc.;

(j)

Location of city level sewerage and H.T. lines passing through the plot including buffer area;

(k)

Railway lines within 30m of the boundary;

(l)

Eligibility for relaxation of setbacks as per Common Zonal Regulations;

The following additional details shall be incorporated in the site plan which is provided along with

Plot Approval;

(a) Building footprint (portion of the floor plan of the building projecting above the ground) for

Ground coverage and setbacks and the projections in the upper floors, beyond the footprint

area (in dotted line).

(b) Details of constructions provided in the setback area of the plot, including ramps (along with

slope of ramp), driveway and also the parking spaces provided in the open yard.

(c) Details of the over ground and underground services provided such as water supply, sewerage,

power supply and telecommunication system and details of the rain water harvesting system

(pipelines, cables, chambers, manholes, transformer and generator yard / substation, STP and

pump room, solid waste management plant, etc.)

(d) Entry and Exit to plot with gate and entry / exit arch details.

(e) Levels contiguous to the building and the boundaries / corners of the plot.

(f) Details for identification of neighbouring properties.

(g) Portion of the plot reserved for Civic Amenities.

(c)

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

C – Requirements of Floor Plan for parking area

The following details shall be provided in the plan of the floor showing parking area (for full or

portion of the floor)

(a) Details of entry / exit ramps (ramp from outside the building to the parking floor and ramp

between parking floors, as applicable), such as number of ramps, width of the ramp and slope.

(b) width of all driveways in the parking area and the width of the parking bays abutting the

driveway.

(c) Width of columns provided in the parking floors and clear spacing between the columns, location

of staircases, lifts and toilets.

(d) Level of floor with reference to the ground level contiguous to the building or the road level

whichever is considered for the height of the building.

(f) Minimum Setback line from the boundary of the plot and in case of basement floor, the distance

between the boundary and the parking floor periphery.

(g) Any other uses proposed within the parking area / floor.

(h) no. of parking bays provided (4 wheeler and 2-wheeler), separately showing single parking,

double parking (one behind the other and one above the other – mechanical parking) and automatic

parking devices adopted such as car lift etc. (along with the approval of the agencies notified by the

Government), as applicable.

(i) Index of drawing as specified in Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

D – Requirements of Floor Plans of other uses

(1) Residential:

Separate floor plans for each of the typical floors have to be prepared with the following details;

(a) Plan of the dwelling units with areas of sub uses such as foyer, living, dining, bedroom, study,

kitchen, bathroom, WC, toilet, balcony etc. mentioned separately. The carpet area (excluding exterior

wall and balcony of the dwelling unit) and plinth area (including exterior wall and balcony of the

dwelling unit) of the dwelling unit has to be mentioned.

(b) Room dimensions and details of doors, windows, ventilators, duct doors and other openings shall

be shown.

(c) All common areas such as staircases and lifts, corridors / passages, service / ventilation ducts,

stores, entrance lobby etc.

(d) Level of floor with reference to the ground level contiguous to the building or the road level

whichever is considered for the height of the building.

(f) Minimum Setback line from the boundary of the plot and balconies projecting beyond the setback

line.

(g) No. of dwelling units in each floor (details of all types of dwelling units) and no. of typical floors.

(h) Terrace floor plan with details of open terrace, covered terrace, staircase room, lift / lift machine

room, overhead tank, toilets and other permitted constructions in the terrace floor. (If overhead tank

and the lift machine room is located one level above the terrace floor, the same has to be specifically

mentioned in the Terrace floor plan).

(i) Section lines

(j) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

117

(2) Commercial:

Separate floor plans for each of the typical floors have to be prepared with the following details;

(a) Plan of the commercial premises with areas of sub uses such as retail display area, office area,

work area, stores, toilet, etc. mentioned separately. The carpet area (excluding exterior wall and

balcony of the premises) and plinth area (including exterior wall and balcony of the premises) of the

premises has to be mentioned.

(b) Room dimensions and details of doors, windows, ventilators, duct doors and other openings shall

be shown.

(c) All common areas such as staircases and lifts, corridors / passages, service / ventilation ducts,

stores, entrance lobby etc.

(d) Level of floor with reference to the ground level contiguous to the building or the road level

whichever is considered for the height of the building.

(f) Minimum Setback line from the boundary of the plot and balconies projecting beyond the setback

line.

(g) No. of premises in each floor and no. of typical floors.

(h) Terrace floor plan with details of open terrace, covered terrace, staircase room, lift / lift machine

room, overhead tank, toilets and other permitted constructions in the terrace floor. (If overhead tank

and the lift machine room is located one level above the terrace floor, the same has to be specifically

mentioned in the Terrace floor plan).

(i) Common toilets requirements and provisions made.

(j) Details of all staircases provided (width, tread, riser, landing, handrail, head room, no. of steps in

each flight).

(k) Details of corridors / passage (minimum width required and width provided, parapet details)

(l) Section lines

(j) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

(3) Other non-residential and non-commercial:

All details similar to that of commercial use except details of no. of premises, carpet area and plinth

area of the independent premises in the floors, within the non-residential and non-commercial uses.

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

E – Requirements of Sections of Building

Drawings for the vertical sections cut across the floor plans of the building in such a way that any

one or more section drawings shall cut across all the main staircases connecting all the respective

floors of the building.

Section drawings shall also be drawn across all the floors wherever the plan of a floor projects

outward or recedes inward from the lower floor, including section cut across upper Ground floor and

lower ground floor, if applicable.

The section shall also cut across maximum earth cut or fill areas of the plot showing the original

ground level and the formed ground level with the proposed retaining wall details. The section shall

also show the general foundation details of the building.

The section drawings shall mark all the building components and structural elements (foundation,

walls, slab & beams, roof, etc.,) along with the dimensions. The type of material for each component

shall also be mentioned.

The section drawing shall also show the ground levels contiguous to the building, average ground

level contiguous to the building and also the levels of each floor. The section drawing shall also have

the floor to floor height (including mezzanine floor, if applicable) and the height of the building

measured from the average ground level contiguous to the building or the road level, as the case

may be, to the terrace floor level or the roof level, as the case may be.

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

F – Requirements of Elevation of buildings

Elevation drawings shall be drawn for all side elevations showing the structural features of the

building visible on each elevation such as windows and other openings, slab and other architectural

projections.

Height of the building with reference to ground level or road level.

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

G – Requirements of Drawings for all services provided

a – Electrical system including use of alternate energy

Electrical drawings of all floors showing the location of electrical fixtures, switch boards, etc.,

both inside the specific use areas and common areas along with fixture schedule.

118

Details of electrical ducts (horizontal & vertical), panel room, 11KV sub-station (transformer

and other requirements) and generator facilities.

Single line diagram of the power distribution system.

Details of alternate energy sources provided

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

b- Water Supply system

Drawings showing Plumbing pipelines and fixtures inside the toilets of specific use areas and

common areas with fixture schedules.

Pipeline details in Sanitary ducts and connectivity to overhead and sump tanks and

connectivity from Municipal water supply line and water pumping system.

Details of Solar water heating system

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

c – Rain Water harvesting & ground water recharging system

Drawings showing Terrace water collection, filtration and connection to sump tank or ground

water recharging pits.

Ground water recharging

(as detailed in Clause 10)

d – Sewerage system

Drawings showing Drainage pipelines and sanitary fixtures inside the toilets of specific use

areas and common areas with fixture schedules.

Inspection chambers and manholes in the ground and connectivity to Municipal sewer lines

or sewage treatment plant.

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

e – HVAC system

A. Floor Plan

1. Corresponds to submitted or previously approved building plans, including interior layout,

room names & uses, wall & roof insulation R-values, door/window/skylight U-factors

2. Location, volume, and/or rates in CFM of exhaust, make-up air, outdoor air and

combustion air

3. Location of equipment & appliances, fire, smoke and ceiling radiation dampers, grease

duct wraps

kitchen hood exhaust duct, grease duct enclosures, suppression systems, controls, monitors,

etc.

4. Duct sealing requirements stated

5. HVAC distribution via ductwork, sizing, location

a. Metal duct gauge, geometry (round, square, rectangular)

b. Flexible duct diameter, specification

c. Flexible connector diameter, length limitations

d. Underground duct construction, materials, vapor barriers, insulation (R-values),

clearances, cross section, slope

e. Plenum construction materials and locations

B. Sections or Details

1. Insulation for duct or pipe; type, R-value labeling required on plans and in the field

2. Pipe: size, type, hydronic or gas

3. Exhaust rates in CFM

4. Kitchen hood construction information provided

5. Air transfer to corridors only as allowed by code

6. Clothes dryer exhaust duct distribution, length, access doors, etc.

7. Metal duct gauge, geometry, means of fastening, maximum length

8. Transition duct limitations & requirements

9. Grease duct wrap defined for manufacturer and type

10. Hydronic systems have floor assembly which meets minimum under-floor/slab insulation

and testing requirements

119

C. Equipment Information

1. Equipment schedules or similar provided which define equipment type, capacities,

efficiencies, kitchen hood suppression, as well as associated air rates in CFM

2. Listing shows compliance with ASTM/UL/NFPA/ANSI etc. standards as required to be met

by the code

3.

Operation,

setback/demand

control

ventilation/operational

controls/interlocks

sequencing of all

equipment, and location of controls

4. Provision of economizer indicated if required as part of installation

5. Provision of make-up air

6. Platform & clearance locations for rooftop equipment defined

7. Roof access indicated on plans (if required)

8. Guardrail location and dimensions for roof equipment as required by code

9. Condensate disposal location indicated

10. Duct smoke detection system (if required)

11. Duct smoke detector locations, model defined, installation defined (on return only or

return & supply), sequence of operation defined

12. Control panel location, model

13. Smoke control system

14. Apparatus used (based on submitted calculations)

15. Designate pressure classification of the duct system based on inches w.g.

16. Fire, smoke & ceiling radiation dampers defined for ratings, locations & operations

17. Hydronic systems fully defined for type of, length of, size of, flow rate in pipe; testing

requirements addressed, under floor insulation (shall be addressed in building envelope

calculations)

18. Structural weight of rooftop equipment listed on plan and associated structural design

accounted for

D. Calculations

1. Room by room heat loss calculations, not just an overall summary

2. Heat gain calculations may be done by area served by appliance (if AC provided)

3. Transmission plus greater of infiltration or ventilation (furnace sizing)

4. Structural calculations provided to verify that weight of proposed appliances does not

exceed load

bearing capability of roof, mezzanine, platform, etc.

5. Volume of exhaust and outdoor air intake are approximately the same

6. Smoke control system sizing

7. Outside air required for each room/space where different occupancies are served by one

appliance

E. Ventilation Criteria

1. Mechanical ventilation rates used meet minimums listed in SPS Table 364.0403 (or as

justified and

found acceptable by the Dept.)

2. Natural ventilation as allowed by SPS Table 364.0402

3. Exceptions met and clearly stated on plans or in calculations

F. Minimum Clearances

1. Exhaust & outside air intakes to property lines & buildings

2. Distance between intake to exhaust ventilation openings

3. Overhead clearances (suspended appliance)

4. Location of intakes above ground/roof

5. Combustible material clearances to heat-producing appliance

G. Type of fuel used by HVAC equipment

1. Natural Gas

2. Electricity

3. Fuel Oil

4. Wood or pellets

120

H. Combustion Air

1. Provide calculations used to determine if internal building air can be used, or if outside

combustion air

is required to be provided

2. Define number, location and size of transfer ducts, and louver/grill openings

I. Balancing Report is Required to be On-Site

J. Maintenance & Operation Manuals are Required to be Provided to Owner

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

H – Requirements of Landscape plan

Land scape plan shall be enclosed with the application for building licence in case of building

proposed in plots above 4000 sqm. The following details shall be provided in the land scape

plan

(a) Building foot print and all other constructions proposed in the yard including details of the over

ground and underground services provided such as water supply, sewerage, power supply and

telecommunication system and details of the rain water harvesting system (pipelines, cables,

chambers, manholes etc.)

(b) Details of the parking spaces and other concreted or paved areas provided in the yard.

(c) Area reserved for park and open spaces (as per the provisions of KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules

2017)

(d) Areas proposed to be developed as green space (including in the areas reserved as park and open

spaces)

(e) Type of land landscape, plantation, trees proposed.

(f) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

I – Requirements of Circulation Plan and Traffic study & Impact

Detailed calculations of traffic studies conducted in the locality and the impact of the development

proposed, on the existing traffic scenario.

(as detailed in Chapter 6)

J – Requirements of Structural Drawings

Structural drawings show the structural support components and details of the proposed

project, from the foundation to the rooftop. All structural systems for a building that is

designed must be signed and sealed by a licensed engineer.

Minimum information requirements for structural drawings include, but are not limited to,

the following:

Foundation plans, pile design (with layout), details, sections and all applicable schedules

ex.(pile schedules)

Slab-on-grade and slab plans, section and details

Cast-in-place concrete floor plans

Floor framing plans, sections and details

Roof framing plans, sections and details

Structural steel framing plans, sections and details

Pre-engineered building design certificates and drawings

Load bearing walls, pads, columns, beams and joists

Pre-cast concrete plans, details and sections

Connection details for all components

Retaining walls

Building mounted antennas

Large, heavy or high signs

Pedestrian bridges, crane runways, and other special structures

(as detailed in Chapter 6)

K – Requirements of Green Building drawings

(as detailed in Chapter 10)

121

APPENDIX-III

INDEX FOR THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF DRAWINGS SUBMITTED

A – Index of Key Plan

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Existing and proposed width of roads abutting the plot

7. Marking of North direction

8. Date of approval

B – Index of Site Plan;

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Existing and proposed width of roads abutting the plot

7. Extent of plot

(a) Total extent (as per document, as per site condition and considered for building

licence)

(b) Extent to be surrendered for road widening (whether compensation paid –

monetary of in the form of DR)

(c) Extent to be surrendered for P & OS and CA, if applicable.

(d) Net area for development

(e) Net area considered for FAR calculation

8. Land use analysis

(a) Land uses of plot as per Master Plan

(b) Permitted land uses as per Zonal regulations

(c) Existing land use of areas in the plot (% of area for roads, Park & Open Space and Civic

Amenities, if applicable and % of area for development).

9. Summary of area statement of buildings with floor wise area details and FAR (permitted

and proposed including DR / TDR).

10. Ground coverage (permitted and proposed)

11. Setbacks (required and provided)

12. Parking space (required and provided)

13. Public Toilet for Commercial Buildings (required and provided)

14. % of floor areas provided for community facilities, in case of Group housing.

15. Details of Means of Access, if applicable.

16. Marking of North direction

17. Date of approval

C – Index of Floor Plan for parking area

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Land use analysis

(a) Land uses of plot as per Master Plan

(b) Permitted land uses as per Zonal regulations

(c) Proposed land use for different specific uses in the floor (% of floor area for different

specific uses in the floor, including the proportionate percentage of common areas)

122

6. Summary of area statement, including floor area of buildings with floor wise area details

required for calculating parking space requirement.

7. Parking space (required and provided)

8. Date of approval

D – Index of Floor Plans of other uses

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of area statement of floor with details of total construction areas, areas

considered for FAR & exempted from FAR, toilet areas, specific use areas & common areas,

areas considered for parking calculations and details of FAR (permitted and proposed

including DR / TDR).

7. Schedule of openings

8. Carpet area and plinth area of individual dwelling units and commercial premises in the

floor.

9. no. of staircases and lifts (width of each staircase and capacity of each lift)

10. Public Toilet for Commercial Buildings (required and provided)

11. % of floor areas provided for community facilities, in case of Group housing.

12. No. of seats in case of Assembly buildings and no. of beds in case of hospitals and

nursing homes.

18. Date of approval

E – Index of Sections of Building

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Date of approval

F – Index of Elevation of buildings

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Date of approval

G – Index of Drawings for all services provided

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the particular service provided (minimum requirements and provisions made)

7. Date of approval

H Index of Landscape plan

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the land scape details provided (type of landscape and tree plantation made)

7. Date of approval

123

I – Index of Circulation Plan and Traffic study & Impact

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the road network provided in the development plan

7. Summary of traffic study conducted and impact (critical conditions and provisions made)

8. Date of approval

J – Index of Structural Drawings

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the structural design and drawings (minimum requirements and provisions

made)

7. Date of approval

K – Index of Green Building drawings

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the Green building requirements (minimum requirements and provisions

made)

7. Date of approval

APPENDIX-IV

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR NOCS FROM

OTHER DEPARTMENTS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

(as prescribed by the respective departments)

APPENDIX-V

PROCEDURE FOR EMPANELMENT OF PROFESSIONALS BY THE AUTHORITY AND

SELECTION OF EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

The following procedure shall be adopted for empanelling the professionals by the respective

ULBs and to select the empanelled professional for site inspection to verify the various

components of buildings executed at site and also to certify building licence as notified by the

government;

1. The eligibility of empanelled professionals to verify different types of buildings, based on

the qualification, experience and competence shall be fixed as notified by the government.

2. Every ULB shall call Expression of Interest from eligible professionals for empanelment.

3. The ULB shall register the professionals for empanelment as specified in Appendix-I.

124

4. The ULB shall select the empanelled professionals for inspecting the site and submitting

site inspection report as specified in these byelaws based on the predetermined logic notified

by the Government.

5.The empanelled professional selected by the ULB for inspection of any building site, shall

confirm his acceptance to undertake inspection work and submit site inspection report

(within the timelines specified in Appendix-VIII), on the same day of receiving intimation

from the ULB, failing which the ULB shall select another empanelled professional as per the

predetermined logic notified by the Government.

APPENDIX-VI

DETAILS OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR BUILDING LICENCE

The following documents shall be submitted along with the application, namely:-

(a)

RTC as per date of application;

(b)

Extract of Mutation Register;

(c)

Copy of the Title document such as Sale Deed, etc.;

(d)

Copy of the registered document of GPA / authorisation letter, if applicable;

(e)

Joint development Agreement or MOU and affidavit of all the owners of plots

amalgamated for approval of plot;

(f)

Latest Encumbrance Certificate;

(g)

Survey sketch issued by Revenue Department for conversion purpose;

(h)

Conversion Order;

(i)

LAQ NOC;

(j)

All applicable NOCs from other departments;

(k)

Photographs of the site (minimum 4 nos., each from north, south, east and west)

showing

the natural and built developments within the site and also the abutting roads;

(l)

Copy of the plot approval obtained

(m)

Photo and other identity proof of the applicant;

(n) Specifications of the buildings and

(o)

Any other documents notified by the Government;

APPENDIX-VII

VARIOUS FEES FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE AND OTHER FEES PAYABLE AS

PER THESE BYE-LAWS

The following fees shall be paid for sanction of building licence at the rates specified by the

ULB or notified by the government.

1. Scrutiny fee

2. Licence fee

3. Infrastructure cess

4. Solid waste management cess

5. Greenery cess

6. Inspection fee

7. Construction and demolition waste disposal cess

8. Labour cess

9. Refundable Security Deposit

10. Fees for respective NOC

125

APPENDIX-VIII

TIMELINES FOR DIFFERENT ACTIVITIES FOR ISSUING BUILDING LICENCE, NOCS AND

CERTIFICATION OF WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE AS PER THE CONDITIONS OF NOC,

BY DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDING.

Timeline for issuing NOCs

Explanatory Notes:

1. The above Table and Chart indicates that the processes after the applicant applies for building

approval with clear land title and possession of land. Hence, clearances related to CLU and Land

Title has not been considered.

2. The table illustrates the duration of clearances obtained in Normal course and suggests the

reduced duration of 26 days (PreConstruction) if the Approving Authority adopts online sanctions.

3. Clearances indicated at S Nos. C-J are concurrent with applications at the pre-construction

stages, wherein their process of approval can be taken up simultaneously.

4. Clearances indicated at S Nos. L-N are concurrent with applications during-construction stage,

wherein their process of approval can be taken up simultaneously.

5. S No. P has to be linked with S No. O, once applicant receives the Completion Certificate, service

plan clearances and connections would be deemed to be sanctioned.

126

Timeline for issuing building licence

Sl.

No

Description of

Standard

Activities

Description

of Additional

Activities

Timelines for different types of approvals for different types of buildings (based on height)

Act.

(A)

/Cum.

(C)**

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

Activities for all types of Approval of Plot

1

The CEO of the

Authority

to

verify

the

documents

submitted

along with the

application.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

C

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

Issuing

endorsement

in

case

of

discrepancy

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Applicant

to

rectify

the

defects

and

resubmit

the

documents

and

acceptance of

the same by

the

designated

officer

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

4

Evaluation

of

the

Technical

drawings

and

details

submitted and

acceptance

of

the same by

TPO

or

the

empanelled

professionals

or

the

designated

officers, as the

case may be, if

the documents

submitted are

accepted

by

the CEO and

also

verification

of

compliance of

conditions

incorporated

for

obtaining

NOCs

from

different

departments.

A

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

6

5

5

5

C

3

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

6

9

9

9

8

8

8

5

Submission of

evaluation

report to the

CEO, with or

without

changes

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

3

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

6

9

9

9

8

8

8

6

CEO

to

approve

the

technical

drawings

and

details

submitted,

with

the

changes

recommended

by the TPO or

the empanelled

profesional or

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

4

4

4

5

5

5

7

7

7

10

10

10

9

9

9

127

the designated

officer, as the

case may be.

7

Issuing

endorsement

by

TPO,

in

case

of

discrepancy

in

the

Technical

details

submitted

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

8

Applicant

to

rectify

the

defects

and

resubmit

the

technical

drawings and

details

and

acceptance of

the same by

the

TPO

or

the

empanelled

professional

or

the

designated

officer, as the

case may be.

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

9

CEO

to

forward

application,

technical

drawings

and

details

submitted

for

NOCs, to the

concerned

departments,

along

with

required

fees

paid

by

the

applicant,

if

the

technical

drawings

and

details

submitted

by

the

applicant

is approved by

the CEO.

A

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

CEO

to

forward

the

required

details to the

selected

empanelled

professional

for

site

inspection

to

verify the site

plan

submitted.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

5

5

5

6

6

6

8

8

8

11

11

11

10

10

10

11

Site inspection

& submission

of Inspection

report

by

empanelled

professional, to

the CEO, with

or

without

noting

of

discrepancy.

A

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

C

7

7

7

8

8

8

10

10

10

13

13

13

12

12

12

12

Approval

of

Site Inspection

Report

by

the CEO, by

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

8

8

8

9

9

9

11

11

11

14

14

14

13

13

13

128

accepting

or

rejecting

the

noting

of

discrepancy, if

any.

13

Issuing

endorsement

in

case

of

discrepancy

in

the

Site

Inspection

Report

accepted

by

the CEO

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

14

Applicant

to

rectify

the

defects

and

resubmit

the

respective

drawing

and

detail as per

the

endorsement

and

acceptance of

the same by

the TPO

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

Receipt of all

required

NOCs

from

the respective

departments.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

16

On receipt of

all the required

NOCs

and

approval of site

inspection

report by the

CEO, the CEO

to sanction the

building

licence

and

forward

the

challan

for

payment

of

fees,

to

the

applicant.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

9

9

9

10

10

10

12

12

12

15

15

15

14

14

14

Payment

of

Fees by land

owner

/

promoter

for

the NOCs and

building

licence.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CEO to issue

building

licence and the

NOCs received

from

the

concerned

departments.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

C

10

10

10

11

11

11

13

13

13

17

17

17

16

16

16

*a – new construction

b- addition / Alteration

c-revised licence

** -

A – Timeline for each activity

C- Cumulative timeline upto that activity

129

APPENDIX-IX

PROCEDURE FOR SITE INSPECTION BY EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS AND

SUBMISSION OF SITE INSPECTION REPORT.

The following procedure shall be followed for Site inspection and submission of Site

Inspection report.

1. CEO shall intimate the selected Empanelled Professional or the designated officer, as the

case may be, to inspect the site and submit Site inspection report within the timelines

prescribed in Appendix-VIII.

2. CEO shall forward copies of the relevant documents and drawings submitted by the

Applicant, to the selected empanelled professional or designated officer, which are

required to be verified at site.

3. The empanelled professional, shall intimate the Applicant and the Profession on record

for drawings, tentative time and date (three options) for Site Inspection on the same day

of receiving intimation from CEO and to be present at the site on the agreed date & time

either in person or through his authorised representative along with the person who has

conducted survey using total intelligent station.

4. The applicant and the professional on record, in mutual consent, shall select any one of

the three options provided by the empanelled professional or designated officer, for site

inspection and intimate the same to the Empanelled professional or designated officer. If

the Applicant / professional on record does not intimate the Empaneled Professional or

designated officer regarding the preferred date & time for site inspection, the empanelled

professional or designated officer shall fix the site inspection at his convenient date and

time (from the three options given by him) and intimate the applicant and the

professional on record regarding the same.

5. The Empanelled professional or the designated officer shall inspect the site at the time

and date jointly agreed by the Applicant and the professional on record for drawings or

on the date fixed by the empanelled professional or the designated officer.

6. During the site inspection on the date and time fixed as mentioned in (5) above, in the

presence of the applicant and professional on record or in their absence, as the case may

be, the empanelled professional on record or the designated officer shall verify the site

conditions for the following details submitted by the applicant.

(a) Photographs of the plot (by taking photographs from all four sides of the plot).

(b) Existing width of all roads abutting the plot

(c) Location of all natural features in the plot

(d) Location of city level sewer lines and HT lines passing through the plot.

(e) Building footprint and other constructions proposed on the site.

7. The empanelled professional shall mention any missing items (from the list mentioned in

(6) above) or deviations (between the details submitted by the applicant and site

conditions), in the site inspection report.

8. If the Applicant and professional on record are present during the site inspection, the

empanelled professional shall note the acceptance or objections, as the case may be, of

the observations made by the empanelled professional in the site inspection report,

regarding the missing items or deviations.

The empanelled professionals shall send the site inspection report with noting of deviations,

if any, in the prescribed format, to the Authority, within the timelines specified in Appendix-

VIII.

APPENDIX-X

VALIDITY PERIOD OF SANCTION AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AT SITE AND

EXTENSION OF VALIDITY.

1. Validity period for commencement of work – 2 years

2. Initial validity period for completion of work

a) B1, B2 and B3 buildings – 2 years from the date of commencement of work

b) B4 and B5 buildings – 3 years from the date of commencement of work

3. Extension of validity

Extension of validity may be permitted by paying yearly revalidation fee as prescribed

130

APPENDIX-XI

DETAILS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE SITE/ SITE OFFICE OF THE CONSTRUCTION

SITE.

The person to whom a permit is issued shall, during construction keep, posted in a

conspicuous place on the property in respect of which the permit was issued

a) A copy of the building permit;

b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications of the property in respect of which

the permit was issued.

c) Where tests of any materials are made to ensure conformity with the requirements of

the Bye-laws, records of test data shall be kept available for inspection during the

construction of the building and for such a period thereafter as required by the Authority.

APPENDIX-XII

STAGES OF CERTIFICATION OF VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF BUILDING EXECUTED AT

SITE BY EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

1. Commencement of work

2. Completion of foundation

3. Completion of each RCC slab (floors and terrace)

4. Exterior masonry completion in each floor

5. Completion of building exterior works and common areas

6. Completion of yard works and services

7. Completion of all works

APPENDIX-XIII

A.

REQUIREMENT OF NUMBER AND TYPE OF LIFTS

Number and Type of Lifts Required for Different Occupancies and Space for Electrical

Installations

1.

The number and type of lifts required depending on the capacity of lift, desired speed

nature of operation are as given in table below:

Table: Number and types of lifts for non-residential Multistoried Building

Sl.

No.

No.of

floor

Capacity

of lifts

in

person

Speed

m/s

No. of persons that can be carried by a lift

In 6 min

In 30 min

In 50 min

In 60 min

Manually

operated

Auto

matic

Manually

operated

Automatic

Manually

operated

Autom

atic

Manually

operated

Auto

matic

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

7

6

0.6-

0.75

17

-

102

-

170

-

204

-

2

7

8

0.6-

0.75

22

-

132

-

220

-

-

-

3

7

10

0.6-

0.75

26

-

156

-

260

-

312

-

4

7

10

1.0

30

-

180

-

300

-

360

-

5

7

13

1.0

37

-

122

-

370

-

444

-

6

11

6

0.6-

0.75

11

-

70

-

115

-

140

-

7

11

8

0.6-

0.75

15

-

90

-

150

-

180

-

8

11

10

0.6-

0.75

18

-

108

-

180

-

216

-

9

11

13

0.6-

0.75

22

-

132

-

220

-

264

-

10

11

10

1.0

21

-

126

-

210

-

252

-

11

11

10

1.5

24

-

144

240

-

288

-

12

11

13

1.5

28

-

156

-

260

-

312

-

13

11

13

1.5

32

-

180

-

300

-

-

-

14

16

10

1.0

17

-

100

126

170

210

-

252

15

16

13

1.5

20

24

120

145

200

240

248

290

16

16

13

1.5

23

30

138

180

138

300

-

360

17

16

16

1.5

25

33

150

198

150

330

300

356

18

21

10

1.5

18

32

108

132

108

220

214

264

19

21

13

1.5

21

26

126

156

126

250

250

312

20

21

14

1.5

23

28

138

168

138

280

-

-

Note-1:

a) For all non-residential buildings, the traffic cleared in 50 minutes is considered adequate and

is

approved by Authority. As such for calculation the number of lifts required, the rate of the

clearance of traffic in column 9 and 10 and the population may be taken into consideration.

131

b) In addition to total number of lifts required as above, provision of one lift of the same capacity

may be considered to serve as stand-by.

Note-2:

The population may be worked out on the basis of useful carpet area which the person

occupies (excluding area of Verandah, Lobbies, Halls, Passages, Lavatory blocks, etc.)

Note-3:

The population on ground and first floor may not be taken into consideration since these

floors are not generally served by lifts.

Note-4:

0.75 meter per sec. Equivalent to 150 ft. per Min.

1.00 meter per sec. Equivalent to 200 ft. per Min.

1.5 meter per sec. Equivalent to 300 ft. per Min.

Note-5:

The height of buildings for lift installation i.e. the travel on the lift presumed in the above

statements is as below:

7 floors 21.0 m.

11 floors 33.0 m.

16 floors 48.0 m.

21 floors 64.0 m.

Table: Number and types of lifts for Residential Building

Sl.

No.

No. of

floors

No

Passenger

unit

capacity

Persons

Speed

in m/s

Landing

Gate

Type

Central

System

Service

Lift No.

Capacity

Persons

Type

of

Gate

Central

System

1

5 to 8

2

6

0.0 to

0.5

*

Automatic

push

button

operation

both

from

car

and

landing

-

-

-

-

2

9

to

11

2

8

0.6 to

1

*

--Do--

1

8

-

Push

button can

handle

switch

control

3

11

to

13

2

8

0.6 to

0.74

*

-- Do-- and

without

collection

system

1

8

-

-- do --

1

6

Power

operated

doors

-- do --

4

13

to

19

2

8

1

-

--Do--

1

8

-

--Do—

2

8

1

Power

operated

doors

*

For buildings more than 15 m in height collapsible gates shall not be permitted.

(see bye-law No. 7.9.1(f) )

Table: Dimensions and required information for Lift Installation in Building

Carrying

capacity

of

lift

(persons)

number

Load

(kg)

Lift

speed

Dimension

of lift well

front

depth

(in

cm.)

(cm)

Leading

Pit

Entrance

(Cm)

Dimension

of

Machine Room

Clearance

from top

floor

landing

to

machine

room

flooring

cm

Imposed

load

in

tones on top of lift

well

due

to

installation. It may

be

noted

that

figures

do

not

include weight of

the machine from

floors and well, etc.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

4

272

Up to &

including

1 m/s

175

115

70

140

230

275

245

450

6.5

6

408

--do--

195

135

80

140

230

335

275

450

7.0

8

544

Up to &

including

1 m/s

200

170

80

150

245

395

275

450

8.5

10

680

Up to &

including

1 m/s

225

170

90

150

245

395

305

470

10.5

132

13

884

--do--

235

188

90

150

245

425

335

470

13.0

16

1088

--do--

255

205

105

150

245

520

335

480

15.0

20

1360

--do--

255

220

105

150

245

520

335

480

15.0

Note:

i)

All lift well dimensions are minimum clear finished plumb requirements.

ii)

Where more than one lift is located in the lift well, extra width of 10 cm. Separator beam

should be provided.

iii)

1 m/s = 200 ft./min.

iv)

The height of landing entrance should be 210 cm. (about 7 ft.) for all lifts.

B.

REQUIREMENT FOR ELECTRICAL SUB STATION

Spaces for Electrical Installations

The spaces required for different electrical installations are given at 3.1 to 3.3

Electric Sub-station – The norms given in 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 shall be adopted for provision of

space for sub-station.

Area Requirements for Sub-Station for buildings

Sl.No.

Total covered Area

(Sq.m)

Transformer Capacity

(KVA)

Sub-Station

Size

Required (Sq.m)

1

2500

1 X 400

70

2

4500

1 X 630

70

3

8000

2 X 630

100

4

10,000

2 X 630

130

5

15,000

4 X 630

160

6

20,000

5 X 630

175

7

25,000

6 X 630

200

8

30,000

7 X 630

220

Note:

1.

For additional 1000 Sq.m. covered area, a load of 90 KVA will come up with 150 KVA

TR. Capacity at 60 % loading.

2.

For additional of one transformer as per covered area, a space of additional 16 Sq.m. is

to be provided.

3.

In case of any deviation in space size due to unavoidable circumstance, the same may

be considered with the approval of Electricity Board.

4.

The floor of the sub-station shall have cable trenches of 0.6 m. depth, the layout for

which will be given at the time of actual construction. For this purpose, a dummy floor of

0.6 m. depth shall be provided to facilitate cutting/digging of floor for installation of

equipment’s and making subsequent changes in trenches. This floor shall be capable to

withstand minimum load of 10 ton of each transformer mounted on flour wheels.

The break-up spaces required for different installations in a sub-station are given as below:

1.

Supply company’s Switchgear room and or space of meters.

2.

Transformer Rooms: The number and size of transformer rooms shall be ascertained from the

total power requirements of the company. To determine the size of transformer and clearance

around a transformer, reference may be made to good practice (I.S.1887-1967 code of

practice for installation and maintenance of Transformer). A 500 KVA transformer may be

provided with a minimum space of 4 m. X 4 m.

If transformer is to be installed outdoor space shall be provided on similar considerations and

adequate provision for safety enclosure is to be made. For transformer having large oil

content (more than 2000 lt.) soak pits are to be provided in accordance with rule 64 of Indian

Electricity Rules, 1956.

3.

High Voltage Switch Rooms: In case of sub-station having one transformer, the owner is

required to provide only one high voltage switch. In the case of single point supply for two

transformers, the number of switches required is 3 and for ‘n’ transformers the number of

switches is n+1. The floor area required in case of a single switch will be roughly 4mX1m and

for every additional switch the length should be increased by 1m.

4.

Low Voltage Switch Rooms: The floor area requirement in respect of low voltage switchgear

room cannot be determined by any formula.

5.

Room for Stand-by-Generator: A room space not less than 6 m. X 9 m. may be provided for

housing a standby Generator set of 50 KW.

Location of electric sub-station in basement of multistoried buildings:

1

The electric sub-station should be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered area

of the buildings not below the first basement level and should be on the

133

periphery of the building with clear independent round the clock approach having

proper ramp with slope.

The ramp should be designed in such a manner that in case of fire no smoke should

enter the main buildings. The exit from basement electric sub-station shall have self-

closing fire/smoke check doors of 2 hours. F.R. near entry to ramp. Additional exit

shall be provided if traveled distance from the farthest corner of the ramp is more

than 15m.

2.

The electric sub-station should be totally segregated from rest of the basement

having 4 hours. F.R. wall and should have adequate internal lighting and ventilation.

A perfect independent ventilation system of 30 air charges per hour linked with

detection as well as automatic medium velocity water spray system for individual

transformer shall be located outside the building at ground floor, fire control room

shall be manned round the clock and shall also have and audio system in the

basement as well as in the control room. No service such as water, sewer, air-

conditioning, gas pipes or telegraphs services should pass through electric

substation of the cable trench.

3.

The rising mains should be of metal bus bars. The floor of electric substation should

be 2 ft above the rest of basement floor and designed suitably to carry 10 tons of

transformer weight on wheels also having provision of proper cable trenches 0.6 X 0.6

m. depth. Dummy floor of 0.6 m. depth be provided to facilitate laying of cables inside

the building connecting to equipment. Fire retarding cables should be provided and

cable trenches be filed with said cables. R.C.C. pipes at suitably places as required

will be provided for cable entries to the sub-station spaces with suitable water

proofing arrangement. A provision of 12 ft. clear height below Beams should be made

in the electric sub-station area along with adequate arrangement for fixing chain

pulley block for a load of 15 tons. Provision of sumps shall be kept in the floor so that

complete volume of transformer oil in the event of spillover could be accommodated.

Sufficient arrangement to prevent spread of fire to oil pumps is made.

4.

Transformers room and sub-station room shall be provided with steel shutters of 8’ X

8’ with suitable grills. Sufficient arrangement for pumping the water out, in

case

of flooding should be made to minimize loss to switchgear and transformer.

5.

In view of experience of installation of exhaust chimneys in the multistoried buildings

at undesirable locations, proper provision in the form of vertical exhaust leading to

above terrace level should be made for the substation.

6.

Electric sub-station space should be made available free of cost by promoters and

should be free of seepage/leakage of water. There should be no combustible material

kept in side or in the vicinity. Periodic inspection of electric sub-station shall be

mandatory and violation of any bye-law will be dealt, sternly with penalty and

immediate disconnection.

Other Requirements for Sub-station

1.

The sub-station will preferably be located on the ground level failing which it can be in

the basement floor in no case at higher level.

2.

The entire space will be provided at one floor in continuation.

3.

The minimum width of the sub-station space shall not be less than 6 m.

4.

The areas given above in respect of the different categories of rooms hold good if they are

provided with windows and independent access doors.

5.

All the rooms should be provided with partition up to the Ceilings and shall have proper

ventilation. Special care should be taken to ventilate the transformer rooms and where

necessary, louvers at lower levels and exhaust fans at higher level shall be provided at

suitable locations.

6.

In order to prevent storm water entering the transformer and switch rooms through the

soak pits, the floor level of the sub-station shall be at least 15 cm above the highest flood

water level that may be anticipated in the locality.

Cable Trenches Shafts Etc.

1. Suitable number of vertical shafts, rising mains, distribution boxes, etc. shall also be provided as

per the requirements at suitable location. Cable trenches with suitable handy covers for entry of the

cables up to the substation onwards up to the street adjoining other building shall also be provided

as per the requirements.

These vertical shafts, rising mains, distribution boxes, cable trenches, etc. shall be so constructed

as to be accessible only to authorized personnel. The rising mains and other installations in the

vertical shafts, tap off boxes distribution boxes etc. required at each floor shall be provided, installed

and maintained by the owner at their own cost. Adequate enclosed space shall also be provided at

134

each floor for installation of equipment’s for distribution on respective floors such as distribution

boxes, cut-out, and meter boxes and main switches.

2 Location of Switch Room: In large installations other than where a substation is provided, a

separate switch room shall be provided. This shall be located as closely possible to the electrical load

center and suitable ducts shall be laid with minimum number of bends form the point of entry of the

supply to the position of the main switchgear. The switch room shall also be placed in such a

position that rising ducts may readily be provided there from to the upper floors of the building in

one straight vertical run. In larger building, more than one rising duct and horizontal ducts may

also be required for running cables from the switch room to the foot of each rising main. Such cable

ducts shall be reserved for the electrical services only, which may, however, include medium and low

voltage installations, such as call bell systems. Telephone installation should be suitably segregated.

3 Location and Requirement of Distribution Panels: The electrical gear distribution panels and other

apparatus, which are required on such floor, may conveniently be mounted adjacent to the rising

mains, and adequate space should be provided at each floor for this purpose.

4 Location and Requirement of PBX/PABX Room: Information regarding provision and location of

PBX/PABX room, telephone outlets and riser shall be ascertained form the relevant Authority.

Adequate space should be provided for installation of Sub-Distribution Board.

GENERAL

The maintenance of the built up space for electric sub-station, distribution equipment, vertical

shafts and enclosure at each floor shall be done by the owner. The standby arrangement for

electricity supply up to and including the substation equipment and distribution pillars at the sub-

station shall be provided compulsorily.

APPENDIX-XIV

PROVISION FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED

1. Definitions

Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled who are able to walk but who may depend on

prostheses (Artificial Limbs) or those (Calipers), Sticks, crutches or walking aids.

Non-Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled people with impairments that confine them to

wheelchair.

Wheel Chair: Chair used by disabled people for mobility.

i) Size of small wheel chair: 750 x 1050 mm

ii) Size of large wheel chair: 800 x 1500 mm

2. Scope

These bye-laws are applicable to public buildings and exclude domestic buildings.

Building which shall provide access to ambulant disable and Non-Ambulant disabled are

listed below. Distinction is made for buildings to be designed for the use of large wheel chairs

and small wheel chair.

3. Building to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People Higher Secondary School,

Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs, Sport Centers, Sport Pavilions,

Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers, Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts,

Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums, Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditoria’s, Small Offices

(the maximum plinth area 1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (for

capacity above 50 dinners).

Note:

i) In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel

chair)

ii) @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.

iii) In Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-

ambulant spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for

spectators above 1000.

4. Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People:

Schools for physically handicapped, cremation, buildings as mentioned in 3, Botanical

Gardens, Religious Buildings, Old People Clubs, Village Halls, Day Centers, Junior Training

Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries, Railway Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and

Departmental Stores.

Notes: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following

building, post offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and

departmental stores.

5. Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs) Public

lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs Motels, Professional and Scientific Institution, Museum,

135

Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laboratories, Universities, Collage for further Education,

Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College, Exhibition Halls Dentist Surgeries,

Administrative Department of the Hospitals, Service Stations, Car Parking, Buildings Airports

Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories Employing Handicapped for Sedentary Works, Large

Offices, (with plinth area abode 1400 sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices,

and Labour Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity above 100

dinners).

6. Buildings Requirements:

All Building requirements for building projects proposed under this category shall be

conforming to Annex D, Part 3 of NBC 2005.

APPENDIX-XV

ACCREDITATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITORS (QUALIFIED BUILDING AUDITORS)

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), through qualified

agencies shall accredit the Qualified Building Environment Auditors (QBEAs). The Qualified Building

Environment Auditors could be a firm /organization or an individual expert, who fulfils the

requirements. The Ministry will implement this process of accreditation through Quality Council of

India (QCI), National Productivity Council or any other organization identified by the Government.

The organizations like Indian Green Building Council, Bureau of Energy Efficiency etc. can also be

associated in the process of accreditation, training, and renewal. The environmental consultants

accredited by the QCI for building sector will be qualified as QBEAs. The QBEAs will meet the

following criteria. The accrediting agency can improvise on these criteria.

Qualifications of the Auditor:

a. Education: Architect (Degree or Diploma), Town Planners (Degree), Civil Engineer /

Mechanical Engineer (Degree or Diploma), PG in Environmental Science or any other

qualification as per the scheme of the accreditation.

Training:

b. Mandatory training to be given by the accreditation body or their approved training

providers. This will be as per the scheme of the accreditation.

Experience:

c. At least 3 years of work experience in the related field or building sector Environment

Impact Assessment consultants accredited by QCI or any other experience criteria as

per the scheme of the accreditation.

Infrastructure and equipment:

d. As per the scheme of the accreditation

Renewal:

e. The accreditation will be valid for 5 years and will be renewed as per the process

developed under the accreditation scheme.

Accountability/Complaint redressal mechanism: Any complaints regarding the quality of the work of

QBEAs shall be made to the accreditation body. The accreditation body shall evaluate the complaint

and take appropriate action including black listing or cancellation of the accreditation with wide

public notice. This will be in addition to the action at the level of local authority for penalty and

blacklisting. The Ministry can also take such action in case of specific complaint or feedback.

APPENDIX-XVI

ENVIRONMENTAL CELL AT THE LEVEL OF LOCAL AUTHORITY

An Environmental Cell shall be setup at the local authority level to support compliance and

monitoring of environmental conditions in buildings. The Cell shall also provide assistance in

environmental planning and capacity building within their jurisdiction. The responsibility of this cell

would be monitoring the implementation of this notification and providing an oversight to the Third-

Party Auditing process. The cell will operate under the local authority.

Constitution of the cell:

The cell will comprise of at least 3 dedicated experts in following fields:

a. Waste management (solid and liquid)

b. Water conservation and management

c. Resource efficiency including Building materials

a. Energy Efficiency and renewable energy

136

e. Environmental planning including air quality management.

f. Transport planning and management.

The Cell shall induct at least two outside experts as per the requirements and background

of dedicated experts. Existing environmental cells at the level of local authority can be co-opted and

trained for this Cell.

Financial Support:

An additional fee may be charged along with processing fee for building License for

integrating environmental conditions and it’s monitoring. The local authority can fix and revise this

additional fee from time to time. The amount of this fee shall be deposited in a separate bank

account, and used for meeting the requirement of salary / emoluments of experts and running the

system of online application, verifications and the Environmental Cell.

Functions of the Cell:

1.

The cell shall be responsible for assessing and appraising the environmental concerns of the

area under their jurisdiction where building activities are proposed. The Cell can evolve and

propose additional environmental conditions as per requirements. These conditions may be

area specific and shall be notified in advance from time to time. These additional conditions

shall be approved following a due consultation process. These environmental conditions will

be integrated in building Licenses by the sanctioning authority.

2.

Develop and maintain an online system for application and payment of fees. The Cell shall

maintain an online database of all applications received, projects approved, the compliance

audit report, random inspections made. The Cell shall maintain a portal for public disclosure

of project details including self-certification and compliance audit reports filed by the

Qualified Building Environment Auditors for public scrutiny of compliance of environmental

conditions by the project.

3.

Monitoring the work of Environmental Audit process carried by the Qualified Building

Auditors.

4.

The Cell shall review the applications; finalize the additional environmental conditions if

required within 30 days of the submission of the application to the local authority.

5.

The Cell shall adopt risk based random selection of projects for verifying on site for

certification of QBA, compliance of environmental conditions and five yearly audit report.

6.

The Cell shall recommend to the local authority for financial penalty for non-compliance of

environmental conditions by the project proponent.

7.

The Cell shall recommend to the accrediting body and the local authority against any

Qualified Building Environment Auditor, if any lapse is found in their work.

APPENDIX-XVII

CATEGORIES OF MATERIALS OF STORAGE OF WAREHOUSE AS PER COMBUSTION RISK.

A. Non-combustible materials:

Articles (which are Non- Combustible, Non -Flammable, Non -Corrosive, Non -toxic,

Non-poisonous, Non-Explosive) such as Cement, brick, mortar, hardware items, metals in

solid bar/metal goods (excluding those having melting point below 1000 o C)

B. Combustible Materials in following 4 sub categories

Category

Material Specifications

Stacking Height

Medium

(in m)

High

(in m)

Category I

Articles such as Carpets, Non synthetic/synthetic yarn and

fabrics. Mechanical and electrical goods (dominantly metal

parts), Glassware and crockery, fibreboards, groceries, metal

goods, Papers other than those listed under categories

Moderate

and

High,

Powdered

and

canned

foods,

Plastic/glass bottles containing non-flammable liquids, etc.

4

6.5

Category II

Articles such as Batteries, Baled cotton/synthetic fibers,

Books, Baled cork, Baled waste paper, Cartons containing

alcohols ( in cans/bottles), Cartons of canned lacquers which

dry by solvent evaporation, Chipboard, Cardboard rolls

(horizontally Stored), Cereals/Grains/Foodstuff/ Flour/Sugar

in sacks, Cellulose/Cellulose pulp, Electrical goods other

than those stated in Category low, Flammable liquids in non-

combustible containers, Leather goods, Palletized liquor

3

5.5

137

stocks, Plastics (non-foamed, other than cellulose nitrate),

Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted paper (Horizontal

storage), Veneer sheets, Wooden patterns, Metal/wooden

furniture with plastic seats, etc.

Category III

Articles such as Bitumen/Wax coated paper, Candles,

Carbon black, Card board rolls (vertically stored), Charcoal,

Coal> cellulose nitrate, Foamed plastic and foam rubber

products, Flammable liquids in combustible containers,

Linoleum products, Matches, Plastics other than those stated

in Category Moderate, Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted

paper (vertical storage), Rubber goods including tyres and

tubes, Sawn timber, Ventilated wood stacks, Waxed and

asphalt coated papers and containers in cartons, Wood wool,

wooden pallets and flats (idle), Ail materials having wrappings

or pre-formed containers of foamed plastics, etc.

2

4.5

Category IV

Off cuts and random pieces of foamed plastic or rubber rolls

of sheets of foamed plastic or foamed rubber, Foam mattress,

Expanded polystyrene packaging, Foam upholstery, etc.

1.25

3.5

Explanations:

# The deflector of the sprinkler fitted in the

ceiling shall be at more than 1.5 m from the

goods stored below. However, in case of jute

storage, no jute stock shall reach within 2 m

of the deflectors of the sprinkler heads.

# In case of storage in racks or shelves, if the

height of storage is more than

what is specified, intermediate sprinklers

shall be provided for each

shelf/rack

in

addition

to

the

ceiling

sprinklers and overall design density

and AMAO shall be maintained as per Table

5 of IS: 15105.

# The aisle width between the storage stacks

shall not be less than 2.5 m and the

maximum area of each storage stack shall

not

be

more

than

15.0..m2.

If

these

parameters are exceeded, the design density

applicable shall be loaded by 2.5 L/min/m2.

# In case of mixed storage (both moderate and

high hazard storage) in

buildings, the parameters will be governed

by the most hazardous

occupancy

Goods stored not higher than what is stated

above for the appropriate category or not

higher than the eaves height of the roofs or

within 1 m of a flat ceiling

whichever is the lowest shall be regarded as

moderate

hazard

storage.

If

the

above

conditions are not met, the risk shall be

regarded as high hazard storage

Notes:

1.

Any new use which increase the number of occupants to a figure comparable with other

classes of occupancy shall change the classification of the building to that of the new use (for

example, Warehouse used \ for office purposes).

2.

Ware house buildings shall not include any article which is highly combustible or

explosive materials or products which are liable to bum with extreme rapidity and or which

may produce poisonous fumes or explosions for storage, handling and which involve highly

corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flame, fumes

and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage, handling of any

material producing explosive mixtures of dust which result in the division of matter in to fine

particles subject to spontaneous ignition as such buildings fall in Hazardous Building Category.

138

FORMS

FORM-I

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FORM FOR

BUILDING LICENCE.

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Identification proof of the Applicant;

3. Whether the Applicant is the owner of the plot or GPA holder or Promoter, representing the

Owner;

4. Survey No., Village, Taluk and District of the plot and other description of plot;

5. Type of Building licence required (for new construction, addition / alteration, revises licence);

6. Documents enclosed with the Application;

7. Drawings or Details enclosed with the Application;

8. Details of Professionals on Record to prepare the drawings;

9. Details of Professionals on Record to supervise the works (compulsory in case B3, B4 and B5

types of buildings)

10. Affidavit and indemnity for basement floor construction

11. Specifications of the building enclosed with the application (in the format notified by the

government)

12. Affidavit of applicant and professionals on record for drawings and supervision enclosed with

the application (in the format notified by the government)

FORM-II

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FOR NOCS FROM

DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, IN ADDITION TO THE DETAILS REQUIRED FOR BUILDING

LICENCE (as specified by the concerned department).

IIa.

From Department of Fire and Emergency Services

IIb.

From MOEF and KSPCB

IIc.

From Airport Authority of India

IId.

From Coastal Regulation Zone Authority

IIe.

From Karnataka State Water Supply & Drainage Board

IIf.

From Indian Railways

IIg.

From Metro rail corporation

IIh.

From Heritage conservation committee

IIi.

From National Monuments Authority

IIj.

From Urban Arts Commission

139

FORM-III

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Document having discrepancy;

4. Details of discrepancy; and

5. Details of rectification proposed, if any

FORM-IV

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE PLANS AND DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR

SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Drawings having discrepancy (specify for each drawing separately);

4. Details of discrepancy in drawings (specify for each drawing separately);

5. Details of discrepancy in the conditions for obtaining NOCs from other departments; and

6. Details of rectification proposed, if any;

FORM-V

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE INTIMATION LETTER OF THE AUTHORITY TO

EMPANELLED PROFESSIONAL FOR SITE INSPECTION AND SUBMISSION OF SITE

INSPECTION REPORT FOR APPROVAL OF SITE PLAN

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Name and address of the Professional on record for preparing drawing;

4. Details of the building site in which building licence is applied for;

5. Copies of the relevant documents;

6. Details of the site plan and other technical drawings & details submitted;

FORM-VI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT

1. Name and the address of the Applicant;

2. Name and the address of the professional on record for drawings;

3. Name and the address of the Empanelled professional or designated officer ;

140

4. Particulars of the Plot;

5. Date of inspection;

6. Noting of site inspection;

7. Acknowledgement of applicant and professional on record

8. Date of submission of report;

FORM-VII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Name and address of the Professional on record for preparing drawing;

4. Name and address of the empanelled professional who has submitted the inspection report;

5. Drawings having discrepancy (specify for each drawing separately);

6. Details of discrepancy in drawings (specify for each drawing separately);

7. Details of rectification proposed, if any;

FORM-VIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE BUILDING LICENCE

1. Name and address of ULB with logo

2. Type of building licence

3. Building licence no. and date

4. Plot approval details

5. Particulars of Plot

6. Name and address of Applicant

7. Name and address of Professionals on record for drawings

8. Name and address of Professionals on record for supervision

9. Particulars of the building (floor area, construction area, parking details, etc.,)

10. NOCs received

11. Various fees paid

12. Licence validity period

13. Other Terms and conditions of licence

14. Seal and signature of CEO

141

FORM-IX

DETAILS TO BE DISPLAYED OUTSIDE THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the building licence (extent of site, existing and proposed width of roads abutting

the road and name of roads as per the records of the Authority, no. of building blocks and for

each block – no. of floors, all-round setbacks, no. of basement floors, total floor area eligible

and proposed – permissible, premium and TDR, no. of 4-wheeler and 2 wheeler parking

required and provided, including visitors parking – within the building and outside the

building, both covered and open)

3. Details of Professionals on Record to prepare the drawings;

4. Details of Professionals on Record to supervise the works;

5. Site plan

6. 3D view of the building (if proposed in any advertisement of the promoter)

FORM-X

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL, CERTIFYING THE WORKS OR STATING THE DEFECTS / DEVIATIONS

IN WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE.

1. Name and address of the Applicant.

2. Name and address of the professional on record for supervision

3. Name and address of contractor executing work

4. Name and address of empanelled professional

5. Name and address of the Authority

6. Particulars of the Plot

7. Noting of site inspection (stating the defects / deviations in works executed, from the

approved plans, specifying the related drawing)

8. Acknowledgement of applicant and professional on record

9. Date of inspection

10. Date of submission of report

FORM-XI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT TO RECTIFY THE DEFECTS IN WORKS EXECUTED.

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Name and address of the Professional on record for supervision;

4. Name and address of the empanelled professional who has submitted the inspection report;

142

5. Works having defects / deviations from approved drawings (specify for each drawing

separately);

6. Details of discrepancy in works executed (specify for each drawing separately);

7. Details of rectification proposed, if any;

FORM-XII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN INSPECTION REPORT OF CEO REGARDING OBJECTIONS

RAISED BY THE APPLICANT AGAINST THE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL OR DEPARTMENT ISSUING NOCs.

1. Name and address of the Applicant.

2. Name and address of the professional on record for supervision

3. Name and address of contractor executing work

4. Name and address of empanelled professional

5. Name and address of the Authority

6. Name and address of the Department which issued NOC (if objection is raised against

such department)

7. Particulars of the Plot

8. Noting of site inspection (stating the changes to be made by the applicant in works

executed, if applicable, or certifying the works executed)

9. Acknowledgement of applicant, professional on record and designated officer of the

department (if applicable)

10. Date of inspection

11. Date of submission of report

FORM-XIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN COMPLETION CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THE PRINCIPAL

PROFESSIONAL ON RECORD, SUPERVISING THE WORKS.

1. Name and address of ULB with logo

2. Type of building licence issued

3. Building licence no. and date

4. Plot approval details

5. Particulars of Plot

6. Name and address of Applicant

7. Name and address of Professionals on record for drawings

8. Name and address of Professionals on record for supervision

9. Particulars of the building (floor area, construction area, parking details, etc.,) as built in site

10. Details of certification by empanelled professional

11. Signature of Professional on record for supervision

143

FORM-XIV

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.

1. Name and address of ULB with logo

2. Type of building licence issued

3. Building licence no. and date

4. Plot approval details

5. Particulars of Plot

6. Name and address of Applicant

7. Name and address of Professionals on record for drawings

8. Name and address of Professionals on record for supervision

9. Particulars of the building (floor area, construction area, parking details, etc.,)

10. Approvals received from other departments which issued NOCs

11. Details of completion certificate

12. Details of certification by empanelled professional

13. Other Terms and conditions of occupation

14. Date and no. of occupation certificate

15. Seal and signature of CEO

FORM-XV

CERTIFICATE OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN & SAFETY

1. Name and the address of the Applicant;

2. Particulars of the Plot;

3. Building license sanctioned date;

4. Date of inspection;

5. A statement, stating that certifying that the building is structurally safe and the construction

is in accordance with the specified designs

FORM-XVI

CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY CONTROL

1. Name and the address of the Applicant;

2. Particulars of the Plot;

3. Building license sanctioned date;

4. Date of inspection;

5. Written statement submitted Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) affirming that the building

meets the standard specification.

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

NAGARAJ

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

w

(b

A

4

b

a

w

S

P

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The

which the G

b) of sub-se

Act, 1976 (K

428 and sub

be affected

after one mo

Any

with respect

State Gover

Planning De

DRA

1. TITL

2.

D

1.

‘A

2.

‘A

3.

‘A

4.

‘A

5.

‘A

6.

‘A

7.

‘A

8.

A

9.

‘A

10.

‘A

11.

A

12.

‘A

13.

‘A

14.

‘A

15.

‘A

16.

‘A

17.

‘A

18.

‘A

19.

‘B

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

No

draft of th

Government

ection (1) o

Karnataka A

b-section (1

thereby an

onth from t

objection o

t to the said

nment. Obj

epartment,

AFT COMMO

LE, COMME

DEFINITIO

Access’

Act’

Addition an

Agriculture

Air-conditio

Amalgamat

Amenity’

Annexure

Apartment’

Apartment

Appendix

Application

Applicant’

Approved’

Architect’

Architect/P

Auditorium

Authority’

Balcony’

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ªÁ

aluru, Saturd

URB

o. UDD 14 T

he Karnata

t of Karnata

f section 50

Act 14 of 1

1) of section

nd notice is

he date of i

r suggestio

d draft befo

jections and

M.S. Buildi

ON BUILDI

ENCEMENT

ONS

nd/or Altera

’

oning’

tion’

Building’ /

n’

Professional

m’

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

day, July 15

BAN DEVEL

NOT

TTP 2017(P

ka Munici

aka propose

08 read wit

1977) is her

n 508 of the

s hereby giv

its publicati

n which ma

ore the expir

d suggestion

ing, Gate-04

ING BYE LA

T AND APP

ation’

‘Group Hou

l on record’

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

5, 2017 (D

5, 2017 (Ash

LOPMENT S

TIFICATIO

P-3), Benga

pal Corpor

es to make

th section 4

reby publish

e said Act, f

ven that th

ion in the O

ay be receiv

ry of the pe

ns may be a

4, Bengalur

AWS

PLICATION.

using’8

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 24, ±

hada 24, Sha

SECRETAR

ON-II

aluru, Date

rations Co

in exercise

428 of the K

hed as requ

for the infor

e said draf

Official Gaze

ved by the S

eriod specifi

addressed t

ru-560001.

.

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha 1

RIAT

e: 11.07.20

ommon Bui

of the pow

Karnataka M

uired by su

rmation of a

ft will be ta

ette.

State Govern

ied above w

to the Direc

∏Â√

939)

1939)

017

ilding Bye

wers conferre

Municipal C

ub-section (

all the pers

aken into c

nment from

will be consid

ctor, Town a

¿Ê

£ÀA. 688

No. 688

-Laws 201

ed by claus

Corporation

1) of sectio

sons likely t

onsideratio

m any perso

dered by th

and Countr

7

se

ns

n

to

n

n

he

ry

2

20.

‘Basement Storey or Cellar’

21.

‘Bifurcation’

22.

‘Building’

23.

‘Building Line’

24.

‘Building Site’

25.

‘Bus Depot’

26.

‘Bus Terminal’

27.

‘Canopy’

28.

‘Carpet Area’

29.

‘Chajja’

30.

‘Chimney’

31.

‘Common wall’

32.

‘Community Hall’

33.

‘Construction’

34.

‘Conversion of Occupancy’

35.

‘Corner plot’

36.

‘Corridor’

37.

‘Cornice’

38.

‘Courtyard’

39.

‘Cultural buildings’

40.

‘Damp Proof Course’

41.

‘Density of Households’

42.

‘Density of Population’

43.

‘Development’

44.

‘DR/T.D.R.’

45.

‘Drains’

46.

‘Drainage system’

47.

‘Duplex’

48.

‘Dwelling’

49.

‘Empanelled Professional’

50.

‘Encroachment’

51.

‘Existing development’

52.

‘Existing Use’

53.

‘Exit’

54.

‘External Wall’

55.

‘First floor’

56.

‘Flatted factory

57.

‘Floor’

58.

‘Floor Area Ratio (FAR)’

59.

‘Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System’

60.

‘Fire Hazard Industries’

61.

‘Fire Lift’

62.

‘Fire Proof Door’

63.

‘Fire Pump’

64.

‘Fire Pump-Booster Fire Pump’

65.

‘Fire Resistance’

66.

‘Fire Resistance Rating’

67.

‘Fire Separation’

68.

‘Fire Service Inlet’

69.

‘Fire Tower’

70.

‘Fire Resisting Building’

71.

‘Footing’

72.

‘Form’

73.

‘Foundation’

74.

‘Frontage’

75.

‘Gal1ery’

76.

‘Garage-Private’

77.

‘Garage-Public’

78.

‘Gas Godown’

79.

‘Government’

80.

‘Ground floor’

81.

‘Ground Coverage’

3

82.

‘Habitable Room’

83.

‘Head Room’

84.

‘Heritage building’

85.

‘Heritage Precinct’

86.

‘High-rise Building’

87.

‘Height of Building’

88.

‘Hospital’

89.

‘Hotel’

90.

‘Illuminated Exit Signs’

91.

‘Land use’

92.

‘Licence’

93.

‘Licensed Professional’

94.

‘Lift’

95.

‘Lobby’

96.

‘Lodging House’

97.

‘Loft’

98.

‘Market value’

99.

‘Master Plan’

100.

‘Means of Escape’

101.

‘Mezzanine Floor’

102.

‘Multilevel Car Parking (MLCP)’

103.

‘Multiplex complex’

104.

‘MCB/ELCB’

105.

‘Non-Combustible Material’

106.

‘Nursing home’

107.

‘Occupancy or use’

108.

‘Open space in a plot’

109.

‘Owner’

110.

‘Parapet’

111.

‘Parking space’

112.

‘Partition’

113.

‘Partition Wall’

114.

‘Plinth’

115.

‘Plinth Area’

116.

‘Plinth level’

117.

‘Plot’ / ‘Site’

118.

‘Porch or portico’

119.

‘Premium F.A.R.’

120.

‘Prohibited area’

121.

‘ Promoter’

122.

‘Protected monument’

123.

‘Public and semi-public building’

124.

‘Pump Room’

125.

‘Recreational Club’

126.

‘Regulated area’

127.

‘Repair Shop’

128.

‘Restaurant’

129.

‘Retail Shop’

130.

‘Retention Activity’

131.

‘Road/Street’

132.

‘Road/Street Level or Grade’

133.

‘Road/Street Line’

134.

‘Road Width or Width of Road/Street’

135.

‘Room Height’

136.

‘Service Apartments’

137.

‘Service Road’

138.

‘Setback’

139.

‘Set-back Line’

140.

‘Site Plan’

141.

‘Spiral Staircase’

142.

‘Staircase room’

143.

‘Stair Cover’

4

144.

‘Stilt floor’

145.

‘Storey’

146.

‘To Erect’

147.

‘Un-authorised Development’

148.

‘Underground/Overhead Tank’

149.

‘Utility Area’

150.

‘Ventilation’

151.

‘Water Closet (W.C)’

152.

‘Window’

153.

‘Zonal Regulations’

3.

JURISDICTION

/

APPLICABILITY

AND

PROCEDURAL

REQUIREMENTS

FOR

OBTAINING BUILDING LICENCE

3.1

Jurisdiction of Building Bye-Laws

3.2

Applicability of Building Bye Laws

3.3

Applicability of Bye-Laws for all types of building developments

3.4

Applicability of Bye-Laws for Part construction

3.5

Change of use / occupancy

3.6

Requirement in respect of building sites

3.6.1

Damp sites

3.6.2

Minimum Size of sites

3.6.3

Sanction for building site

3.6.4

Restrictions on use of land for construction of buildings

3.7

Reconstruction

3.8

Existing approved building

3.9

Development of Buildings

3.9.1

Building Licence:

3.9.2

Building Licence obtained before these bye-laws:

3.10

Procedure for obtaining building licence

3.10.1 Registration of Stake Holders

3.10.2 Application for building plan approval

3.10.3 Verification of documents submitted

3.10.4 Evaluation of Technical details submitted

3.10.5 Forwarding details to obtain NOCs and issuing NOCs

3.10.6 Submission of Site Inspection Report

3.10.7 Action in case of discrepancy in site inspection report.

3.10.8 Sanctioning of Building License

3.11

Plans for Sanction

3.11.1 Key Plan:

3.11.2 Site Plan

3.11.3 Floor Plan of parking areas

3.11.4 Floor Plans of other uses

3.11.5 Sections of buildings

3.11.6 Elevations of buildings

3.11.7 Drawings for all services provided

3.11.8 Landscape plan

3.11.9 Circulation Plan indicating vehicular and pedestrian movement and parking facilities

including traffic impact study and report

3.11.10

Structural Drawings and details

3.11.11

Green Building drawings and details

3.12

Signing of plans

3.12.1 Signing the Building Plans

3.12.2 Signing of plans for NOC

3.13

Alteration / Modification / Addition in Plans

3.13.1 Alterations exempted from obtaining building licence

3.14

Fees for sanction of Building licence

3.15

Sanction

3.15.1 Sanction by the Authority

3.15.2 Sanction by Empanelled Professionals

3.15.3 Grant of Licence or Refusal

3.15.4 Duration of Sanction, Revalidation and revised Sanction

5

3.15.5 Revocation of Licence

3.15.6 Qualification and Competence

3.16

Execution of works at site

3.16.1 Construction to be in Conformity with Bye-Laws

3.16.2 Commencement of work

3.16.3 Appointment of professionals on record for supervision

3.16.4 Intimation of commencement of work at site

3.16.5 Documents at Site

3.16.6 Preparatory works at site that need not be intimated

3.16.7 Procedure during construction

3.16.8 Inability of Empanelled professional to certify the works and selection of alternate

professional

3.16.9 Action against works executed without intimation and works not rectified

3.16.10

Changes to be made in the approved plans, during the execution of works

3.17

Completion of project and issuing Completion Certificate:

3.17.1 Issuing completion certificate

3.17.2 Application for approval of works from other departments

3.18

Occupancy Certificate

3.18.1 Occupancy or letting of the new buildings

3.18.2 Occupancy/ Part Occupancy Certificate for Phased Project

3.19

Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains

4.

DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS

5.

GENERAL BUILDING REQUIRMENTS AND SERVICES

5.1

Requirements for Parts of Buildings

5.1.1

Plinth

5.1.2

Habitable Rooms

5.1.2.1 Height

5.1.2.2

5.1.2.3 Size

5.1.3

Kitchen

5.1.3.1 Height

5.1.3.2 Size

5.1.3.3 Other Requirements

5.1.4

Bathrooms and Water-Closets

5.1.4.1 Height

5.1.4.2 Size

5.1.4.3 Other Requirements

5.1.4.4

5.1.5

Loft

5.1.5.1 Height

5.1.5.2 Size

5.1.6

Mezzanine Floor

5.1.6.1 Height

5.1.6.2 Size

5.1.6.3 Other Requirements

5.1.7

Store Room

5.1.7.1 Height

5.1.7.2 Size

5.1.8

Garage

5.1.8.1 Height

5.1.8.2 Size

5.1.9

Basement

5.1.9.1 .

5.1.9.2 .

5.1.10 Chimneys

5.1.11 Parapet

5.1.12 Boundary Wall

5.1.13 Septic Tanks

5.1.14 Office-cum-Letter Box Room.

6

5.1.15 Meter Rooms

5.1.16 Roofs

5.2

Other general requirements

5.2.1

Swimming Pool

5.2.2

Means of access

5.2.3

Staircase Requirements

5.2.3.1 .

5.2.3.2 Minimum width

5.2.3.3 Minimum tread

5.2.3.4 Maximum riser

5.2.4

Exit Requirements

5.2.4.1 Occupant Load

5.2.4.2 Number and size of Exits

5.2.4.3 Arrangement of Exits

5.2.4.4 Capacity of Exits

5.2.4.5 Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors

5.2.5

Ramps

5.2.6

Doorways

5.2.7

Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building

5.2.8

Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation

5.2.8.1 .

5.2.8.2 Sunken Courtyard

5.2.8.3 Skylight

5.2.9

Lighting and ventilation of rooms

5.2.9.1 IS codes for lighting & ventilation requirements

5.2.9.1.1 Minimum aggregate area of openings

5.2.9.2 Ventilation Shaft

5.3

Building Services

5.3.1

Electrical, Air conditioning, Lift & Escalator installations

5.3.1.1 Planning, design and installations of electrical, air-conditioning and lift installations

5.3.1.2 Number and types of lifts

5.3.1.3 Requirements of electrical sub -station

5.3.2

Plumbing and Sanitary Services

5.3.2.1 Planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and sanitation

and gas supply system

5.3.2.2 Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:

5.3.2.3 Water requirement and facilities:

5.3.2.4 Construction Site

5.3.2.5 Temporary Camp Toilets

5.3.2.6 Special / Contingency Toilets

5.3.2.7 General guidance for water supply arrangements

6.

PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT

6.1

General

6.2

Means of access

6.3

Parking Spaces

6.4

Building components

6.4.1

Doorways

6.4.2

Revolving Doors

6.4.3

Stairways

6.4.4

Lifts

6.4.5

Basements

6.4.5.1 General requirements

6.4.5.2 Requirements for High rise development

6.4.6

Compartmentation

6.4.7

Ramps

6.4.8

Corridors

6.4.9

Glass Façade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents

6.5

Building Services

6.5.1

Staircase and Corridor Lighting

6.5.2

Electrical Services

7

6.5.3

Alternate Source of Electric Supply

6.5.4

Air-conditioning

6.5.5

Transformers

6.5.6

Gas supply

6.5.7

Boiler Room

6.5.8

Helipad

6.5.9

Disaster Management / Fire Safety

6.5.10 Sustainable Environment and Buildings

6.5.11 Structural Safety

7.

PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY

7.1

Structural design and safety

7.1.1

Additional provisions for natural hazard prone areas

7.1.2

Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)

7.1.3

Seismic strengthening/retrofitting

7.1.4

Buildings with Soft Storey

7.1.5

Review of structural design

7.1.6

Certification regarding structural safety in design

7.1.7

Constructional safety

7.1.7.1 Supervision

7.1.7.2 Certification of structural safety in construction

7.1.8

Quality control and inspection

7.1.8.1 Inspection

7.1.8.2 Certification of safety in quality of construction

7.1.9

Control of signage & outdoor display structures, cell phone towers and telephone Towers.

7.2

Inspection

7.2.1

Maintenance of Buildings

7.2.2

Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas

7.2.3

Registration of Professionals

7.2.4

Professional fees for SER/SDAR and CER/CMAR

7.2.5

Appointment of Professionals

7.3

Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests

8.

LAND USE ZONES

9.

PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY PERSONS AND CHILDREN

9.1

Applicability

9.2

Guidelines and Provisions

9.3

Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the State Government

9.3.1

Buildings to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People

9.3.2

Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People

9.3.3

Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)

9.3.4

Site development

9.3.4.1 Access Path / Walk Way

9.3.4.2 Parking

9.4

Building requirements

9.4.1

Approach to plinth level

9.4.2

Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for the differently abled

9.5

Stair-ways

9.6

Lifts

9.7

Toilets

9.7.1

Provision of WCs in buildings without lift:

9.7.2

Provisions of WCs in buildings with lift

9.7.3

Toilet Details: For Toilets Designed for Ambulant Disabled

9.7.4

For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Small Wheel Chair:

9.7.5

For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Using Large Wheel Chair:

9.8

Designing for Children

9.9

Drinking Water:

9.10

Refuge

9.11

Proper signage

9.12

Public Building regulations

8

10.

RAIN WATER HARVESTING

10.1

Rainwater Harvesting principle

10.2

Rainwater harvesting techniques:

10.3

Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:

10.4

Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities

10.5

Ground Water Recharge

10.6

Enforcement and Monitoring

11.

GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS

11.1

Provisions and Applicability

11.2

Provisions for Sanction

11.2.1 Provisions for City and Site level greening

11.2.2 Water Re-use and Recycling

11.2.3 Roof Top Solar Energy Installations

11.2.4 Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating System in Buildings

11.2.5 Sustainable Waste Management

11.2.6 Sustainability of Building Materials

11.3

Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems

12.

FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

12.1

Scope

12.2

Procedure for obtaining NOC and Clearance Certificate from DFES

12.3

Renewal of fire clearance

12.4

Fee

12.5

Responsibility of providing Fire Protection & Fire Fighting Measures

12.6

Terminology

12.7

General

12.7.1 Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions / Building Components

12.7.2 MEANS OF ACCESS

12.7.3 EXIT REQUIREMENT

12.8

Fire Escapes or External Stairs:

12.8.1 Spiral Stairs

12.8.2 Staircase Enclosures

12.8.3 Ramps

12.9

Provision of lifts

12.9.1 Lift Enclosure/lift

12.9.2 Fire Lift

12.10 Basement

12.10.1

Requirements

12.11 Provision of helipad

12.12 Service ducts/refuge chute

12.13 Electrical services

12.14 Staircase and corridor lights

12.15 Air-conditioning

12.15.1

Air- Conditioning should conform to the following:

12.15.2

Fire Dampers

12.16 Boiler Room

12.17 Alternate source of electric supply

12.18 Safety measures in electric sub-station

12.19 Fire protection requirements

12.19.1

First Aid /Fixed Fire Fighting /Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities

12.19.1.1 Note for Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’

12.20 Static water storage tank

12.21 Automatic sprinklers

12.22 Fixed Carbon di-oxide /Foam/DCO water spray extinguishing system

12.23 Fire alarm system

12.24 Control Room

12.25 Fire drills and fire orders

12.26 Material used for construction of building

9

12.27 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

12.28 House keeping

12.28.1

Good House-Keeping includes the following

12.28.2

Smoking Restrictions

12.28.3

Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)

12.29 Fire prevention

12.30 Occupancy restrictions

13.

CONSERVATION

OF

HERITAGE

SITES

INCLUDING

HERITAGE

BUILDINGS,

HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS

13.1

Applicability:

13.2

Composition of heritage conservation committee:

13.3

Procedure for the preparation of list of heritage sites and buildings, heritage precincts

listed natural features.

13.4

Criteria for listing of Heritage Sites:

13.5

Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts

13.6

Restriction on development / re-development / repairs, etc.

13.7

Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings:

13.8

Regulations for specified heritage precincts / listed natural features.

13.9

Road widening and building lines:

13.10 Master plan reservations:

13.11 Grant of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in cases of loss of development rights.

13.12 Incentive uses for heritage buildings:

13.13 Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony:

13.14 Repair fund:

13.15 Voluntary contribution and agreement with any voluntary organization, person or

Company:

14.

STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS

14.1

Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of Doing Business)

14.2

Clearances at Master Plan level

14.3

Risk Based Classification of building proposals

14.3.1 Residential Buildings

14.3.2 Storage/Warehouse Buildings

14.3.3 Industrial Buildings

14.4

Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business:

14.4.1 ‘Citizens’ Charter

14.4.2 Capacity building

14.4.3 Empowered Committees

14.4.4 Simplification of bye-laws

15.

CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION – INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION

15.1

Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals

15.1.1 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘1’ (5,000 to < 20,000 Square meters)

15.1.2 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘2’ (>20,000 to < 50,000 Square meters)

15.1.3 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘3’ (≥ 50,000 to < 1,50,000 Square meters)

TABLES

Table 5.1Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings

Table 5.2 The minimum width of staircase

Table 5.3 Occupant Load

Table 5.4 Occupants per unit Exit width

Table 5.5 Size of Ventilation Shaft

Table 5.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies /Uses

Table 5.7 Flushing Storage Capacities

Table 5.8 Domestic Storage Capacities

Table 5.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices

10

Table 5.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels

Table 5.10(a) Sanitary Requirements for Public Rooms

Table 5.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy

Table 5.11(a) Sanitation Requirements Nursery Schools

Table 5.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy - Hospital

Table 5.12(a) Sanitation Requirements Administrative Buildings

Table 5.13 Sanitation Requirements for Government and Public Business Occupancy and Offices

Table 5.14 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings.

Table 5.15 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

Table 5.16 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

Table 5.17 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theatres, Auditoria

etc.)

Table 5.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and Museums)

Table 5.19 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants

Table 5.20 Sanitation Requirements for Factories

Table 5.21 Sanitation Requirements for Large Stations and Airports

Table 5.22 General Standard/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area.

Table 5.23 Contingency Toilets facilities for Special Events

Table 7.1 Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design

Table 11.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (Residential and Non-Residential)

Table 11.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation

Table 13.1Composition of heritage conservation committee for Bengaluru:

Table 13.2 Composition of heritage conservation committee for Other Corporation Areas

Table 13.3 Composition of heritage conservation committee for all other Towns/Cities -at District

level

Table 13.4 Criteria for listing of Heritage sites.

Table 13.5 Grading of the listed buildings/listed prescient.

Table 14.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans

Table 14.2 Risk Matrix for different Residential buildings

Table 14.3 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses

Table 14.4 Risk Matrix for Industries

Table 15.1: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction (Building Category ‘1’:

5,000Sqm to < 20,000Sqm)

Table 15.2: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction (Building Category ‘2’: ≥ 20,000

Sqm to 50,000 Sqm)

Table 15.3: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction (Building Category ‘3’: ≥ 50,000

Sqm to 1,50,000 Sqm)

ANNEXURES

ANNUXURE-A OCCUPANCY CATEGORIZATION OF BUILDINGS FOR WATER AND OTHER

REQUIREMENT FOR FIREFIGHTING

ANNEXURE-BI FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS IN ZONE-I CATEGORY

ANNEXURE-BII FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS IN ZONE-II CATEGORY

ANNEXURE-BIII FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS IN ZONE-III CATEGORY

ANNEXURE-C 1.WATER REQUIREMENT CRITERION

ANNEXURE-C 2. ESTIMATION OF TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT FOR FULLY SPRINKLERED

BUILDINGS.

ANNEXURE-C 3. WATER STORAGE TANKS

ANNEXURE-C 4. RISER/ DOWNCOMER.

ANNEXURE-C 5. SELECTION OF PUMPS.

ANNEXURE-D QUESTIONNAIRE FOR HIGH RISE BUILDINGS/OTHER BUILDINGS.

APPENDIX

I.

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION OF VARIOUS STAKE HOLDERS WITH THE AUTHORITY

II.

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR SANCTION FROM

THE AUTHORITY FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

A – REQUIREMENTS OF KEY PLAN

B - REQUIREMENTS OF SITE PLAN

C – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLAN FOR PARKING AREA

D – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLANS OF OTHER USES

11

E – REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS OF BUILDING

F – REQUIREMENTS OF ELEVATION OF BUILDINGS

G – REQUIREMENTS OF DRAWINGS FOR ALL SERVICES PROVIDED

A – ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INCLUDING USE OF ALTERNATE ENERGY

B- WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

C – RAIN WATER HARVESTING & GROUND WATER RECHARGING SYSTEM

D – SEWERAGE SYSTEM

E – HVAC SYSTEM

H – REQUIREMENTS OF LANDSCAPE PLAN

I – REQUIREMENTS OF CIRCULATION PLAN AND TRAFFIC STUDY & IMPACT

J – REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

K – REQUIREMENTS OF GREEN BUILDING DRAWINGS

III.

INDEX FOR THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF DRAWINGS SUBMITTED

A – REQUIREMENTS OF KEY PLAN

B – INDEX OF SITE PLAN

C – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLAN FOR PARKING AREA

D – REQUIREMENTS OF FLOOR PLANS OF OTHER USES

E – REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS OF BUILDING

F – REQUIREMENTS OF ELEVATION OF BUILDINGS

G – REQUIREMENTS OF DRAWINGS FOR ALL SERVICES PROVIDED

H – REQUIREMENTS OF LANDSCAPE PLAN

I – REQUIREMENTS OF CIRCULATION PLAN AND TRAFFIC STUDY & IMPACT

J – REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

K – REQUIREMENTS OF GREEN BUILDING DRAWINGS

IV.

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR NOCS FROM

OTHER DEPARTMENTS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

V.

PROCEDURE FOR EMPANELMENT OF PROFESSIONALS BY THE AUTHORITY AND

SELECTION OF EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

VI.

DETAILS OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR BUILDING LICENCE

VII.

VARIOUS FEES FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE AND OTHER FEES PAYABLE AS

PER THESE BYE-LAWS

VIII.

TIMELINES FOR DIFFERENT ACTIVITIES FOR ISSUING BUILDING LICENCE, NOCS AND

CERTIFICATION OF WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE AS PER THE CONDITIONS OF NOC, BY

DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDING.

IX.

PROCEDURE

FOR

SITE

INSPECTION

BY

EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONALS

AND

SUBMISSION OF SITE INSPECTION REPORT.

X.

VALIDITY PERIOD OF SANCTION AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AT SITE AND

EXTENSION OF VALIDITY.

XI.

DETAILS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE SITE/ SITE OFFICE OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.

XII.

STAGES OF CERTIFICATION OF VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF BUILDING EXECUTED AT

SITE BY EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

XIII.

A.

REQUIREMENT OF NUMBER AND TYPE OF LIFTS

B.

REQUIREMENT FOR ELECTRICAL SUB STATION

XIV.

PROVISION FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED

XV.

ACCREDITATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITORS (QUALIFIED BUILDING AUDITORS)

XVI.

ENVIRONMENTAL CELL AT THE LEVEL OF LOCAL AUTHORITY

XVII.

CATEGORIES OF MATERIALS OF STORAGE OF WAREHOUSE AS PER COMBUSTION RISK.

FORMS

I.

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FORM FOR

BUILDING LICENCE.

II.

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FOR NOC

FROM DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, IN ADDITIONAL TO THE DETAILS REQUIRED FOR

BUILDING LICENCE AND OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.

A.

DEPARTMENT OF FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES

B.

MOEF AND KSPCB

C.

AIRPORT AUTHORITY OF INDIA

D.

COASTAL REGULATION ZONE AUTHORITY

12

E.

KARNATAKA STATE WATER SUPPLY & DRAINAGE BOARD

F.

INDIAN RAILWAYS

G.

METRO RAIL CORPORATION

H.

HERITAGE CONSERVATION COMMITTEE

I.

NATIONAL MONUMENTS AUTHORITY

J.

URBAN ARTS COMMISSION

III DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED

IV DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE PLANS AND DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR

SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE.

V DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE INTIMATION LETTER OF THE AUTHORITY TO

EMPANELLED PROFESSIONAL FOR SITE INSPECTION AND SUBMISSION OF SITE

INSPECTION REPORT FOR APPROVAL OF SITE PLAN

VI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT

VII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT.

VIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE BUILDING LICENCE

IX

DETAILS TO BE DISPLAYED OUTSIDE THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.

X

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL, CERTIFYING THE WORKS OR STATING THE DEFECTS / DEVIATIONS IN

WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE.

XI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT TO RECTIFY THE DEFECTS IN WORKS EXECUTED.

XII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN INSPECTION REPORT OF CEO REGARDING OBJECTIONS

RAISED BY THE APPLICANT AGAINST THE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL OR DEPARTMENT ISSUING NOCS.

XIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN COMPLETION CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THE PRINCIPAL

PROFESSIONAL ON RECORD, SUPERVISING THE WORKS

XIV

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.

XV

CERTIFICATE OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN & SAFETY

XVI

CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY CONTROL

CHAPTER - 1

1. Title, commencement and application- (1) These bye laws may be called the Karnataka

Municipal Corporations Model Building Bye-Laws 2017.

(2) They shall come into force from the date of their final publication in the official Gazette.

(3) All mandatory Master Plan or Zonal Regulations regarding use, land use, coverage, FAR,

setback or open space, height, number of stories, number of dwelling units, parking standards etc.

for various categories of buildings including modification therein made from time to time shall be

applicable mutatis mutandis in these Bye-Laws under this clause. All amendments or modifications

made in the aforesaid regulations shall automatically stand deemed to have been included as part of

these Bye-laws.

CHAPTER - 2

2. Definitions

1. ‘Access’ – means a clear approach to a plot or a building.

2. ‘Act’- means the Karnataka Municipal Corporations Act, 1975 (Karnataka Act 14 of 1977);.

3. ‘Addition and/or Alteration’- means a structural change including an addition to the area

or change in height or the removal of part of building, or any change to the structure, such

as the construction or removal or cutting of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column,

beam, joist, floor including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of

any required means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment as

provided in these Bye laws.

4. ‘Agriculture’ includes horticulture, farming, growing of crops, fruits, vegetables, flowers,

grass, fodder, trees of any kind or any kind of cultivation of soil, breeding and keeping of

livestock including cattle, horses, donkeys, mules, pigs, fish, poultry and bees, the use of

land which is ancillary to the farming of land or any purpose aforesaid but shall not include

13

the use of any land attached to a building for the purpose of garden to be used along with

such building; and ‘agriculture’ shall be construed accordingly.

5. ‘Air-conditioning’- The process of treating air so as to control simultaneously its

temperature, humidity, purity, distribution and air movement and pressure to meet the

requirements of the conditioned space.

6. ‘Amalgamation’ means clubbing of two or more properties as a single property.

7. ‘Amenity’ includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, play grounds,

gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage, public works and

other utilities, services and conveniences.

8. ‘Annexure’ means the Annexure appended to these bye-laws;

9. ‘Apartment’ means suite of rooms, which are occupied or which is intended or designed to

be occupied by one family for living purpose in an Apartment building. This word is

synonymous with residential flat.

10. ‘Apartment Building/Group Housing’ means one or more buildings, each containing more

than four Apartments.

11. ‘Appendix’ means Appendix appended to these bye-laws;

12. ‘Application’ means an application made in such form as may be prescribed by the

Authority from time to time.

13. ‘Applicant’ means any person who applies to the Authority with an intention to develop

building as per these bye-laws. The Applicant shall be the owner of the property or his

authorised representative or a promoter authorised by the owner.

14. ‘Approved’ means as approved/sanctioned by the Authority under applicable Bye-Laws

15. ‘Architect’- means a person holding a graduate degree in Bachelor of Architecture from any

institute recognized by the Council of Architecture (COA) and has his/her name entered in

the register of COA for the time being, with a valid COA Registration number.

16. ‘Architect/Professional on record’- means an architect/Competent professional who is

brought on record to represent his/her client for a construction project, to act on their behalf

regarding building licenses and process of construction (Qualification, experience

&competence as notified by the Government). He / She may be registered with the Authority

for the cause (Registration procedure as per Appendix-I).

17. ‘Auditorium’ means Premises having an enclosed space to seat audience and stage for

various performances such as concerts, plays, music etc.

18. ‘Authority’- means the Local Authority which has been created by a statute and which, for

the purpose of administering / undertaking the various functions specified in these Byelaws,

, may authorize a committee or the Commissioner or any other designated officer of Local

Body to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the ‘Authority’.

19. ‘Balcony’ means a horizontal projection with a handrail or balustrade, to serve as passage or

sit out place.

20. ‘Basement storey or cellar’ means any storey, which is partly / wholly below the average

ground level contiguous to the building, with one or more than one level. The basement

height should not project more than 1.2m above the average ground level.

21. ‘Bifurcation’ means as defined in the KTCP (Approval of Plot) Rules 2017

22. ‘Building’- means a structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any purpose,

whether used for human habitation or not, and includes: -

i) a house, out-house, stable, privy, shed, hut, wall, verandah, fixed platform, plinth,

doorstep and any other such structure, whether of masonry, bricks, wood, mud, metal or

any other material whatsoever;

ii) a structure on wheels simply resting in the ground without foundation;

iii) a ship, vessel, boat, tent and any other structure used for human habitation or used for

keeping or storing any article or goods;

iv) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building services, fixed

platforms etc.

v)Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.

vi)Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto

vii)Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and outdoor display

structures; etc.,

viii)Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in liquid form

and for storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds etc.,

ix) All types of buildings as defined in (a) to (k) below, except tents, shamianas and tarpaulin

shelters erected temporarily for temporary purposes and ceremonial occasions, shall be

considered to be ‘building’.

14

Types of Buildings based on use of premises or activity:

a. ‘Residential Building’- includes a building in which sleeping and living accommodation

is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities and includes one or more

family dwellings, apartments/flats, and private garages of such buildings.

b. ‘Educational Building’- Includes a building exclusively used for a school or college,

recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent Authority

involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use,

and including a building for such other uses as research institution. It shall also include

quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and building used as a hostel

captive to an educational institution whether situated in its campus or outside.

c. ‘Institutional Building’- Includes a building constructed by Government, Semi

Government Organizations or Registered Trusts and used for medical or other treatment, or

for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an hospice, care of

persons suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, disease or infirmity, care of

orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons

and for penal or correctional detention with restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily

providing sleeping

accommodation and includes dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal

institutions such as jails, prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and

reformatories etc.

d. ‘Assembly Building’- means a building or part thereof, where groups of people (not <50)

congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and

similar purposes and this includes buildings of drama and cinemas theatres, drive-in

theatres, assembly halls, city halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums,

‘mangal karyalayas’, skating rinks, gymnasia, restaurants, eating or boarding houses,

places of worship, dance halls, clubs, gymkhanas and road, railways, air, sea or other

public transportation stations and recreation piers.

e. ‘Business Building’- Includes any building or part thereof used principally for transaction

of business and/or keeping of accounts and records including offices, banks, professional

establishments, court houses etc., if their principal function is transaction of business

and/or keeping of books and records.

f. ‘Commercial/Mercantile Building’- Includes a building or part thereof used as shops,

stores or markets for display and sale of wholesale and or retail goods or merchandise,

including office, storage and service facilities incidental thereto and located in the same

building

g. ‘Industrial Building’- Includes a building or part thereof wherein products or material

are fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants, laboratories, power

plants, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.

h. ‘Storage Building’- means a building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelter

of goods, wares, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold storage,

freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck terminal, grain

elevator, barn and stables.

i. ‘Hazardous Building’- Includes a building or part thereof used for

i. Storage, handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or highly

combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn with extreme

rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations. and

ii. Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive, toxic or

noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals producing flame, fumes and

explosive mixtures etc. or which result in division of matter into fine particles capable of

spontaneous ignition.

j. ‘Mixed Land Use Building’- means a building partly used for non-residential activities

and partly for residential purpose.

k. ‘Wholesale Establishment’- means an establishment wholly or partly engaged in

wholesale trade and manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities,

warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck transport

booking agencies.

Types of building based on design:

a. ‘Detached Building’- means a building with walls and roofs independent of any other

building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot.

b. ‘Semi-detached Building’- means two buildings, together having not more than 4

dwelling units with a maximum of G+1 floor, attached to each other with a common wall

and each building having setbacks only on three sides.

15

c. ‘Row Housing’ – means two or more dwelling units with a maximum of G+1 floor, in a

row attached to each other, where the intermediate dwelling units have only front and rear

setbacks and the dwelling units on the extreme ends have setbacks on three sides.

Types of building based on height:

a.

B1- means residential buildings of G+1floors upto 4 dwelling units

b.

B2- means all buildings upto G+2 floors other than B1 buildings and Industrial

buildings

c.

B3- means all low-rise buildings other than B1 & B2 buildings and Industrial

buildings.

d.

B4- means all high-rise buildings (multi storey buildings) other than Industrial

buildings.

e.

B5- means all Industrial buildings

Types of building based on other features:

a. ‘Multi-Level Car parking’- means a building partly below ground level having two or

more basements or above ground level with two or more floors, primarily to be used for

parking of cars, scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle.

b. ‘Unsafe Building’- Includes a building which:

i) Is structurally unsafe, or

ii) Is insanitary, or

iii) Is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress or

iv) Constitutes a fire hazard or

v) Is dangerous to human life or

vi) In relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health or public welfare by

maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.

Note: All unsafe buildings /structure will require be restoring by repairs, demolition or

dealing with as directed by the Authority. The relevant provisions of the Act shall apply for

procedure to be followed by the Authority in taking action against such buildings

23. ‘Building line’ means the line upto which the plinth of building may lawfully extend within

the plot on a street or an extension of a street and includes the line prescribed, if any in the

Master Plan or Town Planning scheme. No portion of the building may extend beyond this

line.

24. ‘Building Site’ means a plot held for building purposes, approved as per the rules framed

under Section 17 of KTCP Act.

25. ‘Bus Depot’ means a premise used by public transport agency or any other agency for

parking, maintenance and repair of buses. These may include the workshop.

26. ‘Bus Terminal’ means a premise used by public transport agency to park the buses for short

duration to serve the public. It may include the related facilities for passengers.

27. ‘Canopy’- shall mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an entry to the

building at the lintel or slab level provided that:

i) It shall not project beyond the plot line.

ii) It shall not be lower than 2.3 m. or 7’- 6’ when measured from the ground.

iii) There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky

28. ‘Carpet Area’ means the net usable floor area of an apartment or commercial premises,

excluding the area covered by the external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive

balcony or verandah area and exclusive open terrace area, but includes the area covered by

the internal partition walls of the apartment/ commercial premises.

29. ‘Chajja’ means a continuous sloping or horizontal cantilever projection provided over an

opening or external wall to provide protection from sun and rain.

30. ‘Chimney’ means a structure usually vertical containing a passage or flue by which the

smoke, gas, etc. of a fire or furnace are carried off by means of which a draught is created

31. ‘Common wall’ means; a wall built on land belonging to two adjoining owners, the wall being

the joint property of both owners.

a) If two adjoining owners build a dividing wall on their property, they are not common walls

and no part of the footings of either wall shall project on to the land of the adjoining owner,

except by legal agreement between the owners. and

b) Any such ‘common’ or ‘dividing’ wall shall be considered for the purpose of these byelaws,

as being equivalent to an external wall as far as the thickness and height are concerned.

32. ‘Community Hall’ means congregational place to be developed by government or local

bodies, trust, society, etc., having a maximum of 300m2 carpet area of hall without separate

kitchen and dining. No upper floor shall be permitted.

33. ‘Construction’ means; Any erection of a structure or a building, including any addition or

extension thereto either vertically or horizontally, but does not include any repair and

16

renovation of an existing structure or building, or, construction, maintenance and cleansing

of drains and drainage works and of public latrines, urinals and similar conveniences, or, the

construction and maintenance of works meant for providing supply of water for public, or,

the construction or maintenance, extension, management for supply and distribution of

electricity to the public; or provision for similar facilities for publicity.

34. ‘Conversion of Occupancy’- means the change from one occupancy to other occupancy or

any change in building structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use

requiring additional occupancy certificate.

35. ‘Corner Plot’ means a plot facing two or more intersecting streets / roads.

36. ‘Corridor’ means a common passage or circulation space connecting separate rooms or

different parts of the same building including a common entrance hall.

37. ‘Cornice’- means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over openings

or external walls to provide protection from sun and rain.

38. ‘Courtyard’ means a space permanently open to sky, enclosed fully or partially by buildings

and maybe at ground level or any other level either in the interior or exterior of a building

within the site.

39. ‘Cultural buildings’ means a building built by a Trust, Society, Government or Local body

for cultural activities.

40. ‘Damp Proof Course’- means a course consisting of some appropriate water proofing

material provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture.

41. ‘Density of Households’ means number of dwelling units per hectare

42. ‘Density of Population’ means concentration of population expressed in terms of number of

persons per hectare in a particular area.

43. ‘Development’ with its grammatical variations means the carrying out of building,

engineering, mining or other operations in, or over or under land or water, or the making of

any material change in any building or land (including compound wall) or in the use of any

building or land and includes sub-division of any land.

44. ‘DR/T.D.R.’ – means Development Rights orTransfer of Development Rights available for

plots as prescribed under Section 14B of KTCP Act and the Rules framed thereof.

45. ‘Drains’ means natural valleys intended for flow of storm water /rain water

46. ‘Drainage system’ – means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories,

such as manholes, inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage of

building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage for conveying

surface water or a system for the removal of any waste water.

47. ‘Duplex’ means a dwelling unit in two levels connected with an internal staircase.

48. ‘Dwelling’- means a building or a portion thereof which is designed or used wholly or

principally for residential purposes for one family.

49. ‘Empanelled Professional’ means professionals such as Architects, Engineers, Structural

consultants, MEP consultants, Environment consultants etc., who are empanelled by the

Authority as per the provisions of these bye-laws as authorised persons to inspect the plots

before, during, and after construction, as the case may be, to certify the constructions made

as per the provisions of the approved plans and report to the Authority and also to sanction

building plans of certain buildings as notified by the government.

50. ‘Encroachment’- means an act to enter into the possession or rights either of permanent or

temporary nature on a land or built up area of a private property or local body or

state/central Government.

51. ‘Existing development’ means all developments (including buildings) which existed before

coming into force of the Karnataka Municipal Corporations Act 1976, and all approved

developments thereafter (including building) and which are completed or under development

at the time of commencement of these bye-laws.

52. ‘Existing Use’- means use of a building or structure existing before the commencement of

these Bye-Laws.

53. ‘Exit’- means a passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor to a

street or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits meaning

as under: -

i) Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a protected opening through or around afire well or

bridge connecting two or more buildings.

ii) Outside exit mean an exit from building to a public way to an open area leading to a public

way or to an enclosed fire-resistant passage leading to a public way, and

iii) Vertical exit means an exit used for ascending or descending between two or more levels

including stairway, fire towers, ramps and fire escapes.

17

54. ‘External Wall’ means the outer wall of the building not being a partition wall, even though

an adjoining wall of another building and also a wall abutting on an interior open space of

any building.

External wall of an apartment or commercial premises means the outer wall of the apartment or

commercial premises, even though an adjoining wall of another apartment or commercial premises.

55. ‘First floor’ means the floor immediately above the ground floor or stilt, on which second

and other floors follow subsequently

56. ‘Flatted factory’ ‘means premises having group of non-hazardous small industrial units

which are permissible under the Zonal Regulations and these units may be located in multi-

storied industrial buildings.

57. ‘Floor’ means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building

58. ‘Floor Area Ratio (FAR)’ means the quotient of the ratio of the combined gross floor area of

all the floors, excepting areas specifically, exempted under the Zonal Regulations, to the total

area of the plot. Viz.

Floor Area Ratio =

Total floor area of all the floors.

Plot Area

59. ‘Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System’- means Fire alarm system comprises of

components for manually or automatically detecting a fire, initiating an alarm of fire and

initiating other actions as appropriate.

60. ‘Fire Hazard Industries’-

i) ‘Low Fire Hazard Industries’ includes engineering industries using/processing or

assembling non-combustible materials i.e. lathe machines, steel works, steel components

etc.

ii) ‘Moderate Fire Hazard Industries’ includes industries using / processing combustible

materials but not flammable liquid etc., plastic industries, rubber, and PVC industries,

textile, paper, furniture, flour mills etc.

iii) ‘High Fire Hazard Industries’ includes industries using/processing flammable liquids,

gases, chemicals petroleum products, plastic or thermo setting group etc.

61. ‘Fire Lift’- Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the event of

fire or any other emergency.

62. ‘Fire Proof Door’- Means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and

erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a period.

63. ‘Fire Pump’- Means a machine, driven by external power for transmitting energy to fluids by

coupling the pump to a suitable engine or motor, which may have varying outputs/capacity

but shall be capable of having a pressure of 3.2 kg/ cm2 at the topmost level of multi-storey

or high-rise building.

64. ‘Fire Pump-Booster Fire Pump’- Means a mechanical/electrical device that boots up the

water pressure at the top level of a multi-storey / high-rise building and which is capable of

a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the nearest point.

65. ‘Fire Resistance’-means Fire resistance is a property of an element of building construction

and is the measure of its ability to satisfy for a stated period some or all of the following

criteria:

a. resistance to collapse,

b. resistance to penetration of flame and hot gases, and

c. Resistance to temperature rise on the unexposed face up to a maximum of 180°C and/or

average temperature of 150°C.

66. Fire Resistance Rating- The time that a material or construction will withstand the

standard fire exposure as determined by fire test done in accordance with the standard

methods of fire tests of materials orstructures.

67. ‘Fire Separation’- Means the distance in meters measured from any other building on the

site or from another site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space to the

building.

68. ‘Fire Service Inlet’- Means a connection provided at the base of a building for pumping up

water through in-built fire-fighting arrangements by fire service pumps in accordance; with

the recommendation of the Chief Fire Officer.

69. ‘Fire Tower’- Means an enclosed staircase that can only be approached from the various

floors through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and the staircase by fire

resistant doors and open to the outer air.

70. ‘Fire Resisting Building’- means a building in which material, which has, appropriate

degree of fire resistance is used.

18

71. ‘Footing’- means a foundation unit constructed in stone masonry or concrete under the base

of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a larger area.

72. 'Form' means a Form appended these bye-laws;

73. ‘Foundation’ means that part of structure which is below the lowest floor and which provides

support for the superstructure and which transmits the load of the superstructure to the

bearing strata.

74. ‘Frontage’ means the width of the site/land abutting the access/public road.

75. ‘Gal1ery’- means an intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium or

a hall providing extra floor area, and or additional seating accommodation and includes the

structures provided for seating in stadia.

76. ‘Garage-Private’- means a building or a portion thereof designed and used for the parking of

vehicle.

77. ‘Garage-Public’ – means a building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private

garage, operated for gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, using, selling or

storing or parking motor driven or other vehicles.

78. ‘Gas Go down’ means premises where LPG cylinders are stored.

79. ‘Government’ means the Government of Karnataka.

80. ‘Ground Floor’ means the Floor immediately above the level of the adjoining average ground

level on all sides having approach directly from the road or above the basement floor.

81. ‘Ground Coverage’ means area covered by the building immediately above the ground level

contiguous to the building. Covered area does not include the space covered by ramps

around the building, roof of basement floor beyond the plinth of the building projecting above

the ground level, structures for services permitted in the setback area, garden, rocky area,

well and well structures, plant, nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if uncovered) platform

around a tree, tank, fountain, bench with open top and unenclosed sides by walls cut outs

and ducts which are open to sky and the like drainage, culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully-pit,

chamber gutter and the like, within the site, compound or boundary wall, gate, unstoreyed

porch and portico, chejja, slide, swing, uncovered staircase, watchman booth, pump house

and the like within the site.

Ground Coverage in hilly areas shall be as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations.

82. ‘Habitable Room’ means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more persons

for study, living, sleeping, Eating, cooking but does not include bathrooms water closet

compartments, laundries serving and storage pantries, corridors, cellars, and spaces that are

not used frequently or during extended periods.

83. ‘Head room’ means the clear space between the finished floor level and ceiling/ beam

bottom. Minimum headroom shall be 2.4m.

84. ‘Heritage building’ means a building possessing architectural aesthetic, historic cultural

values, which are declared as heritage building by the competent authority or government

within whose jurisdiction such building is situated.

85. ‘Heritage Precinct’ means an area comprising heritage building or buildings and precincts

there of or related places which is declared as such by the competent authority or

government within whose jurisdiction such building is situated

86. ‘High-rise Building’ means a building having height of 15 m and above.

87. ‘Height of Building’ means the vertical distance measured from the average level of the

ground around and contiguous to the building to the top of the roof in case of flat roofs and

in the case of sloped roofs up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall

intersects a finished surface of the sloping roof at the eave level

In hilly areas, if the average level of the ground around and contiguous to the building is

below the road level (road for which FAR is considered), then the height of the building shall

be measured from such road level and not from the average ground level. The formed level

made by filling of natural ground, if considered for the height of the building, shall not be

more than 2.0m. above the road level.

88. Hospital: means a premise providing medical facilities of general or specialized nature for

treatment of in-patient and out-patients.

89. Hotel: means Premises used for lodging with payment, with or without boarding facilities.

90. ‘Illuminated Exit Signs’- means a device for indicating the means of escape during normal

circumstances and power failure.

91. ‘Land use’ includes the purpose to which the site or part of the site or the building or part of

the building is in use or permitted to be used by the Authority. Land use includes zoning of

land use as stipulated in the Master Plan and the Zonal Regulations.

92. ‘Licence’ means a valid permission or authorization in writing by the Authority to carryout

development of building or a work regulated by these Bye- Laws.

19

93. ‘Licensed Professional’’ means Qualified professionals who have been registered with the

Urban Local Body as per the Qualification and competence notified by the Government and

therefore possess the license to provide professional services in Building construction. Only

licensed professionals would be allowed to be professionals on record.

94. ‘Lift’ means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more

levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car platform. The

word ‘elevator’ is also synonymously used for ‘lift’.

95. ‘Lobby’- means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open.

96. ‘Lodging House’ means a premise used for lodging on payment. This is synonymous to Hotel

97. ‘Loft’ means a residual space above normal floor level which may be constructed or adopted

for storage purposes.

98. ‘Market value’ means the guideline value of the land notified under section 45B of the

Karnataka Stamp Act, 1957

99. ‘Master Plan’ means Master Plan prepared for the local planning area approved by the

government under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961.

100.

‘Means of Escape’- means an escape route provided in a building for safe evacuation

of occupants.

101.

‘Mezzanine Floor’- means an intermediate floor between Ground floor and First floor

only, with area of mezzanine floor restricted to one third of the area of that floor and with a

minimum height of 2.20m. Mezzanine floor is permitted for non-residential uses only. Such

Mezzanine floor shall be accessible only from the Ground floor.

102.

‘Multilevel Car Parking (MLCP)’ means multilevel structure used for car parking

connected to all floors by means of ramps / mechanical elevators. MLCP can be an

independent structure or part of a building with other land uses. However, in the portion

used for parking, no other land uses shall be permitted.

103.

‘Multiplex complex’ means a building housing an entertainment and cultural centre

including cinema theatres, restaurants, food courts and shops as defined in Karnataka

Cinema Regulations Act 1964. The development of such buildings shall be governed as per

the provisions of Karnataka Cinema Regulations Act 1964.

104.

‘MCB/ELCB’ means Devices for tripping of electrical circuits in event of any fault in

the circuit or installation.

105.

‘Non-Combustible Material’- means a material which is not liable to burn or add

heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in accordance with the latest code of Bureau of

Indian Standards Method of Test for combustibility of Building Materials.

106.

Nursing home means A premises having medical facility for in-patients and out

patients, having up to 30 beds, it shall be managed by a doctor or a group of doctors

107.

‘Occupancy or use’-means the principal occupancy or use for which a building or a

part of a building is intended to be used. For the purposes of classification of a building

according to occupancy, occupancy shall be deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies

which are contingent upon it.

‘Mixed occupancy’ buildings being those in which more than one occupancy is present in

different portions of the buildings.

108.

‘Open space in a plot’ means an area forming an integral part of the plot, left open to

sky.

109.

‘Owner’ means a person who for the time being is receiving or is entitled to receive,

whether on his own account or as agent, trustee, guardian, manager or receiver for another

person or for any religious or charitable purpose, the rent or profit of the property in

connection with which the word is used and in whose name the approval for development is

issued.

110.

‘Parapet’ means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or a balcony.

111.

‘Parking space’ means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open sufficient in

size to park vehicles together with a drive-way connecting the parking space with a public

street or any public area and permitting the ingress and egress of the vehicles.

112.

‘Partition’ means an interior non-load bearing barrier, one storey or part-storey in

height.

113.

‘Partition Wall’ includes (i)A wall forming part of a building and being used or

constructed to be used in any part of the height or length of such wall for separation of

adjoining buildings belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by

different persons; or ii) A wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the

length of such wall, to a greater extent than the projection of the footing on one side or

ground of different owners.

20

114.

‘Plinth’ means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding

ground and surface of the floor immediately above the ground.

115.

‘Plinth Area’ means the built up covered area measured at the floor level of the

basement or of any storey including balconies but excluding ducts/ services and lift shaft (

except in the lowermost floor of lift shaft) and open cutout areas.

116.

‘Plinth Level’ means the level of the floor of a building immediately above the

surrounding ground.

117.

‘Plot / Site’ means a parcel of land enclosed by definite boundaries having a means

of access.

118.

‘Porch or Portico’ means a roof cover supported on pillars or cantilevered projection

for the purpose of pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building without any structure

above.

119.

‘Premium F.A.R. means the FAR over and above the permissible FAR allowed, on

collection of additional fee as prescribed in the Zoning Regulations.

120.

‘Prohibited area’ means any area specified or declared to be a prohibited area under

section 20A of the Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958

(Central Act 24 of 1958).

121.

‘Promoter’ means –

(i) A person who constructs or causes to be constructed an independent building or a

building consisting of Apartments, or converts an existing building or a part thereof into

Apartments, for the purpose of selling all or some of the Apartments to other persons and

includes his assignees; or

(ii) A person who develops land into a project, whether or not the person also constructs

structures on any of the plots, for the purpose of selling to other persons all or some of the

plots in the said project, whether with or without structures thereon; or

(iii) Any development Authority or any other Public body in respect of Allottees of –

a. Buildings or Apartments, as the case may be, constructed by such Authority or body on

lands owned by them or placed at their disposal by the Government; or

b. plots owned by such Authority or body or placed at their disposal by the Government;

for the purpose of selling all or some of the Apartments or plots, or

(iv) An Apex State level co-operative housing finance society and a primary co-operative

housing society which constructs Apartments or buildings for its members or in respect of

the Allottees of such Apartments or buildings; or

(v) Any other persons who acts himself as a builder, coloniser, contractor, developer, estate

developer or by any other name or claims to be acting as the holder of a power of attorney

from the owner of the land on which the building or apartment is constructed or plot is

developed for sale; or

(vi) such other person who constructs any building or apartment for sale to the general

public

Explanation – For the purpose of this clause, where the person who constructs or converts a

building into apartments or develops a plot for sale and the persons who sells apartments or

plots are different persons, both of them shall be deemed to be the promoters and shall be

jointly liable as such for the functions and responsibilities specified, under this Act or the rules

and regulations made there under;

For the purpose of this clause, Apartment, whether called block, chamber, dwelling unit, flat,

office, showroom, shop, go down, premises, suit, tenement, unit or by any other name, means

a separate and self-contained part or an immovable property, including one or more rooms or

enclosed spaces, located on one or more floors or any part thereof, in a building or on a plot of

land, used or intended to be used for any residential or commercial use such as residence,

office, shop, showroom or go down or for carrying on any business, occupation, profession or

trade or for any other type of use ancillary to the purpose specified;

This is synonymous to Developer.

122.

‘Protected monument’ means an ancient monument which is declared to be of

national importance by or under the Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and

Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of 1958).

123.

‘Public and semi-public building’ means a building used or intended to be used

either ordinarily or occasionally by the public such as offices of state or central government

or local authorities, law courts, jails, Police Station, a church, temple, chapel, mosque or any

place of public worship, Educational, cultural and religious institutions, medical and health

institutions, cultural institutions like theatres, opera houses etc., of a predominantly non-

commercial nature.

21

124.

‘Pump room’ means the room provided below ground level adjacent to the sump tank

to house various types of pumps with self-priming mechanism. However, the entrance shaft

of the pump room of maximum 2 m x 2 m may be permitted above the ground level.

125.

‘Recreational Club’ means a premise used for assembly of a group of persons for

social and recreational purposes with all related facilities.

126.

‘Regulated area’ means any area specified or declared under section 20B under the

Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of 1958).

127.

‘Repair Shop’ means a premise similar to retail shop for carrying out repair of house

hold goods, electronic gadgets, automobiles, cycles etc.,

128.

‘Restaurant’ means a premise used for serving food items on commercial basis

including cooking facilities, with covered or open space or both having seating facilities.

129.

‘Retail Shop’ means a premise for sale of commodities directly to the consumer with

necessary storage.

130.

‘Retention Activity’ means an activity or use which is allowed to continue,

notwithstanding its non-conforming nature in relation to the use permitted in the adjoining

or surrounding area.

131.

‘Road/Street’ means any street, road, square, Court, alley, passage or riding path

over which the public have a right of way and includes: -

(a) The roadway over any public bridge or causeway;

(b) The footway attached to any such street, public bridge or causeway; and

(c) The drains attached to any such street, public bridge or causeway and the land, whether

covered or not by any pavement verandah or other structure which lies on either side of the

roadway up to the boundaries of the adjacent property, whether that property is private

property or property belonging to the Government or the Corporation.

132.

‘Road/Street Level or Grade’ means the officially established elevation or grade of

the centerline of street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially established

grade, the existing elevation or grade of street at its mid-point, at the center of the plot.

133.

‘Road/Street Line’ means the line defining the side limits of a road/street, where

existing road width is considered and the road widening line where proposed road width is

considered.

134.

‘Road Width or Width of Road/Street’ means the right of way/distance between the

boundaries of the property on either side of the road including, carriageway, footways, service

road at same level or at different level and storm water drains as laid down in the city survey

or Master Plan or the prescribed road lines by any act of law and measured at right angles to

the course or intended course of direction of such road.

135.

‘Room Height’ means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface

to the finished ceiling surface. Where a finished ceiling is not provided, the underside of the

joists or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of measurement.

136.

‘Service Apartments’ means fully furnished room or suite or rooms with kitchen,

which is intended to be used on rental basis.

137.

‘Service Road’ means a road / lane provided adjacent to a plot for access or service

purposes as the case may be and shall be parallel to the main road and may or may not be at

grade with the main road and shall be partly or fully falling within the proposed road width of

the main road.

138.

‘Setback’ means the distance prescribed under the Zonal Regulations of respective

LPAs between the plot boundary and the plinth of the building or the covered Cantilever

projection of the building in any floor. If cantilever projection of the building is proposed, the

prescribed setback shall be provided between the plot boundary and such covered cantilever

projection.

139.

‘Set-back Line’ means a line drawn at the setback distance, parallel to the plot

boundaries or road widening line as prescribed in the Master Plan / Zonal Regulations, or as

decided by the Authority (only road widening line), beyond which nothing can be constructed

towards the plot boundaries except as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations.

140.

‘Site Plan’ means a detailed Plan showing the proposed placement of structures,

parking areas, open space, landscaping, and other development features, on the plot as

required by specific sections of these Bye laws.

141.

‘Spiral Staircase’ means a staircase forming continuous winding curve round a

central point or axis provided in an open space having tread without risers.

142.

‘Staircase room’ means a room accommodating the stair and for purpose of

providing protection from weather and not used for human habitation.

22

143.

‘Stair Cover’ means a structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its landing

built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not

used for human habitation.

144.

‘Stilt floor’ means open parking area provided at ground level. The height of the stilt

floor shall be a minimum of 2.4 m. & maximum of 2.7m height (floor to beam bottom or

ceiling whichever is less). The height shall be considered for calculating the total height of

the building. In case of mechanical or multi-level parking the maximum height of the stilt

floor shall be 3.75m.

145.

‘Storey’ means the space between the surface of one floor and the surface of the

other floor vertically above or below. The minimum floor to floor height shall not be less than

2.9m.

146.

‘To Erect’- in relation to a building means:

i) To erect a new building on any plot whether previously built upon or not;

ii) To re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been pulled down,

burnt or dismantled.

147.

‘Un-authorised Development’- means the erection or re-erection, addition or

alternations which is not approved or sanctioned by the Competent Authority or as defined

under Section 76 FF of KTCP Act.

148.

‘Underground/Overhead Tank’ means an installation constructed or placed for

storage of water.

149.

‘Utility Area’ means a covered area with at least one side open to the outside with

the exception of 1m high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.

150.

‘Ventilation’- means Supply of outside air into, or the removal of inside air from an

enclosed space.

a. Natural Ventilation – means Supply of outside air into a building through window or

other openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from temperature or vapor

pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of the building.

b. Positive Ventilation – means the supply of outside air by means of a mechanical device,

such as a fan,

c. Mechanical Ventilation – means supply of outside air either by positive ventilation or by

infiltration by reduction of pressure inside due to exhaust of air, or by a combination of

positive ventilation and exhaust of air.

151.

‘Water Closet (W.C)’- means a water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive

human excrement directly from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to

designate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed.

152.

‘Window’- means an opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or

part of the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not used as a

means of egress/ingress.

153.

‘Zonal Regulations’ means the regulations of the Master Plan governing land use

and developments.

CHAPTER - 3

3. JURISDICTION ANDAPPLICABILITY AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OBTAINING

BUILDING LICENCE

3.1 Jurisdiction of Building Bye Laws

These Building Bye-Laws shall apply to the building activity in the State for all Corporation Cities.

3.2 Applicability of Building Bye Laws

These building byelaws shall be applicable to all building activities undertaken by private or

Government agencies and read in conjunction with the Master plan /Metropolitan development plan

or any other statutory plan in force, if any, and notifications, if any, with regard to the same and as

amended from time to time and these building bye-laws may be reviewed after five years. Till such

time the reviewed building byelaws are notified, these building byelaws will continue to be in force.

3.3 Applicability of Bye-Laws for all types of building developments

Except hereinafter or otherwise provided, these Bye-Laws shall apply to all development,

redevelopment, erection and/or re-erection of a building whether temporary or permanent as well as

to the design, construction of, or reconstruction and additions and alterations to a building.

23

3.4 Applicability of Bye-Laws for Part construction

Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, except where

otherwise specifically stipulated, these Building Bye-Laws shall apply only to the extent of the work

involved.

3.5 Change of use or occupancy

Where use of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Building

Bye-Laws shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the change.

3.6 Requirement in respect of building sites

3.6.1 Damp Sites

Wherever the dampness of a site or the nature of the soil renders such precautions necessary,

the ground surface of the site between the walls of any building erected thereon shall be

rendered damp-proof to the satisfaction of the Authority.

3.6.2 Minimum Size of Site

The minimum size of sites for the construction of different types of building or different use

groups shall be in accordance with provisions of the Master Plan, Zonal Regulations and the

Rules framed under Section 17 of KTCP Act 1961.

3.6.3 Sanction for Building Sites

The Building sites which are not located in the approved layouts of the Competent Authority

shall have sanction under section 17 of the KTCP Act, 1961, from the Planning Authority before

sanction is accorded under these Bye-laws in such sites.

3.6.4 Restrictions on use of land for construction of buildings

No piece of land shall be used as a site for the construction of buildings under the following

circumstances:

a) if the site is not drained properly or is incapable of being well drained;

b) if the Authority considers that the site is insanitary or it is dangerous to construct a building

on it;

c) if the building is proposed on any area filled up with filthy and offensive matter without a

certificate from the Health Officer and Corporation Engineer to the effect that it is fit to be built

upon from health and sanitary point of view;

d) if the owner of the building has not shown to the satisfaction of the Authority that all the

measures required to safeguard the construction from constantly getting damp are being taken;

e) if the building is for an office or public building including school, theatre or assembly on a site

which has not been previously approved by the Authority;

f) if it violates any provisions of and Zonal Regulations and

g) if the plot is a revenue site for which permission under the Karnataka Land Revenue Act, 1964

is not obtained under section 95 thereof.

Note: If the proposed use of the building on the plot does not conform to the land use proposals of

the Master plan or Zonal Regulations, permission from the Planning Authority for the change of

land use has to be furnished.

3.7 Reconstruction

The reconstruction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to operate due to fire, natural

collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to be demolished by or

under an order of the Authority as the case may be and for which the necessary certificate has

been given by the Authority.

3.8 Existing approved building

Nothing in these Bye-Laws shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment nor prevent

continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing approved building

unless, in the opinion of the Authority such a building is unsafe or constitutes a hazard to the

safety of adjacent property or to the occupants of the building itself.

24

3.9 Development of Buildings

3.9.1 Building Licence:

No person shall erect, re-erect or make addition/ alterations in any building or cause the same

to be done without, first obtaining a separate building license for each such building from the

Authority.

3.9.2 Building Licence obtained before these bye-laws:

Where any building licence which has been issued by the Authority before the commencement of

these Building Bye-Laws and where construction is in progress and has not been completed

within the specified period from the date of such licence, the said permission shall be deemed to

be sanctioned under these Bye-Laws and shall only be eligible for revalidation there under.

Accordingly, where the validity of sanction has expired and construction has not commenced,

construction shall be governed by the provisions of these Building Bye-Laws.

3.10

Procedure for obtaining building licence

3.10.1 Registration of Stake Holders

The following Stake Holders involved in the development activities in the ULB shall register

themselves with the Authority, as per the procedure prescribed in Appendix-I

a. Promoters/ Developers who intend to undertake developments within the jurisdiction of the

Authority.

b. Land owners who intend to undertake any building activity as per these bye-laws

c. Professionals for preparing plans and details for obtaining sanction from the Authority (as

detailed in Appendix-II) and NOCs from different departments (as detailed in Appendix-IV),

referred as professionals for drawings.

d. Professionals who intend to supervise the implementation of various components specified in

the plans sanctioned by the Authority, referred as professionals for supervision.

e. Professionals who are empanelled by the Authority (as detailed in Appendix-I) to certify the

constructions / implementations as per the provisions of the approved plans and also to

sanction building plans as notified by the Government. and

f. Contractors or Agencies implementing major components of the developments.

3.10.2 Application for building plan approval:

Every person (Owner or his authorised representative, including Promoter / Developer ) who

intends to erect, re-erect or make alteration in any place in a building or demolish any

building, shall apply in Form-I along with the required documents (as detailed in Appendix-

VI) and payment of necessary fees (as detailed in Appendix-VII) along with all the drawings

and details for obtaining building licence prepared by the professionals on record to prepare

plans and details for obtaining licence from the Authority (as detailed in Appendix- II) and

obtaining NOCs from other departments as applicable (as detailed in Appendix-IV). The

Applicant shall also submit the application in Form-II, as applicable, for obtaining the

required NOCs, along with payment of necessary fees.

3.10.3 Verification of documents submitted:

The CEO of the Authority shall verify the documents submitted along with the application

and if found in order, will accept the application. In case of any discrepancy, an endorsement

shall be issued in Form III to the applicant stating the discrepancy and the applicant may

rectify the same and resubmit to the Authority.

3.10.4 Evaluation of Technical details submitted:

(1) If the application is accepted after finding that the documents submitted along with the

application are in order, the TPO of the Authority or the empanelled professional or the

designated officer notified by the Government shall evaluate the Technical drawing and

details submitted by the Applicant, for compliance with the provisions of the Master plan, ZR

and Bye-laws and compliance of the conditions incorporated for obtaining NOCs from

different departments and submit the evaluation report to the CEO of the Authority, with

noting of discrepancy, if any. The CEO shall approve the evaluation report with or without

accepting the noting of discrepancy.

25

(2)In case the noting of discrepancy is accepted by the CEO, an endorsement shall be issued

in Form IV to the applicant stating the discrepancy and the concerned professionals on

record for drawings may rectify the same and resubmit to the Authority.

3.10.5 Forwarding details to obtain NOCs and issuing NOCs:

(1) If the Technical drawing and details submitted are complying with the provisions of the

Master Plan, ZR and Bye-laws and the requirements for obtaining NOCs from different

departments, the CEO of the Authority shall forward the application, technical drawings and

details submitted for NOCs to the concerned departments stating the timelines within which

the NOCs have to be issued, (as detailed in Appendix-VIII), failing which the NOCs would be

deemed to have been issued.

(2)All the respective departments shall verify the drawing and details submitted along with

the application of the NOC and if found in order shall issue NOC within the time lines

specified in Appendix-VIII, with or without site inspection, as required and forward the NOC

to the Authority.

(3)In case of any discrepancy, the concerned department shall issue endorsement to the

applicant stating the discrepancy and the concerned professionals on record for preparing

the plans for NOC may rectify the same and resubmit to the concerned Department.

3.10.6 Submission of Site Inspection Report

(1)If the Technical drawings and details submitted are accepted by the CEO, CEO of the

Authority shall select the Empanelled professional (based on the qualification and

competence notified by the Government and the procedure specified in Appendix-V) and

inform the Empanelled professional in Form-V to inspect the site and submit Site Inspection

Report for approval of site plan.

(2)On receipt of intimation from the Authority, the selected Empanelled professional shall

inspect the site and submit site inspection report (as detailed in Appendix-IX) in Form-VI to

the Authority, with noting of discrepancy, if any. The CEO of the Authority shall approve the

site inspection report.

3.10.7 Action in case of discrepancy in site inspection report.

If the noting of discrepancy in the Site Inspection Report submitted by the Empanelled

professional, is accepted by the CEO, an endorsement in Form-VII to the applicant stating

the discrepancy and the concerned professionals on record for drawings may rectify the same

and resubmit to the Authority. The TPO of the Authority shall verify the resubmitted

drawings and details for compliance of the noting of discrepancy accepted by the CEO and

forward the same to the CEO and the CEO shall accept the same.

3.10.8 Sanctioning of Building Licence

(1)On receipt of all the required NOCs from the concerned departments, or deemed NOCs

issued by the Authority (in case NOCs are not issued by the concerned departments within

the timelines specified in Appendix-VIII) and all the technical drawings and details accepted

by the Authority and the Site Inspection Report being consistent with the details submitted

by the applicant, the CEO of the Authority shall sanction the Building Licence within the

timelines specified in Appendix-VIII.

(2)The Authority shall intimate the Applicant to pay the required fees (as specified in

Appendix-VII for the various NOCs as well as the Building Licence.

(3) The CEO of the Authority shall issue the various NOCs received from the concerned

departments and sanction building licence after receiving the required fees from the

Applicant.

3.11

Plans for Sanction

All Building plans submitted to the authority shall be prepared as per the Jurisdictional

Master Plan, Zonal Regulations and Building Bye-laws.

26

3.11.1 Key Plan:

The key plan to be submitted along with the application shall be the related portion of the

approved road map of the Authority on which the plot (on which Building sanction is

applied for) is located (As detailed in Appendix-IIA).

3.11.2 Site Plan: (As detailed in Appendix-IIB)

3.11.3 Floor Plan of parking areas (As detailed in Appendix-II C)

3.11.4 Floor Plan of other uses (As detailed in Appendix-II D)

3.11.5 Sections of buildings (As detailed in Appendix-II E)

3.11.6 Elevations of buildings (As detailed in Appendix-II F)

3.11.7 Drawings for all services provided

a) Electrical system including energy saving measures and use of renewable energy (As

detailed in Appendix II-Ga)

b) Water supply system including water conservation measures (As detailed in Appendix II-

Gb)

c) Rain water harvesting and ground water recharging systems (As detailed in Appendix II-

Gc)

d) Sewerage system including STP and usage of treated water (As detailed in Appendix II-

Gd)

e) HVAC System (As detailed in Appendix II-Ge)

3.11.8 Landscape plan(As detailed in Appendix-II-H)

3.11.9 Circulation Plan indicating vehicular and pedestrian movement and parking

facilities including traffic impact study and report (As detailed in Appendix-II-I)

3.11.10

Structural Drawings and details (As detailed in Appendix-II-J)

3.11.11

Green Building drawings and details (As detailed in Appendix-II-K)

3.12

Signing of plans

3.12.1 Signing the Building Plans:

All plans for submission to the Authority shall be signed by the owner(s) and by the

competent professionals on record (to prepare the required plans for sanction) for the

building.

3.12.2 Signing of plans for NOC:

All plans for submission to different departments for NOC, shall be signed by the owner(s)

and by the Competent professionals on record (to prepare the required plans for NOCs)

for the construction project.

3.13

Alteration / Modification / Addition in Plans

The concerned professional on record for preparing the particular plan which has to be

altered, modified or added, shall make the necessary changes and submit to the

Authority with joint validation of applicant along with an application in Form-I and

payment of required fees.

3.13.1 Alterations exempted from obtaining building licence

No building licence is necessary for the following alterations, which donot otherwise violate any

provisions regarding general building requirements, structural stability and fire safety

requirements of these Bye-Laws;

a) Plastering and patch repairs;

b) Re-roofing or renewals of roof including roof of intermediate floors at the same height;

c) Flooring and re-flooring;

d) Opening and closing of windows, ventilators and doors not opening towards other properties

and / or public road/property;

e) Replacing fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.

27

f) Construction or re-construction of sunshade not more than 75cm in width within one’s land

and not overhanging over a public street;

g) Construction or re-construction of parapet not more than 1.5 m. in height and also

construction or re-construction of boundary wall as permissible under these Bye-Laws;

h) White-washing, painting, etc. including erection of false ceiling in any floor at the permissible

clear height provided the false ceiling in no way can be put to use as a loft etc.;

i) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains, fire, earthquake or any

other natural calamity to the same extent and specification as existed prior to the damage

provided the use conforms to provisions of Master Plan/Zonal Regulations;

j) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are within the purview of the

Bye-Laws.

3.14

Fees for sanction of Building licence

Every person intending to construct or reconstruct or alter any building shall pay to the Authority

fund, the various fees prescribed in Appendix-VII. The Authority or the Government shall prescribe

the rate of fees, time to time.

3.15

Sanction

3.15.1 Sanction by the Authority

The Authority shall sanction the building plan by signing the Building Licence in Form-VIII

and the drawings.

3.15.2 Sanction by Empanelled Professionals:

Competent Professionals empanelled with the Authority, shall be authorized to issue building

licence as notified by the Government.

3.15.3 Grant of Licence or Refusal

a) The Authority shall either sanction or refuse sanction to the plans and specifications or may

sanction them with such modification or directions as it may deem necessary as per these

Byelaws.

b) In case where the building scheme requires the clearance of an Urban Art Commission, if

constituted for the city then the Authority shall issue the building license only after getting the

clearance from the Urban Art Commission.

c) The licence shall be issued by the Authority for the different types of buildings within the

timelines prescribed in Appendix-VIII, failing which the sanction shall be deemed to have been

accorded, provided that the failure to sanction the licence by the Authority within the timelines

is immediately brought to the notice of the Authority in writing by the person who has applied

for licence. Nothing shall be construed to authorize any person to do anything in contravention

or against the terms of the lease or title of the land or against any regulations, Bye-Laws or

ordinance operating at the time of execution of the work at site.

d) It is further clarified that:

i) The above provision of deemed sanction shall be applicable only in those cases where the

building plan are in conformity with the Master Plan/Zonal Regulations/Bye-laws.

ii) No application under Clause3.10.2 shall be valid unless the information required by the

Authority under these Bye-Laws or any further information which may be required has been

furnished to the satisfaction of the Authority. and

iii) The Owner/ Competent Professional on record (for drawings and supervision) and the

Empanelled professionals certifying the works at site shall be fully responsible for any violation

of Master Plan/Zonal Regulations/ Building Bye-Laws, etc. In case of any default they shall be

liable for action as per the provisions of Rules framed under Section 73 and Section 76 FFF of

KTCP Act, 1961. Any construction so raised shall be liable for action as per the provisions of

Rules framed under Section 76 F of KTCP Act, 1961.

3.15.4 Duration of Sanction, Revalidation and revised Sanction

Once a building license is sanctioned, it shall remain valid for a period of two years from the

date of sanction for residential, industrial and commercial buildings for commencement of work

at site.

The project shall be completed within the timelines prescribed in Appendix-VIII. The validity

period of sanction shall be extended as specified in Appendix-X in case of additions /

alterations proposed in the project. If multiple blocks / buildings are proposed in the sanctioned

28

plan, a schedule of executing the blocks in sequence has to be specified and the validity of

sanction shall be extended accordingly as specified in Appendix-X.

If the Applicant intends to avail extension for the validity period of the sanction, he shall make

an application stating the reason for not completing the project within the validity period and

the validity of sanction shall be extended for the requested period after paying the revalidation

fees prescribed in Appendix-VII.

Revalidation shall not be permitted if the construction has not commenced within the validation

period of two years from the date of sanction. In such cases the Applicant has to apply for

revised sanction as per the Master Plan / Zonal Regulation and Building Bye-laws as in force at

the time of application of revised sanction.

3.15.5 Revocation of Licence:

The Authority shall revoke any building licence issued under the provisions of these Bye-Laws,

wherever there has been any false statement, misrepresentation of material facts in the

application on which the building licence was based or if during construction it is found that

the Owner has violated any of the provisions of these Building Bye-Laws or sanctioned plan or

compoundable limits. Fresh sanction of building plans and occupancy certificate shall be taken

from the Authority after bringing the building within the framework of Master Plan/ Zonal

Regulations/Building Bye-Laws.

3.15.6 Qualification and Competence

Qualification and competence of all professionals registered for preparing the various plans /

drawings and details for Sanction and NOC, to supervise the execution of the various

components of different types of projects and the professionals empanelled by the Authority to

certify the various components of the building executed at site and to sanction licence for

buildings shall be as notified by the government.

3.16

Execution of works at site

3.16.1 Construction to be in Conformity with Bye-Laws

Owners’ liability: Neither the granting of the permission nor the approval of the drawing and

specification, nor inspection by the Authority or the empanelled professional during erection of

the building shall in any way relieve the Owner of the building or the promoter on behalf of the

owner, from full responsibility for carrying out work in accordance with these Bye-Laws.

3.16.2 Commencement of work:

The owner, within the validity period of the building plan sanction given, shall start the

construction work at the site for which building license has been granted under the supervision

of the professionals on record as per the competence given notified by the Government. The

owner and the professionals on record for supervising the works at site shall be required to

follow the procedure during construction work as prescribed in these bye-laws.

3.16.3 Appointment of professionals on record for supervision

The owner, to whom a licence is issued, shall appoint the required number of professionals on

record as notified by the Government, to supervise the construction of the various components of

the building, before the commencement of works at site and also specify the principal

professional on record for supervision of works who shall issue the completion certificate.

3.16.4 Intimation of commencement of work at site

(1)The applicant and the principal professional on record for supervising the works executed at

site (and in the absence of appointment of such professional on record, the professional on

record for preparing the Architectural drawings for sanction), shall intimate the Authority within

the 5th day of every month from the date of sanctioning the building licence, that the

construction work has not commenced at site, along with the letter of undertaking in that the

work has not commenced at site.

(2)The Applicant and the principal professional on record for supervising the works, shall

intimate the Authority at least one day before the commencement of works at site.

3.16.5 Documents at Site:

(1)The person to whom a licence is issued shall, during construction, display in a conspicuous

place on the exterior wall / fence near the entrance gate to the site, in Form-IX.

29

(2)The details specified in Appendix-XI shall be maintained in the site office throughout the

period of construction, until occupation certificate is issued by the Authority and shall be

available for verification of the Authority or the empanelled professional appointed by the

Authority for certification of works.

3.16.6 Preparatory works at site that need not be intimated

The following works may be carried out in the site without intimation to the Authority

a) Temporary fencing of the boundaries of the site with required number of gates.

b) Temporary site office, stores, toilets, laboratory, medical facilities for workers etc.

c) Temporary accommodation, dining, kitchen and toilets for workers

d) Day care facilities for the children of workers, etc.

e) Foundation and other temporary structures for erecting of plant and machinery, water tanks

etc.

Such other temporary structures to facilitate the construction of the sanctioned building but not

part of the sanctioned building.

3.16.7 Procedure during construction

a) The Applicant and the principal professional of record for supervision of works shall intimate

the Authority in, the completion of various stages of construction prescribed in Appendix-

XII, for certification by Empanelled professional.

b) On receiving the intimation from the Applicant, the Authority shall inform the selected

Empanelled professional to certify the stage of completion of work intimated.

c) The Empanelled professional shall inspect the site and after checking the work completed as

indicated, certify the same in Form-X within three days of receiving intimation.

d) During inspection, according to the Empanelled professional, if the work executed by the

Applicant is not as per the approved plans, specifications and other provisions of these Bye-

laws, he shall intimate the Authority in Form-X, stating the defects in the works executed,

along with the photos of such defective works.

e) On receiving intimation from the Empanelled professional regarding the defects in the works

executed at site, the CEO of the Authority shall issue endorsement to the Applicant in Form-

XI, to rectify the defects, as indicated by the Empanelled professional.

f)

On receiving the endorsement from the Authority, the Applicant shall rectify the defects and

intimate the Authority.

g) According to the Applicant or the concerned professional on record for supervision of work

(for which endorsement is received from the Authority), if the defects mentioned in the

endorsement is incorrect, the Applicant may file objection, to the Authority, stating the

correctness of the works executed, along with the photos to prove the correctness, if

required.

h) If objection is received from the Applicant, the CEO of the Authority shall conduct joint

inspection along with the Applicant, the concerned professional on record and the

Empanelled professional by giving notice to all, to conduct joint inspection within seven days

of receiving objection.

i)

During the joint inspection, the CEO of the Authority, after hearing the views of both the

parties, shall either accept or reject the objection raised by the Applicant and instruct the

Applicant accordingly after making his inspection report in Form-XII and the Applicant shall

abide by the decision of the Authority and rectify the defects mentioned in Form-XII, if any

and intimate the Authority.

j)

On receiving the intimation of defect rectification by the Applicant, the Authority shall inform

the Empanelled professional to inspect and certify the rectified work.

k) The Empanelled professional shall inspect the site and after checking the work rectified as

indicated in Form-XII, certify the same within three days of receiving intimation and inform

the CEO.

3.16.8 Inability of Empanelled professional to certify the works and selection of alternate

professional

(a)If the Empanelled professional selected by the Authority, to certify the execution of any

component of the building, is unable to inspect the site within 3 days from the date of

receiving the intimation, he may request for additional time of maximum 3 days. If the

selected empanelled professional is unable to inspect the site and certify the works within 6

days of receiving the intimation, he may intimate the same stating the reason for his inability

to inspect the site for certification.

30

(b)On receiving intimation from the selected empanelled professional, the Authority shall

select alternate empanelled professional and inform to inspect the site and certify the work

intimated by the applicant.

3.16.9 Action against works executed without intimation and works not rectified

(1)Any works executed in the building without the certification of the preceding works

specified in Appendix-XII and the works not rectified as intimated in Form-X, shall be liable

for penalty as per the rules framed under Section 76F of KTCP Act, 1961.

(2)In such cases, the owner or the promoter, as the case may be, and the professional on

record for supervising such works shall also be liable for action as per the rules framed

under Section 73 and Section 76FFF of KTCP Act, 1961.

3.16.10

Changes to be made in the approved plans, during the execution of works:

If the Applicant intends to make any changes / deviations in the building from the

sanctioned plan, the concerned Professional on record for preparing the particular plan,

which has to be altered, modified or added, shall make the necessary changes and submit to

the Authority with joint validation of applicant along with an Application in Form-I and

payment of required fees.

Any such proposed changes from the sanctioned plans shall be as per the provisions of the

Master Plan and its Zonal Regulations, these Byelaws or any other relevant laws.

The proposed changes shall be executed at site only after the same is submitted to the

Authority.

3.17

Completion of project and issuing Completion Certificate

3.17.1 Issuing completion certificate

On completion of all works at site that have been certified by the empanelled professionals as

specified in Appendix-XII, as per the specifications and other provisions of these Bye-laws, the

principal professional on record for supervising the works, shall issue Completion Certificate in

Form-XIII, endorsed by all other concerned professionals on record for supervising various

components of the building along with the certification of Structural design and safety in Form-XV.

3.17.2 Application for approval of works from other departments

a) The professional on record for preparing drawings and details for all the applicable NOCs from

other departments, for the project, shall submit the required applications in Form-II (any or all of

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i and j, as applicable),for approvals from other departments for the

construction done at site as per the NOCs issued.

b) On receiving the Completion Certificate and the application to various departments for approving

the works executed at sites as per the NOCs issued, the Authority shall intimate all the concerned

departments which have issued NOCs, along with the certification done by the empanelled

professional, for issuing the prescribed certificate of approval for the construction done at site,

wherever applicable.

c) On receiving the intimation from the Authority, the concerned departments which had issued

NOCs, shall issue the required certificates of approval for the construction done at site, wherever

applicable, with or without site inspection.

d) During the site inspection, according to the designated officer of the concerned department, if any

of the works executed at site is not as per the conditions/specifications of the NOC issued, he shall

issue endorsement through the Authority, to the applicant, along with the photographs of the

defective works, to rectify the defects.

e) On receiving the endorsement from such departments through the Authority, the applicant shall

rectify the defects and intimate the concerned department.

f) According to the Applicant or the concerned professional on record for supervision of work (for

which endorsement is received from the concerned department), if the defects mentioned in the

endorsement is incorrect, the Applicant may file objection, to the concerned department and the

Authority, stating the correctness of the works executed, along with the photos to prove the

correctness, if required.

g) If objection is received from the Applicant, the CEO of the Authority shall conduct joint inspection

along with the Applicant, the concerned professional on record, the Empanelled professional and the

designated officer of the concerned Department who has issued the endorsement for defective work,

by giving notice to all, to conduct joint inspection within seven days of receiving objection.

h)During the joint inspection, the CEO of the Authority, after hearing the views of both the parties,

shall either accept or reject the objection raised and instruct the Applicant accordingly after making

31

his inspection report in Form-XII and the decision of the CEO shall be final. The Applicant shall

abide by the decision of the Authority and rectify the defects mentioned in Form-XII, if any and

intimate the Authority.

i) On receiving the intimation of defect rectification by the Applicant, the Authority shall inform the

Empanelled professional to inspect and certify the rectified work.

j) The Empanelled professional shall inspect the site and after checking the work rectified as

indicated in Form- XII, certify the same in Form- X within three days of receiving intimation.

k) The Authority shall forward the certification issued by in Form-X by the empanelled professional,

to the concerned department and the concerned shall issue the required certificated of approval for

the construction done at site, with or without site inspection.

3.18 Occupancy Certificate

On receiving the completion certificate in Form-XIII and certificates of approval from the concerned

departments or as certified by the Authority as specified in Clause 3.17.2(h), (i) and (k), the

Authority shall issue Occupancy Certificate in Form-XIV to the building constructed as per these

Bye-laws.

3.18.1 Occupancy or letting of the new buildings–

No person shall occupy or allow any other person to occupy any new building or part of a new

building for any purpose whatsoever until occupancy certificate to such buildings or part thereof has

been granted.

3.18.2 Occupancy/ Part Occupancy Certificate for Phased Project

In such cases where a project has not been completed at one stretch but constructed in different

stages, part occupancy certificate for the building otherwise complete in all respects, may be issued

subject to the condition that such a part occupancy certificate would apply to an independent

block/building of the sanctioned project. In case of a residential house part occupancy certificate

may be issued for an independent floor. The remaining construction shall be completed in the

validity period.

3.19 Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains

a) Temporary connection for water, electricity or sewer, permitted for the purpose of

facilitating the construction, shall not be allowed to continue in the premises without

obtaining completion/occupancy certificate.

b) No connection to the Municipal water mains or to the Municipal sewer line with a

building shall be made without the prior permission of the Authority and without

obtaining occupancy certificate.

c) In case the use is changed or unauthorized construction is made, the Authority is

authorized to discontinue such services or cause discontinuance of such services.

CHAPTER - 4

4. DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS

The provisions contained in Master Plan/Zonal Regulations shall apply and where these are

silent on such issues or which require interpretation the norms as decidedly the Authority, shall

apply. The provisions include but are not limited to the use/activity of premises, ground

coverage, FAR, setbacks, open space, height and parking standards for Residential premises on

plotted development, Group housing, Resettlement colonies, Slums, In-situ up gradation, Non-

residential premises. The permission of uses/use activities in use premises shall be permitted in

accordance with provisions of Master Plan and Zonal Regulations. The object of these regulations

is to provide control for building/buildings within use premises excluding the internal

arrangement, which is covered and controlled by Building Bye-Laws.

CHAPTER – 5

5. GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES

5.1 Requirements for Parts of Buildings

5.1.1 Plinth

5.1.1.1

The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse shall be so located with respect to the

surrounding ground level that adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of the

plinth shall be not less than 450 mm from the surrounding ground level, in case of

independent houses and not less than 300mm in case of other buildings.

32

5.1.1.2

Interior Courtyards and Covered Parking: Every interior courtyard shall be raised at

least 150 mm above the determining ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.

5.1.2 Habitable Rooms

5.1.2.1

Height

The clear height of all rooms for human habitation shall not be less than 2.75 m

measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point of the ceiling (bottom of slab)

provided that the minimum clear headway under any beam shall not be less than 2.4 m.

In the case of pitched roof, the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75 m. The

minimum clear head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be 2.4 m. In the

case of air-conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.4mmeasured from the surface

of the floor to the lowest point of air-conditioning duct or the false ceiling shall be

provided.

5.1.2.2

The requirements of clause 5.1.2.1 shall apply to residential, business and

mercantile buildings. For educational and industrial buildings, the following minimum

requirements apply:

Table 5.1Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings

Sl.

No

Type of Occupancy

Ceiling height

1

Educational Buildings

Ceiling height 3.6m for all regions

2

Industrial Buildings

Ceiling height 3.6m, except when air-conditioned, 3m

(Factory Act 1948 and Rules therein shall govern such

heights, where applicable)

5.1.2.3

Size

The area of habitable room shall not be less than 9.5Sqm, where there is only one room with a

minimum width of 2.4 m. Where there are two rooms, one of these shall not be less than 9.5Sqm

and the other not less than 7. 5Sq.m, with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

5.1.3 Kitchen

5.1.3.1

Height

The height of a kitchen measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point in the

ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.75 m, except for the portion to

accommodate floor trap of the upper floor.

5.1.3.2

Size

The area of a kitchen where separate dining area is provided, shall be not less than 5.0

Sq. m with a minimum width of 1.8 m. Where there is a separate store, the area of the

kitchen may be reduced to 4.5 Sq. m. A kitchen, which is intended for use as a dining

area also, shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 Sq. m with a minimum width of 2.1

m.

5.1.3.3

Other Requirements

Every room to be used as kitchen shall have:

a) unless separately provided in a pantry, means for the washing of kitchen utensils which shall

lead directly or through a sink to a grated and trapped connection to the waste pipe

b) an impermeable floor

c) a flue, if found necessary

5.1.4 Bathrooms and Water-Closets

5.1.4.1

Height

The height of a bathroom or water-closet measured from the surface of the floor to the

lowest point in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.1 m.

5.1.4.2

Size

The area of a bathroom shall not be less than 1.8 Sq. m with a minimum width of 1.2m.

The floor area of water-closet shall be 1.1 Sq.m with a minimum width of 0.9 m. If bath

and water-closet are combined, its floor area shall not be less than 2.8 Sq.m with a

minimum width of 1.2 m.

33

5.1.4.3

Other Requirements

Every bathroom or water-closet shall:

a) Be so situated that at least one of its walls shall face a shaft or open space

b) Not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing place,

bath or terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor;

c) Have the platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;

d) be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition shall be

finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m above the floor of

such a room;

e) Be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain with a suitable

grade and not towards VERANDAH or any other room; and

f) Have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than 0.3

Sq.m with side not less than 0.3 m.

5.1.4.4

No room containing water closets shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory

and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door, window

or other opening. Every room containing water-closet shall have a door completely closing

the entrance to it.

5.1.5 Loft

5.1.5.1

Height

The minimum head-room of loft shall be 2.2 m. The maximum height of loft shall be 1.5

m.

5.1.5.2

Size

A loft in a habitable room shall not cover more than 25 percent of the area of the floor on

which it is constructed and shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any

circumstances.

5.1.6 Mezzanine Floor

5.1.6.1

Height

It shall have a minimum height of 2.2 m.

5.1.6.2

Size

The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as a living room, shall not be

less than 9.5 Sq.m. The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in no

case exceed one third the plinth area of the building.

5.1.6.3

Other Requirements

A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided:

a) it conform to the standard of living rooms as regards lighting and ventilation incase the size of

mezzanine floor is 9.5 Sq.m or more

b) It is so constructed as not to interfere under any circumstances with the ventilation of the

space over and under it;

c) Such mezzanine floor is not sub-divided into smaller compartments;

d) Such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen; and

e) In no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted into

unventilated compartments.

5.1.7 Store Room

5.1.7.1

Height

The height of a store room shall be not less than 2.1 m.

5.1.7.2

Size

The size of a store room, where provided in a residential building, shall be not less than 3 Sq.m

5.1.8 Garage

5.1.8.1

Height

The height of a garage shall be not less than 2.4 m.

5.1.8.2

Size

The size of garages shall be as below:

a) Private Garage - 3.0 m × 6.0 m, minimum; and

b) Public Garage - Based on the number of vehicles parked by ECS.

34

5.1.9 Basement

5.1.9.1

The Authority in accordance with the land use and other provisions specified under

the Zonal Regulations shall allow the construction and usage of the basement.

5.1.9.2

The basement shall have the following requirements:

a) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4 m in height from the floor to the underside

of the roof slab/beam joists and at any part shall not exceed 4.5m in height;

b) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement. The ventilation requirements shall be

the same as required by the particular occupancy according to byelaws. Any deficiency may be

met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans, air-

conditioning systems, etc.

c) The maximum height at the top of the roof slab of the basement floor shall not be more than

1.2m above the average surrounding ground level;

d) Adequate arrangements shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter the

basement;

e) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed that the effects of

the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in design and adequate damp

proofing treatment is given; and

f) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative staircase providing

access and exit from higher floors.

g) Where the staircase is continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one staircase,

the same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and

higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within the building line

subject to the provision of (d). The exit requirements in basements shall comply with the

provisions of these Byelaws.

5.1.10 Chimneys

The chimneys shall be built at least 0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top of the chimneys is

not below the top of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping roofs, the chimney top shall

not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which the chimney penetrates.

5.1.11 Parapet

Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, verandah, etc. shall

not be less than 1.0 m and not more than 1.2 m in height from the finished floor level.

Note:

i. The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase.

ii. However on terrace floor in the portion where installations like DG Set, Water Tank and other,

screening parapet of a suitable height may be constructed to hide such equipment’s etc. and there

is no need to have uniform increase in the height of the parapet.

5.1.12 Boundary Wall

The requirements of the boundary wall shall be as follows:

a) Except with the special permission of the Authority, the maximum height of the compound

wall shall be 1.5 m above the Centre line of the front street. Compound wall up to 2.4 m height

may be permitted if the top 0.9 m is of open type construction of a design to be approved by the

Authority.

b) In the case of a corner plot, the boundary wall shall be constructed as specified by the ULB or

the Government. and

c) However, the provisions of (a) and (b) are not applicable to boundary walls of jails. In electric

sub-stations, transformer stations, institutional buildings like sanatoria, hospitals, industrial

buildings like workshops, factories and educational buildings like schools, colleges, including

hostels and other uses of public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings, a

height up to 2.4 m may be permitted by the Authority.

5.1.13 Septic Tanks

Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and construction of septic

tank shall conform to requirements as notified by the Government.

35

5.1.14 Office-cum-Letter Box Room

In the case of multi-storeyed multi-family dwelling apartments constructed by existing and

proposed Apartment Owners Associations, limited companies and proposed societies, an office-

cum-letter box room of dimension 3.6 m × 3 m shall be provided on the ground floor. In case the

number of flats is more than 20, the maximum size of the office-cum-letter box room shall be 20

m2.

In case of Business buildings provisions shall be made for letter boxes on the entrance floor as

per the requirements of the postal department.

5.1.15 Meter Rooms

For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational, assembly,

institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with any of the aforesaid

occupancies having area more than 500 m2 on each floor, provision shall be made for an

independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per requirements of electric (service) supply

undertakings on the ground floor with direct access from outside for the purpose of termination

of electric supply from the licensee’s service and alternative supply cables. The door/doors

provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.

5.1.16 Roofs

4.1.16.1The roof of a building shall be so designed and constructed as to effectively drain water

by means of sufficient rain-water pipes of adequate size, wherever required, so arranged, jointed

and fixed as to ensure that the rain-water is carried away from the building without causing

dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of the building or an adjacent building.

a. The Authority may require rain-water pipes to be connected to a drain or sewer to a covered

channel formed beneath the public footpath to connect the rainwater pipe to the road gutter or

in any other approved manner.

b. Rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the external walls of the building or in

recesses or chases cut or formed in such external walls or in such other manner as may be

approved by the Authority.

c. It is desirable to conserve rain water using suitable rain water harvesting techniques including

by roof water collection. In this context, reference may be made to Part 9 ‘Plumbing Services,

Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including Solid Waste Management)’ of NBC,

2005.

5.2 Other general requirements

5.2.1 Swimming Pool

1) Definition: A constructed pool or a tank indoor or outdoor, used for the purpose of swimming,

bathing, aquatic sports or games, training, treatment (Therapy) or recreation, meant exclusively

for human being, having a depth of water not less than that 60 cm. and the surface area

exceeding 23.25 Sq.m both for the use of public or the institution concerned.

i) ‘Capacity of Pools in Relation to Bathers’: The maximum number of persons in bathing attire

within the pool enclosures of the bathing area shall not exceed one person per 20 Sq ft. (1.86 Sq

m.) of pool i.e. the area of the water surface.

2) ‘Hand Rail’: A side handrail extending up above and returning to the horizontal surface of the

pool deck curb or coping shall be provided at each side of each ladder.

3) ‘Depth Markers’: Depth of water shall be clearly marked at or above the water surface on the

vertical pool wall and on the edge of the deck or walk-way next to the pool, at maximum points

and at the points of break between the deep and shallow portions and at intermediate

increments of depth, spaced at not more than 2.5’ (7.62cm) intervals. Depth markers,

contrasting with background shall be on both sides of the pool.

4) ‘Lighting and wiring’: Where submarine lightning is used, not less than 0.5 watts shall be

employed per sq. ft. of pool area.

5) ‘Area Lightning’: Where submarine lightning is employed, area lightning shall be provided for

the deck areas and directed towards the deck areas and away from the pool surface so far as

practicable, in a total capacity of not less than 0.6 watt per sq. ft of deck area.

Where submarine lighting is not provided and night swimming is not permitted combined pool

lightning shall be provided in an amount of not less than 2 watts per sq. ft. of total area. All

submarine lightning shall be individually earthed and must be water tight and damp proof.

6) ‘Over Head wiring’: No electrical wiring for electrical or power shall be permitted to pass over

within 20 feet of the pool enclosure.

36

7) ‘Shallow Minimum Depth’: Every swimming pool shall have a minimum depth in the shallow

area of the main swimming area of not less than 0.9 m (3 feet), but not more than 1.07m. (3’-6’)

from the overflow level to the floor.

8) ‘Shallow Areas’: In a swimming pool with a diving area, the shallow area of the pool shall be

defined as the portion between the shallow end and the break point between the shallow area

and the diving area. The slope of the floor shall be uniform from the break point between the

diving area and the shallow portion to the outside edge of the shallow portion and shall not be

greater than 1 in 2 m.

9) ‘Vertical Wall Depth’: The pool walls shall be vertical at all points for a depth of not less than 2

ft 6’ (0. 76 m.)

5.2.2 Means of access

5.2.2.1

No Building shall be erected as to deprive any other building of its means of access.

5.2.2.2

Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit to

erect or re- erect any building, which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the area

set apart as means of access.

5.2.2.3

The Means of Access prescribed in the Zonal Regulations shall be considered while

sanctioning Building Licence. The portion of the plot required for widening the road to the

proposed width shall be relinquished free of cost without claiming any compensation

(including DR), before sanctioning Building Licence.

5.2.3 Staircase Requirements

5.2.3.1

The minimum clear width, minimum tread width and maximum riser of staircases for

buildings shall be as given as below (see also Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety ofNBC2005).

5.2.3.2

Minimum width

Table 5.2 The minimum width of staircase

A

i) Residential buildings (dwellings)

ii) Apartment buildings

NOTE – For row housing with 2 storeys, the

min. width shall be 0.75m

1.0m

1.2m

B

Hotel buildings/Lodging House

1.5m

C

Assembly buildings like auditoria, theatres

and cinemas

2.0m

D

Educational building

1.5m

E

Institutional buildings

2.0m

F

All other buildings

1.5m

5.2.3.3

Minimum tread

The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250 mm for residential buildings. The

minimum width of tread for other buildings shall be 300 mm.

5.2.3.4

Maximum riser

5.2.3.4.1 The maximum height of riser shall be 190 mm for residential buildings and 150 mm

for other buildings and these shall be limited to 12 per flight.

5.2.3.4.2 The minimum head-room in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.1m.

The minimum clear head-room in any staircase shall be 2.1 m.

5.2.4 Exit Requirements

All aspects of exit requirements for corridors, doors, stair cases, ramps, etc. in respect of widths,

travel distance shall be as prescribed in these Byelaws.

5.2.4.1

Occupant Load

The following occupant load shall be considered for calculating the exit requirement of the building

37

Table 5.3 Occupant Load

Sl. No. Type of Occupancy

Occupant Load per 100 Sq.m of

Carpet Area (in persons)

1

Residential

8.0

2

Educational

25.0

3

Institutional

6.60

4

Assembly

With fixed or loose seats and dance floor

without seating facilities including dining

rooms

166.6

66.6

5

Mercantile

Street floor and sales basement

Upper sale floor

33.3

16.6

6

Business and industrial

10.0

7

Storage

3.3

8

Hazardous

10.0

Note:

1.The occupant load in dormitory potions of homes for the aged, orphanages or mental hospitals etc.

where sleeping accommodation is provided shall be calculated at not less than 13.3 persons per 100

Sq.m

2. In case of assembly occupancy, all rooms, toilets common areas connected to the assembly

occupancy shall be included in the carpet area for calculating the occupancy load.

5.2.4.2

Number and size of Exits

The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on the occupants in each

room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits, travel distance and height of buildings

as prescribed in these Byelaws.

At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals in wheelchairs and

shall be indicated by a sign. At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheelchairs shall be on a

level that would make the elevators accessible.

5.2.4.3

Arrangement of Exits

a) Exits shall be so located so that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 30 m for

residential, educational, institutional assembly, business, mercantile and storage occupancies, 45.0

m. for industrial occupancy and 22.5m for hazardous building. For fully sprinkle red building, the

travel distance may be increased by 50 percent of the above values. Whenever more than one exit is

required for a floor of a building they shall be placed as remote from each other as possible. All the

exits shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels, where separate fire separation

walls are not provided.

b) The travel distance to an exit from the dead end of the corridor, if applicable, shall not exceed half

the distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy in which case it shall not

exceed 6.0 m.

5.2.4.4

Capacity of Exits

The capacity of exits (staircase, ramps and doorways) indicating the number of persons that could

be safely evacuated through a unit exit width of 50 cm shall be as given below:

Table 5.4 Occupants per unit Exit width

Sl. No.

Group

of

Occupancy

Number of Occupants

Stairways

Ramps

Doors

1

Residential

25

50

75

2

Educational

25

50

75

3

Institutional

25

50

75

4

Assembly

40

50

60

5

Business

50

60

75

6

Mercantile

50

60

75

7

Industrial

50

60

75

8

Storage

50

60

75

9

Hazardous

25

30

40

38

5.2.4.5

Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors:

The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each passage way/corridor.

a) Residential buildings, upto 4 dwelling units

1.00 m.

b) Apartment buildings, hostels, etc.

1.25 m.

c) Assembly buildings like auditorium theatres and cinemas

2.00 m.

d) All other buildings including hotels

1.50 m.

e)

Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc.

2.40 m.

5.2.5 Ramps:

a) The ramp to basement and parking floors shall be as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations.

b) Ramps may also be provided in the setbacks to function as fire drive cum ramp for basements,

which can be sloped considering unhindered movement of fire engine and in no case the

gradient shall be less than 1:8.

c) All structural design/safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes & NBC, 2005 shall be complied

along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine & its maneuverings.

d) The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 m for stretcher and not for vehicular

movement.

e) In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.

f)

Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe place

5.2.6 Doorways:

a. Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor or passageway

providing continuous and protected means of egress.

b. No exit doorways shall be less than 1m in width except assembly and institutional buildings

where Doorway shall not be less than 2 m.

c. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel

along any exit. No door when opened shall reduce the required width of stairway or landing to less

than 0.90 m Overhead or sliding door shall not be installed.

Note: In the case of buildings where there is a central corridor, the doors of rooms shall open

inwards to permit smooth flow of traffic in the corridor

d. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing equal to at least, the width

of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level of landings shall be the same as

that of the floor, which it serves.

e. Exit doorways shall be open-able from the side, which they serve without the use of a key.

f. Revolving doors shall not to be provided as means of fire exit.

g. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding the direction of

exit.

5.2.7 Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building

5.2.7.1

The open spaces/setbacks, coverage, FAR, parking requirements shall be as per

Zoning regulations of the Master Plan

5.2.7.2

Every room that is intended for human habitation shall abut on an interior or exterior

open space or on to a verandah open to such interior or exterior open space. In case of

High rise the driveway in exterior open spaces around a building shall be of green or hard

surface capable of taking load of fire engine weighing up to 45 ton.

5.2.7.3

In case, kitchen and toilets do not about either interior or exterior open spaces,

mechanical ventilation would be accepted.

5.2.8 Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation

5.2.8.1

The whole or part of one side of one or more rooms intended for human habitation

and not abutting on either the front, rear or side open spaces shall abut on an interior

open space whose minimum width in all directions shall be 3m in case of buildings not

more than 15m in height, and in case of high-rise buildings it shall have mandatory

mechanical ventilation in addition

5.2.8.2

Sunken Courtyard:

Sunken courtyard up to 3m in depth from the ground level as ‘light well’ within building

envelop shall be permitted for light and ventilation for basement area.

39

5.2.8.3

Skylight:

Skylight in interior open space (courtyard) shall be permitted subject to the fact that it may

not act as a covered space on the ground floor and does not violate the maximum/minimum

ground coverage rules.

5.2.9 Lighting and ventilation of rooms

5.2.9.1

IS Codes for lighting & ventilation requirements

Rooms shall have, for the admission of light and air, one or more openings, such as windows and

ventilators, opening directly to the external air or into an open VERANDAH.

Lighting and ventilation requirements of all types of buildings shall be designed and approved in

accordance with the provisions of the following two IS Codes –

i. SP 32 (1986): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Industrial Buildings(Lighting and

Ventilation) [CED 12: Functional Requirements in Buildings] and

ii. SP 41 (1987): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Buildings (Other than Industrial

Buildings) [CED 12: Functional Requirements in Buildings]

Lighting loads of various spaces of –

i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 1, Section 1 of SP 32(1986)

ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 2, Part 4 of SP 41(1987)

Thermal comfort levels and design requirement of various spaces of –

i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Section 2 of SP 32 (1986)

ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Part 2 of SP 41 (1987)

Minimum Fresh Air requirement for –

i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 13 of Section 2 of SP 32(1986)

ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 4 of Part 3 of SP 41(1987)

5.2.9.1.1 The minimum aggregate area of openings

The minimum aggregate area of such openings, excluding doors inclusive of frames, shall be not less

than one-sixth of the floor area;

Notes

1. If a window is partly fixed, the openable area shall be counted.

2. No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted, if it is more than 7.5 m away from the

opening assumed for lighting that portion.

3. The area of openings as given in (a) to (d) above shall be increased by 25 percent in the case

of a kitchen.

All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more apertures, such as

window, glazed door, opening directly to the external air or into an open verandah not more than

2.40 m. in width. In case light and ventilation to habitable space area are through an internal

courtyard, the minimum dimensions of such courtyard shall not be less than 3.0 m. x 3.0 m. for

buildings up to 12.50 m. in height. For buildings with higher heights, the minimum dimensions of

the internal courtyard shall be as given in these Bye-Laws.

Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and natural

ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical ventilation as given

in part-VII building services Section-1 lighting and Ventilation of National Building Code of India

published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The latest version of the National Building Code of

India shall be taken into account at the time of enforcement of the Building Bye-Laws.

5.2.9.2

Ventilation Shaft

For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening on the front side, rear and

interior open spaces, shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size, of which shall not be less than the

values given below:

40

Table 5.5 Size of Ventilation Shaft

Height of Building

(m)

Size of ventilation shaft

(Sq.m)

Minimum size of shaft

(m)

Up to 10.0

1.2

0.9

Up to 12.0

2.8

1.2

Up to 18.0

4.0

1.5

Up to 24.0

5.4

1.8

Up to 30.0

8.0

2.4

Above 30.0

9.0

3.0

Notes:

i. For buildings above 30.0 m. height, mechanical ventilation system shall be installed besides the

provision of minimum ventilation shaft.

ii. For fully air-conditioned buildings the ventilation shaft need not be insisted upon, provided the air-

conditioning system works in an uninterrupted manner, also, provided there is an alternative source of

power supply. However, it is not mandatory in case of buildings where ventilation is mechanized

5.3 Building Services

5.3.1 Electrical, Air conditioning, Lift & Escalator installations

5.3.1.1

Planning, design and installations of electrical, air-conditioning and lift

installations

The Planning design and installation of electrical installations, air conditioning installation of

lifts and escalators can be carried out in accordance with Part-VII Building Services, section–

2 electrical installation, section–3 air conditioning and heating, section-5 installation of lifts

and escalators of National Building Code of India. However, deviations from National Building

Code may be done as per good Engineering practices.

5.3.1.2

Number and types of lifts

Lift shall have to be provided for buildings with more than ground plus three floors.

The number and type of lifts to be provided in different buildings sha1l be as given in Appendix-

XIIIA.

5.3.1.3

Requirements of Electrical substation

The requirements of electric sub-station are given in Appendix-XIIIB. The provision of electric

sub-station shall also require approval from Electricity Board concerned.

5.3.2 Plumbing and Sanitary Services

5.3.2.1

Planning, design, construction an d installation of Water supply, drainage and

sanitation and gas supply system

The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and

sanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with Part-9: Plumbing Services,

Section-l Water supply, Drainage and sanitation (including Solid Waste Management) and

Section-2 Gas supply of NBC, 2005.

5.3.2.2

Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:

i. One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of differently abled persons,

with essential provision of wash basin near the entrance.

ii. Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door shall swing out.

iii. Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm. clearance from wall

shall be made in the toilet.

iv. The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.

5.3.2.3

Water requirement and facilities:

Water requirement for the facility may be worked out and enough storage for ½ day operation

is to be kept in storage. If municipal water supply is reliable, the toilet blocks may have

underground sump that can store half a day requirement and overhead tanks for another

half. If municipal water supply is not available, toilet block may have its own bore well and

pump with no underground sump.

Alternatively, a hand tube well can be used for storing water in an elevated (not overhead)

tank. To minimize the wastage of water, self-closing water taps should be used. The pans

must be of Pour Flush (PF) design i.e. with a steep slope. Traps should be of a 20 mm water

seal. (Use of 50 mm water seal traps will require more water for flushing.) If toilet is to be

41

linked to city sewer, a master trap has to be provided at the sewer connection for waste water

line (excluding soil line).

Table 5.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies /Uses

Sl. No

Type of Occupancy

Consumption per head

per day (in lt.)

1

Residential

a) In living units

b) Hostels

c) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed)

d) Hotels (5 star and above)

135

135

180

340

2

Educational

a) Day schools

b) Boarding Schools

45

135

3

Institutional (Medical Hospitals)

a) No. of beds not exceeding 100

b) No. of beds exceeding 100

c) Medical quarters and hostels

340

450

135

4

Assembly – Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per

seat accommodation)

15

5

Government or Semipublic business

45

6

Segregated toilet facilities for Visitors in Public

Buildings

a) Each use of toilet (including washing hands

and floors)

b) Flushing urinals

7

0.20

7

Mercantile (Commercial)

a) Restaurants (per seat)

b) Other business building

70

45

8

Industrial

a) Factories where bath-rooms are to be provided

b) Factories where bath-rooms are not to be

provided

45

30

9

Storage (including Warehouses)

30

10

Hazardous

30

11

Intermediate Railway Stations (excluding mail

and express stops)

45 (25) *

12

Junction Railway Station

70 (45) *

13

Terminal Railway Station

45

14

International and Domestic Airports

70

*The values in parenthesis are for such station, where bathing facilities are not provided.

Note: The number of persons for Sl. No. 11 to 14 shall be determined by the average number of

passenger handled by the station daily with due consideration given to the staff and workers

likely to use the facilities.

42

Table 5.7 Flushing Storage Capacities

Sl.

No

Classification of Building

Storage Capacity

1

For tenements having common convenience

900 lt. net per w.c. seat

2

For residential premises, other than tenement

having common conveniences

270 lt. net for one w.c. seat each and

180lt. for each additional seat in the

same flat.

3

For factories and workshops

900 lt. per w.c. seat and 180 lt. per

urinal

4

For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc.

900 lt. per w.c. seat and 350 lt. per

urinal

Table 5.8 Domestic Storage Capacities

Sl. No.

No. of Floors

Storage Capacity

Remarks

For premise occupied tenements with common conveniences:

1

Ground floor

Nil

Provided down take

fittings are installed

2

Floors 2,3,4,5 and upper floors

500

liters

per

tenement

For premise occupied as flats or blocks

1

Ground floor

Nil

Provided down take

fittings are installed

2

Floors 2,3,4,5 and upper floors

500

liters

per

tenement

Note: 1. If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in front of the premises,

storage at ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors.

2. The above storage may be permitted to be installed provided that the total domestic storage

calculated on the above basis is not less than the storage calculated on the number of down take

fittings according to scale given below:

Down take taps 70 l. each

Showers 135 l. each

Bathtubs 200 l. each

Table 5.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices

Sl.

No

Sanitary Unit / Fittings

For Personnel

1

Water closet

One for every 25 persons or part thereof

exceeding

15(including

employees

and

customers). For female personnel 1 for every

15 persons or part thereof exceeding 10.

2

Drinking Water Fountain

One for every 100 person with a minimum of

one on each floor.

3

Wash basin

One for every 25 persons or part thereof

4

Urinals

Same as Sl.No. 3 of Table 4.14

5

Cleaners’ Sink

One per floor minimum, preferably in or

adjacent to sanitary rooms.

Note: Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average number of

persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For male-female

calculation a ratio of 1:1 may be assumed.

43

Table 5.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Residential

Public staff

For non-residential Staff

For male For female

Water Closet

(W.C)

One per 8 Persons

omitting occupants

of

the

attached

water

closet minimum of

2 if both sexes are

lodged.

1 for 1-15 persons

2 for 16-35 persons

3 for 36-65 persons

4

for

66-100

persons

2 for 1-12 persons

4 for 13-25 persons

6 for 26-40 persons

8 for 41-57 persons

10for

58-77

persons

12for

78-100

persons

Add 1 for every 6

persons

or

part

thereof

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

Urinals

Nil

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 40-70 persons

4

for

71-100

persons

Nil

Wash Basins

One per 10 persons

omitting each basin

installed

in

the

room

/ suite

1 for 15 persons

2 for 16-35 persons

3 for 36-65 persons

4

for

66-100

persons

2 for 1-12

4 for 13-25

6 for 26-40

8 for 41-57

Baths

One per 10 persons

less occupants of

room with bath in

suite

Nil

Nil

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per 30 Bed

rooms

(one

per

floor

minimum)

Nil

Nil

Kitchen Sink

One

in

each

Kitchen

One in each Kitchen

One

in

each

Kitchen

Table 5.10 (a) Sanitary Requirements for Public Rooms

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male

For Female

1

Water Closet

One per 100 persons upto

400 persons; for over 400

add at the rate of one per

250

persons

or

part

thereof

Two for 100 persons upto

200

persons; over 200 add at

the rate of one per 100

persons or part thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One for 50 persons or

part

thereof.

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

4

Wash Basins

One per WC/Urinals

One per W.C

5

Kitchen Sink

One in each Kitchen

One in each Kitchen

6

Baths (showers)

One per 10 persons

7

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per 30 Bed rooms (one per floor minimum)

Note: i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one-third females.

ii) One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in

the vicinity of water closet and urinals.

44

Table 5.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

Boarding Institution

For Boys For Girls

For non-residential Staff

For Boys For Girls

1

Water Closet

(W.C)

One

for

8

Persons Or part

thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One

in

each

W.C

One

in each

W.C

One in each

W.C

3

Urinals

One per every 25

pupils or part

there of

One per every

20 pupils or

part there of

4

Washbasins

One for every 8

pupils or part

thereof

One for

every 6

pupils or part

thereof

One for every

60 pupils or

part thereof

One for every

60 pupils or

part thereof

5

Baths

One for every 8

pupils or part

there of

One for

every 6

pupils or part

there of

6

Drinking Water

Fountains

One for every 50

pupils or part

thereof

One for

every 50

pupils or part

thereof

One for every

50 pupils or

part thereof

One for every

50 pupils or

part thereof

7

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per

Floor

minimum

One per Floor

minimum

One per

Floor

minimum

One per

Floor

minimum

Table 5.11(a) Sanitation Requirements for Nursery Schools

Sl.No.

Sanitary Unit

Requirement

1

Water Closet

One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One for 12 boys

4

Washbasins

One for every 15 pupils or part

thereof

5

Baths

One bath per 40 pupils

6

Drinking Water

Fountains

One for every 50 pupils or part

thereof

7

Cleaner’s Sinks

One per Floor minimum

Note:

1. One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof, in

the vicinity of water closets and urinals.

2. For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as in case of

office buildings (Table 5.10).

45

Table 5.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy – Hospital

Sl. No. Sanitary Unit

Hospitals with

indoor Patient

Ward For Males &

females

Hospitals

with

outdoor

Patient

Wards

For Males

For Females

1

Toilet Suite

(1WC+1Washbasin+

1shower)

Private room upto 4

persons

For upto 4 patients

2

Water Closet(W.C)

One for every 8 beds

or part thereof

One for every 100

persons

or

part

thereof

One for every 25

persons or part

thereof

3

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

4

Washbasins

Two upto 30 bed;

add one for every

additional 30 beds;

or part there of

One for every 100

persons or part

there of

One for every

25 persons or

part there of

5

Baths with Shower

One bath with

shower for every 8

beds or part

there of

6

Bed Pan Washing

sink

One for each ward

7

Cleaner’ Sinks

One for each ward

One per floor

minimum

One per floor

minimum

8

Kitchen sinks & dish

Washers (where

Kitchen is provided)

One for each ward

9

Urinals

One for 30 beds

(male wards)

One for every 50

persons or part

thereof

10

Drinking water

fountain

One for each ward

One for 500 persons or part thereof

Table 5.12(a) Sanitation Requirements for Administrative Buildings

Sl. No Sanitary Unit

For Males For Females

1

Toilet

Suite

(1WC+1Washbasin+

1shower)

For individual doctor’s/officer’s rooms

2

Water Closet (W.C)

One for every 25 persons or part

thereof

Two

for

every

25

persons or part thereof

3

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C.

One in each W.C.

4

Wash Basins

One for every 25 persons or

part thereof

One

for

every

25

persons or

part thereof

5

Baths with Shower

One on each floor

One on each floor

6

Cleaner’s Sink

One per floor minimum

One per floor minimum

7

Kitchen sinks & dish

Washers (where

Kitchen is provided)

One for each floor

One for each floor

8

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 persons add

at the rate of 3%; for over 200

persons add at the rate of 2.5%

9

Drinking water

fountain

One for 100 persons or part thereof

46

Table 5.13 Sanitation Requirements for Government and Public Business Occupancy and

Offices

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male Personnel

For Female Personnel

1

Water Closet

(W.C)

One for 25 persons or part thereof

Two for 15 persons or

part thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

3

Urinals

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 add 3%

for over 200 persons add @ 2.5%

4

Wash Basins

One for every 25 persons or part

thereof

One for every 25 persons

or part thereof

5

Drinking water

fountains

One for every100 persons with a

minimum of one on each floor

One

for

every100

persons with a

minimum of one on each

floor

6

Cleaner’s Sink

One per floor minimum, preferably in

or

adjacent to sanitary rooms

7

Executive Room

/ Conference

Halls

Toilet Suite (1 WC, 1 washbasin, and optional shower for 24 hr.

usages) Unit

could be common for Male/Female or separate depending on the

number of

user of each facility.

Note: One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part

thereof in the vicinity.

Table 5.14 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings.

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male Personnel

For Female

Personnel

1

Public toilet near Railway Stations

(24x7)

a) Water Closet (W.C)

b) Urinals

c) Ablution Taps

a) One for 100 users

b) One unit per 300-500

c) One in each W.C

a) One for 50 users

b) --

c) One in each W.C

2

Public

Toilet

near

market

place/offices

(for working hours)

a) Water Closet

b) Urinals

c) Ablution Taps

a) One for 100 users

b) One unit per 200-300

users

c) One in each W.C

a) One for 50 users

b) --

c) One in each W.C

3

Public toilets near Public Buildings

a) Water Closet

b) Urinals

c) Ablution Taps

a) One for 100 users

b) One unit per 200-300

users

c) One in each W.C

a) One for 50 users

b) --

c) One in each W.C

Per Capita Volume of Water required may be referred at item 6, Table 4.6

Area and sizes of seats/units may be referred at Table 4.16

Table 5.15 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

Sl.No

Description

Optimum (mm)

Minimum (mm)

1

Water Closet enclosures

900x1200

750x900

2

Urinals (divided by partition

walls)

575x675

500x600

*In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted

47

Table 5.16 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets

SL.NO

Sanitary Unit

Dwelling with

individual

conveniences

Dwelling

without

individual

conveniences

1

Bath Room

One provided with

water tap

One for every two tenement

2

Water Closet (W.C)

One

One for every two tenement

3

Sink (or Nahani) in

the Floor

One

4

Water Tap

One

One with drainage arrangement in each

tenement

one in common bath rooms and common

water closet.

Note: Where only one water closet is provided in dwelling, the bath and water closet shall be

separately accommodated.

Table 5.17 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theatres,

Auditoria etc.)

SL.NO Sanitary Unit

For Public

Male Female

For Staff

Male Female

1

Water Closet

One for 100

Persons upto 400

persons. For over

400 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per

250 persons or

part thereof

Four for 100

Persons upto

200 persons.

For over 200

persons, add at

the rate of 1

per 50 persons

or part thereof

One for 15

Persons.

Two for 16-

35 persons

Two for 1-12

persons.

Four for 13-25

persons add at

the rate of 1 per

6

persons

or

part

thereof

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each

W.C

One in each W.C

3

Urinals

One for 50

persons or part

thereof

Nil upto 6

persons one

for 7-20

persons

Two

for 21-45

persons

4

Wash Basins

One for every 200

persons or part

thereof

One for every

200 persons or

part thereof

One for 1-

15

persons

Two for 16-

35

One for 1-12

persons

Two for 13-25

5

Drinking Water

Fountain

One per 100 persons or part thereof

6

Cleaner’s Sink

One per Floor

7

Shower/Bathing

As per trade requirements.

Note: i) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part

thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.

ii) It may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third females

48

Table 5.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and

Museums)

SL.NO Sanitary Unit

For Public

Male Female

For Staff

Male Female

1

Water Closet

(W.C)

One for 200

Persons

upto

400

persons. For over

400 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per

250 persons or

part thereof

Four for 100

Persons upto 200

persons. For over

200 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per 50 persons or

part thereof

Four for 100

Persons upto 200

persons. For over

200 persons, add

at the rate of 1

per 50 persons or

part thereof

Two for 1-12

persons.

Four for 13-

25

persons add

at the rate of

1per

6

persons

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

One in each

W.C

3

Urinals

One for 50

persons or part

thereof

Nil upto 6

persons one

for 7-20

persons

Two for 21-45

persons

4

Wash Basins

One

for

every

200 persons or

part thereof. For

over

400

persons, add

at the rate of 1

per 250 persons

or part thereof

One for every

200

persons

or

part thereof. For

over 200

persons, add at

the

rate

of

1

per150 persons or

part thereof

One for 1-15

persons

Two for 16-35

One for 1-12

persons

Two for 13-

25

persons

5

Cleaner’s Sink

One per floor, minimum

6

Drinking Water

Fountain

One per 100 persons or part thereof

7

Shower/Bath

As per trade requirements.

Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third females.

Table 5.19 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants

Sl.

No.

Sanitary Unit

For Public

For Staff

Male

Female

Male

Female

1

Water

Closet

(W.C)

One

per

50

seats upto 200

seats.

For

over200 seats,

add at the rate

of 1 per 100

seats or part

thereof

One

per

25

seats upto 200

seats for over

200 seats, add

at the rate of 1

per 50 seats or

part thereof

1 for 15 Persons

2

for

16-35

persons

3

for

36-65

persons

4

for

66-100

persons

2 per – 1-12 persons

4 for 13-25 persons

6 for 26-40 persons

8 for 41- 57 persons

10 for 58-77 persons

12 for 78-100

2

Ablution Taps

One

in

each

W.C.

One

in

each

W.C.

One

in

each

W.C.

One in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One

for

50

persons or part

thereof

--

Nil

upto

6

persons

one

for

7-20

persons

Two for 21-45

persons

3

for

46-70

persons

4

for

71-100

persons

--

49

4

Cleaners Sink

One for every water closet

5

Kitchen Sinks &

Dish Washer

One per each Kitchen

6

Service Sink

One in the restaurant

Note:

i) It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third females.

ii) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in

the vicinity of water closets and urinal.

Table 5.20 Sanitation Requirements for Factories

Sl.No

Sanitary Unit

For Male Personnel

For female Personnel

1

Water Closet

1 for 15 persons

2 for 16-35 persons

3 for 36-65 persons

4 for 66-100 persons

For 101 to 200 persons

add at

rate of 3% From over 200

persons, add at the rate of

2.5%

2 for 1-12 persons

4 for 13-25 persons

6 for 26-40 persons

8 for 41-57 persons

10 for 58-77 persons

12 for 78-100 persons.

For 101 to 200 persons,

add at

rate of 3% From over 200

persons, add at the rate

of 2%

2

Ablution Taps

One in each W.C

One in each W.C

3

Urinals

Nil upto 6 persons

1 for 7-20 persons

2 for 21-45 persons

3 for 46-70 persons

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 add 3%

for

over 200 persons add @

2.5%

4

Washing Taps with

draining arrangement

One for every 25 persons or part thereof

5

Drinking Water

Fountains

One of every 100 persons with a minimum of one on

each floor

6

Baths Preferably

Showers

As required for particular trade or occupation

7

Emergency shower

and eye wash fountain

1 per every shop floor per 500 person

Note:

i) For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are required.

ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in

the vicinity of water closet and urinal

iii) Creche where provided shall be fitted with water closets (One for 10 persons or part thereof), wash

basins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with drinking arrangement for every

50 persons or part thereof

Table 5.21Sanitation Requirements for Large Stations and Airports

Sl.No.

Place

W.C. for Males

W.C for Females

Urinals

for

Males

Only

1

Junction Stations,

Intermediate Stations

and Substations

3 for first 1000

persons, add 1 for

subsequent 1000

persons or part

thereof

8 for first 1000

persons, add 1 for

every additional

1000 persons or

part thereof

4

for

every

1000

persons,

add 1 for every

additional

1000

persons

or part thereof

50

2

Terminals Stations

and Bus Terminals

4 for first 1000

persons, and 1 for

every additional

1000 persons or

part thereof

10 for first 1000

person, and 1 for

every additional

1000 persons or

part thereof

6

for

every

1000

persons,

and 1 for every

additional

1000

persons

or part thereof

3

Domestic Airports

Minimum

For 200 persons

For 400 persons

For 600 persons

For 800 persons

For 1000 persons

2*

5

9

12

16

18

*4

16

30

40

52

58

1 per 40 persons or

part

thereof

4

International Airports

For 200 persons

For 600 persons

For 1000 persons

6

12

18

20

40

58

1 per 40 persons or

part

thereof

Note:

i) Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with part ix section

2-Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.

* At least one Indian style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60% males and 40%

females in any area.

* At least 50% of females WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.

Table 5.22 General Standard/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area.

Public Toilet

On roads and for open areas: At every 1 km, including in parks, plaza, open air

theatre, swimming area, car parks, fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabled-friendly

and in 50-50 ratio (M/F) Provision may be made as for Public Rooms (Table

4.10Contd)

Signage

Signboards on main streets shall give directions and mention the distance to

reach the nearest public convenience. Toilets shall have multi-lingual signage for

the convenience of visitors. Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets for

complaints/queries

Modes

Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on payment to the

attendant or by inserting coin and user gets 15 minutes.

Maintenance/

Cleaning

The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively, automatic

cleaning cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of

floor and complete drying after each use can be adopted, which takes 40 seconds.

Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.

5.3.2.4

Construction Site

1.At construction sites, one toilet must be provided per 20 employees. In a work zone with between

21 and 199 employees, a toilet seat and one urinal must be provided for every 40 employees. For

200 or more workers, regulations call for a toilet seat and a urinal per 50 workers. The toilet must

be located within 200 m or 5-minute walk.

2. Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless prohibited by local codes,

provide privies, in locations where their use will not contaminate either ground or surface water.

Other alternatives to a privy could be chemical toilets, re-circulating toilets, or combustion toilets.

3. Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order, running water, must be

provided along with soap and individual hand towels.

5.3.2.5

Temporary Camp Toilets

Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 m of the, site, which shall not be closer than 15 m of

dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is cleaned at least once per day, it is sanitary,

adequately lighted and is employee safe.

5.3.2.6

Special / Contingency Toilets

A) For Special events like open air theatre, religious/political gatherings, mela, etc. for which there

are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency toilets/PSUs shall be provided. The following

considerations shall determine the number of toilets to be provided for particular event:

51

i) Duration of the event

ii) Type of crowd

iii) Weather conditions

iv) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions and the following

guidelines shall be applied with minimum 50 per cent female toilets.

Table 5.23 Contingency Toilets facilities for Special Events

Sl.No.

Patrons

Toilets

For Males

For Females

1

<500

1

2

2

6

2

2

<1000

2

4

4

9

4

3

<2000

4

8

6

12

6

4

<3000

6

15

10

18

10

5

<5000

8

25

17

30

17

B) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately provided in public projects

(transport terminals/ healthcare and other public spaces) in million plus cities for the Third gender

with appropriate cleanliness arrangements.

5.3.2.7

General guidance for water supply arrangements

1. For new construction: Provision shall be made for underground tank for the storage of water,

having capacity at 200 l. per person with adequate pumping arrangements to supply water to upper

floors. Filtered water connection will be allowed only for use of drinking and bathing needs. For

other purposes i.e. flushing and gardening etc., the individual shall be required to have own

arrangements of tube well water within the premises. While according sanction to Layout Plan, the

Authority shall make a special mention that provision for space shall be kept for the construction of

underground reservoir of adequate capacity along with booster pumping station.

2. Arrangements as given in 1 above shall also be provided in Group Housing Societies.

3. The plumbing arrangement in case of new constructions shall be made in a way that the potable

water shall be used for drinking, cooking & bathing only and for rest of the uses, provision for

ground water can be made with dual piping system.

4. Low capacity cistern should preferably be provided instead of normal 12.5 L capacity.

5. Provisions for sustainable methods of Water and Wastewater management and Water harvesting

may be referred from Clause 10.2 in these Bye-Laws.

CHAPTER - 6

6. PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT

6.1 General

Buildings of height 15m and above shall be considered as high rise building.

Note: These provisions shall be in addition to the Chapter 3 for plan sanction procedure, general

building requirements (low/high) given in Chapter 4 of this document and structural safety given

in Chapter 6.

6.2 Means of access

a. A building shall abut on a street or streets or upon spaces directly connected from the street

by a hard surface approach road. The width of approach road shall be as prescribed in the Zonal

Regulations.

b. The approach road to the building and open spaces on its all sides shall be as prescribed in

the Zonal regulations and wherever vehicular driveways are required to be provided, the same

shall be reinforced to ensure safety of the fire equipment and capable of taking the weight of Fire

engine, weighing up to 45 ton

c) The said driveway shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.

d. Main entrances to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the fire

engine and in no case, it shall measure less than 4.5 m. The entrance gate shall fold back

against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way within the plot

free for movement of fire service vehicles. If archway is provided over the main entrance the

height of the archway shall not be at a height less than 5m.

6.3 Parking Spaces

a. The parking spaces shall be provided as per the provisions of Master Plan and Zonal

Regulations as prevalent. The location of parking spaces shall be well ventilated.

52

b. In case of high-rise buildings parking will be permitted at any/all of the following:

i. Basements

ii. Stilt floor

c. Stacked/ Multi-level/ Automated parking

6.4 Building components

6.4.1 Doorways

The doorway requirements shall be as prescribed in Clause no.5.2.6

6.4.2 Revolving Doors

Revolving door shall not be provided as a means of fire exit

6.4.3 Stairways

a. A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.

b. The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at the top; the

vent openings shall be of 0.5 Sq.m in the external wall at the top. If the staircase cannot be

ventilated, because of location or other reasons, a positive pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained

inside. The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shall operate automatically with the fire

alarm. The roof of the shaft shall be 1 m above the surrounding roof. Glazing or glass bricks if

used in staircase, shall have fire resistance rating of minimum 2 hour.

c. The minimum width of staircase shall be as per Table 4.3:

d. Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9m from the center of the tread.

e. Access to main staircase shall be gained through adequate fire resistance rating specified in

Chapter 11. Automatic closing doors shall be placed in the enclosing walls of the staircases. It

shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.

f. No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the staircase or staircases.

g. External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the open spaces

or can be reached without passing through any door other than a door provided to form a

draught lobby.

h. The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided at a height of

0.5m from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by electric light connected to

corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be flushed with the wall and so designed that

no mechanical damage shall occur to them due to moving of furniture or other heavy

equipment’s. Further all landings of floor shall have floor indication boards indicating the

number of floor. The floor indication board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing the

flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It shall be of size not less than 0.5x 0.5m and it shall

be prominently on the wall facing the staircase.

i. In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to the

basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, the second staircase may lead to basement

levels provided the same is separated at ground level by either a ventilated lobby with discharge

points at two different ends or through enclosures with fire resistance rating door specified in

Chapter 11 or through a fire protected corridor.

6.4.4 Lifts

General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:

a. All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in the buildings

shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency. In a dual line arrangement

(lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may be between 1.5 times to 2.5 times the depth of one

car. For in-line (single line) arrangements the lobby may be typically half of the above

recommendations.

b. Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to ground the lift shall also

be provided.

c. The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be installed there in.

d. Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; as specified in Chapter

11; lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2 Sq.m

e. Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.

f. Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as specified in Chapter 11.

g. Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire resistance

of at least 1 hour.

h. If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between 25 and 30

Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shall be maintained in the

53

lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm; it shall

be possible to operate this mechanically also.

i. Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the basements shall be pressurized

as suggested in clause 12.9.1(g) and 12.9.1(h) with self-closing door with fire resistance rating

as specified in Chapter 11. Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift

cars and to be connected to fire control room for the building.

j. Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through aself-closing fire

door of half an hour fire resistance.

k. Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby shall be made to

prevent water used during firefighting, etc., at any landing from entering the lift shafts.

l. A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case

of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a

plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways. Alternate source of power supply shall

be provided for all the lifts through a manually operated changeover switch.

m. For Pressurization Specifications of various building components refer NBC Chapter 4 Fire

and Life Safety Clause 4.10 Pressurization of Staircases(Protected Escape Routes)

6.4.5 Basements

6.4.5.1

General requirements

Basement floors shall be permitted as prescribed in the Zonal Regulations

6.4.5.2

Requirements for High rise development

a. Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area (aggregate) not

less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall

be provided in the form of grills or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of

shafts. Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke

outlets at basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with stall

board or pavement lights, but ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor level have to be

laid. Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the fire brigade

and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near

the opening.

b. The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance rating as specified

in Chapter 11. The staircase shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at

ground level only, from outside open air. The staircase shall communicate with basement

through a lobby with self-closing doors with fire resistance rating as per relevant NBC code

mentioned above.

c.In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each basement

level and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so

provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the compartment itself. Fire rating may be

taken as the required smoke extraction time for smoke extraction ducts.

d. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be

provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of heat / smoke

sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a considerably superior performance

compared to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it manually.

e. Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors shall

continue to operate and supply fans for HVAC shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire

detectors.

f. Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or

distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be as given in Part 8,

Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and Mechanical Ventilation of National

Building Code, 2005.

g. Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.

h. Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or

reinforced cement concrete and when this duct crosses the transformer area or electrical

switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.

i. Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air

conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a hospital/nursing

home unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms

in basements shall comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act / Rules. Boiler room

shall be provided at the first basement along the periphery wall with fire resistance rating as

specified in Chapter 11or shall be separated with the blast wall.

54

j. If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, all sides’

cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to

form a water curtain in the event of a fire.

k. It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors to prevent or

minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be provided on the external wall

for drainage of water from all floors. On large area floors, several such pipes may be necessary

which should be spaced 30 m apart. Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction of the

drain pipe does not allow spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.

6.4.6 Compartmentation

The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remains confined to the

area where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining part of the building.

Compartmentation and Pressurization method shall be adopted (as per clause 4.10 of Part 4 of

NBC, 2005) to protect escape routes against ingress of smoke, or toxic gases into the escape

routes will be prevented. Pressurization shall be adopted for high rise buildings and building

having mixed occupancy/multiplexes having covered area more than 500 Sq.m

6.4.7 Ramps

Ramps shall be provided as prescribed in Clause 5.2.5

6.4.8 Corridors

a. Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate required width of

exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to the exterior

b. The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.0 m for single loaded and

1.8 m for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be 1.5m.

c. Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height of corridors and

passageways shall be not less than 2.4 m.

d. All means of exit including staircases lifts lobbies and corridors shall be ventilated.

6.4.9 Glass Façade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents

a. An Opening to the glass façade of min. width 1.5 m and height 1.5m shall be provided at every

floor at a level of 1.2 m from the flooring facing compulsory open space as well as on road side.

Construction that complies with the fire rating of the horizontal segregation and has any gap

packed with a noncombustible material to withstand thermal expansion and structural

movement of the walling without the loss of seal against fire and smoke.

b. Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or right shall have

manual opening mechanism from inside as well as outside. Such openable panels shall be

marked conspicuously so as to easily identify the openable panel from outside.

c. Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing and building structure.

d. The glazing used for the façade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety glass as per I.S.2553.

e. To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a continuous glass I must

be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal which is of noncombustible material having a fire

resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.

f. Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire resistance rating (Refer

Clause 12.7.1 of Chapter 12). All such ducts/shafts shall be properly sealed and stopped fire

ingress at all floor levels.

g. A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an area between one-

fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.

h. The openable vent of minimum 2.5% of the floor area shall be provided. The openable vent can

be pop out type or bottom hinged provided with fusible link opening mechanism and shall also

be integrated with automatic Smoke Detection System.

or

i) Alternate vertical glass panels of the façade shall be openable type with the mechanism

mentioned above in order to ventilate the smoke.

ii) Refuge areas covered with the glass façade shall have all the panels fully openable (either left

or right hinged) both from inside as well as outside. Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in

buildings shall have to be in conformity with the BIS codes as given in Table 5.1 below:

55

IS Code

Specifications

2553(Part 1):1990

Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose (third revision)

2835:1987

Specification for flat transparent sheet glass (third revision)

438:1994

Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general purpose(second

revision)

5437:1994

Specification for figured rolled and wired glass (first revision).

14900:2000

Specification for transparent float glass.

16231 Part 1

General methodology for selection

16231 Part 2

Energy and Light

16231 Part 3

Fire and Loading

16231 Part 4

Safety related to Human Impact

6.5 Building Services

6.5.1 Staircase and Corridor Lighting

a. The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall be independently

connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor, easily

accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individuate control of

the light points, if any.

b. Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply from parallel high-

tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by generator.

c. Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor/ passageway, horizontal exits,

refuge area; and all wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall have fire

retardant property.

6.5.2 Electrical Services

a. The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in separate duct the duct shall be sealed

at every floor with non-combustible materials having the same fire resistance as that of the duct.

Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in separate

conduits.

b. Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other service line shall not

be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus ducts/solid rising mains instead of cables is

preferred.

c. The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building proposals is

mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other data cables.

d. Separate circuits for water pumps lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for

pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the main switchgear panel (for detailed

specifications refer NBC 2005, Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety).

6.5.3 Alternate Source of Electric Supply

A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting

circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pumps, pressurization fans and blowers, smoke extraction

and damper system in case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of

taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the

stand-by pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the

stand-by pump.

6.5.4 Air-conditioning

Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:

a. Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies, etc. shall not be mused as return

air passage.

b. The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance with good practice.

c. Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around the ducts shall be

sealed with materials having fire resistance rating of the compartment.

d. Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated for same

fire rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work, which may get affected

in case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be insulated.

e. Metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above the false ceiling.

f. Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be of

noncombustible material.

g. The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be of

noncombustible material; glass wool shall not be wrapped or secured by any material of

combustible nature.

56

h. Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the staircase

enclosure.

i. The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor shall be

separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other floor.

j. If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given above shall be

compiled with in addition to the conditions given below:

i. Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke detector / or fusible

link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main riser shall be made.

ii. When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of the air

conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.

iii. The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.

iv. The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible materials or fire rated

(Refer Clause 12.7.1 of Chapter 12)

v. The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible materials.

vi. Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunk line to facilitate the cleaning of ducts of

accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.

vii. No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unless such duct is

properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass wool or spyglass with

neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminum sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and

which would not readily conduct heat.

6.5.5 Transformers

a. If transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it shall be necessarily in the

first basement in separate fire resistance room of 4 hours rating. Transformer shall be dry type

and shall be kept in an enclosure with walls, doors and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of

4 hour. The room shall necessarily be at the periphery of the basement having separate and

direct access from open area at ground floor through a fire escape staircase. The entrance to the

room shall be provided with a steel door of 2 hours fire rating. A curb of a suitable height shall

be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from ruptured, transformer into

other parts of the basement. The switchgears shall be housed in a separate room separated from

the transformer bays by a fire-resisting wall with fire resistance not less than 4 hours.

b. The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler system. When housed at

ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from the other portion of premises by Fire Resisting

Walls of 4 hours rating.

c. A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at lower basement level, to

collect the oil from the catch pit in case of emergency. The pipe connecting the catch-pit to the

tank shall be of non-combustible construction and shall be provided with a flame-arrester.

d. The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in accordance toI. E. Rules

68(I) and 64(I) (a).

e. If this is not possible due to site conditions, the sub-station shall be located on the ground

floor. As far as possible sub-station shall not be installed in a basement, for such situations

special provisions like mechanical ventilation, wherever required, cable ducting, cable trays,

top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable, hooks on Transformer(s) & HV panels, adequate fire detection

and firefighting arrangement, adequate drainage, effective measures to prevent flooding etc. shall

be provided. Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent seepage of

water. A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper than 1 in 7, for easy movement of

equipment’s to and from sub-station.

f. Fire regulations – The installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local regulations

and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC guidelines shall be

followed.

6.5.6 Gas supply

a. Town Gas / L.P. Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same shall be

run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on external walls, away

from the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors.

b. LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these pipes shall

be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apart from providing hood,

covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should be designed to take care of 30 cum

per minute per Sq.m of hood protected area. It should have grease filters using metallic grill to

trip oil vapors escaping into the fume hood.

Note: For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Para.9

‘Plumbing Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of National Building Code of India.

57

c. For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiberglass insulation.

Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods of large kitchens for hotels, hospitals and

similar areas located in high rise buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping

of the exhaust fan in case of fire.

d. If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100V DC operated

with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type and shall be located in an

area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The hood shall have

manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on duty condition; and Gas

meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated

space, keeping in view the fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.

6.5.7 Boiler Room

Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of

Boiler/Boiler Room:

a. The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement but be allowed in the first basements away

from the escape routes.

b. The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance rating, and this

room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pit shall be provided at the low

level. Entry to this room may be provided with a composite door of two-hour fire resistance.

c. The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to the

atmosphere.

d. Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building at the ground floor level to

enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

e. The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire

resisting wall of 4-hour rating. Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2-

hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to

prevent the flow of oil into the boiler room in case of tank rupture.

6.5.8 Helipad

Buildings above 200 m in height, helipad may be provided.

6.5.9 Disaster Management / Fire Safety

Refer Chapter 11 of this document.

6.5.10 Sustainable Environment and Buildings

Refer Chapter 10 of this document

6.5.11 Structural Safety

As per provisions made for Structural Safety in Chapter 6

CHAPTER - 7

7. PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY

7.1 Structural design and safety

For any building under the jurisdiction of these bye-laws structural design/retrofitting shall only

be carried out by a registered Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency

on Record (SDAR). Proof checking of various designs/ reports shall be carried out by competent

authority as per Table 7.1wherever applicable.

7.1.1 Additional provisions for natural hazard prone areas

Generally, the structural design of foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain concrete,

reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall conform to the provisions of

Part 6: Structural D–sign –

Section– 1 Loads, Forces and Effects

Section– 2 Soils and Foundations,

Section– 3 Timber and Bamboo,

Section– 4 Masonry,

Section– 5 Concrete &

Section– 6 Steel

Section– 7 Prefabrication Systems, Building and Mixed /Composite Construction of National

Building Code of India (NBC), taking into consideration the Indian Standards as given below.

58

For General Structural Safety

1) IS: 456:2000 ‘Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete’.

2) IS: 800-2007 ‘Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel’.

3) IS: 801-1975 ‘Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel Structural Members in

General Building Construction’

4) IS 875 (Part 2):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part2

Imposed Loads.

5) IS 875 (Part 3):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 3

Wind Loads.

6) IS 875 (Part 4):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 4

Snow Loads.

7) IS 875 (Part 5):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 5

special loads and load combination.

8) IS: 883:1994 ‘Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building.

9) IS: 1904:1986 (R 2005) ‘Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Foundation’

10) IS 1905:1987 ‘Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Masonry Walls.

11) IS 2911(Part 1): Section 1: 2010 ‘Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Pile Foundation

Section 1

Part 1: Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles

Part 1: Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles

Part 1: Section 4 Bored Precast Concrete Piles

Part 2: Timber Piles

Part 3: Under Reamed Piles

Part 4: Load Test on Piles

For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection

12) IS 875 (3):1987 ‘Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for Buildings and

Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads’

13) Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic Resistance of Low rise houses

and other building.

For Earthquake Protection

14) IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002 ‘Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures(Fifth Revision)’

15) IS:13920-1993 ‘Ductile Detailing of reinforced Concrete structures subjected to Seismic Forces-

Code of Practice

16) IS:4326-2013 ‘Earthquake Resistant Design and construction of buildings code of

practice(second revision)’

17) IS:13828-1993 ‘Improving earthquake resistance of low strength masonry buildings-guidelines

18) IS:13827:1993 ‘Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen Buildings-Guidelines

19) IS:13935-2009 ‘Seismic Evaluation, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings -Guidelines’

For Protection of Landslide Hazard

20) IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part1Selection of type of wall.

21) IS 14458 (Part 2): 1997 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 2 Design of

retaining/breast walls

22) IS 14458 (Part 3): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 3Construction of dry

stone walls

23) IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998 Guidelines for preparation of landslide – Hazardzonation maps in

mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation.

Note: Whenever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building Code or the

National Building Code is referred, the latest revision of the same shall be followed except specific

criteria, if any, mentioned above against that code.

7.1.2 Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)

In compliance of the design with the above Indian Standard, the Structural Engineer on Record will

submit a structural design basis report in the Proforma attached herewith covering the essential

safety requirements specified in the Standard.

The ‘Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)’consists of four parts

MHA Expert Committee Report)

Part 1: General Information/ Data

Part 2: Load Bearing Masonry Buildings

Part 3: Reinforced Concrete Buildings

Part 4: Steel Buildings

59

i) Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate authorities shall include

SDBR as detailed bow:

Part 1: Completed

Part 2: (if applicable) – completed

Part 3: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 3 will be submitted before commencement of

construction.

Part 4: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 4 will be submitted before commencement of

construction.

ii) SDBR as detailed below shall be submitted to the appropriate authority as soon as design of

foundation is completed, but not later than one month prior to commencement of construction.

Part 1: Completed

Part-2, Part-3 or Part-4: (if applicable) Completed

7.1.3 Seismic strengthening/retrofitting

Prior to seismic strengthening/retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of the existing

structure as regards structural vulnerability in the specified wind/seismic hazard zone shall be

carried out by a RSE/RSDA. If as per the evaluation of the RSE/RSDA the seismic resistance is

assessed to be less than the specified minimum seismic resistance as given in the note below, action

will be initiated to carry out the upgrading of the seismic resistance of the building as per applicable

standard guidelines.

Note:

1. For masonry buildings reference shall be made to IS 4326 and IS 13935

2. For concrete buildings and structures reference shall be made to IS15988: 2013 Seismic

evaluation and strengthening of existing RCC buildings.

7.1.4 Buildings with Soft Storey

In case buildings with a flexible storeys, such as the ground storey consisting of open spaces for

parking that is ‘Stilt buildings’ or any other storey with open halls, special arrangements are to be

made to increase the lateral strength and stiffness of the soft/open storey such as Steel bracing /

Shear walls / Brick infill’s between columns. Dynamic analysis of building is to be carried out

including the strength and stiffness effects of infill’s and inelastic deformations in the members,

particularly, those in the soft storey, and the structural members are to be designed accordingly.

Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out the earthquake

analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys:

a. The columns and beams of the soft storey shall be designed for 2.5 times the storey shears and

moments, calculated under seismic loads specified in the other relevant clauses; or,

b. Besides the columns designed and detailed for the calculated storey shears and moments, shear

walls shall be placed symmetrically in both directions of the building as far away from the Centre of

the building as feasible; to be designed exclusively for 1.5 times the lateral storey shear force

calculated as before. For details of design and provisions, IS 1893, Part 1 shall be referred.

7.1.5 Review of structural design

i. The Competent Authority shall create a Structural Design Review Panel(SDRP) consisting of senior

SER’s and SDAR’s whose task will be to review and certify the design prepared by SER or SDAR

whenever referred by the competent authority.

ii. The Reviewing Agency shall submit addendum to the certificate or a new certificate in case of

subsequent changes in structural design.

iii. Table-6.1 gives requirements of SDRP for different seismic zones namely III,IV and V and for

structures of different complexities.

iv. In seismic Zone II, buildings & structures greater than 40m in height will require proof checking

by SDRP as per detail at Sl. no.3 of Table 7.1

Table 7.1 Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design

Sl.No

Type of Structure

Submission

from

SER

or

SDAR

To

be

Proof

Checked

1.

Load Bearing Buildings up to

three storeys

SDBR*

Not to be checked

2.

Buildings up to seven storeys

(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)

SDBR

To be checked

Preliminary design

To be checked

60

3.

Building

greater

than

seven

storeys

(R.C.C/Steel

framed

structure)

SDBR

To be checked

Preliminary design

To be checked

Detailed structural design and

structural drawing

To be checked

4.

Non-Residential Buildings

SDBR

To be checked

Preliminary design

To be checked

Detailed structural design and

structural drawing

To be checked

* SDBR – Structural Design Basis Report

Notes:

1. Table 4.1 may be referred for occupant load/live loads for different building types.

2.At the preliminary proposal stage of a project, the objective is to undertake feasibility

study/comparison of a number of possible alternatives of structural schemes and determine the most

cost effective one, detailed structural calculations are not necessary for each alternative scheme.

However, it is necessary to determine the member sizes and reinforcement content in order to

determine the cost. By making conservative assumptions it is possible to derive simplified calculations

for both analysis and design. This is called ‘Preliminary or approximate analysis, and design’.

After the most cost effective scheme is selected and signed-off by the Client, the detailed

calculations are performed on the selected scheme to determine the precise structural members and

composition (size, dimension and stress behavior), and this is called the ‘Detailed structural

design’.

In the aforesaid, the design of structural members is typically assumed to account for all the

stress loads identified from section xx to be applicable in the given project.

3.Special structure means large span structures such as stadium, assembly halls, or tall structures

such as water tanks, TV tower, chimney, etc.

It will be seen from the Table 7.1 above that there is a wide range of structure typology, and the

requirement by the Competent Authority for third party verification will depend on the type of

structure.

7.1.6 Certification regarding structural safety in design

Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR) shall give a

certificate of structural safety of design as per proforma given in Form-XV (of the MHA Expert

Committee Report) at the time of completion (as per Clause 3.17)

7.1.7 Constructional safety

7.1.7.1

Supervision

All construction except load bearing buildings up to 3 storeys shall be carried out under

supervision of the Construction Engineer on Record (CER) or Construction Management

Agency on Record (CMAR) for various seismic zones.

7.1.7.2

Certification of structural safety in construction

CER/ CMAR shall give a certificate of structural safety of construction as per proforma given in

Form-XV(of the MHA Expert Committee Report) at the time of completion(as per Clause 3.17).

7.1.8 Quality control and inspection

All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to accepted standards of

Public Works Department and Indian standard specification and codes as included in Part-V

Building Materials and Part-VII Construction practices and safety of National Building Code of India.

7.1.8.1

Inspection

All the construction for high-rise buildings higher than seven storeys, public buildings and special

structures shall be carried out under quality inspection program prepared and implemented under

the Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor Agency on Record (QAAR) in seismic zones

IV &V (as notified by the Government).

7.1.8.2

Certification of safety in quality of construction

Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor Agency on Record (QAAR)shall give a certificate

of quality control as per proforma given in Form-XVIII (as notified by the Government).

61

Quality Inspection Program to be carried on the site shall be worked out by QAR/QAAR in

consultation with the owner, builder, CER / CMAR.

Note: Clause 7.1.7 and 7.1.8 shall not be applicable for Government buildings that are designed

and constructed under the supervision of in-house architects/engineers.

7.1.9 Control of signage & outdoor display structures, cell phone towers and telephone

Towers.

Following provisions shall apply for telecommunication infrastructure

a) Location: The Telecommunication Infrastructure shall be either placed on the building roof tops or

on the ground or open space within the premises subject to other regulation.

b) Type of structure

i. Steel fabricated tower or antennae on M.S. pole

ii. Pre-fabricated shelters of fiber glass or P.V.C. on the building roof top /terrace for equipment.

iii. Masonry Structure/ Shelter on the ground for equipment.

iv. D.G. set with sound proof cover to reduce the noise level.

c) Requirement:

i. Every applicant has to obtain/ procure the necessary permission from the ‘Standing Advisory

Committee on Radio Frequency Allocation’ (SACFA)issued by Ministry of Telecommunications.

ii. Every applicant will have to produce the structural safety & stability certificate for the tower as

well as the building from the Structural Engineer on Record(SER) which shall be the liability of both

owner and SER.

iii. Applicant has to produce / submit plans of structure to be erected.

d) Projection: No Pager and/or Telephone Tower shall project beyond the existing building

line of the building on which it is erected in any direction.

7.2 Inspection

The general requirement for inspection and certification of the development shall be as prescribed in

Clause no.3.15

7.2.1 Maintenance of Buildings

In case of building older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a building, to get his

building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer (RSE) within a year from the date of coming

into force of these regulations. The Structural Inspection Report (Form No.16, of the MHA Expert

Committee Report) shall be produced by the Owner to the Appropriate Authority. If any action, for

ensuring the structural safety and stability of the building is to be taken, as recommended by SER,

it shall be completed within five years. For other buildings, the owner shall get his building

inspected after the age of building has crossed forty years. The procedure shall be followed as per

above regulation.

7.2.2 Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas

In natural hazard, prone areas identified under the land use Zonal Regulations, structures buildings

and installations which cannot be avoided, protective measures for such construction/development

should be properly safeguarded based on the suggestion given in the Report of the MHA Expert

Committee - Volume I.

7.2.3 Registration of Professionals

Presently, the legislation for the profession of architecture is applicable in the country in the form of

Architects Act 1972, an Act of the Parliament of India. Accordingly, the qualifications, competence

and service conditions followed in the profession of architecture are in accordance with the

provisions of the said Act and the rules made there under. For other professions and professionals

like engineers, structural engineers, landscape architects, urban designers, building supervisors,

electrical engineers, developers/promoters there is no legislative frame available/applicable.

Therefore, for appropriate qualifications, competence and responsibilities of professional involved in

different types of development proposals shall be applicable as notified by the Government:

Qualifications and Competence of Professionals and methods of determination of professional fees

are suggested in clause 7.2.4.

7.2.4 Professional fees for SER/SDAR and CER/CMAR

Selection of professionals and determination of professional charges shall be done by the Authority,

considering the following:

62

i. Structural safety of a building is the responsibility of the ‘SER/SDAR’ for proper design and the

‘CER/CMAR’ for proper construction, therefore it is imperative that selection and appointment of

these professionals is made after verification of their antecedents.

ii. The fees to be paid to SER/SDAR for structural design may be specified keeping in view the size

and complexity of the project.

iii. Similarly, fees for construction management to CER/CMAR may be specified keeping in view the

size and complexity of the project and the duration for which construction management services

have to be provided on the basis of the total cost of the project.

iv. Proof checking: Fees for Proof checking where carried out may vary based on the cost of the

structural items enumerated in (ii) above.

7.2.5 Appointment of Professionals

The Owner/Developer shall appoint Town Planner on Record (TPR), Architect on Record (AR),

Engineer on Record (ER), Structural Engineer on Record (SER),Structural Design Agency on Record

(SDAR), Geotechnical Engineer on Record(GER), Construction Engineer on Record (CER), (CMAR),

and Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) and Quality Audit Agency on Record (QAAR) as required.

Details of qualification and requirement of registration shall be as notified by the Government &

Appendix-I.

Proper written agreement(s), in standard format(s), shall be entered upon with such professional(s)

engaged.

7.3 Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests

The provision of the Bye-Laws are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of

design or construction not specifically prescribed by the bye-law provided any such alternative has

been approved. The building materials approved by B.I.S. or any statutory body will form part of the

approved building material and technology as part of the Bye-Laws.

The Authority shall promote and encourage use of Pre-fabricated factory made building components

for medium to large scale projects that have significant impact. The use of ready mix concrete (RMC)

shall also be encouraged for in-situ concrete constructions.

Clause 11.2.6 may be referred for further aspects of Sustainability and incentivized promotion of

alternative materials, methods in construction.

CHAPTER - 8

8. LAND USE ZONES

In order to promote public health, safety and the general social welfare of the community, it is

necessary to apply control and reasonable limitation on the development of land and buildings. This

is to ensure that most appropriate, economical and healthy development of the Town/City takes

place in accordance with the land use plan, and its continued maintenance over the years. For this

purpose, the city is divided into number of use zones, such as residential, commercial, industrial,

public and semi-public etc. Each zone has its own regulations, as the same set of regulations cannot

be applied to the entire Town. Zonal Regulations protects residential areas from the harmful

invasions of

commercial and industrial uses and at the same time promotes the orderly development of industrial

and commercial areas, by suitable regulations on spacing of buildings to provide adequate light, air,

protection from fire, etc. It prevents overcrowding in buildings and on land to ensure adequate

facilities and services.

Zonal is not retrospective. It does not prohibit the uses of land and buildings that are lawfully

established prior to the coming into effect of these Zonal Regulations.

If these uses are contrary to the newly proposed uses, they are termed non-conforming uses and are

gradually eliminated over years without inflicting unreasonable hardship upon the property owner.

The Zonal Regulations and its enforcement ensure proper land use and development and form an

integral part of the Master Plan. It also ensures solutions to problems of development under local

conditions.

The Master Plan along with the Zonal Regulations approved under sub section (3)of section 13 of the

Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 approved by the Government, time to time shall be

applicable.

63

CHAPTER - 9

9. PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY PERSONS AND CHILDREN

9.1 Applicability

These regulations shall be applicable to all buildings and facilities used by the public such as

educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings and group housing

constructed on plots having an area of more than2000Sq.m. It shall not apply to private residential

buildings.

9.2 Guidelines and Provisions

1. Provisions in the following guidelines shall apply:

2. ‘Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled and Elderly

Persons’, (1998), Central Public Works Department, Goo

3. ‘Manual on Barrier Free Environment’, (2002), O/o the Chief Commissioner for Persons with

Disabilities, Ministry of Urban Development, Goo.

4. ‘National Building Code’, (2005), Bureau of Indian Standards,

5. ‘National Policy for Persons with Disabilities’, (2006), Ministry of Social

Justice and Empowerment, Goo.

6. ‘Harmonized Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Persons with

Disabilities and Elderly Persons’, (Draft 2014),Ministry of urban Development, GoI.

9.3 Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the State Government

9.3.1 Buildings to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People

Higher Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs, Sport

Centers, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers, Swimming Pools, Police

Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums, Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas,

Auditoria, Small Offices (the maximum plinth area 1400 Sq.m) Snack Bars, Cafes and

banqueting rooms (for capacity above 50 dinners).

Note:

a. In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)

b. @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.

c. In Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-ambulant

spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for spectators

above1000.

9.3.2 Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People

Schools for differently abled, Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Elderly People Clubs,

Village Halls, Day Centers, Junior Training Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries, Railway

Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.

Note: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following building,

post offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and departmental

stores.

9.3.3 Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)

Public lavatories in Tourist Spots, Clubs, Motels, Professional and Scientific Institution,

Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laboratories, Universities, College for further

Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College, Exhibition Halls, Dentist

Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals, Service Stations, Car Parking

Buildings, Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories Employing differently-abled for

sedentary works, Large Offices, (with plinth area above 1400 Sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport

Offices, Pension Offices, and Labor Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For

capacity above 100dinners).

9.3.4 Site development

Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan along with

specification of the materials.

64

9.3.4.1

Access Path / Walk Way

Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building entrance shall be minimum of 1800

mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any, shall not have gradient greater

than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be made suitably to attract or to guide visually

impaired persons (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is

conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that emits

different sound to guide visually impaired persons; hereinafter referred ‘o as ‘guiding floor

material’.

Finishes shall have a non- slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs

wherever provided should blend to a common level.

9.3.4.2

Parking

For parking of vehicles of differently-abled people, the following provisions shall apply:

a) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance for the physically

differently-abled persons with maximum travel distance of 30.0mfrom building entrance.

b) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meter.

c) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall be conspicuously

displayed.

d) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually impaired persons

with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same purpose, shall be provided.

9.4 Building requirements

The specified facilities in buildings for differently abled persons shall be as follows:

9.4.1 Approach to plinth level

Every building should have at least one entrance accessible to the differently able and shall be

indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be approached through ramp together with the

stepped entry.

a. Ramped Approach: Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the building.

Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12.

Length of ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meter having 800mm high hand rail on both sides extending

300mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the hand

rail shall be 50mm.

b. Stepped Approach: For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than300mm and

maximum riser shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on both sides of the stepped

approach similar to the ramped approach.

c. Exit/Entrance Door: Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be900mm and it

shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheelchair user. Threshold

shall not be raised more than 12mm.

d. Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the minimum

dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the toped of a slope shall be

provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually impaired person's (limited to

coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the

surrounding floor material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired

persons. Finishes shall have a non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair.

Kerbs wherever provided should blend to a common level.

9.4.2 Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for the differently abled

The corridor connecting the entrance / exit for differently abled leading directly outdoors to a

place where information concerning the overall use of the specified building can be provided to

visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs, shall be provided as follows:

a) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide visually impaired

persons.

b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.

c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of 1:12.

d) Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.

9.5 Stair-ways

One of the stair–ways - near the entrance / exit for the differently abled shall have the following

provisions:

a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.

65

b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread300mm. The steps

shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.

c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.

d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend 300 mm on the top and bottom of

each flight of steps.

9.6 Lifts

Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made for the wheel

chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for passenger lift of 13

person’s capacity of NBC 2005, BIS. Section 4.9.3 Table no1-Desirable Lift size

Clear internal width 1100 mm

Clear internal depth 2000 mm

Entrance door width 900 mm

a) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed adjacent to

the control panel.

b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 2000 mm or more.

c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the closing

speed should not exceed 0.25 m/ sec.

d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the floor, the

cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit is either open or closed.

e) Graphic/Braille signage, as per the Harmonized Guidelines, shall be provided in the lift lobby.

9.7 Toilets

One special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of differently able with essential

provision of washbasin near the entrance for the differently abled.

a) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.

b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.

c) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50mm clearance from wall shall be

made in the toilet.

d) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.

9.7.1 Provision of WCs in buildings without lift:

Provision of special W.C. shall be made on all floors for buildings designed for ambulant disabled

persons. For buildings designed for non-ambulant disabled special W.C. shall be provided at Ground

Floor. Size of W.C. shall depend on the type of wheel chair used by the disabled.

9.7.2 Provisions of WCs in buildings with lift

Provision of Special W.C. shall be made on all floors. Size will depend on the category of disabled

for whom it has been provided.

9.7.3 Toilet Details: For Toilets Designed for Ambulant Disabled

a) The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1075 x 1650 mm with a minimum depth of1450 mm from

entry door 900 mm.

b) Long handrail on the side closer to W.C. with a clear width between the handrails shall be 900

mm and height of handrails shall be 800 mm from floor level.

c) Minimum size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.

9.7.4 For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Small Wheel Chair:

The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1350 x 1500 mm with a minimum depth of1500 mm from

entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side closer to W.C. shall be provided. To provide

movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed towards one side to the opposite

adjacent wall. The centerline of W.C. from the adjacent wall shall be 400 mm and minimum 950

mm from the other wall.

Minimum size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.

9.7.5 For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Using Large Wheel Chair:

The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1500 X 1750 mm with a minimum depth of1750 mm for

entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side wall closer to W.C. shall be provided. To provide

movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed towards one side of the opposite wall.

The centerline of the W.C. from the adjacent wall shall be 400 mm and a minimum of 1100 mm

from the other wall. Min. size of clear door opening shall be 860 mm.

66

9.8 Designing for Children:

In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children, it will be necessary to suitably

alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures etc.

Note: Guiding / Warning Floor Material: The floor material to guide or to warn the visually

impaired persons with a change of colour or material texture and easily distinguishable from the

rest of the surrounding floor materials. The material with different texture gives audible signals

with sensory warning when a person moves on this surface with walking stick. The

guiding/warning floor material is meant to give the directional effect or warn a person at critical

places. It should be provided in the following areas:

a. The access path to the building and to the parking area.

b. The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircases and toilets

c. Immediately at the beginning/end of walkway where there is a vehicular traffic.

d. At the location abruptly changing in level or beginning/end of a ramp.

e. Immediately in front of an entrance/exit and the landing.

9.9 Drinking Water:

Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the differently abled near the special toilet

provided for them.

9.10

Refuge:

An alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/ or lifts is the movement of

disabled persons to areas of safety within a building. If possible, they could remain there until the

fire is controlled and extinguished or until rescued by the fire fighters.

a) It is useful to have the provisions of a refuge area, usually at the fire protected stair landing on

each floor that can safely hold one or two wheelchairs.

b) Hand Doorways with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular compliance

c) Have an alarm switch installed between 900 mm and 1200 mm from floor level.

9.11

Proper signage:

a) Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the differently abled

persons should be done with proper signals.

b) Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such as hearing and touch to compensate

for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit those with hearing disabilities. Signs should

be designed and located so that they are easily legible by using suitable letter size (not less than

20 mm high).

c) For visually impaired persons, information board in brail should be installed on the wall at a

suitable height and it should be possible to approach them closely.

d) To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates obstruction in

walking.

e) Public Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.

f) The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated because

people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours.

g) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas,

etc., that have been provided for the differently abled.

9.12

Public Building regulations:

In case of design regulations in Public buildings (excluding domestic buildings),provisions for

differently-abled shall be adopted as per Appendix-XIV of the byelaws and according to the

Annex ‘D’ of Part 3, NBC 2005.

CHAPTER - 10

10. RAIN WATER HARVESTING

10.1

Rainwater Harvesting principle:

The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of water from surfaces on which rain falls,

and subsequently storing this water for use. The rainwater collected can be stored for direct use or

can be recharged into the underground aquifers. In scientific terms water harvesting (broadly) refers

to collection and storage of rainwater from the rooftops. This also restricts evaporation and seepage

into building foundations. All buildings having a plot size of 100 Sq.m. or more, while submitting the

building plans for sanction, shall mandatorily include the complete proposal of rainwater harvesting.

67

A rainwater harvesting system consists of:

i. Roof catchment

ii. Gutters

iii. Down pipes

iv. Rain water/ Storm water drains

v. Filter chamber

vi. Storage Tanks/ Pits/ Sumps

vii. Ground Water recharge structures like pit, trench, tube well or combination of above structure.

Rainwater Harvesting is a way to capture the rain runoff, store that water aboveground or charge the

underground aquifers and use it later. This happens naturally in open rural areas. But in congested,

over-paved metropolitan cities, there is a need to devise methods to capture the rain water. The

rainwater that is incident on the surface/ roof top is guided to bore wells or pits or new/old/

abandoned wells through

Small diameter pipes to recharge the underground water which can be used later whenever required.

Rainwater can be harvested to the extent of 55,000 liters per 100Sq. m area per year from rooftops.

10.2

Rainwater harvesting techniques:

There are two main techniques of rain water harvestings.

a. Storage of rainwater on surface for future use.

b. Recharge to ground water.

10.3

Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:

All buildings in a city contribute to the rainwater runoff during the monsoon and hence such runoff

can be harvested for water reuse/recharge.

Rainwater harvesting in a building site includes storage or recharging into ground of rainwater

falling on the terrace or on any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.

The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from terrace and the

paved surface.

a. Open well of a minimum of 1.00 m dia. and 6.00 m in depth into which rainwater may be

channeled and allowed after filtration for removing silt and floating material. The well shall be

provided with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be used for non-potable domestic

purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering the garden, etc.

b. Rainwater harvesting for recharge of ground water may be done through a bore well around which

a pit of one meter width may be excavated up to a depth of at least 3.00 m and refilled with stone

aggregate and sand. The filter drain water may be channeled to the refilled pit for recharging the

bore well.

c. An impervious storage tank of required capacity may be constructed in the setback or other than,

space and the rainwater may be channeled to the storage tank. The storage tank may be raised to a

convenient height above the surface and shall always be provided with ventilating the surface and

shall always be provided with ventilating covers and shall have draw off taps suitably place so that

the rain water may be drawn off for domestic, washing, gardening and such other purposes. The

storage tanks shall be provided with an overflow.

d. The surplus rainwater after storage may be recharged into ground through percolation pits,

trenches, or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geomorphologic and topographical

condition, the pits may be of the size of1.20 m width x 1.20 m length x 2.00 m to 2.50 m depth. The

trenches can be or0.60 m width x 2.00 m to 6.00 m length x 1.50 m to 2.00 depth. Terrace water

shall be channeled to pits or trenches. Such pits or trenches shall be backfilled with filter media

comprising the following materials. –

i. 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer up to 50% of the depth;

ii. 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer up to 20% of the depth;

iii. Course sand as upper middle layer up to 20% of the depth;

iv. A thin layer of fine sand as top layer;

v. Top 10% of the pits / trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in this portion in such

a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad;

vi. Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits /trenches and the cement

mortar plastered;

vii. The depth of wall below ground shall be such that the wall prevents losesoil entering into pits /

trenches. The projection of the wall above ground shall at least be 15 cm;

viii. Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits / trenches.

e. If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a sufficient depth

shall be removed land refilled with course sand to allow percolation of rainwater into ground.

68

The terrace shall be connected to the open well / bore well / storage tank /recharge pit /trench by

means of H.D.P.E. / P.V.C. pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be provided to enable the

first washings from roof or terrace catchments, as they would contain undesirable dirt. The mouths

of all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito (insect) proof wire net. For the efficient

discharge of rainwater, there shall be at least two rain water pipes of 100 mm dia. for a roof area of

100Sq.mRainwater harvesting structures shall be sited as not to endanger the stability of building or

earthwork. The structures shall be designed such that no dampness is caused in any part of the

walls or foundation of the building or those of an adjacent building.

10.4

Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities

The open spaces/recreational land use generally constitute regional parks, district parks,

playground and stadium, sports complex, monument zones, public parking, Plaza and other public

open space. This may be as high as 30% to 50% of the city’s geographic area. All such public open

spaces above the size of 500 Sq.m. shall have arrangements for complete utilization and capture of

storm water with scientific rainwater harvesting arrangements.

Following ideas may also be included:

i. Well cum Channel cum Percolation pits.

ii. Use of abandoned bore wells for recharging of ground water

iii. Artificial or natural Storage of storm water runoff from larger sites.

10.5

Ground Water Recharge

Recharging of ground water should be made mandatory not only for residential buildings but for all

types of buildings, including Group Housing Societies having a plot area more than 500 Sq.m. and

above. The Ground Water Recharge should also be mandatory for open spaces like parks, parking,

plazas and playgrounds. The harvesting and recharge structures could be constructed by the

Authority with the involvement of community based organizations like Resident Welfare

Associations.

10.6

Enforcement and Monitoring

a. The Authority shall constitute a Rainwater Harvesting Cell which will be responsible for

enforcement and monitoring of the provisions of Rainwater Harvesting. The cell shall employ

qualified persons who are well versed with the interpretation of Building Bye Laws and responsible

for enforcement as well as monitoring the functioning of the Rainwater Harvesting System.

b. The Authority shall include inspection of Rainwater Harvesting Structures before issuing

Completion Certificates or NOCs for service connections to the property.

c. Set an example in the city by ensuring that Rainwater is harvested in the properties assets owned

by them including public buildings, markets, centers, parking spaces, roads and parks etc.

d. The Authority shall also establish a mechanism to monitor 100% of RWH provisions in all the

buildings above 1000 Sq.m. with annual physical verification, while buildings less than 1000 Sq.m.

can be monitored on the basis of 10% random survey by competent authority.

e. With regard to open public spaces viz., Parks, playgrounds etc. the implementation of provision

rainwater harvesting may be done with the help of Residents Welfare Associations, Community

Building Organization andNon- Governmental Organizations.

f. The Authority shall ensure earmarking budgetary provision for the creation and maintenance of

rainwater harvesting structures in public spaces owned and maintained by them, like parking

spaces, parks, plazas etc.

g. The practice of incentives and penalties to promote rain water harvesting shall be formulated by

the local authority based on best practices. Authority shall design its own incentive and penalty

systems, considering the water level and scarcity.

CHAPTER - 11

11. GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS

Modern buildings consume about 25 to 30 % of total energy, and up to 30 % of fresh potable water,

and generate approximately 40 % of total waste. Sustainable buildings have demonstrated reduction

in energy and water consumption to less than half of the present consumption in conventional

buildings, and complete elimination of the construction and operational waste through recycling.

Thus, all buildings on various plot sizes above 100Sq.m shall comply with the green norms and

conform to the requirements mandatory for sanction as mentioned in this chapter.

These provisions are not specific to any rating system and are not intended to provide single metric

indication of overall building performance. These provisions allow the practitioners to easily exercise

their engineering judgment in holistically and objectively applying the underlying principles of

69

sustainability to a development or building facility, considering its functionality and required

comfort level.

11.1

Provisions and Applicability

The green building provisions on various plot sizes are indicated in the table below:

Table 11.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (Residential and Non-Residential)

Plot

Catego

ry

Applicable plot

area (Sq.m)

Applicable

construction

area (Sq.m)

Provisions

for

Residential

Provisions for Non-

Residential

I

Up to 500

--

Nil

Nil

II

500 to 1,000

Upto 500

1(a), 1(b), 2(b), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 4(a)

500 to 2000

1(a), 1(b), 2(a), 2(b),

3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 2(a),3(c),

4(a)

Above 2000

1(a), 1(b), 2(a), 2(b),

3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 2(a), 2(b),

3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1,000 to 3,000

Upto 500

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(b),

4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 4(a)

500 to 2000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

3(c), 4(a)

2000 to 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

Above 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b),3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b),3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a)

III

Above 3,000

Upto 500

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(b),

3(a), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 3(a),

4(a)

500 to 2000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

3(c), 4(a)

2000 to 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

1(a), 1(b), 1(d), 2(a),

2(b), 3(b), 3(c), 4(a)

Above 5000

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b), 3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a), 4(b)

1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d),

2(a), 2(b), 3(a), 3(b),

3(c), 4(a), 4(b)

*Note:

provisions marked 1(a), 2(b) etc. are as per Clause 11.2.

The schemes/ projects formulated on the basis of provisions given in Master plan/ Zonal

Development Plan will require approval as indicated:

EIA/ ECC (as per MoEF), NBC (latest), ECBC 2007 or latest, BEE Star rating/ LEED of IGBC/ GRIHA of

TERI Certification}

EIA- Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report,

ECC- Environmental Clearance Certificate,

MoEF – Ministry of Environment and Forest,

NBC – National Building Code,

ECBC – Energy Conservation Building Code,

BEE – Bureau of Energy Efficiency,

LEED – Leadership in Energy and Environment Design,

IGBC –Indian Green Building Council,

GRIHA – Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment,

TERI – The Energy and Resources Institute.

The prevailing provisions of the above shall be applicable. However, if there are any modification in

the same, the modified provisions shall become automatically applicable.

11.2

Provisions for Sanction

1. Water Conservation and Management

a) Rain Water Harvesting

b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing Fixtures

c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse

d) Reduction of Hard cape

70

2. Solar Energy Utilization

a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Panels (detailed at Clause 11.2.3 below)

b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems

3. Energy Efficiency (Concept of passive solar design of buildings)(Ref. Table

15.1-3)

a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – BEE

Star and Energy Efficient Appliances)

b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems.

c) Lighting of Common areas by Solar energy/ LED devices.

4. Waste Management

a) Segregation of Waste

b) Organic Waste Management

In case owners of properties desire to procure green building ratings from one or more rating bodies,

they may suitably incorporate any other provisions if required and additional incentives as notified

by the Government, may be availed.

11.2.1 Provisions for City and Site level greening

In alignment with National Sustainable Habitat Mission, the Authority shall encourage

augmentation of green cover in the city/plot, by following:

The Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014 and other provisions as given below -

i. Provision of minimum 1 tree / every 80S.qm of plot area for plot sizes >100S.qm and planted

within the setback of the plot.

ii. Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted tress in the ratio 1:3 within the premises under

consideration.

iii. Choice of species for plantation in site and abutting the road to be adopted as per Section 8 of

the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.

iv. The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the recreational open spaces.

11.2.2 Water Re-use and Recycling

All building having a minimum discharge of 10,000 l. and above per day shall incorporate waste

water recycling system. The recycled water should be used for horticultural purposes.

11.2.3 Roof Top Solar Energy Installations

Roof top photovoltaic power station, or rooftop PV system, is a photovoltaic system that has its

electricity-generating solar panels mounted on the rooftop of residential or commercial buildings.

The various components of such a system include photovoltaic modules, mounting systems, cables,

solar inverters and other electrical accessories. Rooftop PV systems are faster than other types of

renewable power plants. They’re clean, quiet, and visually unobtrusive. Table 10.2 below stipulates

the Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation-

Table 11.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation

Sl.

No.

Category

of

buildings/area

Area standards

Generation requirement*

Residential

1

Plotted Housing

For HIG Plots and above

Minimum 5% of connected

load

or

20W/sqft

for

‘available

roof

space’**,

whichever is less.

2

Group Housing

All

proposals,

as

per

Group Housing Norms

Minimum 5% of connected

load

or

20W/sqft

for

‘available

roof

space’**,

whichever is less.

71

All other buildings (Government or Private, defined as per clause 1.16 b to g)

(mandatory for buildings having shadow free rooftop area > 50Sq.m)

3

4

5

6

7

8

Educational

Institutional

Commercial

Industrial

Mercantile

Recreational

Plot size of 500 Sq.m and

above

Minimum 5% of connected

load

or

20W/sqft

for

‘available

roof

space’**,

whichever is less.

* Area provisions on roof top shall be @12 Sq.m. per 1KWp, as suggested by Ministry of New and

Renewable Energy.

** ‘available rood area’ = 70% of the total roof size, considering 30% area reserved for residents’

amenities.

11.2.4 Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating System in Buildings

I. No new building in the following categories in which there is a system of installation for supplying

hot water shall be built unless the system of the installation is also having an auxiliary solar

assisted water heating system:-

a) Hospitals and Nursing Home.

b) Hotels, Lodges, Guest Houses, Group Housing with a plot area of 4000 Sq.m

c) Hostels of Schools, Colleges and Training Centers with more than 100 Students.

d) Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.

e) Individual residential buildings having more than 150Sq.m plinth area.

f) Functional Buildings of Railway Stations and Air Ports like waiting rooms, retiring rooms, rest

rooms, inspection bungalows and catering units.

g) Community Centers, Banquet Halls, Barat Ghars, Mangal Karyalayas and buildings for similar

use.

II. Definitions

i)

‘Solar Assisted Water Heating

System’

A device to heat water using solar energy as

heat source.

ii)

‘Auxiliary back-up’

Electricity

operated

or

fuel

fired

boilers/systems to heat water coming out

from solar water heating system to meet

continuous requirement of hot water.

iii)

‘New Building’

Such buildings of above said categories for

which

construction

plans

have

been

submitted to the Authority for clearance.

iv)

‘Existing building’

Such buildings, which are licensed to

perform their respective business.

III. Installation of Solar Water Heating System

a) New Buildings: Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of the aforesaid categories

shall only be given if they have a provision in the building design itself for an insulated pipeline from

the rooftop in the building to various distribution points where hot water is required. The building

must have a provision for continuous water supply to the solar water heating system. The building

should also have open space on the rooftop, which receives direct sunlight. The load bearing

capacity of the roof should at least be 50 kg/Sq. All new buildings of above said categories must

complete installation of solar water heating systems before obtaining necessary license to commence

their business.

b) Existing Buildings: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems in the existing building

shall be made mandatory at the time of change of use to above said category provided there is a

system or installation for supplying hot water.

IV. Capacity: The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on the building of different

categories shall be decided in consultation with the local bodies. The recommended minimum

capacity shall not be less than 25 liters per day for each bathroom and kitchen subject to the

condition that maximum of50% of the total roof area is provided with the system.

V. Specifications: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall conform to BIS

specification IS 12933. The solar collectors used in the system shall have the BIS certification mark.

VI. Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary heating arrangement

either with electric elements or oil of adequate capacity can be provided.

72

11.2.5 Sustainable Waste Management

Zero Waste is a concept of waste management and planning approaches that emphasize waste

prevention as opposed to end waste management. This means restructuring production and

distribution systems, designing and managing products and processes to systematically follow the

3R rule of Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle the volume of waste, to conserve and recover all used

resources, and there for eliminating all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land

pollution.

Zero Waste/ land- fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation at source by

planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by creating public awareness.

The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure, construction &

demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass and steel back into the same and all

residual inert materials can also be converted into bricks. Achieving zero land-fill is more

conveniently possible, if

a) The collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at household level and

b) Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level.

c) The recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even lower levels.

11.2.6 Sustainability of Building Materials

Sustainability of natural resources for building materials shall be ensured through conservation of

available natural resources and use of supplementary materials such as industrial/agricultural by-

products, renewable resources, factory made building components and recycled construction and

demolition waste. Supplementary building materials (derived or processed waste) shall be suitably

used in

combination with conventional resources offers dual advantages in purview of health &

environmental benefits.

Use of Factory made pre-fab/pre-cast and recycled components with Green benefits:

a) Panels, hollow slabs, hollow blocks–etc. - conservation of materials, less water requirement.

b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete, phosphor gypsum based walling &

roofing panels, particle wood – recycled use of industrial/agricultural by-products. (Ref. Table 14)

c) Fly ash/ AAC (Autoclaved aerated light weight concrete) panels/ CLC (Cellular light weight

concrete) panels- ensures thermal comfort (significant reduction in air conditioning requirement)

d) Use of bamboo & rapidly growing plantation timbers- environmental benefits. Local materials are

generally suitable for prevailing geo-climatic conditions & have advantage of low transportation cost

& time. Sustainable use of building materials shall be encouraged which may combine certain

mandatory provisions and incentives.

11.3

Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems

The respective State Governments may prepare their separate Green Rating systems for buildings

by selectively combining/adopting/amending the provisions between the following guidelines:

1. IGBC guidelines by the Confederation of Indian Industries.

2. GRIHA guidelines by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, GoI. In pursuance of the

National Sustainable Habitat Mission on Energy Efficiency in Buildings, the Authority shall

encourage the provisions of the following Energy efficiency guidelines by certain mandatory

provisions and incentives-

3. ECBC guidelines prepared by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power GoI

4. Model Energy Efficiency guidelines. (NSMH Sub report by Bureau of Energy Efficiency)

CHAPTER - 12

12. FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

12.1

Scope

This part covers the requirements of the fire protection for the multi-storeyed buildings (high rise

buildings) and the buildings, which are of 15 m. and above in height and low occupancies of

categories such as Assembly, Institutional, Educational (more than two storeyed and built-up

area exceeds 1000Sq.m), Business (where plot area exceeds 500 Sq.m), Mercantile (where

aggregate covered area exceeds 750 Sq.m), Hotel, Hospital, Nursing Homes, Underground

Complexes, Industrial Storage, Meeting/Banquet Halls, Hazardous Occupancies.

12.2

Procedure for obtaining NOC and Clearance Certificate from DFES

The procedure of obtaining NOC from Department of Fire & Emergency Services (DFES) is

detailed in clause no. 3.10 and the procedure of obtaining Clearance Certificate is detailed

in Clause no. 3.17

73

12.3

Renewal of fire clearance

On the basis of undertaking given by the Applicant and the professional on record, the Chief Fire

Officer shall renew the fire clearance in respect of all High-Rise buildings on annual Basis

12.4

Fee

For augmentation of fire service facilities for effecting rescue/firefighting operation in high rise

building, fee payable to Chief Fire Officer by the applicant(s) along with sets of plans for obtaining

the No Objection Certificate shall be as notified by the Government.

12.5

Responsibility of providing Fire Protection & Fire Fighting Measures

The engaged Competent Professional on record for preparation of plans for NOC and the professional

on record for supervising the works (as per Appendix-I) of the project shall be responsible for

making provisions for fire protection and firefighting measure as provided in this Chapter.

12.6

Terminology

For the purpose of this Chapter all the technical terms shall have the meaning as defined in National

Building Code of India, Part-IV, Fire Protection as amended from time to time but for the terms

which are defined otherwise in these bye-Laws.

12.7

General

The DFES may insist on suitable provisions in the buildings from fire safety and means of escape

point of view depending on the occupancy, height or on account of new developments creating

special fire hazard, in addition to the provision of these building bye laws and part IV (Fire

Protection) of National Building Code of India, which are not contradicting to the provision of the

Zonal Regulations.

12.7.1 Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions / Building Components

The fire resistance ratings for various types of construction for structural and nonstructural

members shall be as given in Table 1 of Part IV of the NBC, 2005.Building elements/components

such as walls, columns, beams and floors shall have the requisite fire resistance rating in

accordance with the accepted standards at Tables 2 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC.

12.7.2 The following Sections MEANS OF ACCESS

As provided in Zonal Regulations.

Provisions of Exterior Open Spaces around the Building:

As provided in Zonal Regulations

12.7.3 EXIT REQUIREMENT

As provided in Section 4.2 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Type of Exits: As provided in Section 4.2.1 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Number of Size of Exits: As provided in Section 4.6 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Arrangements of Exits: As provided in Section 4.5 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Occupant Load: As provided in Section 4.3 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Capacity of Exit: As provided in Section 4.4 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Staircase Requirements: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005.

Minimum Width Provision for Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9.6 of Part 4, NBC 2005

Minimum Width Provision for Passageway/Corridors: As provided in Section 4.8of Part 4, NBC

2005

Doorways: As provided in Section 4.7 of Part 4, NBC 2005

Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005

12.8

Fire Escapes or External Stairs:

a) Fire escape including Occupant load and Travel distance shall not be taken into account while

calculating the number of staircases for a building.

b) All fire escapes shall be directly connected to the ground.

c) Entrance to the fire escape shall be separate and remote from internal staircase.

d) The route to fire escape shall be free of obstructions at all times except the doorway leading to the

fire escape which shall have the required fire resistance.

e) Fire escape shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.

f) Fire escape stairs shall have straight flight not less than 125 cm wide with 25cm treads and risers

not more than 19 cm.

74

g) Handrails shall be at a height not less than 100 cm.

h) Fire escape staircase in the mercantile, business, assembly, hotel buildings above 24 m. height

shall be a fire tower and in such a case width of the same shall not be less than the width of the

main staircase. No combustible material shall be allowed in the fire tower.

12.8.1 Spiral Stairs

a) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to building height of9 m.

b) A spiral stair shall not be less than 150 cm in diameter and shall be designed to give the adequate

headroom.

12.8.2 Staircase Enclosures

a) The external enclosing walls of the staircase shall be of the brick or the R.C.C.

construction having fire resistance of not less than two hours. All enclosed staircases shall have

access through self-closing door of one-hour fire resistance. These shall be single swing doors

opening in the direction of the escape. The door shall be fitted with the check action door closers.

b) The staircase enclosures on the external wall of the building shall be ventilated to the atmosphere

at each landing.

c) Permanent vent at the top equal to the 5% of the cross-sectional area of the enclosure and

openable sashes at each floor level with area equal to 1 to 15% of the cross-sectional area of the

enclosure on external shall be provided. The roof of the shaft shall be at least 1 m. above the

surrounding roof. There shall be no glazing or the glass bricks in any internal closing wall of

staircase. If the staircase is in the core of the building and cannot be ventilated at each landing, a

positive of 5-mm. e.g. by electrically operated blower/blowers shall be maintained.

d) The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shaft shall be so installed that the same shall

operate automatically on fire alarm system/sprinkler system and be provided with manual operation

facilities.

12.8.3 Ramps

a) Ramps of slope of not more than 1 in 8 may be substituted for and shall comply with all the

applicable requirements of all required stairways as to enclosure capacity and limiting dimensions.

Larger slopes shall be provided for special uses but in no case greater than 1 in 8. For all slopes

exceeding 1 in 10and where the use is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be

surfaced with approved non-slipping material.

b) The minimum width of the ramps in the Hospitals shall be 2.4 m. and in the basement using car

parking shall be 6.0 m.

c) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.

d) Ramp shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards of safe place.

e) For building above 24.0 m. in height, access to ramps from any floor of the building shall be

through smoke fire check door.

f) In case of nursing homes, hospitals etc. area exceeding 300Sq.m at each floor one of the exit

facility shall be a ramp of not less than 2.4 m. in width.

12.9

Provision of lifts

a) Provision of the lifts shall be made for all multi-storeyed building having a height of 15.0 m. and

above.

b) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lift. The lift provided in the buildings shall not

be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency.

c) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the lift car in case of

emergency shall also be provided.

d) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery be installed init.

12.9.1 Lift Enclosure/lift

General requirements shall be as follows

a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of two hours. Lift shafts shall have a vent at the top

of area not less than 0.2 Sq.m

b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated from the shaft by the

floor of the room.

c) Landing door in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than one hour.

d) The number of lifts in one lift bank shall not exceed four. A wall of two hours fire rating shall

separate individual shafts in a bank.

e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.

75

f) For buildings 15.0 m. and above in height, collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and

solid doors with fire resistance of at least one hour shall be provided.

g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure between 25 and 30 pa

shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible pressure of 50 pa shall be maintained in the lift

shaft. The mechanism for the pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler

system and it shall be possible to operate this mechanically also.

h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self-closing fire

smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.

i) Lift shall not normally communicate with the basement. If, however, lifts are in communication,

the lift lobby of the basement shall be pressurized as in (g) with self-closing door as in (h).

j) Grounding switch (es), at ground floor level shall be provided to enable the fire service to ground

the lifts.

k) Telephone/talk back communication facilities may be provided in lift cars for communication

system and lifts shall be connected to the fire control room of the building.

l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of the lift lobby shall be made to

prevent water used during firefighting, etc. at any landing from entering the lift shafts.

m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case of

fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a plan

for each floor showing the location of the stairways. Floor marking shall be done at each floor on the

wall in front of the lift-landing door.

n) Alternate power supply shall be provided in all the lifts.

12.9.2 Fire Lift

Following details shall apply for a fire lift in addition to above requirements:

a) To enable fire service personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum delay, one or more of

the lifts shall be so designed so as to be available for the exclusive use of the fireman in an

emergency and be directly accessible to every dwelling/let table floor space on each floor.

b) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 Sq.m It shall have a loading capacity of not less

than 545 kg. (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors.

c) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains ina building and the

cables run in a route safe from fire that is within a lift shaft. Lights and fans in the elevator having

wooden paneling or sheet steel construction shall be operated on 24-volt supply.

d) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically switch over to the alternate

supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be done through manually operated

changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift should be so wired that in case of power failure, it comes

down at the ground level and comes to stand still with door open.

e) The operation of a fire lift shall by a single toggle of two-button switch situated in a glass-fronted

box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switches on landing; call points will become

inoperative and the lift will be on car control only or on a priority control device. When the switch is

off, the lift will return to normal working. This lift can be used by the occupants in normal times.

f) The words ‘F1RE LIFT’ shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on the lift landing

doors at each floor level.

g) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach to the top floor from ground level within

one minute.

12.10

Basement

As provided in Chapter- 4 of these Building Bye-Laws.

12.10.1

Requirements

i) The access to the basement shall be either from the main or alternate staircase providing access

and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is continue the same shall be enclosed type serving

as a fire separation from the basement floor and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they

are constructed within the building line subject to the provision of the (iv).

ii) In case of basement for office, sufficient number of exit ways and access ways shall be provided

with a travel distance not more than 15.0 m. The travel distance in case of dead-end shall be 7.5 m.

iii) The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be more than 500Sq.m and

less than 50 Sq.m area except parking. Each compartment shall have ventilation standards as laid

down in Bye-Laws separately and independently. The partition shall be made in consultation with

Chief Fire Officer.

iv) The first basement (fully below ground level) can be used or services/parking/other permissible

services. Lower basements, if provided, shall

exclusively be used for car parking only.

76

v) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area(aggregate) not less

than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall be

provided in the form of grills or breakable starboard lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts.

Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at

basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with starboard or

pavement lights as before. But ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor level have to be laid.

Starboard and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the firemen and clearly

marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near the opening.

vi) The staircase of basement shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not less than two

hours and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at ground level only from

the open air and in such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct any

exit serving the ground and upper stories of the building and shall communicate with basement

through a lobby provided with fire resisting self-closing door of one hour rating. In case of basement

being used as car parking only, the travel distance shall be 45 m

vii) In multi-storeyed basements, intake duct may serve all basements levels, but each basement

and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Mechanical extractors

for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be provided. The system shall be of

such design as to operate on actuation of smoke, heat sensitive detectors/sprinklers, if installed,

and shall have a considerably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also

have an arrangement to start it manually.

viii)Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement so that extractors shall

continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire detectors.

Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or distress

call. However, for normal operation, only 30 air changes or any other convenient factor can be

maintained.

ix) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternate source of power supply.

x) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or RCC as

far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer area of electrical switchboard, fire

dampers shall be provided.

xi) Kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted in basement/sub-basement.

xii) If cutouts are provided from basement to the upper floors or to the atmosphere, all side cutout

openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler headset closed spacing so as to form a

water curtain in the event of a fire.

xiii) Dewatering pump shall be provided in all bases.

12.11

Provision of helipad

All high-rise buildings of height 200 m. and above shall have provision for a Helipad as per clause

no 6.5.8 of the Bye-Laws. The same shall be approved by the Authority.

12.12

Service ducts/refuge chute

a) Service duct shall be enclosed by walls and door, if any, of 2 hours fire rating. If ducts are larger

than 10 Sq.m the floor should seal them, but provide suitable opening for the pipes to pass through,

with the gaps sealed.

b) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided between one fourth and one-half of

the area of the shaft. Refuge chutes shall have an outlet at least of wall of non-combustible material

with fire resistance of not less than two hours. They shall not be located within the staircase

enclosure or service shafts or air-conditioning shafts. Inspection panel and door shall be tight fitting

with 1 hour fire resistance; the chutes should be as far away as possible form exits.

c) Refuge chutes shall not be provided in staircase walls and A/C shafts etc.

12.13

Electrical services

Electrical Services shall conform to the following:

a) The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in a separate duct shall be sealed at every

floor with non-combustible material having the same fire resistance as that of the duct. Low and

medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in separate conduits.

b) Water mains, telephone wires, inter-com lines, gas pipes or any other service lines shall not be

laid in ducts for electric cables.

c) Separate conduits for water pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for

pressuring system shall be directly from the main switch panel and these circuits shall be laid in

separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not affect the others. Master switches

controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labeled.

77

d) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with airtight fire

doors having fire resistance of not less than 1 hour.

e) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts, and within false ceiling shall run in metal

conduits. Any 230 voltage wiring for lighting or other services, above false ceiling should have 660V

grade insulation. The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its suspension shall be of non-

combustible material.

f) An independent and well-ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground floor with direct

access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of termination of electrical supply from the

licenses service and alternative supply cables. The doors provided for the service room shall have fire

resistance of not less than 1 hour.

g) Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) and Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) shall be provided for

electrical circuit.

12.14

Staircase and corridor lights

The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be independently

connected so that it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor easily

accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individual control of the

light points, if any. It should be of miniature circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid

replacement of fuse in case of crisis.

a) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate source of power supply.

b) Suitable arrangement shall be made by installing double throw switches tonsure that the lighting

installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to two sources of supply

simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the service room for terminating the stand

by supply.

c) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor.

12.15

Air-conditioning

a) Air- conditioning system should be installed and maintained so as to minimize the danger of

spread of fire, smoke or fumes thereby from one floor of fire area to another or from outside into any

occupied building or structure. –

b) Air -Conditioning systems circulating air to more than one floor area should be provided with

dampers designed to close automatically in case of fire and thereby prevent spread of fire or smoke.

Such a system should also be provided with automatic controls to stop fans in case of fire, unless

arranged to remove smoke from a fire, in which case these should be designed to remain in

operation.

c) Air- conditioning system serving large places of assembly (over one thousand persons), large

departmental stores, or hostels with over 100 rooms in a single block should be provided with

effective means for preventing circulation of smoke through the system in the case of fire in air

filters or from other sources drawn into the system even though there is insufficient heat to actuate

heat smoke sensitive devices controlling fans or dampers. Such means shall consist of approved

effective smoke sensitive controls.

12.15.1

Air- Conditioning should conform to the following:

a) Escape routes like staircase, common corridors, lift lobbies; etc. should not bemuse as return air

passage.

b) The ducting should be constructed of metal in accordance with BIS 655:1963

c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floor, the opening around the ducts should be

sealed with fire resisting material of same rating as of walls/floors.

d) Metallic ducts should be used even for the return air instead of space above the false ceiling.

e) The material used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) should be of flame resistant

(IS 4355: 1977) and non- conductor of heat.

f) Area more than 750 Sq.m on individual floor should be segregated by a firewall and automatic fire

dampers for isolation should be provided.

g) In case of more than one floor, arrangement by way of automatic fire dampers for isolating the

ducting at every floor from the floor should be made. Where plenums used for return air passage,

ceiling and its features and air filters of the air handling units, these should be flame resistant.

Inspection panels should be provided in the main trenching. No combustible material should be

fixed nearer than 15 cm. to any duct unless such ducting is properly enclosed and protected with

flame resistant material

h) In case of buildings more than 24 m. in height, in non-ventilated lobbies, corridors, smoke

extraction shaft should be provided.

78

12.15.2

Fire Dampers

a) These shall be located in air ducts and return air ducts/passages at the following points:

i) At the fire separation wall.

ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.

iii) Where the ducts pass through floors.

iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each compartment on every floor.

b) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off the air- handling

fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.

Note: For blowers, where extraction system and dust accumulators are used, dampers shall be

provided.

c) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for building more than 24 main height.

For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies/corridor operated by detection system and manual

control sprinkler system. For other buildings on operation of smoke/heat detection system and

manual control/sprinkler system.

d) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in the direction of air

movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible link.

12.16

Boiler Room

Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act, 2007.

Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of boiler/ boiler

room -

a) The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement, but may be allowed in the basement away from

the escape routes.

b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours’ fire resistance rating, and this

room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pits shall be provided at the low

level.

c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 hours’ fire resistance.

d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhaust directly to the

atmosphere.

e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire

resisting wall of 4 hours rating. The entrance to this room shall be provided with double composite

doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil

into boiler room in case of tank rupture.

f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the ground level to enable

the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

12.17

Alternate source of electric supply

A stand by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting

circuits, lifts detection system, fire pumps, pressurization fans and bowlers, Public Address (PA)

system, exit sign, smoke extraction system, in case of failure of normal electric supply. The

generator shall be capable of taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above

simultaneously. If the standby

pump is driven by diesel engine; the generator supply need not be connected to the standby pump.

The generator shall be automatic in operation.

12.18

Safety measures in electric sub-station

1) Clear independent approach to the sub-station from outside the building shall be made available

round the clock

2) The approaches/corridors to the sub-station area shall be kept clear for movement of men and

material at all times.

3) The sub-station space is required to be provided with proper internal lighting arrangements.

4) In addition to natural ventilation proper ventilation to the sub-station area is to be provided by

grill shutters and exhaust fans at suitable places so as to discharge all smoke from the sub-station

without delay in case of fire so that sub-station operations can be carried out expeditiously.

5) Cable trenches of 0.6 m. X 0.6 m. dummy floor of 0.6 m. depth shall be provided to facilitate

laying of cable inside the building for connecting to the equipment.

6) Steel shutters of 8’X 8’ with suitable grills shall be provided for transformers and sub-station

room.

7) The floor of the sub-station should be capable of carrying 10 tons of transformer weight on

wheels.

8) Built up substation space is to be provided free of cost.

79

9) Sub-station space should be clear from any water, sewer, air conditioning, and gas pipe or

telephone services. No other service should pass through the sub-station space or the cable

trenches.

10) Proper ramp with suitable slope may be provided for loading and unloading of the equipment

and proper approach will be provided.

11) RCC pipes at suitable places as required will be provided for the cable entries to the sub-station

space and making suitable arrangement for non-ingress of water through these pipes.

12) The sub-station space is to be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered area of the building.

13) Any other alteration /modification required while erection of the equipment will be made by the

Owner / builder at site as per requirement.

14) Adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block above the fixing is available for load of 15

tons.

15) Provision shall be kept for the sumps so as to accommodate complete volume of transformer oil,

which can spillover in the event of explosion of the transformer in the basement of the building.

Sufficient arrangement should exist to avoid fire in the sub-station building from spread of the oil

from the sumps.

16) Arrangement should be made for the provision of fire retardant cables so as to avoid chances of

spread of fire in the sub-station building.

17) Sufficient pumping arrangement should exist for pumping the water out, in case of fire so as to

ensure minimum loss to the switchgear and transformer.

18) No combustible material should be stacked inside the substation premises or in the vicinity to

avoid chances of fire.

19) It should be made mandatory that the promoters of the multi-storeyed building should get

substation premises inspected once a year to get their license revalidated for the provision of electric

supply from Electricity Board so that suitable action can be taken against the Owner / Builder in

case of non- implementation of Bye-Laws.

20) The sub-station must not be located below the 1st basement and above the ground floor.

21) The sub-station space should be totally segregated from the other areas of the basement by fire

resisting wall. The ramp should have a slope of 1:10 with entry room ground level. The entire Sub-

station space including the entrance aground floor is handed over to the licensee of electricity free of

cost and rent.

22) The sub-station area shall have a clear height of 15 feet (4.5 m.) below beams. Further the Sub-

station area will have level above the rest of basement level by 2 feet.

23) It is to be ensured that the Sub-station area is free of seepage / leakage of water.

24) The licensee of electricity will have the power to disconnect the supply of the building in case of

violation of any of the above points. However, provision of emergency lights has to be made in the

sub-station for emergency operations.

25) Electric sub-station enclosure must be completely segregated with 4-hoursfire rating wall from

remaining part of basement.

26) The sub-station should be located on periphery /sub-basement and (not aboveground floor).

27) Additional exit shall be provided if travel distance from farthest corner tramp is more than l5 m.

28) Perfect independent vent system 30 air changes per hour linked with detection as well as

automatic high velocity water spray system shall be provided.

29) All the transformers shall be protected with Nitrogen Injection System Carbon Dioxide total

flooding system in case of oil filled transformer. In addition to this, manual control of auto high

velocity spray system for individual transformers shall be located outside the building at ground

floor.

30) Suitable arrangement for pump house, water storage tanks with main electrical pump and a

diesel-operated pump shall be made if no such arrangement is provided in the building. In case the

water pumping facilities are existing in the building for sprinkler system, the same should however

be utilized for high velocity water spray system. Alternatively, automatic CO2 total flooding system

shall be provided with manual controls outside the electric sub-station.

31) System shall have facility to give an audio alarm in the basement as well as at the control room.

32) Fire control room shall be manned round the clock.

33) The electric sub-station shall have electric supply from alternate source for operation of vent

System lighting arrangements.

34) Cable trenches shall be filled with sand.

35) Partition walls shall be provided between two transformers as per the rules.

36) Electric control panels shall be segregated.

37) Exits from basement electric substation shall have self-closing fire smoke check doors of 2-hours

fire rating near entry to ramp.

38) All openings to lower basement or to ground floor shall be sealed properly.

80

39) Yearly inspection shall be carried out by electrical load sanctioning Authority.

40) Ramp to be designed in a manner that in case of fire no smoke should enter the main building.

41) Electric sub-station transformer shall have clearance on all sides as per MBBL/relevant electric

rules.

42) Other facility will be as per Building Bye-Laws and relevant electric rules.

43) Rising electrical mains shall consist of metal bus bars suitably protected from safety point of

view.

44) Oil less transformer shall be preferred. If the sub-station is located in basement / ground floor of

the main building, the transformers shall be essentially of dry type. In case of dry type transformer

room with wall enclosure is not essential.

Note: The sub-station installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire regulations and

rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC guidelines shall be followed.

12.19

Fire protection requirements

Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and thissha1l be done in

accordance with part IV Fire Protection of NBC, 2005 of India, unless otherwise specified in the

Zonal Regulations and these Bye-Laws. In the case of High Rise buildings NOC &Clearance

Certificate has to be obtained from DFES.

12.19.1

First Aid /Fixed Fire Fighting /Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities

Provision of fire safety arrangement for different occupancy from. Sl.No. 1 to 23 as indicated below

shall be as per Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’.

1. Access

2. Wet Riser

3. Down Comer

4. Hose Reel

5. Automatic Sprinkler System

6. Yard Hydrant

7. U.G. Tank with Draw off Connection

8. Terrace Tanks

9 Fire Pump

10. Terrace Pump

11. First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances

12. Auto Detection System

13. Manual operated Electrical Fire Alarm System

14. P.A System with talk back facility

15. Emergency Light

16. Auto D.G. Set

17. Illuminated Exit Sign

18. Means of Escape

19. Compartmentation

20. MCB /ELCB

21. Fire Man Switch in Lift

22. Hose Boxes with Delivery Hoses and Branch

23. Pipes Refuge Area

12.19.1.1 Note for Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’

1. Where more than one riser is required because of large floor area, the quantity of water and pump

capacity recommended in these Annexure should be finalized in consultation with Chief Fire Officer.

2. The above quantities of water shall be exclusively for firefighting and shall note utilized for

domestic or other use.

3. A facility to boost up water pressure in the riser directly from the mobile pump shall be provided

in the wet riser, down comer system with suitable fire service inlets (collecting head) with 2 to 4

numbers of 63 mm inlets for 100-200 mm dia. main, with check valve and a gate valve.

4. Internal diameter of rubber hose for reel shall be minimum 20 mm. A shut off branch with nozzle

of 5 mm. size shall be provided.

5. Fire pumps shall have positive suctions. The pump house shall be adequately ventilated by using

normal/mechanical means. A clear space of 1.0 m. shall be kept in between the pumps and

enclosure for easy movement/maintenance. Proper testing facilities and control panel etc. shall be

provided.

6. Unless otherwise specified in Bye-Laws, the firefighting equipment’s/ installation shall conform to

relevant Indian Standard Specification.

81

7 In case of mixed occupancy, the firefighting arrangement shall be made as per the highest class of

occupancy, unless fire separation walls are provided between different occupancies.

8. Requirement of water based first aid fire extinguishers shall be reduced to half if hose reel is

provided in the Building.

12.20

Static water storage tank

a) A satisfactory supply of water exclusively for the purpose of firefighting shall always be available

in the form of underground static storage tank with capacity specified in Annexure-’A’ with

arrangements of replenishment by town’s main or alternative source of supply @ 1000 liters per

minute. The static storage water supply required for the above mentioned purpose should entirely be

accessible to the fire tenders of the local fire service. Provision of suitable number of manholes shall

be made available for inspection repairs and insertion of suction hose etc. The covering slab shall be

able to withstand the vehicular load of 45 tons in case of high rise and 22 tons in case of low rise

buildings. A

draw off connection shall be provided. The slab need not strengthened if the static tank is not

located in mandatory seat- back area.

b) To prevent stagnation of water in the static water tank the suction tank of the domestic water

supply shall be fed only through an over flow arrangement to maintain the level therein at the

minimum specified capacity.

c) The static water storage tank shall be provided with a fire brigade collecting branching with 4 Nos.

63mm dia. instantaneous male inlets arranged in a valve box with a suitable fixed pipe not less than

15 cm dia. to discharge water into the tank. This arrangement is not required where down comer is

provided.

12.21

Automatic sprinklers

Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the following buildings:

a) All buildings of 24 m. and above in height, except group housing and 45m and above in case of

apartment /group housing society building.

b) Hotels below 15 m. in height and above 1000 Sq.m built up area at each floor and or if basement

is existing.

c) All hotels, mercantile, and institutional buildings of 15 m. and above.

d) Mercantile buildings having basement more than one floor but below 15 m.(floor area not

exceeding 750 Sq.m)

e) Underground Shopping Complex.

f) Underground car / scooter parking /enclosed car parking.

g) Basement area 200 Sq.m and above.

h) Any special hazards where the Chief Fire Officer considers it necessary.

i) For buildings up to 24 m. in height where automatic sprinkler system is not mandatory as per

these Bye-Laws, if provided with sprinkler installation following relaxation may be considered.

ii) Automatic heat/smoke detection system and M.C.P. need not be insisted upon.

iii) The number of Fire Extinguisher required shall be reduced by half.

12.22

Fixed Carbon di-oxide /Foam/DCO water spray extinguishing system

Fixed extinguishing installations shall be provided as per the relevant specifications in the premises

where use of above extinguishing media is considered necessary by the Chief Fire Officer.

12.23

Fire alarm system

All buildings of 15 m. and above in height shall be equipped with fire alarm system, and also

residential buildings (Dwelling House, Boarding House and Hostels) above24 m. height.

a) All residential buildings like dwelling houses (including flats) boarding houses and hostels shall

be equipped with manually operated electrical fire alarm system with one or more call boxes located

at each floor. The location of the call boxes shall be decided after taking into consideration their floor

without having to travel more than 22.5 m.

b) The call boxes shall be of the break glass type without any moving parts, where the call is

transmitted automatically to the control room without any other action on the part of the person

operating the call boxes.

c) All call boxes shall be wired in a closed circuit to a control panel in a control room, located as per

Bye-Laws so that the floor number from where the callbox is actuated is clearly indicated on the

control panel. The circuit shall also include one or more batteries with a capacity of 48 hours normal

working at full load. The battery shall be arranged to be a continuously trickle charged from the

electric mains.

82

d) The call boxes shall be arranged to sound one or more sounders so as to ensure that all

occupants of the floor shall be warned whenever any call box is actuated.

e) The call boxes shall be so installed that they do not obstruct the exit ways and yet their location

can easily be noticed from either direction. The base of the call box shall be at a height of 1.5 m.

from the floor level.

f) All buildings other than as indicated above shall, in addition to the manually operated electrical

fire alarm system, be equipped with an automatic fire alarm system.

g) Automatic detection system shall be installed in accordance with the relevant standard

specifications. In buildings where automatic sprinkler system is provided, the automatic detection

system may not be insisted upon unless decided otherwise by the Chief Fire Officer

Note: The installation of Fire Alarm Systems shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire

regulations and rules, there under whenever they are in force and the provisions in local byelaws, if

any. Several types of fire detectors are available in the market but the application of each type is

limited and has to be carefully considered in relation to the type of risk and the structural features of

the building where they are to be installed.

12.24

Control Room

There shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with communication system

(suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for receiving the message from different

floors. Details of all floor plans along with the details of firefighting equipment and installation shall

be maintained in the Control Room. The Control Room shall also have facility to detect the fire on

any floor through indicator boards connecting fire detection and alarm system on all floors. The staff

in charge of the Control Room shall be responsible for the maintenance of the various services and

firefighting equipment and installation. The Control Room shall be manned round the clock by

trained firefighting staff.

12.25

Fire drills and fire orders

The guidelines for fire drill and evacuation etc. for high-rise building may be seen in Appendix (B) of

NBC 2005 part IV. All such buildings shall prepare the fire orders duly approved by the Chief Fire

Officer.

A qualified fire officer and trained staff shall be appointed for the following buildings:

a) All high rise buildings above 30 m. in height where covered area of one floor exceeds 1000 Sq.m

except apartments / group housing.

b) All hotels, identified under classification 3 star and above category by Tourism Department and

all hotels above 15 m. in height with 150 beds capacity or more without star category.

c) All hospital building of 15 m. and above or having number of beds exceeding100.

d) Underground shopping complex where covered area exceeds 1000 Sq.m

e) All high hazard industries.

f) Any other risk which Chief Fire Officer considers necessary.

The lightening protection warning light (red) for high-rise buildings shall be provided in accordance

with the relevant standard. The same shall be checked by electrical department.

12.26

Material used for construction of building

a) The combustible/flammable material shall not be used for partitioning, wall paneling, false ceiling

etc. Any material giving out toxic gases/smoke if involved in the fire shall not be used for

partitioning of a floor or wall paneling or a false ceiling etc. The surface frames spread of the lining

material shall conform to class- I of the standard specification. The framework of the entire false

ceiling would be provided with metallic sections and no wooden framework shall be allowed for

paneling/false ceiling.

b) Construction features/elements of structures shall conform to National Building Code and BIS

code.

12.27

Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

The

use

of

LPG

shall

not

be

permitted

in

the

high-rise

building

except

residential/hotel/hostel/kitchen/pantry (if any) and shall be located at the periphery of the building

on the ground level.

12.28

House keeping

A high standard of housekeeping must be insisted upon by all concerned. There must be no laxity in

this respect. It must be borne in mind that fire safety independent to a large extent upon good

housekeeping.

83

12.28.1

Good House-Keeping includes the following: -

a) Maintaining the entire premises in neat and clean condition.

b) Ensuring that rubbish and combustible material are not thrown about or allowed to accumulate,

even in small quantity, in any portion of the building. Particular attention must be paid to corners

and places hidden from view.

c) Providing metal receptacles/waste paper basket (of non-combustible material) at suitable

locations for disposal of waste. Separate receptacles must be provided for disposal of cotton

rags/waste, wherever it is generated, these must under no circumstances be left lying around in any

portion of the building.

d) Ensuring that receptacles for waste are emptied at regular intervals and the waste removed

immediately for safe disposal outside the building.

e) Ensuring that all doors/fixtures are maintained in good repairs, particular attention must be paid

to self-closing fire smoke check doors and automatic fire/doors/rolling shutters.

f) Ensuring that self-closing fire/smoke check doors close properly and that the doors are not

wedged open.

g) Ensuring that the entire structure of the building is maintained in good repairs.

h) Ensuring that all electrical and mechanical service equipment’s are maintained in good working

condition at all times.

i) Ensuring that Cars /Scooters etc. are parked systematically in neat rows. It is advisable to mark

parking lines on the ground in the parking areas near the building and in the parking area on

ground floor and in basement(s); as applicable, inside the building. A parking attendant must

ensure that vehicles are parked in an orderly manner and that the vehicles do not encroach upon

the open space surrounding the building.

12.28.2

Smoking Restrictions

a) Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the basement(s) and in all areas where there is a

profusion of combustible materials. Easily readable ‘NO SMOKING’ signs must be conspicuously

posted at locations where they can catch the eye. Each sign must also include a pictograph. The

sign may also be illuminated.

b) In all places where smoking is permitted.

12.28.3

Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)

Where parking facility is provided in the basement(s) no person other than the floor parking

attendant may be allowed to enter and remain in the parking areas except for parking and removal

of Cars/Scooters. Regular offices must not be maintained in the storage/parking area in the

basement(s) unless separated by Fire separation walls. The stores/go down must be opened for the

limited purpose of keeping or removing stores. No person other than those on duty may be permitted

in the air-conditioning plant room(s), HT/LT switch room, transformer compartment, control room

pump-house, generator room, stores and records etc.

12.29

Fire prevention

In addition to the measures recommended above, the following fire prevention measures must be

implemented when the building is in occupation.

a) Storage of flammable substances, such as diesel oil, gasoline, motor oils, etc. must not be allowed

anywhere within the building. The only exception to this rule may be:

i) Storage of diesel oil in a properly installed tank in a fire-resisting compartment in the generator

room;

ii) Diesel oil, gasoline, motor oil etc., filled in the vehicle tanks.

b) Preparation of tea and warming of food must be prohibited throughout the hazardous building.

c) Where heaters are used during winters, the following precautions must be taken.

i) All heaters, except convector heaters, must be fitted with guards.

ii) Heaters must not be placed in direct contact with or too close to any combustible material.

iii) Heaters must be kept away from curtains to ensure that the latter do not blow over the heater

accidentally.

iv) Heaters must not be left unattended while they are switched on.

v) Defective heaters must be immediately removed from service until they have been repaired and

tested for satisfactory performance.

vi) Use of heaters must be prohibited in the entire basement, fire control room and in all-weather

maker rooms throughout the building. Also in all places where there is profusion of combustible

flammable materials.

d) Fluorescent lights must not be directly above the open file racks in offices/record rooms. Where

this is unavoidable, such lights must be switched on only for as long as they are needed.

84

e) Filling up of old furniture and other combustible materials such as scrap paper, rags, etc. must

not be permitted anywhere in the building. These must be promptly removed from the building.

f) More than one portable electrical appliance must not be connected to any single electrical outlet.

g) Used stencils, ink smeared combustible materials and empty ink tubes must note allowed to

accumulate in rooms/compartments where cyclostyling is done. These must be removed and

disposed of regularly.

h) All shutters/doors of main switch panels and compartments/shafts for electrical cables must be

kept locked.

i) Aisles in record rooms and stores must have a clear uniform width of not less than 1.0 m. Racks

must not be placed directly against the wall/partition.

j) In record rooms, offices and stores, a clear space of not less than 30 cm. must be maintained

between the top-most stack of stores/records and the or lighting fittings whichever is lower.

k) A similar clearance, and at (k) above must be maintained from fire detectors.

l) Fire detectors must not be painted under any circumstances and must also be kept free from

lime/distemper.

m) Records must not be piled/dumped on the floor.

n) Welding or use of blow torch shall not be permitted inside the building, except when it is done

under strict supervision and in full conformity with the requirements laid down in IS: 3016-1966

code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operation.

o) Printing ink/oil must not be allowed to remain on the floor, the floor must be maintained in a

clean condition at all times.

12.30

Occupancy restrictions

a) The premises leased to any party shall be used strictly for the purpose for which they are leased.

b) No dangerous trade/practices (including experimenting with dangerous chemicals) shall be

carried on in the leased premises.

c) No dangerous goods shall be stored within the leased premises.

d) The common/public corridor shall be maintained free of obstructions, and the occupants shall

not put up any fixtures that may obstruct the passage in the corridor and/or shall not keep any

wares, furniture or other articles in the corridor.

e) The penalty for contravention of the condition mentioned above must be immediate termination of

lease and removal of all offending materials.

f) Regular inspection and checks must be carried out at frequent intervals tonsure compliance with

conditions above.

Note: For any further details / clarification NBC, Part 4 shall be referred. Norms and standards in Part

4 of NBC 2005 shall be overriding in any instance of variance of standards.2

CHAPTER - 13

13. CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDINGHERITAGE BUILDINGS, HERITAGE

PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS

The objective of this regulation shall be to conserve, regulate and manage buildings, artifacts,

structures, areas and precincts of historic and / or aesthetic and / or architectural and / or cultural

significance and / or environmental significance (heritage buildings and heritage precincts) and / or

natural features of environmental significance and or sites of science beauty, so as to promote

heritage sensitive development.

13.1

Applicability:

This regulation shall apply to all heritage sites, buildings, heritage precincts and natural features

declared under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961. Including those declared by

Archeological Survey of India and State Archeology Department.

13.2

Composition of heritage conservation committee:

For the city, there shall be Heritage Committee (hereinafter referred to as the Committee) consisting

of the following Members appointed by the State Government.

TABLE 13.1 Composition of heritage conservation committee for Bengaluru:

1.

Commissioner, Bruhath Bengaluru MahanagaraPalike

Chairman

2.

Structural Engineer having experience of at least 10 years

in the field and membership of the Institute of Engineers

(India)

Member

85

3.

Architect having

at least

10

years’ experience in

Architecture and five years in heritage conservation

architecture

and

membership

of

the

Council

of

Architecture.

Member

4.

Environmentalist with recognized post graduate degree

having in depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

the subject

Member

5.

Academician

possessing

a

doctorate

in

History

/

Archeology and having knowledge of the region for at least

10 years.

Member

6.

Natural historian possessing post-graduation in Botany /

Zoology / Forestry preferably with Ph.D. degree having 10

years’ experience in the field.

Member

7.

Artist possessing degree in fine arts and at least 10 years’

experience in the field.

Member

8.

Representative of ASI, Government of India.

Member

9.

Commissioner,

Archeology,

Museums

and

Heritage

Department, Mysore or his nominee.

Member

10. Representative of two local NGO’s in existence for more

than 3 years.

Member

11. Representative of IHCN (Indian heritage Cities Network),

Mysore

Member

12. Director of Town and County Planning or his nominee

Member

13. Commissioner, Bengaluru Development Authority.

Member Secretary

Table 13.2 Composition of heritage conservation committee for Other Corporation Areas:

1.

Deputy Commissioner

Chairman

2.

Structural Engineer having experience of at least 10 years

in the field and membership of the Institute of Engineers

(India)

Member

3.

Architect

having

at

least

10

years’

experience

in

Architecture and five years in heritage conservation

architecture

and

membership

of

the

Council

of

Architecture.

Member

4.

Environmentalist with recognized post graduate degree

having in depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

the subject.

Member

5.

Academician possessing a doctorate in History / Archeology

and having knowledge of the region for at least 10 years.

Member

6.

Natural historian possessing post-graduation in Botany /

Zoology / Forestry preferably with Ph.D. Degree having 10

years’ experience in the field.

Member

7.

Artist possessing degree in fine arts and at least 10 years’

experience in the field.

Member

8.

Representative of ASI, Government of India.

Member

9.

Commissioner,

Archaeology,

Museums

and

Heritage

Department Mysore or his nominee.

Member

86

10. Representative of two NGO’s in existence for more than 3

years

Member

11. Representative of IHCN (Indian heritage Cities Network),

Mysore

Member

12. Joint Director of Town Planning / Deputy Director of Town

Planning / Assistant Director of Town Planning, respective

City Corporation.

Member

13. Commissioner, Urban Development Authority.

Member Secretary

TABLE 13.3 Composition of heritage conservation committee for all other Towns/Cities -at

District level:

1. Deputy Commissioner

Chairman

2.

Commissioner

of

respective

Urban

Development

Authority.

Member

3. Commissioner of respective City Municipal Council.

Member

4. Chief Officer or respective Town Municipal Council.

Member

5. Chief Officer of respective Town Panchayat.

Member

6.

Structural Engineer having experience of at least 10

years in the field and membership of the Institute of

Engineers (India)

Member

7. Architect having at least 10 years’ experience in

Architecture and five years in heritage conservation

architecture

and

membership

of

the

Council

of

Architecture.

Member

8. Environmentalist with recognized post graduate degree

having in depth knowledge and experience of 10 years in

the subject.

Member

9. Academician possessing a doctorate in History /

Archeology and having knowledge of the region for at

least 10 years.

Member

10. Natural historian possessing post-graduation in Botany

/ Zoology / Forestry preferably with Ph.D. Degree having

10 years’ experience in the field.

Member

11. Artist possessing degree in fine arts and at least 10

years’ experience in the field.

Member

12. Representative of ASI, Government of India.

Member

13. Commissioner, Archaeology, Museums and Heritage

Department Mysore or his nominee.

Member

14. Representative of two NGO’s in existence for more than 3

years.

Member

15. Representative of IHCN (Indian heritage Cities Network),

Mysore

Member

16. Asst. Director of Town Planning of the respective district

Member

17. Project Director, DUDC Cell

Member Secretary

a) The Committee shall have the power to appoint two additional members who may have lesser

experience, but who have special knowledge of the subject matter.

b) The tenure of the Member of category (2) to (7) and (10) in table – 13.1 and 12.2category (6) to

(11) and (14) of table-13.3 shall be for three years provided however that the same person shall be

87

eligible for three years provided however that the same person shall be eligible for reappointment as

Member.

c) The quorum for the meeting of the Committee specified in table 13.1 and 13.2 shall be five

members including the Chairperson and for the Committee specified in table 13.3 shall be seven

members including the Chairperson. Any vacancy in the office of members shall not vitiate any

decision taken by the majority of the members present.

d) The terms of reference of committee shall be, inter-alia,

i. To advise the Local Authority whether development permission should be granted under this

Regulation and the condition under which permission may be accorded.

ii. To prepare a list of buildings, artifacts, structures, areas, precincts of historic, aesthetic,

architectural, cultural or environmental significance and a supplementary list of natural features of

environmental significance or scenic beauty including sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies

(and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas etc., to which this Regulation would

apply from time to time,

and grade them according to the heritage value.

iii. To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration or variance of any of the Zonal

Regulations / Building Byelaws, is called for.

iv. To assist the Archeology, Museums and Heritage Department (AM&HD) in framing regulations for

specific precincts and if necessary for natural features to guide the planning / Local / competent

Authority regarding issue of permissions.

v. To advise on the extent of Development Rights Certificates to be granted.

vi. To advise whether Development Right Certificates may be allowed to be consumed in a heritage

precinct.

vii. To advise in terms of this regulations whether to allow commercial / office / hotel use of a

heritage building and when to terminate the same.

viii. To advise the Planning / Local / competent Authority in the operation of advertisements / bill

boards / street furniture.

ix. To make recommendation to the Local Authority / competent Authority regarding guidelines to be

adopted by those private parties or public / government agencies that sponsor beautification

schemes near heritage building and precincts at public intersections and elsewhere.

x. To provide technical advice, if possible, on guidelines to the owner of heritage buildings /

precincts to protect, conserve or restore them.

xi. To recommend / advice the AM&HD in preparing special designs and guidelines /publications for

listed buildings, control of height and essential facade characteristics such as maintenance of

special types of balconies and other heritage items of the buildings and to suggest suitable designs

adopting appropriate material for replacements keeping the old form intact to the extent possible.

xii. To recommend / advice the AM&HD in preparing guidelines relating to design elements and

conservation principles to be adhered to and to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this

regulation.

xiii. To advise the Local Authority on any other issues as may be required from time to time during

course of scrutiny of development permissions and in overall interest of heritage / environmental

conservation.

xiv. To appear before the government either independently or through or on behalf of the Local

Authority in cases of listed buildings / heritage buildings and listed precincts /heritage precincts

and listed natural features.

13.3

Procedure for the preparation of list of heritage sites and buildings, heritage

precincts listed natural features.

The list of heritage sites and buildings, heritage precincts and additions thereto will be declared by

the Local Authority on the advice of the Committee and notified accordingly.

Provided that before the list is so declared, objections and suggestions granting at least 15 days’

time from the public shall be invited by newspaper notification in at least two local newspapers.

Restrictions on the Heritage precincts shall be in force with effect from the date of such newspaper

notification by the Local Authority, provided further that such listing does not prevent change of

ownership or usage.

The list may be supplemented from time to time by the Government on receipt of proposal from the

agency concerned or by Government sue motto, provide that before the list is supplemented,

objections and suggestions from the public are invited duly considered.

88

13.4

Criteria for listing of Heritage Sites:

(a)

Value for architectural, historical or cultural reasons

A

Architectural

A(arc)

Historical

A(his)

Cultural

A(cul)

(b)

The date and / or period and / or design and / or unique use of

the building or artifact

B

Building or artifact

Period

B (per)

Design

B (des)

Use

B (use)

(c)

Relevance to social or economic history

C (seh)

(d)

Association with well-known persons or event

D (bio)

(e)

A building or group of buildings and / or areas of distinct

architectural design and / or style, historic period or way of life

having sociological interest and / or community value

E

Style

Historical

(f)

The unique value of building or architectural feature or artifact

and / or being part of a chain of architectural development that

would be broken if it were lost

F

(g)

Its value as a part of a group of buildings

G (gr)

(h)

Representing forms of technological development

H(tec)

(i)

Vistas of natural / scenic beauty or interest, including water-

front areas, distinctive and / or planned lines of sight, street lines

of sight, street line, skyline or topographical

1(se)

(j)

Open spaces sometimes integrally planned with their associated

areas having a distinctive way of life which have the potential to

be areas of recreation.

J

(k)

Natural Heritage sites

NH

(l)

Sites of scenic beauty

(sec)

13.5

Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts:

Heritage Buildings, heritage precincts shall be graded as I, II, III as follows:-

GRADE – I

GRADE - II

GRADE – III

A: DEFINITION:

Heritage Grade – 1 comprises

buildings and precincts of

national

or

historic

importance,

embodying

excellence

in

architectural

style, design, technology and

material, usage and / or

aesthetics;

they

may

be

associated

with

a

great

historic

event,

personality,

movement

or

institution.

They have been and are the

prime landmark of the region.

All natural sites shall fall

within Grade – 1

Heritage Grade – II (A & B)

comprises

buildings

and

precincts of regional or local

importance possessing special

architectural or aesthetic merit

or

cultural

or

historic

significance though of a lower

scale

in

Heritage

Grade-1.

They are local land marks that

contribute to the image and

identity of the region. They

may be the work of master

craftsmen or may be models of

proportion and ornamentation,

or designed to suit a particular

climate.

Heritage Grade – III comprises

building

and

precincts

of

important for townscape; they

evoke architectural aesthetic or

sociological interest though not

as much as in Heritage Grade –

II.

These

contribute

to

determine the character of the

locality

and

can

be

representative of lifestyle of a

particular community or

region

and,

may

also

be

distinguished by setting on a

street line, or special character

of the facade and uniformity of

height, width and scale.

Objective –

Heritage

Grade-1

richly

deserves careful preservation.

Heritage

Grade-II

deserves

intelligent Conservation

Heritage

Grade-III

deserves

protection unique features and

attributes.

Scope for changes-

Interventions

would

be

permitted to enter on the

Grade-II. (A). Internal changes,

and adaptive reuse will be

generally allowed, but external

External and internal changes

and

adaptive

reuse

would

generally be allowed. Changes

89

exterior or interior unless it is

necessary in the interest of

strengthening,

and

prolonging, the life of the

buildings or precincts or any

part or features thereof. For

this

purpose,

absolutely

essential

and

minimal

changes would be allowed

and

they

must

be

in

accordance with the original.

changes will be subject to

scrutiny. Care would be taken

to ensure the conservation of

all special aspects for which it

is included in Heritage.

Grade-IIB)-

In addition to above extension

or additional buildings in the

same plot or compound could,

in certain circumstances, be

allowed

provided

that

the

extension / additional building

is in harmony with (and does

not

detract

from)

existing

heritage

buildings(s)

or

precincts especially in terms of

height and facade.

can

includes

extensions,

additional

buildings

in

the

same

plot

or

compound

provided

that

extension/additional

building

is in harmony with and does

not detract from the existing

heritage building / precinct

especially in terms of height

and

/

or

facade.

Reconstruction may be allowed

when

the

building

is

structurally weak or unsafe or

which it has been affected by

accidental fire or any other

calamity or if reconstruction is

required

to

consume

the

permissible FSI and no option

other than reconstruction is

required

to

consume

the

permissible FSI and no option

other than reconstruction is

available.

However,

unless

absolutely

essential, nothing should spoil

or destroy and special features

or attributes for which it is

placed in the Heritage List.

Procedure –

Development permission for

the changes would be given

by the Planning Authority

on the advice of the Heritage

Conservation Committee to

be

appointed

by

State

Government.

Development permission for

the changes would be given

by the Planning Authority in

consultation

with

a

sub-

committee of the Heritage

Conservation Committee

Development

permission

would be given for changes by

the Planning Authority itself

but

in

consonance

with

guidelines, which are to be

laid down by Government in

Consultation

with

Heritage

Conservation Committee.

B.

VISTAS

/

SURROUNDING

DEVELOPMENT:

All development in areas

surrounding

Heritage

Grade-I shall be regulated

and

controlled,

ensuring

that it does not mar the

grandeur of, or view from

Heritage Grade-1

All

development

in

areas

surrounding Heritage Grade-II

shall

be

regulated

and

controlled, ensuring that it

does not mar the grandeur of

, or view from Heritage Grade

- II

All

development

in

areas

surrounding Heritage Grade –

III shall be regulated and

controlled, ensuring that it

does not mar the grandeur of,

or view from Heritage Grade-

III.

13.6

Restriction on development / re-development / repairs, etc.

i) No development or re-development or engineering operation or additions, alterations, repairs,

renovation including the painting of buildings, replacement of special features or plastering or

demolition of any / part thereof of the said listed buildings including compound wall or listed

precincts or listed natural features shall be allowed except with the prior written permission of the

Local Authority. Before granting any such permission, the Local Authority shall consult the

Committee and shall act on its advice.

ii) Provided that before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations/ additions to

listing buildings (or buildings within listed precincts), or construction at or near any listed natural

features, or alteration of boundaries of any listed natural features, objections and suggestions from

the public shall be invited by publishing prominently in two local newspapers and duly considered

by the Committee.

90

iii) Provided that only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in writing, to the Planning /

Local / Competent Authority may refer the matter back to the Heritage Conservation Committee for

reconsideration.

iv) Heritage Buildings and Buildings in Heritage Precincts which are under the control of Public

Works Department / Corporation /Universities / Boards and any other Government organizations

under the purview of Government of Karnataka and Government of India have to be listed and

declared as Heritage Properties. However, the decision of the Heritage Conservation Committee after

such re-consideration shall be final.

13.7

Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings:

It shall be the duty of the owners of Heritage Buildings and Buildings in Heritage precincts to

carryout regular repairs and maintenance of the buildings at their own cost. The Government or

Local Authority shall not be responsible for such repairs and maintenance except for the buildings

owned by the Government, or Local Authority.

13.8

Regulations for specified heritage precincts / listed natural features.

In cases of heritage precincts and where deemed necessary by the Committee, natural features

notified as per the provision of this Regulation, development permissions in the form of

commencement certificate shall be granted in accordance with separate regulations prescribed for

respective precincts / natural features which shall be framed by the AM&HD in consultation with

the Local Authority on the advice of the Committee.

These regulations should concern architectural appearances, materials, the setting of buildings,

their volumes, height, planting of trees etc. They will include regulations, which will govern

planning, building permissions, along with guidelines that the Committee will refer to with regard to

applications for planning permission, choices of restoration methods or spatial planning.

To prepare these separate regulations, a study of the heritage precincts / listed natural features will

be commissioned by the AM&HD. The study will identify the heritage issues in all its aspects, fix the

objectives to be reached in order to assure the conservation of the heritage identified and to draft

regulations for management and development of the heritage areas.

The Local Authority will consider the draft regulations submitted by AM&HD and obtain public

opinion on it in the following manner.

The draft of the separate regulations for precincts / natural features shall be published in the official

gazette and in leading newspapers for the purpose of inviting suggestions and objections from the

public. The Local Authority AM&HD and the Committee shall consider all suggestions and

objections received within a period of 60 days from the date of publication in the official gazette.

After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the AM&HD in consultation with Local

Authority, acting on the advice of the Committee, shall modify (if necessary) the aforesaid draft

separate regulations of precincts and natural features and forward the same to the Local Authority

for further submission to the Government for sanction.

Provided that pending consideration of suggestions and objections and pending final sanction from

Government to the above draft regulations for precincts and natural features, the committee shall

have due regard to the above draft regulations while considering applications for development / re-

development, etc, of heritage buildings / heritage precincts / listed natural features.

13.9

Road widening and building lines:

i) If Road widening / Building line under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 are

prescribed they shall be such that they will protect and not detract from the said heritage precincts

/ said listed natural features.

ii) If there are any new road widening / Building lines proposed in the Master Plan, the Local

Authority shall consider the heritage provisions and environmental aspects while considering

applications for development permissions in these precincts. Necessary steps may be taken to

modify the Master Plan accordingly. Pending this action, the development of new roads shall not be

carried out.

iii) No widening of the existing roads under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act or Master

Plan shall be carried out in a manner which may affect the existing heritage buildings (even if they

are not included in a Heritage Precinct) or which may affect listed natural features.

13.10

Master plan reservations:

If there are Master Plan reservations shown on heritage buildings or on listed natural features, the

reservation may be deleted or modified if required. The Local Authority, on the advice of the

Committee, shall move the Government to get these reservations deleted / modified as need be.

91

13.11

Grant of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in cases of loss of development

rights.

If any application for development is refused under this regulation, or conditions are imposed while

permitting such developments, which deprive the owner of any unconsumed Floor Area Ration

(FAR), the said owner/lessee shall be compensated by the grant of a Development Rights Certificate

(DRC). The extent of DRCs to be granted and used will be determined by the Rules specially framed

for Transfer of Development Rights.

13.12

Incentive uses for heritage buildings:

In cases of buildings included in the Heritage Conservation list, falling in zones where office /

commercial / hotel use is normally prohibited, if the owner / owners /lessees agree to maintain the

listed heritage building in its existing state and to preserve its heritage status with due repairs and

the owner / owners / lessees give a written undertaking to that effect, the owner / owners / lessees

may be permitted, with the approval of the Committee, to convert part or the whole thereof of the

non-commercial area within such a heritage building to commercial / office use / hotel.

Provided that if the heritage building is not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the

building is allowed to be diminished in any manner, the local authority sue motto or on the advice of

the Committee shall revoke permission given for such use.

13.13

Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony:

Buildings within heritage precincts or in the vicinity of heritage buildings / listed natural features

shall maintain the skyline and follow the architectural style (without any high rise or multi-storied

development) as may be existing in the surrounding area so as not to diminish or destroy the value

and beauty of, or the view from, the said heritage building / heritage precincts or natural feature.

The development within the precinct / in the vicinity of heritage buildings / natural features shall be

in accordance to the regulations framed by AM&HD in association with the Local Authority on the

advice of the Committee.

13.14

Repair fund:

With a view to give monetary help for repairs of Heritage buildings a separate fund may be created

which would be available to the Local Authority who will disburse funds on the advice of the

Committee. Provision for such a fund may be made through Government grants / local authorities /

public contributions. Nothing mentioned above should be deemed to confer a right on the owner

/occupier of the plot to demolish and / or re-construct and / or make alterations /additions to his

heritage building / building in a Heritage Precinct if in the opinion of the Committee, such

demolition / re-construction / additions is undesirable.

So as to preserve the heritage value of the zone, the Committee shall have the power to direct,

especially in areas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings should have

their prior approval.

Signs and outdoors display structures / including street furniture:

The Local Authority before permitting signs, outdoor display structures including street furniture in

the heritage areas / precincts building shall strictly follow the specifications, codes, conditions give

below:

A. National Building Code of India to apply – The display or averting signs and outdoor display

structures on building and land shall be in accordance with Part X-Signs and Outdoor Display

Structures of National Building Code of India.

B. Additional Conditions – In addition to sub-regulation A, above, the following provisions shall

apply to advertisement signs in different land use zones:

i. Residential Zone: the following non-flashing neon signs with illumination not exceeding 40 watt

light.

a. One nameplate with an area not exceeding 0.1 Sq.m for each dwelling unit.

b. For other uses permissible in the zone, one identification sign or bulletin

board with an area not exceeding 10Sq.m. Provided the height does not exceed 1.5m.

c. ‘For sale’ or ‘for rent’ signs for real estate, not exceeding 2 Sq.m in area provided they are located

on the premises offered for sale or rent.

ii. Residential Zones with shop lines: Non-flashing business sign placed parallel to the wall and not

exceeding 1 m in height per establishment.

C. Prohibition of advertising signs and outdoor display structures in certain cases: Notwithstanding

the provisions of sub-regulations of A & B, no advertisement sign or outdoor display structures shall

be permitted on buildings of architectural, aesthetic, historical or heritage importance as may be

decided by the Local Authority on the advice of the Committee, including on Government buildings,

92

save that in the case of Government buildings only advertising signs or outdoor display structures

may be permitted if they related to the activities, purposes or related programmes of the said

buildings. However, the signage should be approved by the Committee.

D. Provided that if the Committee so advises, the Local Authority shall refuse permission for any

sign or outdoors display structure. Signs, outdoor display structures (including street furniture) will

require the approval of the Committee, which may prescribe additional guidelines for the same.

13.15

Voluntary contribution and agreement with any voluntary organization, person

or Company:

1) The Local Authority may receive voluntary contributions towards the cost of maintaining any

heritage building and should manage such contributions for the purpose of preservation and

conservation of such heritage building.

2) Subject to the prior approval of the Government, Local Authority may enter into any agreement

with any person or voluntary organization or company, whether incorporated or not, willing to

preserve and conserve any heritage building owned by Government on such terms and conditions as

the Government may determine.

CHAPTER - 14

14. STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS

14.1

Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of Doing Business)

In order to attract investments into the country, efforts are being made by the Government to

improve ‘Ease of Doing Business’. In this direction, the limit of Built-up Area (BUA) for Foreign

Direct Investment (FDI) has been reduced from 50,000 Sq.m to 20,000 Sq.m. In this context, the

local bodies have to operate the entire building approval process in online mode, so that the building

plan applications are submitted online along with building fees and other charges, and after due

scrutiny, the approvals are also conveyed online.

Further, external bodies like Fire and Emergency Services Department, Airports Authority of India

(AAI), Metro Rail Corporation (MRC), Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEFCC), Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), Heritage Conservation Committee

(HCC), National Monuments Authority (NMA), Urban Art Commission (UAC), etc. shall grant No

Objection Certificate (NOC)/ approvals on the proposed building plans to the local bodies. All such

external bodies are mandated to prepare online NOC systems compatible to and integrated with that

of the local bodies and the desired information is to be sent to the concerned external bodies and

their comments/ NOC/ approval are to be received online so that there is no need for building

proponents to pursue matter with local bodies or external agencies. The specific requirements of the

external bodies are to be added in the Common Application Form (CAF) of the local body so that

building proponent has to file all information at a single customized online application. The objective

is to make the whole process simplified and streamlined to ensure ease in getting the approvals for

building license within stipulated time.

14.2

Clearances at Master Plan level

Individual construction proposals should not generally require separate clearances from various

authorities each time. Such clearances should be integrated into the Zoning Regulations of the

Master Plan of the concerned Local Planning Area. The areas unaffected by any of the restrictions

should be clearly marked out and mapped, preferably on a GIS platform. Area zones of differential

control regulations (within the city) by any of these agencies may also be mapped accordingly. This

will result in a composite map of the city with various control regulations as per the various agencies

clearly marked on the map. Thus, the sites which are located outside these restricted/regulated

areas would not require availing clearance from the respective authorities, thereby reducing the

clearance process significantly.

Following are the clearances which should be integrated into the city Master Plan-

Table 14.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans

Sl

No.

Name of Agency

Type of Clearance

Area of Influence

1. National

Monuments

Authority

through

Competent Authority

Ancient

Monument

approval

As

prescribed

in

the

AMASAR

(Amendment and Validation) Act, 2010

for protection of monuments

2. Ministry

of

Environment

Environment

Clearance

(EC)

As

prescribed

in

the

statutory

provisions for EIA and clearance based

on the size of the project in accordance

with Environment protection Act, 1986

93

3. Ministry of Defence

Defence Clearance

Area

in

and

around

Defence

Establishments as identified by MoD.

4. Coastal

Zone

Management

Authority

NOC (if near sea/coastal

areas)

Area under the CRZ regulations.

5. NHAI/PWD

Road access

Buffer zones as prescribed by NHAI

along National Highways.

6. Ministry of Railways

Area clearance

Buffer zones as prescribed by Railways

along Rail tracks/depots/yards etc.

Efforts are being made at the Government of India level to coordinate with all the central ministries

and their organizations so that they streamline their own internal processes to issue no objection

etc. where ever required by law. The efforts are mainly focused on delegating the powers at

appropriate levels, establishing an online application process for time bound delivery, creating

public awareness about their requirements, reviewing the restrictions and reducing them, sharing

the data and norms with local authorities to be incorporated in Zoning Regulations.

Recognizing the concern for streamlining the procedures for clearances to be obtained from various

departments in least possible number of procedures and number of days, the following model shall

be adopted so that the entire process of Pre and Post-Construction approvals shall be completed

within one month. The detailed timelines for building licence and occupation certificate are provided

in Appendix-VIII

14.3

Risk Based Classification of building proposals

There is a need to make provisions for fast-tracking building permission procedures for all non-

automatic approvals. Therefore, in the spirit of ‘Ease of Doing Business’, the buildings have been

classified further on the basis of risk parameters/ risk based classification to clear the building

permits on fast track system. This kind of classification shall be used for fast tracking the sanction

of building plans.

14.3.1 Residential Buildings

For approval of the residential plotted and group housing buildings, risk based classification

shall be as per Table 14.2 –

Table 14.2 Risk Matrix for different Residential buildings

Risks

Very Low

Low

Moderate

High

Criteria

Parameters

Size of the Plot

Square Meters

Below105

m2

105-500 m2

Above

500

m2

All sizes

No. of Floors/

Height

of

Building

(G+no. of floor)

(G+2)

(G+ 3)

(G+ 4)

(G+

5)

or

above 15m

height

buildings

Use

of

the

premise

Various

Categories

Residential

Plotted

Residential

Plotted

Residential

Plotted

Group

Housing

Fast Tracking Tools:

For Very Low Risk Buildings:

The process prescribed in clause 3.15 shall be followed.

For Low Risk Buildings:

A Competent professional (qualification & competence as per Annexure-E) shall be empowered to

issue the building license, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite documents and

fees to the concerned local body. If the owner/ professional desires to get the building plan

sanctioned by the local body, building plans prepared by a qualified architect/ engineer will have to

be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents and the

local body shall grant the building permit within 10 days

For Moderate Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have

to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The

local body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.

94

For High Risk Buildings:

Clearance from Fire department and other necessary clearances from AAI, NMA and other agencies

have to be obtained. Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the

building plans will have to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other

requisite documents. The local body shall grant the building permit within 30 days.

14.3.2 Storage/Warehouse Buildings

For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings/warehouses/go down, risk based

classification shall be as per Table 14.3 –

Table 14.3 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses

Risks

Very Low

Low

Moderate

High

Covered Area on all

floors/Built-up

area

Up

to

250m2

Above

250m2

and

up

to

2000m2

Up to 2000m2

Above 2000m2

Height of building

Below 15m

Below 15m

Below 15m

Below 15m

Abutting

Road

width

Min. 12m

Min. 12m

Min. 12m

Min. 12m

Type of Material

Storage

Category A

Category A

Category B

(Stacking height-

Medium)

Category B

(Stacking height-High)

Note:

i. The level of Risk is classified according to the material stored in the warehouse/storehouse. Material

shall be classified according to the Categories defined in Appendix-XVII.

ii. The Urban Local Body shall empanel professionals as notified by the Government.

iii. The building application processing fees shall be as prescribed in Appendix-VII.

Fast Tracking Tools:

For Very Low Risk Buildings:

A competent professional (qualification & competence as notified by the Government) shall be

empowered to issue the building license, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite

documents and fees to the concerned local body. If the owner/ architect/ engineer desires to get the

building plan sanctioned by the local body, he shall apply online to the local body and the local body

shall grant the building license within 10 days.

For Low Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have

to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The

local body shall grant the building license within 20 days.

For Moderate Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have

to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The

local body shall grant the building license within 20 days.

For High Risk Buildings:

Building plans will have to be prepared by a qualified architect and the building plans will have to be

submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local

body shall grant the building license within 30 days.

14.3.3 Industrial Buildings

For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings /warehouses/godowns, risk based

classification shall be as per Table 14.4

95

Table 14.4 Risk Matrix for Industries

Risks

Low

Moderate

High

Criteria

Parameters

Size of the Plot

Square

Meters

up to 350 m2

Above 350 m2

All sizes

Height of building

Meters

Less

than15m

upto15m

Above 15m

Abutting Road width

Meters

Min.12m

Min.12m

Min.12m

Note:

i. The level of Risk is classified according the size and height of the industrial building proposed.

ii. The Urban Local Body shall empanel professionals as notified by the Government.

iii. The building application processing fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the

online system.

Fast Tracking Tools:

For Low Risk Buildings:

1. Deemed Approval with Self-Certification

2. Plans to be submitted along with Structural drawings which does not require sanction

For Moderate Risk Buildings:

1. Plans to be submitted to the empanelled professional.

2. Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers

3. Approval to be granted within 10 working days by the empanelled professional.

4. Approved plan to be submitted to ULB/DA.

For High Risk Buildings:

1. Online application

2. Immediate acknowledgement by software

3. Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers

4. Approval by ULB/DA within 20 working days.

14.4

Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business:

Some other suggestions, regarding Fast-Track construction licenses are:

14.4.1 ‘Citizens’ Charter

A ‘Citizens’ charter lists out the timelines and upper limits of time for the delivery of citizen

services of the organization. The objective of issuing the charter is to improve the quality of public

service in terms of timely delivery. Such charters shall be brought out by all the Local Body to

maintain high standards of accountability and transparency. The standards of service to be

provided, the maximum number of days required for building approvals and the standards

procedures shall be listed out in the citizens’ charter.

14.4.2 Capacity building

Capacity building measures are to be adopted for such functionaries to identify Training Needs (TNA)

and other technical requirement of duties that they are required to discharge. Fresh recruitments

commensurate to the technical qualification/ experience are to be made by the State Government, if

there is complete absence of the technical expertise needed for the said services.

14.4.3 Empowered Committees

The Authorities may also consider constituting ‘Empowered Committees’ or ‘Peer Expert Groups’ for

undertaking scrutiny and approval. This committee can be manned as per the requirement and area

of more than one municipality can be put under its jurisdiction.

14.4.4 Simplification of bye-laws

The building Bye-Laws need to be simplified for easy comprehension of lay person as well as

professionals involved in developmental activities. The simplification process should also include the

process of application, the filling up of forms and streamlining the process of application.

96

CHAPTER - 15

15. CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION – INTEGRATION OFENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

WITH SANCTION

Land, Air, Noise, Water, Energy, biological/ socio-economic/ solid / other waste management are

the main facets considered in relation to Pre, during and Post Building Construction for Sustainable

Environment Management. Therefore, it is necessary for the building process to ensure compliance

to various conditions laid down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

The building construction sector is a major contributor towards carbon footprints which

affects climate change. India is committed towards mitigating the effects of climate change and

moving towards internationally accepted norms for environmental friendly building construction.

Currently this objective of environmental safeguard is achieved through obtaining a specific

environmental clearance (EC) for any construction project having a size of more than 20,000 Sq.m

This is administered under notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

With rapid urbanisation and growth of Indian economy, it is anticipated that the

construction activity will experience a proportionate growth. Government is also committed towards

streamlining of clearances for buildings and real estate sector and empowering the urban local

bodies with an objective of Ease of Doing Business.

Integration of environmental condition in building bye-laws:

1) When the State Governments notifies the bye-laws and rules concurred by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change, the Central Government may issue an order stating that

no separate environmental clearance is required for buildings to be constructed in the States or local

authority areas.

2) The local authorities like Development Authorities, Municipal Corporations, may certify the

compliance of the environmental conditions prior to issuance of Completion Certificate, as applicable

as per the requirements stipulated for such buildings based on the recommendation of the

Environmental Cell constituted in the local authority.

3) The State Governments where bye-laws or rules are not framed may continue to follow the

existing procedure of appraisal for individual projects and grant of Environmental Clearance for

buildings and constructions as per the provisions laid down in this notification.

4) For the purpose of certification regarding incorporation of environmental conditions in buildings,

the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change may empanel through competent agencies,

the Qualified Building Environment Auditors (QBEAs) to assess and certify the building projects, as

per the requirements of this notification and the procedure for accreditation of Qualified Building

Auditors and their role as given at Appendix-XV

5) In order to implement the integration of environmental condition in building bye-laws, the State

Governments or Local Authorities may constitute the Environment Cell (herein after called as Cell),

for compliance and monitoring and to ensure environmental planning within their jurisdiction.

6) The Cell shall monitor the implementation of the bye-laws and rules framed for Integration of

environmental conditions for construction of building and the Cell may also allow the third part

auditing process for oversight, if any.

7) The Cell shall function under the administrative control of the Local Authorities.

8) The composition and functions of the Cell are given at Appendix-XVI.

9) The Local Authorities while integrating the environmental concerns in the building bye-laws, as

per their size of the project, shall follow the procedure, as given below:

15.1

Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has now decided to integrate the

environmental concerns into building plan approval process and empowering the concerned local

body/development authority to approve and certify compliance of stipulated requirements. The new

building construction proposals are classified in the following 3 categories:-

1) Building Category ‘1’: Built-up Area 5,000 Sq.m to < 20,000 Sq.m

2) Building Category ‘2’: Built-up Area ≥ 20,000 Sq.m to 50,000 Sq.m

3) Building Category ‘3’: Built-up Area ≥ 50,000Sq.m to 1,50,000 Sq.m

15.1.1 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘1’ (5,000 to < 20,000 Square meters)

A Self Declaration Form to comply with the environmental conditions as stipulated in Table 15.1

along with Form-IIb and certification by the Qualified Building Environment Auditor to be

97

submitted online by the project proponent besides application for building license to the local

authority along with the specified fee in separate accounts. Thereafter, the local authority may issue

the building License incorporating the environmental conditions in it and allow the project to start

based on the self-declaration and certification along with the application. After completion of the

construction of the building, the project proponent may update Form-IIb based on audit done by the

Qualified Building Environment Auditor and shall furnish the revised compliance undertaking to the

local authority. Any noncompliance issues in buildings less than 20,000 square meters shall be

dealt at the level of local body and the State through existing mechanism.

15.1.2 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘2’ (>20,000 to < 50,000 Square meters)

A Self Declaration Form to comply with the environmental conditions as stipulated in Table 15.2

along with Form-IIb and certification by the Qualified Building Environment Auditor to be

submitted online by the project proponent besides application for building license to the local

authority along with the specified fee in separate accounts. The fee for environmental appraisal will

be deposited in a separate account. The Environment Cell will process the application and present it

in the meeting of the Committee headed by the authority competent to give building License in that

local authority. The Committee will appraise the project and stipulate the environmental conditions

to be integrated in the building License. After recommendations of the Committee, the building

License and environmental clearance will be issued in an integrated format by the local authority.

The project proponent shall submit Performance Data and Certificate of Continued Compliance of

the project for the environmental conditions parameters applicable after completion of construction

from Qualified Building Environment Auditors every five years to the Environment Cell with special

focus on the following parameters:-

(a) Energy Use (including all energy sources).

(b) Energy generated on site from onsite Renewable energy sources.

(c) Water use and waste water generated, treated and reused on site.

(d) Waste Segregated and Treated on site.

(e) Tree plantation and maintenance.

After completion of the project, the Cell shall randomly check the projects compliance status

including the five years audit report. The State Governments may enact the suitable law for

imposing penalties for non-compliances of the environmental conditions and parameters. The Cell

shall recommend financial penalty, as applicable under relevant State laws for non-compliance of

conditions or parameters to the local authority. On the basis of the recommendation of the Cell, the

local authority may impose the penalty under relevant State laws. The cases of false declaration or

certification shall be reported to the accreditation body and to the local body for blacklisting of

Qualified Building Environment Auditors and financial penalty on the owner and Qualified Building

Environment Auditors. No Consent to Establish and Operate under the Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 will be

required from the State Pollution Control Boards for residential buildings up to 1,50,000 square

meters.

15.1.3 BUILDINGS CATEGORY ‘3’ (≥ 50,000 to < 1,50,000 Square meters)

A Self Declaration Form to comply with the environmental conditions as stipulated in Table 15.3

along with Form-IIb and certification by the Qualified Building Environment Auditor to be

submitted online by the project proponent besides application for building license to the local

authority along with the specified fee in separate accounts. The fee for environmental appraisal will

be deposited in a separate account. The Environment Cell will process the application and present it

in the meeting of the Committee headed by the authority competent to give building License in that

local authority. The Committee will appraise the project and stipulate the environmental conditions

to be integrated in the building License. After recommendations of the Committee, the building

License and environmental clearance will be issued in an integrated format by the local authority.

The project proponent shall submit Performance Data and Certificate of Continued Compliance of

the project for the environmental conditions parameters applicable after completion of construction

from Qualified Building Environment Auditors every five years to the Environment Cell with special

focus on the following parameters:-

(a) Energy Use (including all energy sources).

(b) Energy generated on site from onsite Renewable energy sources.

(c) Water use and waste water generated, treated and reused on site.

(d) Waste Segregated and Treated on site.

(e) Tree plantation and maintenance.

After completion of the project, the Cell shall randomly check the projects compliance status

including the five years audit report. The State Governments may enact the suitable law for

98

imposing penalties for non-compliances of the environmental conditions and parameters. The Cell

shall recommend financial penalty, as applicable under relevant State laws for non-compliance of

conditions or parameters to the local authority. On the basis of the recommendation of the Cell, the

local authority may impose the penalty under relevant State laws. The cases of false declaration or

certification shall be reported to the accreditation body and to the local body for blacklisting of

Qualified Building Environment Auditors and financial penalty on the owner and Qualified Building

Environment Auditors. No Consent to Establish and Operate under the Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 will be

required from the State Pollution Control Boards for residential buildings up to 1,50,000 square

meters.

A local Authority, i.e. ULB/DA/any other body authorized to sanction building plans shall approve

the building plans by ensuring the stipulated conditions in Table 15.1, 15.2 and 15.3 for the

respective categories of buildings (area mentioned against each building category is the total

constructed area of the building including car parking area)

Table 15.1: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Building Category ‘1’: 5,000Sqm to < 20,000S.qm)

Sl.

No.

Medium

Environmental conditions

1

Topography

Natural Drainage

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to obstruct

the natural drainage through the site. No construction is allowed on

wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio swales, landscape, and

other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS) are allowed for

maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as much

as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

2

Water

conservations-

Rain

Water

Harvesting

and

Ground

Water

Recharge

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared. Use of water efficient appliances

should be promoted with low flow fixtures or sensors.

The local bye-law provisions on rain water harvesting should be

followed. A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the

recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 Sq.m of built

up area and storage capacity of minimum one day of total fresh water

requirement shall be provided. In areas where ground water recharge

is not feasible, the rain water should be harvested and stored for

reuse. The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from

the Competent Authority.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer

2(a)

At least 20% of the open spaces (setback area) shall be pervious. Use of

Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening, landscape etc.

would be considered as pervious surface.

2(b)

Water efficient appliances shall be used. Low flow fixtures or sensors

be used to promote water conservation.

2(c)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of dual

plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate recirculation

lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be done.

3

Solid

Waste

Management

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each unit

and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of the Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and the e-

waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the Plastics Waste (Management)

Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3(a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the authorized

recyclers.

3(b)

Treatment of wet waste and sanitary waste on site (organic dry waste

also is preferred) using Organic waste composter/Vermiculture pit or

any other approved technology shall be installed with a minimum

capacity of 0.3 kg /person/day must be installed.

99

4

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water to

be installed.

Treated waste water shall be reused on site for landscape, flushing,

cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess treated water shall be

discharged as per CPCB norms. Natural treatment systems shall be

promoted. Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic

tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the Ministry of

Urban Development, Central Public Health and Environmental

Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and Sewage

Treatment Systems, 2013.

5

Energy

Compliance with the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) of

Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in the States

which have notified their own ECBC, shall comply with the State

ECBC.

All lighting and other electric fixtures shall be of low energy

consumption (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and Energy Efficient

Appliances)

Concept of passive solar design that minimize energy consumption in

buildings by using design elements, such as building orientation,

landscaping, efficient building envelope, appropriate fenestration,

increased day lighting design and thermal mass etc. shall be

incorporated in the building design.

Wall, window, and roof u-values shall be as per ECBC specifications.

5(a)

Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy shall be installed to meet

electricity generation equivalent to 5% of the demand load calculated

based on the peak load calculated from the hourly power load chart

prepared for the project by considering permissible diversity in usage

and occupancy.

If the required power generation cannot be done within the project site,

the same can be generated from outside the project site and the credit

can be availed for the project.

5(b)

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot water

demand of the commercial and institutional building or as per the

requirement of the local building bye-laws, whichever is higher.

Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot water

demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.

5(c)

Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include fly ash bricks, hollow

bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, Compressed earth blocks,

and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as per

the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September 1999 as

amended from time to time.

6

Air Quality and

Noise

Dust, smoke & other air pollution prevention measures shall be

provided for the building as well as the site. These measures shall

include screens for the building under construction, continuous dust/

wind breaking walls all around the site (at least 3 m height).

Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be provided for vehicles bringing in

sand, cement, murram and other construction materials prone to

causing dust pollution at the site as well as taking out debris from the

site.

Sand, murram, loose soil, cement, stored on site shall be covered

adequately so as to prevent dust pollution.

Wet jet shall be provided for grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved

surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately sprinkled with water to

suppress dust.

All construction and demolition debris shall be stored at the site (and

not dumped on the roads or open spaces outside) before they are

properly disposed. All demolition and construction waste shall be

managed as per the provisions of the Construction and Demolition

Waste Rules 2016.

100

All workers working at the construction site and involved in loading,

unloading, carriage of construction material and construction debris or

working in any area with dust pollution shall be provided with dust

mask.

For indoor air quality, the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India shall be made.

6(a)

The location of the DG set and exhaust pipe height shall be as per the

provisions of the CPCB norms.

7

Green cover

A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 Sq.m. of land should be planted and

maintained.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference should

be given to planting native species.

7(a)

Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the ratio of

1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall be done

and maintained.

Table 15.2: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Building Category ‘2’: ≥ 20,000 Sq.m to 50,000 Sq.m)

Sl.

No.

Medium

Environmental conditions

1

Topography

Natural Drainage

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to

obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is

allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio swales,

landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)

are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest

rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as

much as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

2

Water

conservations-

Rain

Water

Harvesting

and

Ground

Water

Recharge

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared. Use of water efficient appliances

should be promoted with low flow fixtures or sensors.

The local bye-law provisions on rain water harvesting should be

followed. A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where

the recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 Sq.m

of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day of total

fresh water requirement shall be provided. In areas where ground

water recharge is not feasible, the rain water should be harvested

and stored for reuse. The ground water shall not be withdrawn

without approval from the Competent Authority.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer

2(a)

At least 25% of the open spaces (setback area) shall be pervious.

Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening,

landscape etc. would be considered as pervious surface.

2(b)

Water efficient appliances shall be used. Low flow fixtures or

sensors be used to promote water conservation.

2(c)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of

dual plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate

recirculation lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be

done.

3

Solid

Waste

Management

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each

unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of the Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and

the e-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the Plastics Waste

(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3(a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the

authorized recyclers.

101

3(b)

Treatment of wet waste and sanitary waste on site (organic dry

waste

also

is

preferred)

using

Organic

waste

composter/Vermiculture pit or any other approved technology

shall be installed with a minimum capacity of 0.3 kg /person/day

must be installed.

4

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water

to be installed.

Treated waste water shall be reused on site for landscape,

flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess treated water

shall be discharged as per CPCB norms. Natural treatment

systems shall be promoted. Sludge from the onsite sewage

treatment, including septic tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and

disposed as per the Ministry of Urban Development, Central Public

Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO)

Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.

5

Energy

Compliance with the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

of Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in the

States which have notified their own ECBC, shall comply with the

State ECBC.

All lighting and other electric fixtures shall be of low energy

consumption (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and Energy

Efficient Appliances)

Concept of passive solar design that minimize energy consumption

in buildings by using design elements, such as building

orientation, landscaping, efficient building envelope, appropriate

fenestration, increased day lighting design and thermal mass etc.

shall be incorporated in the building design.

Wall, window, and roof u-values shall be as per ECBC

specifications.

5(a)

Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy shall be installed to meet

electricity generation equivalent to 5% of the demand load

calculated based on the peak load calculated from the hourly

power load chart prepared for the project by considering

permissible diversity in usage and occupancy.

If the required power generation cannot be done within the project

site, the same can be generated from outside the project site and

the credit can be availed for the project.

5(b)

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot water

demand of the commercial and institutional building or as per the

requirement of the local building bye-laws, whichever is higher.

Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot water

demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.

5(c)

Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include fly ash bricks,

hollow bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, Compressed

earth blocks, and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as

per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September 1999 as

amended from time to time.

6

Air Quality and

Noise

Dust, smoke & other air pollution prevention measures shall be

provided for the building as well as the site. These measures shall

include screens for the building under construction, continuous

dust/ wind breaking walls all around the site (at least 3 m height).

Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be provided for vehicles

bringing in sand, cement, murram and other construction

materials prone to causing dust pollution at the site as well as

taking out debris from the site.

Sand, murram, loose soil, cement, stored on site shall be covered

adequately so as to prevent dust pollution.

Wet jet shall be provided for grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved

surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately sprinkled with water to

102

suppress dust.

All construction and demolition debris shall be stored at the site

(and not dumped on the roads or open spaces outside) before they

are properly disposed. All demolition and construction waste shall

be managed as per the provisions of the Construction and

Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

All workers working at the construction site and involved in

loading,

unloading,

carriage

of

construction

material

and

construction debris or working in any area with dust pollution

shall be provided with dust mask.

For indoor air quality, the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India shall be made.

6(a)

The location of the DG set and exhaust pipe height shall be as per

the provisions of the CPCB norms.

7

Green cover

A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 Sq.m. of land should be planted

and maintained.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference

should be given to planting native species.

7(a)

Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the

ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall

be done and maintained.

8

Top

Soil

preservation

and reuse

Top soil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas

proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.

It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and

reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.

9

Transport

A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices

guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-

motorized, public, and private networks. Road should be designed

with due consideration for environment, and safety of users. The

road system can be designed with these basic criteria.

1.

Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular

and pedestrian traffic.

2.

Traffic calming measures.

3.

Proper design of entry and exit points.

4.

Parking norms as per local regulation.

Table 15.3: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Building Category ‘3’: ≥ 50,000 Sq.m to 1,50,000 Sq.m)

Sl.

No.

Medium

Environmental conditions

1

Topography

Natural Drainage

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to

obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is

allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio swales,

landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)

are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest

rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as

much as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

2

Water

conservations-

Rain

Water

Harvesting

and

Ground

Water

Recharge

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared.

The local bye-law provisions on rain water harvesting should be

followed. A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where

the recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 Sq.m

of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day of total

fresh water requirement shall be provided. In areas where ground

water recharge is not feasible, the rain water should be harvested

and stored for reuse. The ground water shall not be withdrawn

without approval from the Competent Authority.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.

103

2(a)

At least 30% of the open spaces (setback area) shall be pervious.

Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with at least 50% opening,

landscape etc. would be considered as pervious surface.

2(b)

Water efficient appliances shall be used. Low flow fixtures or

sensors be used to promote water conservation.

2(c)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of

dual plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate

recirculation lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be

done.

3

Solid

Waste

Management

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each

unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of the Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and

the e-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and the Plastics Waste

(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3(a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the

authorized recyclers.

3(b)

Treatment of wet waste and sanitary waste on site (organic dry

waste

also

is

preferred)

using

Organic

waste

composter/Vermiculture pit or any other approved technology

shall be installed with a minimum capacity of 0.3 kg /person/day

must be installed.

4

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water

to be installed.

Treated waste water shall be reused on site for landscape,

flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess treated water

shall be discharged as per CPCB norms. Natural treatment

systems shall be promoted. Sludge from the onsite sewage

treatment, including septic tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and

disposed as per the Ministry of Urban Development, Central

Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation

(CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems,

2013.

5

Energy

Compliance with the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

of Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall be ensured. Buildings in the

States which have notified their own ECBC, shall comply with the

State ECBC.

All lighting and other electric fixtures shall be of low energy

consumption (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and Energy

Efficient Appliances)

Concept

of

passive

solar

design

that

minimize

energy

consumption in buildings by using design elements, such as

building orientation, landscaping, efficient building envelope,

appropriate fenestration, increased day lighting design and

thermal mass etc. shall be incorporated in the building design.

Wall, window, and roof u-values shall be as per ECBC

specifications.

5(a)

Solar, wind or other Renewable Energy shall be installed to meet

electricity generation equivalent to 5% of the demand load

calculated based on the peak load calculated from the hourly

power load chart prepared for the project by considering

permissible diversity in usage and occupancy.

If the required power generation cannot be done within the project

site, the same can be generated from outside the project site and

the credit can be availed for the project.

5(b)

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet the total hot water

demand of the commercial and institutional building. Residential

buildings are also to meet its hot water demand from solar water

heaters, unless additional power supply from renewable energy

sources is provided equal to the power requirement of electric

water heaters.

104

Alternatively, if any other hybrid system (including other cost-

efficient technologies) is proposed for hot water generation instead

of solar water heating system, additional power supply from

renewable energy sources shall be provided equal to the power

requirement for operating such hybrid or other systems for hot

water generation.

5(c)

Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include fly ash bricks,

hollow bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, Compressed

earth blocks, and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as

per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September 1999

as amended from time to time.

6

Air Quality and

Noise

Dust, smoke & other air pollution prevention measures shall be

provided for the building as well as the site. These measures shall

include screens for the building under construction, continuous

dust/ wind breaking walls all around the site (at least 3 m height).

Plastic/tarpaulin sheet covers shall be provided for vehicles

bringing in sand, cement, murramand other construction

materials prone to causing dust pollution at the site as well as

taking out debris from the site. Wheel washing for the vehicles

used be done.

Sand, murram, loose soil, cement, stored on site shall be covered

adequately so as to prevent dust pollution.

Wet jet shall be provided for grinding and stone cutting. Unpaved

surfaces and loose soil shall be adequately sprinkled with water to

suppress dust.

All construction and demolition debris shall be stored at the site

(and not dumped on the roads or open spaces outside) before they

are properly disposed. All demolition and construction waste shall

be managed as per the provisions of the Construction and

Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

All workers working at the construction site and involved in

loading,

unloading,

carriage

of

construction

material

and

construction debris or working in any area with dust pollution

shall be provided with dust mask.

For indoor air quality, the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India.

6(a)

The location of the DG set and exhaust pipe height shall be as per

the provisions of the CPCB norms.

7

Green cover

A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 Sq.m. of land should be planted

and maintained. The existing trees will be counted for this

purpose. Preference should be given to planting native species

7(a)

Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the

ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall

be done and maintained.

8

Top

Soil

Preservation

and Reuse

Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas

proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.

It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and

reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.

9

Transport

A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices

guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-

motorized, public, and private networks.

Road should be designed with due consideration for environment,

and safety of users. The road system can be designed with these

basic criteria.

1.

Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular

and pedestrian traffic.

2.

Traffic calming measures.

3.

Proper design of entry and exit points.

4.

Parking norms as per local regulation.

105

10

Environment

Management

Plan

An environmental management plan (EMP) shall be prepared and

implemented to ensure compliance with the environmental

conditions specified in item number 1 to 9 above. A dedicated

Environment

Monitoring

Cell

with

defined

functions

and

responsibility shall be put in place to implement the EMP. The

environmental

cell

shall

ensure

that

the

environment

infrastructure like Sewage Treatment Plant, Landscaping, Rain

Water Harvesting, Energy efficiency and conservation, water

efficiency and conservation, solid waste management, renewable

energy etc. are kept operational and meet the required standards.

The environmental cell shall also keep the record of environment

monitoring and those related to the environment infrastructure.

Note: The solid waste management system and waste water management system proposed in the

above tables or as notified by the government (along with monitoring mechanism for the effective

functioning of the systems) shall be followed.

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

NAGARAJ

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department.

Annexure-A

Occupancy Categorization of Buildings for Water and Other Requirement for Fire Fighting

Zone-I

Zone-II

Zone-III

GROUP ‘A’: RESIDENTIAL

GROUP ‘A’ : RESIDENTIAL

GROUP ‘A’ : RESIDENTIAL

A1 Lodging and Rooming

House

A2 One or two family private

A3 Dormitories

A4 Apartment Houses

A5 Hotels

F2 Shops and stores, etc.

above 500 Sq.m. floor

area

F3 Underground shopping

Centers

GROUP ‘B’ : EDUCATIONAL

GROUP’C’ : INSTITUTIONAL

GROUP ‘G’ : INDUSTRIAL

B1

Schools

up

to

higher

secondary level

C1 Hospitals and Sanitaria

(More than 100 beds)

G3 High hazard Industries

GROUP’C’ INSTITUTIONAL

C1 Hospital & Sanitaria (upto

100beds)

C2 Custodial Institutions

C3 Penal& mental Institutions

GROUP

‘D’

ASSEMBLY

BUILDINGS

D1 For more than 1000

persons with permanent

stage and fixed seats

D2

For

less

than

1000

persons with permanent

stage and fixed seats

GROUP

‘H’

STORAGE

BUILDINGS

GROUP

‘D’

ASSEMBLY

BUILDINGS

D3 Upto 300 persons without

permanent stage and fixed

seats

D4 Above 300 persons without

permanent stage and fixed

seats

GROUP

‘E’

BUSINESS

BUILDINGS

E1 Offices, Banks, etc.

E2

Laboratories,

Libraries,

etc.

E3 Telephone Exchanges

GROUP

‘J’

HAZARDOUS

BUILDINGS

GROUP ‘E’ BUSINESS

E3 Computer Installations

E5 Broadcasting stations

GROUP ‘F’ MERCANTILE

F1 Shops, Stores, etc. upto

500m2 floor area

GROUP ‘G’ INDUSTRIAL

G1 Low hazard Industries

GROUP ‘G’ INDUSTRIAL

106

Annexure-BI

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-A: Residential

A1, A2, A3, A4

Group-B:

Educational

Group-C:

Institutional

O

I

II

III

I

II

III

I

II

III

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back

Facility

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

8

Moefa

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

P2

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P3

P

P

P

P3

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

X

P

X

P

X

P4

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

X

P

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

14

Fire Detection System

X

X

X

X

X

P6

X

P2

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler

System

S

S

S

S

S

S

FS

S

S

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P2

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P13

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

P3

P

P

P

P

P3

P

P

X

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P3

X

P

P

P3

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

P4

P

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding

Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-D:

Assembly D3,

D4

Group-E:

Business E3,

E5

Group-G: Industrial G1

I

II

III

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back

Facility

P1

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

8

Moefa

P1

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P2

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

P

P2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

14

Fire Detection System

P7

P

P

P2

P8

P9

X

X

X

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S7

FS

FS

S

S

FS

S

S

S

S

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

P7

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

P10 P11

P

17

Over Head Tank

P2

P

P

P

P

P

P5

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

P11

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

19

Booster Pumps

X

X

X

P

X

X

P12

P

P

P

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P7

P

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P

P

P

P2

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

107

Legend

O Guest Houses/Lodging having up to 20 rooms or 40 beds and below

I Height less than 15 m

II Height 15 m and above up to 24 m

III Height above 24 m

IV Height less than 15 m and plot area less than 250 Sq.m

V Height less than 15 m and plot area 251 Sq.m and above up to 500 Sq.m

VI Height less than 15 m and plot area 501 Sq.m and above up to 1000 Sq.m

VII Height less than 15 m and plot area more than 1001 Sq.m

VIII Height above 15 m and up to 18 m

P To be provided.

X Not to be provided.

S Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 Sq.m or more.

FS Fully Sprinkle red.

1. To be provided if seating capacity exceed 750.

2. To be provided if building is more than ground floor, first floor and total covered area exceed 1500

sq. m

3. To be provided in building where total covered area exceeds 1000 sq. m or Building is more than

ground floor except group housing.

4. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and total covered area exceeds 300 m.

5. To be provided if building is more ground floors.

6. To be provided in building except educational buildings.

7. In case seating capacity is 1000 persons minimum or covered area above 1500Sq.m or basement

area 200 Sq.m and more (other than places or worships).

8. To be provided for E-4 and E-5 buildings but not required if building is fully sprinkled.

9. To be provided for E-4 and E-5 buildings.

10. 25,000 lt. capacity underground water storage tank to be provided.

11. 50,000 lt. capacity underground water storage tank to be provided.

12. To be provided where ever sprinklers are not installed.

13. Terrace tank of 5,000 lt. capacity to be provided, if sprinklers and installed. The capacity shall

be accordingly increased.

Annexure-BII

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-A: Residential

Group-C

C2:

Hospital

Group – D

Assembly

D1, D2, D5

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

V

VI

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back Facility

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

8

Moefa

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

X

P

P

X

P

X

P

12

Down Comer

X

P2

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

X

P2

X

P4

P

P5

P

14

Fire Detection System

X

P

P

P

P3

P

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S

S

FS

FS7

S

FS

S8

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

X

P

P

P3

P

P8

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

X

P

P

P4

P

P8

P

19

Booster Pumps

P

P

P

X

P

X

P

X

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

X

P

P

P

P4

P

P

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

108

Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category.

Sl.

No

Measures

Group-E:

Business

E1,

E2, E4

Group-F:

Mercantile

Group-G. Industrial G2

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back

Facility

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

P

8

Moefa

X

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

P3

X

X

X

X

X

P4

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P6

P

14

Fire Detection System

P3

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

P

15

Automatic

Sprinkler

System

S

S

FS

S

S

S

S

FS

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

P

P

X

X

P9X

P10

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P3

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

P

23

Fireman’s

Grounding

Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Legend

I

Height less than 15 m. and area up to 300 sq. m on each floor.

II

Height less than 15 m and area above 300 sq. m up to 1000 sq. m on each floor.

III

Height less than 15 m and area above 1000 sq. m on each floor.

IV

Height 15 m and above.

V

Height less than 15 m

VI

Height 15 m and above up to 30 m

VII

Height less 15 m.

VIII

Height 15 m. and above up to 24 m.

IX

Height more than 24 m.

X

Height less than 15 m. and plot area up to 750 Sq.m

XI

Height less than 15 m. and plot area less than 250 Sq.m.

XII

Height less than 15 m. and plot area 251 m2 and above up to 500 Sq.m

XIII

Height less than 15 m. and plot area 501 m2 and above up to 1000 Sq.m.

XIV

Height less than 15 m. and plot area more than 1001 Sq.m

XV

Height above 15 m. and up to 18 m.

P

to be provided

X

not to be provided

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 m2 or more

FS

Fully Sprinkle red.

1. To be provided if building is more than one floor.

2. To be provided in buildings above two floors.

3. To be provided if the building is more than ground floor, first floor and covered area exceeds 1500

Sq.m

4. To be provided if building is more than first floor and the covered area exceeds 300 Sq.m

5. To be provided for more than storeyed buildings and above.

6. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and above.

7. Buildings to be fully sprinkled if height exceeds 15 m.

109

8. To be provided if seating capacity exceeds 1000 persons.

9. 25,000 lt. capacity underground tank to be provided.

10. 50,000 lt. capacity a ground tank to be provided if riser is not provided.

Annexure-BIII

Fire Protection Requirements for buildings in Zone-III Category

Sl.

N

O

Measures

Group F mercantile

(F2, F3)

Group G

Industrial (G3)

Group H

Storage

Group

Hazardous

H<15

m

A>750

Sq.m

H>15

m

UG

S

I

II

III

IV

H<15

m

Single

Storey

H<15

m

More

than

one

Storey

H<15

m

Single

Storey

H<15

m

More

than

one

Storey

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentati

on

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency

Lights

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with

Talk

Back

Facility

P1

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

8

Moefa

P1

P

P

X

X

X

P

X

X

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P2

P2

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

P1

P

P

X

X

P

3

P

1

X

P3

X

X

14

Fire

Detection

System

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

15

Automatic

Sprinkler

System

FS

FS

FS

F

S

F

S

F

S

F

S

FS4

FS

FS

FS

16

Under

Ground

Tank

P

P

P

P

5

P

6

P

7

P

P6

P

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

18

Fire Pumps

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P4

P

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P1

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P3

P

P

23

Fireman’s

Grounding

Switch in Lifts

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

X

P

Legend

U.G.S. Under Ground Shopping complex

i)

Height less 15 m. shopping complex

ii)

Height less 15 m. and plot area 251 Sq.m and above up to 500 Sq.m

iii) Height less 15 m. and plot area 501 Sq.m. and above up to 1000 Sq.m.

iv) Height less 15 m. and plot area more than 1001 Sq.m.

P

To be provided.

X

Not to be provided.

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 Sq.m or more.

FS

Fully Sprinkle red.

1. To be provided if building is more than one floor.

2. To be provided in buildings above two floors.

110

3. To be provided if the building is more than ground floor, first floor and covered area exceeds 1500

Sq.m

4. To be provided if building is more than first floor and the covered area exceeds 300 Sq.m

5. To be provided for more than storeyed buildings and above.

6. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and above.

7. Buildings to be fully sprinkled if height exceeds 15 m.

8. To be provided if seating capacity exceeds 1000 persons.

9. 25,000 lt. capacity underground tank to be provided.

10. 50,000 lt. capacity a ground tank to be provided if riser is not provided.

Annexure-C

1. Water Requirement Criterion: Unless otherwise specified in Annexure B, water requirement for

fighting in different categories of occupancies shall be based on following.

Occupancy

Category

Sprinkler

Design

Discharge

Density

(lt./min/Sq.m.)

Sprinkler

Design

Area

(Sq.m.)

Max. area

coverage/

Sprinkler

(Sq.m.)

No.

of

House

Streams*

Fully other

Sprinkled

Duration

of

Discharge (Min.)

Fully

Sprinkled

Wet Riser

Sprinkled

LEVEL-I

02.5

084

21

24

45

45

LEVEL-II

05.0

360

12

36

60

90

LEVEL-III

10.0

225

09

36

90

90

Note: The discharge through a standard hose stream shall be taken as 567 lt./min.

2. Estimation of Total Water Requirements Fully Sprinkle red Buildings

Occupancy

Category

Sprinkler(lt.)

Riser(lt.)

Total(lt.)

Wet Riser cum Down

Comer (lt.)

LEVEL-I

9,450

51,030

60,480

(60,000)

1,02060

(1,00,000)

LEVEL-II

1,08,000

1,02,060

2,10,060

(2,00,000)

2,04,120

(2,00,000)

LEVEL-III

2,02,500

1,02,060

3,04,560

(3,00,000)

3,06,180

(3,00,000)

3. Water Storage Tanks

1. The design of the water storage tanks shall be as laid down in National Building Code of India.

2. The capacity of underground water storage tank shall not be more than85% of the total water

requirement.

3. The capacity of overhead tank shall not be less than 15% of the total water requirement.

4. The entire water requirement can be provided in overhead tanks and pumping requirements shall

be finalized in consultation with Chie Fire Officer.

5. Under ground water storage tank shall not be provided in the set back areas.

Occupancy

Category

Under Ground Static Tank

Over Head Tank

Fully Sp kd. (lt.)

Riser (lt.)

Fully Spkd.(lt.)

Riser(lt.)

LEVEL-I

50,000

85,000

10,000

15,000

LEVEL-II

1,70,000

1,70,000

30,000

30,000

LEVEL-III

2,50,000

2,50,000

50,000

50,000

4. Riser/Down comer

1. The size of the riser/ down comer shall be such that velocity of flow does not exceed 5 m/second

subject to a minimum of 100 mm. diameter.

2. The number of riser/down comer shall be calculated on the basis that if 30 m. of delivery hose is

laid, it reaches the farthest comer of the remotest compartment on the floor.

3. The riser/down comer shall be provided in the staircase/staircase lobby in such a manner that it

does not obstruct the means of escape.

4. Only single headed hydrants shall be used on the riser/down comer.

5. The size of hose to be provided with the internal hydrants shall be 50mmdiameter and with 63

mm diameter instantaneous male/female couplings.

6. Diffuser branch shall only be provided in the hose boxes.

7. In case of partially sprinkle red building tapping from the wet riser is permitted for sprinkler feed.

8. In case of fully sprinkle red building separate rising mains and pumps shall bemused for

sprinkler system and wet riser.

111

5. Selection of Pumps

1. Pumping requirement shall be met by a single pump or combination of pumps.

2. If more than one pump is installed to meet the pumping requirement they shall be so arranged

that they come into operation one after another depending upon fall in pressure in the mains and

the combined pumping capacity shall be 20% more than the actual pumping capacity needed.

3. Jockey pump shall be selected to give minimum 3% and maximum 5% of aggregate pumping

requirement at the same pressure to that of the main pump subject to maximum discharge of 450

LPM.

4. Standard pumps shall only be used having discharge capacity as 180LPM, 2280LPM 2850 LPM &

4550 LPM.

5. The pump shall be capable of giving the pressure as shown in the table below:

Occupancy

Category

Pressure* At Terrace Level

Fully Spkd. (Kgf./Cm2)

Riser (Kgf./Cm2)

LEVEL-I

3.5

3.5

LEVEL-II

3.5

5.5

LEVEL-III

3.5

7.0

* Orifice plates shall be installed at the hydrants on rising mains / yard hydrants to

ensure that the pressure does not exceed 7 Kgf./Cm2.

Annexure-D

Questionnaire for High Rise Buildings/Other Buildings

Fire Service Headquarters

1. Name of the building ………………………………………………………..

2. Address of the building………………………………………………………

3. Name and address of builder/promoter………………………….…………..

4. Name and address of owners /occupiers of individual flats ………………..

5. Plot area ………………………………………………………………………………..…

(a) Title ……………………………………………………………………………

(b)

Land

use

(in

case

of

residential

building

indicate

no.

of

dwelling

units……………………………………………………………………..………

6. Covered Area (at grade level) ……………………………………………………..

7. Height of tile building………………………………………………………………

8. a) Overall height (from grade level up to terrace level ) …………………………..

9.

b)

Whether

set

back

areas

are

conforming

to

unified

building

byelaws…………………………………………………………………………………

c) Area of the basement …………………………………………………………...

d) Whether any piazza is proposed? if so, details of the level of piazza and ramp

etc. be indicated …………………………………………………………………..

10. Number of floors (including ground floor) ………………………………………

11. Occupancy use (please mention separately, use for basement and floors)

…………………………………………………………………………………..…

12. Covered area of typical floor ………………………………………………………

13. Parking areas (please give details) ……………………………………………........

14. Details of surrounding properties / features

Compass

direction In

relation to the

building

Type of

Property/

feature

Height in case

of building

Distance wall

to wall from

building

Any other

information

North

South

East

West

15.

Approach

to

proposed

building

width

of

the

road

and

connecting

roads,

if

any…………………………………………..………………………………………………

16. Please give details of water supply available exclusively for the fire fighting

…………………………………………………………………………………………

17. Has wet riser(s) been provided? If so, please indicate the number of risers and internal dia of

each ………………………………….…………………………………..

18. Has any down comer been provided? If so, please give details including pump

capacity…………………………………………………………………..……………

112

19. Please indicate the present arrangement for replenishment of water for fire

fighting……………………….………………………………………………………

20. Is a public or other water storage facility available nearby? if so, please give the capacity and

distance

from

your

building,

also

please

indicate

if

it

is

easily

accessible………………………………………………..………..…………………..

21. Please give any other information regarding availability of water supply for

fire fighting…....………………………………………………………………………

22. Have internal hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and terrace.

a) No. of hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and terrace …………

b) Bore and length of each floor including basement(s) …………….……….…...

c) Size (bore) and type of nozzle fitted to each hose reel……...………….………

d)

Is

the

hose

reel

connected

directly

to

the

riser

or

to

the

hydrant

outlet?

…………………………………….……………………………………………

23. Has fire hose been provided near each hydrant? if so, Please indicate ……………….

a) The type hoses…………………………………………………………………..

b) The size (bore) of hose …………………………………………………………

c) The length of each hose ………………………………………..……………….

24. Have branch pipes been provided? if so, please indicate

a) The type of branch pipe…………………………………………………………

b) Size of nozzle fitted to each branch……………………………………………..

25 a) If the basement is used for Car / Scooter parking or storage.

Has it been sprinkled?………………………………….……………… ……….

b) Whether any cubicles proposed in the basement? If so, the area of each cubical be indicated?

……………………….…………………….……………………...

c) Whether segregation/compartmentation of the basement has been provided? If so, please give

details………………………………………….…………………

26. Is the building equipped with automatic fire detection and alarm system? If so, please indicate

a) The type of detectors used ………………………………………………………

b) The standard to which the detectors conform …………………………………..

c) The code to which the installation conform ……………………………………

27. Have manual call boxes been installed in the building for raising an alarm in the event of

outbreak of fire? If so, please give details………………………………

28. Has public address system been installed in the building with loudspeaker on each floor with

talk back facility………………………………………………………

29. Has an intercom system been provided between the various floors and the fire control room in

entrance lobby? ………………………………………………………

30. Has a fire control room been provided in the entrance lobby of the building?

…………………………………………………………………………

31. How many staircases have been provided in the building? Please indicate in each case: -

a) Width of the stairway……………………………………………………..……

b) Width of treads…………………………………………………………………

c) Height of risers …………………………………………………………………

d) If the treads are of the non-slip type……………………………………………

32. What is the average occupant load per floor?………………………………………

33. Whether fire tower has been proposed? …………………………………………….

34. How many lifts have been installed in the building? Please indicate in each case:

a) The floors between which the lifts runs…………………………………..……

b) The type of doors fitted to the lift Car and at each landing……………………

c) Fire resistance raring of lift Car and landing doors, if known …….………….

d) Floor area of the lift car……………………………………………………..…

e) Loading capacity of the lift car ………………………………………….……

f) Has communication system been installed in the lift car? ……………………

g) Has a fireman’s switch been installed in the lift for grounding it in the event of fire

……….……………………………………………………………………

35. Have any stationary fire pump (s) been installed or pressuring the wet riser? If so, please

indicate.

a) The number of pumps……………..…………………….……………………

b) The size of suction and delivery connection of each pump …….……………

c) The output of each pump ………………………………………….…………

36. Has the building been protected with sprinkler system, If so, detail of sprinkler

pump…………….……………………………………………….………….………

113

37. Has a standby source of power supply been provided? If it is through a generator, please

indicate.

a) The capacity (output) ………………………..………………………………

b) The functions that can be maintained simultaneously by the use of the Generator, such as

operating lift(s); fire pumps, emergency lighting etc.

system; exit signs; PA system etc. …………………………………………

c) Is the generator automatic in action or has to be started manually?……….…

38. Has any Yard hydrant been provided from the building’s fire pump? ……………..

39. Where more than one lifts are installed in a common enclosure have individual lifts been

separated by fire resisting walls or 2 hours fire rating? ………………………

40. Has the lift shaft(s) lift lobby or stairwell been pressurized? If so, give

details……………………………………………………………………….………

41. Has the lift lobbies and staircase been effectively enclosed to prevent fire/smoke entering them

from outside at any floor? ……………………………………………

42. Have all exits and direction of travel to each exit been sign-posted with illuminated signs?

………………………………………………………………………… …..…

43. Has a false ceiling been provided in any portion of the building? If so, please indicate location

and also mention if the material used for the false ceiling is combustible or non-combustible

………………………………… ……………………………………

44. Is the building centrally air-conditioned? if so, please indicate:

a) The material used for construction of ducts and its fittings……………….…

b) The type of lining used for ducts, if any………………………….………..…

c) The type of lagging used for ducts, if any for insulating any portion of the duct; please also

indicate how the lagging is secured………………………

d) If plenum is used for return air passage has it been protected with fire detectors? Please give

details…………………………………………………

e) Has a separate A.H.U. been provided for each floor?

f) Whether automatic shutdown of A. H. U. is coupled with detection

system /sprinkler system…………………………………………………

g) Is the ducting for each floor effectively isolated or is it continuous on more

than one floor? …………………………………………………………….…

h) Are the fire dampers being provided?……………………………………..…

45. Where are the switchgear and transformer located? If inside the building please indicate:

……………………………………………….………………………………

a) If the switchgear and transformer (s) have been housed in separate compartments, effectively

separated from each other and other portions of the building by a four-hour’s fire resistive wall?

………………………………

b) What precautions have been taken to prevent a possible fire in the transformer (s) from

spreading? ……………………………………………….

c) Are transformer protected by high velocity water spray system………………..

46 I) Where electrical cables, telephone cables wet risers / down comers pass-through a floor or wall

has the spaces (apertures) round the cables /pipes been effectively sealed/plugged with

noncombustible, fire resistance material?…………………..……………………………………………………

II) Ventilation

a) Whether natural ventilation is relied upon? If so, give details of the vents for the stairwell life

shafts…………………………………………………….......

b) Whether mechanical ventilation has been proposed? If so, give details of the proposed system

indicating

the

number

of

air

changes

for

the

basement

and

other

floors

……………….……………………………………………..…

c) Whether mechanical ventilation is coupled with automatic detection system/sprinkler system?

Please give details of the system………………..…

47. Please indicate the number and type of fire extinguishers provided at various locations and the

arrangement

for

the

maintenance

of

the

extinguishers

……………………….…………………………………………..……………………

48. Please indicate if all fire extinguishers bear the BIS mark……………………………

49. Whether the refugee area has been provided? If so, the floor on which provided and the total area

provided floor-wise………………………………………….…………

50. Are the occupants of the building systematically trained in fire prevention, use of fire

extinguishers

and

emergency

procedures?

If

so,

please

give

details………………………………………….……………….………………………

51. Does an emergency organization exist in the building? If so, please give details and append a

copy of the emergency (fire) orders………………………………..………

114

52. Has a qualified officer been appointed for the building either individually or jointly with other

building(s)…………………………………………………………………

53. Has the building been protected against lighting? If so, does the lighting protection conform to

any

code?

Please

indicate

details

provision

of

MCB

and

ELCB

in

the

building………………………………………………………………………

54. The work has not been started on site and construction will be started only after final approval

of the Authority / the position of construction at site is given below:

…………..…………………………………………………………………………

Name and address of the consultant with Registration No…………………………………

Owner’s Signatures Signature of the Applicant / Architect /Engineer

Name………………………………… Name……………………………….………

(In block letters) (In block letters)

Designation…………………………………

Organization………………………..………

Signature of Fire Consultant

Dated:

Name………………………………..

(In block letters)

Remark of the concerned Authority. The proposal has been broadly examined. The above

information is correct and the proposal is permissible as far as development Authority is concerned

(Additional comments, if any, may be given below or attached):

The proposal can be considered by Fire Services at conceptual stage/is forwarded to Fire Service

along with 3 sets of drawings which are according to bye-laws, Master Plan, Zonal Plan, and

firefighting regulations and policy instructions of Government. The proposal involves relaxation in

respect of height/set-backs/ ………………………The Architect/Engineer has been advised to furnish

the requisite material and documents given in the attached list, within one week time directly to the

Fire Service.

Signature of Authority

Name:

Designation and office Seal:

APPENDICES

APPENDIX-I

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION OF VARIOUS STAKE HOLDERS WITH THE

AUTHORITY

The Stake holders to be registered with the Authority are;

A. Land owners who intend to apply for building licence in the plot owned by them.

B. Promoters who are developing Real estate projects within the jurisdiction of the Authority

C. Professionals on record for preparing drawings (for building licence and for NOCs from

different departments)

D. Professionals on record for supervising the works executed in site (civil works and other

services)

E. Professionals who are interested in registering with the Authority as Empanelled

Professionals to verify the site plan with reference to the site conditions, verify the works

executed in site with reference to the various drawings submitted, and to certify the building

licences as notified by the government.

F. Contractors intending to undertake construction activities within the jurisdiction of the

ULB (for Civil, electrical, Plumbing and Sanitation, HVAC, Fire and Emergency services)

The following procedure shall be adopted by the ULBs to register the Stake holders with the

ULB;

1. The Stake holders shall register themselves with the Authority by providing their identity

proof, submitting an undertaking cum affidavit (in the format prescribed by the government)

and payment of the prescribed fees.

2. The landowners who intend to apply for building licence in the plot owned by them, shall

submit the particulars of the plot and the building proposed to be constructed on the plot,

while registering with the Authority whenever he proposed to develop a building.

3. The Promoter who intends to develop real estate project within the jurisdiction of the ULB,

shall do a onetime registration with the Authority.

115

4. Professionals intending to prepare the required drawings and details (Architectural,

Structural and Services), the Professionals intending to prepare the required drawings and

details for obtaining NOCs from the concerned departments and the Professionals intending

to supervise the construction of the various components of the building shall do a onetime

registration with the Authority in the respective category based on the eligibility criteria of

Qualification, Experience and Competence, notified by the Government.

5.Professionals who are interested in registering with the Authority as Empanelled

Professionals to verify the site plan with reference to the site conditions, verify the works

executed in site with reference to the various drawings submitted, and to certify the building

licences as notified by the government shall do a onetime registration with the Authority in

the respective category based on the eligibility criteria of Qualification, Experience and

Competence, notified by the Government.

6. Contractors intending to undertake construction activities within the jurisdiction of the

ULB (for Civil, electrical, Plumbing and Sanitation, HVAC, Fire and Emergency services) shall

do a onetime registration with the Authority.

7. The procedure for registration and allotting the registration no. for the stake holders and

the fee payable for empanelled professionals for verifying the works executed at site shall be

as prescribed by the Government.

APPENDIX-II

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR SANCTION FROM

THE AUTHORITY FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

A – Requirements of Key Plan

Key plan which is provided along with the drawings of the Plot Approval obtained after the

commencement of the KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules 2017 shall be accepted as the Key plan which

shall be part of the site plan. In case of Plot Approval obtained prior to KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules

2017, the key plan shall be prepared in a legible scale showing the location of the plot in the Master

Plan containing the following features within 1 Km around the plot, namely: -

(a) Location of all existing and proposed roads of the Master Plan mentioning the existing and

proposed width and hierarchy of roads;

(b) Location of all existing Storm Water Drains and other water bodies;

(c) Location / Alignment of overhead or underground HT power supply lines (High Tension

Electric lines);

(d) Location / Alignment of sewerage system of ULB;

(e) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

B – Requirements of Site Plan

The site plan shall be prepared in a legible scale, preferably of 1:200 or 1:500 with plan oriented in

North-South direction. The Site Plan which is part of the Plot Approval obtained after the

commencement of the KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules 2017 shall be accepted as the site plan for the

building plan approval under these byelaws. In case of Plot Approval obtained prior to KTCP

(Approval of plot) Rules 2017, the site plan shall contain the following details, namely: -

(a)

All site boundaries with dimensions, by superimposing the survey sketch issued by Revenue

Department and the survey sketch prepared by conducting physical survey of plot using Total

Intelligent Station. At least 3 boundary points of both the sketches should match when

superimposed. The innermost boundaries of the plot derived by superimposing both the

sketches shall be considered as the boundary of the plot and the area of the plot within such

boundary shall be considered as the extent of the plot as existing at site;

(b)

Extent of plot, which shall be lesser of the extent as per document or as existing at site (as

derived from clause ‘a’ above);

(c)

All roads abutting the plot with existing width, proposed width and center line of the road. The

road widening line and building line, if any, shall be marked on the plot, if applicable, showing

the portion of the plot required for road widening;

(d) Portion of Plot to be reserved for Park and Open Spaces and Civic Amenities, if required, as per

KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules 2017

(e)

Land use as per Master Plan and the permitted land use as per Zonal Regulations;

(f)

Contours of the plot at 1m. intervals along with the levels of the adjoining plots and of the

abutting roads;

(g)

Location with dimensions and extent of Kharab lands within the plot;

(h)

Location of roads of the Master Plan passing through the plot, if any;

116

(i)

Location of all natural features such as trees, water bodies (including wells, ponds, storm

water drains, etc.) quarries including buffer area, etc.;

(j)

Location of city level sewerage and H.T. lines passing through the plot including buffer area;

(k)

Railway lines within 30m of the boundary;

(l)

Eligibility for relaxation of setbacks as per Common Zonal Regulations;

The following additional details shall be incorporated in the site plan which is provided along with

Plot Approval;

(a) Building footprint (portion of the floor plan of the building projecting above the ground) for

Ground coverage and setbacks and the projections in the upper floors, beyond the footprint

area (in dotted line).

(b) Details of constructions provided in the setback area of the plot, including ramps (along with

slope of ramp), driveway and also the parking spaces provided in the open yard.

(c) Details of the over ground and underground services provided such as water supply, sewerage,

power supply and telecommunication system and details of the rain water harvesting system

(pipelines, cables, chambers, manholes, transformer and generator yard / substation, STP and

pump room, solid waste management plant, etc.)

(d) Entry and Exit to plot with gate and entry / exit arch details.

(e) Levels contiguous to the building and the boundaries / corners of the plot.

(f) Details for identification of neighbouring properties.

(g) Portion of the plot reserved for Civic Amenities.

(c)

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

C – Requirements of Floor Plan for parking area

The following details shall be provided in the plan of the floor showing parking area (for full or

portion of the floor)

(a) Details of entry / exit ramps (ramp from outside the building to the parking floor and ramp

between parking floors, as applicable), such as number of ramps, width of the ramp and slope.

(b) width of all driveways in the parking area and the width of the parking bays abutting the

driveway.

(c) Width of columns provided in the parking floors and clear spacing between the columns, location

of staircases, lifts and toilets.

(d) Level of floor with reference to the ground level contiguous to the building or the road level

whichever is considered for the height of the building.

(f) Minimum Setback line from the boundary of the plot and in case of basement floor, the distance

between the boundary and the parking floor periphery.

(g) Any other uses proposed within the parking area / floor.

(h) no. of parking bays provided (4 wheeler and 2-wheeler), separately showing single parking,

double parking (one behind the other and one above the other – mechanical parking) and automatic

parking devices adopted such as car lift etc. (along with the approval of the agencies notified by the

Government), as applicable.

(i) Index of drawing as specified in Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

D – Requirements of Floor Plans of other uses

(1) Residential:

Separate floor plans for each of the typical floors have to be prepared with the following details;

(a) Plan of the dwelling units with areas of sub uses such as foyer, living, dining, bedroom, study,

kitchen, bathroom, WC, toilet, balcony etc. mentioned separately. The carpet area (excluding exterior

wall and balcony of the dwelling unit) and plinth area (including exterior wall and balcony of the

dwelling unit) of the dwelling unit has to be mentioned.

(b) Room dimensions and details of doors, windows, ventilators, duct doors and other openings shall

be shown.

(c) All common areas such as staircases and lifts, corridors / passages, service / ventilation ducts,

stores, entrance lobby etc.

(d) Level of floor with reference to the ground level contiguous to the building or the road level

whichever is considered for the height of the building.

(f) Minimum Setback line from the boundary of the plot and balconies projecting beyond the setback

line.

(g) No. of dwelling units in each floor (details of all types of dwelling units) and no. of typical floors.

(h) Terrace floor plan with details of open terrace, covered terrace, staircase room, lift / lift machine

room, overhead tank, toilets and other permitted constructions in the terrace floor. (If overhead tank

and the lift machine room is located one level above the terrace floor, the same has to be specifically

mentioned in the Terrace floor plan).

(i) Section lines

(j) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

117

(2) Commercial:

Separate floor plans for each of the typical floors have to be prepared with the following details;

(a) Plan of the commercial premises with areas of sub uses such as retail display area, office area,

work area, stores, toilet, etc. mentioned separately. The carpet area (excluding exterior wall and

balcony of the premises) and plinth area (including exterior wall and balcony of the premises) of the

premises has to be mentioned.

(b) Room dimensions and details of doors, windows, ventilators, duct doors and other openings shall

be shown.

(c) All common areas such as staircases and lifts, corridors / passages, service / ventilation ducts,

stores, entrance lobby etc.

(d) Level of floor with reference to the ground level contiguous to the building or the road level

whichever is considered for the height of the building.

(f) Minimum Setback line from the boundary of the plot and balconies projecting beyond the setback

line.

(g) No. of premises in each floor and no. of typical floors.

(h) Terrace floor plan with details of open terrace, covered terrace, staircase room, lift / lift machine

room, overhead tank, toilets and other permitted constructions in the terrace floor. (If overhead tank

and the lift machine room is located one level above the terrace floor, the same has to be specifically

mentioned in the Terrace floor plan).

(i) Common toilets requirements and provisions made.

(j) Details of all staircases provided (width, tread, riser, landing, handrail, head room, no. of steps in

each flight).

(k) Details of corridors / passage (minimum width required and width provided, parapet details)

(l) Section lines

(j) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

(3) Other non-residential and non-commercial:

All details similar to that of commercial use except details of no. of premises, carpet area and plinth

area of the independent premises in the floors, within the non-residential and non-commercial uses.

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

E – Requirements of Sections of Building

Drawings for the vertical sections cut across the floor plans of the building in such a way that any

one or more section drawings shall cut across all the main staircases connecting all the respective

floors of the building.

Section drawings shall also be drawn across all the floors wherever the plan of a floor projects

outward or recedes inward from the lower floor, including section cut across upper Ground floor and

lower ground floor, if applicable.

The section shall also cut across maximum earth cut or fill areas of the plot showing the original

ground level and the formed ground level with the proposed retaining wall details. The section shall

also show the general foundation details of the building.

The section drawings shall mark all the building components and structural elements (foundation,

walls, slab & beams, roof, etc.,) along with the dimensions. The type of material for each component

shall also be mentioned.

The section drawing shall also show the ground levels contiguous to the building, average ground

level contiguous to the building and also the levels of each floor. The section drawing shall also have

the floor to floor height (including mezzanine floor, if applicable) and the height of the building

measured from the average ground level contiguous to the building or the road level, as the case

may be, to the terrace floor level or the roof level, as the case may be.

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

F – Requirements of Elevation of buildings

Elevation drawings shall be drawn for all side elevations showing the structural features of the

building visible on each elevation such as windows and other openings, slab and other architectural

projections.

Height of the building with reference to ground level or road level.

Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

G – Requirements of Drawings for all services provided

a – Electrical system including use of alternate energy

Electrical drawings of all floors showing the location of electrical fixtures, switch boards, etc.,

both inside the specific use areas and common areas along with fixture schedule.

118

Details of electrical ducts (horizontal & vertical), panel room, 11KV sub-station (transformer

and other requirements) and generator facilities.

Single line diagram of the power distribution system.

Details of alternate energy sources provided

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

b- Water Supply system

Drawings showing Plumbing pipelines and fixtures inside the toilets of specific use areas and

common areas with fixture schedules.

Pipeline details in Sanitary ducts and connectivity to overhead and sump tanks and

connectivity from Municipal water supply line and water pumping system.

Details of Solar water heating system

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

c – Rain Water harvesting & ground water recharging system

Drawings showing Terrace water collection, filtration and connection to sump tank or ground

water recharging pits.

Ground water recharging

(as detailed in Clause 10)

d – Sewerage system

Drawings showing Drainage pipelines and sanitary fixtures inside the toilets of specific use

areas and common areas with fixture schedules.

Inspection chambers and manholes in the ground and connectivity to Municipal sewer lines

or sewage treatment plant.

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

e – HVAC system

A. Floor Plan

1. Corresponds to submitted or previously approved building plans, including interior layout,

room names & uses, wall & roof insulation R-values, door/window/skylight U-factors

2. Location, volume, and/or rates in CFM of exhaust, make-up air, outdoor air and

combustion air

3. Location of equipment & appliances, fire, smoke and ceiling radiation dampers, grease

duct wraps

kitchen hood exhaust duct, grease duct enclosures, suppression systems, controls, monitors,

etc.

4. Duct sealing requirements stated

5. HVAC distribution via ductwork, sizing, location

a. Metal duct gauge, geometry (round, square, rectangular)

b. Flexible duct diameter, specification

c. Flexible connector diameter, length limitations

d. Underground duct construction, materials, vapor barriers, insulation (R-values),

clearances, cross section, slope

e. Plenum construction materials and locations

B. Sections or Details

1. Insulation for duct or pipe; type, R-value labeling required on plans and in the field

2. Pipe: size, type, hydronic or gas

3. Exhaust rates in CFM

4. Kitchen hood construction information provided

5. Air transfer to corridors only as allowed by code

6. Clothes dryer exhaust duct distribution, length, access doors, etc.

7. Metal duct gauge, geometry, means of fastening, maximum length

8. Transition duct limitations & requirements

9. Grease duct wrap defined for manufacturer and type

10. Hydronic systems have floor assembly which meets minimum under-floor/slab insulation

and testing requirements

119

C. Equipment Information

1. Equipment schedules or similar provided which define equipment type, capacities,

efficiencies, kitchen hood suppression, as well as associated air rates in CFM

2. Listing shows compliance with ASTM/UL/NFPA/ANSI etc. standards as required to be met

by the code

3.

Operation,

setback/demand

control

ventilation/operational

controls/interlocks

sequencing of all

equipment, and location of controls

4. Provision of economizer indicated if required as part of installation

5. Provision of make-up air

6. Platform & clearance locations for rooftop equipment defined

7. Roof access indicated on plans (if required)

8. Guardrail location and dimensions for roof equipment as required by code

9. Condensate disposal location indicated

10. Duct smoke detection system (if required)

11. Duct smoke detector locations, model defined, installation defined (on return only or

return & supply), sequence of operation defined

12. Control panel location, model

13. Smoke control system

14. Apparatus used (based on submitted calculations)

15. Designate pressure classification of the duct system based on inches w.g.

16. Fire, smoke & ceiling radiation dampers defined for ratings, locations & operations

17. Hydronic systems fully defined for type of, length of, size of, flow rate in pipe; testing

requirements addressed, under floor insulation (shall be addressed in building envelope

calculations)

18. Structural weight of rooftop equipment listed on plan and associated structural design

accounted for

D. Calculations

1. Room by room heat loss calculations, not just an overall summary

2. Heat gain calculations may be done by area served by appliance (if AC provided)

3. Transmission plus greater of infiltration or ventilation (furnace sizing)

4. Structural calculations provided to verify that weight of proposed appliances does not

exceed load

bearing capability of roof, mezzanine, platform, etc.

5. Volume of exhaust and outdoor air intake are approximately the same

6. Smoke control system sizing

7. Outside air required for each room/space where different occupancies are served by one

appliance

E. Ventilation Criteria

1. Mechanical ventilation rates used meet minimums listed in SPS Table 364.0403 (or as

justified and

found acceptable by the Dept.)

2. Natural ventilation as allowed by SPS Table 364.0402

3. Exceptions met and clearly stated on plans or in calculations

F. Minimum Clearances

1. Exhaust & outside air intakes to property lines & buildings

2. Distance between intake to exhaust ventilation openings

3. Overhead clearances (suspended appliance)

4. Location of intakes above ground/roof

5. Combustible material clearances to heat-producing appliance

G. Type of fuel used by HVAC equipment

1. Natural Gas

2. Electricity

3. Fuel Oil

4. Wood or pellets

120

H. Combustion Air

1. Provide calculations used to determine if internal building air can be used, or if outside

combustion air

is required to be provided

2. Define number, location and size of transfer ducts, and louver/grill openings

I. Balancing Report is Required to be On-Site

J. Maintenance & Operation Manuals are Required to be Provided to Owner

(as detailed in Clause 5.3)

H – Requirements of Landscape plan

Land scape plan shall be enclosed with the application for building licence in case of building

proposed in plots above 4000 sqm. The following details shall be provided in the land scape

plan

(a) Building foot print and all other constructions proposed in the yard including details of the over

ground and underground services provided such as water supply, sewerage, power supply and

telecommunication system and details of the rain water harvesting system (pipelines, cables,

chambers, manholes etc.)

(b) Details of the parking spaces and other concreted or paved areas provided in the yard.

(c) Area reserved for park and open spaces (as per the provisions of KTCP (Approval of plot) Rules

2017)

(d) Areas proposed to be developed as green space (including in the areas reserved as park and open

spaces)

(e) Type of land landscape, plantation, trees proposed.

(f) Index of drawing as specified in Appendix-III.

I – Requirements of Circulation Plan and Traffic study & Impact

Detailed calculations of traffic studies conducted in the locality and the impact of the development

proposed, on the existing traffic scenario.

(as detailed in Chapter 6)

J – Requirements of Structural Drawings

Structural drawings show the structural support components and details of the proposed

project, from the foundation to the rooftop. All structural systems for a building that is

designed must be signed and sealed by a licensed engineer.

Minimum information requirements for structural drawings include, but are not limited to,

the following:

Foundation plans, pile design (with layout), details, sections and all applicable schedules

ex.(pile schedules)

Slab-on-grade and slab plans, section and details

Cast-in-place concrete floor plans

Floor framing plans, sections and details

Roof framing plans, sections and details

Structural steel framing plans, sections and details

Pre-engineered building design certificates and drawings

Load bearing walls, pads, columns, beams and joists

Pre-cast concrete plans, details and sections

Connection details for all components

Retaining walls

Building mounted antennas

Large, heavy or high signs

Pedestrian bridges, crane runways, and other special structures

(as detailed in Chapter 6)

K – Requirements of Green Building drawings

(as detailed in Chapter 10)

121

APPENDIX-III

INDEX FOR THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF DRAWINGS SUBMITTED

A – Index of Key Plan

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Existing and proposed width of roads abutting the plot

7. Marking of North direction

8. Date of approval

B – Index of Site Plan;

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Existing and proposed width of roads abutting the plot

7. Extent of plot

(a) Total extent (as per document, as per site condition and considered for building

licence)

(b) Extent to be surrendered for road widening (whether compensation paid –

monetary of in the form of DR)

(c) Extent to be surrendered for P & OS and CA, if applicable.

(d) Net area for development

(e) Net area considered for FAR calculation

8. Land use analysis

(a) Land uses of plot as per Master Plan

(b) Permitted land uses as per Zonal regulations

(c) Existing land use of areas in the plot (% of area for roads, Park & Open Space and Civic

Amenities, if applicable and % of area for development).

9. Summary of area statement of buildings with floor wise area details and FAR (permitted

and proposed including DR / TDR).

10. Ground coverage (permitted and proposed)

11. Setbacks (required and provided)

12. Parking space (required and provided)

13. Public Toilet for Commercial Buildings (required and provided)

14. % of floor areas provided for community facilities, in case of Group housing.

15. Details of Means of Access, if applicable.

16. Marking of North direction

17. Date of approval

C – Index of Floor Plan for parking area

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Land use analysis

(a) Land uses of plot as per Master Plan

(b) Permitted land uses as per Zonal regulations

(c) Proposed land use for different specific uses in the floor (% of floor area for different

specific uses in the floor, including the proportionate percentage of common areas)

122

6. Summary of area statement, including floor area of buildings with floor wise area details

required for calculating parking space requirement.

7. Parking space (required and provided)

8. Date of approval

D – Index of Floor Plans of other uses

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of area statement of floor with details of total construction areas, areas

considered for FAR & exempted from FAR, toilet areas, specific use areas & common areas,

areas considered for parking calculations and details of FAR (permitted and proposed

including DR / TDR).

7. Schedule of openings

8. Carpet area and plinth area of individual dwelling units and commercial premises in the

floor.

9. no. of staircases and lifts (width of each staircase and capacity of each lift)

10. Public Toilet for Commercial Buildings (required and provided)

11. % of floor areas provided for community facilities, in case of Group housing.

12. No. of seats in case of Assembly buildings and no. of beds in case of hospitals and

nursing homes.

18. Date of approval

E – Index of Sections of Building

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Date of approval

F – Index of Elevation of buildings

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Date of approval

G – Index of Drawings for all services provided

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the particular service provided (minimum requirements and provisions made)

7. Date of approval

H Index of Landscape plan

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the land scape details provided (type of landscape and tree plantation made)

7. Date of approval

123

I – Index of Circulation Plan and Traffic study & Impact

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the road network provided in the development plan

7. Summary of traffic study conducted and impact (critical conditions and provisions made)

8. Date of approval

J – Index of Structural Drawings

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the structural design and drawings (minimum requirements and provisions

made)

7. Date of approval

K – Index of Green Building drawings

The details to be contained are as follows

1. Name and address of the Applicant and space for signature

2. Name and address of Professional on record for drawing and space for signature

3. Name and address of the Authority and space for signature of CEO

4. Title of drawing

5. Survey nos., village name, Taluk name and district name where the plot is situated.

6. Summary of the Green building requirements (minimum requirements and provisions

made)

7. Date of approval

APPENDIX-IV

DETAILS OF PLANS AND OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR NOCS FROM

OTHER DEPARTMENTS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS.

(as prescribed by the respective departments)

APPENDIX-V

PROCEDURE FOR EMPANELMENT OF PROFESSIONALS BY THE AUTHORITY AND

SELECTION OF EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

The following procedure shall be adopted for empanelling the professionals by the respective

ULBs and to select the empanelled professional for site inspection to verify the various

components of buildings executed at site and also to certify building licence as notified by the

government;

1. The eligibility of empanelled professionals to verify different types of buildings, based on

the qualification, experience and competence shall be fixed as notified by the government.

2. Every ULB shall call Expression of Interest from eligible professionals for empanelment.

3. The ULB shall register the professionals for empanelment as specified in Appendix-I.

124

4. The ULB shall select the empanelled professionals for inspecting the site and submitting

site inspection report as specified in these byelaws based on the predetermined logic notified

by the Government.

5.The empanelled professional selected by the ULB for inspection of any building site, shall

confirm his acceptance to undertake inspection work and submit site inspection report

(within the timelines specified in Appendix-VIII), on the same day of receiving intimation

from the ULB, failing which the ULB shall select another empanelled professional as per the

predetermined logic notified by the Government.

APPENDIX-VI

DETAILS OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR BUILDING LICENCE

The following documents shall be submitted along with the application, namely:-

(a)

RTC as per date of application;

(b)

Extract of Mutation Register;

(c)

Copy of the Title document such as Sale Deed, etc.;

(d)

Copy of the registered document of GPA / authorisation letter, if applicable;

(e)

Joint development Agreement or MOU and affidavit of all the owners of plots

amalgamated for approval of plot;

(f)

Latest Encumbrance Certificate;

(g)

Survey sketch issued by Revenue Department for conversion purpose;

(h)

Conversion Order;

(i)

LAQ NOC;

(j)

All applicable NOCs from other departments;

(k)

Photographs of the site (minimum 4 nos., each from north, south, east and west)

showing

the natural and built developments within the site and also the abutting roads;

(l)

Copy of the plot approval obtained

(m)

Photo and other identity proof of the applicant;

(n) Specifications of the buildings and

(o)

Any other documents notified by the Government;

APPENDIX-VII

VARIOUS FEES FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE AND OTHER FEES PAYABLE AS

PER THESE BYE-LAWS

The following fees shall be paid for sanction of building licence at the rates specified by the

ULB or notified by the government.

1. Scrutiny fee

2. Licence fee

3. Infrastructure cess

4. Solid waste management cess

5. Greenery cess

6. Inspection fee

7. Construction and demolition waste disposal cess

8. Labour cess

9. Refundable Security Deposit

10. Fees for respective NOC

125

APPENDIX-VIII

TIMELINES FOR DIFFERENT ACTIVITIES FOR ISSUING BUILDING LICENCE, NOCS AND

CERTIFICATION OF WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE AS PER THE CONDITIONS OF NOC,

BY DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDING.

Timeline for issuing NOCs

Explanatory Notes:

1. The above Table and Chart indicates that the processes after the applicant applies for building

approval with clear land title and possession of land. Hence, clearances related to CLU and Land

Title has not been considered.

2. The table illustrates the duration of clearances obtained in Normal course and suggests the

reduced duration of 26 days (PreConstruction) if the Approving Authority adopts online sanctions.

3. Clearances indicated at S Nos. C-J are concurrent with applications at the pre-construction

stages, wherein their process of approval can be taken up simultaneously.

4. Clearances indicated at S Nos. L-N are concurrent with applications during-construction stage,

wherein their process of approval can be taken up simultaneously.

5. S No. P has to be linked with S No. O, once applicant receives the Completion Certificate, service

plan clearances and connections would be deemed to be sanctioned.

126

Timeline for issuing building licence

Sl.

No

Description of

Standard

Activities

Description

of Additional

Activities

Timelines for different types of approvals for different types of buildings (based on height)

Act.

(A)

/Cum.

(C)**

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

a*

b*

c*

Activities for all types of Approval of Plot

1

The CEO of the

Authority

to

verify

the

documents

submitted

along with the

application.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

C

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

Issuing

endorsement

in

case

of

discrepancy

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Applicant

to

rectify

the

defects

and

resubmit

the

documents

and

acceptance of

the same by

the

designated

officer

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

4

Evaluation

of

the

Technical

drawings

and

details

submitted and

acceptance

of

the same by

TPO

or

the

empanelled

professionals

or

the

designated

officers, as the

case may be, if

the documents

submitted are

accepted

by

the CEO and

also

verification

of

compliance of

conditions

incorporated

for

obtaining

NOCs

from

different

departments.

A

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

6

5

5

5

C

3

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

6

9

9

9

8

8

8

5

Submission of

evaluation

report to the

CEO, with or

without

changes

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

3

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

6

9

9

9

8

8

8

6

CEO

to

approve

the

technical

drawings

and

details

submitted,

with

the

changes

recommended

by the TPO or

the empanelled

profesional or

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

4

4

4

5

5

5

7

7

7

10

10

10

9

9

9

127

the designated

officer, as the

case may be.

7

Issuing

endorsement

by

TPO,

in

case

of

discrepancy

in

the

Technical

details

submitted

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

8

Applicant

to

rectify

the

defects

and

resubmit

the

technical

drawings and

details

and

acceptance of

the same by

the

TPO

or

the

empanelled

professional

or

the

designated

officer, as the

case may be.

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

9

CEO

to

forward

application,

technical

drawings

and

details

submitted

for

NOCs, to the

concerned

departments,

along

with

required

fees

paid

by

the

applicant,

if

the

technical

drawings

and

details

submitted

by

the

applicant

is approved by

the CEO.

A

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

CEO

to

forward

the

required

details to the

selected

empanelled

professional

for

site

inspection

to

verify the site

plan

submitted.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

5

5

5

6

6

6

8

8

8

11

11

11

10

10

10

11

Site inspection

& submission

of Inspection

report

by

empanelled

professional, to

the CEO, with

or

without

noting

of

discrepancy.

A

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

C

7

7

7

8

8

8

10

10

10

13

13

13

12

12

12

12

Approval

of

Site Inspection

Report

by

the CEO, by

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

8

8

8

9

9

9

11

11

11

14

14

14

13

13

13

128

accepting

or

rejecting

the

noting

of

discrepancy, if

any.

13

Issuing

endorsement

in

case

of

discrepancy

in

the

Site

Inspection

Report

accepted

by

the CEO

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

14

Applicant

to

rectify

the

defects

and

resubmit

the

respective

drawing

and

detail as per

the

endorsement

and

acceptance of

the same by

the TPO

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

Receipt of all

required

NOCs

from

the respective

departments.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

16

On receipt of

all the required

NOCs

and

approval of site

inspection

report by the

CEO, the CEO

to sanction the

building

licence

and

forward

the

challan

for

payment

of

fees,

to

the

applicant.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

C

9

9

9

10

10

10

12

12

12

15

15

15

14

14

14

Payment

of

Fees by land

owner

/

promoter

for

the NOCs and

building

licence.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CEO to issue

building

licence and the

NOCs received

from

the

concerned

departments.

A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

C

10

10

10

11

11

11

13

13

13

17

17

17

16

16

16

*a – new construction

b- addition / Alteration

c-revised licence

** -

A – Timeline for each activity

C- Cumulative timeline upto that activity

129

APPENDIX-IX

PROCEDURE FOR SITE INSPECTION BY EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS AND

SUBMISSION OF SITE INSPECTION REPORT.

The following procedure shall be followed for Site inspection and submission of Site

Inspection report.

1. CEO shall intimate the selected Empanelled Professional or the designated officer, as the

case may be, to inspect the site and submit Site inspection report within the timelines

prescribed in Appendix-VIII.

2. CEO shall forward copies of the relevant documents and drawings submitted by the

Applicant, to the selected empanelled professional or designated officer, which are

required to be verified at site.

3. The empanelled professional, shall intimate the Applicant and the Profession on record

for drawings, tentative time and date (three options) for Site Inspection on the same day

of receiving intimation from CEO and to be present at the site on the agreed date & time

either in person or through his authorised representative along with the person who has

conducted survey using total intelligent station.

4. The applicant and the professional on record, in mutual consent, shall select any one of

the three options provided by the empanelled professional or designated officer, for site

inspection and intimate the same to the Empanelled professional or designated officer. If

the Applicant / professional on record does not intimate the Empaneled Professional or

designated officer regarding the preferred date & time for site inspection, the empanelled

professional or designated officer shall fix the site inspection at his convenient date and

time (from the three options given by him) and intimate the applicant and the

professional on record regarding the same.

5. The Empanelled professional or the designated officer shall inspect the site at the time

and date jointly agreed by the Applicant and the professional on record for drawings or

on the date fixed by the empanelled professional or the designated officer.

6. During the site inspection on the date and time fixed as mentioned in (5) above, in the

presence of the applicant and professional on record or in their absence, as the case may

be, the empanelled professional on record or the designated officer shall verify the site

conditions for the following details submitted by the applicant.

(a) Photographs of the plot (by taking photographs from all four sides of the plot).

(b) Existing width of all roads abutting the plot

(c) Location of all natural features in the plot

(d) Location of city level sewer lines and HT lines passing through the plot.

(e) Building footprint and other constructions proposed on the site.

7. The empanelled professional shall mention any missing items (from the list mentioned in

(6) above) or deviations (between the details submitted by the applicant and site

conditions), in the site inspection report.

8. If the Applicant and professional on record are present during the site inspection, the

empanelled professional shall note the acceptance or objections, as the case may be, of

the observations made by the empanelled professional in the site inspection report,

regarding the missing items or deviations.

The empanelled professionals shall send the site inspection report with noting of deviations,

if any, in the prescribed format, to the Authority, within the timelines specified in Appendix-

VIII.

APPENDIX-X

VALIDITY PERIOD OF SANCTION AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AT SITE AND

EXTENSION OF VALIDITY.

1. Validity period for commencement of work – 2 years

2. Initial validity period for completion of work

a) B1, B2 and B3 buildings – 2 years from the date of commencement of work

b) B4 and B5 buildings – 3 years from the date of commencement of work

3. Extension of validity

Extension of validity may be permitted by paying yearly revalidation fee as prescribed

130

APPENDIX-XI

DETAILS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE SITE/ SITE OFFICE OF THE CONSTRUCTION

SITE.

The person to whom a permit is issued shall, during construction keep, posted in a

conspicuous place on the property in respect of which the permit was issued

a) A copy of the building permit;

b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications of the property in respect of which

the permit was issued.

c) Where tests of any materials are made to ensure conformity with the requirements of

the Bye-laws, records of test data shall be kept available for inspection during the

construction of the building and for such a period thereafter as required by the Authority.

APPENDIX-XII

STAGES OF CERTIFICATION OF VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF BUILDING EXECUTED AT

SITE BY EMPANELLED PROFESSIONALS

1. Commencement of work

2. Completion of foundation

3. Completion of each RCC slab (floors and terrace)

4. Exterior masonry completion in each floor

5. Completion of building exterior works and common areas

6. Completion of yard works and services

7. Completion of all works

APPENDIX-XIII

A.

REQUIREMENT OF NUMBER AND TYPE OF LIFTS

Number and Type of Lifts Required for Different Occupancies and Space for Electrical

Installations

1.

The number and type of lifts required depending on the capacity of lift, desired speed

nature of operation are as given in table below:

Table: Number and types of lifts for non-residential Multistoried Building

Sl.

No.

No.of

floor

Capacity

of lifts

in

person

Speed

m/s

No. of persons that can be carried by a lift

In 6 min

In 30 min

In 50 min

In 60 min

Manually

operated

Auto

matic

Manually

operated

Automatic

Manually

operated

Autom

atic

Manually

operated

Auto

matic

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

7

6

0.6-

0.75

17

-

102

-

170

-

204

-

2

7

8

0.6-

0.75

22

-

132

-

220

-

-

-

3

7

10

0.6-

0.75

26

-

156

-

260

-

312

-

4

7

10

1.0

30

-

180

-

300

-

360

-

5

7

13

1.0

37

-

122

-

370

-

444

-

6

11

6

0.6-

0.75

11

-

70

-

115

-

140

-

7

11

8

0.6-

0.75

15

-

90

-

150

-

180

-

8

11

10

0.6-

0.75

18

-

108

-

180

-

216

-

9

11

13

0.6-

0.75

22

-

132

-

220

-

264

-

10

11

10

1.0

21

-

126

-

210

-

252

-

11

11

10

1.5

24

-

144

240

-

288

-

12

11

13

1.5

28

-

156

-

260

-

312

-

13

11

13

1.5

32

-

180

-

300

-

-

-

14

16

10

1.0

17

-

100

126

170

210

-

252

15

16

13

1.5

20

24

120

145

200

240

248

290

16

16

13

1.5

23

30

138

180

138

300

-

360

17

16

16

1.5

25

33

150

198

150

330

300

356

18

21

10

1.5

18

32

108

132

108

220

214

264

19

21

13

1.5

21

26

126

156

126

250

250

312

20

21

14

1.5

23

28

138

168

138

280

-

-

Note-1:

a) For all non-residential buildings, the traffic cleared in 50 minutes is considered adequate and

is

approved by Authority. As such for calculation the number of lifts required, the rate of the

clearance of traffic in column 9 and 10 and the population may be taken into consideration.

131

b) In addition to total number of lifts required as above, provision of one lift of the same capacity

may be considered to serve as stand-by.

Note-2:

The population may be worked out on the basis of useful carpet area which the person

occupies (excluding area of Verandah, Lobbies, Halls, Passages, Lavatory blocks, etc.)

Note-3:

The population on ground and first floor may not be taken into consideration since these

floors are not generally served by lifts.

Note-4:

0.75 meter per sec. Equivalent to 150 ft. per Min.

1.00 meter per sec. Equivalent to 200 ft. per Min.

1.5 meter per sec. Equivalent to 300 ft. per Min.

Note-5:

The height of buildings for lift installation i.e. the travel on the lift presumed in the above

statements is as below:

7 floors 21.0 m.

11 floors 33.0 m.

16 floors 48.0 m.

21 floors 64.0 m.

Table: Number and types of lifts for Residential Building

Sl.

No.

No. of

floors

No

Passenger

unit

capacity

Persons

Speed

in m/s

Landing

Gate

Type

Central

System

Service

Lift No.

Capacity

Persons

Type

of

Gate

Central

System

1

5 to 8

2

6

0.0 to

0.5

*

Automatic

push

button

operation

both

from

car

and

landing

-

-

-

-

2

9

to

11

2

8

0.6 to

1

*

--Do--

1

8

-

Push

button can

handle

switch

control

3

11

to

13

2

8

0.6 to

0.74

*

-- Do-- and

without

collection

system

1

8

-

-- do --

1

6

Power

operated

doors

-- do --

4

13

to

19

2

8

1

-

--Do--

1

8

-

--Do—

2

8

1

Power

operated

doors

*

For buildings more than 15 m in height collapsible gates shall not be permitted.

(see bye-law No. 7.9.1(f) )

Table: Dimensions and required information for Lift Installation in Building

Carrying

capacity

of

lift

(persons)

number

Load

(kg)

Lift

speed

Dimension

of lift well

front

depth

(in

cm.)

(cm)

Leading

Pit

Entrance

(Cm)

Dimension

of

Machine Room

Clearance

from top

floor

landing

to

machine

room

flooring

cm

Imposed

load

in

tones on top of lift

well

due

to

installation. It may

be

noted

that

figures

do

not

include weight of

the machine from

floors and well, etc.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

4

272

Up to &

including

1 m/s

175

115

70

140

230

275

245

450

6.5

6

408

--do--

195

135

80

140

230

335

275

450

7.0

8

544

Up to &

including

1 m/s

200

170

80

150

245

395

275

450

8.5

10

680

Up to &

including

1 m/s

225

170

90

150

245

395

305

470

10.5

132

13

884

--do--

235

188

90

150

245

425

335

470

13.0

16

1088

--do--

255

205

105

150

245

520

335

480

15.0

20

1360

--do--

255

220

105

150

245

520

335

480

15.0

Note:

i)

All lift well dimensions are minimum clear finished plumb requirements.

ii)

Where more than one lift is located in the lift well, extra width of 10 cm. Separator beam

should be provided.

iii)

1 m/s = 200 ft./min.

iv)

The height of landing entrance should be 210 cm. (about 7 ft.) for all lifts.

B.

REQUIREMENT FOR ELECTRICAL SUB STATION

Spaces for Electrical Installations

The spaces required for different electrical installations are given at 3.1 to 3.3

Electric Sub-station – The norms given in 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 shall be adopted for provision of

space for sub-station.

Area Requirements for Sub-Station for buildings

Sl.No.

Total covered Area

(Sq.m)

Transformer Capacity

(KVA)

Sub-Station

Size

Required (Sq.m)

1

2500

1 X 400

70

2

4500

1 X 630

70

3

8000

2 X 630

100

4

10,000

2 X 630

130

5

15,000

4 X 630

160

6

20,000

5 X 630

175

7

25,000

6 X 630

200

8

30,000

7 X 630

220

Note:

1.

For additional 1000 Sq.m. covered area, a load of 90 KVA will come up with 150 KVA

TR. Capacity at 60 % loading.

2.

For additional of one transformer as per covered area, a space of additional 16 Sq.m. is

to be provided.

3.

In case of any deviation in space size due to unavoidable circumstance, the same may

be considered with the approval of Electricity Board.

4.

The floor of the sub-station shall have cable trenches of 0.6 m. depth, the layout for

which will be given at the time of actual construction. For this purpose, a dummy floor of

0.6 m. depth shall be provided to facilitate cutting/digging of floor for installation of

equipment’s and making subsequent changes in trenches. This floor shall be capable to

withstand minimum load of 10 ton of each transformer mounted on flour wheels.

The break-up spaces required for different installations in a sub-station are given as below:

1.

Supply company’s Switchgear room and or space of meters.

2.

Transformer Rooms: The number and size of transformer rooms shall be ascertained from the

total power requirements of the company. To determine the size of transformer and clearance

around a transformer, reference may be made to good practice (I.S.1887-1967 code of

practice for installation and maintenance of Transformer). A 500 KVA transformer may be

provided with a minimum space of 4 m. X 4 m.

If transformer is to be installed outdoor space shall be provided on similar considerations and

adequate provision for safety enclosure is to be made. For transformer having large oil

content (more than 2000 lt.) soak pits are to be provided in accordance with rule 64 of Indian

Electricity Rules, 1956.

3.

High Voltage Switch Rooms: In case of sub-station having one transformer, the owner is

required to provide only one high voltage switch. In the case of single point supply for two

transformers, the number of switches required is 3 and for ‘n’ transformers the number of

switches is n+1. The floor area required in case of a single switch will be roughly 4mX1m and

for every additional switch the length should be increased by 1m.

4.

Low Voltage Switch Rooms: The floor area requirement in respect of low voltage switchgear

room cannot be determined by any formula.

5.

Room for Stand-by-Generator: A room space not less than 6 m. X 9 m. may be provided for

housing a standby Generator set of 50 KW.

Location of electric sub-station in basement of multistoried buildings:

1

The electric sub-station should be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered area

of the buildings not below the first basement level and should be on the

133

periphery of the building with clear independent round the clock approach having

proper ramp with slope.

The ramp should be designed in such a manner that in case of fire no smoke should

enter the main buildings. The exit from basement electric sub-station shall have self-

closing fire/smoke check doors of 2 hours. F.R. near entry to ramp. Additional exit

shall be provided if traveled distance from the farthest corner of the ramp is more

than 15m.

2.

The electric sub-station should be totally segregated from rest of the basement

having 4 hours. F.R. wall and should have adequate internal lighting and ventilation.

A perfect independent ventilation system of 30 air charges per hour linked with

detection as well as automatic medium velocity water spray system for individual

transformer shall be located outside the building at ground floor, fire control room

shall be manned round the clock and shall also have and audio system in the

basement as well as in the control room. No service such as water, sewer, air-

conditioning, gas pipes or telegraphs services should pass through electric

substation of the cable trench.

3.

The rising mains should be of metal bus bars. The floor of electric substation should

be 2 ft above the rest of basement floor and designed suitably to carry 10 tons of

transformer weight on wheels also having provision of proper cable trenches 0.6 X 0.6

m. depth. Dummy floor of 0.6 m. depth be provided to facilitate laying of cables inside

the building connecting to equipment. Fire retarding cables should be provided and

cable trenches be filed with said cables. R.C.C. pipes at suitably places as required

will be provided for cable entries to the sub-station spaces with suitable water

proofing arrangement. A provision of 12 ft. clear height below Beams should be made

in the electric sub-station area along with adequate arrangement for fixing chain

pulley block for a load of 15 tons. Provision of sumps shall be kept in the floor so that

complete volume of transformer oil in the event of spillover could be accommodated.

Sufficient arrangement to prevent spread of fire to oil pumps is made.

4.

Transformers room and sub-station room shall be provided with steel shutters of 8’ X

8’ with suitable grills. Sufficient arrangement for pumping the water out, in

case

of flooding should be made to minimize loss to switchgear and transformer.

5.

In view of experience of installation of exhaust chimneys in the multistoried buildings

at undesirable locations, proper provision in the form of vertical exhaust leading to

above terrace level should be made for the substation.

6.

Electric sub-station space should be made available free of cost by promoters and

should be free of seepage/leakage of water. There should be no combustible material

kept in side or in the vicinity. Periodic inspection of electric sub-station shall be

mandatory and violation of any bye-law will be dealt, sternly with penalty and

immediate disconnection.

Other Requirements for Sub-station

1.

The sub-station will preferably be located on the ground level failing which it can be in

the basement floor in no case at higher level.

2.

The entire space will be provided at one floor in continuation.

3.

The minimum width of the sub-station space shall not be less than 6 m.

4.

The areas given above in respect of the different categories of rooms hold good if they are

provided with windows and independent access doors.

5.

All the rooms should be provided with partition up to the Ceilings and shall have proper

ventilation. Special care should be taken to ventilate the transformer rooms and where

necessary, louvers at lower levels and exhaust fans at higher level shall be provided at

suitable locations.

6.

In order to prevent storm water entering the transformer and switch rooms through the

soak pits, the floor level of the sub-station shall be at least 15 cm above the highest flood

water level that may be anticipated in the locality.

Cable Trenches Shafts Etc.

1. Suitable number of vertical shafts, rising mains, distribution boxes, etc. shall also be provided as

per the requirements at suitable location. Cable trenches with suitable handy covers for entry of the

cables up to the substation onwards up to the street adjoining other building shall also be provided

as per the requirements.

These vertical shafts, rising mains, distribution boxes, cable trenches, etc. shall be so constructed

as to be accessible only to authorized personnel. The rising mains and other installations in the

vertical shafts, tap off boxes distribution boxes etc. required at each floor shall be provided, installed

and maintained by the owner at their own cost. Adequate enclosed space shall also be provided at

134

each floor for installation of equipment’s for distribution on respective floors such as distribution

boxes, cut-out, and meter boxes and main switches.

2 Location of Switch Room: In large installations other than where a substation is provided, a

separate switch room shall be provided. This shall be located as closely possible to the electrical load

center and suitable ducts shall be laid with minimum number of bends form the point of entry of the

supply to the position of the main switchgear. The switch room shall also be placed in such a

position that rising ducts may readily be provided there from to the upper floors of the building in

one straight vertical run. In larger building, more than one rising duct and horizontal ducts may

also be required for running cables from the switch room to the foot of each rising main. Such cable

ducts shall be reserved for the electrical services only, which may, however, include medium and low

voltage installations, such as call bell systems. Telephone installation should be suitably segregated.

3 Location and Requirement of Distribution Panels: The electrical gear distribution panels and other

apparatus, which are required on such floor, may conveniently be mounted adjacent to the rising

mains, and adequate space should be provided at each floor for this purpose.

4 Location and Requirement of PBX/PABX Room: Information regarding provision and location of

PBX/PABX room, telephone outlets and riser shall be ascertained form the relevant Authority.

Adequate space should be provided for installation of Sub-Distribution Board.

GENERAL

The maintenance of the built up space for electric sub-station, distribution equipment, vertical

shafts and enclosure at each floor shall be done by the owner. The standby arrangement for

electricity supply up to and including the substation equipment and distribution pillars at the sub-

station shall be provided compulsorily.

APPENDIX-XIV

PROVISION FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED

1. Definitions

Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled who are able to walk but who may depend on

prostheses (Artificial Limbs) or those (Calipers), Sticks, crutches or walking aids.

Non-Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled people with impairments that confine them to

wheelchair.

Wheel Chair: Chair used by disabled people for mobility.

i) Size of small wheel chair: 750 x 1050 mm

ii) Size of large wheel chair: 800 x 1500 mm

2. Scope

These bye-laws are applicable to public buildings and exclude domestic buildings.

Building which shall provide access to ambulant disable and Non-Ambulant disabled are

listed below. Distinction is made for buildings to be designed for the use of large wheel chairs

and small wheel chair.

3. Building to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People Higher Secondary School,

Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs, Sport Centers, Sport Pavilions,

Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers, Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts,

Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums, Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditoria’s, Small Offices

(the maximum plinth area 1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (for

capacity above 50 dinners).

Note:

i) In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel

chair)

ii) @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.

iii) In Theatres, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-

ambulant spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for

spectators above 1000.

4. Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People:

Schools for physically handicapped, cremation, buildings as mentioned in 3, Botanical

Gardens, Religious Buildings, Old People Clubs, Village Halls, Day Centers, Junior Training

Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries, Railway Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and

Departmental Stores.

Notes: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following

building, post offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and

departmental stores.

5. Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs) Public

lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs Motels, Professional and Scientific Institution, Museum,

135

Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laboratories, Universities, Collage for further Education,

Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College, Exhibition Halls Dentist Surgeries,

Administrative Department of the Hospitals, Service Stations, Car Parking, Buildings Airports

Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories Employing Handicapped for Sedentary Works, Large

Offices, (with plinth area abode 1400 sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices,

and Labour Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity above 100

dinners).

6. Buildings Requirements:

All Building requirements for building projects proposed under this category shall be

conforming to Annex D, Part 3 of NBC 2005.

APPENDIX-XV

ACCREDITATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITORS (QUALIFIED BUILDING AUDITORS)

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), through qualified

agencies shall accredit the Qualified Building Environment Auditors (QBEAs). The Qualified Building

Environment Auditors could be a firm /organization or an individual expert, who fulfils the

requirements. The Ministry will implement this process of accreditation through Quality Council of

India (QCI), National Productivity Council or any other organization identified by the Government.

The organizations like Indian Green Building Council, Bureau of Energy Efficiency etc. can also be

associated in the process of accreditation, training, and renewal. The environmental consultants

accredited by the QCI for building sector will be qualified as QBEAs. The QBEAs will meet the

following criteria. The accrediting agency can improvise on these criteria.

Qualifications of the Auditor:

a. Education: Architect (Degree or Diploma), Town Planners (Degree), Civil Engineer /

Mechanical Engineer (Degree or Diploma), PG in Environmental Science or any other

qualification as per the scheme of the accreditation.

Training:

b. Mandatory training to be given by the accreditation body or their approved training

providers. This will be as per the scheme of the accreditation.

Experience:

c. At least 3 years of work experience in the related field or building sector Environment

Impact Assessment consultants accredited by QCI or any other experience criteria as

per the scheme of the accreditation.

Infrastructure and equipment:

d. As per the scheme of the accreditation

Renewal:

e. The accreditation will be valid for 5 years and will be renewed as per the process

developed under the accreditation scheme.

Accountability/Complaint redressal mechanism: Any complaints regarding the quality of the work of

QBEAs shall be made to the accreditation body. The accreditation body shall evaluate the complaint

and take appropriate action including black listing or cancellation of the accreditation with wide

public notice. This will be in addition to the action at the level of local authority for penalty and

blacklisting. The Ministry can also take such action in case of specific complaint or feedback.

APPENDIX-XVI

ENVIRONMENTAL CELL AT THE LEVEL OF LOCAL AUTHORITY

An Environmental Cell shall be setup at the local authority level to support compliance and

monitoring of environmental conditions in buildings. The Cell shall also provide assistance in

environmental planning and capacity building within their jurisdiction. The responsibility of this cell

would be monitoring the implementation of this notification and providing an oversight to the Third-

Party Auditing process. The cell will operate under the local authority.

Constitution of the cell:

The cell will comprise of at least 3 dedicated experts in following fields:

a. Waste management (solid and liquid)

b. Water conservation and management

c. Resource efficiency including Building materials

a. Energy Efficiency and renewable energy

136

e. Environmental planning including air quality management.

f. Transport planning and management.

The Cell shall induct at least two outside experts as per the requirements and background

of dedicated experts. Existing environmental cells at the level of local authority can be co-opted and

trained for this Cell.

Financial Support:

An additional fee may be charged along with processing fee for building License for

integrating environmental conditions and it’s monitoring. The local authority can fix and revise this

additional fee from time to time. The amount of this fee shall be deposited in a separate bank

account, and used for meeting the requirement of salary / emoluments of experts and running the

system of online application, verifications and the Environmental Cell.

Functions of the Cell:

1.

The cell shall be responsible for assessing and appraising the environmental concerns of the

area under their jurisdiction where building activities are proposed. The Cell can evolve and

propose additional environmental conditions as per requirements. These conditions may be

area specific and shall be notified in advance from time to time. These additional conditions

shall be approved following a due consultation process. These environmental conditions will

be integrated in building Licenses by the sanctioning authority.

2.

Develop and maintain an online system for application and payment of fees. The Cell shall

maintain an online database of all applications received, projects approved, the compliance

audit report, random inspections made. The Cell shall maintain a portal for public disclosure

of project details including self-certification and compliance audit reports filed by the

Qualified Building Environment Auditors for public scrutiny of compliance of environmental

conditions by the project.

3.

Monitoring the work of Environmental Audit process carried by the Qualified Building

Auditors.

4.

The Cell shall review the applications; finalize the additional environmental conditions if

required within 30 days of the submission of the application to the local authority.

5.

The Cell shall adopt risk based random selection of projects for verifying on site for

certification of QBA, compliance of environmental conditions and five yearly audit report.

6.

The Cell shall recommend to the local authority for financial penalty for non-compliance of

environmental conditions by the project proponent.

7.

The Cell shall recommend to the accrediting body and the local authority against any

Qualified Building Environment Auditor, if any lapse is found in their work.

APPENDIX-XVII

CATEGORIES OF MATERIALS OF STORAGE OF WAREHOUSE AS PER COMBUSTION RISK.

A. Non-combustible materials:

Articles (which are Non- Combustible, Non -Flammable, Non -Corrosive, Non -toxic,

Non-poisonous, Non-Explosive) such as Cement, brick, mortar, hardware items, metals in

solid bar/metal goods (excluding those having melting point below 1000 o C)

B. Combustible Materials in following 4 sub categories

Category

Material Specifications

Stacking Height

Medium

(in m)

High

(in m)

Category I

Articles such as Carpets, Non synthetic/synthetic yarn and

fabrics. Mechanical and electrical goods (dominantly metal

parts), Glassware and crockery, fibreboards, groceries, metal

goods, Papers other than those listed under categories

Moderate

and

High,

Powdered

and

canned

foods,

Plastic/glass bottles containing non-flammable liquids, etc.

4

6.5

Category II

Articles such as Batteries, Baled cotton/synthetic fibers,

Books, Baled cork, Baled waste paper, Cartons containing

alcohols ( in cans/bottles), Cartons of canned lacquers which

dry by solvent evaporation, Chipboard, Cardboard rolls

(horizontally Stored), Cereals/Grains/Foodstuff/ Flour/Sugar

in sacks, Cellulose/Cellulose pulp, Electrical goods other

than those stated in Category low, Flammable liquids in non-

combustible containers, Leather goods, Palletized liquor

3

5.5

137

stocks, Plastics (non-foamed, other than cellulose nitrate),

Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted paper (Horizontal

storage), Veneer sheets, Wooden patterns, Metal/wooden

furniture with plastic seats, etc.

Category III

Articles such as Bitumen/Wax coated paper, Candles,

Carbon black, Card board rolls (vertically stored), Charcoal,

Coal> cellulose nitrate, Foamed plastic and foam rubber

products, Flammable liquids in combustible containers,

Linoleum products, Matches, Plastics other than those stated

in Category Moderate, Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted

paper (vertical storage), Rubber goods including tyres and

tubes, Sawn timber, Ventilated wood stacks, Waxed and

asphalt coated papers and containers in cartons, Wood wool,

wooden pallets and flats (idle), Ail materials having wrappings

or pre-formed containers of foamed plastics, etc.

2

4.5

Category IV

Off cuts and random pieces of foamed plastic or rubber rolls

of sheets of foamed plastic or foamed rubber, Foam mattress,

Expanded polystyrene packaging, Foam upholstery, etc.

1.25

3.5

Explanations:

# The deflector of the sprinkler fitted in the

ceiling shall be at more than 1.5 m from the

goods stored below. However, in case of jute

storage, no jute stock shall reach within 2 m

of the deflectors of the sprinkler heads.

# In case of storage in racks or shelves, if the

height of storage is more than

what is specified, intermediate sprinklers

shall be provided for each

shelf/rack

in

addition

to

the

ceiling

sprinklers and overall design density

and AMAO shall be maintained as per Table

5 of IS: 15105.

# The aisle width between the storage stacks

shall not be less than 2.5 m and the

maximum area of each storage stack shall

not

be

more

than

15.0..m2.

If

these

parameters are exceeded, the design density

applicable shall be loaded by 2.5 L/min/m2.

# In case of mixed storage (both moderate and

high hazard storage) in

buildings, the parameters will be governed

by the most hazardous

occupancy

Goods stored not higher than what is stated

above for the appropriate category or not

higher than the eaves height of the roofs or

within 1 m of a flat ceiling

whichever is the lowest shall be regarded as

moderate

hazard

storage.

If

the

above

conditions are not met, the risk shall be

regarded as high hazard storage

Notes:

1.

Any new use which increase the number of occupants to a figure comparable with other

classes of occupancy shall change the classification of the building to that of the new use (for

example, Warehouse used \ for office purposes).

2.

Ware house buildings shall not include any article which is highly combustible or

explosive materials or products which are liable to bum with extreme rapidity and or which

may produce poisonous fumes or explosions for storage, handling and which involve highly

corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flame, fumes

and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage, handling of any

material producing explosive mixtures of dust which result in the division of matter in to fine

particles subject to spontaneous ignition as such buildings fall in Hazardous Building Category.

138

FORMS

FORM-I

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FORM FOR

BUILDING LICENCE.

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Identification proof of the Applicant;

3. Whether the Applicant is the owner of the plot or GPA holder or Promoter, representing the

Owner;

4. Survey No., Village, Taluk and District of the plot and other description of plot;

5. Type of Building licence required (for new construction, addition / alteration, revises licence);

6. Documents enclosed with the Application;

7. Drawings or Details enclosed with the Application;

8. Details of Professionals on Record to prepare the drawings;

9. Details of Professionals on Record to supervise the works (compulsory in case B3, B4 and B5

types of buildings)

10. Affidavit and indemnity for basement floor construction

11. Specifications of the building enclosed with the application (in the format notified by the

government)

12. Affidavit of applicant and professionals on record for drawings and supervision enclosed with

the application (in the format notified by the government)

FORM-II

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED AND TO BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FOR NOCS FROM

DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, IN ADDITION TO THE DETAILS REQUIRED FOR BUILDING

LICENCE (as specified by the concerned department).

IIa.

From Department of Fire and Emergency Services

IIb.

From MOEF and KSPCB

IIc.

From Airport Authority of India

IId.

From Coastal Regulation Zone Authority

IIe.

From Karnataka State Water Supply & Drainage Board

IIf.

From Indian Railways

IIg.

From Metro rail corporation

IIh.

From Heritage conservation committee

IIi.

From National Monuments Authority

IIj.

From Urban Arts Commission

139

FORM-III

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Document having discrepancy;

4. Details of discrepancy; and

5. Details of rectification proposed, if any

FORM-IV

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE PLANS AND DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR

SANCTION OF BUILDING LICENCE

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Drawings having discrepancy (specify for each drawing separately);

4. Details of discrepancy in drawings (specify for each drawing separately);

5. Details of discrepancy in the conditions for obtaining NOCs from other departments; and

6. Details of rectification proposed, if any;

FORM-V

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE INTIMATION LETTER OF THE AUTHORITY TO

EMPANELLED PROFESSIONAL FOR SITE INSPECTION AND SUBMISSION OF SITE

INSPECTION REPORT FOR APPROVAL OF SITE PLAN

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Name and address of the Professional on record for preparing drawing;

4. Details of the building site in which building licence is applied for;

5. Copies of the relevant documents;

6. Details of the site plan and other technical drawings & details submitted;

FORM-VI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT

1. Name and the address of the Applicant;

2. Name and the address of the professional on record for drawings;

3. Name and the address of the Empanelled professional or designated officer ;

140

4. Particulars of the Plot;

5. Date of inspection;

6. Noting of site inspection;

7. Acknowledgement of applicant and professional on record

8. Date of submission of report;

FORM-VII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT REGARDING DISCREPANCY IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Name and address of the Professional on record for preparing drawing;

4. Name and address of the empanelled professional who has submitted the inspection report;

5. Drawings having discrepancy (specify for each drawing separately);

6. Details of discrepancy in drawings (specify for each drawing separately);

7. Details of rectification proposed, if any;

FORM-VIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE BUILDING LICENCE

1. Name and address of ULB with logo

2. Type of building licence

3. Building licence no. and date

4. Plot approval details

5. Particulars of Plot

6. Name and address of Applicant

7. Name and address of Professionals on record for drawings

8. Name and address of Professionals on record for supervision

9. Particulars of the building (floor area, construction area, parking details, etc.,)

10. NOCs received

11. Various fees paid

12. Licence validity period

13. Other Terms and conditions of licence

14. Seal and signature of CEO

141

FORM-IX

DETAILS TO BE DISPLAYED OUTSIDE THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the building licence (extent of site, existing and proposed width of roads abutting

the road and name of roads as per the records of the Authority, no. of building blocks and for

each block – no. of floors, all-round setbacks, no. of basement floors, total floor area eligible

and proposed – permissible, premium and TDR, no. of 4-wheeler and 2 wheeler parking

required and provided, including visitors parking – within the building and outside the

building, both covered and open)

3. Details of Professionals on Record to prepare the drawings;

4. Details of Professionals on Record to supervise the works;

5. Site plan

6. 3D view of the building (if proposed in any advertisement of the promoter)

FORM-X

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE SITE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL, CERTIFYING THE WORKS OR STATING THE DEFECTS / DEVIATIONS

IN WORKS EXECUTED AT SITE.

1. Name and address of the Applicant.

2. Name and address of the professional on record for supervision

3. Name and address of contractor executing work

4. Name and address of empanelled professional

5. Name and address of the Authority

6. Particulars of the Plot

7. Noting of site inspection (stating the defects / deviations in works executed, from the

approved plans, specifying the related drawing)

8. Acknowledgement of applicant and professional on record

9. Date of inspection

10. Date of submission of report

FORM-XI

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE ENDORSEMENT ISSUED BY THE AUTHORITY TO THE

APPLICANT TO RECTIFY THE DEFECTS IN WORKS EXECUTED.

1. Name and address of the Applicant;

2. Details of the application for building licence;

3. Name and address of the Professional on record for supervision;

4. Name and address of the empanelled professional who has submitted the inspection report;

142

5. Works having defects / deviations from approved drawings (specify for each drawing

separately);

6. Details of discrepancy in works executed (specify for each drawing separately);

7. Details of rectification proposed, if any;

FORM-XII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN INSPECTION REPORT OF CEO REGARDING OBJECTIONS

RAISED BY THE APPLICANT AGAINST THE INSPECTION REPORT OF EMPANELLED

PROFESSIONAL OR DEPARTMENT ISSUING NOCs.

1. Name and address of the Applicant.

2. Name and address of the professional on record for supervision

3. Name and address of contractor executing work

4. Name and address of empanelled professional

5. Name and address of the Authority

6. Name and address of the Department which issued NOC (if objection is raised against

such department)

7. Particulars of the Plot

8. Noting of site inspection (stating the changes to be made by the applicant in works

executed, if applicable, or certifying the works executed)

9. Acknowledgement of applicant, professional on record and designated officer of the

department (if applicable)

10. Date of inspection

11. Date of submission of report

FORM-XIII

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN COMPLETION CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THE PRINCIPAL

PROFESSIONAL ON RECORD, SUPERVISING THE WORKS.

1. Name and address of ULB with logo

2. Type of building licence issued

3. Building licence no. and date

4. Plot approval details

5. Particulars of Plot

6. Name and address of Applicant

7. Name and address of Professionals on record for drawings

8. Name and address of Professionals on record for supervision

9. Particulars of the building (floor area, construction area, parking details, etc.,) as built in site

10. Details of certification by empanelled professional

11. Signature of Professional on record for supervision

143

FORM-XIV

DETAILS TO BE CONTAINED IN THE OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.

1. Name and address of ULB with logo

2. Type of building licence issued

3. Building licence no. and date

4. Plot approval details

5. Particulars of Plot

6. Name and address of Applicant

7. Name and address of Professionals on record for drawings

8. Name and address of Professionals on record for supervision

9. Particulars of the building (floor area, construction area, parking details, etc.,)

10. Approvals received from other departments which issued NOCs

11. Details of completion certificate

12. Details of certification by empanelled professional

13. Other Terms and conditions of occupation

14. Date and no. of occupation certificate

15. Seal and signature of CEO

FORM-XV

CERTIFICATE OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN & SAFETY

1. Name and the address of the Applicant;

2. Particulars of the Plot;

3. Building license sanctioned date;

4. Date of inspection;

5. A statement, stating that certifying that the building is structurally safe and the construction

is in accordance with the specified designs

FORM-XVI

CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY CONTROL

1. Name and the address of the Applicant;

2. Particulars of the Plot;

3. Building license sanctioned date;

4. Date of inspection;

5. Written statement submitted Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) affirming that the building

meets the standard specification.

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

NAGARAJ

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

G

2

ª

¥

2

¤

ª

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÉÊUÁj

G¥ÀRAqÀ (v

2017, ¢£ÁA

ªÀÄÄA¢£À 6 w

¸ÁªÀð

¥ÀjUÀt¹zÉ.

2 RAqÀ (n

¤UÀªÀÄ” ªÀ£ÀÄß

ªÀÄÄA¢£À 6 w

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

¸ÀASÉå

jPÁ «ªÁzÀ

vi)gÀ ªÉÄÃgÉU

APÀ: 24-01

wAUÀ¼À CªÀ¢ü

ðd¤PÀ »vÀz

DzÀÄzÀjAzÀ

n) G¥ÀRAq

Äß “¸ÁªÀðd

wAUÀ¼À CªÀ¢ü

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ªÁ

aluru, Saturd

å: PÁE 5 J¯

UÀ¼À C¢ü¤Ai

UÉ “PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

1-2017gÀ°è

¢üAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ eÁ

zÀȶ֬ÄAzÀ

zÀ, PÉÊUÁjPÁ

qÀ (vi)gÀ ªÉ

d¤PÀ G¥ÀAiÀÄ

¢üAiÀĪÀgÀUÉ «

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

day, July 15

PÁ«

¯ïqÀ§ÆèöåJ

iÀĪÀÄ 1947gÀ

PÀ gÁdå gÀ¸ÉÛ ¸Á

“¸ÁªÀðd¤P

eÁjAiÀİègÀĪ

¸ÀzÀj CªÀ¢

«ªÁzÀUÀ¼À

ªÉÄÃgÉUÉ ¥ÀæzÀvÀÛ

iÀÄÄPÀÛ ¸Éêɔ

«¸ÀÛj¹ WÉÆÃ¶

P

ÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

5, 2017 (D

5, 2017 (Ash

«ÄðPÀ ¸ÀaªÁ

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2017, ¨ÉAUÀ¼

gÀ (PÉÃAzÁæ¢ü

¸ÁjUÉ ¤UÀªÀÄ

PÀ G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛ

ªÀAvÉ WÉÆÃ¶

¢üAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄ

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

vÀÛªÁzÀ C¢üPÁ

JA§ÄzÁV

¶¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁ

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 24, ±

hada 24, Sha

®AiÀÄ

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£Á

¤AiÀĪÀÄ 194

” ªÀ£ÀÄß C¢ü

PÀÛ ¸Éêɔ J

¶¸À¯ÁVvÀÄÛ;

ÄA¢£À 6 w

1947 (PÉÃA

PÁgÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÀ¯

¢£ÁAPÀ: 0

Ádå¥Á®gÀ D

J.J

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

PÁ

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha 1

APÀ: 14-07-

47gÀ ¸ÀASÉå:

¸ÀÆZÀ£É ¸ÀAS

JA§ÄzÁV

wAUÀ¼À CªÀ¢ü

zÁæ¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

¯Á¬Ä¹, “PÀ

01-07-2017

DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁg

J£ï. gÁzsÁª

C¢üãÀ PÁA

Á«ÄðPÀ E¯Á

wUÀ¼ÀÄ: 200

∏Â√

939)

1939)

-2017

14) P˨A 2

SÉå: PÁE 5

¢£ÁAPÀ:01-0

¢üUÉ «¸ÀÛj¸À®

Ä 1947gÀ ¸ÀA

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁd

7jAzÀ eÁj

gÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ Cª

ªÀÄtÂ

AiÀÄðzÀ²ð

SÉ.

¿Ê

£ÀA. 689

No. 689

2 RAqÀ (n

J¯ïqÀ§ÆèöåJ

01-2017jAz

®Ä ¸ÀPÁðgÀª

ASÉå:14) PÀ®

då gÀ¸ÉÛ ¸Áj

jUÉ §gÀĪÀA

ªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è

n)

J

zÀ

ªÀÅ

A

jUÉ

vÉ

°è,

R

¨s

P

0

G

J

0

¥

2

¸

ª

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÉÊUÁj

G¥ÀRAqÀ

J¯ïqÀ§ÆèöåJ

03-12-2016

¸ÁªÀð

¥ÀjUÀt¹zÉ.

2 RAqÀ (n)

¸ÀA¸ÉÜ" AiÀÄ£ÀÄß

ªÀÄÄA¢£À 6 w

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

¸ÀASÉå

jPÁ «ªÁzÀ

(vi)gÀ ªÉÄÃ

J

2017,

jAzÀ ªÀÄÄA¢

ðd¤PÀ »vÀz

DzÀÄzÀjAzÀ,

) G¥ÀRAqÀ

Äß “¸ÁªÀðd¤

wAUÀ¼À CªÀ¢ü

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ªÁ

aluru, Saturd

å: PÁE 6 J¯

UÀ¼À C¢ü¤Ai

ÃgÉUÉ "¨ÉAUÀ¼

¢:

24-0

¢£À 6 wAUÀ¼

zÀȶ֬ÄAzÀ

PÉÊUÁjPÁ «

qÀ (vi)gÀ ªÉÄ

d¤PÀ G¥ÀAiÀÄÄ

¢üAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

day, July 15

PÁ«

¯ïqÀ§ÆèöåJ

iÀĪÀÄ 1947gÀ

À¼ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀĺÁ

01-2017gÀ°è

¼À CªÀ¢üAiÀĪ

¸ÀzÀj CªÀ¢ü

«ªÁzÀUÀ¼À C

ÃgÉUÉ ¥ÀæzÀvÀÛª

ÄÄPÀÛ ¸Éêɔ J

«¸ÀÛj¹ WÉÆ

P

ÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

5, 2017 (D

5, 2017 (Ash

«ÄðPÀ ¸ÀaªÁ

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2017, ¨ÉAUÀ¼

gÀ (PÉÃAzÁæ¢ü

ºÁ£ÀUÀgÀ ¸Áj

¸ÁªÀðd¤

ªÀgÉUÉ eÁjAi

¢üAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄ

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

ªÁzÀ C¢üPÁg

JA§ÄzÁV

ö¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁ

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 24, ±

hada 24, Sha

®AiÀÄ

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£Á

¤AiÀĪÀÄ 194

jUÉ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ"AiÀ

¤PÀ

G¥ÀAi

iÀİègÀĪÀAvÉ

ÄA¢£À 6 w

1947 (PÉÃAz

gÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÀ¯Á

¢£ÁAPÀ: 03

Ádå¥Á®gÀ D

J.J

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

PÁ

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha 1

APÀ: 14-07-

47gÀ ¸ÀASÉå:

iÀÄ£ÀÄß C¢ü¸ÀÆ

iÀÄÄPÀÛ

¸ÉêÉ

WÉÆÃ¶¸À¯ÁV

wAUÀ¼À CªÀ¢ü

zÁæ¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

Á¬Ä¹ “¨ÉAU

3-06-2017

DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁg

J£ï. gÁzsÁª

C¢üãÀ PÁA

Á«ÄðPÀ E¯Á

wUÀ¼ÀÄ: 200

∏Â√

939)

1939)

-2017

14) P˨A 2

¸ÀÆZÀ£É ¸ÀAS

JA§ÄzÁ

VvÀÄÛ.

¢üUÉ «¸ÀÛj¸À®

1947gÀ ¸ÀA

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀĺÁ

jAzÀ eÁj

gÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ Cª

ªÀÄtÂ

AiÀÄðzÀ²ð

SÉ.

¿Ê

£ÀA. 690

No. 690

2 RAqÀ (n

SÉå: PÁE

V

¢£ÁAP

®Ä ¸ÀPÁðgÀª

ASÉå:14) PÀ®

ºÁ£ÀUÀgÀ ¸Áj

jUÉ §gÀĪÀAv

ªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è

n)

6

PÀ:

ªÀÅ

A

jUÉ

vÉ

°è,

R

¨s

P

0

(A

K

B

O

p

E

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

In e

Amendmen

Karnataka i

Bangalore,

Officer for

provisions

Election of

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

M

NO

exercise of

nt) Act 2013

is hereby ap

BMTC Bus

r the prep

of Section

f the Memb

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

aluru, Mond

MINORITY

O. MWD 30

the power

3 read with

ppointed Sm

s Station (

paration of

n 14(1) (b) (

bers of the

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 17,

WELFARE

NO

0 WES 2017

rs conferre

h Rule 11 o

mt. M.V. Ja

(Upstairs) S

f Electoral

i to iv) of W

Karnataka

ÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

17, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

E HAJ AND

OTIFICATIO

7 P, Bengal

ed under S

of the Karn

ayanti, IAS.,

Shantinagar

l Rolls to

Wakf (Ame

a State Boa

By order an

Min

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 26,

ada 26, Shak

WAKF SEC

ON

luru, dated

Sec. 14 of

nataka Wak

, Regional C

r, Bangalor

the four

endment) A

rd of Auqa

nd in the na

AK

Under Sec

nority Welfa

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

ka Varsha 1

CRETARIAT

d: 17.07.20

f the Wakf

kf Rules 20

Commission

re as on E

Electoral

Act 2013 in

f, Bangalor

ame of the G

KRAM BHAS

cretary to G

re Haj & W

¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 250

∏Â√

1939)

939)

T

17

f Act 1995

17, the Go

ner, Bangalo

Electoral R

Colleges

n connectio

re.

Governor of

SHA

Government

akf Departm

¿Ê

£ÀA. 691

No. 691

5 and Wak

overnment o

ore Division

Registratio

as per th

on with th

f Karnataka

ment

kf

of

n,

n

he

he

a,

R

¨s

P

0

C

a

i

C

O

t

P

I

i

1

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Orde

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

authorised b

n the Karna

The

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2

Official Gaz

the Constitu

(First

THE KAR

An A

Whe

Procuremen

Be it

ndia as foll

1. Sh

n Public Pr

(2) It

2. A

1999 (Karna

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

NO.

ered that t

2016 (2017

by the Gove

ataka Gazet

following

2016 (2017g

ette under

ution of Ind

Published i

RNATAKA T

(R

Act further t

reas it is

nts Act, 199

t enacted by

ows:-

hort title a

ocurements

t shall come

Amendment

ataka Act 2

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

aluru, Mond

PARLI

DPAL 22 S

the transla

gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

ernor of Ka

tte for gene

translation

gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

the author

dia.

K

in the Karn

TRANSPAR

Received the a

to amend th

s expedien

99 (Karnatak

y the Karna

and comme

s (Amendm

e into force

t of section

8 of 2000),

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 17,

IAMENTAR

NO

SHASANA 2

tion of the

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

arnataka un

ral informa

n of the P

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

ity of the G

KARNATAKA

nataka Gaze

RENCY IN P

assent of the

he Karnatak

t further

ka Act 28 o

ataka State

encement.-

ment) Act, 20

at once.

n 6.- In th

after Sectio

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

17, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

RY AFFAIRS

OTIFICATIO

2016, Beng

e PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸

¸ÀASÉå: 31)

nder clause

ation.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸Á

¸ÀASÉå: 31)

Governor of

A ACT NO.

ette Extra-o

PUBLIC PRO

e President o

ka Transpar

to amend

of 2000) for

e Legislatur

- (1) This Ac

016.

e Karnatak

on 6, the fol

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 26,

ada 26, Shak

S SECRETA

ON

galuru, date

¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ ¸

in the En

(3) of Artic

ÁªÀðd¤PÀ ¸À

in the Eng

Karnataka

31 OF 201

rdinary on

OCUREMEN

n the 20th da

rency in Pu

d the Karn

the purpos

re in the six

ct may be c

ka Transpar

llowing sha

Ò∏Â

, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

ka Varsha 1

ARIAT

ed: 17.07.2

¸ÀAUÀæºÀuÉUÀ¼À°è

nglish lang

cle 348 of th

AUÀæºÀuÉUÀ¼À°è

glish langua

under clau

17

the 29th d

NTS (AMEN

ay of June, 2

ublic Procur

nataka Tra

es hereinaf

xty seventh

called the K

rency in Pu

all be inserte

∏Â√

1939)

939)

2017

°è ¥ÁgÀzÀ±ÀðPÀ

guage, be p

he constitu

¥ÁgÀzÀ±ÀðPÀv

age is publi

use (3) of Ar

day of June,

NDMENT) A

2017)

rements Act

ansparency

fter appearin

year of the

arnataka T

ublic Procur

ed, namely:

¿Ê

£ÀA. 692

No. 692

PÀvÉ (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr

published a

tion of Indi

vÉ (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr

ished in th

rticle 348 o

, 2017)

ACT, 2016

t, 1999.

y in Publi

ng;

e Republic o

ransparenc

rements Ac

:-

r)

as

ia

r)

he

of

ic

of

cy

t,

2

"Provided that, the tender inviting authority shall, in the notified Departments out of

those construction works, value of which does not exceed Rs.50.00 Lakhs such number of

works not exceeding 17.15 percent be tendered only among the tenderers belonging to the

Scheduled Castes Category and such number of works not exceeding 6.95 percent be

tendered only among tenderers belonging to the Scheduled Tribes Category, by taking out

notices, communications and publications required to be taken following the prescribed

procedures:

Provided further that, if no tender from persons belonging to the Scheduled Castes

or Scheduled Tribes as the case may be, is received in response to the invitation in two

attempts such works may be tendered among others.

Explanation:- For the purpose of this proviso,-

(1) "Scheduled Castes" shall have reference to the Scheduled Castes specified in part

VII of the Constitution (Scheduled Castes) Order, 1950 made under Article 341 of the

Constitution of India and as amended from time to time;

(2) "Scheduled Tribes" shall have reference to the Scheduled Tribes specified in part

VI of the Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) Order, 1950 made under Article 342 of the

Constitution of India and as amended from time to time;"

The above translation of PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ ¸ÀAUÀæºÀuÉUÀ¼À°è ¥ÁgÀzÀ±ÀðPÀvÉ (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

2016 (2017gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå: 31) be published in the Official Gazette under clause (3) of

Article 348 of the Constitution of India.

VAJUBHAI VALA

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka,

K. DWARAKANATH BABU

Secretary to Government

Department of Parliamentary Affairs

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 400

R

¨s

P

0

g

w

PÀ

g

C

ª

C

C

G

§

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ£Áð

gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ

wAUÀ¼À ºÀ¢£

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢

(2017gÀ dį

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C

(

PÀ£Áð

gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ;

E°è

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀP

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

EzÀÄ

C¢ü¤AiÀÄ«ÄvÀ

1. ¸À

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

§¼ÀPÉ) (wzÀÄÝ

(2)

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

¸ÀASÉå

ðlPÀ C£Àĸ

, DyðPÀ ¸

£Á®Ì£Éà ¢£Á

¢s¤AiÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀA

¯ÉÊ wAUÀ¼À ºÀ¢

C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ eÁ

¸ÀA

2017gÀ dįÉÊ

ðlPÀ C£ÀÄ

, DyðPÀ ¸À

E£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄA

PÀlÄÖ G¥ÀAi

2013PÉÌ (20

¨sÁgÀvÀ UÀt

vÀªÁUÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ;-

¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ºÉ¸Àg

£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §Äq

Ý¥Àr) C¢ü¤A

EzÀÄ F

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

aluru, Mond

SÉå: ¸ÀAªÀå±ÁE

¸ÀÆavÀ eÁ

¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼

ÁAPÀzÀAzÀÄ

ASÉå:38 JA§

20

¢£ÉüÀ£Éà ¢£Á

eÁwUÀ¼À G¥À

A¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À

wAUÀ¼À ºÀ¢£

¸ÀÆavÀ eÁ

¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À

AzÉ PÀAqÀÄ

iÉÆÃd£É (Ai

13gÀ PÀ£Áðl

tgÁdåzÀ Cg

-

gÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥

qÀPÀlÄÖ G¥À

AiÀĪÀÄ, 2017

PÀÆqÀ¯Éà eÁ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 17,

¸ÀA¸À¢ÃAiÀÄ

27 ±Á¸À£À 2

ÁwUÀ¼À G¥

¼À ºÀAaPÉ ª

gÁdå¥Á®gÀ

§ÄzÁV PÀ£Á

017gÀ PÀ£Áðl

£ÁAPÀzÀAzÀÄ PÀ

AiÉÆÃd£É ªÀÄ

ºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀ

£Á®Ì£Éà ¢£Á

ÁwUÀ¼À G¥

¼À ºÀAaPÉ ªÀ

§gÀĪÀ Gz

iÉÆÃd£É gÀÆ

lPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀÄ

gÀªÀvÉÛAl£ÉÃ

¥ÁægÀA¨sÀ.- (

AiÉÆÃd£É (A

7 JAzÀÄ PÀgÉ

ÁjUÉ §gÀvÀPÀÌ

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

17, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

ªÀåªÀºÁgÀUÀ¼À

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2017, ¨ÉAUÀ¼

¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ)

M¦àUÉ zÉÆ

ÁðlPÀ gÁdå¥

lPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀÄ

£ÁðlPÀ gÁd

ÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ

vÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ) (wz

APÀzÀAzÀÄ gÁ

¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ)

zÉÝñÀUÀ½UÁV

Ʀ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ,

ªÀÄ 65) wzÀ

ªÀµÀðzÀ°è P

(1) F C¢

AiÉÆÃd£É gÀÆ

AiÀÄvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

ÌzÀÄÝ.

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 26,

ada 26, Shak

¼À ¸ÀaªÁ®AiÀ

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£ÁA

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §

) (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr)

gÉwzÀÄÝ, ¸Áª

¥ÀvÀçzÀ°è ¥ÀçPÀn

ĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå: 3

då ¥ÀvÀæzÀ «±ÉÃ

ÄÖ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd

zÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü

då¥Á®jAzÀ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

DyðPÀ ¸À

zÀÄÝ¥Àr ªÀiÁqÀ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «

¢ü¤AiÀĪÀĪÀ£

Ʀ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ

Ò∏Â

, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

ka Varsha 1

iÀÄ

APÀ: 17-07-

§ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ G

) «zsÉÃAiÀÄPÀ,

ªÀiÁ£Àå w¼ÀĪ

n¸À¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ

38

õÀ ¸ÀAaPÉAiÀÄ

d£É (AiÉÆÃd£

¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 201

M¦àUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

§ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ G

Ä, 2013PÉÌ w

C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ

¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À

qÀĪÀÅzÀÄ AiÀÄÄPÛ

zsÁ£À ªÀÄAqÀ

£ÀÄß PÀ£Áðl

DyðPÀ ¸ÀA¥

∏Â√

1939)

939)

-2017

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

2017PÉÌ

ªÀ½PÉUÁV E

DzÉò¸À¯ÁV

Ä°è ªÉÆzÀ®Ä

£É gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅ

17

¥ÀqÉAiÀįÁVzÉ

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

wzÀÄÝ¥Àr ªÀiÁ

eÁwUÀ¼À

¼À ºÀAaPÉ

PÀÛªÁVgÀĪÀÅzÀ

qÀ®¢AzÀ F

PÀ C£ÀĸÀÆa

¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À

¿Ê

£ÀA. 693

No. 693

(AiÉÆÃd£

2017gÀ dį

EzÀ£ÀÄß 2017g

VzÉ.

¥ÀæPÀlªÁVzÉ)

ÅzÀÄ, DyðPÀ

zÉ)

(AiÉÆÃd£

ÁqÀ®Ä MAzÀ

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ

zÀjAzÀ;

ªÀÄÄA¢£ÀA

avÀ eÁwUÀ¼

ºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀ

£É

¯ÉÊ

gÀ

£É

zÀÄ

£É

PÉ)

vÉ

¼À

vÀÄÛ

2

2. ¥ÀzÁªÀ½AiÀÄ ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃd£É.- PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ eÁwUÀ¼À G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É (AiÉÆÃd£É gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, DyðPÀ ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À ºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ) C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2013gÀ°è

(2013gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ 65) (E°è E£ÀÄߪÀÄÄAzÉ ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀĪÉAzÀÄ G¯ÉèÃT¸À¯ÁVzÉ) ²Ã¶ðPÉ,

¥Àæ¸ÁÛªÀ£É, aPÀÌ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ°è,-

(i)

"AiÉÆÃd£É" CxÀªÁ "AiÉÆÃd£Á ªÉZÀÑ" CxÀªÁ "ªÁ¶ðPÀ AiÉÆÃd£É" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

§gÀĪÉqÉUÀ¼À¯ÉèɯÁè "ºÀAaPÉ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ DAiÀĪÀåAiÀÄ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÉÆqÀ£É

¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ; ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

(ii)

"G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É" JA§ ¥ÀzÀªÀÅ §gÀĪÉqÉUÀ¼À¯É¯Áè "G¥ÀºÀAaPÉ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ;

3. 2£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 2£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è,-

(i) (J) RAqÀPÉÌ (JJ) RAqÀ JAzÀÄ ªÀÄgÀĸÀASÉå ¤ÃqÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ, ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÁUÉ ªÀÄgÀĸÀASÉå ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁzÀ

(JJ) RAqÀPÉÌ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä F ªÀÄÄA¢£ÀzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ, JAzÀgÉ.-

"(J)" "ºÀAaPÉ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ DAiÀĪÀåAiÀÄ" JAzÀgÉ, «£Á¬Äw¸À¯ÁzÀ ªÉZÀѪÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ¥Àr¹ gÁdåzÀ

¸ÀAavÀ ¤¢üAiÀİè£À MlÄÖ ªÉZÀÑ;

(ii) ºÁUÉ ªÀÄgÀĸÀASÉå ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁzÀ (JJ) RAqÀzÀ vÀgÀĪÁAiÀÄ F ªÀÄÄA¢£ÀzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ,

JAzÀgÉ;-

(J©) "«£Á¬Äw¸À¯ÁzÀ ªÉZÀÑ" JAzÀgÉ, F C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ C£ÀéAiÀÄ¢AzÀ «£Á¬ÄwUÉÆ½¸À¯ÁzÀ ªÉZÀÑ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EzÀÄ ªÉÃvÀ£À, ªÉÃvÀ£À ¸ÀºÁAiÀiÁ£ÀÄzÁ£À, ¦AZÀtÂ, DqÀ½vÁvÀäPÀ ªÉZÀÑ, ªÀÄÆ®zsÀ£À ªÀÄgÀĸÀAzÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

gÁdå ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ vÀ£ÀßzÉà ¸Á®UÀ¼À ¯ÉPÀÌzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É §rØ ¸ÀAzÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁdå ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ GzÀåªÀÄUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

DAiÀĪÀåAiÀÄ-ºÉÆgÀvÁzÀ ¸Á®UÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ gÁdå ¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ C¢ü¸ÀÆa¹zÀ DqÀ½vÁvÀäPÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀzÀ EvÀgÀ

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÉZÀѪÀ£ÀÄß M¼ÀUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ;"

(iii) (J¯ï) RAqÀzÀ°è "±ÉÃPÀqÁ £À®ªÀvÀÛQÌAvÀ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ", ¤AiÀīĸÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ CAxÀ

±ÉÃPÀqÁVAvÀ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C®à«gÁªÀÄzÉÆA¢UÉ ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

(iv) (J£ï) RAqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ©lÄÖ©qÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

4. 3£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 3£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ (2)£Éà G¥À¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è,-

(i) (©) ¨Á©UÉ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ £ÀªÀÄÆzÀÄUÀ¼À°è "¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ "G¥ÁzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ"

JA§ ¥ÀzÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

(ii) (f) ¨Á©£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CzÀPÉÌ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ £ÀªÀÄÆzÀÄUÀ¼À vÀgÀĪÁAiÀÄ F ªÀÄÄA¢£ÀzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ,

JAzÀgÉ;-

"(fJ) ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRåPÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð - ¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ"

5. 5£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 5£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ (1)£Éà G¥À¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è, PÀæªÀĸÀASÉå

(3)PÉÌ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ £ÀªÀÄÆzÀÄUÀ¼À°è, "¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ ¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÀÄ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ "¥ÀzÀ¤«ÄvÀÛ ¸ÀzÀ¸Àå PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð"

JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

6. 11£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 11£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ (2)£Éà G¥À¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ vÀgÀĪÁAiÀÄ

F ªÀÄÄA¢£ÀzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ, JAzÀgÉ:-

"(3)

¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ eÁwUÀ¼À G¥ÀºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖUÀ¼À G¥À ºÀAaPÉAiÀÄ

C£ÀĵÁ×£ÀPÁÌV ºÉÆuÉAiÀiÁUÀĪÀ vÁ®ÆèPÀÄ ªÀÄlÖzÀ ªÉÄðéZÁgÀuÁ ¸À«ÄwUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤AiÀīĸÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ CAxÀ

¸ÀzÀ¸ÀågÉÆA¢UÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAxÀ «zsÁ£ÀzÀ°è gÀa¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ."

3

7. 13£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 13£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è, “MAzÀÄ ¤¢ðµÀÖ ºÀtPÁ¸ÀÄ

ªÀµÀðPÉÌ ºÀAaPÉ ªÀiÁrgÀĪÀ ªÉÆvÀÛªÀÅ RZÁðUÀzÉ G½zÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è, CzÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄA¢£À ºÀtPÁ¸ÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ

ºÀAaPÉUÉ ¸ÉÃj¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ," JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ “MAzÀÄ ¤¢ðµÀÖ ¨ÉÃrPÉAiÀİè, ¯ÉPÀÌ ¥Àj±ÉÆÃ¢üvÀ ¯ÉPÀÌUÀ¼À ¥ÀæPÁgÀ

¤zsÀðj¹zÀ ¤¢ðµÀÖ ºÀtPÁ¸ÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ°è£À ºÀAaPÉAiÀÄ ¥ÉÊQ RZÀÄð ªÀiÁqÀ¢gÀĪÀ ªÉÆvÀÛzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è, CzÀ£ÀÄß

C£ÀÄPÀæªÀĪÁV 2:1 C£ÀÄ¥ÁvÀzÀ°è ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖ DqÀ½vÁvÀäPÀ E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄ CzÉà ¨ÉÃrPÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀªÀiÁd PÀ¯Áåt

E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄ ¨ÉÃrPÉUÉ, ¤PÀl vÀgÀĪÁAiÀÄ §gÀĪÀ ºÀtPÁ¸ÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ £ÀAvÀgÀzÀ ªÀÄÄA¢£À ºÀtPÁ¸ÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ

ºÀAaPÉUÉ ¸ÉÃj¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAQUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

8. 15£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 15£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è£À ¥ÀgÀAvÀÄPÀzÀ°è, "ªÁ¶ðPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

¥ÀAZÀªÁ¶ðPÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉUÀ½UÉ ºÁUÀÆ AiÉÆÃd£Á E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄÄ ¸ÀÆa¸À§ºÀÄzÁzÀAxÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

DzÀåvÉUÀ½UÉ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ "AiÉÆÃd£Á E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄÄ ¸ÀÆa¸À§ºÀÄzÁzÀAxÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdåzÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ

DzÀåvÉUÀ½UÉ" JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå¥Á®gÀ DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è,

PÉ. zÁégÀPÀ£Áxï ¨Á§Ä

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð

¸ÀA¸À¢ÃAiÀÄ ªÀåªÀºÁgÀUÀ¼À E¯ÁSÉ

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 400

R

¨s

P

0

G

(

G

G

G

(

u

o

A

p

2

a

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Orde

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

2017gÀ PÀ£Áð

Governor of

Gazette for g

The

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

2017gÀ PÀ£Áð

under the a

of India.

(First pub

SUB-P

An A

Allocation a

Whe

plan (Plann

2013) for th

Be it

as follows:-

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

NO.

ered that t

(AiÉÆÃd£É g

ðlPÀ C¢ü¤Ai

f Karnataka

general info

following

(AiÉÆÃd£É g

ðlPÀ C¢ü¤Ai

authority of

blished in t

THE K

PLAN (PLAN

(Received

Act to amen

and Utilizati

reas it is ex

ning, Allocat

he purposes

t enacted by

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

aluru, Mond

PARLI

DPAL 27 S

the translat

gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ,

iÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå:

a under clau

ormation.

translation

gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ,

iÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå:

the Govern

K

the Karnata

KARNATAK

NNING, ALL

d the assent

nd the Karn

ion of Finan

xpedient to

tion and U

hereinafter

y Karnatak

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 17,

IAMENTAR

NO

SHASANA 2

tion of the

, DyðPÀ ¸ÀA

38) in the

use (3) of A

n of the PÀ

, DyðPÀ ¸ÀA

38) in the

nor of Karna

KARNATAKA

aka Gazette

KA SCHEDU

LOCATION

(AMEND

t of the Gov

nataka Sch

ncial Resour

amend the

Utilization o

r appearing

ka State Leg

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

17, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

RY AFFAIRS

OTIFICATIO

2017, Beng

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C

A¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À

e English la

Article 348

£ÁðlPÀ C£À

A¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À º

e English la

ataka unde

A ACT NO.

Extra-ordin

ULED CAST

AND UTILI

DMENT) AC

vernor on th

eduled Cas

rces) Act, 2

e Karnataka

f Financial

g;

gislature in

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 26,

ada 26, Shak

S SECRETA

ON

galuru, date

C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ e

ºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

anguage, b

of the cons

£ÀĸÀÆavÀ eÁ

ºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

anguage is

r clause (3)

38 OF 201

nary on the

TES SUB-PL

IZATION O

CT, 2017

he fourteent

stes Sub-Pla

013;

a Scheduled

Resources

the sixty-ei

Ò∏Â

, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

ka Varsha 1

ARIAT

ed: 17.07.2

eÁwUÀ¼À G¥À

ÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ) (wz

e published

stitution of

ÁwUÀ¼À G¥ÀA

ÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ) (wz

published

) of Article 3

17

e seventeent

LAN AND T

F FINANCI

th day of Ju

an and Trib

d Castes Su

s) Act, 2013

ighth year o

∏Â√

1939)

939)

2017

¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É ªÀ

zÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü¤

d as autho

India in th

AiÉÆÃd£É ªÀÄ

zÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü¤

in the Offi

348 of the C

th day of Ju

TRIBAL

IAL RESOU

uly, 2017)

bal sub-pla

ub-Plan and

3 (Karnatak

of the Repu

¿Ê

£ÀA. 694

No. 694

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀPÀl

¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 201

rised by th

e Karnatak

ÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀPÀl

¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 201

icial Gazett

Constitution

uly, 2017)

URCES)

an (Planning

d Tribal sub

ka Act 65 o

ublic of Indi

lÄÖ

17

he

ka

lÄÖ

7

te

n

g,

b-

of

ia

2

1. Short title and commencement.- (1) This Act may be called the Karnataka Scheduled

Castes Sub-Plan and Tribal sub-plan (Planning, Allocation and Utilization of Financial Resources)

(Amendment) Act, 2017.

(2) It shall come into force at once.

2. Substitution of expression.- In the Karnataka Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan and Tribal

sub-plan (Planning, Allocation and Utilization of Financial Resources) Act, 2013 (Karnataka Act 65

of 2013) (hereinafter referred to as the principal Act) in the title, preamble, short title and in the Act,-

(i)

for the words "plan” or “plan outlay” or “annual plan" wherever they occur, the words

"allocable budget" shall be substituted; and

(ii) for the words "sub-plan" wherever they occur, the words "sub-allocation" shall be

substituted.

3. Amendment of section 2.- In section 2 of the principal Act,-

(i) clause (a) shall be renumbered as clause (aa), and before clause (aa) as so renumbered

the following shall be inserted, namely:-

"(a) "allocable Budget" means the total expenditure in the Consolidated Fund of the

State excluding exempted expenditure;

(ii) after clause (aa) as so renumbered the following shall be inserted, namely:-

(ab) "exempted expenditure" means the expenditure exempted from the applicability of

this Act and includes expenditure on salary, salary Grant in aid, pension, administrative

expenditure, principal repayment and interest payment on account of the State

Government's own borrowings and off-budget borrowings by the State Government

Undertakings and any other expenditure of administrative nature notified by the

Government;"

(iii) in clause (l), for the words “forty percent”, the words “such percentage as may be

prescribed” shall be substituted.

(iv) clause (n), shall be omitted.

4. Amendment of section 3.- In section 3 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),-

(i) in the entries relating item (b), for the words "Ex-officio Member", the words "Vice-

Chairman" shall be substituted;

(ii) after item (g) and entries relating thereto the following shall be inserted, namely:-

"(ga) The Chief Secretary to Government - Ex-officio member"

5. Amendment of section 5.- In section 5 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1), in the

entries relating to serial number (3), for the words "Ex-officio Member", the words " Ex-officio

Member Secretary" shall be substituted.

6. Amendment of section 11.- In section 11 of the principal Act, after sub-section (2) the

following shall be inserted, namely:-

3

"(3) The Government may constitute at taluka level Monitoring Committees in such manner

with such Members as may be prescribed which shall also be responsible for implementation of the

Scheduled Castes sub allocation and Tribal sub allocation."

7. Amendment of section 13.- In section 13 of the principal Act, for the words "In case of

unspent amount out of Allocation in a particular financial year, the same may be added to the next

year Allocation" the words and figures "In case of unspent amount out of Allocation in a particular

financial year, in a particular demand, determined as per the Audited Accounts, the same may be

added to the allocation for the financial year, next to the immediately succeeding financial year to

the same demand of the concerned Administrative Department and demand of Social Welfare

Department in the ratio of 2:1 respectively" shall be substituted.

8. Amendment of section 15.- In section 15 of the principal Act, in proviso, for the words

"Annual and Five Year Plans and", the word "Development" shall be substituted.

The above translation of PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ eÁwUÀ¼À G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃd£É

(AiÉÆÃd£É gÀƦ¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, DyðPÀ ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä®UÀ¼À ºÀAaPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ) (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2017 (2017gÀ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå: 38) be published in the Official Gazette under clause (3) of Article 348 of

the Constitution of India.

VAJUBHAI VALA

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka,

K. DWARAKANATH BABU

Secretary to Government

Department of Parliamentary Affairs

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 400

R

¨s

P

0

D

f

C

(

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

In ex

Developmen

following ru

1. T

Concession

(2) T

2. A

hereinafter

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

xercise of th

nt) Act, 195

ules further

Title and co

(Amendme

They shall co

Amendmen

referred to

after claus

"(a-1-c) “B

Governme

after claus

"(d-6-a) "F

bidders in

be conduc

for clause

"(d-7) "ILM

for minera

(d-8) "Init

purpose o

for clause

"(k-5) "Rive

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼À

aluru, Tuesd

COMME

NO. CI 64

he powers c

57 (Central

to amend t

ommencem

nt) Rules, 2

ome into fo

nt of rule

as the said

se (a-1-b), t

Basic Price

ent in tende

se (d-6) the

Floor Price

n the financ

cted;"

(d-7) the fo

MS" means

al administr

tial Price O

of floor price

(k-5) the fo

er bank" m

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

¼ÀªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

day, July 18

ERCE AND

NO

MMN 2017

conferred b

Act 67 of

he Karnata

ment.- (1) T

2017.

rce from th

2.- In the

d rules), in r

the followin

e” means

er documen

following s

e" means

cial bid, wh

ollowing sha

Integrated

ration of the

Offer" mean

e discovery

ollowing sha

means the ris

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

18, 2017

, 2017 (Asha

INDUSTRI

OTIFICATIO

7, Bengalur

y section 1

1957), the G

aka Minor M

RULES

These rules

e date of th

e Karnatak

rule 2, in su

g shall be in

a minimum

nt for the pu

shall be inse

the highes

hich shall b

all be subst

Lease Man

e Departme

ns price offe

for the auct

all be subst

sing land b

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

7 (DµÁqsÀ 27

ada 27, Sha

ES SECRET

ON

ru, dated: 1

5 of the Mi

Governmen

Mineral Con

may be ca

heir publica

ka Minor M

ub-rule(1),-

nserted, na

m percenta

urpose of au

erted, name

st price off

be the starti

tituted, nam

nagement Sy

ent of Mines

red in the f

tion;" and

tituted, nam

ordering a r

Ò∏Â

, ±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

ka Varsha 1

TARIAT

18.07.2017

ines and Mi

nt of Karnat

ncession Ru

alled the Ka

tion in the

Mineral Con

amely:-

age of Roya

uction;"

ely:-

fered by th

ing price ov

mely:-

ystem, a de

s and Geolo

financial bid

mely:-

river;"

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

7

inerals (Reg

taka, hereb

les, 1994, n

arnataka M

official gaze

ncession R

alty fixed b

he technica

ver which a

edicated onl

ogy;

d by the bid

¿Ê

£ÀA. 695

No. 695

gulation an

y makes th

namely:-

inor Minera

ette.

Rules, 1994

by the Stat

ally qualifie

auction sha

line platform

dders for th

nd

he

al

4,

te

ed

all

m

he

2

3. Amendment of rule 3-A.- In rule 3-A of the said rules,-

(i)

in clause (a), after the words "wells for water" the words and punctuations, "desilting

ponds or tanks other than sand" shall be inserted;

(ii)

in clause (b) after the words "removal of minor mineral" the words "except sand" shall

be inserted; and

(iii)

in the second proviso, for the word, letter and brackets "clause (b)" the words, letters

and brackets "clauses (a) and (b)" shall be substituted.

4. Amendment of rule 3-E.- In rule 3-E of the said rules, in sub-rule (4),-

(i)

for the first proviso, the following shall be substituted, namely:-

"Provided that if the mineral so discovered under sub rule(1) is specified minor

mineral, the lessee is entitled to win and dispose the discovered minor mineral for a

period of thirty years from the date of original grant of lease/license or ten years from the

date of inclusion of the discovered mineral to original lease deed whichever is later.

Provided further that in case if the new mineral discovered under sub rule-(1) is

non specified minor mineral, the period of lease shall be co-terminus with the original

grant of lease or licence."; and

(ii)

after first proviso as so substituted, in the existing second proviso for the word

"further" the word "also" shall be substituted.

5. Amendment of rule 8-A.- In rule 8-A of the said rules,-

(i) after sub-rule(1), the following shall be inserted, namely:-

"Provided that in respect of all minor minerals which are used by industries and

are notified under mineral based industry as under schedule -IB, the quarrying lease or

licence shall be granted for a period of thirty years subject to such terms and conditions

as may be specified by the State Government from time to time."

(ii) in sub-rule (2),-

(a) after the words "non specified minor minerals" the words "from the date of

its original grant" shall be inserted; and

(b) after the proviso, the following shall be inserted, namely:-

"Provided further that in respect of all minor minerals where the lessee

or licensee is consuming the minor mineral in his mineral based industry as

prescribed in the schedule I-B, such lease or licence shall be deemed to have

been granted for a period of thirty years from the date of its original grant,

subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State

Government from time to time."

6. Amendment of rule 8-B.- In rule 8-B of the said rules, in sub-rule (2),-

(i)

for clause (d), the following shall be substituted, namely:-

"(d) Applications received and pending for grant of lease or license in case of

specified minor minerals before 16.06.2015 and for which No Objection Certificate

(NOC) have been received in the office of Directorate of Mines and Geology from the

3

Deputy Conservator of Forest for all Lands, Deputy Commissioner in case of Kharab

lands, Assistant Commissioner (Revenue) and Deputy Director or Senior Geologist

(Joint inspection report) in case of Gomala lands in accordance with the Circular No.

RD 72 LGP 98, dated 24.2.1999 before commencement of the Karnataka Minor

Minerals Concession (Amendment) Rules, 2016 and shall be considered and disposed

by the State Government subject to obtaining No Objection Certificate (NOC) from the

Deputy Commissioner of the concerned District before grant"; and

(ii) in clause (e), for the words "twelve months" the words "twenty four months" shall be

substituted.

7. Amendment of rule 8-F.- In rule 8-F of the said rules, in sub-rule (2), after clause(iii) the

following shall be inserted, namely:-

"Provided that use of backhoe equipment as used in digging machinery (like JCB) and

screening in river bed sand quarrying shall be in accordance with the guidelines issued by the

Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change Government of India (MoEF) from time to

time."

8. Amendment of rule 9-A.- In rule 9-A of the said rules, in sub-rule (1), after the figure and

letter "3-E" the word, figure and letter "and 3-F" shall be inserted.

9. Amendment of rule 9-D.- In rule 9-D of the said rules, in sub-rule (1), after the word,

figure and letter " 3-B or" the figure, word and letter "3-F or" shall be inserted.

10. Amendment of rule 16.- In rule 16 of the said rules, in sub-rule (1), the words "for an

applicant selected through auction" shall be omitted.

11. Amendment of rule 19.- In rule 19 of the said rules, in sub-rule (1), for the words and

figures "granted under rule 11" the words and figures "executed under rule 18" shall be substituted.

12. Insertion of new rule 19D.- After rule 19C of the said rules the following shall be

inserted, namely:-

" 19D. Change of name, nationality, etc to be intimated.- (1) An applicant or the holder of

a minor mineral concession shall intimate to the State Government with in sixty days any change

that may take place in his name, nationality or other particulars furnished to the State

Government.

(2) If the holder of a minor mineral concession fails with out sufficient cause to

furnish the information referred to in sub-rule(1) the State Government may impose a fine

which may extend to one lakh rupees and in the case of continued contravention of the

provisions of sub-rule(1) the State Government may terminate the minor mineral concession:

Provided that no such order shall be made without giving the concession holder a

reasonable opportunity of stating his case".

4

13. Amendment of rule 31ZA.- In rule 31ZA of the said rules, in sub-rule (2), for the words

and figures "demarcating a 50 meter" the words and figures "demarcating a 50 meter or 10% of the

width of the river whichever is more from the banks of the river" shall substituted.

14. Amendment of rule 31ZC.- In rule 31ZC of the said rules, in sub-rule (2), for the letters

"DGPS" the letters "GPS" shall be substituted.

15. Amendment of rule 36.- In rule 36 of the said rules, in sub-rule (5),-

(i) for the words " licence shall pay one-fourth of the royalty amount of the permitted

annual production quantity" the words "licence in Form-PBS shall pay one-tenth of

the royalty amount of the highest permitted annual production quantity mentioned

in the environmental clearance in their validity period" shall be substituted; and

(ii) the words and figures "The same shall be reconciled every year before 30th April for

the forthcoming year with the prevailing rates of royalty and make the shortfall

payments, if any:" shall be omitted.

16. Amendment of Schedule I-A.- In the schedule I-A to said rules,-

(i) In PART-A, in the serial number 15, in column (2), the words "and any other minor

mineral used for M-sand purpose" shall be omitted; and

(ii) In PART-B, in the serial number 23, in column (2), the words "Ordinary Building

Stones for other than M-sand purpose" the words "Ordinary Building Stone" shall be

substituted.

17. Amendment of Schedule II-A.- In the schedule II-A to said rules, after serial number 29

and the entries relating thereto the following shall be inserted, namely:-

"

30.

Sand (patta land)

5.00

"

18. Insertion of new FORM-PBS.- After FORM-AQP of the said rules, the following shall be

inserted, namely:-

" FORM - PBS

[See rule-36(5)]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE IN THE FORM OF BANK SECURITY

(Reference number of the Bank)

Date:

TO,

The Hon'ble Governor of Karnataka

WHEREAS

(A) ............ Incorporated in India under the Companies Act, 2013 with corporate identity

number [CIN of the applicant]. Whose registered office is at …….xx….. [xx here specify the

address of the registered office...............], India and principal place of business is at

5

…….xx….. [xx here specify the address of principal place of business, if different from

registered office..........] (the –Applicant) is required to provide an unconditional and

irrevocable bank guarantee for an amount equal to….. INR… [in figures] Indian Rupees

words…… [in words............] as a performance security valid until …..xx…. [xx here specify

the date of expiry of performance bank guarantee] (Expiry Date).

Mentioned only for companies, the format to include individuals or other applicants

also.

(B) The performance Security is required to be provided to the Hon'ble Governor of Karnataka,

Government of Karnataka for discharge of certain obligations under the [reference to the

principal documents-prospecting license mining/quarrying lease, mine development and

production agreement] dated:..... with respect to [particulars of concession] (collectively the

“Concession Document”).

(C) We…..xx….. [xx here specify the name of the bank] (the Bank) at the request of the Applicant

do hereby undertake to pay to the Government of Karnataka an amount not exceeding INR…

[in figures] (Indian Rupees) Guarantee Amount) to secure the obligations of the Applicant

under the Concession Document on demand from the Government of Karnataka on the terms

and conditions herein contained herein.

NOW THEREFORE. The Bank hereby issues in favour of the Government of

Karnataka this irrevocable and unconditional payment bank guarantee the (Guarantee) on

behalf of the Applicant in the Guarantee Amount;

(1) The Bank for the purpose hereof unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to pay to the

Government of Karnataka without any demur, reservation, caveat, protest or recourse, immediately

on receipt of first written demand from the Government of Karnataka a sum or sums (by way of one

or more claims) not exceeding the Guarantee Amount in the aggregate without the Government of

Karnataka needing to prove or to show to the Bank grounds or reasons for such demand for the sum

specified therein and notwithstanding any dispute or difference between the Government of

Karnataka and Applicant on any matter whatsoever. The Bank undertakes to pay to the Government

of Karnataka any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the

applicant in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or tribunal relating thereto the Bank’s

liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal.

(2) The bank acknowledges that any such demand by the Government of Karnataka of the

amounts payable by the bank to the Government of Karnataka shall be final, binding and conclusive

evidence in respect of the amounts payable by applicant to the Government of Karnataka under the

concession document.

(3) The bank hereby waives the necessity for the Government of Karnataka from demanding

the aforesaid amount or any part thereof from the applicant and also waives any right that the bank

may have of first requiring the Government of Karnataka to purpose its legal remedies against the

applicant, before presenting any written demand to the bank for payment under this Guarantee.

6

(4) The bank further unconditionally agrees with the Government of Karnataka that the

Government of Karnataka shall be at liberty, without the banks consent and without affecting in any

manner the banks obligation under this guarantee, from time to time to,-

(i) vary and or modify and of the terms and conditions of the Concession Document;

(ii) extend and/or postpone the time for performance of the obligations of the applicant

under the concession document; or

(iii) forbear or enforce any of the rights exercisable by the Government of Karnataka

against the applicant under the terms and conditions of the concession document.

and the bank shall not be relieved from its liability by reason of any such act or omission on the

part of the Government of Karnataka or any indulgence by the Government of Karnataka to the

applicant or other thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this

provision, have the effect of relieving the bank of its obligations under this guarantee.

(5) Any payment made here under shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for

or on account of any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees commissions,

deductions or withholdings of any nature whatsoever.

(6) The Bank agrees that Government of Karnataka at its option shall be entitled to enforce

this Guarantee against the bank as s principal debtor in the first instance without proceeding at the

first instance against the applicant.

(7) The Bank further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and

effect during the period that specified in the concession document and that it shall continue to be

enforceable till all the obligations of the applicant under or by virtue of the said concession

document with respect to the performance security have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or

discharged or till the Government of Karnataka certifies that the terms and conditions of the

Concession Document with respect to the performance security have been fully and properly carried

out by the applicant and accordingly discharges this guarantee. Notwithstanding anything contained

herein unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on the bank in writing on or before

the expiry date the bank shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.

(8) the payment so made by the bank under this guarantee shall be a valid discharge of

bank’s liability for payment there under and the Government of Karnataka shall have no claim

against the bank for making such payment.

(9) This guarantee is subject to the laws of India, Any suit, action, or other proceedings

arising out of this Guarantee or the subject matter hereof shall be subject to the exclusive

jurisdiction of courts at the Government of Karnataka.

(10) The Bank has the power to issue this Guarantee in favour of the Government of

Karnataka. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank.

(11) The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the

previous consent of the Government of Karnataka in writing.

(12) The Government of Karnataka may, with prior intimation to the Bank, assign the right

under this Guarantee to any other departments, ministries or any governmental agencies. Which

may act in the name of the Governor save as provided in this Clause, this Guarantee shall not by

assignable or transferable.

7

(13) Notwithstanding anything contained herein,-

(a) the liability of the bank under this bank guarantee shall not exceed the Guarantee

Amount; and

(b) this bank guarantee shall be valid up to Expiry Date.

(14) The Bank is liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this bank

guarantee only and only if the Government of Karnataka serves upon the bank a written claim or

demand on or before the Expiry Date.

Date:

Place:

In witness whereof the Bank,

through its authorized officer has

set its hand and stamp.

(Signature)

Name and Designation)

(Bank Stamp)

"

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

K. VENKATESH

Under Secretary to Govt.(Mines)-2

Commerce and Industries Department

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 300

R

¨s

P

0

D

R

P

W

b

e

e

s

S

N

P

o

H

s

i

C

t

t

d

v

t

s

M

D

1

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Draft KER

Regulations

Preamble:

Whereas, th

by way of R

electricity in

electrical lin

said powers

Supply of E

Now, the B

Petition OP

of these Reg

HT/LT UG

self-executio

nterruption

Consequent

the existing

to amendm

dated 09.06

views/objec

to file their w

same on or

Mahalaxmi

Draft Regul

1. Title an

a) Thes

Elect

b) They

Karn

c) They

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengalu

KA

N

RC (Recov

s, 2017.

he Section 4

Regulations

n pursuan

ne or plant

s, read with

Electricity)

Bangalore E

No:100 of 2

gulationsso

Cable and

on. The B

n in supply

t to this, th

g KERC (Rec

ents alread

6.2017. H

ctions on th

written obje

r before 7t

Chambers

lations

nd commen

e regulatio

tricity) (Nin

y shall com

nataka Stat

y shall exten

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, §ÄzsÀªÁ

uru, Wednes

ARNATAKA

No: KERC/

ery of Ex

46 of the E

s, a distrib

ce of the S

used for th

Section 18

Regulation

Electricity S

2017, filed b

o as to prov

HT/LT AB

BESCOM h

of power an

he Commiss

covery of E

dy proposed

ence, the f

he proposed

ections / su

th August,

s, M.G.Road

ncement:

ons may b

nth Amendm

me into forc

e.

nd to the w

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

sday, July 1

A ELECTRIC

NO

/D/2/17-18

xpenditure

Electricity A

ution licen

Section 43

he purpose

81 of the Act

ns, 2004” w

Supply Com

before the C

vide for only

Cable in r

has stated

nd rectificat

sion has de

Expenditure

d in Notifica

following dr

d amendmen

uggestions

2017, befo

d,Bengaluru

e called as

ment) Regul

ce from the

hole of the

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

19, 2017 (D

9, 2017 (Ash

CITY REGU

OTIFICATIO

8, Bengalur

e for Sup

Act, 2003, e

nsee to cha

, any expe

of giving t

t has notifie

which has b

mpany Ltd

Commission

y HT/LT UG

espect of la

that the

tion of fault

eemed it ap

for Supply

ation No. K

raft Regula

nts. Interes

/ views, if a

ore the Se

u-560001.

s the KER

ations, 201

date of th

State of Ka

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 28,

hada 28, Sh

ULATORY C

ON

ru, dated:

pply of El

empowers th

arge from a

enses reaso

hat supply

ed the “KER

been amend

(BESCOM)

n, has requ

G Cable ins

ayout electr

AB cables

ty AB cables

ppropriate to

y of Electric

KERC/D/2/

ations are p

sted persons

any, to the

ecretary, K

RC (Recover

7.

eir publica

arnataka.

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

haka Varsha

COMMISSIO

17.07.2017

lectricity)

he State Co

a person re

onably incu

, the Comm

RC (Recove

ded from tim

, a distribu

ested for am

stead of exi

rification w

s are frequ

s is also tak

o bring in f

city) Regula

/17-18, in

published t

s and the s

said draft R

KERC, at 9

ry of Expe

ation in the

∏Â√

939)

1939)

ON,

7

(Ninth A

ommission

equiring su

urred in pr

mission by v

ery of Expe

me to time.

ution licens

mending th

isting provi

works carrie

uently faili

king longer

further ame

ations, 2004

the Karnat

to invite su

stakeholders

Regulations

9/2, 6th &

enditure for

Official Ga

¿Ê

£ÀA. 697

No. 697

Amendment

to authoriz

upply of th

roviding an

virtue of th

enditure fo

see, vide it

e Clause 3.

ision of bot

d out unde

ing causin

time.

endments t

4 in additio

taka Gazett

uggestions

s who desir

may file th

7th Floor

r Supply o

azette of th

t)

ze

he

ny

he

or

ts

2

th

er

ng

to

n

te

/

re

he

r,

of

he

2

2. Amendment of the KERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)

Regulations, 2004.

In the KERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2004, the existing

clauses (provisions) as in the Column-2 of the table below shall be substituted by theclauses

mentioned in Column-3.

1

2

3

Clause

No:

Regulation as existing

Regulationas amended / inserted

3.2.1

In the case of layouts approved by the

competent

authority

except

improvement /augmentation works in

the

station

and/or

works

of

strengthening

of

the

distribution

main, the developer shall execute at

his cost the electric line/plant such

as

extension

of

works

including

extension of 11 kV line/UG Cable/AB

cable, LT lines /UG cable/AB cable,

mounting structure for distribution

transformer, etc., and shall deposit

with

the

licensee

the

cost

of

distribution transformer and allied

materials/equipment required to be

installed in the layout as per the

estimate prepared at the prevailing

schedule of rates by the licensee

separately

under

Deposit

Contribution Head.

The criteria for assessment of load in

a layout shall be as follows:

In the case of layouts approved by the

competent authority except improvement

/augmentation works in the station

and/or works of strengthening of the

distribution main, the developer shall

execute at his cost the electric line/plant

such as extension of works including

extension of 11 kV line/UG Cable/AB

cable, LT lines /UG cable/AB cable,

mounting

structure

for

distribution

transformer, etc., and shall deposit with

the licensee the cost of distribution

transformer

and

allied

materials/equipment

required

to

be

installed in the layout as per the estimate

prepared at the prevailing schedule of

rates by the licensee separately under

Deposit Contribution Head.

The criteria for assessment of load in a

layout shall be as follows:

3.2.1(iv)

The

developer

shall

use

Aerial

Bunched Cable/UG Cablefor 11 kV

and LT lines in the new layouts

developed in the following places:

The developer shall use Aerial Bunched

Cable/UG Cablefor 11 kV and LT lines

in the new layouts developed in the

following places: -

By the order of the Commission

Dr. SIDDARAMAIAH

Secretary

Karnataka Electricity Regulatory Commission

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

D

(

P

T

n

1

S

T

O

C

C

o

s

r

C

E

f

D

N

H

s

m

o

7

M

1

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Draft Cond

CoS) (Sixth

Preamble

The Conditi

notified in t

16 of the E

Supply have

The Bangalo

OP No. 98/2

Conditions

Cable

as

ofKIADB/KS

stated that

rectification

Considering

Electricity A

following fu

Distribution

Notification

Hence,

the

suggestions

may file the

of Supply

7th August,

M.G.Road,

1. Title and

(a) This

State

b) It sh

State

(c) It sh

the c

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengalu

KA

No

ditions of S

h Amendme

ons of Supp

the Karnata

Electricity A

e been amen

ore Electric

2017 filed b

providing f

existing

SSIDC/KEO

the AB c

n of faulty A

g the above

Act, 2003 (

urther amen

n Licensees

No. KERC/

e

followin

/objections

eir suggestio

of Electric

2017, bef

Bengaluru-

d commenc

may be ca

e of Karnata

hall come in

e.

hall apply to

consumers

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, §ÄzsÀªÁ

uru, Wednes

ARNATAKA

: KERC/Co

Supply of E

ent) 2017

ply of Electr

aka Gazette

Act, 2003, (

nded from t

city Supply

before the C

for only HT

g,

in

re

ONICS/Oth

cables are

AB cables is

e, the Com

(Act No. 36

ndments to

s in the Sta

/D/8/16-17

ng

draft

s/views from

ons/objecti

city of Dis

fore the Se

-560001.

cement. -

alled as the

aka (CoS) (S

nto force from

o all the Lic

of electricit

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

sday, July 1

A ELECTRIC

NO

oS/D/8/17

Electricity

ricity of Dis

e on 17th Ju

Central Act

time to time

Company

Commission

T/LT UG C

espect

of

erscarried

frequently

also taking

mmission, i

6 of 2003)

the variou

ate of Karn

7, in the Ka

of

the

a

m the gene

ions/views,

stribution L

ecretary, K

Draft Co

Conditions

Sixth Amen

m the date

censees eng

ty in the Sta

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

19, 2017 (D

9, 2017 (Ash

CITY REGU

OTIFICATIO

7-18, Benga

of Distribu

stribution L

une, 2006, i

t No 36 of

e.

Ltd (BESCO

n has reque

Cable instea

f

electrifi

out by the

failing cau

g longer tim

in exercise

and the C

us Clauses

natakain ad

arnataka Ga

amendment

eral public

if any, on

Licensees

KERC, at 9/

onditions o

s of Supply

ndment), 20

of itspublic

gaged in th

ate of Karna

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 28,

hada 28, Sh

ULATORY C

ON

aluru, dated

ution Licen

Licensees in

in exercise

2003). Sub

OM), a dist

ested for am

ad of both

ication

w

em under s

using inter

me.

of powers

Clause 46 o

of the Con

ddition to a

azette dated

ts

to

the

and intere

the propos

in the Sta

/2, 6th & 7

of Supply

of Electrici

17.

cation in th

he business

ataka.

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

haka Varsha

COMMISSIO

d: 17.07.20

nsees in th

the State o

of the pow

bsequently

tribution lic

mendment

HT/LT UG

works

in

self-executi

ruption in

conferred

of CoS, has

nditions of S

amendment

d 09.06.201

e

CoS

is

ested perso

ed amendm

ate of Kar

th Floor, M

ity of Distrib

e Official G

of distribu

∏Â√

939)

1939)

ON,

017

he State of

of Karnatak

er conferred

the said C

censee, vide

of Clause 7

G Cable and

industria

ion. The BE

supply of

by Section

s decided t

Supply of E

ts already

17.

s

publish

ons. Interes

ments to the

rnataka on

Mahalaxmi

bution Lice

azette of th

ution of ele

¿Ê

£ÀA. 698

No. 698

f Karnatak

ka (CoS) wer

d by Sectio

Conditions o

e its Petitio

7.03 of thes

d HT/LT AB

al

layout

ESCOM ha

f power an

n 16 of th

to make th

Electricity o

proposed i

ed

invitin

sted person

e Condition

n or befor

i Chambers

ensees in th

he Karnatak

ectricity an

ka

re

n

of

n

se

B

ts

as

nd

he

he

of

in

ng

ns

ns

re

s,

he

ka

nd

2

2. Amendments of the Conditions of Supply of Electricity of Distribution Licensees in the

State of Karnataka. -

In the Conditions of Supply of Electricityof Distribution Licensees in the State of Karnataka, the

existing Clause mentioned in the Column-2 of table below shall be substituted by the Clause

mentioned in the Column-3.

1

2

3

Clause

No:

As existing

As amended / inserted

4.02

(1)(iv)

The Applicant shall indicate in the

application form the name and address

of the Licensed Electrical contractor

(LEC) with whom he intends to get the

interior wiring work done.

Deleted

4.03

(ii)(d)

Submit the contractor’s completion–

cum–test report along with the wiring

diagram in duplicate.

The

applicant

shall

produce

an

undertaking on plain paper for having

installed the Solar Water heater before

issue of the Work order. The Licensee

shall acknowledge the receipt of the

above

documents

and

issue

an

acknowledgement

slip

for

having

accepted the same.

Submit

the

Licensed

Electrical

Contractor’s completion – cum – test

report along with the wiring diagram in

duplicate.

The

applicant

shall

produce

an

undertaking on plain paper for having

installed the Solar Water heater before

issue of the Work order. The Licensee shall

acknowledge the receipt of the above

documents and issue an acknowledgement

slip for having accepted the same.

7.03

For

industrial

layouts

developed,

including

the

residential

buildings

constructed

for

the

use

of

entrepreneurs, as part of industrial

area,

by

the

KIADB/KSSIDC/KEONICS/Others, the

entire work of 11 kV line/UG Cable/AB

cable, LT line /UG cable/AB cable,

transformers etc., shall be carried out

on self-execution basis by the applicant

as per the estimate prepared by the

licensee. Supervision charges at 10% on

the

cost

of

estimate

excluding

employees cost and MSD shall be

payable subject to a maximum of Rs. 15

lakhs. In such cases, maintenance

charges of five (5%) per cent on the total

cost of the estimate and recovery of

expenditure for supply of electricity as

per the KERC (Recovery of Expenditure

for Supply of Electricity) Regulations,

2004 and its amendments from time to

time, shall not be collected.

For

industrial

layouts

developed,

including

the

residential

buildings

constructed for the use of entrepreneurs,

as part of industrial area, by the KIADB/

KSSIDC/ KEONICS/ Others, the entire

work of 11 kV line/UG Cable/AB cable,

LT

line

/UG

cable/

AB

cable,

transformers etc., shall be carried out on

self-execution basis by the applicant as

per the estimate prepared by the licensee.

Supervision charges at 10% on the cost of

estimate excluding employees cost and

MSD shall be payable subject to a

maximum of Rs. 15 lakhs. In such cases,

maintenance charges of five (5%) per cent

on the total cost of the estimate and

recovery of expenditure for supply of

electricity as per the KERC (Recovery of

Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)

Regulations, 2004 and its amendments

from time to time, shall not be collected.

By the order of the Commission

Dr. SIDDARAMAIAH

Secretary

Karnataka Electricity Regulatory Commission

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

P

K

E

t

g

p

p

b

S

(

2

a

it

"

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The

Production

Karnataka p

Excise Act,

the said sec

given that t

publication

Any

person in re

by the State

Secretary to

1. T

Regulation

2017.

(2) Th

2. A

and Wastag

tem (a) and

(a)

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengalu

draft of the

and Wasta

proposes to

1965 (Karn

ction for the

the said dr

in the offici

objections

espect of th

e Governme

o Governme

Title and

of Yield, Pr

hey shall co

Amendment

ge of Spirit,

d the entries

Beer

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, §ÄzsÀªÁ

uru, Wednes

No. FD 09

e following

age of Spiri

o make in

nataka Act

e informatio

raft will be

ial Gazette.

or suggest

he said draf

ent. The ob

ent, Finance

commence

roduction a

ome into for

t of Sched

, Beer, Win

s relating th

Malt a

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 1

sday, July 1

FINANC

NO

9 PES 2017

rules furth

it, Beer, Wi

exercise of

21 of 1966

on of all pe

taken up f

tions which

ft before the

bjections or

e Departme

DR

ement.- (1

and Wastag

rce from the

dule A:- In

ne or Liquor

hereto, the f

and Adjunct

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

19, 2017 (D

9, 2017 (Ash

CE SECRET

OTIFICATIO

7, Bengalur

her to amen

ine or Liqu

f the power

6) is hereby

ersons likely

for consider

h may be r

e expiry of

r suggestion

nt, Vidhana

RAFT RULE

) These ru

ge of Spirit,

e date of the

the Karnat

rs) Rules, 1

following sh

ts

T

o

t

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

DµÁqsÀ 28,

hada 28, Sh

TARIAT

ON-I

ru, Dated:1

nd the Karn

uors) Rules,

rs conferred

y published

y to be affe

ration after

received by

the period

ns may be

aSoudha, B

ES

ules may

Beer, Wine

eir final pub

taka Excise

1998, in Sc

hall be subs

The yield of

of the total

the formula

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

haka Varsha

9.07.2017

nataka Exci

, 1998, wh

d by section

d as require

ected thereb

r fifteen day

y the State

specified ab

addressed

Bengaluru -

be called

e or Liquors

blication in

e (Regulatio

chedule A,

stituted, na

f Beer shou

volume of

a given below

∏Â√

939)

1939)

ise (Regulat

ich the Go

n 71 of the

ed by sub-s

by and noti

ys from the

Governmen

bove will be

to the Add

560001.

the Karna

s) (Amendm

the official

on of Yield,

in serial nu

mely:-

uld not be le

Beer calcu

w

¿Ê

£ÀA. 700

No. 700

tion of Yield

overnment o

e Karnatak

section (1) o

ice is hereb

e date of it

nt from an

e considere

itional Chie

ataka Excis

ment) Rules

gazette.

, Productio

umber I, fo

ess than 5%

ulated as pe

d,

of

ka

of

by

ts

ny

ed

ef

se

s,

n

or

%

er

2

Formula for standard calculation of beer yield

Sl.

No

Parameter

Assumed values

1.

Original Gravity (O.G)

1.045 also termed as 45 excess gravity

2.

Final Gravity (F. G.)

1.005 also termed as 05 excess gravity

3.

Percent attenuation

(O.G- F.G.)/ O.G x 100 = (45-5)/ 45x 100

= 88 % attenuation

4.

Predicted ethanol yield

(O.G- F.G) x 131.25 = 5.25 %

5.

Volume of Beer

1000 L

6.

Total Gravity Point (G.P)

Volume in Litre x Excess O. G.

= 1000 x 50 = 45,000

7.

Raw Material required

Weight of malt in

Kg = (G. P)_______

% PE x % ME x 384

M.E = 90 %

P.E = Refer adjacent

table

Raw

Material

Grist

(%)

P.E

(%)

Gravity

Point

Weight

(Kg)

Base Malt

50

75

22,500

86.80

Rice

40

70

18,000

74.40

Sugar

10

100

4,500

13.02

Total

100

-

45,000

174.71

8.

From above equation the predicted volume of beer can be calculated from following formula

Volume of Beer = (Total wt. of malt/adjunct x % P. E. x % M. E x 384)

(Excess O. G. of wort)

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

Venkatesh.G

Under Secretary to Government,

Finance Department (Excise)

NOTIFICATION-II

No. FD 09 PES 2017, Bengaluru, Dated:19.07.2017

The draft of the following rules further to amend the Karnataka Excise (Manufacture of

Fortified Wine from Grapes) Rules, 1968, which the Government of Karnataka proposes to make in

exercise of the powers conferred by section 71 of the Karnataka Excise Act, 1965 (Karnataka Act 21

of 1966) is hereby published as required by sub-section (1) of the said section for the information of

all persons likely to be affected thereby and notice is hereby given that the said draft will be taken

up for consideration after fifteen days from the date of its publication in the official Gazette.

Any objections or suggestions which may be received by the State Government from any

person in respect of the said draft before the expiry of the period specified above will be considered

by the State Government. The objections or suggestions may be addressed to the Additional Chief

Secretary to Government, Finance Department, Vidhana Soudha, Bengaluru 560001.

DRAFT RULES

1. Title and commencement:-(1) These rules may be called the Karnataka Excise

(Manufacture of Fortified Wine from Grapes) (Amendment) Rules, 2017.

(2) They shall come into force from the date of their final publication in the official Gazette.

2. Amendment of rule 2:- In the Karnataka Excise (Manufacture of Fortified Wine from

Grapes) rules, 1968 (hereinafter referred to as the said rules), in rule 2,--

(i) for clause (1-A) and the entries relating thereto, the following shall be substituted,

namely :-

3

"(1-A) "Fortified Wine" means Wine or Fruit Wine, the alcoholic strength of which has been

increased by the addition of Grape Neutral Spirit/Grape Spirit (matured for at least two years)/Grain

Neutral Spirit/Neutral Spirit and which has alcoholic strength of not more than 16% volume by

volume subject to fortification procedure given in sub-rule (9a) of rule 7 is adhered to."

(ii) for clause (1-C) and the entries relating thereto, the following shall be substituted,

namely:-

"(1-C) "Fruit Wine" means the fermented juice of ripe fruits other than grapes with or

without the addition of sugar or sugar syrup, containing self-generated alcohol not less than 7%

volume by volume."

(iii) for clause (8) and the entries relating thereto, the following shall be substituted,

namely:-

"(8) "Wine" means the fermented juice of ripe grapes with or without the addition of sugar or

sugar syrup, containing self-generated alcohol not less than 7% v/v and 10% v/v for Bangalore Blue

and wine variety grapes respectively.

Note.- Addition of sugar/sugar syrup is permitted only to the grape/fruit juice prior to the

start of wine fermentation. Excise Officer-in-Charge shall strictly monitor the stock of sugar/sugar

syrup, its addition and timing of addition."

3. Amendment of rule 7.- In rule 7 of the said rules, after sub-rule (9), the following shall be

inserted, namely:-

"(9a) Fortification of wine shall be made only after.-

(i) Fermented wine/Fruit wine is tested by a standard method for its self-generated alcohol

content and the latter has reached to a minimum of 7% volume by volume and 10%

volume by volume for Bangalore Blue and wine variety grapes respectively, and verified

by the Excise Officer-in Charge;

(ii) Only balance amount of alcohol required to raise the total alcohol content to not more

than 16% volume by volume shall be added with prior calculation verified by the Excise

Officer-in-Charge; and

(iii) Fortification with alcohol is not permitted prior to fermentation of grape/fruit juice as the

case may be, until 7% v/v or 10% v/v, as the case may be, self-generated alcohol is

formed.

Using the following formula to determine the amount of Grape Neutral Spirit/Grape Spirit

(matured for at least two years)/Grain Neutral Spirit/Neutral Spirit shall be added (note that this is

an adaptation of the universal formula for blending - the Pearson’s Square):

A = alcohol content (% v/v) of the Grape Neutral Spirit or Grape Spirit (matured for at least

two years) or Grain Neutral Spirit or Neutral Spirit;

B = self-generated alcohol content (% v/v) of the wine to be fortified;

C = target alcohol content (% v/v) of the finished wine (fortified wine);

D = Difference in target alcohol content of finished wine – C; and self-generated alcohol

content of wine – B (D = C – B);

E = Difference in alcohol content of Grape Neutral Spirit/Grape Spirit (matured for at

least two years)/Grain Neutral Spirit/Neutral Spirit – A; and target alcohol content of finished

wine – C (E = A – C); and

D ÷ E = Fractional amount of Grape Neutral Spirit/Grape Spirit (matured for at least two

years)/Grain Neutral Spirit/Neutral Spirit to be added per litre of wine

Example.-

The following is the set-up for 60 litres of typical Ruby Port using 105° British proof/60% v/v

matured grape spirit, an 11 brix fortify point and a target finish alcohol content of 16% v/v.

A = 60.0 % v/v, B = 10.2% v/v, C= 16 %v/v, D = (C - B) = 5.8 %v/v,

E = (A - C) = 44.0

D ÷ E = 0.1318 litre of grape spirit to be added per litre of wine

4

For 60 litres wine 60 x 0.1318 = 7.91 litre grape spirit (matured for two years) to be added.

60 litres fermented grape juice (with 10.2 % v/v self-generated alcohol) + 7.91 litres addition of

grape spirit (with 60% v/v alcohol) = 67.91 litres total fortified wine (with 16% v/v alcohol)

(iv)

After fortification, the fortified wine shall be tested by a standard method for its final alcohol

content which shall not exceed 16 ± 0.3% v/v.

Note.-

(a) Excise Officer-in-Charge shall strictly monitor the stock of alcohol and its strength, its

addition and timing of addition

(b) Standard method: Refer BIS method IS 3752 – 2005.

4. Amendment of rule 8-A.- In rule 8-A of the said rules, in sub-rules (5) and (7), for the

words “neutral spirit or rectified spirit or pure grape or fruit brandy”, the words “grape neutral spirit

or grape spirit (matured for at least two years) or grain neutral spirit or neutral spirit” shall be

substituted.

5. Amendment of Form M.W.G.1.- In form M.W.G.1 appended to the said rules, in serial

number 5, in item D, for the words “Quantity of Sugar or Jaggery”, the words “Quantity of Sugar or

Sugar Syrup” shall be substituted.

6. Amendment of Form M.W.G.2.- In form M.W.G.2 appended to the said rules,-

(i) in Condition (2), for the words “sugar or jaggery may be added before, during or after

fermentation”, the words “Sugar or Sugar Syrup may be added prior to the start of wine

fermentation” shall be substituted;

(ii) in Condition (3), for the proviso, the following shall be substituted, namely:-

“Provided that wine may be fortified with grape neutral spirit/grape spirit (matured for at

least two years)/grain neutral spirit/neutral spirit to increase the alcoholic strength of wine

which shall not exceed 16 ± 0.3 % v/v.”

(iii) in Condition (10), in item (a), in sub-item (i), for the words “Sugar or Jaggery”, the

words “Sugar or Sugar Syrup” shall be substituted; and

(iv) in Condition (13), for the words and figures “The quantity taken for samples shall

not exceed 500 ml in the case of the wine or other liquids or ½ kilo in case of semi-liquids. The

licensee shall pay a fee of rupees five for each examination of sample made by the Chemical

Analyst”, the words and figures “The quantity taken for samples shall not exceed 500 ml in the

case of wine or other liquids, 500 gm in case of semi-liquids or solids. The licensee shall pay a

fee of rupees one hundred for each examination of sample made by the Chemical Analyst”

shall be substituted.

7. Amendment of Form M.W.G.6.- In form M.W.G.6 appended to the said rules,-

(i) for the words “neutral alcohol or rectified spirit", the words and brackets “grape neutral spirit

or grape spirit (matured for at least two years) or grain neutral spirit or neutral spirit” shall be

substituted; and

(ii) for the words "neutral, alcohol or rectified spirit or pure grape or fruit brandy", the words and

brackets “grape neutral spirit / grape spirit (matured for at least two years)/ grain neutral spirit /

neutral spirit” shall be substituted.

8. Amendment of Form M.W.G.8.- In form M.W.G.8 appended to the said rules, for the

words “Neutral Alcohol/Rectified Spirit/pure grape/fruit brandy” wherever they occur, the words

“Grape Neutral Spirit/Grape Spirit (matured for at least two years)/Grain Neutral Spirit/Neutral

Spirit” shall be substituted.

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

Venkatesh.G

Under Secretary to Government,

Finance Department (Excise)

5

NOTIFICATION-III

No. FD 09 PES 2017, Bengaluru, Dated:19.07.2017

The draft of the following rules further to amend the Karnataka Excise (Manufacture of Wine)

Rules, 2008, which the Government of Karnataka proposes to make in exercise of the powers

conferred by section 71 of the Karnataka Excise Act, 1965 (Karnataka Act 21 of 1966) is hereby

published as required by sub-section (1) of the said section for the information of all persons likely

to be affected thereby and notice is hereby given that the said draft will be taken up for

consideration after fifteen days from the date of its publication in the official Gazette.

Any objections or suggestions which may be received by the State Government from any

person in respect of the said draft before the expiry of the period specified above will be considered

by the State Government. The objections or suggestions may be addressed to the Additional Chief

Secretary to Government, Finance Department, Vidhana Soudha, Bengaluru 560001.

DRAFT RULES

1. Title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Karnataka Excise

(Manufacture of Wine)(Amendment) Rules, 2017.

(2) They shall come into force from the date of their final publication in the official Gazette.

2. Amendment of rule 2.- In the Karnataka Excise (Manufacture of Wine) Rules, 2008,

(hereinafter referred to as the said rules), in rule 2,-

(i) clause (3) shall be omitted;

(ii)clause (4) shall be omitted; and

(iii) for clause 9, and the entries relating thereto, the following shall be substituted, namely :

"(9) "Wine" means the fermented juice of ripe grapes with or without the addition of sugar or

sugar syrup, containing self-generated alcohol not less than 7% v/v and 10% v/v for Bangalore Blue

and wine variety grapes respectively.

NOTE.- Addition of sugar or sugar syrup is permitted only to the grape or fruit juice prior to

the start of wine fermentation. Excise Officer-in-Charge shall strictly monitor the stock of sugar or

sugar syrup, its addition and timing of addition."

3. Amendment of Form F.W.2. -In form F.W.2 appended to the said rules,-

(i) in Condition (2), for the words “Sugar or jaggery may be added before, during or after

fermentation”, the words “Sugar or Sugar syrup may be added prior to the start of wine

fermentation” shall be substituted;

(ii) in Condition (4), for the words “Tables shall be computed to show contents at one

centimetre of the depth of each receptacles”, the words “Tables shall be computed to show

contents at every one centimetre of the depth of each receptacles. The tables shall have the

certification by the concerned authority of the Department of Legal Metrology” shall be

substituted.

(iii) in Condition (8), after item (b), the following shall be inserted, namely:-

“(c) There shall be double locking system with one lock purchased by the Excise Officer-in-

Charge to lock each compartment by the said Officer or an Excise staff designated by him. All the

keys of the locks purchased by the said Officer shall always remain with the Excise Officer-in-

Charge. As and when required by the licensee during the working hours of working days, the lock

shall be opened by the Excise Officer-in-Charge or his designate and shall be locked when the

work is over. The time of opening and locking shall be recorded in a register duly signed by the

Excise Officer-in-Charge for each operation”.

(iv) in Condition (10),

(i)

in item (a), in sub-item (i), for the words “sugar or jaggery” the words “sugar or

sugar syrup” shall be substituted.

(ii)

in item (b), for the words “The licensee shall maintain day-to-day accounts

showing therein the stock of wine, bases or ``Must’’ in the manufactory at the

end of each day”, the words “The licensee shall maintain day-to-day accounts

6

showing therein the stock of wine, bases or ``Must’’ and all other ingredients of

wine in the manufactory at the end of each day” shall be substituted.

(v) in Condition (13), for the words and figures “The quantity taken for samples shall not

exceed 500 ml in the case of the wine or other liquids or ½ kilo in case of semi-liquids. The licensee

shall pay a fee of rupees five for each examination of sample made by the Chemical Analyst”, the

words and figures “The quantity taken for samples shall not exceed 500 ml in the case of wine or

other liquids, 500 gm in case of semi-liquids or solids. The licensee shall pay a fee of rupees one

hundred for each examination of sample made by the Chemical Analyst "shall be substituted.

4. Amendment of Form F.W.3.- In form F.W.3 appended to the said rules, in serial number

(5), in the heading to item D, for the words “Quantity of Sugar or Jaggery”, the words “Quantity of

Sugar or Sugar syrup” shall be substituted.

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

Venkatesh.G

Under Secretary to Government,

Finance Department (Excise)

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 300

R

¨s

P

0

K

T

R

N

s

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

In ex

Karnataka G

Tax Rules,

Road, Vima

Number. Th

shall be follo

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

OFF

(Karn

xercise of

Goods and

2017, it is

anapura Po

he procedur

owed for gra

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀĪ

luru, Thursd

FICE OF TH

nataka) Vanij

No. KSA

the powers

Services Ta

s hereby no

st, BANGA

re prescribe

anting the U

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 20

HE COMMIS

ya Terige Ka

NO

A/GST/CR-

s conferred

ax Act, 2017

otified that

ALORE – 56

ed under ru

Unique Iden

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

20, 2017

0, 2017 (Ash

SSIONER O

aryalaya, Ga

OTIFICATIO

-7/2017-18

by clause

7 read with

ISRO Sate

60 017, Ka

ule 17 of Ka

ntity Numb

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 29,

hada 29, Sha

OF COMME

ndhinagar, B

ON

8, dated: 19

(b) of sub

rule 17 of t

ellite Centre

arnataka sh

arnataka Go

er.

Comm

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha 1

ERCIAL TAX

Bengaluru-56

9.07.2017

b section (9

the Karnata

e, Post Box

hall be gran

oods and Se

S

RITVIK

missioner of

(Karnatak

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

XES,

60009

9) of sectio

aka Goods a

x No.1795,

nted a Uni

ervices Tax

Sd/-

K PANDEY

f Commerci

ka), Bengalu

¿Ê

£ÀA. 701

No. 701

on 25 of th

and Service

Old Airpor

que Identit

Rules, 201

ial Taxes,

uru

he

es

rt

ty

7

2

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

w

1

i

t

O

w

K

m

(

1

b

s

o

o

t

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The

was publish

1964 (Karna

n Part IV-A

the persons

Official Gaze

Whe

And

within the p

Now

Karnataka L

makes the f

1. T

Sixth Amen

(2) T

2. I

107-A, the f

“10

belonging t

section 97 i

of assessme

other non-a

twice the ra

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

draft of the

hed as requ

ataka Act 1

A of the Kar

s likely to b

ette.

reas the sa

whereas n

period speci

, therefore,

Land Reven

following ru

Title and C

ndment) Ru

They shall co

Insertion o

following sh

07-AA. Levy

to land hol

in respect o

ent on cond

agricultural

ates specifie

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀĪ

luru, Thursd

No. RD 08

e following

uired by su

2 of 1964)

rnataka Gaz

be affected

aid Gazette w

no objection

ified above.

in exercise

nue Act, 196

ules to amen

Commencem

ules, 2017.

ome into fo

of new rule

hall be inser

y of fine a

lder for no

of diversion

dition of bei

purpose a

d in the Tab

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 20

REVEN

NO

LGP 2015

rules furth

ub-section (

in Notificat

zette dated

thereby wit

was made a

ns and sug

e of the po

64 (Karnata

nd the Karn

ment.-(1)Th

rce from th

e 107 AA.-

rted namely

and compo

n-agricultu

or use of “

ng used for

and also th

bles under

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

20, 2017

0, 2017 (Ash

UE SECRE

OTIFICATIO

5, Bengaluru

her to amen

(1) of sectio

tion No. RD

: 30-06-201

thin fifteen

available to

ggestions ha

wers confer

aka Act 12 o

nataka Land

RULES

hese rules

e date of th

In the Kar

y :-

ounding am

ural use.-Th

Pot Kharab

r a specific

he compoun

rules 107 a

By order an

Re

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 29,

hada 29, Sha

ETARIAT

ON

u, Dated: 2

nd the Karn

on 197 of t

D 08 LGP 20

17 inviting

days from

the public

ave been r

rred by sub

of 1964) the

d Revenue R

may be cal

heir final pu

rnataka Lan

mount for

he amount

b” land belo

non-agricu

nding amou

and 107-A r

nd in the na

S.L.MA

Under Sec

evenue Dep

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha 1

20.07.2017

nataka Land

the Karnata

015, dated:

objections

the date o

on 30-06-2

eceived by

b-section (1

e Governme

Rules, 1966

lled the Ka

ublication in

nd Revenue

conversion

of fine whic

onging to lan

ultural purp

unt, as the

respectively

ame of the

AHANTHEG

cretary to G

artment (La

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

7

d Revenue

aka Land R

30-06-201

or suggesti

of its public

2017.

the State

1) of section

ent of Karna

6, namely:-

arnataka La

n the Officia

e Rules, 196

n of Pot K

ch may be

nd holder a

pose or othe

case may

y.”

Governor o

GOWDA

overnment,

and Grants-

¿Ê

£ÀA. 702

No. 702

Rules, 196

Revenue Ac

7, publishe

ions from a

cation in th

Governmen

n 197 of th

ataka hereb

and Revenu

al Gazette.

66 after rul

Kharab lan

levied unde

and held fre

erwise to an

be, shall b

f Karnataka

,

-1).

66

t,

ed

all

he

nt

he

by

ue

le

nd

er

ee

ny

be

a

2

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

K

t

r

2

p

a

G

K

K

G

a

S

n

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The

Karnataka,

the Karnata

required by

23-02-2017

persons like

after the exp

Whe

And

Government

Now

Karnataka

Karnataka h

1. T

Grabbing Pr

(2) T

and Membe

Special Cou

2. D

namely:-

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

No

draft of the

proposes to

aka Land G

sub-section

7 in Part IV

ely to be af

piry of fiftee

reas the sa

whereas

t.

, therefore,

Land Grab

hereby mak

TITLE AND

rohibition S

These rules

ers have as

urt

DEFINITION

(a)

‘Act

38 o

(b)

‘Cha

Spec

(c)

‘Me

Spec

(d)

‘Sec

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀĪ

luru, Thursd

o. RD 13 LG

e Karnataka

o make in e

Grabbing Pr

n (1) of sect

V-A of the

ffected and

en days from

aid Gazette w

objections

in exercis

bbing Prohib

kes the follo

D COMMEN

Special Cour

s shall deem

ssumed the

NS.- (1) In

t’ means th

of 2014);

airman’ m

cial Court;

mbers’ me

cial Court;

ction’ mean

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 20

REVEN

NO

GP 2016(P-

a Land Grab

exercise of

rohibition A

tion 18 of th

Karnataka

notice was

m the date o

was made a

and sugg

e of the po

bition Act,

owing rules,

NCEMENT.-

rt (Conditio

med to have

charge of

these rule

he Karnatak

eans the C

eans the m

ns the Sectio

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

20, 2017

0, 2017 (Ash

UE SECRE

OTIFICATIO

-1), Bengal

bbing Proh

the powers

Act, 2011 (K

he said Act

Gazette d

s given tha

of its public

available to

gestions rec

owers confe

2011 (Kar

namely:-

RULES

- (1) These

ons of Servic

e come into

the office o

s unless th

ka Land Gra

Chairman o

members of

on of the Ac

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 29,

hada 29, Sha

ETARIAT

ON

uru, Dated

ibition Rule

conferred

Karnataka A

t in Notifica

ated: 25-02

at said draf

cation in th

the public

ceived hav

erred by su

rnataka Act

e rules ma

ce of Chairm

o force from

of the Karn

he context

abbing Proh

of the Karn

f the Karna

ct;

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha 1

d: 20.07.20

es, 2017 wh

by sub-sect

Act 38 of 2

ation No.RD

2-2017 for

ft will be ta

e official Ga

on 25-02-2

ve been ex

ub-section (

t 38 of 201

ay be called

man and M

m the date o

nataka Land

otherwise

hibition Act

nataka Land

ataka Land

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

017

hich the Go

tion (1) of s

2014) was p

13 LGP 20

the inform

aken into c

azette.

2017.

xamined by

(1) of sectio

14) the Go

d the Karn

embers) Ru

on which th

d Grabbing

requires th

t 2011 ( Ka

d Grabbing

d Grabbing

¿Ê

£ÀA. 703

No. 703

overnment o

section 18 o

published a

016(P) dated

mation of a

onsideratio

y the Stat

on 18 of th

vernment o

nataka Lan

ules 2017.

he Chairma

g Prohibitio

he following

arnataka Ac

g Prohibitio

g Prohibitio

of

of

as

d:

all

on

te

he

of

nd

an

n

g,

ct

on

on

2

(e)

‘Service’ means the service rendered by the Chairman, Judicial Members and

Revenue Members on duty; and

(f)

‘Vacation’ means any period excluding the time during which the Chairman,

Judicial Member and Revenue Members is absent on leave.

(2) Other words and expressions used in these rules and not defined, but defined in the Act

shall have the same meaning respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3. PAY.- (1) The Chairperson, if he is a serving Judge shall be paid a salary and other

admissible allowances equal to the salary and allowances of a sitting Judge of the High Court. If he

is a retired Judge, he shall be paid a salary and other admissible allowances equal to the salary and

allowances of a Judge of a High Court.

(2) A member who is a serving Judicial Member (District Judge), he shall be paid salary

drawn in the cadre of District Judge immediately before his appointment as such. In case of retired

District Judge appointed as such, he shall be paid a pay of Rs.1,50,000/- (One lakh fifty thousand

Rupees only) per month after deduction of pension he is drawing out of the said pay.

(3) In respect of a serving Revenue Member who is an All India Service officer, he shall be

paid the salary drawn in the post held by him immediately before his appointment as member. In

case a retired officer is appointed as Revenue Member, he shall be paid a pay of Rs.1,50,000/- (One

lakh fifty thousand Rupees only) per month after deduction of pension he is drawing out of the said

pay.

Provided that if the chairperson or a Member, at the time of his appointment, is in receipt of

or being eligible to receive any pension had elected to draw or receive the pension (other than

disability or invalid pension) in respect of previous service as a Judge of a High court or District

Judge or an All India Service officer in the service under the State, as the case may be, his salaries

in respect of the service as the Chairperson or a Member of the Court as the case may be shall be

reduced by the amount of that Pension and Pension equivalent of Gratuity. The Dearness

allowance admissible on the Pension shall be kept in abeyance during the period he hold the post of

Chairperson or Member as the case may be. He shall be entitled to Dearness allowance, HRA and

CCA admissible from time to time as per rules on the pay admissible as above.

4. LEAVE.- (1) The chairman and Members shall be entitled to leave as follows:-

(a) Casual leave of fifteen days and two Restricted Holidays in a calendar year;

(b) Earned Leave at the rate of thirty days for every completed calendar year of service;

(c) Half pay leave at the rate of twenty days for every completed calendar year of service; and

(d) Extra ordinary Leave up to a maximum of one hundred eighty days in one term of office.

(2) On expiry of their terms of office, they shall be entitled to receive cash equivalent of leave

salary in respect of earned leave to their credit subject to the condition that the maximum leave

encashed from his term of office or at the time of retirement from previous service or taken together

shall not in any case exceed three hundred days. The Chairman and Members shall also be entitled

to receive the Dearness Allowance as admissible on the leave salary:

Provided that he shall not be entitled for the House Rent Allowance, City Compensatory

allowance or any other allowance on such leave salary.

(3) If the Chairman and Member is unable to enjoy the full vacation on account of his

occupation with the Special Court, he shall be entitled to add the un-enjoyed period of vacation to

the leave account.

Explanation: For the purpose of this sub rule, ‘vacation’ means vacation of thirty days in

each calendar year observed by the Special Court.

5. LEAVE SANCTIONING AUTHORITY.- (1) The Chairman shall intimate to the Government

regarding his leave.

3

(2) The Chairman shall be the authority to sanction leave to the Members of the Special

Court.

6. LEAVE TRAVEL CONCESSION.- The Chairman and Members of the Special Court shall

be entitled to the leave travel concession as admissible to the Judges or officers of respective class

serving under the State Government.

7. TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE and DAILY ALLOWANCE.- The Chairman and Members of

the Special Court are entitled for TA and DA while on tour (including the journey undertaken to join

the Special court or on expiry of his term with the Court to proceed to his home town) and entitled to

charges for transportation of personal effects and other similar things and daily allowance as

admissible to the Judges or officers of respective class serving under the State Government.

8. SUBSCRIPTION TO GENERAL PROVIDENT FUND.-The Chairman and Members of the

Special Court shall be entitled to subscribe to the General Provident Fund.

9. MEDICAL REIMBURSEMENT.- (1) If a sitting or retired Judge of the High Court is

appointed as Chairman of the Special Court, the reimbursement as applicable to the serving judges

of the High Court of Karnataka subject to relaxation of the conditions stipulated vide G.O.No: DPAR

18 SHC 2011 (P) dated 25.6.2011 modified from time to time.

(2) If a serving or retired Judge of the District and Sessions Court is appointed as Judicial

Member of the Special court, the reimbursement as applicable to the serving or retired judicial

officers as admissible under the Karnataka Judicial Officers (Medical Attendance) Rule 2009.

(3) If a serving or retired All India Service officer is appointed as a Revenue Member, the

reimbursement as applicable as per All India Officers (Medical Attendance) Rules to such officers.

10. OFFICIAL CAR AND TELEPHONE FACILITY.- The Chairman and Members of the

Special Court shall be entitled to Official car and telephone facilities.

11. ADDITIONAL PERQUISITES.- During the term of the office as the Chairman and other

Members of the Special court, the Chairman and Members shall be entitled to the following

perquisites; namely:-

(a) Sumptuary allowance;

(b) Free water and Electricity;

(c) Home orderly allowance;

(d) Gardener allowance; and

(e) Five News papers and Journals.

as applicable to Chairman and Members of the Karnataka Administrative Tribunal.

12. MISCELLANEOUS.- If any doubt arises about the interpretation of any of these

provisions, the matter shall be referred to the Government of Karnataka.

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka

S.L. MAHANTHE GOWDA

Under Secretary to Government,

Revenue Department (Land Grants-1).

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

E

E

D

T

5

P

A

K

im

C

n

C

(

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The

EzÀPÉÌ 2017g

EzÀ£ÀÄß 2017

DzÉò¸À¯ÁVz

THE PREV

(Promulga

First

An O

59 of 1960)

Whe

PP, dated:03

Article 213 o

Where

Karnataka

mmediate a

Now

Constitution

namely:-

1. S

Cruelty to A

(2) It

2. A

Central Act

(i) a

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

¸ÀAS

Prevention

gÀ dįÉÊ wA

7gÀ PÀ£Áðl

zÉ.

VENTION OF

ated by the

t published

Ordinance f

in its appli

reas previo

3.07.2017 h

of the Cons

eas the Ka

is satisfied

action to pr

w, therefore

n of India, t

Short title

Animals (Ka

t shall come

mendment

t 59 of 1960

after clause

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄgÀĪ

luru, Thursd

SÉå: ¸ÀAªÀå±ÁE

n of Crue

AUÀ¼À 18£ÉÃ

lPÀ CzsÁåzÉÃ

KARN

F CRUELTY

Governor o

d in the Karn

further to a

cation to th

ous instruct

has been ob

stitution.

arnataka St

d that the

omulgate th

e, in exerci

the Governo

and comm

arnataka Am

e into force

t of section

0) (hereinaft

(a), the follo

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 20

¸ÀA¸À¢ÃAiÀÄ

E 24 ±Á¸À£À

elty to an

¢£ÁAPÀzÀAz

ñÀ ¸ÀASÉå:

NATAKA OR

Y TO ANIM

of Karnatak

nataka Gaz

amend the P

he State of K

tions of the

btained in t

tate Legisla

circumstan

he Ordinan

ise of the

or of Karna

mencement

mendment) O

at once.

n 2.- In sec

ter referred

owing shall

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

20, 2017

0, 2017 (Ash

ªÀåªÀºÁgÀUÀ¼À

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2017, ¨ÉAU

nimals (Ka

zÀÄ gÁdå¥Á

01 JA§Äz

RDINANCE

MALS (KARN

ka in the Six

zette Extra-o

Prevention

Karnataka.

e President

this regard

ative Assem

nces exist w

ce for the p

powers con

ataka is plea

t.– (1) This

Ordinance,

tion 2 of th

to as the P

l be inserted

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(DµÁqsÀ 29,

hada 29, Sha

¸ÀaªÁ®AiÀÄ

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£Á

arnataka

Á®gÀ M¦àUÉ

zÁV PÀ£Áð

NO. 01 OF

NATAKA AM

xty Eighth y

ordinary on

of Cruelty

of India vi

as required

mbly is not

which rend

purposes he

nferred by

ased to prom

Ordinance

2017.

he Preventio

Principal Act

d, namely:-

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha 1

ÁAPÀ:20.07.2

Amendme

zÉÆgÉwzÀÄÝ,

lPÀ gÁdå

F 2017

MENDMEN

year of the R

n the 20th da

to Animals

ide Order N

d under the

in session

der it neces

ereinafter ap

clause (1)

mulgate the

e may be ca

on of Cruelt

t),-

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

2017

ent) Ordin

¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå

¥ÀvÀçzÀ°è ¥Àç

NT) ORDINA

Republic of

ay of July 2

Act, 1960

No:14/04/2

proviso to

and the G

ssary for h

ppearing;

of Article

e following

alled the P

ty to Anima

¿Ê

£ÀA. 704

No. 704

ance, 201

w¼ÀĪÀ½PÉUÁV

çPÀn¸À¨ÉÃPÉAzÀ

ANCE, 2017

f India and

2017)

(Central Ac

2017-Judl..&

clause (1) o

Governor of

him to take

213 of the

Ordinance,

revention o

als Act, 1960

7

V

zÀÄ

7

ct

&

of

f

e

e

,

of

0

2

“(aa) “Bulls race or Bullock cart race” means any form of bulls race including race of

Bullock cart as a traditional sports involving Bulls whether tied to cart with the help of wooden yoke

or not (in whatever name called) normally held as a part of tradition and culture in the state on

such days and places, as may be notified by the State Government.”; and

(ii) after clause (d), the following shall be inserted, namely:-

“(dd) “Kambala” means the traditional sports event involving Buffalo’s (male) race normally

held as a part of tradition and culture in the state on such days and places, as may be notified by

the State Government.”

3. Amendment of section 3.- Section 3 of the principal Act, shall be re-numbered as sub-

section (1) of that section and after sub-section (1) as so renumbered, the following sub-section shall

be inserted, namely:-

“(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) conduct of “Kambala” or “Bulls

race or Bullock cart race” shall be permitted, subject to condition that no unnecessary pain or

suffering is caused to the animals, by the person incharge of that animal used to conduct “Kambala”

or “Bulls race or Bullock cart race” as the case may be and subject to such other conditions as may

be specified, by the State Government, by notification."

4. Amendment of section 11.- In section 11 of the principal Act, in sub-section (3), after

clause (e), the following shall be inserted, namely:-

“(f) the conduct of “Kambala” with a view to follow and promote tradition and culture and

ensure preservation of native breed of buffalos as also their safety, security and wellbeing.

(g) the conduct of “Bulls race or Bullock cart race” with a view to follow and promote

tradition and culture and ensure preservation of native breed of cattle as also their safety, security

and wellbeing.”

5. Amendment of section 22.- In section 22 of the principal Act, at the end, the following

proviso shall be inserted, namely:-

“Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply to conduct of “Kambala” or

“Bulls race or Bullock cart race” as the case may be.”

6. Amendment of section 27.- In section 27 of the principal Act, after clause (b), the

following shall be inserted, namely:-

“(c) the conduct of “Kambala” with a view to follow and promote tradition and culture and

ensure survival and continuance of native breeds of buffallos.

(d) the conduct of “Bulls race or Bullock cart race” with a view to follow and promote

tradition and culture and ensure survival and continuance of native breeds of cattle.”

7. Insertion of new section 28A.- After section 28 of the principal Act, the following shall

be inserted, namely:-

“28A. Savings in respect of "Kambala" or “Bulls race or Bullock cart race”.- Nothing

contained in this Act, shall apply to “Kambala” or “Bulls race or Bullock cart race” conducted to

follow and promote tradition and culture and such conduct of “Kambala” or “Bulls race or Bullock

cart race” shall not be an offence under this Act.”

VAJUBHAI VALA

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka,

K. DWARAKANATH BABU

Secretary to Government

Department of Parliamentary Affairs

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 700

R

¨s

P

0

g

G

PÉ

G

G

¸

º

ª

«

D

PÀ

D

w

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ¤µ

gÁdå ¸ÀPÁðg

GzÉÆåÃUÀUÀ¼À°

PÉÃA¢æÃAiÀÄ P

G¢ÝªÉÄUÀ½UÉ

G¢ÝªÉÄUÀ¼ÉAz

F

¸ÀAWÀUÀ¼ÀÄ/G

ºÉýPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß/

ªÀÄÆgÀÄ (3)

«PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ,

DªÀgÀt, §£Éß

PÀ°à¹gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄ

w½AiÀÄ¥Àr¹z

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Benga

£ÀA: P

µÀ× ªÉÃvÀ£À PÁ

gÀPÉÌ ¥ÀæzÀvÀÛª

°è vÉÆqÀVgÀÄ

PÁAiÉÄÝ 1948

ªÉÃvÀ£À ¥Á

zÀÄ ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀÄ

PÀgÀqÀÄ C

zÉÆåÃUÀzÁvÀg

/DPÉëÃ¥ÀuÉUÀ¼À£

wAUÀ¼ÉƼÀUÁ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ-

£ÉßÃgÀÄWÀlÖ gÀ¸ÉÛ

F ¤UÀ¢ü

£ÀÄß/¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£

zÉ.

147

Òûª

ÆgÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼

luru, Tuesda

PÁE 46 J¯ï

ÁAiÉÄÝ, 1948g

ªÁVgÀĪÀ C¢

ĪÀ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼À

8)gÀ C£ÀĸÀÆ

ÁªÀw PÁAiÉÄÝ,

¸ÀĪÀ F PÀgÀq

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É¬Ä

gÀ ¸ÀAWÀUÀ¼

£ÀÄß/¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À

UÁV ¸ÀPÁðg

-560 001 C

¸ÉÛ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

¢vÀ CªÀ¢üA

£ÀÄß

¸ÀPÁðg

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

¼ÀªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 25,

PÁ«

¯ïJAqÀ§Æèöå

gÀ (XI gÀ P

¢üPÁgÀªÀ£ÀÄß

ºÀPÀÄÌUÀ¼À gÀ

ÆaAiÀİè (¨

, 1936gÀ (1

qÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ

ÄAzÀ ¨Á¢ü

¼ÀÄ/PÁ«ÄðPÀ

£ÀÄß F PÀgÀq

ðgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðz

CxÀªÁ PÁ«Ä

gÀÄ: 560 029

AiÀÄÄ ªÀÄÄPÁÛ

g˻ˁ

¥ÀjUÀ

P

ÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

Ê 25, 2017

, 2017 (Shra

«ÄðPÀ ¸ÀaªÁ®

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2017, ¨ÉAUÀ

PÉÃA¢æÃAiÀÄ P

ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¹,

gÀPÀëuÉAiÀÄ Gz

¨sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀ

1936gÀ PÁAiÉ

£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀPÁ

¢vÀgÁzÀ ªÀå

MPÀÆÌlUÀ¼ÀÄ

qÀÄ C¢ü¸ÀÆZ

ðzÀ²ðUÀ¼ÀÄ, PÀ

«ÄðPÀ DAiÀÄÄPÀÛ

9 F «¼Á¸ÀPÉÌ

ÁÛAiÀÄUÉÆAqÀ

UÀt¸ÀĪÀÅ¢®èª

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁ

¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

7 (±ÁæªÀt 3,

avana 3, Sha

®AiÀÄ

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ¢£ÁA

PÁAiÉÄÝ 1948

C£ÀĸÀÆavÀ

zÉÝñÀ¢AzÀ P

vÀÄÛ ¨sÁUÀ-2

iÉÄÝ 4) J¯Áè

PÁðgÀªÀÅ ¥ÀæPÀn

åQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ/GzÉÆ

¼ÀÄ/GzÉÆåÃUÀz

ZÀ£ÉAiÀÄÄ gÁd

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁ

PÀÛgÀÄ, PÁ«ÄðP

PÉÌ ¸À°è¸À®Ä F

£ÀAvÀgÀ ¸

ªÉAzÀÄ

F

Ádå¥Á®gÀ D

J¯ï.J

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ

PÁ«

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥Àæ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha 1

APÀ: 22-07-

8) P˨A 22

G¢ÝªÉÄUÀ¼À

PÀ¤µÀ× ªÉÃvÀ£À

¸ÉÃjzÀAvÉ)

Áè ¥ÁæªÀzsÁ£À

n¹gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

ÆåÃVUÀ¼ÀÄ/Gz

zÁvÀgÀ MPÀÆ

då¥ÀvÀæzÀ°è ¥æ

PÁðgÀ, PÁ«Äð

PÀ ¨sÀªÀ£À, qÉÊj

F ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

¸À°è¸À¯ÁUÀĪÀ

ªÀÄÆ®PÀ

DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁg

J¸ï. ²æÃPÀAoÀ

zÀ G¥À PÁAiÀ

«ÄðPÀ E¯ÁS

wUÀ¼ÀÄ: 200

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

-2017

2-J¥sï gÀ£ÀéA

PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ¸Àég

£À PÁAiÉÄÝ, 1

¸ÉÃ¥ÀðqÉAiÀi

£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ C£ÀéAiÀÄ

zÉÆåÃUÀzÁvÀgÀÄ

ÆÌlUÀ¼ÀÄ/

¥ÀæPÀlUÉÆAqÀ

ðPÀ E¯ÁSÉ,

j ¸ÀPÀð¯ï º

¸ÀPÁðgÀªÀÅ

°TvÀ

¸ÀA§A¢ü¹

gÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀ

oˬ礀

iÀÄðzÀ²ð,

S.É

¿Ê

£ÀA. 710

No. 710

AiÀÄ PÀ£Áðl

gÀÆ¥À ºÁUÀÆ

948 (XI g

iÁUÀĪÀ J¯Á

iÀĪÁUÀĪÀAvÀº

gÀÄ/ PÁ«Äð

vÀªÀÄä °T

¢£ÁAPÀ¢Az

4£Éà ªÀĺÀr

ºÀwÛgÀ, L.n.L

CªÀPÁ±ÀªÀ£ÀÄ

ºÉýPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

¹zÀªÀgÉ®èjUÀÆ

ªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è

PÀ

Æ

gÀ

¯Áè

ºÀ

PÀ

vÀ

zÀ

r,

L.

Äß

ß/

Æ

°è

R

¨s

P

0

a

U

c

(

I

o

d

G

a

m

1

2

3

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Whe

approved M

UDD 159 B

conferred un

Karnataka

V-A of the

objections a

date of its p

And

And

Government

Now

and Countr

makes the f

1. Title an

approved

(2) They

2. Amendm

3. Amendm

for seria

Sl.

No.

15

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Bengalu

No.

reas the dr

aster Plan-

BemRuPra 2

nder sectio

Act 11 of 1

e Karnatak

and suggest

publication i

whereas, th

whereas,

t;

, therefore,

ry Planning

following reg

nd Commen

d Master Pl

shall come

ment to Re

ment to Ta

al No.15, the

.

Uses Co

permis

LPG

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, §ÄzsÀª

uru, Wednes

URB

. UDD 67 B

aft of the fo

2031 of Sh

2012, dated

n 13-E of t

963) in Not

ka Gazette

tions from a

in the Offici

he said Gaz

objections

in exercise

Act, 1961

gulations, n

ncement,-

lan-2031 of

e into force

egulation N

able No.9-6

e following

ommon to

ssible zone

G Storages

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 26

BAN DEVEL

NO

BemRuPra 2

ollowing reg

ivamogga-B

d: 27.08.20

he Karnata

tification No

extraordin

all persons

ial Gazette.

zette was m

s or sugge

e of the Pow

(Karnataka

namely.-

RE

(1) These r

f Shivamogg

from the da

No.7.6:- In t

6:- Space st

shall be sub

all

es

15.0

12.0

within

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

26, 2017

6, 2017 (Shr

LOPMENT S

OTIFICATIO

2016, Beng

gulations fu

Bhadravathi

012, which

aka Town an

o. UDD 67

nary Numb

likely to be

made availab

estions hav

wers confer

a Act 11 of

EGULATION

regulations

ga-Bhadrav

ate of public

the said reg

tandards fo

bstituted na

Min. road W

(within c

(outside

n LPA)

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 4, ±

ravana 4, Sh

SECRETAR

ON

galuru, Dat

urther to am

i by Govern

propose to

nd Country

BEMRUPRA

ber 46 dat

e affected th

ble to the pu

ve been r

rred by Sec

1963), the

NS

may be cal

vathi (Amen

cation in th

gulations, re

or various

amely;

Width (in m

onurbation

conurbation

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

haka Varsha

RIAT

te: 25.07.2

mend the Zo

nment of Ka

o make in

y Planning (

A 2016, dat

ted: 12th J

hereby with

ublic on 12t

received an

ction 13-E o

Governmen

lled the Zon

dment) Reg

he Official G

egulation N

buildings /

m)

p

n area),

n area

∏Â√

939)

a 1939)

017

oning Regula

arnataka vid

exercise of

(Amendmen

ted: 11.01.2

January 20

hin thirty da

th January 2

nd conside

of the Karn

nt of Karna

ning Regula

gulations 20

Gazette.

o.7.6 shall

/ uses:- In

Min. Area

plot (in Sq

500

¿Ê

£ÀA. 711

No. 711

ations of th

de Order No

f the power

nt) Act, 200

2017 in Par

017 invitin

ays from th

2017.

ered by th

nataka Tow

ataka hereb

ations of th

016.

be deleted.

table No.9.

of

.m)

he

o:

rs

04

rt

ng

he

he

wn

by

he

6

2

4. Amendment to Regulation No.11.11:- In the regulation No. 11.11(a)(5)(v) and (vii) of said

regulations, the following shall be substituted, namely;

“v. Commissioner, SUDA, Shivamogga Member Secretary”.

“vii. Commissioner of respective CMC Member”.

5. Amendment to Appendix 4:- In the clause 4.3 of Appendix 4, the following shall be inserted,

after “A Doctor’s degree in structural design from a recognised institute and at least one year

experience in structural design work”, namely;

“A Diploma in civil engineering recognised by technical board with at least ten years experience

in building construction work may be considered for designing G+1 only”.

By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka,

NAGARAJ

Under Secretary to Government,

Urban Development Department.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

R

K

b

i

i

d

w

G

M

C

1

a

p

s

p

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Whe

Rules, 1979

Karnataka M

by sub-secti

n part - IV

nviting obje

date of publ

And

And

Now

with section

Government

Municipal C

1. T

Corporation

(2) T

2. A

1979 (herein

as sub-rule

“(2) T

parties whic

3. A

shall be inse

“(6) I

political par

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

reas the dr

9, was publ

Municipal C

ion(1) of sec

V–A No. 11

ections and

lication of th

whereas th

whereas no

therefore,

n 421 of the

t of Karna

Corporation

Title and C

ns (Election)

They shall c

Amendment

nafter refer

(1) thereof,

The Sate E

ch are regis

Amendment

erted, name

If a politica

rty which is

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±ÀÄPÀæª

aluru, Frida

URB

No. UDD

raft Rules f

lished as Re

Corporation

ction 55 of

133 of the

d suggestio

he said not

he said Gaze

o objection

in exercise

e Karnataka

ataka hereb

s (Election)

Commence

) (Amendme

come into fo

t of rule 1

rred as the

and after s

Election Com

tered or rec

t of rule 1

ely:-

al party is a

s not regist

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

y, July 28, 2

BAN DEVEL

NO

185 MLR 2

further to a

equired by

ns Act, 1976

this Act in

Karnataka

ns from all

tification in

ette was ma

and sugges

e of the pow

a Municipal

by makes t

Rules, 197

ement: (1)

ent) Rules, 2

orce from th

17(A).:- In t

said rules),

so numbere

mmission sh

cognized in

18.:- In rule

a registered

tered, recog

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

28, 2017

2017 (Shrav

LOPMENT S

OTIFICATIO

2015, Beng

amend the K

sub-section

6 (Karnatak

Notification

a gazette ex

l persons li

the official

ade availabl

stion were r

wers confer

l Corporatio

the followin

79, namely

RULES

These rule

2017.

he date of th

the Karnata

, in rule 17

ed, the follow

hall by noti

other State

e 18 of the

d, recognize

gnized polit

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 6, ±

vana 6, Shak

SECRETAR

ON

galuru, date

Karnataka

n(1) of secti

ka Act 14 of

n No. UDD

xtraordinary

ikely to be

gazette.

le to the pu

received with

rred under

ons Act, 19

ng rules, f

:-

es may be

heir final pu

aka Municip

(A), the exis

wing shall b

ification pu

e or other S

e said rules

ed party in

tical party i

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

ka Varsha 19

RIAT

e: 28.07.20

Municipal

on 55 read

f 1977) was

185 MLR 2

y dated: 27

affected wi

ublic on 27th

hin the stip

sub-section

76 (Karnata

further to

called the

ublication in

pal Corpora

sting provis

be inserted,

ublish a list

tates”.

s, after sub

other Stat

in Karnatak

∏Â√

939)

939)

017

Corporation

with sectio

s published

2015, Dated

7th Septemb

ithin 30 da

h Septembe

pulated peri

n(1) of sect

aka Act 14

amend the

e Karnatak

n the officia

ations (Elec

sion shall b

, namely:-

t of symbol

b-rule (5), t

e or States

ka State, su

¿Ê

£ÀA. 718

No. 718

ns (Election

on 421 of th

as Require

d:26.09.201

ber 2016 fo

ays from th

er 2016.

iod.

tion 55 rea

of 1977) th

e Karnatak

ka Municipa

al Gazette.

ction) Rules

be numbere

s of politica

the followin

, and it is

uch party i

n)

he

ed

6

or

he

ad

he

ka

al

s,

ed

al

ng

a

is

2

setup the candidates to contest the election in the State, the symbols allotted to the candidates of

that party or parties in other State or States itself may be alloted, if they fulfill the following

conditions even though that symbols were not in the list of free symbol, namely:-

(a) The President of such parties shall submit a representation in writing to the State

Election Commission by requesting to allot particular symbol to the candidates who

are contesting from their parties, within three days from publication of calendar of

events by the State Election Commission.

(b) if more than one party which has been recognized in other states have choosen the

same symbol as their reserved symbol of their party and such parties have submitted

requisition for allotting the same symbol for their candidates, the State Election

Commissioner shall allot the symbol to the candidates of such parties through lot.

The candidates of other party or parties shall choose remaining any one of the free

symbols.

(c) the candidates shall declare in the nomination that which party has filed him as a

candidate. In case anything contrary to this is found in the nomination or form `C` or

`D` such candidate shall not be allotted the symbol reserved and such candidate shall

be allotted a symbol by the election commissioner out of the list of free symbols.

(d) It shall be satisfied by the Commission that there is no appropriate reason to reject

the application. They shall not claim for allotment of the same symbol for any other

election, conducted in future.”

By order and in the name of Governor of Karnataka

K.L. Bagalawade

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

C

s

p

2

N

3

w

G

M

(

1

s

p

s

p

s

t

c

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Whe

Councilors)

section 38

published a

2015(1), Da

November 2

30 days from

And

And

Now

with section

Government

Municipaliti

1. T

Election of

(2) T

2. A

1977 (herein

sub-rule (1)

“(2) T

parties whic

3. A

shall be inse

“(6) I

political par

setup the ca

that party

conditions e

(a) the

Ele

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼

Benga

N

reas the d

Rules, 197

of the Ka

as required

ated:08.11.2

2016 for inv

m the date o

whereas th

whereas no

therefore,

n 38 of th

t of Karna

ies (Election

Title and C

Councilors

They shall c

Amendment

nafter refer

thereof, an

The Sate E

ch are regis

Amendment

erted, name

If a politica

rty which is

andidates t

or parties

even though

e President

ection Comm

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±ÀÄPÀæª

aluru, Frida

URB

No. UDD 18

draft Rules

77, was pu

arnataka M

by sub-sec

2016 in par

viting objec

of publicati

he said Gaze

o objection

in exercise

he Karnata

ataka hereb

n of Counci

ommencem

) (Amendme

come into fo

t of rule 10

rred as the

nd after so n

Election Com

tered or rec

t of rule 1

ely:-

al party is a

s not regist

to contest t

in other S

h that symb

t of such p

mission by

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

y, July 28, 2

BAN DEVEL

NO

85 MLR 20

s further t

ublished as

Municipalitie

ction(1) of s

rt - IV–A No

ctions and s

ion of the sa

ette was ma

and sugges

of the pow

aka Munic

by makes t

lors) Rules,

ment: (1) T

ent) Rules,

orce from th

0.:- In the K

said rules),

numbered,

mmission sh

cognized in

11.:- In rule

a registered

tered, recog

the election

State or Sta

bols were no

parties sha

requesting

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

28, 2017

2017 (Shrav

LOPMENT S

OTIFICATIO

015(1), Ben

to amend

s Required

es Act, 196

ection 323

o.1251 of th

suggestions

aid notificat

ade availabl

stion were r

wers conferr

cipalities Ac

the followin

, 1977, nam

RULES

These rules

2017.

he date of th

Karnataka

in rule 10,

the followin

hall by noti

other State

e 11 of the

d, recognize

gnized polit

n in the Sta

ates itself

ot in the list

all submit a

to allot par

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 6, ±

vana 6, Shak

SECRETAR

ON

ngaluru, dat

the Karna

by sub-sec

64 (Karnat

of this Act

he Karnata

s from all p

tion in the o

le to the pu

received with

red under s

ct, 1964 (

ng rules, f

mely:-

may be ca

heir final pu

Municipalit

, the existin

ng shall be i

ification pu

e or other S

e said rules

ed party in

tical party i

ate, the sym

may be al

t of free sym

a represent

rticular sym

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

ka Varsha 19

RIAT

te: 28.07.2

ataka Mun

ction(1) of

taka Act 2

in Notificat

aka gazette

ersons like

official gaze

ublic on 8th N

hin the stip

sub-section

Karnataka

further to

alled the Ka

ublication in

ties (Electio

ng provision

inserted, na

ublish a list

tates”.

s, after sub

other Stat

in Karnatak

mbols allotte

loted, if th

mbol, name

tation in w

mbol to the

∏Â√

939)

939)

2017

nicipalities

section 32

2 of 1964

tion No. UD

extraordina

ly to be aff

ette.

November 2

pulated peri

n(1) of secti

Act 22 of

amend the

arnataka M

n the officia

on of Counc

n shall be n

amely:-

t of symbol

b-rule (5), t

e or States

ka State, su

ed to the c

hey fulfill t

ely:-

writing to th

candidates

¿Ê

£ÀA. 719

No. 719

(Election o

3 read wit

) is hereby

DD 185 ML

ary dated:8

fected withi

2016.

iod.

on 323 rea

f 1964) th

e Karnatak

Municipalitie

al Gazette.

cilors) Rules

numbered a

s of politica

the followin

, and it is

uch party i

andidates o

he followin

he State

who are

of

th

y,

R

th

in

ad

he

ka

es

s,

as

al

ng

a

is

of

ng

2

contesting from their parties, within three days from publication of calendar of events

by the State Election Commission.

(b) if more than one party which has been recognized in other states have choosen the

same symbol as their reserved symbol of their party and such parties have submitted

requisition for allotting the same symbol for their candidates, the State Election

Commissioner shall allot the symbol to the candidates of such parties through lot. The

candidates of other party or parties shall choose remaining any one of the free symbols.

(c) the candidates shall declare in the nomination that which party has filed him as a

candidate. In case anything contrary to this is found in the nomination or form `C` or

`D` such candidate shall not be allotted the symbol reserved and such candidate shall

be allotted a symbol by the election commissioner out of the list of free symbols.

(d) It shall be satisfied by the Commission, that there is not appropriate reason to reject

the application. They shall not claim for allotment of the same symbol for any other

election, conducted in future.”

By order and in the name of Governor of Karnataka

K.L. Bagalawade

Under Secretary to Government

Urban Development Department

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 100

R

¨s

P

0

A

(

S

o

I

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

The N

Affairs, New D

In ex

Appointment

Select List of t

of the followin

ndian Police S

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ

Bengal

PERS

N

Notification N

Delhi is hereb

xercise of the

by Promotion

the year 2015

ng 26 State Po

Service:-

147

Òûª

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ª

luru, Saturd

SONNEL AN

NO: DPAR 16

No. I-14011/2

y republished

e provisions

n) Regulation

5 prepared by

olice Service O

S.No.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.*

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 29,

ND ADMINI

NO

68 SPS 2013 (

24/2017-IPS.I

d:

No. I-14

Gov

Minis

NO

contained in

ns, 1955, the U

the Selection

Officers of Ka

S

Name (S/Shr

Joshi Srinath

Vedamurthy

Shantharaju K

Hanumanthar

Devaraja D.

Siri Gowri D

Dr. Dharani D

Savitha S

C.K. Baba

Madhura Vee

Abdul Ahad

Girish S.

Puttamadaiah

Sreedhara T.

Ashwini M.

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

29, 2017 (

, 2017 (Shra

STRATIVE

OTIFICATIO

(I). BENGAL

(I), dated: 21

4011/24/2017-

vernment of In

stry of Home A

OTIFICATIO

sub-regulatio

Union Public

Committee in

arnataka towar

Select List-201

ri/Smt.)

Mahadev

C.B.

K.M.

raya

.R.

Devi K

ena M.L.

h M.

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 7, ±À

avana 7, Sha

E REFORMS

ON

LURU, DATE

1.07.2017 of

-IPS.I (I)

ndia

Affairs

ON

on (3) of Reg

Service Com

n its meeting h

rds filling up

15

Date o

21.07

20.07

20.05

08.04

10.06

24.06

12.05

27.08

05.12

12.12

10.05

07.07

05.06

01.02

14.07

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

S SECRETA

ED: 29.07.201

Government

Ne

gulation 7 of

mmission has o

held on 04.07

of 36 vacanci

of Birth

7.1971

7.1972

5.1974

4.1975

6.1969

6.1978

5.1967

8.1969

2.1976

2.1974

5.1977

7.1975

6.1968

2.1971

7.1978

∏Â√

39)

1939)

ARIAT

17.

of India, Min

ew Delhi, date

f the Indian

on 19.07.2017

7.2017, contain

es in the Karn

¿Ê

£ÀA. 720

No. 720

nistry of Hom

ed: 21.07.2017

Police Servic

7 approved th

ning the name

nataka Cadre o

me

7.

ce

he

es

of

2

16.

Prakash Gowda A.N.

20.04.1977

17.

Jinendra Khanagavi

24.03.1973

18.

Rashmi J.K.

22.06.1977

19.

Shivakumar T.P.

08.04.1975

20.

Vishnuvardhana N.

14.05.1979

21.*

Jagadish K.V.

06.04.1978

22.

Sanjeev M. Patil

19.12.1977

23.

Parashurama K.

18.03.1977

24.

Ananda Kumar H.D.

04.07.1971

25.

Kala Krishnaswamy

01.09.1977

26.*

Devaraju K.G.

19.05.1963

* The names at S. No.s 10, 21, and 26 have been included in the List provisionally subject to clearance in the

disciplinary proceedings pending against them and grant of integrity certificate by the State Government.

2. The Select List is subject to the outcome of the SLP © No. 29245/2016 filed by Shri Gopalakrishnah N. &

Ors. before the Hon'ble Supreme Court and other connected SLPs arising out of Order dated 21.06.2016 of the Hon'ble

High Court of Karnataka at Bangaluru in WP No. 27674/2012 filed by Shri Khaleel Ahmed K.R. and Ors. and OA No.

355-359/2016 filed by Smt Renuka K. Sukumar & Ors., OA No. 362-364/2016 filed by Shri Kumaraswamy & Anr. And

OA No. 365-377/2016 filed by Dr. Shivakumar & Ors. before the Hon'ble Central Administrative Tribunal, Bangalore

Bench.

Sd/-

S K Rastogi

Deputy Secretary (Police)

Tele No. 2309 3256

BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA

S.R. BASAVARAJAIAH

Under Secretary to Government,

Department of Personnel and

Administrative Reforms (Services-IV).

PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATIVE REFORMS SECRETARIAT

NOTIFICATION

No: DPAR 168 SPS 2013 (II). Bengaluru, Dated: 29.07.2017.

The Notification No. I-14011/24/2017-IPS.I (II), dated: 21.07.2017 of Government of India, Ministry of Home

Affairs, New Delhi is hereby republished:

No. I-14011/24/2017-IPS.I (II)

Government of India

Ministry of Home Affairs

New Delhi, dated: 21.07.2017.

NOTIFICATION

In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-rule (1) of rule 9 of the Indian Police Service (Recruitment) Rules,

1954, read with sub-regulation (1) of regulation 9 of the Indian Police Service (Appointment by Promotion) Regulations,

1955, the President is pleased to appoint the following members of Karnataka Police Service to the Indian Police Service

on probation and to allocate them to the Karnataka Cadre under sub-rule (1) of the rule 5 of the Indian Police Service

(Cadre) Rules, 1954 :-

3

Select List-2015

S.No.

Name (S/Shri/Smt.)

Date of Birth

1.

Joshi Srinath Mahadev

21.07.1971

2.

Vedamurthy C.B.

20.07.1972

3.

Shantharaju K.M.

20.05.1974

4.

Hanumantharaya

08.04.1975

5.

Devaraja D.

10.06.1969

6.

Siri Gowri D.R.

24.06.1978

7.

Dr. Dharani Devi K

12.05.1967

8.

Savitha S

27.08.1969

9.

C.K. Baba

05.12.1976

10.

Abdul Ahad

10.05.1977

11.

Girish S.

07.07.1975

12.

Puttamadaiah M.

05.06.1968

13.

Sreedhara T.

01.02.1971

14.

Ashwini M.

14.07.1978

15.

Prakash Gowda A.N.

20.04.1977

16.

Jinendra Khanagavi

24.03.1973

17.

Rashmi J.K.

22.06.1977

18.

Shivakumar T.P.

08.04.1975

19.

Vishnuvardhana N.

14.05.1979

20.

Sanjeev M. Patil

19.12.1977

21.

Parashurama K.

18.03.1977

22.

Ananda Kumar H.D.

04.07.1971

23.

Kala Krishnaswamy

01.09.1977

2. The appointments are subject to the outcome of the SLP © No. 29245/2016 filed by Shri Gopalakrishnah N. &

Ors. before the Hon'ble Supreme Court and other connected SLPs arising out of Order dated 21.06.2016 of the Hon'ble

High Court of Karnataka at Bangaluru in WP No. 27674/2012 filed by Shri Khaleel Ahmed K.R. and Ors. and OA No.

355-359/2016 filed by Smt Renuka K. Sukumar & Ors., OA No. 362-364/2016 filed by Shri Kumaraswamy & Anr. And

OA No. 365-377/2016 filed by Dr. Shivakumar & Ors. before the Hon'ble Central Administrative Tribunal, Bangalore

Bench.

3. The aforesaid officers will remain on probation for one year as per rule of Indian Police Service (Probation)

Rules, 1954 and the officers will obtain induction training as per sub rule 5(4) of Indian Police Service (Probation) Rules,

1954 as amended dated 10.05.2011.

4. The appointments will take effect from the date of issue of this notification.

Sd/-

S K Rastogi

Deputy Secretary (Police)

Tele No. 2309 3256

BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA

S.R. BASAVARAJAIAH

Under Secretary to Government,

Department of Personnel and

Administrative Reforms (Services-IV).

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 200

R

¨s

P

0

E

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

1. In t

Extraordinary,

(1)

In p

figu

(2)

In

figu

(3)

In p

(a) in

(b) in

(4)

In p

“Ag

(5)

In p

(a)th

(b)th

(c) th

(6)

In

bra

inse

(7)

In p

des

(8)

In p

bra

(9)

In p

be r

(10) In p

“33

(11) In p

as t

(12) In p

Bal

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ

Bengal

the Notificatio

, Part IV A, N

page 4, in Sl

ures “0713”.

page 4, in Sl

ures “0713”.

page 5, in Sl.N

n column (2), t

n column (3), t

page 8, in Sl.N

garbatti, lobha

page 9, in Sl.N

he word “saim

he word “gotas

he word “glzal

page 10, in S

ackets “(h) Ph

erted.

page 17, in Sl

siccated cocon

page 17, in S

ackets “Dates

page 18, in Sl

read as the wo

page 19, in S

301”.

page 26, in Sl

the words and

page 29, in S

ll pen ink)” sh

147

Òûª

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ª

luru, Saturd

NO. FD 48

on No. FD 48

No. 591, dated

. No. 59 of S

l.No.61, of Sc

No.92, of Sche

the figures “17

the words “Pa

No.185, of Sc

an”.

No.220, of Sch

a” shall be rea

sitara” shall b

l” shall be read

Sl.No.234, of

hoto voltaic c

l.No.14, of Sch

nuts” shall be

l.No.16, of Sc

(soft or hard)”

l.No.56, of Sc

ords and brack

Sl.No.74, of S

.No.231, of S

d figures “head

l.No.55, of S

hall be read as

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

day, July 29,

FINANC

CO

CSL 2017 B

CSL 2017 (0

29th June, 201

Schedule I – 2

chedule I – 2

edule I – 2.5%

702” shall be

almyra sugar”

chedule I – 2.

hedule I – 2.5

ad as the word

e read as the w

d as the word

f Schedule I –

cells, whether

hedule II – 6%

inserted.

chedule II – 6

”.

chedule II – 6

kets “serial nu

Schedule II –

chedule II – 6

ding 9208 or 9

chedule III –

s the words an

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

29, 2017 (

, 2017 (Shra

CE SECRET

ORRIGENDU

BENGALUR

01/2017) dated

17, -

2.5%, in colu

.5%, in colum

%,

read as the fig

shall be read

.5%, in colum

%, in column

d “salma”,

words and com

d “gizai”.

– 2.5%, in co

r or not asse

%, in column

6%, in column

6%, in column

umber 1(g)”.

6%, in colum

6%, in column

9705”

9%, in colum

nd brackets “(o

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 7, ±À

avana 7, Sha

TARIAT

UM

RU, DATED:

d 29th June, 20

mn (3), the fi

mn (2), the fi

gures and wor

d as the words

mn (3), the wo

n (3),

mma “gota, si

olumn (3), af

mbled in mo

(3), after the w

n (3), the wor

n (3), the word

mn (2), the fig

n (3), the word

mn (3), the wo

other than Fou

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

29-07-2017.

017 published

figures “1106

igures “1106

rd “1702 or 17

“Palmyra sug

ord “Agarbatti

tara” and

fter sub-entry

odules or mad

words, “shelle

rd “Dates” sha

ds and bracke

gures “3302”

d and figures “

ords and brac

untain pen ink

∏Â√

39)

1939)

in the Gazette

10 90” shall

10 90” shall

704” and

gar, mishri, ba

i” shall be rea

(g), the word

de up into pa

ed or peeled”

all be read as

ets “serial num

shall be read

“heading 9208

kets “(Founta

k and Ball pen

¿Ê

£ÀA. 721

No. 721

e of Karnatak

be read as th

be read as th

atasha, bura”.

ad as the word

ds comma an

anels” shall b

the words “an

the words an

mber 1(f)” sha

d as the figure

8” shall be rea

ain pen ink an

n ink)”.

a,

he

he

ds

nd

be

nd

nd

all

es

ad

nd

2

(13) In page 33, in Sl.No.133, of Schedule III – 9%, in column (3), the words “Artificial fur and articles thereof”

shall be read as the words “Artificial fur other than articles thereof”.

(14) In page 37, in Sl.No.233, of Schedule III – 9%, in column (3), the words “Sewing needles” shall be omitted.

(15) In page 38, in Sl.No.247, of Schedule III – 9%, in column (3), the figures and letters “0.12.5 mm” shall be read

as the figures and letters “0.15 mm”.

(16) In page 40, in Sl.No.323, of Schedule III – 9%, in column (2), the figures “8522 90” shall be read as the

figures“8422 90”.

(17) In page 44, in Sl.No.395, of Schedule III – 9%, in column (3), the words “Optical Fiber” shall be read as the

words “Optical Fibre Cable”.

(18) In page 47, in Sl.No.447, of Schedule III – 9%, in column (3), the words “and other pens” shall be omitted.

(19) In page 55, in Sl.No.158, of Schedule IV – 14%, in column (3), the words “optical fibres optical fibres, bundles

or cables” shall be read as the words “optical fibres, optical fibre bundles or cables”.

(20) In page 55, in Sl.No.161, of Schedule IV – 14%, in column (3), the words “Optical Fiber” shall be read as the

words “Optical Fibre Cables”.

(21) In page 58, in Sl.No.215, of Schedule IV – 14%, in column (3), the words “Video games consoles and

Machines” shall be read as the words, brackets, commas and figures “Video games consoles and Machines,

article and accessories for billiards [9504 20 00], other games operated by coins, banknotes, i.e., casino games

[9504 20 00] and others [other than board games of 9504 90 90]”

2. In the Notification No. FD 48 CSL 2017 (02/2017) dated 29th June, 2017 published in the Gazette of Karnataka,

Extraordinary, Part IV A, No. 592, dated 29th June, 2017,-

(1) In page 3, in Sl. No. 59 of the Schedule, in column (2), the figure “9” shall be read as the figures, comma and

the word “7,9 or 10”.

(2) In page 5, in Sl.No.102 of the Schedule, in column (2), the figure “2302” shall be read as figures and comma

“2301, 2302”.

By oder and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka,

K.S.PADMAVATHI

Under Secretary to Government,

Finance Department (C.T.-1).

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 500

R

¨s

P

0

p

1

p

s

p

S

K

K

S

r

w

w

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Whe

published a

1959 (Karna

part IV-A o

suggestions

publication

And

And

State Gover

Now

Karnataka

Karnataka h

1. T

Societies (Am

(2) T

2. A

referred to a

(a)

“(e-(

unde

(b)

“(g-1

Karn

(c)

3.

wherever th

4. A

words "if he

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ

Bengal

reas the dr

as required

ataka Act N

of the Kar

from all p

on Official

whereas th

whereas ob

nment.

, therefore,

Co-operativ

hereby mak

Title and co

mendment)

They shall co

mendment

as the said r

after claus

1) "Jurisdic

er section 2

after claus

1) "Sahaka

nataka Soci

In clause

officer for

Substitutio

hey occurs, t

Amendment

is in servic

147

Òûª

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ±À¤ª

uru, Saturda

NO. CO 123

raft of the

by sub-sec

No. 11 of 1

rnataka Ga

persons like

Gazette.

he said Gaze

bjections an

in exercise

ve Societies

kes the follo

ommencem

Rules, 201

ome into fo

t of rule 2.

rules) in ru

se (b) the fo

ctional Regi

2A of the Ac

se (g) the fol

ara Academ

ieties Regis

e (i-1) for th

such area”

on of expre

the words,

t of rule 13

ce" shall be

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÁgÀ, dįÉÊ 2

ay, July 29

CO-OPERA

NO

3 CLM 2016

Karnataka

tion (1) of s

959) in no

azette Extr

ely to be a

ette was ma

nd suggesti

e of the po

s Act, 1959

owing rules,

ment.- (1) T

17.

rce from th

- In the K

ule 2,-

llowing sha

istrar" mea

ct.”

llowing sha

my (Reg.),M

stration Act

he words “d

ession.- In

“Election O

3B.- In rul

omitted.

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

29, 2017 (

9, 2017 (Shra

ATION SEC

OTIFICATIO

BENGALUR

a Cooperativ

section 129

tification N

raordinary

affected ther

ade availabl

ions receive

wers confer

9 (Karnatak

namely:-

RULES

These rules

e date of th

Karnataka c

all be inserte

ans the Add

all be inserte

Mysore" m

, 1960 and

district/regi

n the said r

Officer” shall

le 13B of th

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

(±ÁæªÀt 7, ±À

avana 7, Sha

CRETARIAT

ON

RU, DATED:

ve Societies

of the Kar

No. CO 123

dated: 13.

reby within

le to the pu

ed in this be

rred by sub

ka Act No.

s may be ca

heir publica

co-operative

ed, namely,

ditional/Join

ed, namely:

means the

sponsored

ion/state el

rules, for th

l be substit

he said rule

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 19

aka Varsha

29.07.2017.

s (Amendm

nataka Co-

CLM 2016

.01.2017 in

n thirty day

ublic on 13.0

ehalf have

b-section (1

11 of 195

alled the K

tion in the

e societies R

,-

nt/Deputy/

:-

academy

by the Stat

lection offic

he words “D

tuted.

es, in sub-ru

∏Â√

39)

1939)

ment) Rules

-operative S

6, dated: 12

nviting obj

ys from the

01.2017.

been consid

1) of section

59) the Gov

Karnataka C

Official Gaz

Rules, 1960

/ Assistant

registered

te Governm

cer” the wor

District Elec

ule (4) in cl

¿Ê

£ÀA. 723

No. 723

, 2016, wa

Societies Ac

2.01.2017 i

ections an

e date of it

dered by th

n 129 of th

vernment o

Co-operativ

zette.

0 (hereinafte

Registrar a

under th

ment”

rds “electio

ction Officer

lause (a) th

as

t,

in

nd

ts

he

he

of

ve

er

as

he

n

r”

he

2

5. Amendment of rule 13D.- In rule 13D of the said rules,-

(a) in sub-rule (2), the words "and the date and place of election" shall be omitted;

(b) for sub-rule (3), the following shall be substituted, namely :-

"(3) The Election Officer shall take steps for publication of voters list in the following

manner, namely:-

(a) for publication of draft eligible electoral list, a list of defaulters, a list of members

whose repayment falls due, before the election date clear fifty days;

(b) for calling objections, if any, calling upon the defaulter members to repay the

amounts due to the cooperative societies on or before thirty clear days prior to the

date of election.

(c) the scrutiny and verification of the voters list after payment by defaulters etc.,

clear twenty days before the date of election.

(d) for publication of final eligible voters list before fifteen clear days prior to the date

of election."

6. Amendment of rule 13E.- In rule 13E of the said rules in sub-rule (2),-

(a) at the end of clause (i) the following shall be inserted, namely:- “in consultation with the

respective cooperative society relating to date and place of election”;

(b) in clause (iii), after the word, “directors”, the words, “including casual vacancies, as the

case may be” shall be inserted;

(c)

in clause (iv), in sub-clause (b), after the words, and bracket mark “constituency" the

word, “as” shall be inserted.

7. Amendment of rule 14L.- In rule 14L of the said rules, for sub –rule (2) for the following

shall be substituted, namely:-

"(2) The serial number of the ballot paper shall be printed on the left hand side of the counter

foil."

8. Amendment of rule 14AG,- In rule 14AG of the said rules, after sub-rule (6), the

following shall be inserted, namely:-

"(6A) The quorum for a meeting of the board convened under sub rule(6) shall be fixed at the

number next to fifty percent of the strength of the board.”

9. Insertion of rule 14AKK:- After rule 14AK of the said rules the following shall be

inserted, namely:-

“14-AKK: No Confidence Motion.- (1) A written notice hereinafter called a no-

confidence notice, with intention to take up or move no-confidence motion, signed by not less

than one third of elected members of the board along with a copy of the proposed motion shall

be delivered in person to the chief executive of the society. A copy of the said notice shall be

sent to the jurisdictional Registrar.

(2) The chief executive of the society shall send a communication to the jurisdictional

Registrar within seven days of the receipt of notice of no-confidence motion.

(3) The jurisdictional Registrar shall within seven days, authorize an officer not below the

rank of a senior inspector of cooperative societies hereinafter called as authorized officer for

this purpose to preside over the meeting of the board called to consider no-confidence motion

and conduct all further proceedings in this behalf.

(4) The authorized officer shall give a notice of not less than fifteen clear days of such

meeting to all elected members of the board.

(5) The notice shall clearly state the place, date, time and agenda of the meeting.

(6) The service of notice may be effected to the elected members of the board in any of the

following manner, namely:-

(a) by giving or tendering it to such person; or

(b) by sending it to their address through registered post;

3

(7) The quorum for such meeting shall be the number next to fifty percent of the elected

members of the board. All the members attending the meeting shall sign in the book kept for

the purpose before commencement of the meeting. The authorized officer shall preside over

the meeting. If within one hour after the time fixed for the meeting, the quorum is not formed,

the meeting shall stand cancelled and the notice issued as per sub-rule (4) shall stand

cancelled.

(8) Save as otherwise provided in the Act or these rules, a meeting of the board convened

for the purpose of considering a no-confidence motion under sub-rule (4) and (5) shall not for

any reason be adjourned.

(9) As soon as the meeting commences, the authorized officer shall read out to the

members of the board, the motion for consideration for which the meeting has been convened

and shall put it to vote without any debate.

(10) The votes shall be taken by secret ballot and the elected members of the board shall

record their votes in the ballot papers supplied to them.

(11) If the motion is carried, with the support of not less than 2/3rd of the elected

members present in the meeting the authorized officer shall declare the result and draw up

the proceedings accordingly and sign and handover a copy of the proceedings to the chief

executive of the society and a copy to be displayed on the notice board of the society and

communicate the same to the jurisdictional Registrar.

(12) Immediately after the motion is carried as per sub-rule (11) above, the office – bearer

or bearers as the case may be, shall not discharge any functions and shall be deemed to have

vacated his or her or their office forthwith.

(13) The chief executive of the society shall take action for the election of the office bearers

as per section 29E and 29F. The person/persons so elected shall hold office, for the

remaining period of the term of his or her or their predecessor/predecessors as the case may

be.

10. Amendment of rule 17.- In rule 17 of the said rules, in sub rule (2), for item (A) and (B)

the following shall be substituted, namely:-

“A. Prescribing Minimum Qualifications:-

(i)

Recruitment: (a) The minimum educational qualification for recruitment to various

posts in a co-operative society shall be as under, namely:-

Category of Posts

Minimum Qualification

(1) Chief Executive

(i) Must have passed any Bachelor Degree from an

University established by law in India;

(ii) Must have studied Kannada as one of the languages

in SSLC or an equivalent examination;

(iii) Must have undergone basic Computer Operations

and Applications course from an institution

recognized by the Government; and

(iv) Preference shall be given to person with a degree in

co-operation from a University established by Law in

India.

(2) First Division Assistant

(i)

Any Degree from any University established by law in

India;

(ii) Knowledge of Kannada with ability to read, write,

understand and speak Kannada fluently; and

(iii) Knowledge of Computer operations and Applications.

4

(3) Second Division Assistant

(i)

A pass in II P.U.C.

(ii) Knowledge of Kannada with ability to read, write,

understand and speak Kannada fluently; and

(iii) Knowledge of Computer operations and Applications.

(4) Stenographers

(i) A pass in II P.U.C. or a pass in three years Diploma in

Commercial Practice;

(ii) A pass in Senior Kannada / English Short hand

having the knowledge of Computer Operations and

applications;

(iii) A pass in senior Kannada / English Typewriting

having the knowledge of Computer Operations and

Applications; and

(iv) Knowledge of Kannada with ability to read, write,

understand and speak Kannada fluently.

(5) Typists/Data Entry Operator/

Computer Operator

(i) A pass in II P.U.C. or a pass in three years Diploma in

Commercial Practice;

(ii) A pass in Senior Kannada / English Typewriting

having the knowledge of Computer Operations and

applications; and

(iii) Knowledge of Kannada with ability to read, write,

understand and speak Kannada fluently.

(6) Computer Programmer

A degree in Bachelor of Computer application from

university established by Law.

(7) Accountant/ Accounts

Assistant.

(i) A Degree in Commerce / Cooperation/ Management

from any University established by law in India;

(ii) A pass in Certificate Course in Tally with knowledge of

Computer Operations and Applications; and

(iii) Knowledge of Kannada with ability to read, write,

understand and speak Kannada fluently.

(8) Sales Assistant

(i) A pass in II P.U.C.

(ii) Knowledge of Kannada with ability to read, write,

understand and speak Kannada fluently; and

(iii) Knowledge of Computer Operations and applications

(9) Driver

(i) A pass in SSLC with Kannada as one of the languages;

(ii) Must have a valid Driving License.

(10) Attender

A pass in SSLC with Kannada as one of the languages.

(ii) Promotion.- (a) An employee of any cooperative society who has the minimum

qualification prescribed for direct recruitment to the post currently held by him and who has

put in a satisfactory service of at least five years in the post held by him shall be eligible for

being considered for promotion to the higher post:

"Provided that, no employee of the society shall be promoted to the next higher

post, if he has not successfully completed Higher Diploma in Co-operative Management

(HDCM) / Diploma in Cooperative Banking Management (DCBM) / Diploma in Urban

Co-operative Banking Management (DUCBM) / General Diploma in Co-operative

Management (GDC)/ Diploma in Co-operative Management (DCM) conducted by the

recognised Institutes."

(b) The Board of a Cooperative Society shall depute each employee of the cooperative

society to Higher Diploma in Co-operative Management (HDCM) / Diploma in Co-operative

Banking Management (DCBM)/Diploma in Urban Co-operative Banking Management

(DUCBM)/General Diploma in Co-operative Management (GDC)/ Diploma in Co-operative

Management (DCM) and no exemption shall be granted by the board in attending and

completing the course.”

(2) in sub-rule (4) for the words, “engage persons”, the words, “engage Second

Division Assistant or equivalent and below cadre posts with the approval of the Registrar”

shall be substituted.

5

11. Amendment of rule 17A.- In rule 17A of the said rules,-

(a) in sub-rule (1) in the table, in item (iv) after the words, “One expert”, the words, “other

than the director of the co-operative society” shall be inserted.

(b) in sub-rule (2) the following shall be inserted at the end, namely:- “including the Registrar

of Co-operative Society or his nominee.”

12. Amendment of rule 18.- For rule 18 of the said rules, the following shall be substituted,

namely:-

"18. The method of recruitment and conditions of services of the employees

of a co-operative society,-

(1) Appointment by direct recruitment:-

(a) No appointment by direct recruitment shall be made except by calling for

applications from eligible candidates by notifying the same in at least in more than one

Kannada news paper having wide circulation in the area of operation of the co-operative

society. However, a co-operative society having a taluka and above area of operation and any

co-operative bank shall notify the same at least in more than one Kannada news paper

having wider circulation and in an English newspaper.

Provided that the above said rules shall not apply to:-

(i)

the appointment of an officer whose services have been lent by the

Government;

(ii)

the filling up of a post through compassionate appointment as per rules;

(b) The board shall constitute a recruitment/selection committee for recruitment/

promotion whenever the need arises as per rule 17A.

(c) For recruitment to the posts of Second Division Assistant and above:- The

written test shall carry 200 marks consisting of Kannada Language for 50 marks, General

English for 25 marks, General Knowledge for 25 marks, Co-operation matters for 50 marks,

the Constitution of India for 25 marks and the subject relevant to the objectives and activities

of the society for 25 marks. The candidates shall be called upon to take written test in the

ratio of 1:20 of the total notified posts, based on the percentage of marks obtained in the

qualifying examinations prescribed for the posts. The candidates successful in the written

test shall be called for interview in the ratio of 1:5 based on the percentage of marks obtained

in the written test or technical test prescribed for the posts. The marks obtained in the

written test or technical test shall be reduced to 85% and the interview shall carry 15 percent

of marks.

(d) For recruitment to the posts of Computer Programmer, Data Entry Operator,

Stenographer and Typist, proficiency tests in their respective fields shall be preferred. The

written test shall carry 200 marks consisting of Kannada Language for 50 marks, General

English for 25 marks, General Knowledge for 25 marks and Computer test and Shorthand or

typing as the case may be for 100 marks. The candidates shall be called upon to take written

test in the ratio of 1:20 of the total notified posts, based on the percentage of marks obtained

in the qualifying examinations prescribed for the posts. The candidates successful in the

written test shall be called for interview in the ratio of 1:5 based on the percentage of marks

obtained in the written test prescribed for the posts. The marks obtained in the written test

shall be reduced to 85% and the interview shall carry 15 percent of marks.

(e) For recruitment to the posts of Drivers and Group-D services, the candidate shall

be called upon for interview in the ratio of 1:5 based on the percentage of marks in the

qualifying examination prescribed for the posts. The marks obtained in the qualifying

examination shall be reduced to 85% and the interview shall carry 15 percent of marks.

(f) The marks obtained in the written test/technical tests/ qualifying examinations as

per sub-rule (c), (d) and (e) of this rule shall be reduced to 85% and the marks obtained after

such reduction and the marks obtained in the interview shall be added together and a merit

list of the successful candidates shall be prepared on the basis of the total marks obtained in

the written tests/technical tests/qualifying examinations and the interview together. A select

list shall be prepared following the reservation policy to the extent applicable on the basis of

the merit list.

6

(g) The chief executive shall issue the appointment order after the approval of the

select list by the board. However, no process of recruitment shall be initiated during the last

three months immediately prior to the expiry of the term of office of the board of any co-

operative society.

(2) Age limit for appointment by direct recruitment.- (1) Every candidate for

appointment by direct recruitment to any post in the services of a co-operative society must

have attained the age of eighteen years and not attained the age of ,-

(i) forty years in the case of a person belonging to the Scheduled Castes or

Scheduled Tribes or catetgory-1 of other Backward Classes;

(ii) thirty eight years in the case of a person belonging to any of the other

Backward classes;

Explanation: For the purpose of this clause (ii) "other Backward class"

means category of persons other than the Scheduled Casts and Scheduled

Tribes classified as 2-A, 2-B, 3-A and 3-B for recruitment purposes.

(iii) thirty five years in the case of others; on the last date fixed for the receipt of

the application

(3) Appointment on compassionate grounds.-

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (2), the maximum age limit for

appointment shall be deemed to be enhanced by ten years in the case of a widow or widower

of a deceased male or female employee of a cooperative society.

Provided that the following shall be eligible for appointment on compassionate

grounds in the case of a deceased male employee of a co-operative society; namely:-

(i) the widow; or

(ii) a son, if the widow is not eligible or for any valid reason, she is not willing to

accept the appointment; or

(iii) an unmarried daughter, if the widow and son are not eligible or for any valid

reason, they are not willing to accept the appointment.

Provided further that, the following shall be eligible for appointment on

compassionate grounds in the case of a deceased female employee of a co-operative society;

namely-

(i) a son; or

(ii) an unmarried daughter, if the son is not eligible or for any valid reason, he

is not willing to accept the appointment; or

(iii) a widower, if the son and daughter are not eligible or for any valid reason,

they are not willing to accept the employment.

(4) Conditions of Service.- (i) Age of retirement – The date of retirement on

superannuation of an officer or employee of any co-operative society shall be the last day of the

month during which he attains the age of sixty years.

Provided that the date of retirement of an officer or employee of co-operative society whose

date of birth is the first day of a month shall be the afternoon of the last day of the month preceding

the month in which he attains the age of 60 years.

(ii) Voluntary retirement - Any employee of a cooperative society can opt for voluntary

retirement from the service of the society after he completes fifteen years of satisfactory service or

attains the age of fifty years:

Provided that, scheme of voluntary retirement shall be provided in the bye-law of the

society.

(5) Other service conditions: The rules governing leave facility, gratuity, conduct and

discipline of employees of co-operative societies shall be as provided in their bye-laws.

13. Amendment of rule 29B.- In rule 29B of the said rules,-

(a) after sub-rule (6), the following proviso shall be inserted, namely:-

7

“Provided that the need to post Auditor of the Department of Co-operative

Audit shall be decided by the Government on receiving a recommendation to the

effect from the General Body of a co-operative society.”

14. Amendment of rule 29D.- For rule 29D of the said rules, the following shall be

substituted namely.-

“29D. Submission of the Audit Report of an Apex Society to the Government.- For the

purposes of sub-section (11) of Section 63, the Chief Executive of the Apex Co-operative society

shall submit required copies of the audit report of the Apex Co-operative Society through the

Director of Co-operative Audit to the State Government to lay before the State Legislature.”

15. Amendment of rule 30.- In rule 30 of the said rules,-

(i) for the words, “payable to an Auditor or Auditing Firm for auditing”, the words, “or cost

payable to an Auditor or Auditing Firm or to the audit staff conducting concurrent or final audit of”

shall be substituted.

(ii) after rule 30, the following proviso shall be inserted, namely;- “Provided that every Co-

operative Society, where the Government decides to post audit staff for concurrent and final audit of

accounts, shall pay audit cost in accordance with the provisions of rule 441 of the Karnataka Civil

Services Rules.”

16. Amendment of rule 30A.- In rule 30A of the said rules, after the words, “failing to pay

the remuneration”, the words, “or audit cost” shall be inserted.

17. Amendment of rule 31.- In rule 31 of the said rules, in sub-rule (2), for the words,

“Civil Court”, the words, “under Section 70 of the Act.” shall be substituted.

18. Insertion of rule 31A.- After rule 31 of the said rules, the following shall be inserted,

namely:-

“31A. No cooperative society shall spend any money out of the funds of the co-

operative society for legal matters relating to Sections 17, 28A(5), 29C, 30, 31, 69, and 106 of

any of its members and directors.”

19. Amendment of rule 33.- In rule 33 of the said rules, , after clause (o), the following shall

be inserted, namely.-

“(p) the liquidator shall obtain prior permission from the jurisdictional Registrar for incurring

any expenditure beyond fifteen thousand in a month other than for salary, rent and stationery

expenditure."

20. Amendment of the rule 53A: – In rule 53A of the said rules, in sub-rule (1) and (2),

after the words, “Section 66”, the words, “or Section 31A” shall be inserted.

21. Amendment of the Annexure. – In the Annexure to the said rules,-

(a)

items B, F and I shall be omitted;

(b)

in item H for the words "KMF" the words, “Karnataka State Cooperative Milk

Federation or Additional Registrar of Cooperative Societies or Joint Registrar of

Cooperative Societies from the Department of Co-operation” shall be substituted;

(c)

after item I, the following shall be inserted, namely:-

“J. In respect of Karnataka State Cooperative Marketing Federation Limited

Name of the Post

Method of recruitment

Chief Executive

On deputation of an I.A.S. cadre officer from

the Government or Officer not below the

rank of Additional Registrar of Co-operative

Societies

from

the

Department

of

Cooperation.

K. In respect of Karnataka State Horticulture Cooperative Federation Limited.

Name of the Post

Method of recruitment

Chief Executive

Deputation of an officer not below the rank of

Joint

Director

of

Horticulture

from

Horticulture Department or Joint Registrar of

Co-operative Societies from the Department

of Cooperation as the case may be.

8

L. In respect of Karnataka State Cooperative Coir Federation Limited

Name of the Post

Method of recruitment

Chief Executive

Deputation of an officer not below the rank of

Joint Director, Industries and Commerce or

Joint Registrar of Co-operative Societies from

the Department of Cooperation as the case

may be.

M. In respect of Karnataka State Cooperative Oil Federation Limited

Name of the Post

Method of recruitment

Chief Executive

An officer of the Federation or deputation of

an officer not below the rank of Additional

Registrar of Co-operative Societies from the

Department of Cooperation.

N. In respect of Karnataka State Cooperative Federation Limited

Name of the Post

Method of recruitment

Chief Executive

Deputation of an officer not below the rank of

Additional Registrar of Co-operative Societies

from the Department of Cooperation.

”

BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA,

M. VENKATASWAMY

Officer on Special Duty & Ex-officio

Deputy Secretary to Government,

Co-operation Department.

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 500

R

¨s

P

0

N

C

G

D

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ£Áð

NzÀ¯ÁzÀ 19

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

G¥ÀZÀÄ£ÁªÀu

DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁVzÀ

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

¸ÀASÉå:£

ðlPÀ ªÀÄĤ¹

976gÀ PÀ£Áð

¸ÀASÉå:14)gÀ

uÉAiÀÄ°è ªÉÄ

zÀÄÝ, ¸ÀzÀj C¨

PÀæ.

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

luru, Monda

£ÀCE 03 J

¹¥À¯ï PÁ¥ÉÆ

ðlPÀ ªÀÄĤ

32£Éà ¥ÀæPÀg

ÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ªÀ

¨sÀåyð ºÉ¸ÀgÀ

. ¸ÀA.

1

²æÃ J

£ÀA.

ªÉÄʸ

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄ

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÀĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 31,

£ÀUÀgÁ

AJ¯ïDgï 2

ÆÃðgÉõÀ£ï (

¹¥À¯ï PÁ¥

gÀtzÀ G¥À§

ªÀĺÁ£ÀUÀgÀ¥Á

£ÀÄß F ªÀÄÆ

DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁz

ªÁqïð £À

J¸ï.©.JA.

2603, 2£ÉÃ

¸ÀÆgÀÄ-5700

ÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

Ê 31, 2017

2017 (Shrav

©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¸ÀaªÁ

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2017(¨sÁUÀ)

(ZÀÄ£ÁªÀuÉ)

¥ÉÆÃðgÉõÀ£ï

§AzsÀUÀ½UÉ C

Á°PÉAiÀÄ ªÁ

Æ®PÀ ¸ÁªÀðd

zÀ C¨sÀåyðAiÀÄ

£ÀA 32gÀ ¸ÀzÀ¸

ªÀÄAdÄ,

à PÁæ¸ï, PÁ½

02.

Á¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉA

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

7 (±ÁæªÀt 9,

vana 9, Sha

ªÁ®AiÀÄ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ,

¤AiÀĪÀiÁªÀ½

ï ¤AiÀĪÀÄUÀ

C£ÀĸÁgÀªÁV

ªÁqïð £ÀA

d¤PÀ ªÀiÁ»w

Ä ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÀÄv

¸ÀågÀ ¸ÁÜ£ÀPÉÌ

½zÁ¸À gÀ¸ÉÛ, M

PÀ£

¸

AUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥æ

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha

¢£ÁAPÀ:31.7

½UÀ¼ÀÄ 1979g

UÀ¼À C¢ü¤AiÀ

¢£ÁAPÀ:02

A.32PÉÌ F

wUÁV ¥ÀæPÀn¸

vÀÄÛ «¼Á¸À

MAnPÉÆ¥Àà®Ä

£ÁðlPÀ gÁd

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C

PÉ.J¯ï

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ C¢

£ÀUÀgÁ©ü

¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 25

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

7.2017.

gÀ 68£Éà ¤A

iÀĪÀÄ (1977

2-07-2017

PɼÀPÀAqÀ

¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

Ä,

då¥Á®gÀ DeÁ

CªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À

. ¨ÁUÀ®ªÁqÉ

¢üãÀ PÁAiÀÄð

©ªÀÈ¢Þ E¯ÁS

¿Ê

£ÀA. 724

No. 724

AiÀĪÀÄzÉÆA¢

7gÀ PÀ£Áðl

gÀAzÀÄ £ÀqÉz

C¨sÀåyðAiÀÄ

eÁÕ£ÀĸÁgÀ

°è,

qÉ

ðzÀ²ð,

SÉ.

UÉ

lPÀ

zÀ

ÄÄ

R

¨s

P

0

(

¸

¥ç

C

ª

w

ª

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

PÀ£Áð

wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) «

¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå w¼À

¥ÀçPÀn¸À¨ÉÃPÉAz

(2017gÀ

PÀ£Áðl

(20

PÀ£Áð

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ,

E°è

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð

wzÀÄÝ¥Àr ªÀiÁ

EzÀÄ,

ªÀÄÄA¢£ÀAvÉ

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

¸ÀAS

ðlPÀ gÁdå

«zsÉÃAiÀÄPÀ, 2

¼ÀĪÀ½PÉUÁV E

zÀÄ DzÉò¸À¯

dįÉÊ wAUÀ¼À

PÀ gÁdå qÁ||

017gÀ dįÉÊ w

ðlPÀ gÁdå

2009£ÀÄß w

E£ÀÄߪÀÄÄAzÉ

ðPÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À

ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ AiÀ

, ¨sÁgÀvÀ

C¢ü¤AiÀÄ«Äv

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

luru, Monda

SÉå: ¸ÀAªÀå±ÁE

qÁ|| UÀAU

2017PÉÌ 201

EzÀ£ÀÄß 2017

¯ÁVzÉ.

20

¼À ªÀÄÆªÀvÉÆÛA

UÀAUÀƨÁ¬

wAUÀ¼À E¥ÀàvÉÛA

qÁ|| UÀAU

zÀÄÝ¥Àr ªÀiÁ

zÉ PÀAqÀħgÀĪ

«±Àé«zÁå®A

iÀÄÄPÀÛªÁVgÀĪÀÅ

UÀtgÁdåzÀ

vÀªÁUÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ:

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÀĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 31,

¸ÀA¸À¢ÃAiÀÄ

E 40 ±Á¸À£À

UÀƨÁ¬Ä º

17gÀ dįÉÊ

7gÀ PÀ£ÁðlP

017gÀ PÀ£Áðl

AzÀ£Éà ¢£ÁAP

¬Ä ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï

C¢ü

Al£Éà ¢£ÁAP

UÀƨÁ¬Ä º

qÀ®Ä MAzÀÄ

ªÀ GzÉÝñÀUÀ

AiÀÄ C¢ü¤AiÀÄ

ªÀÅzÀjAzÀ;

CgÀªÀvÉÛAl£

:-

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

Ê 31, 2017

2017 (Shrav

ªÀåªÀºÁgÀUÀ¼À

C¢ü¸ÀÆZÀ£É

2016, ¨ÉAUÀ

ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸À

wAUÀ¼À 28£É

PÀ C¢s¤AiÀĪ

lPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀÄ

PÀzÀAzÀÄ PÀ£Áð

¥ÀæPÀlªÁVzÉ)

¸ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄv

¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 20

PÀzÀAzÀÄ gÁdå

ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸À

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

UÀ½UÁV PÀ£Áð

ĪÀÄ, 2009£

£Éà ªÀµÀðzÀ

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

7 (±ÁæªÀt 9,

vana 9, Sha

¸ÀaªÁ®AiÀÄ

UÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¢£Á

¸ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄv

£Éà ¢£ÁAPÀz

ªÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå: 3

ĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå: 3

ðlPÀ gÁdå ¥À

vÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±ÀðPÀ

017

då¥Á®jAzÀ C

¸ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄv

Ä.

ðlPÀ gÁdå

£ÀÄß (2009gÀ

zÀ°è PÀ£Áðl

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha

ÁAPÀ: 31.07.2

vÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±ÀðPÀ

zÀAzÀÄ gÁdå¥

9 JA§ÄzÁ

39

¥ÀvÀæzÀ «±ÉõÀ

PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À «±Àé«

C£ÀĪÀÄwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

vÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±ÀðPÀ

qÁ|| UÀAUÀÆ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

lPÀ gÁdå

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

2017

PÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À «

¥Á®gÀ M¦àU

V PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

¸ÀAaPÉAiÀÄ°è ª

«zÁå®AiÀÄ (w

Äß ¥ÀqÉAiÀįÁV

PÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À «

ƨÁ¬Ä ºÁ£À

C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

«zsÁ£ÀªÀÄAq

¿Ê

£ÀA. 725

No. 725

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀ

UÉ zÉÆgÉwzÀÄÝ

gÁdå¥ÀvÀçzÀ°

ªÉÆzÀ®Ä

wzÀÄÝ¥Àr)

VzÉ)

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀ

£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸ÀAVÃ

¸ÀASÉå: 25

qÀ®¢AzÀ F

iÀÄ

ÄÝ,

°è

iÀÄ

vÀ

5)

F

2

1. ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀ.- (1) F C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀĪÀ£ÀÄß PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå qÁ|| UÀAUÀƨÁ¬Ä

ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±ÀðPÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2017 JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

(2) EzÀÄ F PÀÆqÀ¯Éà eÁjUÉ §gÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

2. 12£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå qÁ|| UÀAUÀƨÁ¬Ä ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±ÀðPÀ

PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2009gÀ (2009gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå: 25) (E°è E£ÀÄߪÀÄÄAzÉ

ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀĪÉAzÀÄ G¯ÉèÃT¸À¯ÁVzÉ) 12£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ (5)£Éà G¥À¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è ``CgÀªÀvÉÛöÊzÀÄ ªÀµÀð’’

JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ `` CgÀªÀvÉÛüÀÄ ªÀµÀð’’ JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

3. 49£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ wzÀÄÝ¥Àr.- ªÀÄÆ® C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ 49£Éà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ (3)£Éà G¥À¥ÀæPÀgÀtzÀ°è ``gÁdå

¯ÉPÀÌ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À E¯ÁSÉAiÀÄ ¤AiÀÄAvÀæPÀgÀÄ’’ JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ``¥ÀæzsÁ£À ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå ¯ÉPÀÌ¥Àj±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯ÉPÀÌ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ EªÀgÀÄ’’ JA§ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwAiÉÆÃf¸ÀvÀPÀÌzÀÄÝ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå¥Á®gÀ DzÉñÁ£ÀĸÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀ ºÉ¸Àj£À°è,

PÉ. zÁégÀPÀ£Áxï ¨Á§Ä

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð,

¸ÀA¸À¢ÃAiÀÄ ªÀåªÀºÁgÀUÀ¼À E¯ÁSÉ

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 400

R

¨s

P

0

PÀ

E

A

«

l

c

K

M

p

I

D

A

RNI No. KARB

∞¬

¨sÁUÀ–IVA

Part–IVA

Orde

PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À «±Àé«

English lan

Article 348 o

The

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ

anguage is

clause (3) of

(First Pu

THE KA

An A

Kalegala Vis

Whe

Mattu Prad

purposes he

Be it

ndia, as fol

1. S

Dr. Gangub

Act, 2017.

(2) It

BIL/2001/471

¬Ò

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆ

Bengal

NO. SAM

ered that th

«zÁå®AiÀÄ (w

nguage, be

of the const

following tr

Ä (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr)

published i

f Article 348

ublished in t

ARNATAKA

KAL

(Receiv

Act to amen

shwavidyala

reas it is e

darshaka Ka

ereinafter ap

t enacted b

llows:-

Short title

bai Hanga

t shall come

147

Òûª

¼ÀÆgÀÄ, ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄ

luru, Monda

PARL

MVYASHAE

he translatio

wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) C

published

titution of I

ranslation PÀ

) C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ

in the Offic

8 of the Con

K

the Karnata

RAJYA DR

LEGALA VI

ved the assen

nd the Karn

aya Act, 200

expedient t

alegala Vis

ppearing;

by the Karn

and com

al Sangeeth

e into force

ª∞

C¢üPÀÈvÀª

«±ÉÃμ

ªÀĪÁgÀ, dįÉÊ

ay, July 31,

IAMENTAR

NO

40 SHASA

on of PÀ£Áðl

¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2

as authoris

ndia in the

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁd

Ä, 2017 (2

ial Gazette

nstitution o

KARNATAKA

aka Gazette

R. GANGUB

ISHWAVIDY

nt of the Gove

nataka Rajy

09.

to amend t

hwavidyala

ataka State

mencemen

ha Mattu

at once.

∞ «

ªÁV ¥ÀæPÀn

μÀ gÁdå

Ê 31, 2017

2017 (Shrav

RY AFFAIR

OTIFICATIO

ANA 2016, B

lPÀ gÁdå qÁ

2017 (2017

sed by the

Karnataka

då qÁ|| UÀAUÀ

2017gÀ PÀ£Áð

under the a

of India.

A ACT NO.

e Extra-ordi

BAI HANGA

YALAYA (A

ernor on the

ya Dr. Gan

the Karnata

aya Act, 20

e Legislatur

nt.- (1) Thi

Pradarshak

«Ò

¸À¯ÁzÀÄzÀÄ

å ¥ÀwæPÉ

7 (±ÁæªÀt 9,

vana 9, Sha

S SECRETA

ON

Bengaluru,

Á|| UÀAUÀƨÁ

7gÀ PÀ£Áðl

Governor

a Gazette for

UÀƨÁ¬Ä ºÁ

ðlPÀ C¢s¤

authority of

39 OF 201

inary on the

AL SANGEE

AMENDMEN

twenty-eigh

gubai Hang

aka Rajya

009 (Karnat

re in the six

is Act may

ka Kalegal

Ò∏Â

±ÀPÀ ªÀµÀð 1

aka Varsha

ARIAT

, dated: 31

Á¬Ä ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï

PÀ C¢s¤AiÀÄ

of Karnata

r general in

Á£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸ÀAV

AiÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀAS

f the Govern

17

e Thirty-firs

THA MATT

NT) ACT, 20

th day of Jul

gal Sangeet

Dr. Gangu

taka Act N

xty-eighth

y be called

a Vishwav

∏Â√

1939)

1939)

.07.2017

¯ï ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ª

ªÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå:

aka under c

nformation.

ÃvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àæ

SÉå: 39) in

nor of Karn

st day of Ju

TU PRADAR

017

ly, 2017)

tha Mattu P

ubai Hanga

o. 25 of 20

year of the

d the Karna

vidyalaya (A

¿Ê

£ÀA. 726

No. 726

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð

39) in th

clause (3) o

æzÀ±ÀðPÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼

the Englis

nataka unde

uly, 2017)

RSHAKA

Pradarshak

al Sangeeth

009) for th

e Republic o

ataka Rajy

Amendmen

ðPÀ

he

of

¼À

h

er

ka

ha

he

of

ya

t)

2

2. Amendment of section 12.- In the Karnataka Rajya Dr. Gangubai Hangal Sangeetha

Mattu Pradarshaka Kalegala Vishwavidyalaya Act 2009, (Karnataka Act No. 25 of 2009) (hereinafter

referred to as the principal Act), in section 12, in sub-section (5), for the words "sixty five years", the

words "sixty seven years" shall be substituted.

3. Amendment of section 49.- In section 49 of the principal Act, in sub-section (3), for the

words "Controller of State Accounts", the words "Principal Director, Karnataka State Audit and

Accounts" shall be substituted.

The above translation of PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå qÁ|| UÀAUÀƨÁ¬Ä ºÁ£ÀUÀ¯ï ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±ÀðPÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ (wzÀÄÝ¥Àr) C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ, 2017 (2017gÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ C¢ü¤AiÀĪÀÄ ¸ÀASÉå 39) be published in the

Official Gazette under clause (3) of Article 348 of the Constitution of India.

VAJUBHAI VALA

GOVERNOR OF KARNATAKA

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka,

K. DWARAKANATH BABU

Secretary to Government

Department of Parliamentary Affairs

¸ÀPÁðj ªÀÄÄzÀæuÁ®AiÀÄ, «PÁ¸À ¸ËzsÀ WÀlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. (¦7) ¥ÀæwUÀ¼ÀÄ: 400